/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
-** version 3.6.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this
+** version 3.6.11. By combining all the individual C code files into this
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements
** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have
** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy in the first
-** 6279 lines past this header comment.) Additional code files may be
+** 6938 lines past this header comment.) Additional code files may be
** needed if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of
** programming language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell
** is also in a separate file. This file contains only code for the core
** SQLite library.
**
-** This amalgamation was generated on 2008-08-05 21:36:42 UTC.
+** This amalgamation was generated on 2009-02-17 21:53:46 UTC.
*/
#define SQLITE_CORE 1
#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
-** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.752 2008/08/04 20:13:27 drh Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.833 2009/02/05 16:53:43 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
#define _SQLITEINT_H_
**
** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
**
-** @(#) $Id: sqliteLimit.h,v 1.8 2008/03/26 15:56:22 drh Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: sqliteLimit.h,v 1.10 2009/01/10 16:15:09 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
-# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 100
+# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
#endif
/*
/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 32768. This a limit
** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer
** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2.
+**
+** If this limit is changed, then the compiled library is technically
+** incompatible with an SQLite library compiled with a different limit. If
+** a process operating on a database with a page-size of 65536 bytes
+** crashes, then an instance of SQLite compiled with the default page-size
+** limit will not be able to rollback the aborted transaction. This could
+** lead to database corruption.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768
#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
-#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicous pointer arithmetic */
+#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */
#endif
/* Needed for various definitions... */
#endif
/*
-** A macro used to aid in coverage testing. When doing coverage
-** testing, the condition inside the argument must be evaluated
-** both true and false in order to get full branch coverage.
-** This macro can be inserted to ensure adequate test coverage
-** in places where simple condition/decision coverage is inadequate.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int);
-# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
-#else
-# define testcase(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which
-** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such
-** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they
-** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
-** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
-** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
-** hint of unplanned behavior.
-**
-** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
-** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will
-** not be counted as untested code.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-# define ALWAYS(X) (1)
-# define NEVER(X) (0)
-#else
-# define ALWAYS(X) (X)
-# define NEVER(X) (X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
-** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds
-** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to
-** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes.
-*/
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0
-# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1)
-# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0)
-#else
-# define likely(X) !!(X)
-# define unlikely(X) !!(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
* This macro is used to "hide" some ugliness in casting an int
* value to a ptr value under the MSVC 64-bit compiler. Casting
* non 64-bit values to ptr types results in a "hard" error with
#define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
/*
-** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
+** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the
** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks
** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
**
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling
-** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
-** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2
+** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work
+** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel
-** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary
+** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
**
-** Similar is true for MacOS. LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
+** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE 1
#endif
/*
+** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
+** It determines whether or not the features related to
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can
+** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
+#endif
+
+/*
** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
**
/*
** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
-** recursive mutexes on most unix systems. But Mac OS X is different.
+** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems. But Mac OS X is different.
** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told,
** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673.
**
# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */
#endif
+/*
+** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings.
+*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH)
# include <tcl.h>
#endif
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When
+** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to
+** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to
+** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted
+** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple
+** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase()
+** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For
+** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit
+** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements
+** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase()
+** can insure that all cases are evaluated.
+**
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int);
+# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
+#else
+# define testcase(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X) X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which
+** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such
+** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they
+** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
+** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
+** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
+** hint of unplanned behavior.
+**
+** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code.
+**
+** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
+** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will
+** not be counted as untested code.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define ALWAYS(X) (1)
+# define NEVER(X) (0)
+#elif !defined(NDEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Assert(void);
+# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:sqlite3Assert())
+# define NEVER(X) ((X)?sqlite3Assert():0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(X) (X)
+# define NEVER(X) (X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
+** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds
+** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to
+** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes.
+*/
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0
+# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1)
+# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0)
+#else
+# define likely(X) !!(X)
+# define unlikely(X) !!(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization
+** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to
+** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore
+** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for
+** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the
+** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+# define VVA_ONLY(X) X
+#else
+# define VVA_ONLY(X)
+#endif
+
/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
/*
** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
** part of the build process.
**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.387 2008/08/05 17:53:23 drh Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.432 2009/02/12 17:07:35 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
#define _SQLITE3_H_
#endif
/*
+** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
+** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications
+** should not use deprecated intrfaces - they are support for backwards
+** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that
+** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
+**
+** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
+** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that
+** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
+** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
+** noop macros.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+
+/*
** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z
** are the major version, minor version, and release number.
*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.6.1"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3006001
+#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.6.11"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3006011
/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
** {H10023} The [sqlite3_libversion()] function shall return
** a pointer to the [sqlite3_version] string constant.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[];
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} <S60100>
**
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is true, mutexes
-** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When that macro is false,
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro 1 or 2, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0,
** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe
** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
**
** only the default compile-time setting, not any run-time changes
** to that setting.
**
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+**
** INVARIANTS:
**
-** {H10101} The [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function shall return nonzero if
-** SQLite was compiled with the its mutexes enabled by default
-** or zero if SQLite was compiled such that mutexes are
-** permanently disabled.
+** {H10101} The [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function shall return zero if
+** and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted.
**
** {H10102} The value returned by the [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function
-** shall not change when mutex setting are modified at
-** runtime using the [sqlite3_config()] interface and
-** especially the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD],
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED],
-** and [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] verbs.
+** shall remain the same across calls to [sqlite3_config()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
** an [SQLITE_BUSY] error code.
**
** {H12015} A call to [sqlite3_close(C)] where C is a NULL pointer shall
-** return SQLITE_OK.
+** be a harmless no-op returning SQLITE_OK.
**
** {H12019} When [sqlite3_close(C)] is invoked on a [database connection] C
** that has a pending transaction, the transaction shall be
** *E to NULL if E is not NULL and there are no errors.
**
** {H12137} The [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] function shall set the [error code]
-** and message accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()],
+** and message accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()],
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()],
** [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
**
** {H12138} If the S parameter to [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] is NULL or an
** empty string or contains nothing other than whitespace, comments,
** and/or semicolons, then results of [sqlite3_errcode()],
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()],
** [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
** shall reset to indicate no errors.
**
#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230} <H11120> <H12700>
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000
#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000
/*
** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} <H11120>
** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode
** information need not be flushed. The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL flag means
** to use normal fsync() semantics. The SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flag means
-** to use Mac OS-X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
*/
#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002
#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003
**
** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync().
-** The second choice is a Mac OS-X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
** and not its inode needs to be synced.
**
** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
** to xWrite().
+**
+** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
+** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that
+** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However,
+** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
+** database corruption.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
struct sqlite3_io_methods {
** is defined.
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4
/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {H17110} <S20130>
** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must
** be unique across all VFS modules.
**
-** {H11141} SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
** from xFullPathname(). SQLite further guarantees that
** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
-** called. {END} Because of the previous sentense,
+** called. Because of the previous sentense,
** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
**
-** {H11142} The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()]
** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. {END}
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
**
-** {H11143} SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
** call, depending on the object being opened:
**
** <ul>
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** </ul> {END}
+** </ul>
**
** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
** </ul>
**
-** {H11145} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed. {H11146} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed. The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
** will be set for TEMP databases, journals and for subjournals.
**
-** {H11147} The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag means the file should be opened
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag means the file should be opened
** for exclusive access. This flag is set for all files except
** for the main database file.
**
-** {H11148} At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
-** argument to xOpen. {END} The xOpen method does not have to
+** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to
** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.
**
-** {H11149} The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
-** to test whether a file is at least readable. {END} The file can be a
+** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a
** directory.
**
-** {H11150} SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
-** output buffer xFullPathname. {H11151} The exact size of the output buffer
-** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. {END} If the output buffer
+** SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer
** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
** least the number of microseconds given. The xCurrentTime()
** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time.
+**
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
struct sqlite3_vfs {
int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
- void *(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol);
+ void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {H11190} <H11140>
**
-** {H11191} These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. {END} They determine
** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
-** {H11192} With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
** simply checks whether the file exists.
-** {H11193} With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
** checks whether the file is both readable and writable.
-** {H11194} With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
** checks whether the file is readable.
*/
#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0
** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown()
** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end().
**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success.
+** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
-** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than SQLITE_OK.
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
**
** The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()]
** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
-** already. However, if SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+** already. However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability,
** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases
** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited
-** when SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT might become the
+** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
**
** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate
** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for unix, windows, or os/2.
-** When built for other platforms (using the SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1 compile-time
+** When built for other platforms (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied
** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
-** must return SQLITE_OK on success and some other [error code] upon
+** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
** failure.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library {H10145} <S20000><S30200>
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library {H14100} <S20000><S30200>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option]
** in the first argument.
**
-** When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
** If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections {H10180} <S20000>
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H14103} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_config()] shall return
+** [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** {H14106} The [sqlite3_config()] interface shall return [SQLITE_MISUSE]
+** if it is invoked in between calls to [sqlite3_initialize()] and
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** {H14120} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD])
+** shall set the default [threading mode] to Single-thread.
+**
+** {H14123} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD])
+** shall set the default [threading mode] to Multi-thread.
+**
+** {H14126} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED])
+** shall set the default [threading mode] to Serialized.
+**
+** {H14129} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX],X)
+** where X is a pointer to an initialized [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** object shall cause all subsequent mutex operations performed
+** by SQLite to use the mutex methods that were present in X
+** during the call to [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** {H14132} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX],X)
+** where X is a pointer to an [sqlite3_mutex_methods] object
+** shall overwrite the content of [sqlite3_mutex_methods] object
+** with the mutex methods currently in use by SQLite.
+**
+** {H14135} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC],M)
+** where M is a pointer to an initialized [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** object shall cause all subsequent memory allocation operations
+** performed by SQLite to use the methods that were present in
+** M during the call to [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** {H14138} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC],M)
+** where M is a pointer to an [sqlite3_mem_methods] object shall
+** overwrite the content of [sqlite3_mem_methods] object with
+** the memory allocation methods currently in use by
+** SQLite.
+**
+** {H14141} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],1)
+** shall enable the memory allocation status collection logic.
+**
+** {H14144} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],0)
+** shall disable the memory allocation status collection logic.
+**
+** {H14147} The memory allocation status collection logic shall be
+** enabled by default.
+**
+** {H14150} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH],S,Z,N)
+** where Z and N are non-negative integers and
+** S is a pointer to an aligned memory buffer not less than
+** Z*N bytes in size shall cause S to be used by the
+** [scratch memory allocator] for as many as N simulataneous
+** allocations each of size (Z & ~7).
+**
+** {H14153} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH],S,Z,N)
+** where S is a NULL pointer shall disable the
+** [scratch memory allocator].
+**
+** {H14156} A successful call to
+** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],S,Z,N)
+** where Z and N are non-negative integers and
+** S is a pointer to an aligned memory buffer not less than
+** Z*N bytes in size shall cause S to be used by the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] for as many as N simulataneous
+** allocations each of size (Z & ~7).
+**
+** {H14159} A successful call to
+** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],S,Z,N)
+** where S is a NULL pointer shall disable the
+** [pagecache memory allocator].
+**
+** {H14162} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP],H,Z,N)
+** where Z and N are non-negative integers and
+** H is a pointer to an aligned memory buffer not less than
+** Z bytes in size shall enable the [memsys5] memory allocator
+** and cause it to use buffer S as its memory source and to use
+** a minimum allocation size of N.
+**
+** {H14165} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP],H,Z,N)
+** where H is a NULL pointer shall disable the
+** [memsys5] memory allocator.
+**
+** {H14168} A successful call to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],Z,N)
+** shall cause the default [lookaside memory allocator] configuration
+** for new [database connections] to be N slots of Z bytes each.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections {H14200} <S20000>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE].
** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite.
** Additional arguments depend on the verb.
+**
+** INVARIANTS:
+**
+** {H14203} A call to [sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)] shall return [SQLITE_OK]
+** if and only if the call is successful.
+**
+** {H14206} If one or more slots of the [lookaside memory allocator] for
+** [database connection] D are in use, then a call to
+** [sqlite3_db_config](D,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) shall
+** fail with an [SQLITE_BUSY] return code.
+**
+** {H14209} A successful call to
+** [sqlite3_db_config](D,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE],B,Z,N) where
+** D is an open [database connection] and Z and N are positive
+** integers and B is an aligned buffer at least Z*N bytes in size
+** shall cause the [lookaside memory allocator] for D to use buffer B
+** with N slots of Z bytes each.
+**
+** {H14212} A successful call to
+** [sqlite3_db_config](D,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE],B,Z,N) where
+** D is an open [database connection] and Z and N are positive
+** integers and B is NULL pointer shall cause the
+** [lookaside memory allocator] for D to a obtain Z*N byte buffer
+** from the primary memory allocator and use that buffer
+** with N lookaside slots of Z bytes each.
+**
+** {H14215} A successful call to
+** [sqlite3_db_config](D,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE],B,Z,N) where
+** D is an open [database connection] and Z and N are zero shall
+** disable the [lookaside memory allocator] for D.
+**
+**
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines {H10155} <S20120>
** The application is responsible for serializing access to
** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes
** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
-** environment.</dd>
+** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
+** [database connection] at the same time. See the [threading mode]
+** documentation for additional information.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. This option enables
** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
-**
-** <p>This configuration option merely sets the default mutex
-** behavior to serialize access to [database connections]. Individual
-** [database connections] can override this setting
-** using the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag to [sqlite3_open_v2()].</p></dd>
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
**
** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** the database page cache. There are three arguments: A pointer to the
+** the database page cache with the default page cache implemenation.
+** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option.
+** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to the
** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
** The sz argument must be a power of two between 512 and 32768. The first
** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
** slots allocated to each database connection.</dd>
**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
+** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface
+** to a custom page cache implementation. SQLite makes a copy of the
+** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE</dt>
+** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current
+** page cache implementation into that object.</dd>
+**
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 /* int threshold */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
/*
** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10170} <S20000>
** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {H12220} <S10700>
**
** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the "rowid". The rowid is always available
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. The rowid is always available
** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. If
-** the table has a column of type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column
+** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
** is another alias for the rowid.
**
-** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent
-** successful INSERT into the database from the [database connection]
-** in the first argument. If no successful INSERTs
+** This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
+** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection]
+** in the first argument. If no successful [INSERT]s
** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
**
-** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the inserted
+** If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger, then the [rowid] of the inserted
** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running.
** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine
** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.
**
-** An INSERT that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
-** successful INSERT and does not change the value returned by this
+** An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
** routine. Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
** routine when their insertion fails. When INSERT OR REPLACE
** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
** the return value of this interface.
**
-** For the purposes of this routine, an INSERT is considered to
+** For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
**
** INVARIANTS:
**
-** {H12221} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the rowid
-** of the most recent successful INSERT performed on the same
+** {H12221} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function shall return
+** the [rowid]
+** of the most recent successful [INSERT] performed on the same
** [database connection] and within the same or higher level
-** trigger context, or zero if there have been no qualifying inserts.
+** trigger context, or zero if there have been no qualifying
+** [INSERT] statements.
**
-** {H12223} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the
+** {H12223} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function shall return the
** same value when called from the same trigger context
-** immediately before and after a ROLLBACK.
+** immediately before and after a [ROLLBACK].
**
** ASSUMPTIONS:
**
-** {A12232} If a separate thread performs a new INSERT on the same
+** {A12232} If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
-** function is running and thus changes the last insert rowid,
+** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
-** last insert rowid.
+** last insert [rowid].
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
-** Only changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE,
-** or DELETE statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by
+** Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
+** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by
** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function
** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers.
**
** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.
**
** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
-** by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much faster than going
-** through and deleting individual elements from the table.) Because of this
+** by dropping and recreating the table. Doing so is much faster than going
+** through and deleting individual elements from the table. Because of this
** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
** in the table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
-** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. Or recompile using the
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION] compile-time option to disable the
+** optimization on all queries.
**
** INVARIANTS:
**
** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
** in the table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
-** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. Or recompile using the
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION] compile-time option to disable the
+** optimization on all queries.
**
** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface.
**
** previously set handler. Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
** will also set or clear the busy handler.
**
+** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions
+** result in undefined behavior.
+**
** INVARIANTS:
**
** {H12311} The [sqlite3_busy_handler(D,C,A)] function shall replace
** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_free().
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
**
** The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {H17390} <S20000>
**
** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random ROWIDs when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible ROWID. The PRNG is also used for
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for
** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows
** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
**
** previous call. Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
** The authorizer is disabled by default.
**
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be reprepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
+** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
+**
** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()].
** authorizer callback with database connection D.
**
** {H12502} The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are
-** being compiled.
+** being parseed and compiled.
**
** {H12503} If the authorizer callback returns any value other than
** [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY], then
-** the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that caused
+** the application interface call that caused
** the authorizer callback to run shall fail with an
** [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an appropriate error message.
**
** described is processed normally.
**
** {H12505} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that caused the
+** application interface call that caused the
** authorizer callback to run shall fail
** with an [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an error message
** explaining that access is denied.
** INVARIANTS:
**
** {H12551} The second parameter to an
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] is always an integer
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be an integer
** [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] that specifies what action
** is being authorized.
**
** {H12552} The 3rd and 4th parameters to the
** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorization callback]
-** will be parameters or NULL depending on which
+** shall be parameters or NULL depending on which
** [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] is used as the second parameter.
**
** {H12553} The 5th parameter to the
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] is the name
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be the name
** of the database (example: "main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.
**
** {H12554} The 6th parameter to the
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] is the name
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be the name
** of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
** top-level SQL code.
#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */
#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */
#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* NULL NULL */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */
#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */
#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */
#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */
#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */
#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */
#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* Function Name NULL */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */
#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */
/*
**
** INVARIANTS:
**
-** {H12281} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_trace()] is
+** {H12281} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_trace()]
+** shall be invoked
** whenever an SQL statement first begins to execute and
** whenever a trigger subprogram first begins to run.
**
-** {H12282} Each call to [sqlite3_trace()] overrides the previously
+** {H12282} Each call to [sqlite3_trace()] shall override the previously
** registered trace callback.
**
-** {H12283} A NULL trace callback disables tracing.
+** {H12283} A NULL trace callback shall disable tracing.
**
-** {H12284} The first argument to the trace callback is a copy of
+** {H12284} The first argument to the trace callback shall be a copy of
** the pointer which was the 3rd argument to [sqlite3_trace()].
**
** {H12285} The second argument to the trace callback is a
** of the number of nanoseconds of wall-clock time required to
** run the SQL statement from start to finish.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
/*
**
** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI dialog box.
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
+**
+** The progress handler must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
** INVARIANTS:
**
** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
** over the new database connection. The flags parameter can take one of
** the following three values, optionally combined with the
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag:
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] or [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flags:
**
** <dl>
** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
**
** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
-** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag, then the behavior is undefined.
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] or [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flags,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
**
-** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then mutexes on the
-** opened [database connection] are disabled and the appliation must
-** insure that access to the [database connection] and its associated
-** [prepared statements] is serialized. The [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag
-** is the default behavior is SQLite is configured using the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] options
-** to [sqlite3_config()]. The [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag only makes a
-** difference when SQLite is in its default [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED] mode.
+** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
**
** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
** is created for the connection. This in-memory database will vanish when
** reading and writing if possible, or for reading only if the
** file is write protected by the operating system.
**
-** {H12713} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open(v2(F,D,G,V)] omits the
+** {H12713} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] omits the
** bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
** previously exist, an error is returned.
**
-** {H12714} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open(v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
+** {H12714} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
** bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
** previously exist, then an attempt is made to create and
** initialize the database.
** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
-** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
**
** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.
**
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
+**
** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the
** error code and message may or may not be set.
** [result code] or [extended result code] for the most recently
** failed interface call associated with the [database connection] D.
**
+** {H12802} The [sqlite3_extended_errcode(D)] interface returns the numeric
+** [extended result code] for the most recently
+** failed interface call associated with the [database connection] D.
+**
** {H12803} The [sqlite3_errmsg(D)] and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)]
** interfaces return English-language text that describes
** the error in the mostly recently failed interface call,
** {H12808} Calls to API routines that do not return an error code
** (example: [sqlite3_data_count()]) do not
** change the error code or message returned by
-** [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
+** [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_extended_errcode()],
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
**
** {H12809} Interfaces that are not associated with a specific
** [database connection] (examples:
** [sqlite3_mprintf()] or [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]
** do not change the values returned by
-** [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
+** [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_extended_errcode()],
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
** new limit for that construct. The function returns the old limit.
**
** If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a hard upper
-** bound set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named SQLITE_MAX_XYZ.
+** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_XYZ].
** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".)
** Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
** silently truncated to the hard upper limit.
** Run time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a
-** webbrowser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the
** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {H12790} <H12760>
** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {limit categories}
**
-** These constants define various aspects of a [database connection]
-** that can be limited in size by calls to [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The meanings of the various limits are as follows:
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a SELECT or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of attached databases.</dd>
+** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the LIKE or
-** GLOB operators.</dd>
+** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.</dd>
**
** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
);
/*
-** CAPIREF: Retrieving Statement SQL {H13100} <H13000>
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL {H13100} <H13000>
**
** This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
**
** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
-** literals may be replaced by a parameter in one of these forms:
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] in one of these forms:
**
** <ul>
** <li> ?
** characters. Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned.
**
-** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or
** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
**
** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. SQLite will use
** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.
+** SQL function is used. A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg. A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.
+** A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+** The first application-defined function with a given name overrides all
+** built-in functions in the same [database connection] with the same name.
+** Subsequent application-defined functions of the same name only override
+** prior application-defined functions that are an exact match for the
+** number of parameters and preferred encoding.
+**
+** An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
**
** INVARIANTS:
**
-** {H16103} The [sqlite3_create_function16()] interface behaves exactly
-** like [sqlite3_create_function()] in every way except that it
-** interprets the zFunctionName argument as zero-terminated UTF-16
+** {H16103} The [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,...)] interface shall behave
+** as [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] in every way except that it
+** interprets the X argument as zero-terminated UTF-16
** native byte order instead of as zero-terminated UTF-8.
**
-** {H16106} A successful invocation of
-** the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)] interface registers
+** {H16106} A successful invocation of the
+** [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)] interface shall register
** or replaces callback functions in the [database connection] D
** used to implement the SQL function named X with N parameters
** and having a preferred text encoding of E.
**
** {H16109} A successful call to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-** replaces the P, F, S, and L values from any prior calls with
+** shall replace the P, F, S, and L values from any prior calls with
** the same D, X, N, and E values.
**
-** {H16112} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] interface fails with
-** a return code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if the SQL function name X is
+** {H16112} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] interface shall fail
+** if the SQL function name X is
** longer than 255 bytes exclusive of the zero terminator.
**
-** {H16118} Either F must be NULL and S and L are non-NULL or else F
-** is non-NULL and S and L are NULL, otherwise
-** [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] returns [SQLITE_ERROR].
+** {H16118} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] interface
+** shall fail unless either F is NULL and S and L are non-NULL or
+*** F is non-NULL and S and L are NULL.
**
-** {H16121} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,...)] interface fails with an
+** {H16121} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,...)] interface shall fails with an
** error code of [SQLITE_BUSY] if there exist [prepared statements]
** associated with the [database connection] D.
**
-** {H16124} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)] interface fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if parameter N (specifying the number
-** of arguments to the SQL function being registered) is less
+** {H16124} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)] interface shall fail with
+** an error code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if parameter N is less
** than -1 or greater than 127.
**
** {H16127} When N is non-negative, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-** interface causes callbacks to be invoked for the SQL function
+** interface shall register callbacks to be invoked for the
+** SQL function
** named X when the number of arguments to the SQL function is
** exactly N.
**
** {H16130} When N is -1, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-** interface causes callbacks to be invoked for the SQL function
-** named X with any number of arguments.
+** interface shall register callbacks to be invoked for the SQL
+** function named X with any number of arguments.
**
** {H16133} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
** specify multiple implementations of the same function X
** and when one implementation has N>=0 and the other has N=(-1)
-** the implementation with a non-zero N is preferred.
+** the implementation with a non-zero N shall be preferred.
**
** {H16136} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)]
** specify multiple implementations of the same function X with
** the same number of arguments N but with different
** encodings E, then the implementation where E matches the
-** database encoding is preferred.
+** database encoding shall preferred.
**
** {H16139} For an aggregate SQL function created using
** [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,0,S,L)] the finalizer
-** function L will always be invoked exactly once if the
+** function L shall always be invoked exactly once if the
** step function S is called one or more times.
**
** {H16142} When SQLite invokes either the xFunc or xStep function of
** an application-defined SQL function or aggregate created
** by [sqlite3_create_function()] or [sqlite3_create_function16()],
** then the array of [sqlite3_value] objects passed as the
-** third parameter are always [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** third parameter shall be [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
sqlite3 *db,
** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue
** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid
** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid
-** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do.
+** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {H15100} <S20200>
** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {H13120} <S60600>
**
** The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
-** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. The database handle returned by
-** sqlite3_db_handle is the same database handle that was the first argument
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] that was the first argument
** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
** create the statement in the first place.
**
** If another function was previously registered, its
** pArg value is returned. Otherwise NULL is returned.
**
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
**
** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
** to be invoked.
** The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
** database and table name containing the affected row.
-** The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row. In the case of
-** an update, this is the rowid after the update takes place.
+** The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
**
** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
**
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
** is returned. Otherwise NULL is returned.
**
** to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings which are the names of the
** database and table that is being updated.
-** {H12985} The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row after
+** {H12985} The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row after
** the change occurs.
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
** and disabled if the argument is false.
**
-** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. {END}
+** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
**
** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.
**
+** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
+**
** INVARIANTS:
**
** {H10331} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)]
** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
** <tr><td> 7th <td> int <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
** <tr><td> 8th <td> int <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-** <tr><td> 9th <td> int <td> True if column is AUTOINCREMENT
+** <tr><td> 9th <td> int <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
** </table>
** </blockquote>
**
** If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
**
** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
-** explicitly declared INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, then the output
+** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
** parameters are set as follows:
**
** <pre>
**
** {H12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {H12660} <S20500>
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */
const char *zName, /* Name of the module */
const sqlite3_module *, /* Methods for the module */
** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is
** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */
const char *zName, /* Name of the module */
const sqlite3_module *, /* Methods for the module */
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} <S20400>
** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
** which is experimental and subject to change.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
/*
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
**
** <pre>
-** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
+** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
** </pre> {END}
**
** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the the BLOB is opened for read
**
** {H17821} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)]
** then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()],
** [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
** information appropriate for that error.
**
**
** {H17868} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,...)]
** then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()],
** [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
** information appropriate for that error, where D is the
** [database connection] that was used to open the [BLOB handle] P.
**
** {H17888} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_write(D,...)]
** then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()],
** [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
** information appropriate for that error.
*/
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* lru page list */
/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection {H17002} <H17000>
+**
+** This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {H11300} <S30800>
**
** {H11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11
/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status {H17200} <S60200>
**
** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status {H17201} <S60200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about a single [database connection]. The first argument is the
-** database connection object to be interrogated. The second argument
-** is the parameter to interrogate. Currently, the only allowed value
-** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED].
-** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The current value of the request parameter is written into *pCur
-** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. If
-** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
-** reset back down to the current value.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters {H17250} <H17200>
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17275} <H17200>
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status {H17500} <S60200>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about a single [database connection]. The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated. The second argument
+** is the parameter to interrogate. Currently, the only allowed value
+** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED].
+** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17520} <H17500>
** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Status verbs for [sqlite3_db_status()].
*/
#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status {H17550} <S60200>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations. These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated. The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counter]
+** to be interrogated.
+** The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements {H17570} <H17550>
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
+** careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
+** <dd>This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure. The majority of the
+** heap memory used by sqlite is used by the page cache to cache data read
+** from, or ready to be written to, the database file. By implementing a
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can control more
+** precisely the amount of memory consumed by sqlite, the way in which
+** said memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
+** how long.
+**
+** The contents of the structure are copied to an internal buffer by sqlite
+** within the call to [sqlite3_config].
+**
+** The xInit() method is called once for each call to [sqlite3_initialize()]
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). It is passed
+** a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value. It can be used to set
+** up global structures and mutexes required by the custom page cache
+** implementation. The xShutdown() method is called from within
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()], if the application invokes this API. It can be used
+** to clean up any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+**
+** The xCreate() method is used to construct a new cache instance. The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache. szPage will not be a power of two. The
+** second argument, bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will
+** be used to cache database pages read from a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based on the value of bPurgeable,
+** it is purely advisory.
+**
+** The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command. As with the bPurgeable parameter,
+** the implementation is not required to do anything special with this
+** value, it is advisory only.
+**
+** The xPagecount() method should return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache supplied as an argument.
+**
+** The xFetch() method is used to fetch a page and return a pointer to it.
+** A 'page', in this context, is a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
+** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. The
+** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page
+** is considered to be pinned.
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then a pointer to
+** the cached buffer should be returned with its contents intact. If the
+** page is not already in the cache, then the expected behaviour of the
+** cache is determined by the value of the createFlag parameter passed
+** to xFetch, according to the following table:
+**
+** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
+** <tr><th>createFlag<th>Expected Behaviour
+** <tr><td>0<td>NULL should be returned. No new cache entry is created.
+** <tr><td>1<td>If createFlag is set to 1, this indicates that
+** SQLite is holding pinned pages that can be unpinned
+** by writing their contents to the database file (a
+** relatively expensive operation). In this situation the
+** cache implementation has two choices: it can return NULL,
+** in which case SQLite will attempt to unpin one or more
+** pages before re-requesting the same page, or it can
+** allocate a new page and return a pointer to it. If a new
+** page is allocated, then the first sizeof(void*) bytes of
+** it (at least) must be zeroed before it is returned.
+** <tr><td>2<td>If createFlag is set to 2, then SQLite is not holding any
+** pinned pages associated with the specific cache passed
+** as the first argument to xFetch() that can be unpinned. The
+** cache implementation should attempt to allocate a new
+** cache entry and return a pointer to it. Again, the first
+** sizeof(void*) bytes of the page should be zeroed before
+** it is returned. If the xFetch() method returns NULL when
+** createFlag==2, SQLite assumes that a memory allocation
+** failed and returns SQLITE_NOMEM to the user.
+** </table>
+**
+** xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page should be evicted from the cache. In this case SQLite
+** assumes that the next time the page is retrieved from the cache using
+** the xFetch() method, it will be zeroed. If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page is considered to be unpinned. The cache implementation
+** may choose to reclaim (free or recycle) unpinned pages at any time.
+** SQLite assumes that next time the page is retrieved from the cache
+** it will either be zeroed, or contain the same data that it did when it
+** was unpinned.
+**
+** The cache is not required to perform any reference counting. A single
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument from oldKey to newKey. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it should be
+** discarded. Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods
+** functions.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+ void *pArg;
+ int (*xInit)(void*);
+ void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+ sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+ void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+ int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+ void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+ void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+ void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+ void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+ void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation. The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This API is used to overwrite the contents of one database with that
+** of another. It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** Exclusive access is required to the destination database for the
+** duration of the operation. However the source database is only
+** read-locked while it is actually being read, it is not locked
+** continuously for the entire operation. Thus, the backup may be
+** performed on a live database without preventing other users from
+** writing to the database for an extended period of time.
+**
+** To perform a backup operation:
+** <ol>
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
+** backup,
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer
+** the data between the two databases, and finally
+** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
+** associated with the backup operation.
+** </ol>
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
+**
+** The first two arguments passed to [sqlite3_backup_init()] are the database
+** handle associated with the destination database and the database name
+** used to attach the destination database to the handle. The database name
+** is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the temporary database, or
+** the name specified as part of the [ATTACH] statement if the destination is
+** an attached database. The third and fourth arguments passed to
+** sqlite3_backup_init() identify the [database connection]
+** and database name used
+** to access the source database. The values passed for the source and
+** destination [database connection] parameters must not be the same.
+**
+** If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(), then NULL is returned
+** and an error code and error message written into the [database connection]
+** passed as the first argument. They may be retrieved using the
+** [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** Otherwise, if successful, a pointer to an [sqlite3_backup] object is
+** returned. This pointer may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
+** operation.
+**
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
+**
+** Function [sqlite3_backup_step()] is used to copy up to nPage pages between
+** the source and destination databases, where nPage is the value of the
+** second parameter passed to sqlite3_backup_step(). If nPage is a negative
+** value, all remaining source pages are copied. If the required pages are
+** succesfully copied, but there are still more pages to copy before the
+** backup is complete, it returns [SQLITE_OK]. If no error occured and there
+** are no more pages to copy, then [SQLITE_DONE] is returned. If an error
+** occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned. As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** As well as the case where the destination database file was opened for
+** read-only access, sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** the destination is an in-memory database with a different page size
+** from the source database.
+**
+** If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). If the
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
+** errors are considered fatal. At this point the application must accept
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** Following the first call to sqlite3_backup_step(), an exclusive lock is
+** obtained on the destination file. It is not released until either
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. Additionally, each time
+** a call to sqlite3_backup_step() is made a [shared lock] is obtained on
+** the source database file. This lock is released before the
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call returns. Because the source database is not
+** locked between calls to sqlite3_backup_step(), it may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup procedure. If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be transparently
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is transparently
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
+**
+** Once sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the [sqlite3_backup]
+** object should be passed to sqlite3_backup_finish(). This releases all
+** resources associated with the backup operation. If sqlite3_backup_step()
+** has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any active write-transaction on the
+** destination database is rolled back. The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no error
+** occurred, regardless or whether or not sqlite3_backup_step() was called
+** a sufficient number of times to complete the backup operation. Or, if
+** an out-of-memory condition or IO error occured during a call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() then [SQLITE_NOMEM] or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] error code
+** is returned. In this case the error code and an error message are
+** written to the destination [database connection].
+**
+** A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() is
+** not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining(), sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
+**
+** Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values stored internally
+** by an [sqlite3_backup] object. The number of pages still to be backed
+** up, which may be queried by sqlite3_backup_remaining(), and the total
+** number of pages in the source database file, which may be queried by
+** sqlite3_backup_pagecount().
+**
+** The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified during a backup
+** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
+** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
+** changing.
+**
+** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
+**
+** The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination database
+** connection handle is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish(). Unfortunately SQLite does not currently check
+** for this, if the application does use the destination [database connection]
+** for some other purpose during a backup operation, things may appear to
+** work correctly but in fact be subtly malfunctioning. Use of the
+** destination database connection while a backup is in progress might
+** also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** Furthermore, if running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the file-system file being
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+ sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */
+ const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */
+ sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */
+ const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
** used in SQLite.
**
-** $Id: hash.h,v 1.11 2007/09/04 14:31:47 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: hash.h,v 1.12 2008/10/10 17:41:29 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
** this structure opaque.
*/
struct Hash {
- char keyClass; /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
- char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
- int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
- int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
- HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
- struct _ht { /* the hash table */
- int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
- HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+ unsigned int copyKey: 1; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+ unsigned int htsize : 31; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+ unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
+ HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
+ struct _ht { /* the hash table */
+ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
+ HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
} *ht;
};
};
/*
-** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
-**
-** SQLITE_HASH_INT nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
-**
-** SQLITE_HASH_POINTER pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
-**
-** SQLITE_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
-** is ignored in comparisons.
-**
-** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
-** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
-**
-** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
-** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.
-*/
-/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT 1 // NOT USED */
-/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER 2 // NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING 3
-#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY 4
-
-/*
** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int copyKey);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
#define TK_COMMIT 10
#define TK_END 11
#define TK_ROLLBACK 12
-#define TK_CREATE 13
-#define TK_TABLE 14
-#define TK_IF 15
-#define TK_NOT 16
-#define TK_EXISTS 17
-#define TK_TEMP 18
-#define TK_LP 19
-#define TK_RP 20
-#define TK_AS 21
-#define TK_COMMA 22
-#define TK_ID 23
-#define TK_ABORT 24
-#define TK_AFTER 25
-#define TK_ANALYZE 26
-#define TK_ASC 27
-#define TK_ATTACH 28
-#define TK_BEFORE 29
-#define TK_CASCADE 30
-#define TK_CAST 31
-#define TK_CONFLICT 32
-#define TK_DATABASE 33
-#define TK_DESC 34
-#define TK_DETACH 35
-#define TK_EACH 36
-#define TK_FAIL 37
-#define TK_FOR 38
-#define TK_IGNORE 39
-#define TK_INITIALLY 40
-#define TK_INSTEAD 41
-#define TK_LIKE_KW 42
-#define TK_MATCH 43
-#define TK_KEY 44
-#define TK_OF 45
-#define TK_OFFSET 46
-#define TK_PRAGMA 47
-#define TK_RAISE 48
-#define TK_REPLACE 49
-#define TK_RESTRICT 50
-#define TK_ROW 51
-#define TK_TRIGGER 52
-#define TK_VACUUM 53
-#define TK_VIEW 54
-#define TK_VIRTUAL 55
-#define TK_REINDEX 56
-#define TK_RENAME 57
-#define TK_CTIME_KW 58
-#define TK_ANY 59
-#define TK_OR 60
-#define TK_AND 61
-#define TK_IS 62
-#define TK_BETWEEN 63
-#define TK_IN 64
-#define TK_ISNULL 65
-#define TK_NOTNULL 66
-#define TK_NE 67
-#define TK_EQ 68
-#define TK_GT 69
-#define TK_LE 70
-#define TK_LT 71
-#define TK_GE 72
-#define TK_ESCAPE 73
-#define TK_BITAND 74
-#define TK_BITOR 75
-#define TK_LSHIFT 76
-#define TK_RSHIFT 77
-#define TK_PLUS 78
-#define TK_MINUS 79
-#define TK_STAR 80
-#define TK_SLASH 81
-#define TK_REM 82
-#define TK_CONCAT 83
-#define TK_COLLATE 84
-#define TK_UMINUS 85
-#define TK_UPLUS 86
-#define TK_BITNOT 87
-#define TK_STRING 88
-#define TK_JOIN_KW 89
-#define TK_CONSTRAINT 90
-#define TK_DEFAULT 91
-#define TK_NULL 92
-#define TK_PRIMARY 93
-#define TK_UNIQUE 94
-#define TK_CHECK 95
-#define TK_REFERENCES 96
-#define TK_AUTOINCR 97
-#define TK_ON 98
-#define TK_DELETE 99
-#define TK_UPDATE 100
-#define TK_INSERT 101
-#define TK_SET 102
-#define TK_DEFERRABLE 103
-#define TK_FOREIGN 104
-#define TK_DROP 105
-#define TK_UNION 106
-#define TK_ALL 107
-#define TK_EXCEPT 108
-#define TK_INTERSECT 109
-#define TK_SELECT 110
-#define TK_DISTINCT 111
-#define TK_DOT 112
-#define TK_FROM 113
-#define TK_JOIN 114
-#define TK_USING 115
-#define TK_ORDER 116
-#define TK_BY 117
-#define TK_GROUP 118
-#define TK_HAVING 119
-#define TK_LIMIT 120
-#define TK_WHERE 121
-#define TK_INTO 122
-#define TK_VALUES 123
-#define TK_INTEGER 124
-#define TK_FLOAT 125
-#define TK_BLOB 126
-#define TK_REGISTER 127
-#define TK_VARIABLE 128
-#define TK_CASE 129
-#define TK_WHEN 130
-#define TK_THEN 131
-#define TK_ELSE 132
-#define TK_INDEX 133
-#define TK_ALTER 134
-#define TK_TO 135
-#define TK_ADD 136
-#define TK_COLUMNKW 137
-#define TK_TO_TEXT 138
-#define TK_TO_BLOB 139
-#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 140
-#define TK_TO_INT 141
-#define TK_TO_REAL 142
-#define TK_END_OF_FILE 143
-#define TK_ILLEGAL 144
-#define TK_SPACE 145
-#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 146
-#define TK_COMMENT 147
-#define TK_FUNCTION 148
-#define TK_COLUMN 149
-#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 150
-#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 151
-#define TK_CONST_FUNC 152
+#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13
+#define TK_RELEASE 14
+#define TK_TO 15
+#define TK_CREATE 16
+#define TK_TABLE 17
+#define TK_IF 18
+#define TK_NOT 19
+#define TK_EXISTS 20
+#define TK_TEMP 21
+#define TK_LP 22
+#define TK_RP 23
+#define TK_AS 24
+#define TK_COMMA 25
+#define TK_ID 26
+#define TK_ABORT 27
+#define TK_AFTER 28
+#define TK_ANALYZE 29
+#define TK_ASC 30
+#define TK_ATTACH 31
+#define TK_BEFORE 32
+#define TK_BY 33
+#define TK_CASCADE 34
+#define TK_CAST 35
+#define TK_COLUMNKW 36
+#define TK_CONFLICT 37
+#define TK_DATABASE 38
+#define TK_DESC 39
+#define TK_DETACH 40
+#define TK_EACH 41
+#define TK_FAIL 42
+#define TK_FOR 43
+#define TK_IGNORE 44
+#define TK_INITIALLY 45
+#define TK_INSTEAD 46
+#define TK_LIKE_KW 47
+#define TK_MATCH 48
+#define TK_KEY 49
+#define TK_OF 50
+#define TK_OFFSET 51
+#define TK_PRAGMA 52
+#define TK_RAISE 53
+#define TK_REPLACE 54
+#define TK_RESTRICT 55
+#define TK_ROW 56
+#define TK_TRIGGER 57
+#define TK_VACUUM 58
+#define TK_VIEW 59
+#define TK_VIRTUAL 60
+#define TK_REINDEX 61
+#define TK_RENAME 62
+#define TK_CTIME_KW 63
+#define TK_ANY 64
+#define TK_OR 65
+#define TK_AND 66
+#define TK_IS 67
+#define TK_BETWEEN 68
+#define TK_IN 69
+#define TK_ISNULL 70
+#define TK_NOTNULL 71
+#define TK_NE 72
+#define TK_EQ 73
+#define TK_GT 74
+#define TK_LE 75
+#define TK_LT 76
+#define TK_GE 77
+#define TK_ESCAPE 78
+#define TK_BITAND 79
+#define TK_BITOR 80
+#define TK_LSHIFT 81
+#define TK_RSHIFT 82
+#define TK_PLUS 83
+#define TK_MINUS 84
+#define TK_STAR 85
+#define TK_SLASH 86
+#define TK_REM 87
+#define TK_CONCAT 88
+#define TK_COLLATE 89
+#define TK_UMINUS 90
+#define TK_UPLUS 91
+#define TK_BITNOT 92
+#define TK_STRING 93
+#define TK_JOIN_KW 94
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT 95
+#define TK_DEFAULT 96
+#define TK_NULL 97
+#define TK_PRIMARY 98
+#define TK_UNIQUE 99
+#define TK_CHECK 100
+#define TK_REFERENCES 101
+#define TK_AUTOINCR 102
+#define TK_ON 103
+#define TK_DELETE 104
+#define TK_UPDATE 105
+#define TK_INSERT 106
+#define TK_SET 107
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE 108
+#define TK_FOREIGN 109
+#define TK_DROP 110
+#define TK_UNION 111
+#define TK_ALL 112
+#define TK_EXCEPT 113
+#define TK_INTERSECT 114
+#define TK_SELECT 115
+#define TK_DISTINCT 116
+#define TK_DOT 117
+#define TK_FROM 118
+#define TK_JOIN 119
+#define TK_INDEXED 120
+#define TK_USING 121
+#define TK_ORDER 122
+#define TK_GROUP 123
+#define TK_HAVING 124
+#define TK_LIMIT 125
+#define TK_WHERE 126
+#define TK_INTO 127
+#define TK_VALUES 128
+#define TK_INTEGER 129
+#define TK_FLOAT 130
+#define TK_BLOB 131
+#define TK_REGISTER 132
+#define TK_VARIABLE 133
+#define TK_CASE 134
+#define TK_WHEN 135
+#define TK_THEN 136
+#define TK_ELSE 137
+#define TK_INDEX 138
+#define TK_ALTER 139
+#define TK_ADD 140
+#define TK_TO_TEXT 141
+#define TK_TO_BLOB 142
+#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143
+#define TK_TO_INT 144
+#define TK_TO_REAL 145
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE 146
+#define TK_ILLEGAL 147
+#define TK_SPACE 148
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 149
+#define TK_FUNCTION 150
+#define TK_COLUMN 151
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 152
+#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 153
+#define TK_CONST_FUNC 154
/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */
typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */
+typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */
/*
** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
** evaluated at runtime.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
#endif
-#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)
+#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\
+ || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__)
# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0
# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE
** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
** an array.
*/
-#define ArraySize(X) (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
/*
** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3DbFree)
/*
+** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
+** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
+** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
+** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
+** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD
+** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable
+** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
+** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer
+** for the run-time allocated buffer.
+**
+** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
+** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ #define SQLITE_WSD const
+ #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
+ #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
+#else
+ #define SQLITE_WSD
+ #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
+ #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
+** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately
+** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
+** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the
+** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
+** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
+** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
+**
+** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
+** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
+** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
+** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
+** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
+** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
+
+/*
** Forward references to structures
*/
typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
+typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
typedef struct Column Column;
typedef struct Db Db;
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
typedef struct FKey FKey;
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
typedef struct IdList IdList;
typedef struct Index Index;
typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
typedef struct Module Module;
typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
typedef struct Select Select;
typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
+typedef struct Walker Walker;
+typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan;
typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description
** of what each interface routine does.
**
-** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.102 2008/07/11 21:02:54 drh Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.108 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
-struct UnpackedRecord; /* Forward declaration. Definition in vdbeaux.c. */
-
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */
int iTable, /* Index of root page */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
BtCursor*,
const void *pKey,
- struct UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
i64 nKey,
int bias,
int *pRes
);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+ BtCursor*,
+ UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
+ i64 intKey,
+ int bias,
+ int *pRes
+);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
**
-** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.135 2008/08/01 20:10:08 drh Exp $
+** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.139 2008/10/31 10:53:23 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
*/
typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
typedef struct Mem Mem;
-typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
/*
** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
#define OP_Affinity 2
#define OP_Column 3
#define OP_SetCookie 4
-#define OP_Real 125 /* same as TK_FLOAT */
-#define OP_Sequence 5
-#define OP_MoveGt 6
-#define OP_Ge 72 /* same as TK_GE */
-#define OP_RowKey 7
-#define OP_SCopy 8
-#define OP_Eq 68 /* same as TK_EQ */
-#define OP_OpenWrite 9
-#define OP_NotNull 66 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
-#define OP_If 10
-#define OP_ToInt 141 /* same as TK_TO_INT */
-#define OP_String8 88 /* same as TK_STRING */
-#define OP_VRowid 11
-#define OP_CollSeq 12
-#define OP_OpenRead 13
-#define OP_Expire 14
-#define OP_AutoCommit 15
-#define OP_Gt 69 /* same as TK_GT */
+#define OP_Seek 5
+#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */
+#define OP_Sequence 6
+#define OP_Savepoint 7
+#define OP_Ge 77 /* same as TK_GE */
+#define OP_RowKey 8
+#define OP_SCopy 9
+#define OP_Eq 73 /* same as TK_EQ */
+#define OP_OpenWrite 10
+#define OP_NotNull 71 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
+#define OP_If 11
+#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */
+#define OP_String8 93 /* same as TK_STRING */
+#define OP_VRowid 12
+#define OP_CollSeq 13
+#define OP_OpenRead 14
+#define OP_Expire 15
+#define OP_AutoCommit 16
+#define OP_Gt 74 /* same as TK_GT */
#define OP_Pagecount 17
#define OP_IntegrityCk 18
-#define OP_Sort 19
-#define OP_Copy 20
-#define OP_Trace 21
-#define OP_Function 22
-#define OP_IfNeg 23
-#define OP_And 61 /* same as TK_AND */
-#define OP_Subtract 79 /* same as TK_MINUS */
-#define OP_Noop 24
-#define OP_Return 25
-#define OP_Remainder 82 /* same as TK_REM */
-#define OP_NewRowid 26
-#define OP_Multiply 80 /* same as TK_STAR */
-#define OP_Variable 27
-#define OP_String 28
-#define OP_RealAffinity 29
-#define OP_VRename 30
-#define OP_ParseSchema 31
-#define OP_VOpen 32
-#define OP_Close 33
-#define OP_CreateIndex 34
-#define OP_IsUnique 35
-#define OP_NotFound 36
-#define OP_Int64 37
-#define OP_MustBeInt 38
-#define OP_Halt 39
-#define OP_Rowid 40
-#define OP_IdxLT 41
-#define OP_AddImm 42
-#define OP_Statement 43
-#define OP_RowData 44
-#define OP_MemMax 45
-#define OP_Or 60 /* same as TK_OR */
-#define OP_NotExists 46
-#define OP_Gosub 47
-#define OP_Divide 81 /* same as TK_SLASH */
-#define OP_Integer 48
-#define OP_ToNumeric 140 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
-#define OP_Prev 49
-#define OP_Concat 83 /* same as TK_CONCAT */
-#define OP_BitAnd 74 /* same as TK_BITAND */
-#define OP_VColumn 50
-#define OP_CreateTable 51
-#define OP_Last 52
-#define OP_IsNull 65 /* same as TK_ISNULL */
-#define OP_IncrVacuum 53
-#define OP_IdxRowid 54
-#define OP_ShiftRight 77 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
-#define OP_ResetCount 55
-#define OP_FifoWrite 56
-#define OP_ContextPush 57
-#define OP_Yield 58
-#define OP_DropTrigger 59
-#define OP_DropIndex 62
-#define OP_IdxGE 63
-#define OP_IdxDelete 64
-#define OP_Vacuum 73
-#define OP_MoveLe 84
-#define OP_IfNot 85
-#define OP_DropTable 86
-#define OP_MakeRecord 89
-#define OP_ToBlob 139 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */
-#define OP_ResultRow 90
-#define OP_Delete 91
-#define OP_AggFinal 92
-#define OP_Compare 93
-#define OP_ShiftLeft 76 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
-#define OP_Goto 94
-#define OP_TableLock 95
-#define OP_FifoRead 96
-#define OP_Clear 97
-#define OP_MoveLt 98
-#define OP_Le 70 /* same as TK_LE */
-#define OP_VerifyCookie 99
-#define OP_AggStep 100
-#define OP_ToText 138 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */
-#define OP_Not 16 /* same as TK_NOT */
-#define OP_ToReal 142 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */
-#define OP_SetNumColumns 101
-#define OP_Transaction 102
-#define OP_VFilter 103
-#define OP_Ne 67 /* same as TK_NE */
-#define OP_VDestroy 104
-#define OP_ContextPop 105
-#define OP_BitOr 75 /* same as TK_BITOR */
-#define OP_Next 106
-#define OP_IdxInsert 107
-#define OP_Lt 71 /* same as TK_LT */
-#define OP_Insert 108
-#define OP_Destroy 109
-#define OP_ReadCookie 110
-#define OP_ForceInt 111
-#define OP_LoadAnalysis 112
-#define OP_Explain 113
-#define OP_OpenPseudo 114
-#define OP_OpenEphemeral 115
-#define OP_Null 116
-#define OP_Move 117
-#define OP_Blob 118
-#define OP_Add 78 /* same as TK_PLUS */
-#define OP_Rewind 119
-#define OP_MoveGe 120
-#define OP_VBegin 121
-#define OP_VUpdate 122
-#define OP_IfZero 123
-#define OP_BitNot 87 /* same as TK_BITNOT */
-#define OP_VCreate 124
+#define OP_Sort 20
+#define OP_Copy 21
+#define OP_Trace 22
+#define OP_Function 23
+#define OP_IfNeg 24
+#define OP_And 66 /* same as TK_AND */
+#define OP_Subtract 84 /* same as TK_MINUS */
+#define OP_Noop 25
+#define OP_Return 26
+#define OP_Remainder 87 /* same as TK_REM */
+#define OP_NewRowid 27
+#define OP_Multiply 85 /* same as TK_STAR */
+#define OP_Variable 28
+#define OP_String 29
+#define OP_RealAffinity 30
+#define OP_VRename 31
+#define OP_ParseSchema 32
+#define OP_VOpen 33
+#define OP_Close 34
+#define OP_CreateIndex 35
+#define OP_IsUnique 36
+#define OP_NotFound 37
+#define OP_Int64 38
+#define OP_MustBeInt 39
+#define OP_Halt 40
+#define OP_Rowid 41
+#define OP_IdxLT 42
+#define OP_AddImm 43
+#define OP_Statement 44
+#define OP_RowData 45
+#define OP_MemMax 46
+#define OP_Or 65 /* same as TK_OR */
+#define OP_NotExists 47
+#define OP_Gosub 48
+#define OP_Divide 86 /* same as TK_SLASH */
+#define OP_Integer 49
+#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
+#define OP_Prev 50
+#define OP_RowSetRead 51
+#define OP_Concat 88 /* same as TK_CONCAT */
+#define OP_RowSetAdd 52
+#define OP_BitAnd 79 /* same as TK_BITAND */
+#define OP_VColumn 53
+#define OP_CreateTable 54
+#define OP_Last 55
+#define OP_SeekLe 56
+#define OP_IsNull 70 /* same as TK_ISNULL */
+#define OP_IncrVacuum 57
+#define OP_IdxRowid 58
+#define OP_ShiftRight 82 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
+#define OP_ResetCount 59
+#define OP_ContextPush 60
+#define OP_Yield 61
+#define OP_DropTrigger 62
+#define OP_DropIndex 63
+#define OP_IdxGE 64
+#define OP_IdxDelete 67
+#define OP_Vacuum 68
+#define OP_IfNot 69
+#define OP_DropTable 78
+#define OP_SeekLt 89
+#define OP_MakeRecord 90
+#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */
+#define OP_ResultRow 91
+#define OP_Delete 94
+#define OP_AggFinal 95
+#define OP_Compare 96
+#define OP_ShiftLeft 81 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
+#define OP_Goto 97
+#define OP_TableLock 98
+#define OP_Clear 99
+#define OP_Le 75 /* same as TK_LE */
+#define OP_VerifyCookie 100
+#define OP_AggStep 101
+#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */
+#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */
+#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */
+#define OP_SetNumColumns 102
+#define OP_Transaction 103
+#define OP_VFilter 104
+#define OP_Ne 72 /* same as TK_NE */
+#define OP_VDestroy 105
+#define OP_ContextPop 106
+#define OP_BitOr 80 /* same as TK_BITOR */
+#define OP_Next 107
+#define OP_IdxInsert 108
+#define OP_Lt 76 /* same as TK_LT */
+#define OP_SeekGe 109
+#define OP_Insert 110
+#define OP_Destroy 111
+#define OP_ReadCookie 112
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis 113
+#define OP_Explain 114
+#define OP_OpenPseudo 115
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral 116
+#define OP_Null 117
+#define OP_Move 118
+#define OP_Blob 119
+#define OP_Add 83 /* same as TK_PLUS */
+#define OP_Rewind 120
+#define OP_SeekGt 121
+#define OP_VBegin 122
+#define OP_VUpdate 123
+#define OP_IfZero 124
+#define OP_BitNot 92 /* same as TK_BITNOT */
+#define OP_VCreate 125
#define OP_Found 126
#define OP_IfPos 127
#define OP_NullRow 128
#define OP_Jump 129
-#define OP_Permutation 130
+#define OP_Permutation 131
/* The following opcode values are never used */
-#define OP_NotUsed_131 131
#define OP_NotUsed_132 132
#define OP_NotUsed_133 133
#define OP_NotUsed_134 134
#define OP_NotUsed_135 135
#define OP_NotUsed_136 136
#define OP_NotUsed_137 137
+#define OP_NotUsed_138 138
+#define OP_NotUsed_139 139
+#define OP_NotUsed_140 140
/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */
#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0020 /* out3: P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
-/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x02, 0x11, 0x00,\
-/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 16 */ 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05,\
-/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05, 0x00,\
-/* 40 */ 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x11, 0x01,\
-/* 48 */ 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\
-/* 56 */ 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x11,\
-/* 64 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
-/* 72 */ 0x15, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
-/* 80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x11, 0x05, 0x00, 0x04,\
-/* 88 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
-/* 96 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
-/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x05,\
-/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\
-/* 120 */ 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x05,\
-/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,}
+/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x08, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 16 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x04, 0x01, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 24 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00,\
+/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05,\
+/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x11,\
+/* 48 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x21, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\
+/* 56 */ 0x11, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 64 */ 0x11, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05,\
+/* 72 */ 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x00, 0x2c,\
+/* 80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
+/* 88 */ 0x2c, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 104 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x11, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 120 */ 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x11, 0x05,\
+/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
+/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,}
/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,void*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,
+ UnpackedRecord*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
**
-** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.77 2008/07/16 18:17:56 danielk1977 Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.100 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _PAGER_H_
#define _PAGER_H_
/*
-** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
-** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
+** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
#define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
/*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c
+** for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
+
+/*
** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
**
-** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
*/
#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */
#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */
/*
-** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
-** routines:
+** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
+** a detailed description of each routine.
*/
+
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, Pager **ppPager, const char*, int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+
+/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+
+/* Operations on page references. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
+
+/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
+
+/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int);
-#endif
+/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
+/* Used by encryption extensions. */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
#endif
+/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
#endif
-
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+ void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
#else
# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pcache.h,v 1.19 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
+
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+typedef struct PCache PCache;
+
+/*
+** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+struct PgHdr {
+ void *pData; /* Content of this page */
+ void *pExtra; /* Extra content */
+ PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */
+ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
+ Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */
+#endif
+ u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c
+ ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
+ */
+ i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */
+ PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */
+
+ PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
+ PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
+};
+
+/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
+#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before
+ ** writing this page to the database */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */
+#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
+#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */
+
+/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
+
+/* Page cache buffer management:
+** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
+
+/* Create a new pager cache.
+** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
+** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+ int szPage, /* Size of every page */
+ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */
+ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */
+ int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
+ void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */
+ PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+);
+
+/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate
+** storage space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
+
+/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released.
+** Reference counted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
+
+/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
+
+/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
+
+/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
+
+/* Reset and close the cache object */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
+
+/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
+
+/* Discard the contents of the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
+
+/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
+
+/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
+
+/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
+** library is built.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
+#endif
+
+/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
+**
+** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
+** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
+** of the suggested cache-sizes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
+
+#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
** being included by every source file.
**
-** $Id: os.h,v 1.105 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: os.h,v 1.108 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for
** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
**
-** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for
-** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte
-** ranges for locking. In particular, the same locking strategy and
+** The same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having
** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever
** 1GB boundary.
**
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
-#define PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
-#else
-SQLITE_API extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte;
-#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte
-#endif
-
+#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte
#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1)
#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2)
#define SHARED_SIZE 510
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
** include this one indirectly.
**
-** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.8 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.9 2008/10/07 15:25:48 drh Exp $
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF
-/*
-** If SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF is defined, then this whole module is
-** omitted and equivalent functionality must be provided by the
-** application that links against the SQLite library.
-*/
-#else
/*
** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are
**
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications that
-** do not desire error checking.
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The
+** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
+** at start-time.
**
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG For single-threaded applications with
-** error checking to help verify that mutexes
-** are being used correctly even though they
-** are not needed. Used when SQLITE_DEBUG is
-** defined on single-threaded builds.
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No
+** mutual exclusion is provided. But this
+** implementation can be overridden at
+** start-time.
**
** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
**
**
** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2.
*/
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP 1 /* The default */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_OS2
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
+#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
+# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+# elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
+# else
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+# endif
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
*/
#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK
#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF */
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_OMIT_MUTEX) */
/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
char *zName; /* Name of this database */
Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */
- u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
+ u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
void *pAux; /* Auxiliary data. Usually NULL */
void (*xFreeAux)(void*); /* Routine to free pAux */
Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
/*
** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
-** to satisify small transient memory allocation requests for objects
+** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
** associated with a particular database connection. The use of
** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */
- LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List if available buffers */
+ LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */
void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */
void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */
};
};
/*
+** A hash table for function definitions.
+**
+** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
+** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
+*/
+struct FuncDefHash {
+ FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */
+};
+
+/*
** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
**
** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */
int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */
Db *aDb; /* All backends */
- int flags; /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
+ int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */
CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
i64 priorNewRowid; /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
- int magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+ u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */
u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */
} init;
int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */
- void **aExtension; /* Array of shared libraray handles */
+ void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */
struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */
- int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
+ int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */
+ int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */
void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */
void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */
void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */
char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */
union {
- int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
+ volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
double notUsed1; /* Spacer */
} u1;
Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
#endif
- Hash aFunc; /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */
+ FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */
Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */
BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */
int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
sqlite3_stmt *pFetch; /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */
#endif
+ Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */
+ int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
+ u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
};
/*
#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00040000 /* Ignore schema errors */
#define SQLITE_SharedCache 0x00080000 /* Cache sharing is enabled */
#define SQLITE_Vtab 0x00100000 /* There exists a virtual table */
+#define SQLITE_CommitBusy 0x00200000 /* In the process of committing */
/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
struct FuncDef {
i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */
u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
- u8 needCollSeq; /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */
FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */
void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
- void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finializer */
- char zName[1]; /* SQL name of the function. MUST BE LAST */
+ void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */
+ char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */
+ FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_PRIVATE 0x10 /* Allowed for internal use only */
+
+/*
+** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
+** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
+**
+** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
+** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
+** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
+** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If
+** argument bNC is true, then the FuncDef.needCollate flag is set.
+**
+** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
+** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
+** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
+** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
+** FUNCTION().
+**
+** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
+** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName
+** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C
+** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
+** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
+** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
+** parameter.
+*/
+#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*8, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*8, pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
+ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*8, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0}
+
+/*
+** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
+** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
+** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
+** OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+struct Savepoint {
+ char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
+ Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
};
/*
+** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
+** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0
+#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1
+#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2
+
+
+/*
** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
** hash table.
};
/*
-** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephermeral. Delete with VDBE */
-
-/*
** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
** of this structure.
*/
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**
-** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
+** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one
** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
};
/*
-** Allowed values of CollSeq flags:
+** Allowed values of CollSeq.type:
*/
#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY 1 /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */
#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE 2 /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */
**
** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve
-** the speed a little by number the values consecutively.
+** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.
**
** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way,
** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
-** is generated for each row of the table. Table.hasPrimKey is true if
+** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
**
** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
-** holds temporary tables and indices. If Table.isEphem
-** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set
+** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum
** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
** of a SELECT statement.
*/
struct Table {
- sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection. Might be NULL. */
- char *zName; /* Name of the table */
- int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */
- Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */
- int iPKey; /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
- Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
- int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
- Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */
- Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
- FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
- char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection. Might be NULL. */
+ char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */
+ int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */
+ Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */
+ Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+ int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+ Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */
+ u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */
+ u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */
+ u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
+ FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
+ Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
- int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE statement to add a new column */
+ int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
#endif
- u8 readOnly; /* True if this table should not be written by the user */
- u8 isEphem; /* True if created using OP_OpenEphermeral */
- u8 hasPrimKey; /* True if there exists a primary key */
- u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
- u8 autoInc; /* True if the integer primary key is autoincrement */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- u8 isVirtual; /* True if this is a virtual table */
- u8 isCommit; /* True once the CREATE TABLE has been committed */
- Module *pMod; /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to the module instance */
- int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */
- char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
-#endif
- Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */
+ Module *pMod; /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to the module instance */
+ int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */
+ char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
+#endif
+ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */
+ Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
};
/*
+** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags.
+*/
+#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */
+#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */
+#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */
+#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
+#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */
+#define TF_NeedMetadata 0x20 /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */
+
+
+
+/*
** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is
** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
** table support is omitted from the build.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define IsVirtual(X) ((X)->isVirtual)
+# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
# define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden)
#else
# define IsVirtual(X) 0
**
** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when
-** the from-table is created. The existance of the to-table is not checked
+** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked
** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
**
** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
** field.
*/
struct FKey {
- Table *pFrom; /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
+ Table *pFrom; /* The table that contains the REFERENCES clause */
FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to */
FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the
** comparison of the two index keys.
-**
-** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would
-** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key
-** were larger.
*/
struct KeyInfo {
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
- u8 incrKey; /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */
- u8 prefixIsEqual; /* Treat a prefix as equal */
- int nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
+ u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
u8 *aSortOrder; /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
};
/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
+** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
+** values.
+**
+** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
+** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
+** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by
+** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
+** OP_Column opcode.
+**
+** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
+** into its constituent fields.
+*/
+struct UnpackedRecord {
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */
+ u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
+ u16 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */
+ Mem *aMem; /* Values */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
+*/
+#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE 0x0001 /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */
+#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY 0x0002 /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */
+#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID 0x0004 /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */
+#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x0008 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
+#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x0010 /* A prefix match is considered OK */
+
+/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
**
** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
-** may contain random values. Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
+** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
*/
struct Token {
Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */
FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */
int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
- int iDistinct; /* Ephermeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
+ int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
} *aFunc;
int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
int nFuncAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */
int iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
Select *pSelect; /* When the expression is a sub-select. Also the
** right side of "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
- Table *pTab; /* Table for OP_Column expressions. */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
#endif
Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */
char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */
u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
- u8 isAgg; /* True if this is an aggregate like count(*) */
u8 done; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+ u16 iCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
+ u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
} *a; /* One entry for each expression */
};
typedef u64 Bitmask;
/*
+** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
+*/
+#define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
+
+/*
** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
** the SrcList.a[] array.
Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
u8 isPopulated; /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
+ u8 notIndexed; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */
IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */
- Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N or pTab is used */
+ Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
+ char *zIndex; /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
+ Index *pIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */
} a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
};
#define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
#define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */
+
+/*
+** A WherePlan object holds information that describes a lookup
+** strategy.
+**
+** This object is intended to be opaque outside of the where.c module.
+** It is included here only so that that compiler will know how big it
+** is. None of the fields in this object should be used outside of
+** the where.c module.
+**
+** Within the union, pIdx is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_INDEXED is true.
+** pTerm is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR is true. And pVtabIdx
+** is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE is true. It is never the
+** case that more than one of these conditions is true.
+*/
+struct WherePlan {
+ u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags that describe the strategy */
+ u32 nEq; /* Number of == constraints */
+ union {
+ Index *pIdx; /* Index when WHERE_INDEXED is true */
+ struct WhereTerm *pTerm; /* WHERE clause term for OR-search */
+ sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx; /* Virtual table index to use */
+ } u;
+};
+
/*
** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
** structure contains a single instance of this structure. This structure
** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
** access or modified by other modules.
**
-** The pIdxInfo and pBestIdx fields are used to help pick the best
-** index on a virtual table. The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
+** The pIdxInfo field is used to help pick the best index on a
+** virtual table. The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering.
** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c.
-** The pBestIdx pointer is a copy of pIdxInfo for the i-th table after
-** FROM clause ordering. This is a little confusing so I will repeat
-** it in different words. WhereInfo.a[i].pIdxInfo is index information
-** for WhereInfo.pTabList.a[i]. WhereInfo.a[i].pBestInfo is the
-** index information for the i-th loop of the join. pBestInfo is always
-** either NULL or a copy of some pIdxInfo. So for cleanup it is
-** sufficient to free all of the pIdxInfo pointers.
-**
+** All other information in the i-th WhereLevel object for the i-th table
+** after FROM clause ordering.
*/
struct WhereLevel {
- int iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
- int flags; /* Flags associated with this level */
- int iMem; /* First memory cell used by this level */
+ WherePlan plan; /* query plan for this element of the FROM clause */
int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
- Index *pIdx; /* Index used. NULL if no index */
int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
- int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to acesss pIdx */
- int brk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
- int nxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
- int cont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
- int top; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
- int op, p1, p2; /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
- int nEq; /* Number of == or IN constraints on this loop */
- int nIn; /* Number of IN operators constraining this loop */
- struct InLoop {
- int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
- int topAddr; /* Top of the IN loop */
- } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */
- sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx; /* Index information for this level */
+ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
+ int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+ int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
+ int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+ int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+ u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
+ u8 op, p5; /* Opcode and P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
+ int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
+ union { /* Information that depends on plan.wsFlags */
+ struct {
+ int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
+ struct InLoop {
+ int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
+ int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */
+ } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */
+ } in; /* Used when plan.wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
+ } u;
/* The following field is really not part of the current level. But
- ** we need a place to cache index information for each table in the
- ** FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is a convenient place.
+ ** we need a place to cache virtual table index information for each
+ ** virtual table in the FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is
+ ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause
+ ** element.
*/
sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; /* Index info for n-th source table */
};
/*
-** Flags appropriate for the wflags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin().
+** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin().
*/
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0 /* No-op */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 1 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 2 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
-#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 4 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
+#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+#define WHERE_FILL_ROWSET 0x0008 /* Save results in a RowSet object */
+#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN 0x0010 /* Table cursor are already open */
+#define WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE 0x0020 /* Omit close of table & index cursors */
/*
** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The
*/
struct WhereInfo {
Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
- SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */
- int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
- int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */
- int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
- int nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */
- sqlite3_index_info **apInfo; /* Array of pointers to index info structures */
- WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
+ int regRowSet; /* Store rowids in this rowset if >=0 */
+ SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */
+ int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
+ int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+ int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+ int nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */
+ struct WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+ WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
};
/*
struct Select {
ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */
u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
- u8 isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
- u8 isResolved; /* True once sqlite3SelectResolve() has run. */
- u8 isAgg; /* True if this is an aggregate query */
- u8 usesEphm; /* True if uses an OpenEphemeral opcode */
- u8 disallowOrderBy; /* Do not allow an ORDER BY to be attached if TRUE */
char affinity; /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */
+ u16 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */
SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */
Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */
ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */
};
/*
-** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.
+** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for
+** "Select Flag".
+*/
+#define SF_Distinct 0x0001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */
+#define SF_Resolved 0x0002 /* Identifiers have been resolved */
+#define SF_Aggregate 0x0004 /* Contains aggregate functions */
+#define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0008 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
+#define SF_Expanded 0x0010 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
+#define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x0020 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
+
+
+/*
+** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways. The
+** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
*/
#define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */
/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard)
-#define SRT_Callback 5 /* Invoke a callback with each row of result */
+#define SRT_Output 5 /* Output each row of result */
#define SRT_Mem 6 /* Store result in a memory cell */
#define SRT_Set 7 /* Store results as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Table 8 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
#define SRT_Coroutine 10 /* Generate a single row of result */
/*
-** A structure used to customize the behaviour of sqlite3Select(). See
+** A structure used to customize the behavior of sqlite3Select(). See
** comments above sqlite3Select() for details.
*/
typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
int nVarExpr; /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
int nVarExprAlloc; /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
Expr **apVarExpr; /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
+ int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */
+ int nAliasAlloc; /* Number of allocated slots for aAlias[] */
+ int *aAlias; /* Register used to hold aliased result */
u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
Token sErrToken; /* The token at which the error occurred */
Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
#endif
int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
+ Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
};
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */
u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
- Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
+ Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
the <column-list> is stored here */
Token nameToken; /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */
u8 mallocFailed; /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */
- u8 useMalloc; /* True if zText is enlargable using realloc */
+ u8 useMalloc; /* True if zText is enlargeable using realloc */
u8 tooBig; /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */
};
int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */
sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */
+ sqlite3_pcache_methods pcache; /* Low-level page-cache interface */
void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */
int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */
int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */
int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
+ int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
+ int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
+ /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always
+ ** initially be zero, however. */
int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */
+ int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */
int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */
sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
- int nSmall; /* alloc size threshold used by mem6.c */
- int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
+ int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
+};
+
+/*
+** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
+*/
+struct Walker {
+ int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */
+ int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */
+ union { /* Extra data for callback */
+ NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */
+ int i; /* Integer value */
+ } u;
};
+/* Forward declarations */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
+
+/*
+** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
+** callbacks.
+*/
+#define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */
+#define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
+#define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */
+
/*
** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
#endif
/*
+** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
+** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
+** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
+#else
+# include <ctype.h>
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x))
+#endif
+
+/*
** Internal function prototypes
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys6(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(void (*)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int), void*, sqlite3_int64);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusReset(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClear(sqlite3*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,char*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
+
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*,
- Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
+ Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
Token*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*, Select*, int, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
Expr*,ExprList*,int,Expr*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *);
+#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u8, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprResolveNames(NameContext *, Expr *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
int*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Select*, Expr*, int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
+#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse*, Table*, int, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TriggersExist(Table*, int, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int,
int, int, u32*, u32*);
void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
#else
-# define sqlite3TriggersExist(A,B,C,D,E,F) 0
+# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*,...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
/*
** x = putVarint32( A, B );
**
*/
-#define getVarint32(A,B) ((*(A)<(unsigned char)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), &(B)))
-#define putVarint32(A,B) (((B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
+#define getVarint32(A,B) (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), (u32 *)&(B)))
+#define putVarint32(A,B) (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint
#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectResolve(Parse *, Select *, NameContext *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
+
/*
** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
*/
# define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
# define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
# define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
+# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
+# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, sqlite3_vtab *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
#define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);
+
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
#else
#define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
#define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
+ #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
**
** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
**
-** $Id: global.c,v 1.4 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: global.c,v 1.12 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $
*/
};
/*
+** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
+** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
+**
+** isspace() 0x01
+** isalpha() 0x02
+** isdigit() 0x04
+** isalnum() 0x06
+** isxdigit() 0x08
+** toupper() 0x20
+**
+** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
+** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
+** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
+** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
+**
+** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
+**
+** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
+** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
+**
+** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
+** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */
+ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */
+ 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */
+ 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */
+
+ 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */
+ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */
+ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */
+ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */
+ 0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */
+ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */
+ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */
+ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */
+
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 80..87 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 88..8f ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 90..97 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 98..9f ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a0..a7 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a8..af ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b0..b7 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b8..bf ........ */
+
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c0..c7 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c8..cf ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d0..d7 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d8..df ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e0..e7 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e8..ef ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* f0..f7 ........ */
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 /* f8..ff ........ */
+};
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
** the SQLite library.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
- 1, /* bMemstat */
- 1, /* bCoreMutex */
- 1, /* bFullMutex */
- 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */
- 100, /* szLookaside */
- 500, /* nLookaside */
- /* Other fields all default to zero */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */
+ 1, /* bCoreMutex */
+ SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */
+ 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */
+ 100, /* szLookaside */
+ 500, /* nLookaside */
+ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */
+ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */
+ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* pcache */
+ (void*)0, /* pHeap */
+ 0, /* nHeap */
+ 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
+ (void*)0, /* pScratch */
+ 0, /* szScratch */
+ 0, /* nScratch */
+ (void*)0, /* pPage */
+ 0, /* szPage */
+ 0, /* nPage */
+ 0, /* mxParserStack */
+ 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */
+ /* All the rest need to always be zero */
+ 0, /* isInit */
+ 0, /* inProgress */
+ 0, /* isMallocInit */
+ 0, /* pInitMutex */
+ 0, /* nRefInitMutex */
};
+
+/*
+** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
+** database connections. After initialization, this table is
+** read-only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+
+/*
+** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
+** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses
+** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts
+** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign
+** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
+**
+** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
+** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to
+** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
+** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
+** move the pending byte.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than
+** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
+** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
+** and dileterious behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
+
/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
/*
** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
** functionality.
**
-** $Id: status.c,v 1.7 2008/08/05 17:53:23 drh Exp $
+** $Id: status.c,v 1.9 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
*/
/*
** Variables in which to record status information.
*/
-static struct {
+typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
int nowValue[9]; /* Current value */
int mxValue[9]; /* Maximum value */
-} sqlite3Stat;
+} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
-/*
-** Reset the status records. This routine is called by
-** sqlite3_initialize().
+/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
+** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusReset(void){
- memset(&sqlite3Stat, 0, sizeof(sqlite3Stat));
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
+# define wsdStat x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdStatInit
+# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
+#endif
/*
** Return the current value of a status parameter.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(sqlite3Stat.nowValue) );
- return sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
/*
** caller holds appropriate locks.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(sqlite3Stat.nowValue) );
- sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op] += N;
- if( sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op]>sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] ){
- sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] = sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
+ if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
}
** Set the value of a status to X.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(sqlite3Stat.nowValue) );
- sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op] = X;
- if( sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op]>sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] ){
- sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] = sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
+ if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
}
** then this routine is not threadsafe.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
- if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(sqlite3Stat.nowValue) ){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
- *pCurrent = sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
- *pHighwater = sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op];
+ *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+ *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
if( resetFlag ){
- sqlite3Stat.mxValue[op] = sqlite3Stat.nowValue[op];
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
-** $Id: date.c,v 1.87 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: date.c,v 1.103 2009/02/04 03:59:25 shane Exp $
**
** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** Willmann-Bell, Inc
** Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/
-#include <ctype.h>
#include <time.h>
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */
int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */
double s; /* Seconds */
- char validYMD; /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
- char validHMS; /* True if h,m,s are valid */
- char validJD; /* True if iJD is valid */
- char validTZ; /* True if tz is valid */
+ char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
+ char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
+ char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
+ char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */
};
pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
val = 0;
while( N-- ){
- if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
goto end_getDigits;
}
val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
int sgn = 0;
int nHr, nMn;
int c;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
p->tz = 0;
c = *zDate;
if( c=='-' ){
zDate += 5;
p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
zulu_time:
- while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
return *zDate!=0;
}
return 1;
}
zDate += 2;
- if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
+ if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
double rScale = 1.0;
zDate++;
- while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
rScale *= 10.0;
zDate++;
p->m = m;
p->s = s + ms;
if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
- p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
+ p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
return 0;
}
}
A = Y/100;
B = 2 - A + (A/4);
- X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716);
- X2 = 30.6001*(M+1);
- p->iJD = (X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5)*86400000;
+ X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
+ X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
+ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
p->validJD = 1;
if( p->validHMS ){
- p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + p->s*1000;
+ p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
if( p->validTZ ){
p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
p->validYMD = 0;
return 1;
}
zDate += 10;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
/* We got the time */
}else if( *zDate==0 ){
p->M = 1;
p->D = 1;
}else{
- Z = (p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000;
- A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25;
+ Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
+ A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
B = A + 1524;
- C = (B - 122.1)/365.25;
- D = 365.25*C;
- E = (B-D)/30.6001;
- X1 = 30.6001*E;
+ C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
+ D = (36525*C)/100;
+ E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
+ X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
p->D = B - D - X1;
p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
int s;
if( p->validHMS ) return;
computeJD(p);
- s = (p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000;
+ s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
p->s = s/1000.0;
- s = p->s;
+ s = (int)p->s;
p->s -= s;
p->h = s/3600;
s -= p->h*3600;
** between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
*/
-static int localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
+static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
DateTime x, y;
time_t t;
x = *p;
x.m = 0;
x.s = 0.0;
} else {
- int s = x.s + 0.5;
+ int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
x.s = s;
}
x.tz = 0;
x.validJD = 0;
computeJD(&x);
- t = x.iJD/1000 - 2440587.5*86400.0;
+ t = x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000;
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
{
struct tm sLocal;
double r;
char *z, zBuf[30];
z = zBuf;
- for(n=0; n<sizeof(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
- z[n] = tolower(zMod[n]);
+ for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+ z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
}
z[n] = 0;
switch( z[0] ){
** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number.
*/
if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
- p->iJD = p->iJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5*86400000.0;
+ p->iJD = p->iJD/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
rc = 0;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
- double c1;
+ sqlite3_int64 c1;
computeJD(p);
c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
p->iJD -= c1;
** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
*/
if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
- && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+ && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
sqlite3_int64 Z;
computeYMD_HMS(p);
p->validTZ = 0;
case '7':
case '8':
case '9': {
+ double rRounder;
n = getValue(z, &r);
assert( n>=1 );
if( z[n]==':' ){
const char *z2 = z;
DateTime tx;
sqlite3_int64 day;
- if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
computeJD(&tx);
break;
}
z += n;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
- n = strlen(z);
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
computeJD(p);
rc = 0;
+ rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
- p->iJD += r*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
}else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
- p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/24.0) + 0.5;
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
}else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
- p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + 0.5;
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
}else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
- p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + 0.5;
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
}else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
int x, y;
computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->M += r;
+ p->M += (int)r;
x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
p->Y += x;
p->M -= x*12;
p->validJD = 0;
computeJD(p);
- y = r;
+ y = (int)r;
if( y!=r ){
- p->iJD += (r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
}
}else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+ int y = (int)r;
computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->Y += r;
+ p->Y += y;
p->validJD = 0;
computeJD(p);
+ if( y!=r ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+ }
}else{
rc = 1;
}
setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
}else if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
|| eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
- p->iJD = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5;
+ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
p->validJD = 1;
}else{
z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
){
DateTime x;
u64 n;
- int i, j;
+ size_t i,j;
char *z;
sqlite3 *db;
const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
i++;
}
}
+ testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
+ testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
+ testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+ testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
z = zBuf;
- }else if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
return;
}else{
- z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+ z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
if( z==0 ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
return;
double s = x.s;
if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
- j += strlen(&z[j]);
+ j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
break;
}
case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
y.M = 1;
y.D = 1;
computeJD(&y);
- nDay = (x.iJD - y.iJD)/86400000.0 + 0.5;
+ nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
- wd = ((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000) % 7;
+ wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
j += 2;
}else{
}
case 'J': {
sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
- j+=strlen(&z[j]);
+ j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
break;
}
case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
case 's': {
sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d",
(int)(x.iJD/1000.0 - 210866760000.0));
- j += strlen(&z[j]);
+ j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
break;
}
case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
- case 'w': z[j++] = (((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; break;
- case 'Y': sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]);break;
+ case 'w': {
+ z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'Y': {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+ break;
+ }
default: z[j++] = '%'; break;
}
}
*/
static void ctimeFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
}
*/
static void cdateFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
}
*/
static void ctimestampFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
double rT;
char zBuf[20];
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rT);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
t = 86400.0*(rT - 2440587.5) + 0.5;
+#else
+ /* without floating point support, rT will have
+ ** already lost fractional day precision.
+ */
+ t = 86400 * (rT - 2440587) - 43200;
+#endif
#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
{
struct tm sNow;
** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with
** external linkage.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
+ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
- static const struct {
- char *zName;
- int nArg;
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
- } aFuncs[] = {
- { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc },
- { "date", -1, dateFunc },
- { "time", -1, timeFunc },
- { "datetime", -1, datetimeFunc },
- { "strftime", -1, strftimeFunc },
- { "current_time", 0, ctimeFunc },
- { "current_timestamp", 0, ctimestampFunc },
- { "current_date", 0, cdateFunc },
- };
- int i;
-
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
- SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
- }
+ FUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
+ FUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ),
#else
- static const struct {
- char *zName;
- char *zFormat;
- } aFuncs[] = {
- { "current_time", "%H:%M:%S" },
- { "current_date", "%Y-%m-%d" },
- { "current_timestamp", "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" }
+ STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+ STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+ STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+#endif
};
int i;
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, 0, SQLITE_UTF8,
- aFuncs[i].zFormat, currentTimeFunc, 0, 0);
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
}
-#endif
}
/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
** architectures.
**
-** $Id: os.c,v 1.120 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: os.c,v 1.125 2008/12/08 18:19:18 drh Exp $
*/
#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
** sqlite3OsLock()
**
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && (SQLITE_OS_WIN==0) && 0
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && (SQLITE_OS_WIN==0)
#define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST if (1) { \
void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \
if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
- return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHandle, zSymbol);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
+ return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
/*
** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
*/
-static sqlite3_vfs *vfsList = 0;
+static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
+#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
/*
** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ) return 0;
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** $Id: fault.c,v 1.10 2008/06/22 12:37:58 drh Exp $
+** $Id: fault.c,v 1.11 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
*/
/*
/*
** Global variables.
*/
-static struct BenignMallocHooks {
+typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
-} hooks;
+} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
+** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdHooksInit \
+ BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
+# define wsdHooks x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdHooksInit
+# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
+#endif
+
/*
** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
){
- hooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
- hooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
+ wsdHooksInit;
+ wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
+ wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
}
/*
** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
- if( hooks.xBenignBegin ){
- hooks.xBenignBegin();
+ wsdHooksInit;
+ if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
+ wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
}
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
- if( hooks.xBenignEnd ){
- hooks.xBenignEnd();
+ wsdHooksInit;
+ if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
+ wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
}
}
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
+** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented
+** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These
+** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using
+** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
+**
+** $Id: mem0.c,v 1.1 2008/10/28 18:58:20 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+
+/*
+** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+ sqlite3MemMalloc,
+ sqlite3MemFree,
+ sqlite3MemRealloc,
+ sqlite3MemSize,
+ sqlite3MemRoundup,
+ sqlite3MemInit,
+ sqlite3MemShutdown,
+ 0
+ };
+ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 14
** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
**
-** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.25 2008/07/25 08:49:00 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.29 2008/12/10 21:19:57 drh Exp $
*/
/*
if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
p--;
- return p[0];
+ return (int)p[0];
}
/*
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void){
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
sqlite3MemMalloc,
sqlite3MemFree,
sqlite3MemShutdown,
0
};
- return &defaultMethods;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3Config.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
- sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetDefault());
+ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
**
-** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.37 2008/07/25 08:49:00 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.43 2009/02/05 03:00:06 shane Exp $
*/
/*
extern int backtrace(void**,int);
extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
#else
-# define backtrace(A,B) 0
+# define backtrace(A,B) 1
# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
#endif
p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
p--;
- assert( p->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
+ assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
nReserve = (p->iSize+7)&~7;
pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
- assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==REARGUARD );
- assert( (nReserve-0)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-1]==0x65 );
- assert( (nReserve-1)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-2]==0x65 );
- assert( (nReserve-2)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-3]==0x65 );
+ assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
+ /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
+ ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure
+ ** they haven't been overwritten.
+ */
+ while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
return p;
}
** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
- if( !sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
/* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
mem.mutex = 0;
}
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
void **pBt;
char *z;
- assert( sqlite3Config.bMemstat || mem.mutex!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || mem.mutex!=0 );
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
pBt = (void**)pHdr;
pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
return pNew;
}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void){
+/*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
sqlite3MemMalloc,
sqlite3MemFree,
sqlite3MemShutdown,
0
};
- return &defaultMethods;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3Config.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
- sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetDefault());
+ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
}
/*
** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
- int n = strlen(zTitle) + 1;
+ unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
**
-** $Id: mem3.c,v 1.20 2008/07/18 18:56:17 drh Exp $
+** $Id: mem3.c,v 1.25 2008/11/19 16:52:44 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
-static struct {
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
+ /*
+ ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
+ ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
+ */
+ u32 nPool;
+ Mem3Block *aPool;
+
/*
** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
*/
*/
u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1]; /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
u32 aiHash[N_HASH]; /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
+} mem3 = { 97535575 };
- /*
- ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
- ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
- */
- u32 nPool;
- Mem3Block *aPool;
-} mem3;
+#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)
/*
** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
/*
** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
-** sqlite3Config.bMemStat is true.
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
*/
static void memsys3Enter(void){
- if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the
** user portion of the chunk.
*/
-static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, int nBlock){
+static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
u32 x;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( i>=1 );
** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk
** is not large enough, return 0.
*/
-static void *memsys3FromMaster(int nBlock){
+static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
*/
static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
u32 i;
- int nBlock;
- int toFree;
+ u32 nBlock;
+ u32 toFree;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
- if( !sqlite3Config.pHeap ){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
- mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3Config.pHeap;
- mem3.nPool = (sqlite3Config.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
+ mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
+ mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
/* Initialize the master block. */
mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return;
}
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
FILE *out;
- int i, j;
+ u32 i, j;
u32 size;
if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
out = stdout;
}else{
fclose(out);
}
-}
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
#endif
+}
/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
** linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3Config.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
**
** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
**
-** $Id: mem5.c,v 1.11 2008/07/16 12:25:32 drh Exp $
+** $Id: mem5.c,v 1.19 2008/11/19 16:52:44 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
** This version of the memory allocator is used only when
-** SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE is defined.
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
/*
-** Log2 of the minimum size of an allocation. For example, if
-** 4 then all allocations will be rounded up to at least 16 bytes.
-** If 5 then all allocations will be rounded up to at least 32 bytes.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN
-# define SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN 6
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Log2 of the maximum size of an allocation.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX
-# define SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX 20
-#endif
-#define POW2_MAX (((unsigned int)1)<<SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX)
-
-/*
-** Number of distinct allocation sizes.
-*/
-#define NSIZE (SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX - SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN + 1)
-
-/*
** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
** size of the array is a power of 2.
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
-static struct {
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
/*
- ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem5.mutex lock will
- ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into
- ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
- ** issued. The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive
- ** callbacks.
+ ** Memory available for allocation
*/
- sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
- void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
- void *alarmArg;
- int alarmBusy;
+ int nAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
+ int nBlock; /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
+ u8 *zPool;
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
u8 *aCtrl;
- /*
- ** Memory available for allocation
- */
- int nAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
- int nBlock; /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
- u8 *zPool;
-} mem5;
+} mem5 = { 19804167 };
+
+#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.nAtom]))
/*
** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
-** sqlite3Config.bMemStat is true.
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
*/
static void memsys5Enter(void){
- if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat==0 && mem5.mutex==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem5.mutex==0 ){
mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
/* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled
** requests are counted */
- if( nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
+ if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
}
/* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
- if( nByte>POW2_MAX ) return 0;
for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}
/* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
size = 1<<iLogsize;
- assert( iBlock+size-1<mem5.nBlock );
+ assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );
mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
- assert( mem5.currentOut>=0 );
+ assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.nAtom) );
mem5.currentCount--;
mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.nAtom;
assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
*/
static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
int ii;
- int nByte = sqlite3Config.nHeap;
- u8 *zByte = (u8 *)sqlite3Config.pHeap;
+ int nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
+ u8 *zByte = (u8 *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
int nMinLog; /* Log of minimum allocation size in bytes*/
int iOffset;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
if( !zByte ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3Config.mnReq);
+ nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
mem5.nAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
- while( sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.nAtom ){
+ while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.nAtom ){
mem5.nAtom = mem5.nAtom << 1;
}
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return;
}
}else{
fclose(out);
}
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
#endif
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem6.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 July 24
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains an alternative memory allocation system for SQLite.
-** This system is implemented as a wrapper around the system provided
-** by the operating system - vanilla malloc(), realloc() and free().
-**
-** This system differentiates between requests for "small" allocations
-** (by default those of 128 bytes or less) and "large" allocations (all
-** others). The 256 byte threshhold is configurable at runtime.
-**
-** All requests for large allocations are passed through to the
-** default system.
-**
-** Requests for small allocations are met by allocating space within
-** one or more larger "chunks" of memory obtained from the default
-** memory allocation system. Chunks of memory are usually 64KB or
-** larger. The algorithm used to manage space within each chunk is
-** the same as that used by mem5.c.
-**
-** This strategy is designed to prevent the default memory allocation
-** system (usually the system malloc) from suffering from heap
-** fragmentation. On some systems, heap fragmentation can cause a
-** significant real-time slowdown.
-**
-** $Id: mem6.c,v 1.7 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS6
-
-
-/*
-** Maximum size of any "small" allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*Mem6Chunk.nAtom).
-** Mem6Chunk.nAtom is always at least 8, so this is not a practical
-** limitation
-*/
-#define LOGMAX 30
-
-/*
-** Default value for the "small" allocation size threshold.
-*/
-#define SMALL_MALLOC_DEFAULT_THRESHOLD 256
-
-/*
-** Minimum size for a memory chunk.
-*/
-#define MIN_CHUNKSIZE (1<<16)
-
-#define LOG2_MINALLOC 4
-
-
-typedef struct Mem6Chunk Mem6Chunk;
-typedef struct Mem6Link Mem6Link;
-
-/*
-** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
-** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
-** size of the array is a power of 2.
-*/
-struct Mem6Link {
- int next; /* Index of next free chunk */
- int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */
-};
-
-/*
-** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
-*/
-#define CTRL_LOGSIZE 0x1f /* Log2 Size of this block relative to POW2_MIN */
-#define CTRL_FREE 0x20 /* True if not checked out */
-
-struct Mem6Chunk {
- Mem6Chunk *pNext;
-
- /*
- ** Lists of free blocks of various sizes.
- */
- int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
-
- int nCheckedOut; /* Number of currently outstanding allocations */
-
- /*
- ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
- ** of each block. One byte per block.
- */
- u8 *aCtrl;
-
- /*
- ** Memory available for allocation
- */
- int nAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
- int nBlock; /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
- u8 *zPool; /* Pointer to memory chunk from which allocations are made */
-};
-
-#define MEM6LINK(idx) ((Mem6Link *)(&pChunk->zPool[(idx)*pChunk->nAtom]))
-
-struct Mem6Global {
- int nMinAlloc; /* Minimum allowed allocation size */
- int nThreshold; /* Allocs larger than this go to malloc() */
- int nLogThreshold; /* log2 of (nThreshold/nMinAlloc) */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
- Mem6Chunk *pChunk; /* Singly linked list of all memory chunks */
-} mem6;
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at pChunk->aPool[i] from list it is currently
-** on. It should be found on pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize].
-*/
-static void memsys6Unlink(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int i, int iLogsize){
- int next, prev;
- assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
- assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
- assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
- next = MEM6LINK(i)->next;
- prev = MEM6LINK(i)->prev;
- if( prev<0 ){
- pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
- }else{
- MEM6LINK(prev)->next = next;
- }
- if( next>=0 ){
- MEM6LINK(next)->prev = prev;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
-** free list.
-*/
-static void memsys6Link(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int i, int iLogsize){
- int x;
- assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
- assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
- assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
- x = MEM6LINK(i)->next = pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize];
- MEM6LINK(i)->prev = -1;
- if( x>=0 ){
- assert( x<pChunk->nBlock );
- MEM6LINK(x)->prev = i;
- }
- pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize. Unlink that
-** entry and return its index.
-*/
-static int memsys6UnlinkFirst(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int iLogsize){
- int i;
- int iFirst;
-
- assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
- i = iFirst = pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize];
- assert( iFirst>=0 );
- memsys6Unlink(pChunk, iFirst, iLogsize);
- return iFirst;
-}
-
-static int roundupLog2(int n){
- static const char LogTable256[256] = {
- 0, /* 1 */
- 1, /* 2 */
- 2, 2, /* 3..4 */
- 3, 3, 3, 3, /* 5..8 */
- 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, /* 9..16 */
- 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, /* 17..32 */
- 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6,
- 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, /* 33..64 */
- 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
- 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
- 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
- 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, /* 65..128 */
- 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
- 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
- 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
- 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
- 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
- 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
- 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
- 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, /* 129..256 */
- };
-
- assert(n<=(1<<16) && n>0);
- if( n<=256 ) return LogTable256[n-1];
- return LogTable256[(n>>8) - ((n&0xFF)?0:1)] + 8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return a block of (pChunk->nAtom << iLogsize) bytes from chunk
-** pChunk. If the allocation request cannot be satisfied, return 0.
-*/
-static void *chunkMalloc(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int iLogsize){
- int i; /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
- int iBin; /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
-
- /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
- ** block. If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
- ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
- */
- for(iBin=iLogsize; pChunk->aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=mem6.nLogThreshold; iBin++){}
- if( iBin>mem6.nLogThreshold ) return 0;
- i = memsys6UnlinkFirst(pChunk, iBin);
- while( iBin>iLogsize ){
- int newSize;
- iBin--;
- newSize = 1 << iBin;
- pChunk->aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
- memsys6Link(pChunk, i+newSize, iBin);
- }
- pChunk->aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
-
- /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
- pChunk->nCheckedOut++;
- return (void*)&pChunk->zPool[i*pChunk->nAtom];
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the allocation pointed to by p, which is guaranteed to be non-zero
-** and a part of chunk object pChunk.
-*/
-static void chunkFree(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, void *pOld){
- u32 size, iLogsize;
- int iBlock;
-
- /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in
- ** the array of pChunk->nAtom byte blocks pointed to by pChunk->zPool.
- */
- iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-pChunk->zPool)/pChunk->nAtom;
-
- /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
- assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<pChunk->nBlock );
- assert( ((u8 *)pOld-pChunk->zPool)%pChunk->nAtom==0 );
- assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
-
- iLogsize = pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
- size = 1<<iLogsize;
- assert( iBlock+size-1<pChunk->nBlock );
-
- pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
- pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
-
- pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
- while( iLogsize<mem6.nLogThreshold ){
- int iBuddy;
- if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
- iBuddy = iBlock - size;
- }else{
- iBuddy = iBlock + size;
- }
- assert( iBuddy>=0 );
- if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>pChunk->nBlock ) break;
- if( pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
- memsys6Unlink(pChunk, iBuddy, iLogsize);
- iLogsize++;
- if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
- pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
- pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
- iBlock = iBuddy;
- }else{
- pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
- pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
- }
- size *= 2;
- }
- pChunk->nCheckedOut--;
- memsys6Link(pChunk, iBlock, iLogsize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the actual size of the block pointed to by p, which is guaranteed
-** to have been allocated from chunk pChunk.
-*/
-static int chunkSize(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, void *p){
- int iSize = 0;
- if( p ){
- int i = ((u8 *)p-pChunk->zPool)/pChunk->nAtom;
- assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
- iSize = pChunk->nAtom * (1 << (pChunk->aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
- }
- return iSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if there are currently no outstanding allocations.
-*/
-static int chunkIsEmpty(Mem6Chunk *pChunk){
- return (pChunk->nCheckedOut==0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the buffer zChunk, which is nChunk bytes in size, as
-** an Mem6Chunk object. Return a copy of the zChunk pointer.
-*/
-static Mem6Chunk *chunkInit(u8 *zChunk, int nChunk, int nMinAlloc){
- int ii;
- int iOffset;
- Mem6Chunk *pChunk = (Mem6Chunk *)zChunk;
-
- assert( nChunk>sizeof(Mem6Chunk) );
- assert( nMinAlloc>sizeof(Mem6Link) );
-
- memset(pChunk, 0, sizeof(Mem6Chunk));
- pChunk->nAtom = nMinAlloc;
- pChunk->nBlock = ((nChunk-sizeof(Mem6Chunk)) / (pChunk->nAtom+sizeof(u8)));
-
- pChunk->zPool = (u8 *)&pChunk[1];
- pChunk->aCtrl = &pChunk->zPool[pChunk->nBlock*pChunk->nAtom];
-
- for(ii=0; ii<=mem6.nLogThreshold; ii++){
- pChunk->aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
- }
-
- iOffset = 0;
- for(ii=mem6.nLogThreshold; ii>=0; ii--){
- int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
- while( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=pChunk->nBlock ){
- pChunk->aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
- memsys6Link(pChunk, iOffset, ii);
- iOffset += nAlloc;
- }
- }
-
- return pChunk;
-}
-
-
-static void mem6Enter(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem6.mutex);
-}
-
-static void mem6Leave(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem6.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Based on the number and size of the currently allocated chunks, return
-** the size of the next chunk to allocate, in bytes.
-*/
-static int nextChunkSize(void){
- int iTotal = MIN_CHUNKSIZE;
- Mem6Chunk *p;
- for(p=mem6.pChunk; p; p=p->pNext){
- iTotal = iTotal*2;
- }
- return iTotal;
-}
-
-static void freeChunk(Mem6Chunk *pChunk){
- Mem6Chunk **pp = &mem6.pChunk;
- for( pp=&mem6.pChunk; *pp!=pChunk; pp = &(*pp)->pNext );
- *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
- free(pChunk);
-}
-
-static void *memsys6Malloc(int nByte){
- Mem6Chunk *pChunk;
- void *p = 0;
- int nTotal = nByte+8;
- int iOffset = 0;
-
- if( nTotal>mem6.nThreshold ){
- p = malloc(nTotal);
- }else{
- int iLogsize = 0;
- if( nTotal>(1<<LOG2_MINALLOC) ){
- iLogsize = roundupLog2(nTotal) - LOG2_MINALLOC;
- }
- mem6Enter();
- for(pChunk=mem6.pChunk; pChunk; pChunk=pChunk->pNext){
- p = chunkMalloc(pChunk, iLogsize);
- if( p ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( !p ){
- int iSize = nextChunkSize();
- p = malloc(iSize);
- if( p ){
- pChunk = chunkInit((u8 *)p, iSize, mem6.nMinAlloc);
- pChunk->pNext = mem6.pChunk;
- mem6.pChunk = pChunk;
- p = chunkMalloc(pChunk, iLogsize);
- assert(p);
- }
- }
- iOffset = ((u8*)p - (u8*)pChunk);
- mem6Leave();
- }
-
- if( !p ){
- return 0;
- }
- ((u32 *)p)[0] = iOffset;
- ((u32 *)p)[1] = nByte;
- return &((u32 *)p)[2];
-}
-
-static int memsys6Size(void *pPrior){
- if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
- return ((u32*)pPrior)[-1];
-}
-
-static void memsys6Free(void *pPrior){
- int iSlot;
- void *p = &((u32 *)pPrior)[-2];
- iSlot = ((u32 *)p)[0];
- if( iSlot ){
- Mem6Chunk *pChunk;
- mem6Enter();
- pChunk = (Mem6Chunk *)(&((u8 *)p)[-1 * iSlot]);
- chunkFree(pChunk, p);
- if( chunkIsEmpty(pChunk) ){
- freeChunk(pChunk);
- }
- mem6Leave();
- }else{
- free(p);
- }
-}
-
-static void *memsys6Realloc(void *p, int nByte){
- void *p2;
-
- if( p && nByte<=memsys6Size(p) ){
- p2 = p;
- }else{
- p2 = memsys6Malloc(nByte);
- if( p && p2 ){
- memcpy(p2, p, memsys6Size(p));
- memsys6Free(p);
- }
- }
-
- return p2;
-}
-
-static int memsys6Roundup(int n){
- if( n>mem6.nThreshold ){
- return n;
- }else{
- return (1<<roundupLog2(n));
- }
-}
-
-static int memsys6Init(void *pCtx){
- u8 bMemstat = sqlite3Config.bMemstat;
- mem6.nMinAlloc = (1 << LOG2_MINALLOC);
- mem6.pChunk = 0;
- mem6.nThreshold = sqlite3Config.nSmall;
- if( mem6.nThreshold<=0 ){
- mem6.nThreshold = SMALL_MALLOC_DEFAULT_THRESHOLD;
- }
- mem6.nLogThreshold = roundupLog2(mem6.nThreshold) - LOG2_MINALLOC;
- if( !bMemstat ){
- mem6.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static void memsys6Shutdown(void *pCtx){
- memset(&mem6, 0, sizeof(mem6));
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
-** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
-** struct populated with the memsys6 methods.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys6(void){
- static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys6Methods = {
- memsys6Malloc,
- memsys6Free,
- memsys6Realloc,
- memsys6Size,
- memsys6Roundup,
- memsys6Init,
- memsys6Shutdown,
- 0
- };
- return &memsys6Methods;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of mem6.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 14
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
**
-** The implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
-** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
-** that use SQLite in a single thread. But this implementation
-** does do a lot of error checking on mutexes to make sure they
-** are called correctly and at appropriate times. Hence, this
-** implementation is suitable for testing.
-** debugging purposes
+** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
+
**
-** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.27 2008/06/19 08:51:24 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.30 2009/02/17 16:29:11 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
** Initialize the mutex system.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex ){
- if( !sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
/* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
- ** the default implementation into the sqlite3Config structure.
+ ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
**
** The danger is that although sqlite3_config() is not a threadsafe
** API, sqlite3_initialize() is, and so multiple threads may be
** attempting to run this function simultaneously. To guard write
- ** access to the sqlite3Config structure, the 'MASTER' static mutex
+ ** access to the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure, the 'MASTER' static mutex
** is obtained before modifying it.
*/
sqlite3_mutex_methods *p = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
pMaster = p->xMutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
assert(pMaster);
p->xMutexEnter(pMaster);
- assert( sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc==0
- || sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc==p->xMutexAlloc
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==0
+ || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==p->xMutexAlloc
);
- if( !sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
- sqlite3Config.mutex = *p;
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *p;
}
p->xMutexLeave(pMaster);
}
}else{
- rc = sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexInit();
+ rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
}
}
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexEnd();
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
+ rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
+ }
return rc;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
- return sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
- if( !sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex ){
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
return 0;
}
- return sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}
/*
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
if( p ){
- sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
}
}
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
if( p ){
- sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
}
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( p ){
- return sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
}
return rc;
}
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
if( p ){
- sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
}
}
** intended for use inside assert() statements.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- return p==0 || sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
+ return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- return p==0 || sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
+ return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
}
#endif
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MUTEX */
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG
+/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
/*
-** In this implementation, mutexes do not provide any mutual exclusion.
-** But the error checking is provided. This implementation is useful
-** for test purposes.
+** 2008 October 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
+** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
+** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined
+** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working
+** mutex routines at start-time using the
+**
+** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
+**
+** interface.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
+** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
+** called correctly.
+**
+** $Id: mutex_noop.c,v 1.3 2008/12/05 17:17:08 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
+**
+** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
+*/
+static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; }
+static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; }
+static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; }
+static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
+static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
+static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+ static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+ noopMutexInit,
+ noopMutexEnd,
+ noopMutexAlloc,
+ noopMutexFree,
+ noopMutexEnter,
+ noopMutexTry,
+ noopMutexLeave,
+
+ noopMutexHeld,
+ noopMutexNotheld
+ };
+
+ return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
+** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any
+** mutual exclusion.
*/
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use inside assert() statements.
*/
-static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
}
-static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
}
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
-static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
+static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[6];
sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0;
switch( id ){
}
default: {
assert( id-2 >= 0 );
- assert( id-2 < sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0]) );
+ assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) );
pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
pNew->id = id;
break;
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
*/
-static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p->cnt==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
sqlite3_free(p);
** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
-static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
+static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
p->cnt++;
}
-static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
+static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
p->cnt++;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
-static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( noopMutexHeld(p) );
+static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ assert( debugMutexHeld(p) );
p->cnt--;
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
+ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
- noopMutexInit,
- noopMutexEnd,
- noopMutexAlloc,
- noopMutexFree,
- noopMutexEnter,
- noopMutexTry,
- noopMutexLeave,
-
- noopMutexHeld,
- noopMutexNotheld
+ debugMutexInit,
+ debugMutexEnd,
+ debugMutexAlloc,
+ debugMutexFree,
+ debugMutexEnter,
+ debugMutexTry,
+ debugMutexLeave,
+
+ debugMutexHeld,
+ debugMutexNotheld
};
return &sMutex;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG */
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
+/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_os2.c ***************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 28
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2
**
-** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.10 2008/06/23 22:13:28 pweilbacher Exp $
+** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.11 2008/11/22 19:50:54 pweilbacher Exp $
*/
/*
mutex = 0;
rc = DosCreateMutexSem( name, &mutex, 0, FALSE);
if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
- int i;
+ unsigned int i;
if( !isInit ){
for( i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++ ){
DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE );
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
**
-** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.13 2008/07/16 12:33:24 drh Exp $
+** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.16 2008/12/08 18:19:18 drh Exp $
*/
/*
** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
** routines are never called.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
}
}
default: {
assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
- assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
+ assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) );
p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
p->id = iType;
break;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
pthreadMutexHeld,
pthreadMutexNotheld
+#else
+ 0,
+ 0
#endif
};
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
**
-** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.11 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.15 2009/01/30 16:09:23 shane Exp $
*/
/*
** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
** the LockFileEx() API.
+**
+** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
+** which is only available if your application was compiled with
+** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only
+** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef
+** this out as well.
*/
+#if 0
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
# define mutexIsNT() (1)
#else
return osType==2;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
-
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
p->nRef++;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
+#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
return rc;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
winMutexHeld,
winMutexNotheld
+#else
+ 0,
+ 0
#endif
};
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
**
-** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.34 2008/08/05 17:53:23 drh Exp $
+** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.56 2009/02/17 18:37:29 drh Exp $
*/
/*
*/
static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
void *NotUsed,
- sqlite3_int64 inUse,
+ sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
int allocSize
){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
}
}
sqlite3_initialize();
if( iLimit>0 ){
- sqlite3_memory_alarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
+ sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
}else{
- sqlite3_memory_alarm(0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
}
- overage = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
+ overage = (int)(sqlite3_memory_used() - (i64)n);
if( overage>0 ){
sqlite3_release_memory(overage);
}
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- int nRet = sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n);
- nRet += sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(n-nRet);
+ int nRet = 0;
+#if 0
+ nRet += sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n);
+#endif
+ nRet += sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n-nRet);
return nRet;
#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
return SQLITE_OK;
#endif
}
/*
** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
-static struct {
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
+ /* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */
+ u32 nScratchFree;
+ u32 nPageFree;
+
sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */
/*
int alarmBusy;
/*
- ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3Config.pScratch and
- ** sqlite3Config.pPage to a block of memory that records
+ ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch and
+ ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage to a block of memory that records
** which pages are available.
*/
u32 *aScratchFree;
u32 *aPageFree;
+} mem0 = { 62560955, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- /* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */
- u32 nScratchFree;
- u32 nPageFree;
-} mem0;
+#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
/*
** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
- if( sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
sqlite3MemSetDefault();
}
memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
- if( sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
}
- if( sqlite3Config.pScratch && sqlite3Config.szScratch>=100
- && sqlite3Config.nScratch>=0 ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
+ && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>=0 ){
int i;
- sqlite3Config.szScratch -= 4;
- mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3Config.pScratch)
- [sqlite3Config.szScratch*sqlite3Config.nScratch];
- for(i=0; i<sqlite3Config.nScratch; i++){ mem0.aScratchFree[i] = i; }
- mem0.nScratchFree = sqlite3Config.nScratch;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch - 4) & ~7;
+ mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)
+ [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch];
+ for(i=0; i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; i++){ mem0.aScratchFree[i] = i; }
+ mem0.nScratchFree = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
}else{
- sqlite3Config.pScratch = 0;
- sqlite3Config.szScratch = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
}
- if( sqlite3Config.pPage && sqlite3Config.szPage>=512
- && sqlite3Config.nPage>=1 ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage>=512
+ && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage>=1 ){
int i;
int overhead;
- int sz = sqlite3Config.szPage;
- int n = sqlite3Config.nPage;
+ int sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage & ~7;
+ int n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
overhead = (4*n + sz - 1)/sz;
- sqlite3Config.nPage -= overhead;
- mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3Config.pPage)
- [sqlite3Config.szPage*sqlite3Config.nPage];
- for(i=0; i<sqlite3Config.nPage; i++){ mem0.aPageFree[i] = i; }
- mem0.nPageFree = sqlite3Config.nPage;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage -= overhead;
+ mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage)
+ [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage];
+ for(i=0; i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; i++){ mem0.aPageFree[i] = i; }
+ mem0.nPageFree = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
}else{
- sqlite3Config.pPage = 0;
- sqlite3Config.szPage = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
}
- return sqlite3Config.m.xInit(sqlite3Config.m.pAppData);
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
}
/*
** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
- sqlite3Config.m.xShutdown(sqlite3Config.m.pAppData);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+ }
memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
}
/*
** Change the alarm callback
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
void *pArg,
sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
+ void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
+ void *pArg,
+ sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
+){
+ return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold);
+}
+#endif
+
/*
** Trigger the alarm
*/
int nFull;
void *p;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
- nFull = sqlite3Config.m.xRoundup(n);
+ nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
}
}
- p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
- p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
}
if( p ){
nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
void *p;
- if( n<=0 ){
+ if( n<=0 || NEVER(n>=0x7fffff00) ){
+ /* The NEVER(n>=0x7fffff00) term is added out of paranoia. We want to make
+ ** absolutely sure that there is nothing within SQLite that can cause a
+ ** memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum signed
+ ** integer value and thus cause an integer overflow inside of the xMalloc()
+ ** implementation. The n>=0x7fffff00 gives us 255 bytes of headroom. The
+ ** test should never be true because SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH should be much
+ ** less than 0x7fffff00 and it should catch large memory allocations
+ ** before they reach this point. */
p = 0;
- }else if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+ }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(n);
+ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
}
return p;
}
assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
#endif
- if( sqlite3Config.szScratch<n ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch<n ){
goto scratch_overflow;
}else{
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
}else{
int i;
i = mem0.aScratchFree[--mem0.nScratchFree];
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
- i *= sqlite3Config.szScratch;
+ i *= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
- p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3Config.pScratch)[i];
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+ p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)[i];
+ assert( (((u8*)p - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 );
}
}
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
return p;
scratch_overflow:
- if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(n);
+ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
}
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
scratchAllocOut = 0;
#endif
- if( sqlite3Config.pScratch==0
- || p<sqlite3Config.pScratch
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0
+ || p<sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch
|| p>=(void*)mem0.aScratchFree ){
- if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
- sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
}
}else{
int i;
- i = (u8 *)p - (u8 *)sqlite3Config.pScratch;
- i /= sqlite3Config.szScratch;
- assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3Config.nScratch );
+ i = (int)((u8*)p - (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch);
+ i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
- assert( mem0.nScratchFree<sqlite3Config.nScratch );
+ assert( mem0.nScratchFree<(u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
mem0.aScratchFree[mem0.nScratchFree++] = i;
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
** and that memory is of the right size and is not completely
** consumed. Otherwise, failover to sqlite3Malloc().
*/
+#if 0
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int n){
void *p;
assert( n>0 );
assert( (n & (n-1))==0 );
assert( n>=512 && n<=32768 );
- if( sqlite3Config.szPage<n ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<n ){
goto page_overflow;
}else{
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
int i;
i = mem0.aPageFree[--mem0.nPageFree];
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
- i *= sqlite3Config.szPage;
+ i *= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage;
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, n);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
- p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3Config.pPage)[i];
+ p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage)[i];
}
}
return p;
page_overflow:
- if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, n);
n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, n);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- p = sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc(n);
+ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
}
return p;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
if( p ){
- if( sqlite3Config.pPage==0
- || p<sqlite3Config.pPage
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0
+ || p<sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage
|| p>=(void*)mem0.aPageFree ){
/* In this case, the page allocation was obtained from a regular
** call to sqlite3_mem_methods.xMalloc() (a page-cache-memory
** "overflow"). Free the block with sqlite3_mem_methods.xFree().
*/
- if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
- sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
}
}else{
- /* The page allocation was allocated from the sqlite3Config.pPage
+ /* The page allocation was allocated from the sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage
** buffer. In this case all that is add the index of the page in
- ** the sqlite3Config.pPage array to the set of free indexes stored
+ ** the sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage array to the set of free indexes stored
** in the mem0.aPageFree[] array.
*/
int i;
- i = (u8 *)p - (u8 *)sqlite3Config.pPage;
- i /= sqlite3Config.szPage;
- assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3Config.nPage );
+ i = (u8 *)p - (u8 *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage;
+ i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage );
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
- assert( mem0.nPageFree<sqlite3Config.nPage );
+ assert( mem0.nPageFree<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage );
mem0.aPageFree[mem0.nPageFree++] = i;
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}
}
}
+#endif
/*
** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
return db && p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
}
+#else
+#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
+#endif
/*
** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
- return sqlite3Config.m.xSize(p);
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
- if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+ if( p==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }else if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
return db->lookaside.sz;
}else{
- return sqlite3Config.m.xSize(p);
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
}
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
if( p==0 ) return;
- if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
- sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- sqlite3Config.m.xFree(p);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
}
}
if( pOld==0 ){
return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes);
}
- if( nBytes<=0 ){
+ if( nBytes<=0 || NEVER(nBytes>=0x7fffff00) ){
+ /* The NEVER(...) term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
sqlite3_free(pOld);
return 0;
}
nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
- if( sqlite3Config.bMemstat ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
- nNew = sqlite3Config.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
+ nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
if( nOld==nNew ){
pNew = pOld;
}else{
mem0.alarmThreshold ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld);
}
- pNew = sqlite3Config.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+ pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
- pNew = sqlite3Config.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+ pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
}
if( pNew ){
nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
- pNew = sqlite3Config.m.xRealloc(pOld, nBytes);
+ pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nBytes);
}
return pNew;
}
/*
** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+**
+** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
+** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
+** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
+** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
+** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the
+** code that do things like this:
+**
+** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
+** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
+** if( b ) a[10] = 9;
+**
+** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
+** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
void *p;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
if( db ){
LookasideSlot *pBuf;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
return (void*)pBuf;
}
}
+#else
+ if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
if( !p && db ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
if( z==0 ){
return 0;
}
- n = strlen(z)+1;
+ n = (db ? sqlite3Strlen(db, z) : sqlite3Strlen30(z))+1;
assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
if( zNew ){
** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
*/
assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
+ if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
db->mallocFailed = 0;
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
**
-** $Id: printf.c,v 1.93 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: printf.c,v 1.99 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
**
**************************************************************************
**
{ 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 },
{ 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 },
};
-#define etNINFO (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))
/*
** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
** always returned.
*/
-static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
int digit;
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
d = digit;
digit += '0';
*val = (*val - d)*10.0;
- return digit;
+ return (char)digit;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
*/
static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
static const char zSpaces[] = " ";
- while( N>=sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
+ while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1);
N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1;
}
const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */
char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
- etByte errorflag = 0; /* True if an error is encountered */
- etByte xtype; /* Conversion paradigm */
+ etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */
char *zExtra; /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */
if( c==0 ) break;
}
if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
- errorflag = 1;
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
break;
}
}
/* Fetch the info entry for the field */
infop = 0;
- for(idx=0; idx<etNINFO; idx++){
+ for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
- int x = longvalue % 10;
+ int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
x = 0;
}
longvalue = longvalue/base;
}while( longvalue>0 );
}
- length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+ length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt);
for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
*(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */
}
pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
}
- length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+ length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt);
break;
case etFLOAT:
case etEXP:
if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
/* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
exp = 0;
- if( sqlite3IsNaN(realvalue) ){
+ if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
bufpt = "NaN";
length = 3;
break;
}else{
bufpt = "Inf";
}
- length = strlen(bufpt);
+ length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
break;
}
}
e2 = exp;
}
nsd = 0;
- flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
+ flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
/* The sign in front of the number */
if( prefix ){
*(bufpt++) = prefix;
*(bufpt++) = '+';
}
if( exp>=100 ){
- *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0'; /* 100's digit */
+ *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */
exp %= 100;
}
- *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0'; /* 10's digit */
- *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0'; /* 1's digit */
+ *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */
+ *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */
}
*bufpt = 0;
/* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
** integer conversions. */
- length = bufpt-buf;
+ length = (int)(bufpt-buf);
bufpt = buf;
/* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
length = 1;
break;
case etCHARX:
- c = buf[0] = va_arg(ap,int);
+ c = va_arg(ap,int);
+ buf[0] = (char)c;
if( precision>=0 ){
- for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = c;
+ for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c;
length = precision;
}else{
length =1;
if( precision>=0 ){
for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
}else{
- length = strlen(bufpt);
+ length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
}
break;
case etSQLESCAPE:
case etSQLESCAPE2:
case etSQLESCAPE3: {
- int i, j, n, ch, isnull;
+ int i, j, n, isnull;
int needQuote;
+ char ch;
char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\''); /* Quote character */
char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
isnull = escarg==0;
n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
- if( bufpt==0 ) return;
+ if( bufpt==0 ){
+ pAccum->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return;
+ }
}else{
bufpt = buf;
}
return;
}
if( N<0 ){
- N = strlen(z);
+ N = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
}
- if( N==0 ){
+ if( N==0 || z==0 ){
return;
}
if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
p->tooBig = 1;
return;
}else{
- p->nAlloc = szNew;
+ p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
}
zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nAlloc );
if( zNew ){
** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
**
-** $Id: random.c,v 1.25 2008/06/19 01:03:18 drh Exp $
+** $Id: random.c,v 1.29 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
*/
/* All threads share a single random number generator.
** This structure is the current state of the generator.
*/
-static struct sqlite3PrngType {
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */
unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */
unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */
** (Later): Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
** randomness any more. But we will leave this code in all the same.
*/
-static int randomByte(void){
+static u8 randomByte(void){
unsigned char t;
+ /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
+ ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+ ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
+ ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
+ ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
+# define wsdPrng p[0]
+#else
+# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
+#endif
+
+
/* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does
** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
** number generator) not as an encryption device.
*/
- if( !sqlite3Prng.isInit ){
+ if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
int i;
char k[256];
- sqlite3Prng.j = 0;
- sqlite3Prng.i = 0;
+ wsdPrng.j = 0;
+ wsdPrng.i = 0;
sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
for(i=0; i<256; i++){
- sqlite3Prng.s[i] = i;
+ wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
}
for(i=0; i<256; i++){
- sqlite3Prng.j += sqlite3Prng.s[i] + k[i];
- t = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j];
- sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j] = sqlite3Prng.s[i];
- sqlite3Prng.s[i] = t;
+ wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
+ t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+ wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
+ wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
}
- sqlite3Prng.isInit = 1;
+ wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
}
/* Generate and return single random byte
*/
- sqlite3Prng.i++;
- t = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i];
- sqlite3Prng.j += t;
- sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i] = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j];
- sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j] = t;
- t += sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i];
- return sqlite3Prng.s[t];
+ wsdPrng.i++;
+ t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+ wsdPrng.j += t;
+ wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+ wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
+ t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+ return wsdPrng.s[t];
}
/*
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
-** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time.
+** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
+** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish
+** those tasks.
+**
** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
** control the PRNG.
*/
-static struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
- memcpy(&sqlite3SavedPrng, &sqlite3Prng, sizeof(sqlite3Prng));
+ memcpy(
+ &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+ &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+ sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+ );
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
- memcpy(&sqlite3Prng, &sqlite3SavedPrng, sizeof(sqlite3Prng));
+ memcpy(
+ &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+ &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+ sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+ );
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
- sqlite3Prng.isInit = 0;
+ GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8,
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
-** $Id: utf.c,v 1.63 2008/07/29 11:25:14 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: utf.c,v 1.70 2008/12/10 22:30:25 shane Exp $
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
**
** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
** this header information was factored out.
**
-** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.153 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
+** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.162 2009/02/03 15:39:01 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
#define _VDBEINT_H_
** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
-** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
+** If the VdbeCursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
-** a row trigger. The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
-** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
+** a row trigger. The data for the row is stored in VdbeCursor.pData and
+** the rowid is in VdbeCursor.iKey.
*/
-struct Cursor {
+struct VdbeCursor {
BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */
int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
- u8 bogusIncrKey; /* Something for pIncrKey to point to if pKeyInfo==0 */
i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */
int nData; /* Number of bytes in pData */
char *pData; /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
i64 iKey; /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
- u8 *pIncrKey; /* Pointer to pKeyInfo->incrKey */
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */
i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */
u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
};
-typedef struct Cursor Cursor;
+typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
/*
-** A value for Cursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
+** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
#define CACHE_STALE 0
*/
struct Mem {
union {
- i64 i; /* Integer value. Or FuncDef* when flags==MEM_Agg */
+ i64 i; /* Integer value. */
+ int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
+ RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
} u;
double r; /* Real value */
sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */
#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */
#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */
#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */
-
-#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
- ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))|f)
+#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */
+#define MEM_TypeMask 0x00ff /* Mask of type bits */
/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
-#define MEM_Term 0x0020 /* String rep is nul terminated */
-#define MEM_Dyn 0x0040 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
-#define MEM_Static 0x0080 /* Mem.z points to a static string */
-#define MEM_Ephem 0x0100 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
-#define MEM_Agg 0x0400 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
-#define MEM_Zero 0x0800 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
#undef MEM_Zero
#endif
+/*
+** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
+*/
+#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
+ ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
+
+
/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
};
/*
-** A FifoPage structure holds a single page of valves. Pages are arranged
-** in a list.
-*/
-typedef struct FifoPage FifoPage;
-struct FifoPage {
- int nSlot; /* Number of entries aSlot[] */
- int iWrite; /* Push the next value into this entry in aSlot[] */
- int iRead; /* Read the next value from this entry in aSlot[] */
- FifoPage *pNext; /* Next page in the fifo */
- i64 aSlot[1]; /* One or more slots for rowid values */
-};
-
-/*
-** The Fifo structure is typedef-ed in vdbeInt.h. But the implementation
-** of that structure is private to this file.
-**
-** The Fifo structure describes the entire fifo.
-*/
-typedef struct Fifo Fifo;
-struct Fifo {
- int nEntry; /* Total number of entries */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */
- FifoPage *pFirst; /* First page on the list */
- FifoPage *pLast; /* Last page on the list */
-};
-
-/*
** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
struct Context {
i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */
- Fifo sFifo; /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
};
/*
Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */
int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
- Cursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
int nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
char **azVar; /* Name of variables */
int okVar; /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
- int magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+ u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */
int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */
int nCallback; /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
- int cacheCtr; /* Cursor row cache generation counter */
- Fifo sFifo; /* A list of ROWIDs */
+ int cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
int contextStackTop; /* Index of top element in the context stack */
int contextStackDepth; /* The size of the "context" stack */
Context *contextStack; /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */
+ u8 usesStmtJournal; /* True if uses a statement journal */
+ u8 readOnly; /* True for read-only statements */
int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
int btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
BtreeMutexArray aMutex; /* An array of Btree used here and needing locks */
+ int aCounter[2]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
int nSql; /* Number of bytes in zSql */
char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+ FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
#endif
int openedStatement; /* True if this VM has opened a statement journal */
#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
};
/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
-** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
-** values.
-**
-** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
-** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
-** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by
-** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassemblied by the
-** OP_Column opcode.
-**
-** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
-** into its constitutent fields.
-*/
-struct UnpackedRecord {
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */
- u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
- u8 needFree; /* True if memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
- u8 needDestroy; /* True if apMem[]s should be destroyed on close */
- Mem *aMem; /* Values */
-};
-
-/*
** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
*/
#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */
/*
** Function prototypes
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*,UnpackedRecord *,int,const unsigned char*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*);
-#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo*, sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo*, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo*, i64*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in utf.c ************************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/*
** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
/*
** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
*/
-static const unsigned char sqlite3UtfTrans1[] = {
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \
if( c<0x00080 ){ \
- *zOut++ = (c&0xFF); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \
} \
else if( c<0x00800 ){ \
- *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
} \
else if( c<0x10000 ){ \
- *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
}else{ \
- *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
} \
}
-#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \
- if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
- *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF); \
- *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
- }else{ \
- *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
- *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
- *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF); \
- *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
- } \
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \
+ if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
+ }else{ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
+ } \
}
-#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \
- if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
- *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
- *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF); \
- }else{ \
- *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
- *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
- *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
- *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF); \
- } \
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \
+ if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
+ }else{ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
+ } \
}
#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){ \
#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \
c = *(zIn++); \
if( c>=0xc0 ){ \
- c = sqlite3UtfTrans1[c-0xc0]; \
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \
while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \
c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \
} \
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
- zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+ zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
while( zIn<zTerm ){
temp = *zIn;
*zIn = *(zIn+1);
** A single byte is required for the output string
** nul-terminator.
*/
+ pMem->n &= ~1;
len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
}else{
/* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
}
}
- pMem->n = z - zOut;
+ pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
*z++ = 0;
}else{
assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}
- pMem->n = z - zOut;
+ pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
}
*z = 0;
assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
- unsigned char *zTerm;
+ unsigned char *zTerm = &zIn[sqlite3Strlen30((char *)zIn)];
u32 c;
while( zIn[0] ){
n++;
}
}
- return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
+ return (int)(z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
}
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
unsigned int i, t;
unsigned char zBuf[20];
unsigned char *z;
for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
z = zBuf;
WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
- n = z-zBuf;
+ n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+ assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
zTerm = z;
z = zBuf;
if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
z = zBuf;
WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
- n = z-zBuf;
+ n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+ assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
z = zBuf;
READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
z = zBuf;
WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
- n = z-zBuf;
+ n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+ assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
z = zBuf;
READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
-** $Id: util.c,v 1.241 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
+** $Id: util.c,v 1.248 2009/02/04 03:59:25 shane Exp $
*/
+/*
+** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
+ static int dummy = 0;
+ dummy += x;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Routine needed to support the ALWAYS() and NEVER() macros.
+**
+** The argument to ALWAYS() should always be true and the argument
+** to NEVER() should always be false. If either is not the case
+** then this routine is called in order to throw an error.
+**
+** This routine only exists if assert() is operational. It always
+** throws an assert on its first invocation. The variable has a long
+** name to help the assert() message be more readable. The variable
+** is used to prevent a too-clever optimizer from optimizing out the
+** entire call.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Assert(void){
+ static volatile int ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true = 0;
+ assert( ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true ); /* Always fails */
+ return ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true++; /* Not Reached */
+}
+#endif
/*
** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
}
/*
+** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
+** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
+ const char *z2 = z;
+ while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
+ return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
+}
+
+/*
** Return the length of a string, except do not allow the string length
** to exceed the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH setting.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
const char *z2 = z;
int len;
- size_t x;
+ int x;
while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
- x = z2 - z;
+ x = (int)(z2 - z);
len = 0x7fffffff & x;
if( len!=x || len > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
return db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
** "a-b-c".
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
- int quote;
+ char quote;
int i, j;
if( z==0 ) return;
quote = z[0];
int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
- if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
return 0;
}
z += incr;
if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
- while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
if( *z=='.' ){
z += incr;
- if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
- while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
}
if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
z += incr;
if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
- if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
- while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
}
return *z==0;
const char *zBegin = z;
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
int nSignificant = 0;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
if( *z=='-' ){
sign = -1;
z++;
while( z[0]=='0' ){
z++;
}
- while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
z++;
nSignificant++;
z++;
}
}
- while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
if( nSignificant<18 ){
v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
divisor *= 10.0;
}else if( *z=='+' ){
z++;
}
- while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
z++;
}
v1 *= scale;
}
}
- *pResult = sign<0 ? -v1 : v1;
- return z - zBegin;
+ *pResult = (double)(sign<0 ? -v1 : v1);
+ return (int)(z - zBegin);
#else
return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
int neg;
int i, c;
const char *zStart;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)zNum) ) zNum++;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum++;
if( *zNum=='-' ){
neg = 1;
zNum++;
int i, j, n;
u8 buf[10];
if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
- p[8] = v;
+ p[8] = (u8)v;
v >>= 8;
for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
- p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+ p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
v >>= 7;
}
return 9;
}
n = 0;
do{
- buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+ buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
v >>= 7;
}while( v!=0 );
buf[0] &= 0x7f;
}
#endif
if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
- p[0] = (v>>7) | 0x80;
- p[1] = v & 0x7f;
+ p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);
+ p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
return 2;
}
return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
u32 a,b,s;
a = *p;
** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as
** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
u32 a,b;
a = *p;
** value. */
{
u64 v64;
- int n;
+ u8 n;
p -= 4;
n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
- p[0] = v>>24;
- p[1] = v>>16;
- p[2] = v>>8;
- p[3] = v;
+ p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
+ p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
+ p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
+ p[3] = (u8)v;
}
** This routinen only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
** character: 0..9a..fA..F
*/
-static int hexToInt(int h){
+static u8 hexToInt(int h){
assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') );
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
#endif
- return h & 0xf;
+ return (u8)(h & 0xf);
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
- int magic;
+ u32 magic;
if( db==0 ) return 0;
magic = db->magic;
if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
return 1;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
- int magic;
+ u32 magic;
if( db==0 ) return 0;
magic = db->magic;
if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
**
-** $Id: hash.c,v 1.30 2008/06/20 14:59:51 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: hash.c,v 1.33 2009/01/09 01:12:28 drh Exp $
*/
/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
-** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. CopyKey only makes
-** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
-** for other key classes.
+** "copyKey" is true if the hash table should make its own private
+** copy of keys and false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int copyKey){
assert( pNew!=0 );
- assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
- pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
-#if 0
- if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
-#endif
- pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+ pNew->copyKey = copyKey!=0;
pNew->first = 0;
pNew->count = 0;
pNew->htsize = 0;
pH->htsize = 0;
while( elem ){
HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
- if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+ if( pH->copyKey ){
sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
}
sqlite3_free(elem);
pH->count = 0;
}
-#if 0 /* NOT USED */
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
-*/
-static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
-}
-static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- return n2 - n1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if 0 /* NOT USED */
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
-*/
-static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- uptr x = Addr(pKey);
- return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
-}
-static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
- if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
- return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
*/
static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
int h = 0;
- if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = strlen(z);
+ if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
while( nKey > 0 ){
h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
nKey--;
return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
}
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
-*/
-static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- int h = 0;
- const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
- while( nKey-- > 0 ){
- h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
- }
- return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
- return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
-**
-** The name of the function is "hashFunction". The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of hashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value
-** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
-*/
-static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
-#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
- switch( keyClass ){
- case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intHash;
- case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
- case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strHash;
- case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binHash;;
- default: break;
- }
- return 0;
-#else
- if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
- return &strHash;
- }else{
- assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
- return &binHash;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
-*/
-static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
-#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
- switch( keyClass ){
- case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intCompare;
- case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
- case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strCompare;
- case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binCompare;
- default: break;
- }
- return 0;
-#else
- if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
- return &strCompare;
- }else{
- assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
- return &binCompare;
- }
-#endif
-}
/* Link an element into the hash table
*/
static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
pH->ht = new_ht;
pH->htsize = new_size;
- xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
- int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+ int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
next_elem = elem->next;
insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
}
){
HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
- int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */
if( pH->ht ){
struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
elem = pEntry->chain;
count = pEntry->count;
- xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
while( count-- && elem ){
- if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
+ if( strCompare(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
return elem;
}
elem = elem->next;
SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
int h; /* A hash on key */
HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
- xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- assert( xHash!=0 );
- h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+ h = strHash(pKey,nKey);
elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h % pH->htsize);
return elem;
}
int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
assert( pH!=0 );
- xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- assert( xHash!=0 );
- hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+ hraw = strHash(pKey, nKey);
if( pH->htsize ){
h = hraw % pH->htsize;
elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
/* 2 */ "Affinity",
/* 3 */ "Column",
/* 4 */ "SetCookie",
- /* 5 */ "Sequence",
- /* 6 */ "MoveGt",
- /* 7 */ "RowKey",
- /* 8 */ "SCopy",
- /* 9 */ "OpenWrite",
- /* 10 */ "If",
- /* 11 */ "VRowid",
- /* 12 */ "CollSeq",
- /* 13 */ "OpenRead",
- /* 14 */ "Expire",
- /* 15 */ "AutoCommit",
- /* 16 */ "Not",
+ /* 5 */ "Seek",
+ /* 6 */ "Sequence",
+ /* 7 */ "Savepoint",
+ /* 8 */ "RowKey",
+ /* 9 */ "SCopy",
+ /* 10 */ "OpenWrite",
+ /* 11 */ "If",
+ /* 12 */ "VRowid",
+ /* 13 */ "CollSeq",
+ /* 14 */ "OpenRead",
+ /* 15 */ "Expire",
+ /* 16 */ "AutoCommit",
/* 17 */ "Pagecount",
/* 18 */ "IntegrityCk",
- /* 19 */ "Sort",
- /* 20 */ "Copy",
- /* 21 */ "Trace",
- /* 22 */ "Function",
- /* 23 */ "IfNeg",
- /* 24 */ "Noop",
- /* 25 */ "Return",
- /* 26 */ "NewRowid",
- /* 27 */ "Variable",
- /* 28 */ "String",
- /* 29 */ "RealAffinity",
- /* 30 */ "VRename",
- /* 31 */ "ParseSchema",
- /* 32 */ "VOpen",
- /* 33 */ "Close",
- /* 34 */ "CreateIndex",
- /* 35 */ "IsUnique",
- /* 36 */ "NotFound",
- /* 37 */ "Int64",
- /* 38 */ "MustBeInt",
- /* 39 */ "Halt",
- /* 40 */ "Rowid",
- /* 41 */ "IdxLT",
- /* 42 */ "AddImm",
- /* 43 */ "Statement",
- /* 44 */ "RowData",
- /* 45 */ "MemMax",
- /* 46 */ "NotExists",
- /* 47 */ "Gosub",
- /* 48 */ "Integer",
- /* 49 */ "Prev",
- /* 50 */ "VColumn",
- /* 51 */ "CreateTable",
- /* 52 */ "Last",
- /* 53 */ "IncrVacuum",
- /* 54 */ "IdxRowid",
- /* 55 */ "ResetCount",
- /* 56 */ "FifoWrite",
- /* 57 */ "ContextPush",
- /* 58 */ "Yield",
- /* 59 */ "DropTrigger",
- /* 60 */ "Or",
- /* 61 */ "And",
- /* 62 */ "DropIndex",
- /* 63 */ "IdxGE",
- /* 64 */ "IdxDelete",
- /* 65 */ "IsNull",
- /* 66 */ "NotNull",
- /* 67 */ "Ne",
- /* 68 */ "Eq",
- /* 69 */ "Gt",
- /* 70 */ "Le",
- /* 71 */ "Lt",
- /* 72 */ "Ge",
- /* 73 */ "Vacuum",
- /* 74 */ "BitAnd",
- /* 75 */ "BitOr",
- /* 76 */ "ShiftLeft",
- /* 77 */ "ShiftRight",
- /* 78 */ "Add",
- /* 79 */ "Subtract",
- /* 80 */ "Multiply",
- /* 81 */ "Divide",
- /* 82 */ "Remainder",
- /* 83 */ "Concat",
- /* 84 */ "MoveLe",
- /* 85 */ "IfNot",
- /* 86 */ "DropTable",
- /* 87 */ "BitNot",
- /* 88 */ "String8",
- /* 89 */ "MakeRecord",
- /* 90 */ "ResultRow",
- /* 91 */ "Delete",
- /* 92 */ "AggFinal",
- /* 93 */ "Compare",
- /* 94 */ "Goto",
- /* 95 */ "TableLock",
- /* 96 */ "FifoRead",
- /* 97 */ "Clear",
- /* 98 */ "MoveLt",
- /* 99 */ "VerifyCookie",
- /* 100 */ "AggStep",
- /* 101 */ "SetNumColumns",
- /* 102 */ "Transaction",
- /* 103 */ "VFilter",
- /* 104 */ "VDestroy",
- /* 105 */ "ContextPop",
- /* 106 */ "Next",
- /* 107 */ "IdxInsert",
- /* 108 */ "Insert",
- /* 109 */ "Destroy",
- /* 110 */ "ReadCookie",
- /* 111 */ "ForceInt",
- /* 112 */ "LoadAnalysis",
- /* 113 */ "Explain",
- /* 114 */ "OpenPseudo",
- /* 115 */ "OpenEphemeral",
- /* 116 */ "Null",
- /* 117 */ "Move",
- /* 118 */ "Blob",
- /* 119 */ "Rewind",
- /* 120 */ "MoveGe",
- /* 121 */ "VBegin",
- /* 122 */ "VUpdate",
- /* 123 */ "IfZero",
- /* 124 */ "VCreate",
- /* 125 */ "Real",
+ /* 19 */ "Not",
+ /* 20 */ "Sort",
+ /* 21 */ "Copy",
+ /* 22 */ "Trace",
+ /* 23 */ "Function",
+ /* 24 */ "IfNeg",
+ /* 25 */ "Noop",
+ /* 26 */ "Return",
+ /* 27 */ "NewRowid",
+ /* 28 */ "Variable",
+ /* 29 */ "String",
+ /* 30 */ "RealAffinity",
+ /* 31 */ "VRename",
+ /* 32 */ "ParseSchema",
+ /* 33 */ "VOpen",
+ /* 34 */ "Close",
+ /* 35 */ "CreateIndex",
+ /* 36 */ "IsUnique",
+ /* 37 */ "NotFound",
+ /* 38 */ "Int64",
+ /* 39 */ "MustBeInt",
+ /* 40 */ "Halt",
+ /* 41 */ "Rowid",
+ /* 42 */ "IdxLT",
+ /* 43 */ "AddImm",
+ /* 44 */ "Statement",
+ /* 45 */ "RowData",
+ /* 46 */ "MemMax",
+ /* 47 */ "NotExists",
+ /* 48 */ "Gosub",
+ /* 49 */ "Integer",
+ /* 50 */ "Prev",
+ /* 51 */ "RowSetRead",
+ /* 52 */ "RowSetAdd",
+ /* 53 */ "VColumn",
+ /* 54 */ "CreateTable",
+ /* 55 */ "Last",
+ /* 56 */ "SeekLe",
+ /* 57 */ "IncrVacuum",
+ /* 58 */ "IdxRowid",
+ /* 59 */ "ResetCount",
+ /* 60 */ "ContextPush",
+ /* 61 */ "Yield",
+ /* 62 */ "DropTrigger",
+ /* 63 */ "DropIndex",
+ /* 64 */ "IdxGE",
+ /* 65 */ "Or",
+ /* 66 */ "And",
+ /* 67 */ "IdxDelete",
+ /* 68 */ "Vacuum",
+ /* 69 */ "IfNot",
+ /* 70 */ "IsNull",
+ /* 71 */ "NotNull",
+ /* 72 */ "Ne",
+ /* 73 */ "Eq",
+ /* 74 */ "Gt",
+ /* 75 */ "Le",
+ /* 76 */ "Lt",
+ /* 77 */ "Ge",
+ /* 78 */ "DropTable",
+ /* 79 */ "BitAnd",
+ /* 80 */ "BitOr",
+ /* 81 */ "ShiftLeft",
+ /* 82 */ "ShiftRight",
+ /* 83 */ "Add",
+ /* 84 */ "Subtract",
+ /* 85 */ "Multiply",
+ /* 86 */ "Divide",
+ /* 87 */ "Remainder",
+ /* 88 */ "Concat",
+ /* 89 */ "SeekLt",
+ /* 90 */ "MakeRecord",
+ /* 91 */ "ResultRow",
+ /* 92 */ "BitNot",
+ /* 93 */ "String8",
+ /* 94 */ "Delete",
+ /* 95 */ "AggFinal",
+ /* 96 */ "Compare",
+ /* 97 */ "Goto",
+ /* 98 */ "TableLock",
+ /* 99 */ "Clear",
+ /* 100 */ "VerifyCookie",
+ /* 101 */ "AggStep",
+ /* 102 */ "SetNumColumns",
+ /* 103 */ "Transaction",
+ /* 104 */ "VFilter",
+ /* 105 */ "VDestroy",
+ /* 106 */ "ContextPop",
+ /* 107 */ "Next",
+ /* 108 */ "IdxInsert",
+ /* 109 */ "SeekGe",
+ /* 110 */ "Insert",
+ /* 111 */ "Destroy",
+ /* 112 */ "ReadCookie",
+ /* 113 */ "LoadAnalysis",
+ /* 114 */ "Explain",
+ /* 115 */ "OpenPseudo",
+ /* 116 */ "OpenEphemeral",
+ /* 117 */ "Null",
+ /* 118 */ "Move",
+ /* 119 */ "Blob",
+ /* 120 */ "Rewind",
+ /* 121 */ "SeekGt",
+ /* 122 */ "VBegin",
+ /* 123 */ "VUpdate",
+ /* 124 */ "IfZero",
+ /* 125 */ "VCreate",
/* 126 */ "Found",
/* 127 */ "IfPos",
/* 128 */ "NullRow",
/* 129 */ "Jump",
- /* 130 */ "Permutation",
- /* 131 */ "NotUsed_131",
+ /* 130 */ "Real",
+ /* 131 */ "Permutation",
/* 132 */ "NotUsed_132",
/* 133 */ "NotUsed_133",
/* 134 */ "NotUsed_134",
/* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
/* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
/* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
- /* 138 */ "ToText",
- /* 139 */ "ToBlob",
- /* 140 */ "ToNumeric",
- /* 141 */ "ToInt",
- /* 142 */ "ToReal",
+ /* 138 */ "NotUsed_138",
+ /* 139 */ "NotUsed_139",
+ /* 140 */ "NotUsed_140",
+ /* 141 */ "ToText",
+ /* 142 */ "ToBlob",
+ /* 143 */ "ToNumeric",
+ /* 144 */ "ToInt",
+ /* 145 */ "ToReal",
};
return azName[i];
}
**
** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
**
-** $Id: os_os2.c,v 1.55 2008/07/29 18:49:29 pweilbacher Exp $
+** $Id: os_os2.c,v 1.63 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
*/
if( got == (ULONG)amt )
return SQLITE_OK;
else {
+ /* Unread portions of the input buffer must be zero-filled */
memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
}
OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte );
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte );
- return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+ return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
}
sqlite3_sync_count++;
#endif
+ /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+ ** no-op
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
return DosResetBuffer( pFile->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+#endif
}
/*
FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo;
memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo));
assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT );
rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
*pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile;
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
}
}
/* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get *
* multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail. *
* Trailing spaces are not allowed, either. */
- j = strlen(zTempPath);
+ j = sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath);
while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/'
|| zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){
j--;
sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
"%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath );
}
- j = strlen( zBuf );
+ j = sqlite3Strlen30( zBuf );
sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] );
for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){
zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */
){
HFILE h;
- ULONG ulFileAttribute = 0;
+ ULONG ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL;
ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0;
ULONG ulOpenMode = 0;
os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
OSTRACE2( "OPEN want %d\n", flags );
- /*ulOpenMode = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE : OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY;*/
if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE;
OSTRACE1( "OPEN read/write\n" );
OSTRACE1( "OPEN read only\n" );
}
- /*ulOpenFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ? OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW : OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW;*/
if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW;
OSTRACE1( "OPEN open new/create\n" );
OSTRACE1( "OPEN open existing\n" );
}
- /*ulOpenMode |= flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ? OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE : OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE;*/
if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE;
OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read/write\n" );
OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read only\n" );
}
- if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
- | SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL) ){
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
char pathUtf8[CCHMAXPATH];
#ifdef NDEBUG /* when debugging we want to make sure it is deleted */
ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN;
#endif
- ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL;
os2FullPathname( pVfs, zName, CCHMAXPATH, pathUtf8 );
pFile->pathToDel = convertUtf8PathToCp( pathUtf8 );
OSTRACE1( "OPEN hidden/delete on close file attributes\n" );
}else{
- ulFileAttribute = FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL;
pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
OSTRACE1( "OPEN normal file attribute\n" );
}
rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp );
free( zFilenameCp );
OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename );
- return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+ return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
}
/*
** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
*/
static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
- ULONG sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG);
int n = 0;
- if( sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ n = nBuf;
+ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#else
+ int sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG);
+ if( (int)sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){
DATETIME x;
DosGetDateTime(&x);
memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
n += sizeofULong;
}
}
+#endif
return n;
}
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
-**
-** $Id: os_unix.c,v 1.195 2008/07/30 17:28:04 drh Exp $
+** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
+** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
+**
+** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
+** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default
+** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations
+** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
+** skip locking all together.
+**
+** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
+** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE
+** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed
+** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
+**
+** The layout of divisions is as follows:
+**
+** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
+** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
+** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
+** + for Posix Advisory Locks
+** + for no-op locks
+** + for dot-file locks
+** + for flock() locking
+** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
+** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
+** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
+** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
+** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
+** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
+** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
+** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
+** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** $Id: os_unix.c,v 1.241 2009/02/09 17:34:07 drh Exp $
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */
/*
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is defined, then several different
-** locking implementations are provided:
+** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
+** control:
**
-** * POSIX locking (the default),
-** * No locking,
-** * Dot-file locking,
-** * flock() locking,
-** * AFP locking (OSX only).
+** 1. POSIX locking (the default),
+** 2. No locking,
+** 3. Dot-file locking,
+** 4. flock() locking,
+** 5. AFP locking (OSX only),
+** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
+** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
+**
+** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
+** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
+** where the database is located.
*/
-/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+# if defined(__APPLE__)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+# else
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on
+** vxworks, or 0 otherwise.
+*/
+#ifndef OS_VXWORKS
+# if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+# define OS_VXWORKS 1
+# else
+# define OS_VXWORKS 0
+# endif
+#endif
/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written
+** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
+** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might
+** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE 1
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/mount.h>
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+# if OS_VXWORKS
+# include <semaphore.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+# else
+# include <sys/file.h>
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+# endif
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
#endif
/*
+ ** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
+#endif
+
+/*
** Maximum supported path-length.
*/
#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
+/*
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not
+** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
+*/
+#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+
/*
-** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the unix
-** protability layer.
+** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
+** VFS implementations.
*/
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */
+ struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
+ struct unixLockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */
+ int h; /* The file descriptor */
+ int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */
+ unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+ int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */
+ void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+ pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ int isDelete; /* Delete on close if true */
+ struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
+ ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
+ ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will
+ ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
+ ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
+ ** one described by ticket #3584.
+ */
+ unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */
+ unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */
+ unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */
+
+ /* If true, that means we are dealing with a database file that has
+ ** a range of locking bytes from PENDING_BYTE through PENDING_BYTE+511
+ ** which should never be read or written. Asserts() will verify this */
+ unsigned char isLockable; /* True if file might be locked */
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that
** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
*/
char aPadding[32];
#endif
- struct openCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
- struct lockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */
-#endif
- int h; /* The file descriptor */
- unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */
- int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
-#endif
};
/*
#define threadid 0
#endif
+
/*
-** Set or check the unixFile.tid field. This field is set when an unixFile
-** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the
-** same thread is operating on the unixFile. Some operating systems do
-** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
-** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
-** to another. This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that
-** by mistake.
-**
-** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): unixFile can be moved from one thread to
-** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
-** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior)
-** or if no locks are held. But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be
-** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the
-** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex.
*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self()
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
- !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
-#else
-# define SET_THREADID(X)
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
+static void unixEnterMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
+*/
+static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
+ switch( locktype ){
+ case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+ case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+ case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+ case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+ case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+ }
+ return "ERROR";
+}
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
/*
-** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks: ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** Print out information about all locking operations.
+**
+** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
+** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally
+** turned off.
+*/
+static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
+ char *zOpName, *zType;
+ int s;
+ int savedErrno;
+ if( op==F_GETLK ){
+ zOpName = "GETLK";
+ }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
+ zOpName = "SETLK";
+ }else{
+ s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
+ return s;
+ }
+ if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+ zType = "RDLCK";
+ }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+ zType = "WRLCK";
+ }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+ zType = "UNLCK";
+ }else{
+ assert( 0 );
+ }
+ assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
+ s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
+ savedErrno = errno;
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
+ threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
+ (int)p->l_pid, s);
+ if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
+ struct flock l2;
+ l2 = *p;
+ fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
+ if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
+ zType = "RDLCK";
+ }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
+ zType = "WRLCK";
+ }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
+ zType = "UNLCK";
+ }else{
+ assert( 0 );
+ }
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
+ zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
+ }
+ errno = savedErrno;
+ return s;
+}
+#define fcntl lockTrace
+#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
+
+
+
+/*
+** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
+** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is
+** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into
+** SQLITE_IOERR
+**
+** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
+** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
+*/
+static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
+ switch (posixError) {
+ case 0:
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ case EAGAIN:
+ case ETIMEDOUT:
+ case EBUSY:
+ case EINTR:
+ case ENOLCK:
+ /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support
+ * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+
+ case EACCES:
+ /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
+ if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) ||
+ (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) ||
+ (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
+ (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ /* else fall through */
+ case EPERM:
+ return SQLITE_PERM;
+
+ case EDEADLK:
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
+
+#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
+ case EOPNOTSUPP:
+ /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support
+ * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+#ifdef ENOTSUP
+ case ENOTSUP:
+ /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which
+ * it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+ case EIO:
+ case EBADF:
+ case EINVAL:
+ case ENOTCONN:
+ case ENODEV:
+ case ENXIO:
+ case ENOENT:
+ case ESTALE:
+ case ENOSYS:
+ /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
+
+ default:
+ return sqliteIOErr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
+**
+** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
+** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks.
+** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
+**
+** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
+** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains
+** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count.
+** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
+** zero.
+**
+** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
+** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
+** structures on a linked list.
+*/
+struct vxworksFileId {
+ struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */
+ int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */
+ int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
+ char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */
+};
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+/*
+** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
+** variable:
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
+** by making the following changes:
+**
+** * removing any trailing and duplicate /
+** * convert /./ into just /
+** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
+**
+** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length.
+**
+** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of
+** characters in the simplified name.
+*/
+static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
+ int i, j;
+ while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
+ for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){
+ if( z[i]=='/' ){
+ if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
+ if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){
+ i += 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){
+ while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
+ if( j>0 ){ j--; }
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ z[j++] = z[i];
+ }
+ z[j] = 0;
+ return j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return
+** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique
+** file ID.
+**
+** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
+** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created
+** and added to the global list if necessary.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
+ struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */
+ struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */
+ int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
+
+ assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
+ n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
+ pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
+ if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+ pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
+ memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
+ n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
+
+ /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
+ ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
+ ** the existing file ID.
+ */
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
+ if( pCandidate->nName==n
+ && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
+ ){
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
+ pCandidate->nRef++;
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ return pCandidate;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */
+ pNew->nRef = 1;
+ pNew->nName = n;
+ pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
+ vxworksFileList = pNew;
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free
+** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
+*/
+static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ assert( pId->nRef>0 );
+ pId->nRef--;
+ if( pId->nRef==0 ){
+ struct vxworksFileId **pp;
+ for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
+ assert( *pp==pId );
+ *pp = pId->pNext;
+ sqlite3_free(pId);
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
+**
+** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
** file descriptor. Consider this test case:
+**
+** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**
** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
** file descriptors opened on different file names.
**
-** Bummer. If you ask me, this is broken. Badly broken. It means
-** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
-** competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine
+** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
+** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine
** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
** threads within the same process.
**
** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
** inode.
**
+** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
+** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
+** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
+**
** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file
** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
** a locked and an unlocked state.
**
-** 2004-Jan-11:
-** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks. (The more
-** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
-** an abomination.)
+** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
**
** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
** released. To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains
-** a pointer to an openCnt structure. There is one openCnt structure
+** a pointer to an unixOpenCnt structure. There is one unixOpenCnt structure
** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single
-** openCnt. When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
+** unixOpenCnt. When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
-** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** The unixOpenCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
** clears.
**
-** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
-** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
-** to the same file in other threads. Linux threads behave like
-** separate processes in this respect. But, if you close a file
-** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
-** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
-** process IDs. Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
-** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
-** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
-** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
-** locks in different threads are treated as distinct. But the
-** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
-** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
-** thread. Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
-** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
-**
-** 2004-Jun-28:
-** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
-** On others not. Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
-** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable. The
-** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
-** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
-** inconsistency. There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
-** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
-**
-** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime
-** whether or not threads can override each others locks. This test
-** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted. A static
-** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
-** use.
+** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
+**
+** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
+** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
+** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
+** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct
+** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
+** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
+** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which
+** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at
+** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
+** We have to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
+** current process.
+**
+** On systems where thread A is unable to modify locks created by
+** thread B, we have to keep track of which thread created each
+** lock. Hence there is an extra field in the key to the unixLockInfo
+** structure to record this information. And on those systems it
+** is illegal to begin a transaction in one thread and finish it
+** in another. For this latter restriction, there is no work-around.
+** It is a limitation of LinuxThreads.
*/
/*
+** Set or check the unixFile.tid field. This field is set when an unixFile
+** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the
+** same thread is operating on the unixFile. Some operating systems do
+** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
+** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
+** to another while locks are held.
+**
+** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): unixFile can be moved from one thread to
+** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
+** overriding each others locks (which is now the most common behavior)
+** or if no locks are held. But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be
+** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the
+** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self()
+# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
+ !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
+#else
+# define SET_THREADID(X)
+# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular unixOpenCnt structure given its inode. This
+** is the same as the unixLockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
+*/
+struct unixFileId {
+ dev_t dev; /* Device number */
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
+#else
+ ino_t ino; /* Inode number */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
+** to locate a particular unixLockInfo structure given its inode.
**
-** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
-** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override
-** each others locks then tid is always set to zero. tid is omitted
-** if we compile without threading support.
+** If threads cannot override each others locks (LinuxThreads), then we
+** set the unixLockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override
+** each others locks (Posix and NPTL) then tid is always set to zero.
+** tid is omitted if we compile without threading support or on an OS
+** other than linux.
*/
-struct lockKey {
- dev_t dev; /* Device number */
- ino_t ino; /* Inode number */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */
+struct unixLockKey {
+ struct unixFileId fid; /* Unique identifier for the file */
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+ pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID of lock owner. Zero if not using LinuxThreads */
#endif
};
/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode on each thread with a different process ID. (Threads have
-** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
+** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
+** each inode opened by each thread.
**
** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
*/
-struct lockInfo {
- struct lockKey key; /* The lookup key */
- int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */
- int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
- struct lockInfo *pNext, *pPrev; /* List of all lockInfo objects */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode. This
-** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
-*/
-struct openKey {
- dev_t dev; /* Device number */
- ino_t ino; /* Inode number */
+struct unixLockInfo {
+ struct unixLockKey lockKey; /* The lookup key */
+ int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+ int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+ struct unixLockInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixLockInfo objects */
+ struct unixLockInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */
};
/*
** inode. If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
-*/
-struct openCnt {
- struct openKey key; /* The lookup key */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
- int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */
- int nPending; /* Number of pending close() operations */
- int *aPending; /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
- struct openCnt *pNext, *pPrev; /* List of all openCnt objects */
+**
+** TODO: Consider changing this so that there is only a single file
+** descriptor for each open file, even when it is opened multiple times.
+** The close() system call would only occur when the last database
+** using the file closes.
+*/
+struct unixOpenCnt {
+ struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */
+ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+ int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */
+ int nPending; /* Number of pending close() operations */
+ int *aPending; /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */
+ char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Name of that semaphore */
+#endif
+ struct unixOpenCnt *pNext, *pPrev; /* List of all unixOpenCnt objects */
};
/*
-** List of all lockInfo and openCnt objects. This used to be a hash
-** table. But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and
+** Lists of all unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt objects. These used to be hash
+** tables. But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and
** never exceeds a few thousand. And lookup is not on a critical
-** path oo a simple linked list will suffice.
-*/
-static struct lockInfo *lockList = 0;
-static struct openCnt *openList = 0;
-
-/*
-** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking
-** capabilities supported by different file systems.
-**
-** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks
-** AFP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks
-** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock
-** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special
-** file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this
-** can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking
-** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
-** read-only file systems currently
-** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
-** file systems that are known to be unsupported
+** path so a simple linked list will suffice.
*/
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX 1
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_NONE 2
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE 3
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK 4
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_AFP 5
+static struct unixLockInfo *lockList = 0;
+static struct unixOpenCnt *openList = 0;
/*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex.
-*/
-static void enterMutex(){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-static void leaveMutex(){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-/*
-** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
+** This variable remembers whether or not threads can override each others
** locks.
**
-** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks.
-** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks.
+** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks. (LinuxThreads)
+** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks. (Posix & NLPT)
** -1: We don't know yet.
**
** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
** that the right stuff happens in either case.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+# ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
+# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
+# endif
+# ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
-#else
+# else
static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
+# endif
#endif
/*
int result; /* Result of the locking operation */
};
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
/*
-** Print out information about all locking operations.
+** This function is used as the main routine for a thread launched by
+** testThreadLockingBehavior(). It tests whether the shared-lock obtained
+** by the main thread in testThreadLockingBehavior() conflicts with a
+** hypothetical write-lock obtained by this thread on the same file.
**
-** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
-** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally
-** turned off.
-*/
-static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
- char *zOpName, *zType;
- int s;
- int savedErrno;
- if( op==F_GETLK ){
- zOpName = "GETLK";
- }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
- zOpName = "SETLK";
- }else{
- s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
- return s;
- }
- if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
- zType = "RDLCK";
- }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
- zType = "WRLCK";
- }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
- zType = "UNLCK";
- }else{
- assert( 0 );
- }
- assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
- s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
- savedErrno = errno;
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
- threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
- (int)p->l_pid, s);
- if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
- struct flock l2;
- l2 = *p;
- fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
- if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
- zType = "RDLCK";
- }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
- zType = "WRLCK";
- }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
- zType = "UNLCK";
- }else{
- assert( 0 );
- }
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
- zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
- }
- errno = savedErrno;
- return s;
-}
-#define fcntl lockTrace
-#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
-
-/*
-** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
-** threads on this routine. This routine attempts to lock a file
-** descriptor then returns. The success or failure of that attempt
-** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
-** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
-*/
+** The write-lock is not actually acquired, as this is not possible if
+** the file is open in read-only mode (see ticket #3472).
+*/
static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
- pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
+ pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_GETLK, &pData->lock);
return pArg;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
/*
** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
** can override each others locks then sets the
*/
static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){
int fd;
- struct threadTestData d[2];
- pthread_t t[2];
+ int rc;
+ struct threadTestData d;
+ struct flock l;
+ pthread_t t;
fd = dup(fd_orig);
if( fd<0 ) return;
- memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
- d[0].fd = fd;
- d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
- d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
- d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- d[1] = d[0];
- d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
- pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
- pthread_join(t[0], 0);
- pthread_join(t[1], 0);
+ memset(&l, 0, sizeof(l));
+ l.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+ l.l_len = 1;
+ l.l_start = 0;
+ l.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ rc = fcntl(fd_orig, F_SETLK, &l);
+ if( rc!=0 ) return;
+ memset(&d, 0, sizeof(d));
+ d.fd = fd;
+ d.lock = l;
+ d.lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+ pthread_create(&t, 0, threadLockingTest, &d);
+ pthread_join(t, 0);
close(fd);
- threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
+ if( d.result!=0 ) return;
+ threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = (d.lock.l_type==F_UNLCK);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
+#endif /* SQLITE_THERADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */
/*
-** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+** Release a unixLockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
*/
-static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
+static void releaseLockInfo(struct unixLockInfo *pLock){
if( pLock ){
pLock->nRef--;
if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
}
/*
-** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+** Release a unixOpenCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
*/
-static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
+static void releaseOpenCnt(struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen){
if( pOpen ){
pOpen->nRef--;
if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
}
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
-** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are
-** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle.
-*/
-static int testLockingStyle(int fd){
- struct flock lockInfo;
-
- /* Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
- ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
- */
- lockInfo.l_len = 1;
- lockInfo.l_start = 0;
- lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
- return LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX;
- }
-
- /* Testing for flock() can give false positives. So if if the above
- ** test fails, then we fall back to using dot-file style locking.
- */
- return LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is defined, this function Examines the
-** f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by stat() for
-** the file system hosting the database file and selects the appropriate
-** locking style based on its value. These values and assignments are
-** based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been thoroughly tested on
-** other systems.
-**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is not defined, this function always
-** returns LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX.
-*/
-static int detectLockingStyle(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *filePath,
- int fd
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- struct Mapping {
- const char *zFilesystem;
- int eLockingStyle;
- } aMap[] = {
- { "hfs", LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX },
- { "ufs", LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX },
- { "afpfs", LOCKING_STYLE_AFP },
- { "smbfs", LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK },
- { "msdos", LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE },
- { "webdav", LOCKING_STYLE_NONE },
- { 0, 0 }
- };
- int i;
- struct statfs fsInfo;
-
- if( !filePath ){
- return LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
- }
- if( pVfs->pAppData ){
- return (int)pVfs->pAppData;
- }
-
- if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
- if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
- return LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
- }
- for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
- if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
- return aMap[i].eLockingStyle;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". */
- return testLockingStyle(fd);
-#endif
- return LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
+** Given a file descriptor, locate unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt structures that
** describes that file descriptor. Create new ones if necessary. The
** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
**
** Return an appropriate error code.
*/
static int findLockInfo(
- int fd, /* The file descriptor used in the key */
- struct lockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
- struct openCnt **ppOpen /* Return the openCnt structure here */
+ unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
+ struct unixLockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the unixLockInfo structure here */
+ struct unixOpenCnt **ppOpen /* Return the unixOpenCnt structure here */
){
- int rc;
- struct lockKey key1;
- struct openKey key2;
- struct stat statbuf;
- struct lockInfo *pLock;
- struct openCnt *pOpen;
+ int rc; /* System call return code */
+ int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */
+ struct unixLockKey lockKey; /* Lookup key for the unixLockInfo structure */
+ struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixOpenCnt struct */
+ struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */
+ struct unixLockInfo *pLock; /* Candidate unixLockInfo object */
+ struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; /* Candidate unixOpenCnt object */
+
+ /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
+ ** create a unique name for the file.
+ */
+ fd = pFile->h;
rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
if( rc!=0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
#ifdef EOVERFLOW
- if( errno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
+ if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
#endif
return SQLITE_IOERR;
}
+#ifdef __APPLE__
/* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work
** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
*/
if( statbuf.st_size==0 ){
- write(fd, "S", 1);
+ rc = write(fd, "S", 1);
+ if( rc!=1 ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ }
rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
if( rc!=0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
return SQLITE_IOERR;
}
}
+#endif
- memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
- key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
- key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ memset(&lockKey, 0, sizeof(lockKey));
+ lockKey.fid.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ lockKey.fid.pId = pFile->pId;
+#else
+ lockKey.fid.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
}
- key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
+ lockKey.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
#endif
- memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
- key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
- key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
- pLock = lockList;
- while( pLock && memcmp(&key1, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1)) ){
- pLock = pLock->pNext;
- }
- if( pLock==0 ){
- pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
+ fileId = lockKey.fid;
+ if( ppLock!=0 ){
+ pLock = lockList;
+ while( pLock && memcmp(&lockKey, &pLock->lockKey, sizeof(lockKey)) ){
+ pLock = pLock->pNext;
+ }
if( pLock==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto exit_findlockinfo;
- }
- pLock->key = key1;
- pLock->nRef = 1;
- pLock->cnt = 0;
- pLock->locktype = 0;
- pLock->pNext = lockList;
- pLock->pPrev = 0;
- if( lockList ) lockList->pPrev = pLock;
- lockList = pLock;
- }else{
- pLock->nRef++;
+ pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
+ if( pLock==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto exit_findlockinfo;
+ }
+ pLock->lockKey = lockKey;
+ pLock->nRef = 1;
+ pLock->cnt = 0;
+ pLock->locktype = 0;
+ pLock->pNext = lockList;
+ pLock->pPrev = 0;
+ if( lockList ) lockList->pPrev = pLock;
+ lockList = pLock;
+ }else{
+ pLock->nRef++;
+ }
+ *ppLock = pLock;
}
- *ppLock = pLock;
if( ppOpen!=0 ){
pOpen = openList;
- while( pOpen && memcmp(&key2, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2)) ){
+ while( pOpen && memcmp(&fileId, &pOpen->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
pOpen = pOpen->pNext;
}
if( pOpen==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto exit_findlockinfo;
}
- pOpen->key = key2;
+ pOpen->fileId = fileId;
pOpen->nRef = 1;
pOpen->nLock = 0;
pOpen->nPending = 0;
pOpen->pPrev = 0;
if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen;
openList = pOpen;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ pOpen->pSem = NULL;
+ pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+#endif
}else{
pOpen->nRef++;
}
return rc;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
-** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
-** integer lock-type.
-*/
-static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
- switch( locktype ){
- case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
- case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
- case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
- case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
- case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
- }
- return "ERROR";
-}
-#endif
-
/*
** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the
** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile
** over to the current thread.
**
-** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is
-** unable to override locks created by a different thread. RedHat9 is
-** an example of such a system.
+** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems that use LinuxThreads.
**
** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked.
** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return
** SQLITE_MISUSE. SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works.
*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
int rc;
pthread_t hSelf;
pFile->tid = hSelf;
if (pFile->pLock != NULL) {
releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
- rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0);
+ rc = findLockInfo(pFile, &pFile->pLock, 0);
OSTRACE5("LOCK %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h,
locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
-#else
+#else /* if not SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
/* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */
# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
-** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
-**
-** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
-** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from
-** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
-** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
-** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
-*/
-static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
- int got;
- i64 newOffset;
- TIMER_START;
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
- got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
- SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
- got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
- SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#else
- newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
- SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
- if( newOffset!=offset ){
- return -1;
- }
- got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
- TIMER_END;
- OSTRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
- return got;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int unixRead(
- sqlite3_file *id,
- void *pBuf,
- int amt,
- sqlite3_int64 offset
-){
- int got;
- assert( id );
- got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt);
- if( got==amt ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( got<0 ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
- }else{
- memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
-** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset.
-*/
-static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
- int got;
- i64 newOffset;
- TIMER_START;
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
- got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
- got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-#else
- newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
- if( newOffset!=offset ){
- return -1;
- }
- got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
- TIMER_END;
- OSTRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
- return got;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int unixWrite(
- sqlite3_file *id,
- const void *pBuf,
- int amt,
- sqlite3_int64 offset
-){
- int wrote = 0;
- assert( id );
- assert( amt>0 );
- while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
- amt -= wrote;
- offset += wrote;
- pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
- }
- SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
- SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
- if( amt>0 ){
- if( wrote<0 ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined.
-** Otherwise use fsync() in its place.
-*/
-#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC
-# define fdatasync fsync
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
-** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently
-** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change.
-*/
-#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
-#else
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
-** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make
-** it work better.
-**
-** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful
-** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
-** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
-** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
-*/
-static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
- int rc;
-
- /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
- ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
- ** gets called with the correct arguments.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
- sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-
- /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
- ** no-op
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-
-#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC
- if( fullSync ){
- rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
- }else{
- rc = 1;
- }
- /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
- * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
- * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
- * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
- * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
- * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
- * the fcntl call every time sync is called.
- */
- if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
-
-#else
- if( dataOnly ){
- rc = fdatasync(fd);
- }else{
- rc = fsync(fd);
- }
-#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-**
-** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
-** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the
-** file data is synced.
-**
-** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
-** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
-** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
-** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next
-** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
-** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
-** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
-*/
-static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
- int rc;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
- int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-
- /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
- assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
- || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
- );
-
- assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h);
- rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
- SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
- if( rc ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
- }
- if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
- OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
- HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync);
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
- /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
- ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above,
- ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
- */
- if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
- /*
- ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
- ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
- ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems
- ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657
- */
- /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
- }
-#endif
- close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
- pFile->dirfd = -1; /* when we are done. */
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
- int rc;
- assert( id );
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
- rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte);
- if( rc ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
- int rc;
- struct stat buf;
- assert( id );
- rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
- SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
- }
- *pSize = buf.st_size;
-
- /* When opening a zero-size database, the findLockInfo() procedure
- ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
- ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper
- ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
- ** really 1. Ticket #3260.
- */
- if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
-
+#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
-** return zero.
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
- int r = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
assert( pFile );
- enterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */
+ unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
- r = 1;
+ reserved = 1;
}
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
*/
- if( !r ){
+#ifndef __DJGPP__
+ if( !reserved ){
struct flock lock;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
lock.l_len = 1;
lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock);
- if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
- r = 1;
+ if (-1 == fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock)) {
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+ reserved = 1;
}
}
+#endif
- leaveMutex();
- OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
- *pResOut = r;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ *pResOut = reserved;
+ return rc;
}
/*
*/
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
+ struct unixLockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
struct flock lock;
int s;
/* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
- ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+ ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
*/
if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
/* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
*/
- enterMutex();
+ unixEnterMutex();
/* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
*/
rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- leaveMutex();
+ unixLeaveMutex();
return rc;
}
pLock = pFile->pLock;
lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
if( s==(-1) ){
- rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
goto end_lock;
}
}
** operating system calls for the specified lock.
*/
if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ int tErrno = 0;
assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
/* Now get the read-lock */
lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
- s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
-
+ if( (s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock))==(-1) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ }
/* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
lock.l_len = 1L;
lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- goto end_lock;
+ if( s != -1 ){
+ /* This could happen with a network mount */
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_lock;
+ }
}
if( s==(-1) ){
- rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
}else{
pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
}
s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
if( s==(-1) ){
- rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
}
}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
+ ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change
+ ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
+ ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && pFile->locktype<=SHARED_LOCK
+ && locktype==RESERVED_LOCK
+ ){
+ pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
+ pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
+ pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pFile->locktype = locktype;
pLock->locktype = locktype;
}
end_lock:
- leaveMutex();
+ unixLeaveMutex();
OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
return rc;
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
- struct lockInfo *pLock;
+ struct unixLockInfo *pLock;
struct flock lock;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
- enterMutex();
+ unixEnterMutex();
h = pFile->h;
pLock = pFile->pLock;
assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+ ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+ ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+ ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated,
+ ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+ ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+ ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+ */
+ assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
+ || pFile->dbUpdate==0
+ || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
+ pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
+
+
if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_unlock;
}
}
lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
}else{
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_unlock;
}
}
if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
- struct openCnt *pOpen;
+ struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;
/* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an
** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
}else{
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
pLock->cnt = 1;
+ goto end_unlock;
}
}
if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
- close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
+ /* close pending fds, but if closing fails don't free the array
+ ** assign -1 to the successfully closed descriptors and record the
+ ** error. The next attempt to unlock will try again. */
+ if( pOpen->aPending[i] < 0 ) continue;
+ if( close(pOpen->aPending[i]) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
+ }else{
+ pOpen->aPending[i] = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
+ pOpen->nPending = 0;
+ pOpen->aPending = 0;
}
- sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
- pOpen->nPending = 0;
- pOpen->aPending = 0;
}
}
}
- leaveMutex();
+
+end_unlock:
+ unixLeaveMutex();
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;
return rc;
}
** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
** structure to 0.
+**
+** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
+** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
+** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
*/
static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
if( pFile ){
if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
- close(pFile->dirfd);
+ int err = close(pFile->dirfd);
+ if( err ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
+ }else{
+ pFile->dirfd=-1;
+ }
}
if( pFile->h>=0 ){
- close(pFile->h);
+ int err = close(pFile->h);
+ if( err ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
+ }
+ }
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ if( pFile->pId ){
+ if( pFile->isDelete ){
+ unlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
+ }
+ vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
+ pFile->pId = 0;
}
+#endif
OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h);
OpenCounter(-1);
memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
** Close a file.
*/
static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( id ){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
- enterMutex();
+ unixEnterMutex();
if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
/* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
** the last lock is cleared.
*/
int *aNew;
- struct openCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+ struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
if( aNew==0 ){
/* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
}
releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
- closeUnixFile(id);
- leaveMutex();
+ rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
+/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
+**
+** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
+** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database
+** file for reading or writing.
+**
+** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
+** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can
+** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
+** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
+** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database
+** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
+** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
+** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
+*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#pragma mark AFP Support
+static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ *pResOut = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
- ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
- */
-typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
-struct afpLockingContext {
- unsigned long long sharedLockByte;
- const char *filePath;
-};
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
-struct ByteRangeLockPB2
-{
- unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */
- unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */
- unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
- unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
- unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
- int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
-};
+/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
-#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
+/******************************************************************************
+************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
+**
+** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existing of separate lock
+** files in order to control access to the database. This works on just
+** about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides:
+**
+** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other
+** connections from reading or writing the database.
+**
+** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
+** sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
+**
+** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
+** other locking strategy is available.
+**
+** Dotfile locking works by creating a file in the same directory as the
+** database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
+** The existance of a lock file implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other lock
+** types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
-/*
-** Return 0 on success, 1 on failure. To match the behavior of the
-** normal posix file locking (used in unixLock for example), we should
-** provide 'richer' return codes - specifically to differentiate between
-** 'file busy' and 'file system error' results.
-*/
-static int _AFPFSSetLock(
- const char *path,
- int fd,
- unsigned long long offset,
- unsigned long long length,
- int setLockFlag
-){
- struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
- int err;
-
- pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
- pb.startEndFlag = 0;
- pb.offset = offset;
- pb.length = length;
- pb.fd = fd;
- OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n",
- (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), fd, offset, length);
- err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
- if ( err==-1 ) {
- OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, errno,
- strerror(errno));
- return 1; /* error */
- } else {
- return 0;
- }
-}
+/*
+** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
+** lock file.
+*/
+#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
/*
- ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
- ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
- ** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
- ** return zero.
- */
-static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
- int r = 0;
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+**
+** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this
+** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
+** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
+*/
+static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
- assert( pFile );
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
+ assert( pFile );
+
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
- r = 1;
- }
-
- /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
- */
- if ( !r ) {
- /* lock the byte */
- int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
- if (failed) {
- /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
- r = 1;
- } else {
- /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
- ** the original state */
- _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
- }
+ /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
+ ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */
+ reserved = 1;
+ }else{
+ /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
+ const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
+ reserved = access(zLockFile, 0)==0;
}
- OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);
-
- *pResOut = r;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+ *pResOut = reserved;
+ return rc;
}
-/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock
-** function comments for details of lock management. */
-static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
- assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());
-
- /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
- ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
- */
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+**
+** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
+** But we track the other locking levels internally.
+*/
+static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int fd;
+ char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
- */
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
- */
- enterMutex();
- /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
- */
- rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- leaveMutex();
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
- ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
- ** be released.
+ /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have
+ ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
*/
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK
- || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
- ){
- int failed;
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
- if (failed) {
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto afp_end_lock;
- }
+ if( pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK ){
+ pFile->locktype = locktype;
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+ /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
+ utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
- ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- int lk, failed;
-
- /* Now get the read-lock */
- /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
- lk = random();
- context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h,
- SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
-
- /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
- if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- goto afp_end_lock;
- }
-
- if( failed ){
+ /* grab an exclusive lock */
+ fd = open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
} else {
- pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- }
- }else{
- /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is
- ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
- ** already.
- */
- int failed = 0;
- assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
- if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
- /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
- }
- if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
- /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-
- /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
- ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock
- */
- if (!_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
- context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0)) {
- /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST,
- SHARED_SIZE, 1);
- if (failed && _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
- context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* this should never happen */
- }
- } else {
- /* */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* this should never happen */
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
}
- if( failed && rc == SQLITE_OK){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( close(fd) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
}
-afp_end_lock:
- leaveMutex();
- OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+ /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+ pFile->locktype = locktype;
return rc;
}
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
*/
-static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+ char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
assert( pFile );
OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, getpid());
-
+ pFile->locktype, getpid());
assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
+
+ /* no-op if possible */
+ if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+
+ /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
+ ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk.
+ */
+ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- enterMutex();
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- int failed = 0;
-
- /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */
- if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST,
- SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if (!failed) {
- /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */
- if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+
- context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
- /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- } else {
- /* This should never happen - failed to unlock the exclusive range */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- }
- }
+
+ /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
+ assert( locktype==NO_LOCK );
+ if( unlink(zLockFile) ){
+ int rc, tErrno = errno;
+ if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
}
- if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) {
- if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)){
- /* failed to release the pending lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- }
- if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) {
- if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
- /* failed to release the reserved lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- }
- }
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
- int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h,
- SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
- if (failed) {
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
+ return rc;
}
- if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- leaveMutex();
- return rc;
+ pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
+** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
*/
-static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ int rc;
if( id ){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
}
- return closeUnixFile(id);
+ rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+ return rc;
}
+/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
+******************************************************************************/
-
-#pragma mark flock() style locking
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
+**
+** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
+**
+** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
+** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
+** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
+** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite
+** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
+** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
+**
+** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if
+** compiling for VXWORKS.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
/*
-** The flockLockingContext is not used
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
-typedef void flockLockingContext;
-
static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
- int r = 1;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- if (pFile->locktype != RESERVED_LOCK) {
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+ assert( pFile );
+
+ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+ if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ reserved = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+ if( !reserved ){
/* attempt to get the lock */
- int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
- if (!rc) {
+ int lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
+ if( !lrc ){
/* got the lock, unlock it */
- flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
- r = 0; /* no one has it reserved */
+ lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+ if ( lrc ) {
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ /* unlock failed with an error */
+ lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ rc = lrc;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ reserved = 1;
+ /* someone else might have it reserved */
+ lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ rc = lrc;
+ }
}
}
+ OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
- *pResOut = r;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+ if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ reserved=1;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+ *pResOut = reserved;
+ return rc;
}
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
+
+ assert( pFile );
+
/* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
}
/* grab an exclusive lock */
- int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
- if (rc) {
+
+ if (flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
+ int tErrno = errno;
/* didn't get, must be busy */
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
} else {
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+ if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+ return rc;
}
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+ pFile->locktype, getpid());
assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
/* no-op if possible */
/* no, really, unlock. */
int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
- if (rc)
- return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- else {
+ if (rc) {
+ int r, tErrno = errno;
+ r = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(r) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+ if( (r & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ r = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+
+ return r;
+ } else {
pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
return closeUnixFile(id);
}
-#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
-static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
- int r = 1;
+/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
+**
+** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
+**
+** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
+** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write
+** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but
+** makes the lock implementation much easier.
+*/
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
- if (pFile->locktype != RESERVED_LOCK) {
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+ assert( pFile );
+
+ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+ if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ reserved = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+ if( !reserved ){
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
struct stat statBuf;
- if (lstat(zLockFile, &statBuf) != 0){
- /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */
- r = 0;
+
+ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ } else {
+ /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
+ reserved = (pFile->locktype < SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* we could have it if we want it */
+ sem_post(pSem);
}
}
+ OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
- *pResOut = r;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ *pResOut = reserved;
+ return rc;
}
-static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
int fd;
- char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
pFile->locktype = locktype;
-
- /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
- utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* check to see if lock file already exists */
- struct stat statBuf;
- if (lstat(zLockFile,&statBuf) == 0){
- return SQLITE_BUSY; /* it does, busy */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ goto sem_end_lock;
}
- /* grab an exclusive lock */
- fd = open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
- if( fd<0 ){
- /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
+ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto sem_end_lock;
}
- close(fd);
-
+
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ sem_end_lock:
+ return rc;
}
-static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
+ assert( pFile );
+ assert( pSem );
+ OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+ pFile->locktype, getpid());
assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
/* no-op if possible */
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- /* no, really, unlock. */
- unlink(zLockFile);
+ /* no, really unlock. */
+ if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
+ int rc, tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a file.
*/
-static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
if( id ){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
- sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+ semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ assert( pFile );
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
+ releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
+ closeUnixFile(id);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
- return closeUnixFile(id);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
/*
-** The nolockLockingContext is void
-*/
-typedef void nolockLockingContext;
-
-static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
- *pResOut = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
+**
+*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
+******************************************************************************/
-static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
+**
+** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found
+** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
+**
+** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here
+** only works on OSX.
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
-** Close a file.
+** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
*/
-static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
- return closeUnixFile(id);
-}
+typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
+struct afpLockingContext {
+ unsigned long long sharedByte;
+ const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */
+};
+
+struct ByteRangeLockPB2
+{
+ unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */
+ unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */
+ unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
+ unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
+ unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
+ int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
+};
+#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
/*
-** Information and control of an open file handle.
-*/
-static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
- *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
+** AFP filesystem.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
+*/
+static int afpSetLock(
+ const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
+ unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */
+ unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */
+ unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */
+ int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */
+){
+ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
+ int err;
+
+ pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
+ pb.startEndFlag = 0;
+ pb.offset = offset;
+ pb.length = length;
+ pb.fd = pFile->h;
+
+ OSTRACE6("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
+ (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
+ offset, length);
+ err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
+ if ( err==-1 ) {
+ int rc;
+ int tErrno = errno;
+ OSTRACE4("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
+ path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#else
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
+ setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
+ return rc;
+ } else {
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
- return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}
/*
-** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
-static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
- return 0;
+static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int reserved = 0;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+
+ /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+ if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ reserved = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+ */
+ if( !reserved ){
+ /* lock the RESERVED byte */
+ int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+ if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
+ /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
+ ** the original state */
+ lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+ } else {
+ /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
+ reserved = 1;
+ }
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+ rc=lrc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+
+ *pResOut = reserved;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
-** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style
-** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations.
-** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created
-** and assigned here also.
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int fillInUnixFile(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
- int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
- int dirfd, /* Directory file descriptor */
- sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
- int noLock /* Omit locking if true */
-){
- int eLockingStyle;
- unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
+static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+ locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());
- /* Macro to define the static contents of an sqlite3_io_methods
- ** structure for a unix backend file. Different locking methods
- ** require different functions for the xClose, xLock, xUnlock and
- ** xCheckReservedLock methods.
- */
- #define IOMETHODS(xClose, xLock, xUnlock, xCheckReservedLock) { \
- 1, /* iVersion */ \
- xClose, /* xClose */ \
- unixRead, /* xRead */ \
- unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \
- unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \
- unixSync, /* xSync */ \
- unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \
- xLock, /* xLock */ \
- xUnlock, /* xUnlock */ \
- xCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \
- unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \
- unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \
- unixDeviceCharacteristics /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \
- }
- static sqlite3_io_methods aIoMethod[] = {
- IOMETHODS(unixClose, unixLock, unixUnlock, unixCheckReservedLock)
- ,IOMETHODS(nolockClose, nolockLock, nolockUnlock, nolockCheckReservedLock)
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- ,IOMETHODS(dotlockClose, dotlockLock, dotlockUnlock,dotlockCheckReservedLock)
- ,IOMETHODS(flockClose, flockLock, flockUnlock, flockCheckReservedLock)
- ,IOMETHODS(afpClose, afpLock, afpUnlock, afpCheckReservedLock)
-#endif
- };
- /* The order of the IOMETHODS macros above is important. It must be the
- ** same order as the LOCKING_STYLE numbers
+ /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+ ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
+ ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
*/
- assert(LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX==1);
- assert(LOCKING_STYLE_NONE==2);
- assert(LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE==3);
- assert(LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK==4);
- assert(LOCKING_STYLE_AFP==5);
-
- assert( pNew->pLock==NULL );
- assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL );
-
- OSTRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);
- pNew->h = h;
- pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
- SET_THREADID(pNew);
-
- if( noLock ){
- eLockingStyle = LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
- }else{
- eLockingStyle = detectLockingStyle(pVfs, zFilename, h);
+ if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+ OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
+ locktypeName(locktype));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- switch( eLockingStyle ){
-
- case LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX: {
- enterMutex();
- rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
- leaveMutex();
- break;
- }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- case LOCKING_STYLE_AFP: {
- /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
- ** the afpLockingContext.
- */
- afpLockingContext *pCtx;
- pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
- if( pCtx==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
- ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a
- ** copy of the filename. */
- pCtx->filePath = zFilename;
- srandomdev();
- }
- break;
- }
+ /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+ */
+ assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+ assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+ /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
+ */
+ unixEnterMutex();
- case LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE: {
- /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
- ** the dotlockLockingContext
+ /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
+ */
+ rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+ ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+ ** be released.
+ */
+ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK
+ || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
+ ){
+ int failed;
+ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
+ if (failed) {
+ rc = failed;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+ ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+ */
+ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ int lk, lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno;
+
+ /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
+ /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
+ lk = random();
+ context->sharedByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+ lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
+ SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedByte, 1, 1);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
+ lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
+ }
+ /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+ lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
+ pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
+ rc = lrc1;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
+ } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
+ rc = lrc2;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
+ } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
+ rc = lrc1;
+ } else {
+ pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+ pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is
+ ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+ ** already.
+ */
+ int failed = 0;
+ assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
+ if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
+ /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
+ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+ }
+ if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+ /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
+
+ /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
+ ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock
*/
- char *zLockFile;
- int nFilename;
- nFilename = strlen(zFilename) + 6;
- zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
- if( zLockFile==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
+ context->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
+ int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
+ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
+ SHARED_SIZE, 1);
+ if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
+ SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
+ /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is
+ ** a critical I/O error
+ */
+ rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 :
+ SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
+ }
}else{
- sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s.lock", zFilename);
+ rc = failed;
}
- pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
- break;
}
-
- case LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK:
- case LOCKING_STYLE_NONE:
- break;
-#endif
+ if( failed ){
+ rc = failed;
+ }
}
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd);
- close(h);
- }else{
- pNew->pMethod = &aIoMethod[eLockingStyle-1];
- OpenCounter(+1);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
}
+
+afp_end_lock:
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
return rc;
}
/*
-** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
-** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
-** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
-** value.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
-** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
- int ii;
- int fd = -1;
- char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ afpLockingContext *pCtx = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
- for(ii=strlen(zDirname); ii>=0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
- if( ii>0 ){
- zDirname[ii] = '\0';
- fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
- if( fd>=0 ){
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
- fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
- OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname);
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+ pFile->locktype, getpid());
+
+ assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+
+ if( pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
+ int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pCtx->sharedByte;
+ rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
}
+ }else if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+ /* clear the shared lock */
+ int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pCtx->sharedByte;
+ rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
}
- *pFd = fd;
- return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+ struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+ pOpen->nLock--;
+ assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
+ if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
+ if( pOpen->aPending[i] < 0 ) continue;
+ if( close(pOpen->aPending[i]) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
+ }else{
+ pOpen->aPending[i] = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
+ pOpen->nPending = 0;
+ pOpen->aPending = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated
-** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
-** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
*/
-static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- static const char *azDirs[] = {
- 0,
- "/var/tmp",
- "/usr/tmp",
- "/tmp",
- ".",
- };
- static const unsigned char zChars[] =
- "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- "0123456789";
- int i, j;
- struct stat buf;
- const char *zDir = ".";
-
- /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
- ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing.
- */
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-
- azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
- if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
- if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
- if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
- if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
- zDir = azDirs[i];
- break;
- }
-
- /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
- ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
- */
- if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= nBuf ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- do{
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
- j = strlen(zBuf);
- sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
- for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
- zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ if( id ){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
+ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+ ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
+ ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when
+ ** the last lock is cleared.
+ */
+ int *aNew;
+ struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+ aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
+ if( aNew==0 ){
+ /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
+ }else{
+ pOpen->aPending = aNew;
+ pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h;
+ pOpen->nPending++;
+ pFile->h = -1;
+ }
}
- zBuf[j] = 0;
- }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
+ releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
+ sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+ closeUnixFile(id);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ }
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
-** Open the file zPath.
-**
-** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
-** one:
+** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative
+** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
+** VFS is not available.
**
-** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
-** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
-** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
+********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
**
-** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the
+** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking
+** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
+** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes
+** are gather together into this division.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt
+** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
**
-** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE)
-** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY)
-** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
+** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
+** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from
+** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
+** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
+** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
**
-** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
-** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
-** OpenExclusive().
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
*/
-static int unixOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- int flags,
- int *pOutFlags
-){
- int fd = 0; /* File descriptor returned by open() */
- int dirfd = -1; /* Directory file descriptor */
- int oflags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */
- int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */
- int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */
-
- int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
- int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
- int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
- int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
- int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-
- /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
- ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
- ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
- */
- int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate &&
- (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
- );
-
- /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
- ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
- */
- char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
- const char *zName = zPath;
-
- /* Check the following statements are true:
- **
- ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
- ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
- ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
- ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
- */
- assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
- assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
- assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
- assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
-
- /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
- ** deleted
- */
- assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete );
- assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
- assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
-
- /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
- assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
- );
-
- memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-
- if( !zName ){
- int rc;
- assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
- rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- zName = zTmpname;
- }
-
- if( isReadonly ) oflags |= O_RDONLY;
- if( isReadWrite ) oflags |= O_RDWR;
- if( isCreate ) oflags |= O_CREAT;
- if( isExclusive ) oflags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
- oflags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
-
- fd = open(zName, oflags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
- /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
- flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
- flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
- return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
- }
- if( fd<0 ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- if( isDelete ){
- unlink(zName);
- }
- if( pOutFlags ){
- *pOutFlags = flags;
- }
-
- assert(fd!=0);
- if( isOpenDirectory ){
- int rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- close(fd);
- return rc;
+static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
+ int got;
+ i64 newOffset;
+ TIMER_START;
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+ got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+ SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+ got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+ SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#else
+ newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+ SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
+ if( newOffset!=offset ){
+ if( newOffset == -1 ){
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ }else{
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
}
+ return -1;
}
-
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
- fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+ got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
#endif
-
- noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
- return fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock);
+ TIMER_END;
+ if( got<0 ){
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ }
+ OSTRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+ return got;
}
/*
-** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
-** the directory after deleting the file.
+** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
*/
-static int unixDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
- unlink(zPath);
- if( dirSync ){
- int fd;
- rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( fsync(fd) ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
- }
- close(fd);
- }
+static int unixRead(
+ sqlite3_file *id,
+ void *pBuf,
+ int amt,
+ sqlite3_int64 offset
+){
+ int got;
+ assert( id );
+
+ /* Never read or write any of the bytes in the locking range */
+ assert( ((unixFile*)id)->isLockable==0
+ || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+ || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE );
+
+ got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt);
+ if( got==amt ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( got<0 ){
+ /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ }else{
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The
-** test performed depends on the value of flags:
-**
-** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
-** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
-** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
+** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset.
**
-** Otherwise return 0.
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
*/
-static int unixAccess(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int flags,
- int *pResOut
-){
- int amode = 0;
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
- switch( flags ){
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
- amode = F_OK;
- break;
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
- amode = W_OK|R_OK;
- break;
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
- amode = R_OK;
- break;
-
- default:
- assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
+ int got;
+ i64 newOffset;
+ TIMER_START;
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+ got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+ got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+#else
+ newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+ if( newOffset!=offset ){
+ if( newOffset == -1 ){
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ }else{
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
+ }
+ return -1;
}
- *pResOut = (access(zPath, amode)==0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+ TIMER_END;
+ if( got<0 ){
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ }
+
+ OSTRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+ return got;
}
/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
-** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath.
-**
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
-** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
-** this buffer before returning.
+** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
*/
-static int unixFullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
- const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */
- int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
- char *zOut /* Output buffer */
+static int unixWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *id,
+ const void *pBuf,
+ int amt,
+ sqlite3_int64 offset
){
+ int wrote = 0;
+ assert( id );
+ assert( amt>0 );
- /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
- ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
- ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
- ** current working directly has been unlinked.
- */
- SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-
- assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
- zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
- if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
- }else{
- int nCwd;
- if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- nCwd = strlen(zOut);
- sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Never read or write any of the bytes in the locking range */
+ assert( ((unixFile*)id)->isLockable==0
+ || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+ || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE );
-#if 0
- /*
- ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements
- ** to just "/".
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+ ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+ ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
+ ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that
+ ** fact too.
*/
- if( zFull ){
- int i, j;
- for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){
- if( zFull[i]=='/' ){
- if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
- if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){
- i += 1;
- continue;
- }
- if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){
- while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
- i += 3;
- continue;
- }
+ if( ((unixFile*)id)->inNormalWrite ){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */
+ if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
+ int rc;
+ char oldCntr[4];
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
+ pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */
}
- zFull[j++] = zFull[i];
}
- zFull[j] = 0;
}
#endif
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
- return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-}
-/*
-** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
-** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
-** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
-** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
-** error message.
-*/
-static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
- char *zErr;
- enterMutex();
- zErr = dlerror();
- if( zErr ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
+ while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+ amt -= wrote;
+ offset += wrote;
+ pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
}
- leaveMutex();
-}
-static void *unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
- return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol);
-}
-static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
- dlclose(pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
- #define unixDlOpen 0
- #define unixDlError 0
- #define unixDlSym 0
- #define unixDlClose 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
-*/
-static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-
- assert(nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
-
- /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
- ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
- ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
- ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
- ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
- ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
- ** in the random seed.
- **
- ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means
- ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the
- ** tests repeatable.
- */
- memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
- {
- int pid, fd;
- fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
- if( fd<0 ){
- time_t t;
- time(&t);
- memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
- pid = getpid();
- memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+ SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
+ SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
+ if( amt>0 ){
+ if( wrote<0 ){
+ /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
}else{
- read(fd, zBuf, nBuf);
- close(fd);
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+ return SQLITE_FULL;
}
}
-#endif
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
-** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
-** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
-** than the argument.
+** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined.
+** Otherwise use fsync() in its place.
*/
-static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microseconds){
-#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
- usleep(microseconds);
- return microseconds;
-#else
- int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
- sleep(seconds);
- return seconds*1000000;
+#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC
+# define fdatasync fsync
#endif
-}
/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing.
+** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
+** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently
+** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
+#else
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
#endif
+
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful
+** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
+** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
+** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
*/
-static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
-#ifdef NO_GETTOD
- time_t t;
- time(&t);
- *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
+ int rc;
+
+ /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
+ ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering
+ ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
#else
- struct timeval sNow;
- gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
- *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
#endif
+
+ /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
+ ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
+ ** gets called with the correct arguments.
+ */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+ if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+ sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+
+ /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+ ** no-op
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+ if( fullSync ){
+ rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+ }else{
+ rc = 1;
}
+ /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
+ ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
+ ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
+ ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
+ ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
+ ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
+ ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
+ */
+ if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+
+#else
+ if( dataOnly ){
+ rc = fdatasync(fd);
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
+ rc = fsync(fd);
+ }
#endif
- return 0;
-}
+ }else{
+ rc = fsync(fd);
+ }
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
-static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- return 0;
+ if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Initialize the operating system interface.
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+**
+** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
+** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the
+** file data is synced.
+**
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
- /* Macro to define the static contents of an sqlite3_vfs structure for
- ** the unix backend. The two parameters are the values to use for
- ** the sqlite3_vfs.zName and sqlite3_vfs.pAppData fields, respectively.
- **
+static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+ int rc;
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+ int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
+ int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+
+ /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+ assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+ || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+ );
+
+ /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+ ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
*/
- #define UNIXVFS(zVfsName, pVfsAppData) { \
- 1, /* iVersion */ \
- sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \
- MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \
- 0, /* pNext */ \
- zVfsName, /* zName */ \
- (void *)pVfsAppData, /* pAppData */ \
- unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \
- unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \
- unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \
- unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \
- unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \
- unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \
- unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \
- unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \
- unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \
- unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \
- unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \
- unixGetLastError /* xGetLastError */ \
- }
+ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
- static sqlite3_vfs unixVfs = UNIXVFS("unix", 0);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#if 0
- int i;
- static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
- UNIXVFS("unix-posix", LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX),
- UNIXVFS("unix-afp", LOCKING_STYLE_AFP),
- UNIXVFS("unix-flock", LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK),
- UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE),
- UNIXVFS("unix-none", LOCKING_STYLE_NONE)
- };
- for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
- sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], 0);
+ assert( pFile );
+ OSTRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h);
+ rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
+ SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+ if( rc ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
}
+ if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
+ int err;
+ OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
+ HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+ /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
+ ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above,
+ ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
+ */
+ if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
+ /*
+ ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
+ ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
+ ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems
+ ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657
+ */
+ /* pFile->lastErrno = errno; */
+ /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
+ }
#endif
-#endif
- sqlite3_vfs_register(&unixVfs, 1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ err = close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the */
+ if( err==0 ){ /* directory when we are done */
+ pFile->dirfd = -1;
+ }else{
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Shutdown the operating system interface. This is a no-op for unix.
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
+ int rc;
+ assert( id );
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+ rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte);
+ if( rc ){
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
-/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
-**
-** $Id: os_win.c,v 1.132 2008/07/31 01:34:34 shane Exp $
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for windows only */
+static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+ int rc;
+ struct stat buf;
+ assert( id );
+ rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
+ SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+ }
+ *pSize = buf.st_size;
+
+ /* When opening a zero-size database, the findLockInfo() procedure
+ ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
+ ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper
+ ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
+ ** really 1. Ticket #3260.
+ */
+ if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
/*
-** A Note About Memory Allocation:
-**
-** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
-** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers
-** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
-** malloc failures happen frequently. Win32 does not typically run on
-** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
-** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not
-** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
-**
-** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the
-** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
-** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We
-** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
-** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
-** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
-** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
-** code. Better to leave the code out, we think.
-**
-** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new
-** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
-** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on windows
-** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
+** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the
+** proxying locking division.
*/
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#endif
-#include <winbase.h>
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# include <sys/cygwin.h>
+/*
+** Information and control of an open file handle.
+*/
+static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+ *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+ *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
+ ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
+ ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
+ ** unchanged.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
+ ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+ case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
+ case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+ return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
+ }
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
/*
-** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
*/
-#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
-#endif
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
+** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0 for unix.
*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return 0;
+}
+
/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-**
-** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.37 2008/05/29 20:22:37 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
+** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions
+** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
+** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData
+** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
+** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
+**
+** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
+** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
+** strategy from that.
+**
+** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
+**
+** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
+**
+** (2) A constant pointer to this functio named just "F".
+**
+**
+** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
+** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
+** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
+** from be cast into a function pointer.
+**
+**
+** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
+**
+** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
+** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
+**
+** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
+** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
+*/
+#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \
+ 1, /* iVersion */ \
+ CLOSE, /* xClose */ \
+ unixRead, /* xRead */ \
+ unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \
+ unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \
+ unixSync, /* xSync */ \
+ unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \
+ LOCK, /* xLock */ \
+ UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \
+ CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \
+ unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \
+ unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \
+ unixDeviceCharacteristics /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \
+}; \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, int h){ \
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(h); \
+ return &METHOD; \
+} \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,int) \
+ = FINDER##Impl;
+
+/*
+** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
+** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods
+** are also created.
+*/
+IOMETHODS(
+ posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ unixClose, /* xClose method */
+ unixLock, /* xLock method */
+ unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+ nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ nolockClose, /* xClose method */
+ nolockLock, /* xLock method */
+ nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ nolockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+ dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ dotlockClose, /* xClose method */
+ dotlockLock, /* xLock method */
+ dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ dotlockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+ flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ flockClose, /* xClose method */
+ flockLock, /* xLock method */
+ flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ flockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+ semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ semClose, /* xClose method */
+ semLock, /* xLock method */
+ semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ semCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+ afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ afpClose, /* xClose method */
+ afpLock, /* xLock method */
+ afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ afpCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
/*
- * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
- * pending-byte in the database file.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
+** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
+** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
+** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
+** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements
+** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need
+** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
+** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods.
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
+IOMETHODS(
+ proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ proxyClose, /* xClose method */
+ proxyLock, /* xLock method */
+ proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ proxyCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
- if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
- if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy
+** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
+**
+** This is for MacOSX only.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+ const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */
+ int fd /* file descriptor open on the database file */
+){
+ static const struct Mapping {
+ const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */
+ } aMap[] = {
+ { "hfs", &posixIoMethods },
+ { "ufs", &posixIoMethods },
+ { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods },
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_AFP_LOCKING_SMB
+ { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods },
#else
-#define OSTRACE1(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+ { "smbfs", &flockIoMethods },
#endif
+ { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
+ { 0, 0 }
+ };
+ int i;
+ struct statfs fsInfo;
+ struct flock lockInfo;
+
+ if( !filePath ){
+ /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+ ** that does not need to be locked. */
+ return &nolockIoMethods;
+ }
+ if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
+ if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
+ return &nolockIoMethods;
+ }
+ for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
+ if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
+ return aMap[i].pMethods;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
+ ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds,
+ ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks.
+ */
+ lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+ lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+ lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+ if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+ return &posixIoMethods;
+ }else{
+ return &dotlockIoMethods;
+ }
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,int)
+ = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
-** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
+** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,int);
-/*
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
+** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
- (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+static int fillInUnixFile(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
+ int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
+ int dirfd, /* Directory file descriptor */
+ sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
+ int noLock, /* Omit locking if true */
+ int isDelete /* Delete on close if true */
+){
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
+ unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- #if defined(__GNUC__)
+ assert( pNew->pLock==NULL );
+ assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL );
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned int lo, hi;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
- return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
- }
+ /* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks.
+ ** Express this explicitly here to prevent compiler warnings
+ ** about unused parameters.
+ */
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDelete);
+#endif
- #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+ OSTRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);
+ pNew->h = h;
+ pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
+ SET_THREADID(pNew);
- __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- __asm {
- rdtsc
- ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
- }
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
+ if( pNew->pId==0 ){
+ noLock = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+#endif
- #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long val;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
- return val;
+ if( noLock ){
+ pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
+ }else{
+ pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, h);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
+ ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
+ ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
+ pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
+#endif
}
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long long retval;
- unsigned long junk;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
- 1: mftbu %1\n\
- mftb %L0\n\
- mftbu %0\n\
- cmpw %0,%1\n\
- bne 1b"
- : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
- return retval;
+ if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods ){
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
}
-#else
-
- #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
- /*
- ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
- ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
- ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
- ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
- ** least compile and run.
- */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+ else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
+ /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+ ** the afpLockingContext.
+ */
+ afpLockingContext *pCtx;
+ pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+ if( pCtx==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
+ ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a
+ ** copy of the filename. */
+ pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
+ srandomdev();
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ rc = findLockInfo(pNew, NULL, &pNew->pOpen);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ }
+ }
#endif
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+ else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+ /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+ ** the dotlockLockingContext
+ */
+ char *zLockFile;
+ int nFilename;
+ nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
+ zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
+ if( zLockFile==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
+ }
+ pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
+ }
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
+ /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
+ ** included in the semLockingContext
+ */
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
+ if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pOpen->pSem==NULL) ){
+ char *zSemName = pNew->pOpen->aSemName;
+ int n;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "%s.sem",
+ pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
+ for( n=0; zSemName[n]; n++ )
+ if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
+ pNew->pOpen->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
+ if( pNew->pOpen->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pNew->pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pNew->lastErrno = 0;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ unlink(zFilename);
+ isDelete = 0;
+ }
+ pNew->isDelete = isDelete;
#endif
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silent leak if fail, already in error */
+ close(h);
+ }else{
+ pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
+ OpenCounter(+1);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
+** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
+** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
+** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
+** value.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
+** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \
- if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
- || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \
- { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
- IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
- sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
- if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
- if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
- if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
- local_ioerr(); \
- sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
- sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
- CODE; \
- }else{ \
- sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
- } \
- }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
+ int ii;
+ int fd = -1;
+ char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
+ for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
+ if( ii>0 ){
+ zDirname[ii] = '\0';
+ fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
+ fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
+ OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname);
+ }
+ }
+ *pFd = fd;
+ return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN);
+}
/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated
+** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
+** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ static const char *azDirs[] = {
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ "/var/tmp",
+ "/usr/tmp",
+ "/tmp",
+ ".",
+ };
+ static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+ "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+ "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+ "0123456789";
+ unsigned int i, j;
+ struct stat buf;
+ const char *zDir = ".";
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
+ azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+ if (NULL == azDirs[1]) {
+ azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+ }
+
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
+ if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
+ if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
+ if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+ if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
+ zDir = azDirs[i];
+ break;
+ }
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
-** reduced API.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OS_WINCE)
-# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
-#endif
+ /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
+ ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
+ */
+ if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= (size_t)nBuf ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
-/*
-** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
-** with some code of our own.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-typedef struct winceLock {
- int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */
- BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
- BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
- BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
-} winceLock;
-#endif
+ do{
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+ j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
+ sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+ for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+ }
+ zBuf[j] = 0;
+ }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
/*
-** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
-** portability layer.
+** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
+** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
+** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
*/
-typedef struct winFile winFile;
-struct winFile {
- const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */
- HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */
- unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
- short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */
- HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
- HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
- winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
- winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
#endif
-};
/*
-** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
-** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win95
-** or WinNT.
+** Open the file zPath.
+**
+** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
+** one:
**
-** 0: Operating system unknown.
-** 1: Operating system is Win95.
-** 2: Operating system is WinNT.
+** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
+** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
+** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
**
-** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
-** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#else
-static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
**
-** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
+** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE)
+** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY)
+** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
+**
+** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
+** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for
+** OpenExclusive().
*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-# define isNT() (1)
-#else
- static int isNT(void){
- if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
- OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
- sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
- GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
- sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+static int unixOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
+ const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */
+ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
+ int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */
+ int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
+){
+ int fd = 0; /* File descriptor returned by open() */
+ int dirfd = -1; /* Directory file descriptor */
+ int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */
+ int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */
+ int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+ int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+ int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+ int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+ int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+
+ /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+ ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
+ ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
+ */
+ int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate &&
+ (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+ );
+
+ /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+ ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+ */
+ char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+ const char *zName = zPath;
+
+ /* Check the following statements are true:
+ **
+ ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
+ ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+ ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ */
+ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+ assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+ assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+ assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+ /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
+ ** deleted
+ */
+ assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete );
+ assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
+ assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
+
+ /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
+ );
+
+ memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+
+ if( !zName ){
+ assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
+ rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- return sqlite3_os_type==2;
+ zName = zTmpname;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?).
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
-*/
-static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
- int nChar;
- WCHAR *zWideFilename;
+ if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+ if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
+ if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT;
+ if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
+ openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
- nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
- zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
- if( zWideFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
+ fd = open(zName, openFlags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+ OSTRACE4("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags);
+ if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+ /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
+ flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+ return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
}
- nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
- if( nChar==0 ){
- free(zWideFilename);
- zWideFilename = 0;
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ }
+ if( isDelete ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ zPath = zName;
+#else
+ unlink(zName);
+#endif
+ }
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ else{
+ ((unixFile*)pFile)->openFlags = openFlags;
+ }
+#endif
+ if( pOutFlags ){
+ *pOutFlags = flags;
}
- return zWideFilename;
-}
-/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is
-** obtained from malloc().
-*/
-static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
- int nByte;
- char *zFilename;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 ){
+ ((unixFile*)pFile)->isLockable = 1;
+ }
+#endif
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- zFilename = malloc( nByte );
- if( zFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
+ assert(fd!=0);
+ if( isOpenDirectory ){
+ rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, already in error */
+ return rc;
+ }
}
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
- 0, 0);
- if( nByte == 0 ){
- free(zFilename);
- zFilename = 0;
+
+#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
+ fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+
+ noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+
+#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+ if( zPath!=NULL && !noLock ){
+ char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
+ int useProxy = 0;
+
+ /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy,
+ ** 0 means never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only
+ */
+ if( envforce!=NULL ){
+ useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
+ }else{
+ struct statfs fsInfo;
+
+ if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+ ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
+ if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
+ close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+ }
+ useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
+ }
+ if( useProxy ){
+ rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
}
- return zFilename;
+#endif
+
+ return fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
}
/*
-** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
-** current codepage settings for file apis.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
-** from malloc.
+** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
+** the directory after deleting the file.
*/
-static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
- int nByte;
- WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
- int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
- nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
- zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
- if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
- if( nByte==0 ){
- free(zMbcsFilename);
- zMbcsFilename = 0;
+static int unixDelete(
+ sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
+ const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */
+ int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+ unlink(zPath);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+ if( dirSync ){
+ int fd;
+ rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
+#else
+ if( fsync(fd) )
+#endif
+ {
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
+ }
+ if( close(fd)&&!rc ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
+ }
+ }
}
- return zMbcsFilename;
+#endif
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
-** user's Ansi codepage.
+** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The
+** test performed depends on the value of flags:
**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
-** malloc().
+** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
+** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
+** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+**
+** Otherwise return 0.
*/
-static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
- int nByte;
- char *zFilename;
- int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+static int unixAccess(
+ sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
+ const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */
+ int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
+ int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */
+){
+ int amode = 0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+ switch( flags ){
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+ amode = F_OK;
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+ amode = W_OK|R_OK;
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+ amode = R_OK;
+ break;
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- zFilename = malloc( nByte );
- if( zFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
- 0, 0);
- if( nByte == 0 ){
- free(zFilename);
- zFilename = 0;
+ default:
+ assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
}
- return zFilename;
+ *pResOut = (access(zPath, amode)==0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
/*
-** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from malloc().
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
+** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
+** zPath.
+**
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes
+** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
+** this buffer before returning.
*/
-static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){
- char *zFilenameUtf8;
- WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+static int unixFullPathname(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
+ const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */
+ int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+ char *zOut /* Output buffer */
+){
- zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
- if( zTmpWide==0 ){
- return 0;
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+ ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+
+ assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+ zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
+ if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
+ }else{
+ int nCwd;
+ if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ }
+ nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
}
- zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
- free(zTmpWide);
- return zFilenameUtf8;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
-** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from malloc().
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
-static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
- char *zFilenameMbcs;
- WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+}
- zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
- if( zTmpWide==0 ){
- return 0;
+/*
+** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
+** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
+** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
+** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
+** error message.
+*/
+static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+ char *zErr;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ zErr = dlerror();
+ if( zErr ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
}
- zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
- free(zTmpWide);
- return zFilenameMbcs;
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
+ /*
+ ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
+ ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine
+ ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we
+ ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
+ **
+ ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
+ ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
+ ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
+ ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that
+ ** x points to.
+ **
+ ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
+ ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the
+ ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
+ ** not really lost anything.
+ */
+ void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
+ return (*x)(p, zSym);
+}
+static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ dlclose(pHandle);
}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+ #define unixDlOpen 0
+ #define unixDlError 0
+ #define unixDlSym 0
+ #define unixDlClose 0
+#endif
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-/*************************************************************************
-** This section contains code for WinCE only.
+/*
+** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
*/
+static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
+
+ /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+ ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+ ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+ ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+ ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+ ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+ ** in the random seed.
+ **
+ ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means
+ ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the
+ ** tests repeatable.
+ */
+ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ {
+ int pid, fd;
+ fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ time_t t;
+ time(&t);
+ memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
+ pid = getpid();
+ memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+ assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
+ nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid);
+ }else{
+ nBuf = read(fd, zBuf, nBuf);
+ close(fd);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return nBuf;
+}
+
+
/*
-** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a
-** substitute.
+** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
+** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
+** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
+** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
+** than the argument.
*/
-struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
-{
- static struct tm y;
- FILETIME uTm, lTm;
- SYSTEMTIME pTm;
- sqlite3_int64 t64;
- t64 = *t;
- t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
- uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF;
- uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32;
- FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
- FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
- y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
- y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
- y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
- y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
- y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
- y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
- y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
- return &y;
+static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ struct timespec sp;
+
+ sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
+ sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
+ nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
+ return microseconds;
+#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+ usleep(microseconds);
+ return microseconds;
+#else
+ int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
+ sleep(seconds);
+ return seconds*1000000;
+#endif
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
}
-/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
-#define GetTempPathA(a,b)
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
+#endif
-#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
+#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
+ time_t t;
+ time(&t);
+ *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+#elif OS_VXWORKS
+ struct timespec sNow;
+ clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
+ *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_nsec/86400000000000.0;
+#else
+ struct timeval sNow;
+ gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
+ *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
+#endif
-#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)]
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+ *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+ }
+#endif
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return 0;
+}
/*
-** Acquire a lock on the handle h
+** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
+** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
+** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented
+** in the core. So this routine is never called. For now, it is merely
+** a place-holder.
*/
-static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
- DWORD dwErr;
- do {
- dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
- } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
+ return 0;
}
+
/*
-** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
+************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
+**
+** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the
+** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a
+** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For
+** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
+** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
+** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
+** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
+**
+****
+**
+** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
+** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
+** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking
+** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
+** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
+** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
+** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
+** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
+** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
+** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
+**
+** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000
+** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001
+** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
+**
+** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
+** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
+** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read
+** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
+** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the
+** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
+** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
+** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
+** readers and writers
+** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
+**
+** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
+** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
+** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.
+**
+**
+** Using proxy locks
+** -----------------
+**
+** C APIs
+**
+** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+** <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
+** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>);
+**
+**
+** SQL pragmas
+**
+** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
+** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+**
+** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
+** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
+** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
+** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
+** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
+** database file. For example:
+**
+** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db"
+** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
+**
+** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
+** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
+** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
+** connection or process).
+**
+**
+** How proxy locking works
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files:
+**
+** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
+** at a time
+**
+** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
+** taken on the database
+**
+** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
+** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
+** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
+** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is
+** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
+** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch".
+** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the
+** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
+** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
+** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch
+** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
+** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+**
+** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
+** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing
+** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
+** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
+**
+** There is a third file - the host ID file - used as a persistent record
+** of a unique identifier for the host, a 128-byte unique host id file
+** in the path defined by the HOSTIDPATH macro (default value is
+** /Library/Caches/.com.apple.sqliteConchHostId).
+**
+** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
+** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
+** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until
+** the connection to the database is closed.
+**
+** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
+** to be created the first time they are used.
+**
+** Configuration options
+** ---------------------
+**
+** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+**
+** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
+** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
+** named automatically using the same logic as
+** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
+**
+** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+**
+** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
+** retrieval and creation
+**
+** HOSTIDPATH
+**
+** Overrides the default host ID file path location
+**
+** LOCKPROXYDIR
+**
+** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
+** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
+**
+** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+**
+** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
+** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
+**
+**
+** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
+** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
+** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
+** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
+** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
+** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
*/
-#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
/*
-** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
-** descriptor pFile
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX
*/
-static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
- WCHAR *zTok;
- WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
- BOOL bInit = TRUE;
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- /* Initialize the local lockdata */
- ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
+#endif
- /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
- ** to derive a mutex name. */
- zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
- for (;*zTok;zTok++){
- if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
+/*
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
+** and local proxy files in it
+*/
+typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
+struct proxyLockingContext {
+ unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */
+ char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */
+ unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */
+ char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */
+ char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */
+ int conchHeld; /* True if the conch is currently held */
+ void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
+ sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */
+};
+
+/* HOSTIDLEN and CONCHLEN both include space for the string
+** terminating nul
+*/
+#define HOSTIDLEN 128
+#define CONCHLEN (MAXPATHLEN+HOSTIDLEN+1)
+#ifndef HOSTIDPATH
+# define HOSTIDPATH "/Library/Caches/.com.apple.sqliteConchHostId"
+#endif
+
+/* basically a copy of unixRandomness with different
+** test behavior built in */
+static int proxyGenerateHostID(char *pHostID){
+ int pid, fd, len;
+ unsigned char *key = (unsigned char *)pHostID;
+
+ memset(key, 0, HOSTIDLEN);
+ len = 0;
+ fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+ len = read(fd, key, HOSTIDLEN);
+ close(fd); /* silently leak the fd if it fails */
+ }
+ if( len < HOSTIDLEN ){
+ time_t t;
+ time(&t);
+ memcpy(key, &t, sizeof(t));
+ pid = getpid();
+ memcpy(&key[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+ }
+
+#ifdef MAKE_PRETTY_HOSTID
+ {
+ int i;
+ /* filter the bytes into printable ascii characters and NUL terminate */
+ key[(HOSTIDLEN-1)] = 0x00;
+ for( i=0; i<(HOSTIDLEN-1); i++ ){
+ unsigned char pa = key[i]&0x7F;
+ if( pa<0x20 ){
+ key[i] = (key[i]&0x80 == 0x80) ? pa+0x40 : pa+0x20;
+ }else if( pa==0x7F ){
+ key[i] = (key[i]&0x80 == 0x80) ? pa=0x20 : pa+0x7E;
+ }
+ }
}
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Create/open the named mutex */
- pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
- if (!pFile->hMutex){
- free(zName);
- return FALSE;
+/* writes the host id path to path, path should be an pre-allocated buffer
+** with enough space for a path
+*/
+static void proxyGetHostIDPath(char *path, size_t len){
+ strlcpy(path, HOSTIDPATH, len);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( sqlite3_hostid_num>0 ){
+ char suffix[2] = "1";
+ suffix[0] = suffix[0] + sqlite3_hostid_num;
+ strlcat(path, suffix, len);
}
+#endif
+ OSTRACE3("GETHOSTIDPATH %s pid=%d\n", path, getpid());
+}
- /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
- /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are
- ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
- ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
- */
- CharUpperW(zName);
- pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
- PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
- zName);
+/* get the host ID from a sqlite hostid file stored in the
+** user-specific tmp directory, create the ID if it's not there already
+*/
+static int proxyGetHostID(char *pHostID, int *pError){
+ int fd;
+ char path[MAXPATHLEN];
+ size_t len;
+ int rc=SQLITE_OK;
- /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it
- ** must be zero-initialized */
- if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
- bInit = FALSE;
+ proxyGetHostIDPath(path, MAXPATHLEN);
+ /* try to create the host ID file, if it already exists read the contents */
+ fd = open(path, O_CREAT|O_WRONLY|O_EXCL, 0644);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ int err=errno;
+
+ if( err!=EEXIST ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG /* set the sqlite error message instead */
+ fprintf(stderr, "sqlite error creating host ID file %s: %s\n",
+ path, strerror(err));
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_PERM;
+ }
+ /* couldn't create the file, read it instead */
+ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY|O_EXCL);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG /* set the sqlite error message instead */
+ int err = errno;
+ fprintf(stderr, "sqlite error opening host ID file %s: %s\n",
+ path, strerror(err));
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_PERM;
+ }
+ len = pread(fd, pHostID, HOSTIDLEN, 0);
+ if( len<0 ){
+ *pError = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ }else if( len<HOSTIDLEN ){
+ *pError = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+ }
+ close(fd); /* silently leak the fd if it fails */
+ OSTRACE3("GETHOSTID read %s pid=%d\n", pHostID, getpid());
+ return rc;
+ }else{
+ /* we're creating the host ID file (use a random string of bytes) */
+ proxyGenerateHostID(pHostID);
+ len = pwrite(fd, pHostID, HOSTIDLEN, 0);
+ if( len<0 ){
+ *pError = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ }else if( len<HOSTIDLEN ){
+ *pError = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ }
+ close(fd); /* silently leak the fd if it fails */
+ OSTRACE3("GETHOSTID wrote %s pid=%d\n", pHostID, getpid());
+ return rc;
}
+}
- free(zName);
+static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
+ int len;
+ int dbLen;
+ int i;
- /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
- if (pFile->hShared){
- pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared,
- FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
- /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
- if (!pFile->shared){
- CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
- pFile->hShared = NULL;
+#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
+ len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
+#else
+# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
+ {
+ confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen);
+ len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
+ if( mkdir(lPath, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
+ /* if mkdir fails, handle as lock file creation failure */
+ int err = errno;
+# ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( err!=EEXIST ){
+ fprintf(stderr, "proxyGetLockPath: mkdir(%s,0%o) error %d %s\n", lPath,
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS, err, strerror(err));
+ }
+# endif
+ }else{
+ OSTRACE3("GETLOCKPATH mkdir %s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid());
}
+
}
+# else
+ len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
+# endif
+#endif
- /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
- if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
- pFile->hMutex = NULL;
- return FALSE;
+ if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
+ len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
}
- /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
- if (bInit) {
- ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
- }
-
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return TRUE;
+ /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
+ dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
+ for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<maxLen; i++){
+ char c = dbPath[i];
+ lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
+ }
+ lPath[i+len]='\0';
+ strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
+** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
+**
+** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
+** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
*/
-static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
- if (pFile->hMutex){
- /* Acquire the mutex */
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+static int proxyCreateUnixFile(const char *path, unixFile **ppFile) {
+ int fd;
+ int dirfd = -1;
+ unixFile *pNew;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
- /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
- are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
- if (pFile->local.nReaders){
- pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+ fd = open(path, O_RDWR | O_CREAT, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ }
+
+ pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unixFile));
+ if( pNew==NULL ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto end_create_proxy;
+ }
+ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+
+ dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
+ rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, dirfd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *ppFile = pNew;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+end_create_proxy:
+ close(fd); /* silently leak fd if error, we're already in error */
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/* takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
+** and written to the conch file.
+*/
+static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ char testValue[CONCHLEN];
+ char conchValue[CONCHLEN];
+ char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+ char *tLockPath = NULL;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int readRc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int syncPerms = 0;
+
+ OSTRACE4("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+ (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid());
+
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int pError = 0;
+ memset(testValue, 0, CONCHLEN); /* conch is fixed size */
+ rc = proxyGetHostID(testValue, &pError);
+ if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = pError;
+ }
+ if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ strlcpy(&testValue[HOSTIDLEN], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ }
}
- if (pFile->local.bReserved){
- pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_takeconch;
}
- if (pFile->local.bPending){
- pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+
+ readRc = unixRead((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, conchValue, CONCHLEN, 0);
+ if( readRc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ if( readRc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
+ }
+ rc = readRc;
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+ /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
+ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
+ ** use the local lock file path that's already in there */
+ if( !memcmp(testValue, conchValue, HOSTIDLEN) ){
+ tLockPath = (char *)&conchValue[HOSTIDLEN];
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* we've got the conch if conchValue matches our path and host ID */
+ if( !memcmp(testValue, conchValue, CONCHLEN) ){
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* a short read means we're "creating" the conch (even though it could
+ ** have been user-intervention), if we acquire the exclusive lock,
+ ** we'll try to match the current on-disk permissions of the database
+ */
+ syncPerms = 1;
}
- if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+
+ /* either conch was emtpy or didn't match */
+ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ tLockPath = lockPath;
+ strlcpy(&testValue[HOSTIDLEN], lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
}
+
+ /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
+ ** has a shared lock already) */
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, testValue, CONCHLEN, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && syncPerms ){
+ struct stat buf;
+ int err = fstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+ if( err==0 ){
+ /* try to match the database file permissions, ignore failure */
+#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+ fchmod(conchFile->h, buf.st_mode);
+#else
+ if( fchmod(conchFile->h, buf.st_mode)!=0 ){
+ int code = errno;
+ fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
+ buf.st_mode, code, strerror(code));
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",buf.st_mode);
+ }
+ }else{
+ int code = errno;
+ fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
+ err, code, strerror(code));
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+
+end_takeconch:
+ OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
+ if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+#ifdef STRICT_CLOSE_ERROR
+ if( close(pFile->h) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
+ }
+#else
+ close(pFile->h); /* silently leak fd if fail */
+#endif
+ }
+ pFile->h = -1;
+ int fd = open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags,
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+ OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd);
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+ pFile->h = fd;
+ }else{
+ rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
+ during locking */
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
+ char *path = tLockPath ? tLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ /* ACS: Need to make a copy of path sometimes */
+ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
- /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
- UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-
- /* Done with the mutex */
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
- pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+ if( tLockPath ){
+ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tLockPath);
+ if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+ ((afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext)->dbPath =
+ pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+ }
+ OSTRACE3("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed");
+ return rc;
}
}
-/*
-** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
+/*
+** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
*/
-static BOOL winceLockFile(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
-){
- winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
- BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
+ int rc; /* Subroutine return code */
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
+ unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */
- if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+ pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ OSTRACE4("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+ (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
+ getpid());
+ pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+ OSTRACE3("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+ (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
- if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST
- && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
- if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
+/*
+** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
+** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
+**
+** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
+** space is eventually freed.
+**
+** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
+ char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
- /* Want a read-only lock? */
- else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
- dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) &&
- nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
- pFile->local.nReaders ++;
- if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
- pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
- }
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
+ /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
+ ** the name of the original database file. */
+ *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8);
+ if( conchPath==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-
- /* Want a pending lock? */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
- if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
- pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
+ memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
+
+ /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
+ for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
+ if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
+ i++;
+ break;
}
}
- /* Want a reserved lock? */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
- pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
+ conchPath[i]='.';
+ while ( i<len ){
+ conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i];
+ i++;
}
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return bReturn;
+ /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
+ memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
+ assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
-){
- winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
- BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
- if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
+** the local lock file path
+*/
+static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+ char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
- if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
- dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){
- /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
- if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
- pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
+ if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
- /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
- else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
- pFile->local.nReaders --;
- if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
- {
- pFile->shared->nReaders --;
- }
- bReturn = TRUE;
+ /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
+ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
+ (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
+ pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+ if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
+ rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
}
+ sqlite3_free(oldPath);
+ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
}
-
- /* Releasing a pending lock */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->local.bPending){
- pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
- /* Releasing a reserved lock */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
- pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return bReturn;
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFileEx(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFlags,
- DWORD dwReserved,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
- LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
-){
- /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
- ** to winceLockFile */
- if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST &&
- dwFlags == 1 &&
- nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
- return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-/*
-** End of the special code for wince
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
-** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-******************************************************************************/
+
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Close a file.
+** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath
+** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
**
-** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
-** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
-** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If
-** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As
-** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
-** giving up and returning an error.
-*/
-#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
-static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
- int rc, cnt = 0;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
- do{
- rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
- }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
- winceDestroyLock(pFile);
- if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
- int cnt = 0;
- while(
- DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
- && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff
- && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
- ){
- Sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */
- }
- free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
- }
-#endif
- OpenCounter(-1);
- return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
+** int dbPath.
*/
-#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+ if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+ /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
+ ** of the struct */
+ assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+ strcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath);
+ }else
#endif
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int winRead(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */
- void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */
- sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
- LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
- LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
- DWORD rc;
- DWORD got;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
- OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
- rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
- }
- if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+ /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
+ ** file path */
+ int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
+ memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
}else{
- memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+ /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
+ assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+ strcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext);
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking
+** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and
+** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
+** ->lockingContext
+** ->pMethod
*/
-static int winWrite(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */
- const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */
- sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
-){
- LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
- LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
- DWORD rc;
- DWORD wrote;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
- SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
- OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
- rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- assert( amt>0 );
- while(
- amt>0
- && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
- && wrote>0
- ){
- amt -= wrote;
- pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
+ char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */
+ char *lockPath=NULL;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
- if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
- return SQLITE_FULL;
+ proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
+ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
+ lockPath=NULL;
+ }else{
+ lockPath=(char *)path;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
- LONG upperBits = (nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
- LONG lowerBits = nByte & 0xffffffff;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte);
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
- SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- SetEndOfFile(pFile->h);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+
+ OSTRACE4("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+ (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid());
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
+ pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+ if( pCtx==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-*/
-static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
- sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+ rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
+ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
}
- sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
- if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
+ ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
+ */
+ pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
+ pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
+ pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
+ pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
+ pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
}else{
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ if( pCtx->conchFile ){
+ rc = pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx);
}
+ OSTRACE3("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h,
+ (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
+** to proxy locking.
*/
-static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
- lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
- *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+ proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+ if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ }else{
+ *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
+ }
+ } else {
+ *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
+ if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
+ if( isProxyStyle ){
+ /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
+ }else{
+ /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }else{
+ const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
+ if( isProxyStyle ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx =
+ (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+ if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:")
+ || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
+ !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* turn on proxy file locking */
+ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+ default: {
+ assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
+ }
+ }
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/*
-** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
+** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
+** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the
+** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
*/
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
-# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
-#endif
-/*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
-** is Win95 or WinNT.
-*/
-static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){
- int res;
- if( isNT() ){
- OVERLAPPED ovlp;
- ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
- ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
- ovlp.hEvent = 0;
- res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY,
- 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp);
- }else{
- int lk;
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
- pFile->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
- res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- return res;
-}
/*
-** Undo a readlock
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
-static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
- int res;
- if( isNT() ){
- res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- }else{
- res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
}
- return res;
+ return rc;
}
/*
** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
+** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */
- int res = 1; /* Result of a windows lock call */
- int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
- int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
- pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
-
- /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
- ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
- */
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
- */
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
- ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
- ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
- */
- newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
- if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
- || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
- ){
- int cnt = 3;
- while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
- /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be
- ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
- */
- OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
- Sleep(1);
- }
- gotPendingLock = res;
- }
-
- /* Acquire a shared lock
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
- res = getReadLock(pFile);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- }
- }
-
- /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
- */
- if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
- }
- }
-
- /* Acquire a PENDING lock
- */
- if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
- newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
- gotPendingLock = 0;
- }
-
- /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
- */
- if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
- res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
- OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
- res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
- }else{
- OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
- getReadLock(pFile);
- }
- }
-
- /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
- ** release it now.
- */
- if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
-
- /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
- ** return the appropriate result code.
- */
- if( res ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
- locktype, newLocktype);
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype);
+ pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype;
}
- pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
return rc;
}
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
-*/
-static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
- int rc;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- rc = 1;
- OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
- }else{
- rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- if( rc ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- rc = !rc;
- OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
- }
- *pResOut = rc;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
*/
-static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
- int type;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
- type = pFile->locktype;
- if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
- /* This should never happen. We should always be able to
- ** reacquire the read lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- }
- }
- if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
- unlockReadLock(pFile);
- }
- if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype);
+ pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype;
}
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Control and query of the open file handle.
+** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
*/
-static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
- *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ if( id ){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( lockProxy ){
+ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+ pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
+ }
+ if( conchFile ){
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
+ rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_free(conchFile);
}
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx->dbPath);
+ /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
+ pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
+ pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
+ sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+ return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
}
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
+** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
+** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
+** restricted to MacOSX.
+**
**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
- return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
+******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
/*
-** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+** Initialize the operating system interface.
+**
+** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
+** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
+** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
+** files.
+**
+** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
+** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
+** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
+** should not be used.
*/
-static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
- return 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+ /*
+ ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
+ ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
+ ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
+ ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
+ ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
+ ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
+ **
+ ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
+ ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the
+ ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
+ ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
+ ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
+ **
+ ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+ ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
+ ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the
+ ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
+ ** that filesystem time.
+ */
+ #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \
+ 1, /* iVersion */ \
+ sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \
+ MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \
+ 0, /* pNext */ \
+ VFSNAME, /* zName */ \
+ (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \
+ unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \
+ unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \
+ unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \
+ unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \
+ unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \
+ unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \
+ unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \
+ unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \
+ unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \
+ unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \
+ unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \
+ unixGetLastError /* xGetLastError */ \
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
+ **
+ ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
+ ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following
+ ** array cannot be const.
+ */
+ static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+ UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ),
+#else
+ UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ),
+#endif
+ UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ),
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+ UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ),
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+ UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ),
+#endif
+ };
+ unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */
+
+ /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
+ for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
+ sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
-** sqlite3_file for win32.
+** Shutdown the operating system interface.
+**
+** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
+** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix.
+** This routine is a no-op for unix.
*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
- winClose,
- winRead,
- winWrite,
- winTruncate,
- winSync,
- winFileSize,
- winLock,
- winUnlock,
- winCheckReservedLock,
- winFileControl,
- winSectorSize,
- winDeviceCharacteristics
-};
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
-/***************************************************************************
-** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
**
-** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
-****************************************************************************/
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
+**
+** $Id: os_win.c,v 1.148 2009/02/05 03:16:21 shane Exp $
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for windows only */
+
/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
-** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result
-** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
+** A Note About Memory Allocation:
+**
+** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
+** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers
+** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
+** malloc failures happen frequently. Win32 does not typically run on
+** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
+** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not
+** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
+**
+** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the
+** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
+** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We
+** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
+** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
+** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
+** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
+** code. Better to leave the code out, we think.
+**
+** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new
+** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
+** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on windows
+** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
*/
-static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
- void *zConverted = 0;
- if( isNT() ){
- zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
- }else{
- zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
- }
- /* caller will handle out of memory */
- return zConverted;
-}
+
+#include <winbase.h>
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <sys/cygwin.h>
+#endif
/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
*/
-static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- static char zChars[] =
- "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- "0123456789";
- size_t i, j;
- char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1];
- if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
- }else if( isNT() ){
- char *zMulti;
- WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH];
- GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath);
- zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
- if( zMulti ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti);
- free(zMulti);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }else{
- char *zUtf8;
- char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH];
- GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath);
- zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath);
- if( zUtf8 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8);
- free(zUtf8);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
- zTempPath[i] = 0;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf,
- "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
- j = strlen(zBuf);
- sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]);
- for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){
- zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
- }
- zBuf[j] = 0;
- OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
+#endif
/*
-** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
-static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- DWORD error = GetLastError();
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
+**
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
+**
+** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.37 2008/05/29 20:22:37 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
+ * pending-byte in the database file.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
+#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
+ if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+ if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#else
- /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it
- ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
- ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
- */
- if (!FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
- NULL,
- error,
- 0,
- zBuf,
- nBuf-1,
- 0))
- {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
- }
+#define OSTRACE1(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#endif
- return 0;
-}
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+**
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
/*
-** Open a file.
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
*/
-static int winOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
- sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
- int flags, /* Open mode flags */
- int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */
-){
- HANDLE h;
- DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
- DWORD dwShareMode;
- DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
- DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
- int isTemp;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */
- const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
- char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
- /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
- ** temporary file name to use
- */
- if( !zUtf8Name ){
- int rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
- }
+ #if defined(__GNUC__)
- /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
- zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned int lo, hi;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+ return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
}
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
- dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
- }else{
- dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
+ #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+ __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ __asm {
+ rdtsc
+ ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
+ }
}
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
- dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
- }else{
- dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
+
+ #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long val;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+ return val;
}
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
- dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
- }else{
- dwShareMode = 0;
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long long retval;
+ unsigned long junk;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+ 1: mftbu %1\n\
+ mftb %L0\n\
+ mftbu %0\n\
+ cmpw %0,%1\n\
+ bne 1b"
+ : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+ return retval;
}
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
+
#else
- dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
- | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
- | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+
+ #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+ /*
+ ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+ ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+ ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
+ ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+ ** least compile and run.
+ */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
#endif
- isTemp = 1;
- }else{
- dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
- isTemp = 0;
- }
- /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
- ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */
- dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
- if( isNT() ){
- h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
- dwDesiredAccess,
- dwShareMode,
- NULL,
- dwCreationDisposition,
- dwFlagsAndAttributes,
- NULL
- );
- }else{
- h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
- dwDesiredAccess,
- dwShareMode,
- NULL,
- dwCreationDisposition,
- dwFlagsAndAttributes,
- NULL
- );
- }
- if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- free(zConverted);
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
- return winOpen(0, zName, id,
- ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- }
- if( pOutFlags ){
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
- *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
- }else{
- *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
- }
- }
- memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
- pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
- pFile->h = h;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) ==
- (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
- && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
- ){
- CloseHandle(h);
- free(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- if( isTemp ){
- pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
- }else
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0)
#endif
- {
- free(zConverted);
- }
- OpenCounter(+1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
/*
-** Delete the named file.
-**
-** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
-** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
-** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
-** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the
-** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this
-** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up
-** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
-** up and returning an error.
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
-#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5
-static int winDelete(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */
- int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */
-){
- int cnt = 0;
- int rc;
- DWORD error;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
- if( isNT() ){
- do{
- DeleteFileW(zConverted);
- }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
- || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
- && (cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
- && (Sleep(100), 1) );
- }else{
- do{
- DeleteFileA(zConverted);
- }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
- || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
- && (cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
- && (Sleep(100), 1) );
- }
- free(zConverted);
- OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
- return ( (rc==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
- && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \
+ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \
+ { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+ sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+ if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+ local_ioerr(); \
+ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+ CODE; \
+ }else{ \
+ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+ } \
+ }
+#else
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
+#endif
/*
-** Check the existance and status of a file.
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
-static int winAccess(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */
- int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */
- int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */
-){
- DWORD attr;
- int rc;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
- }else{
- attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
- }
- free(zConverted);
- switch( flags ){
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
- rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
- break;
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
- rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
- break;
- default:
- assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
- }
- *pResOut = rc;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full
-** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
+** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
-static int winFullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
- const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */
- int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
- char *zFull /* Output buffer */
-){
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
- cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
+# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
#endif
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
+** reduced API.
+*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
- sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
- int nByte;
- void *zConverted;
- char *zOut;
- zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
- if( isNT() ){
- WCHAR *zTemp;
- nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
- zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
- if( zTemp==0 ){
- free(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
- free(zConverted);
- zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
- free(zTemp);
- }else{
- char *zTemp;
- nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
- zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
- if( zTemp==0 ){
- free(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
- free(zConverted);
- zOut = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp);
- free(zTemp);
- }
- if( zOut ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut);
- free(zOut);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
#endif
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
+** with some code of our own.
*/
-static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
- HANDLE h;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
- }else{
- h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
- }
- free(zConverted);
- return (void*)h;
-}
-static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
- getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBufOut);
-}
-void *winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
- return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#else
- /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
- ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
- return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#endif
-}
-void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
- FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
- #define winDlOpen 0
- #define winDlError 0
- #define winDlSym 0
- #define winDlClose 0
+typedef struct winceLock {
+ int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */
+ BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
+ BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
+ BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
+} winceLock;
#endif
-
/*
-** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
+** portability layer.
*/
-static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- int n = 0;
- if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
- SYSTEMTIME x;
- GetSystemTime(&x);
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
- n += sizeof(x);
- }
- if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
- DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId();
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
- n += sizeof(pid);
- }
- if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
- DWORD cnt = GetTickCount();
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
- n += sizeof(cnt);
- }
- if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
- LARGE_INTEGER i;
- QueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
- n += sizeof(i);
- }
- return n;
-}
-
+typedef struct winFile winFile;
+struct winFile {
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */
+ HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */
+ unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+ short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+ DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */
+ HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
+ HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
+ winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
+ winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */
+#endif
+};
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
- Sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
- return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
-}
/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing.
+** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
+** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win95
+** or WinNT.
+**
+** 0: Operating system unknown.
+** 1: Operating system is Win95.
+** 2: Operating system is WinNT.
+**
+** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
+** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#else
+static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
#endif
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+**
+** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
*/
-int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
- FILETIME ft;
- /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
- 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
- */
- double now;
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- SYSTEMTIME time;
- GetSystemTime(&time);
- /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
- if (!SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
- return 1;
- }
+# define isNT() (1)
#else
- GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
-#endif
- now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0;
- *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+ static int isNT(void){
+ if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
+ OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+ sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+ GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+ sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+ }
+ return sqlite3_os_type==2;
}
-#endif
- return 0;
-}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
/*
-** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
-** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
-** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
-** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
-** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
-** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
-** describing the last IO error to have occured within the calling
-** thread.
-**
-** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
-** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
-** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
-** in the output buffer.
-**
-** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
-** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
-** returns an error message:
-**
-** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
-** return 0;
-** }
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?).
**
-** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
-** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
-** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
*/
-static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- return getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBuf);
+static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+ int nChar;
+ WCHAR *zWideFilename;
+
+ nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
+ zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
+ if( zWideFilename==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
+ if( nChar==0 ){
+ free(zWideFilename);
+ zWideFilename = 0;
+ }
+ return zWideFilename;
}
/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
+** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is
+** obtained from malloc().
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
- static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
- sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */
- MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */
- 0, /* pNext */
- "win32", /* zName */
- 0, /* pAppData */
-
- winOpen, /* xOpen */
- winDelete, /* xDelete */
- winAccess, /* xAccess */
- winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
- winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
- winDlError, /* xDlError */
- winDlSym, /* xDlSym */
- winDlClose, /* xDlClose */
- winRandomness, /* xRandomness */
- winSleep, /* xSleep */
- winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
- winGetLastError /* xGetLastError */
- };
- sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
+ int nByte;
+ char *zFilename;
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
+ nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ zFilename = malloc( nByte );
+ if( zFilename==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+ 0, 0);
+ if( nByte == 0 ){
+ free(zFilename);
+ zFilename = 0;
+ }
+ return zFilename;
+}
-/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 February 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
-** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1.
-**
-** A bitmap is used to record what pages a database file have been
-** journalled during a transaction. Usually only a few pages are
-** journalled. So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
-** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages get journalled. In those cases, the bitmap becomes
-** dense. The algorithm needs to handle both cases well.
-**
-** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
-**
-** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits
-** may be set or cleared one at a time.
-**
-** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
-** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between
-** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
-** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the
-** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
-** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
-** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.6 2008/06/20 14:59:51 danielk1977 Exp $
+** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
+** current codepage settings for file apis.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
+** from malloc.
*/
+static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+ int nByte;
+ WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
+ int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-#define BITVEC_SZ 512
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
-** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
-#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-12)/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-#define BITVEC_NCHAR BITVEC_USIZE
-#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NCHAR*8)
-#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/4)
-#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2)
-#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
-
-#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*37)%BITVEC_NINT)
+ nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
+ zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
+ if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ free(zMbcsFilename);
+ zMbcsFilename = 0;
+ }
+ return zMbcsFilename;
+}
/*
-** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
-** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
-**
-** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
-** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
-** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1.
-**
-** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
-** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
+** user's Ansi codepage.
**
-** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
-** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap
-** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds
-** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between
-** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between
-** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized
-** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
+** malloc().
*/
-struct Bitvec {
- u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index */
- u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set */
- u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry */
- union {
- u8 aBitmap[BITVEC_NCHAR]; /* Bitmap representation */
- u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */
- Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */
- } u;
-};
+static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
+ int nByte;
+ char *zFilename;
+ int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+
+ nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ zFilename = malloc( nByte );
+ if( zFilename==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+ 0, 0);
+ if( nByte == 0 ){
+ free(zFilename);
+ zFilename = 0;
+ }
+ return zFilename;
+}
/*
-** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
-** malloc fails.
+** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the
+** returned string is obtained from malloc().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
- Bitvec *p;
- assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
- p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
- if( p ){
- p->iSize = iSize;
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
+ char *zFilenameUtf8;
+ WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+
+ zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
+ if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- return p;
+ zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
+ free(zTmpWide);
+ return zFilenameUtf8;
}
/*
-** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false.
-** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
-** i is out of range, then return false.
+** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the
+** returned string is obtained from malloc().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
- if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
- i--;
- return (p->u.aBitmap[i/8] & (1<<(i&7)))!=0;
- }
- if( p->iDivisor>0 ){
- u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
- i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
- return sqlite3BitvecTest(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
- }else{
- u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i);
- while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
- if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
- h++;
- if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
- }
+static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
+ char *zFilenameMbcs;
+ WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+
+ zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+ if( zTmpWide==0 ){
return 0;
}
+ zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
+ free(zTmpWide);
+ return zFilenameMbcs;
}
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+/*************************************************************************
+** This section contains code for WinCE only.
+*/
/*
-** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
+** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a
+** substitute.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
- u32 h;
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( i>0 );
- assert( i<=p->iSize );
- if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
- i--;
- p->u.aBitmap[i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
+{
+ static struct tm y;
+ FILETIME uTm, lTm;
+ SYSTEMTIME pTm;
+ sqlite3_int64 t64;
+ t64 = *t;
+ t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
+ uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF;
+ uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32;
+ FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
+ FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
+ y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
+ y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
+ y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
+ y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
+ y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
+ y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
+ y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
+ return &y;
+}
+
+/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
+#define GetTempPathA(a,b)
+
+#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
+#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
+#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)
+
+#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)]
+
+/*
+** Acquire a lock on the handle h
+*/
+static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
+ DWORD dwErr;
+ do {
+ dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
+ } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+}
+/*
+** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
+*/
+#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
+
+/*
+** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
+** descriptor pFile
+*/
+static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
+ WCHAR *zTok;
+ WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+ BOOL bInit = TRUE;
+
+ /* Initialize the local lockdata */
+ ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));
+
+ /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
+ ** to derive a mutex name. */
+ zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
+ for (;*zTok;zTok++){
+ if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
}
- if( p->iDivisor ){
- u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
- i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
- if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- return sqlite3BitvecSet(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
+
+ /* Create/open the named mutex */
+ pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
+ if (!pFile->hMutex){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ free(zName);
+ return FALSE;
}
- h = BITVEC_HASH(i);
- while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
- if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
- h++;
- if( h==BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+
+ /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
+ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+ /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are
+ ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
+ ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
+ */
+ CharUpperW(zName);
+ pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
+ PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
+ zName);
+
+ /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it
+ ** must be zero-initialized */
+ if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
+ bInit = FALSE;
}
- p->nSet++;
- if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
- int j, rc;
- u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
- memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
- memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub[0])*BITVEC_NPTR);
- p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
- rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
- for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
- if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+
+ free(zName);
+
+ /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
+ if (pFile->hShared){
+ pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared,
+ FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+ /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
+ if (!pFile->shared){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+ pFile->hShared = NULL;
}
- return rc;
}
- p->u.aHash[h] = i;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
+ if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+ pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
+ if (bInit) {
+ ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
+ }
+
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ return TRUE;
}
/*
-** Clear the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
+** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( i>0 );
- if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
- i--;
- p->u.aBitmap[i/8] &= ~(1 << (i&7));
- }else if( p->iDivisor ){
- u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
- i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
- if( p->u.apSub[bin] ){
- sqlite3BitvecClear(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
+static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
+ if (pFile->hMutex){
+ /* Acquire the mutex */
+ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+ /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
+ are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
+ if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+ pFile->shared->nReaders --;
}
- }else{
- int j;
- u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
- memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
- memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash[0])*BITVEC_NINT);
- p->nSet = 0;
- for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
- if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=i ){
- sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
- }
+ if (pFile->local.bReserved){
+ pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (pFile->local.bPending){
+ pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
}
+ if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+ pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
+ UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
+ CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+
+ /* Done with the mutex */
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+ pFile->hMutex = NULL;
}
}
-/*
-** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used.
+/*
+** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
- if( p->iDivisor ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
+static BOOL winceLockFile(
+ HANDLE *phFile,
+ DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+ DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
+){
+ winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+ BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+
+ if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+ /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
+ if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST
+ && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
+ if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+ pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
+ pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
}
}
- sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-/*
-** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
-** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I<N.
-** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
-** individual bits within V.
-*/
-#define SETBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
-#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
-#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
+ /* Want a read-only lock? */
+ else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
+ dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) &&
+ nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+ if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+ pFile->local.nReaders ++;
+ if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
+ pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
+ }
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Want a pending lock? */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+ /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
+ if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
+ pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
+ pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Want a reserved lock? */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+ if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
+ pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
+ pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ return bReturn;
+}
/*
-** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
-**
-** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
-** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed
-** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another
-** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
-**
-** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the
-** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
-**
-** 0 Halt and return the number of errors
-** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits
-** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits
-** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
-**
-** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
-** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
-** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
-** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
-** confirm that error detection works.
-**
-** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
-** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences,
-** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
+** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
- Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
- unsigned char *pV = 0;
- int rc = -1;
- int i, nx, pc, op;
+static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
+ HANDLE *phFile,
+ DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+ DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
+){
+ winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+ BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
- /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
- ** bits to act as the reference */
- pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
- pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
- if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 ) goto bitvec_end;
- memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1);
+ if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
- /* Run the program */
- pc = 0;
- while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
- switch( op ){
- case 1:
- case 2:
- case 5: {
- nx = 4;
- i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
- aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
- break;
- }
- case 3:
- case 4:
- default: {
- nx = 2;
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
- break;
- }
+ /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
+ if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
+ dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){
+ /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
+ if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+ pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
+ pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
}
- if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
- pc += nx;
- i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
- if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
- SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
- if( op!=5 ){
- if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+
+ /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
+ else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+ pFile->local.nReaders --;
+ if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
+ {
+ pFile->shared->nReaders --;
}
- }else{
- CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
- sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1);
+ bReturn = TRUE;
}
}
- /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
- ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do
- ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
- ** is found.
- */
- rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
- + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0);
- for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
- if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
- rc = i;
- break;
+ /* Releasing a pending lock */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+ if (pFile->local.bPending){
+ pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
+ pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Releasing a reserved lock */
+ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+ if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
+ pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
+ pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+ bReturn = TRUE;
}
}
- /* Free allocated structure */
-bitvec_end:
- sqlite3_free(pV);
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
- return rc;
+ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+ return bReturn;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-**
-** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
-** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
-** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
-** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
-** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
-** another is writing.
+** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
+*/
+static BOOL winceLockFileEx(
+ HANDLE *phFile,
+ DWORD dwFlags,
+ DWORD dwReserved,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+ DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
+ LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
+){
+ /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
+ ** to winceLockFile */
+ if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST &&
+ dwFlags == 1 &&
+ nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
+ return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+/*
+** End of the special code for wince
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
+** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Close a file.
**
-** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.469 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
+** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
+** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
+** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If
+** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As
+** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
+** giving up and returning an error.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
+static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+ int rc, cnt = 0;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
+ do{
+ rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
+ }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
+ winceDestroyLock(pFile);
+ if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
+ int cnt = 0;
+ while(
+ DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
+ && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff
+ && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
+ ){
+ Sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */
+ }
+ free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
+ }
+#endif
+ OpenCounter(-1);
+ return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
/*
-** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
+** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
-#if 0
-#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
-#define PAGERTRACE1(X) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W)
-#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W,V)
-#else
-#define PAGERTRACE1(X)
-#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W)
-#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V)
+#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
#endif
/*
-** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACEX() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors.
-**
-** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
-** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
-** struct as its argument.
+** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
*/
-#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
-#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
+static int winRead(
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */
+ void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */
+ int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */
+ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+ LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+ LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+ DWORD rc;
+ DWORD got;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ DWORD error;
+ assert( id!=0 );
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
+ OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
+ rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+ if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = error;
+ return SQLITE_FULL;
+ }
+ if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ }
+ if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+ }
+}
/*
-** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
-** states:
-**
-** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or
-** writing the database file. There is no
-** data held in memory. This is the initial
-** state.
-**
-** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database.
-** Writing is not permitted. There can be
-** multiple readers accessing the same database
-** file at the same time.
-**
-** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing
-** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process
-** at a time can reserve the database. The original
-** database file has not been modified so other
-** processes may still be reading the on-disk
-** database file.
-**
-** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database.
-** Access is exclusive. No other processes or
-** threads can be reading or writing while one
-** process is writing.
-**
-** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
-** after all dirty pages have been written to the
-** database file and the file has been synced to
-** disk. All that remains to do is to remove or
-** truncate the journal file and the transaction
-** will be committed.
-**
-** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a
-** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
-** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
-** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time
-** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to
-** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be
-** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
-** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
-** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal.
-** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes
-** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback
-** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED. After an sqlite3PagerRollback()
-** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED,
-** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode.
-*/
-#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0
-#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_SYNCED 5
-
-/*
-** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time,
-** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback.
-** This is off by default. To see why, consider the following scenario:
-**
-** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock.
-** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock. If
-** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time
-** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed.
-** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly
-** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be
-** resolved quickly.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it
-** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
-*/
-#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X) (((X)+7)&~7)
-
-typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
-
-/*
-** Each pager stores all currently unreferenced pages in a list sorted
-** in least-recently-used (LRU) order (i.e. the first item on the list has
-** not been referenced in a long time, the last item has been recently
-** used). An instance of this structure is included as part of each
-** pager structure for this purpose (variable Pager.lru).
-**
-** Additionally, if memory-management is enabled, all unreferenced pages
-** are stored in a global LRU list (global variable sqlite3LruPageList).
-**
-** In both cases, the PagerLruList.pFirstSynced variable points to
-** the first page in the corresponding list that does not require an
-** fsync() operation before its memory can be reclaimed. If no such
-** page exists, PagerLruList.pFirstSynced is set to NULL.
+** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
*/
-typedef struct PagerLruList PagerLruList;
-struct PagerLruList {
- PgHdr *pFirst; /* First page in LRU list */
- PgHdr *pLast; /* Last page in LRU list (the most recently used) */
- PgHdr *pFirstSynced; /* First page in list with PgHdr.needSync==0 */
-};
+static int winWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */
+ const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */
+ int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
+){
+ LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+ LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+ DWORD rc;
+ DWORD wrote = 0;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ DWORD error;
+ assert( id!=0 );
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
+ SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
+ OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
+ rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+ if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = error;
+ return SQLITE_FULL;
+ }
+ assert( amt>0 );
+ while(
+ amt>0
+ && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
+ && wrote>0
+ ){
+ amt -= wrote;
+ pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+ }
+ if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ return SQLITE_FULL;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** The following structure contains the next and previous pointers used
-** to link a PgHdr structure into a PagerLruList linked list.
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
-typedef struct PagerLruLink PagerLruLink;
-struct PagerLruLink {
- PgHdr *pNext;
- PgHdr *pPrev;
-};
+static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+ DWORD rc;
+ LONG upperBits = (LONG)((nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+ LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(nByte & 0xffffffff);
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ DWORD error = NO_ERROR;
+ OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte);
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
+ rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+ if( INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER == rc ){
+ error = GetLastError();
+ }
+ if( error == NO_ERROR ){
+ /* SetEndOfFile will fail if nByte is negative */
+ if( SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ error = GetLastError();
+ }
+ pFile->lastErrno = error;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header.
-** This header is only visible to this pager module. The client
-** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header.
-**
-** Client code should call sqlite3PagerWrite() on a page prior to making
-** any modifications to that page. The first time sqlite3PagerWrite()
-** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback
-** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set. Later, once
-** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync
-** is cleared. The modified page cannot be written back into the original
-** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the
-** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared.
-**
-** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3PagerWrite() is called and
-** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original
-** database file.
-**
-** Details of important structure elements:
-**
-** needSync
-**
-** If this is true, this means that it is not safe to write the page
-** content to the database because the original content needed
-** for rollback has not by synced to the main rollback journal.
-** The original content may have been written to the rollback journal
-** but it has not yet been synced. So we cannot write to the database
-** file because power failure might cause the page in the journal file
-** to never reach the disk. It is as if the write to the journal file
-** does not occur until the journal file is synced.
-**
-** This flag is false if the page content exactly matches what
-** currently exists in the database file. The needSync flag is also
-** false if the original content has been written to the main rollback
-** journal and synced. If the page represents a new page that has
-** been added onto the end of the database during the current
-** transaction, the needSync flag is true until the original database
-** size in the journal header has been synced to disk.
-**
-** inJournal
-**
-** This is true if the original page has been written into the main
-** rollback journal. This is always false for new pages added to
-** the end of the database file during the current transaction.
-** And this flag says nothing about whether or not the journal
-** has been synced to disk. For pages that are in the original
-** database file, the following expression should always be true:
-**
-** inJournal = sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pgno)
-**
-** The pPager->pInJournal object is only valid for the original
-** pages of the database, not new pages that are added to the end
-** of the database, so obviously the above expression cannot be
-** valid for new pages. For new pages inJournal is always 0.
-**
-** dirty
-**
-** When true, this means that the content of the page has been
-** modified and needs to be written back to the database file.
-** If false, it means that either the content of the page is
-** unchanged or else the content is unimportant and we do not
-** care whether or not it is preserved.
-**
-** alwaysRollback
-**
-** This means that the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() API should be
-** ignored for this page. The DontRollback() API attempts to say
-** that the content of the page on disk is unimportant (it is an
-** unused page on the freelist) so that it is unnecessary to
-** rollback changes to this page because the content of the page
-** can change without changing the meaning of the database. This
-** flag overrides any DontRollback() attempt. This flag is set
-** when a page that originally contained valid data is added to
-** the freelist. Later in the same transaction, this page might
-** be pulled from the freelist and reused for something different
-** and at that point the DontRollback() API will be called because
-** pages taken from the freelist do not need to be protected by
-** the rollback journal. But this flag says that the page was
-** not originally part of the freelist so that it still needs to
-** be rolled back in spite of any subsequent DontRollback() calls.
-**
-** needRead
-**
-** This flag means (when true) that the content of the page has
-** not yet been loaded from disk. The in-memory content is just
-** garbage. (Actually, we zero the content, but you should not
-** make any assumptions about the content nevertheless.) If the
-** content is needed in the future, it should be read from the
-** original database file.
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
*/
-struct PgHdr {
- Pager *pPager; /* The pager to which this page belongs */
- Pgno pgno; /* The page number for this page */
- PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash; /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
- PagerLruLink free; /* Next and previous free pages */
- PgHdr *pNextAll; /* A list of all pages */
- u8 inJournal; /* TRUE if has been written to journal */
- u8 dirty; /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */
- u8 needSync; /* Sync journal before writing this page */
- u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable DontRollback() for this page */
- u8 needRead; /* Read content if PagerWrite() is called */
- short int nRef; /* Number of users of this page */
- PgHdr *pDirty, *pPrevDirty; /* Dirty pages */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- PgHdr *pPrevAll; /* A list of all pages */
- PagerLruLink gfree; /* Global list of nRef==0 pages */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- u32 pageHash;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
#endif
- void *pData; /* Page data */
- /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data appended to this header */
-};
-
-/*
-** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about
-** each page so that changes can be rolled back. (Journal files are not
-** used for in-memory databases.) The following information is added to
-** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases.
-**
-** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure.
-** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr
-** even for disk-based databases. Splitting it out saves 8 bytes. This
-** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory;
-struct PgHistory {
- u8 *pOrig; /* Original page text. Restore to this on a full rollback */
- u8 *pStmt; /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */
- PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt; /* List of pages in the statement journal */
- u8 inStmt; /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */
-};
/*
-** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D))
+static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
#else
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data
-** and back again.
-*/
-#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P) ((P)->pData)
-#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((G)[1]))
-#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR) \
- ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->nExtra])
-
-/*
-** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or
-** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists
-** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The
-** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the
-** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also,
-** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup()
-** APIs, they may still be used successfully.
-*/
-struct Pager {
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */
- u8 journalOpen; /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */
- u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */
- u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
- u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
- u8 stmtOpen; /* True if the statement subjournal is open */
- u8 stmtInUse; /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */
- u8 stmtAutoopen; /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/
- u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
- u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
- u8 sync_flags; /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */
- u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
- u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */
- u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
- u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
- u8 dirtyCache; /* True if cached pages have changed */
- u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable DontRollback() for all pages */
- u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
- u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
- u8 doNotSync; /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
- u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
- u8 journalMode; /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
- u8 dbModified; /* True if there are any changes to the Db */
- u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
- u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
- int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
- int dbSize; /* Number of pages in the file */
- int origDbSize; /* dbSize before the current change */
- int stmtSize; /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */
- int nRec; /* Number of pages written to the journal */
- u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
- int stmtNRec; /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */
- int nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
- int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
- int nPage; /* Total number of in-memory pages */
- int nRef; /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */
- int mxPage; /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */
- Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
- Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
- Bitvec *pInStmt; /* One bit for each page in the database */
- char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
- char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
- char *zDirectory; /* Directory hold database and journal files */
- sqlite3_file *fd, *jfd; /* File descriptors for database and journal */
- sqlite3_file *stfd; /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/
- BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */
- PagerLruList lru; /* LRU list of free pages */
- PgHdr *pAll; /* List of all pages */
- PgHdr *pStmt; /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */
- PgHdr *pDirty; /* List of all dirty pages */
- i64 journalOff; /* Current byte offset in the journal file */
- i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
- i64 stmtHdrOff; /* First journal header written this statement */
- i64 stmtCksum; /* cksumInit when statement was started */
- i64 stmtJSize; /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */
- int sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- int nHit, nMiss; /* Cache hits and missing */
- int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */
-#endif
- void (*xDestructor)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */
- void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
- void *pCodecArg; /* First argument to xCodec() */
-#endif
- int nHash; /* Size of the pager hash table */
- PgHdr **aHash; /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- Pager *pNext; /* Doubly linked list of pagers on which */
- Pager *pPrev; /* sqlite3_release_memory() will work */
- volatile int iInUseMM; /* Non-zero if unavailable to MM */
- volatile int iInUseDB; /* Non-zero if in sqlite3_release_memory() */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
#endif
- char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
- char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
- i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following global variables hold counters used for
-** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
-** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count = 0; /* Number of cache pages freed */
-# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
#else
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)
+ if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
+ sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+ }
+ sqlite3_sync_count++;
#endif
-
-/*
-** The following variable points to the head of a double-linked list
-** of all pagers that are eligible for page stealing by the
-** sqlite3_release_memory() interface. Access to this list is
-** protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 mutex.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-static Pager *sqlite3PagerList = 0;
-static PagerLruList sqlite3LruPageList = {0, 0, 0};
+ /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+ ** no-op
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+ if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ }
#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
-** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
-**
-** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
-** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is begin
-** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
-** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
-** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
-** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
-** journal and ignore it.
-**
-** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
-** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
-** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
-** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
-** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
-** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
-** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
-** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
-** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
-** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
-*/
-static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
- 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
-};
-
-/*
-** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined
-** by the following macros.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+}
/*
-** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be
-** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important
-** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector.
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
-#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
+ DWORD error;
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
+ lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
+ if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
+ && ((error = GetLastError()) != NO_ERROR) )
+ {
+ pFile->lastErrno = error;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+ }
+ *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
-** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
-** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
-** out code that would never execute.
+** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-# define MEMDB 0
-#else
-# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
+# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
#endif
/*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details.
-*/
-/* #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize)) */
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)
-
-/*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win95 or WinNT.
*/
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-
-/*
-** The pagerEnter() and pagerLeave() routines acquire and release
-** a mutex on each pager. The mutex is recursive.
-**
-** This is a special-purpose mutex. It only provides mutual exclusion
-** between the Btree and the Memory Management sqlite3_release_memory()
-** function. It does not prevent, for example, two Btrees from accessing
-** the same pager at the same time. Other general-purpose mutexes in
-** the btree layer handle that chore.
+static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+ int res;
+ if( isNT() ){
+ OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+ ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
+ ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
+ ovlp.hEvent = 0;
+ res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY,
+ 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- static void pagerEnter(Pager *p){
- p->iInUseDB++;
- if( p->iInUseMM && p->iInUseDB==1 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
- mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+ }else{
+ int lk;
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+ pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
+ res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
#endif
- p->iInUseDB = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- p->iInUseDB = 1;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- }
- assert( p->iInUseMM==0 );
}
- static void pagerLeave(Pager *p){
- p->iInUseDB--;
- assert( p->iInUseDB>=0 );
+ if( res == 0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
}
-#else
-# define pagerEnter(X)
-# define pagerLeave(X)
-#endif
+ return res;
+}
/*
-** Add page pPg to the end of the linked list managed by structure
-** pList (pPg becomes the last entry in the list - the most recently
-** used). Argument pLink should point to either pPg->free or pPg->gfree,
-** depending on whether pPg is being added to the pager-specific or
-** global LRU list.
+** Undo a readlock
*/
-static void listAdd(PagerLruList *pList, PagerLruLink *pLink, PgHdr *pPg){
- pLink->pNext = 0;
- pLink->pPrev = pList->pLast;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- assert(pLink==&pPg->free || pLink==&pPg->gfree);
- assert(pLink==&pPg->gfree || pList!=&sqlite3LruPageList);
-#endif
-
- if( pList->pLast ){
- int iOff = (char *)pLink - (char *)pPg;
- PagerLruLink *pLastLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pList->pLast)[iOff]);
- pLastLink->pNext = pPg;
+static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+ int res;
+ if( isNT() ){
+ res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
}else{
- assert(!pList->pFirst);
- pList->pFirst = pPg;
+ res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+#endif
}
-
- pList->pLast = pPg;
- if( !pList->pFirstSynced && pPg->needSync==0 ){
- pList->pFirstSynced = pPg;
+ if( res == 0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
}
+ return res;
}
/*
-** Remove pPg from the list managed by the structure pointed to by pList.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+** (1) SHARED_LOCK
+** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+** (3) PENDING_LOCK
+** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+** SHARED -> RESERVED
+** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
-** Argument pLink should point to either pPg->free or pPg->gfree, depending
-** on whether pPg is being added to the pager-specific or global LRU list.
+** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
*/
-static void listRemove(PagerLruList *pList, PagerLruLink *pLink, PgHdr *pPg){
- int iOff = (char *)pLink - (char *)pPg;
+static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */
+ int res = 1; /* Result of a windows lock call */
+ int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
+ int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ DWORD error = NO_ERROR;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- assert(pLink==&pPg->free || pLink==&pPg->gfree);
- assert(pLink==&pPg->gfree || pList!=&sqlite3LruPageList);
-#endif
+ assert( pFile!=0 );
+ OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
+ pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
- if( pPg==pList->pFirst ){
- pList->pFirst = pLink->pNext;
- }
- if( pPg==pList->pLast ){
- pList->pLast = pLink->pPrev;
- }
- if( pLink->pPrev ){
- PagerLruLink *pPrevLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pLink->pPrev)[iOff]);
- pPrevLink->pNext = pLink->pNext;
+ /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+ ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+ ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+ */
+ if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( pLink->pNext ){
- PagerLruLink *pNextLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pLink->pNext)[iOff]);
- pNextLink->pPrev = pLink->pPrev;
+
+ /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+ */
+ assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+ assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+
+ /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+ ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+ ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
+ */
+ newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+ if( (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
+ || ( (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+ && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
+ ){
+ int cnt = 3;
+ while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+ /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be
+ ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
+ */
+ OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
+ Sleep(1);
+ }
+ gotPendingLock = res;
+ if( !res ){
+ error = GetLastError();
+ }
}
- if( pPg==pList->pFirstSynced ){
- PgHdr *p = pLink->pNext;
- while( p && p->needSync ){
- PagerLruLink *pL = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)p)[iOff]);
- p = pL->pNext;
+
+ /* Acquire a shared lock
+ */
+ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+ assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+ res = getReadLock(pFile);
+ if( res ){
+ newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+ }else{
+ error = GetLastError();
}
- pList->pFirstSynced = p;
}
- pLink->pNext = pLink->pPrev = 0;
-}
+ /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+ */
+ if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+ assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+ res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+ if( res ){
+ newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+ }else{
+ error = GetLastError();
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Add page pPg to the list of free pages for the pager. If
-** memory-management is enabled, also add the page to the global
-** list of free pages.
-*/
-static void lruListAdd(PgHdr *pPg){
- listAdd(&pPg->pPager->lru, &pPg->free, pPg);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- if( !pPg->pPager->memDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
- listAdd(&sqlite3LruPageList, &pPg->gfree, pPg);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
+ /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+ */
+ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+ newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+ gotPendingLock = 0;
}
-#endif
-}
-/*
-** Remove page pPg from the list of free pages for the associated pager.
-** If memory-management is enabled, also remove pPg from the global list
-** of free pages.
-*/
-static void lruListRemove(PgHdr *pPg){
- listRemove(&pPg->pPager->lru, &pPg->free, pPg);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- if( !pPg->pPager->memDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
- listRemove(&sqlite3LruPageList, &pPg->gfree, pPg);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
+ /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
+ */
+ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+ assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+ res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
+ OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
+ res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+ if( res ){
+ newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+ }else{
+ error = GetLastError();
+ OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", error);
+ getReadLock(pFile);
+ }
}
-#endif
-}
-/*
-** This function is called just after the needSync flag has been cleared
-** from all pages managed by pPager (usually because the journal file
-** has just been synced). It updates the pPager->lru.pFirstSynced variable
-** and, if memory-management is enabled, the sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced
-** variable also.
-*/
-static void lruListSetFirstSynced(Pager *pPager){
- pPager->lru.pFirstSynced = pPager->lru.pFirst;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- if( !pPager->memDb ){
- PgHdr *p;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
- for(p=sqlite3LruPageList.pFirst; p && p->needSync; p=p->gfree.pNext);
- assert(p==pPager->lru.pFirstSynced || p==sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced);
- sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced = p;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
+ /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+ ** release it now.
+ */
+ if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
}
-#endif
-}
-/*
-** Return true if page *pPg has already been written to the statement
-** journal (or statement snapshot has been created, if *pPg is part
-** of an in-memory database).
-*/
-static int pageInStatement(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- if( MEMDB ){
- return PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)->inStmt;
+ /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+ ** return the appropriate result code.
+ */
+ if( res ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
+ OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
+ locktype, newLocktype);
+ pFile->lastErrno = error;
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
+ pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Change the size of the pager hash table to N. N must be a power
-** of two.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
*/
-static void pager_resize_hash_table(Pager *pPager, int N){
- PgHdr **aHash, *pPg;
- assert( N>0 && (N&(N-1))==0 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
- if( N*sizeof(aHash[0])>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
- N = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(aHash[0]);
- }
- if( N==pPager->nHash ) return;
-#endif
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- if( pPager->aHash!=0 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- aHash = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(aHash[0])*N );
- if( pPager->aHash!=0 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( aHash==0 ){
- /* Failure to rehash is not an error. It is only a performance hit. */
- return;
- }
- sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash);
- pPager->nHash = N;
- pPager->aHash = aHash;
- for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
- int h;
- if( pPg->pgno==0 ){
- assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 );
- continue;
- }
- h = pPg->pgno & (N-1);
- pPg->pNextHash = aHash[h];
- if( aHash[h] ){
- aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg;
+static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+ int rc;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ assert( pFile!=0 );
+ if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ rc = 1;
+ OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
+ }else{
+ rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
}
- aHash[h] = pPg;
- pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
+ rc = !rc;
+ OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
}
+ *pResOut = rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
-** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
-** error code is something goes wrong.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
-** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
-*/
-static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
- unsigned char ac[4];
- int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
*/
-#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
-*/
-static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
- char ac[4];
- put32bits(ac, val);
- return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
-}
-
-/*
-** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it.
-*/
-static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){
- if( !pFd->pMethods ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+ int type;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pFile!=0 );
+ assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+ pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
+ type = pFile->locktype;
+ if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
+ /* This should never happen. We should always be able to
+ ** reacquire the read lock */
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ }
}
- return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
-** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
-**
-** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
-** a database page may be written atomically, and
-** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
-** to the page size.
-**
-** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
-** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
-** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
- int dc; /* Device characteristics */
- int nSector; /* Sector size */
- int szPage; /* Page size */
- sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
-
- if( fd->pMethods ){
- dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd);
- nSector = sqlite3OsSectorSize(fd);
- szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+ if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
}
-
- assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
- assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-
- if( !fd->pMethods ||
- (dc & (SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) && nSector<=szPage) ){
- return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+ if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+ unlockReadLock(pFile);
}
- return 0;
+ if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+ UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+ }
+ pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This function should be called when an error occurs within the pager
-** code. The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the
-** second the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function.
-** The value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
-**
-** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL
-** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared,
-** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same
-** error code.
-**
-** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
-** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
-** the persistent error occured, then the rollback journal may need
-** to be replayed.
+** Control and query of the open file handle.
*/
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager);
-static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
- int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
- assert(
- pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
- pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
- (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
- );
- if(
- rc2==SQLITE_FULL ||
- rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ||
- rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT
- ){
- pPager->errCode = rc;
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && pPager->nRef==0 ){
- /* If the pager is already unlocked, call pager_unlock() now to
- ** clear the error state and ensure that the pager-cache is
- ** completely empty.
- */
- pager_unlock(pPager);
+static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+ *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+ *(int*)pArg = (int)((winFile*)id)->lastErrno;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/*
-** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
-** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
-** and debugging only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
*/
-static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
- u32 hash = 0;
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
- hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
- }
- return hash;
-}
-static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
- return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize,
- (unsigned char *)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPage));
+static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+ return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}
/*
-** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
-** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
+** Return a vector of device characteristics.
*/
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
-static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode || MEMDB || pPg->dirty ||
- pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
+static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+ return 0;
}
-#else
-#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
-#define pager_pagehash(X) 0
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
-#endif
-
/*
-** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and
-** written into memory supplied by the caller.
-**
-** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
-** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
-** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
-** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
-** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
-** were present in the journal.
-**
-** If no master journal file name is present zMaster[0] is set to 0 and
-** SQLITE_OK returned.
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for win32.
*/
-static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, int nMaster){
- int rc;
- u32 len;
- i64 szJ;
- u32 cksum;
- u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
- unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-
- zMaster[0] = '\0';
-
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc;
-
- rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- if( len>=nMaster ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- zMaster[len] = '\0';
+static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ winClose,
+ winRead,
+ winWrite,
+ winTruncate,
+ winSync,
+ winFileSize,
+ winLock,
+ winUnlock,
+ winCheckReservedLock,
+ winFileControl,
+ winSectorSize,
+ winDeviceCharacteristics
+};
- /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
- for(u=0; u<len; u++){
- cksum -= zMaster[u];
- }
- if( cksum ){
- /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
- ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
- ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
- ** master-journal filename.
- */
- zMaster[0] = '\0';
- }
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/***************************************************************************
+** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+**
+** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
+****************************************************************************/
/*
-** Seek the journal file descriptor to the next sector boundary where a
-** journal header may be read or written. Pager.journalOff is updated with
-** the new seek offset.
-**
-** i.e for a sector size of 512:
-**
-** Input Offset Output Offset
-** ---------------------------------------
-** 0 0
-** 512 512
-** 100 512
-** 2000 2048
-**
+** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
+** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result
+** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
*/
-static void seekJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
- i64 offset = 0;
- i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
- if( c ){
- offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
+ void *zConverted = 0;
+ if( isNT() ){
+ zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+ }else{
+ zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
+#endif
}
- assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
- assert( offset>=c );
- assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
- pPager->journalOff = offset;
+ /* caller will handle out of memory */
+ return zConverted;
}
/*
-** Write zeros over the header of the journal file. This has the
-** effect of invalidating the journal file and committing the
-** transaction.
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
*/
-static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- static const char zeroHdr[28];
-
- if( pPager->journalOff ){
- i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;
-
- IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
- if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ static char zChars[] =
+ "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+ "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+ "0123456789";
+ size_t i, j;
+ char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1];
+ if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
+ }else if( isNT() ){
+ char *zMulti;
+ WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH];
+ GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath);
+ zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
+ if( zMulti ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti);
+ free(zMulti);
}else{
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->sync_flags);
- }
-
- /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
- ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
- ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
- ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
- ** to sync the file following this operation.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
- i64 sz;
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
- }
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
-** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
-** current location.
-**
-** The format for the journal header is as follows:
-** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
-** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
-** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
-** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
-** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
-** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-**
-** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
*/
-static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- int nHeader = pPager->pageSize;
- int nWrite;
-
- if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
- nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
- }
-
- if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){
- pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
- }
-
- seekJournalHdr(pPager);
- pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
-
- memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-
- /*
- ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
- ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
- ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
- ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
- ** of records (see syncJournal()).
- **
- ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
- ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
- ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
- ** is dangerous, as if a failure occured whilst writing to the journal
- ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
- ** where this risk can be ignored:
- **
- ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
- ** power failure in this case anyway.
- **
- ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
- ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
- */
- assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->noSync);
- if( (pPager->noSync)
- || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
- ){
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
}else{
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0);
- }
-
- /* The random check-hash initialiser */
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
- /* The initial database size */
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbSize);
- /* The assumed sector size for this process */
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
- if( pPager->journalHdr==0 ){
- /* The page size */
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
+ char *zUtf8;
+ char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH];
+ GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath);
+ zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
+ if( zUtf8 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8);
+ free(zUtf8);
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+#endif
}
-
- for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
- IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
- pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+ for(i=sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
+ zTempPath[i] = 0;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf,
+ "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+ j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+ sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]);
+ for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){
+ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
}
-
- return rc;
+ zBuf[j] = 0;
+ OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
-** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
-** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of
-** the journal header format.
-**
-** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of
-** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the
-** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
-** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** in this case.
-**
-** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
-** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
-** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
*/
-static int readJournalHdr(
- Pager *pPager,
- i64 journalSize,
- u32 *pNRec,
- u32 *pDbSize
-){
- int rc;
- unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
- i64 jrnlOff;
- int iPageSize;
-
- seekJournalHdr(pPager);
- if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
- jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), jrnlOff);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- jrnlOff += sizeof(aMagic);
-
- if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
-
- rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pNRec);
- if( rc ) return rc;
-
- rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+4, &pPager->cksumInit);
- if( rc ) return rc;
-
- rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+8, pDbSize);
- if( rc ) return rc;
-
- rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+16, (u32 *)&iPageSize);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && iPageSize>=512
- && iPageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- && ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)==0
- ){
- u16 pagesize = iPageSize;
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &pagesize);
- }
- if( rc ) return rc;
+static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ DWORD error = GetLastError();
- /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
- ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
- ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
- ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
- ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
+#else
+ /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it
+ ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
+ ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
*/
- rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+12, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+ if (!FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
+ NULL,
+ error,
+ 0,
+ zBuf,
+ nBuf-1,
+ 0))
+ {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
+ }
+#endif
- pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
-** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
-** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
-** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
-** anything is written. The format is:
-**
-** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
-** + N bytes: length of master journal name.
-** + 4 bytes: N
-** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
-** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
-**
-** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
-** journal name.
-**
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
-** this call is a no-op.
+** Open a file.
*/
-static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
- int rc;
- int len;
- int i;
- i64 jrnlOff;
- i64 jrnlSize;
- u32 cksum = 0;
- char zBuf[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+2*4];
-
- if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK;
- pPager->setMaster = 1;
+static int winOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
+ int flags, /* Open mode flags */
+ int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */
+){
+ HANDLE h;
+ DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
+ DWORD dwShareMode;
+ DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
+ DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ int isTemp = 0;
+#endif
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */
+ const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+ char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
- len = strlen(zMaster);
- for(i=0; i<len; i++){
- cksum += zMaster[i];
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
- ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
- ** the journal has already been synced.
+ /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
+ ** temporary file name to use
*/
- if( pPager->fullSync ){
- seekJournalHdr(pPager);
+ if( !zUtf8Name ){
+ int rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
}
- jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff;
- pPager->journalOff += (len+20);
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- jrnlOff += 4;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, len, jrnlOff);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- jrnlOff += len;
-
- put32bits(zBuf, len);
- put32bits(&zBuf[4], cksum);
- memcpy(&zBuf[8], aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zBuf, 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic), jrnlOff);
- jrnlOff += 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic);
- pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
-
- /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
- ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
- ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
- ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
- ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
- ** whether or not the journal is hot.
- **
- ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
- ** file to the required size.
- */
- if( (rc==SQLITE_OK)
- && (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))==SQLITE_OK
- && jrnlSize>jrnlOff
- ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff);
+ /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
+ zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the
-** statement journal.
-**
-** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in
-** the statement journal. This helps the sqlite3PagerStmtCommit()
-** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many
-** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal.
-*/
-static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
- assert( MEMDB );
- if( !pHist->inStmt ){
- assert( pHist->pPrevStmt==0 && pHist->pNextStmt==0 );
- if( pPager->pStmt ){
- PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPager->pStmt, pPager)->pPrevStmt = pPg;
- }
- pHist->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt;
- pPager->pStmt = pPg;
- pHist->inStmt = 1;
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
+ }else{
+ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
-** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
- PgHdr *p;
- if( pPager->aHash==0 ) return 0;
- p = pPager->aHash[pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)];
- while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){
- p = p->pNextHash;
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
+ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
+ }else{
+ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
}
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the in-memory cache. This routine
-** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first
-** opened. Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts
-** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump.
-*/
-static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
- PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
- if( pPager->errCode ) return;
- for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
- IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
- pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
- lruListRemove(pPg);
- sqlite3PageFree(pPg->pData);
- sqlite3_free(pPg);
- }
- assert(pPager->lru.pFirst==0);
- assert(pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==0);
- assert(pPager->lru.pLast==0);
- pPager->pStmt = 0;
- pPager->pAll = 0;
- pPager->pDirty = 0;
- pPager->nHash = 0;
- sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash);
- pPager->nPage = 0;
- pPager->aHash = 0;
- pPager->nRef = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock the database file.
-**
-** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of
-** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is
-** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained
-** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be
-** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back.
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+ dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
+ }else{
+ dwShareMode = 0;
+ }
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
+ isTemp = 1;
+#else
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+ | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+ | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
+ }
+ /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
+ ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+#endif
+ if( isNT() ){
+ h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
+ dwDesiredAccess,
+ dwShareMode,
+ NULL,
+ dwCreationDisposition,
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+ NULL
+ );
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
*/
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- if( !MEMDB ){
- int rc = osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
- if( rc ) pPager->errCode = rc;
- pPager->dbSize = -1;
- IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager))
-
- /* Always close the journal file when dropping the database lock.
- ** Otherwise, another connection with journal_mode=delete might
- ** delete the file out from under us.
- */
- if( pPager->journalOpen ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- pPager->journalOpen = 0;
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- pPager->pInJournal = 0;
- }
-
- /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
- ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the
- ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared.
- */
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
- pager_reset(pPager);
- if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
- pPager->pInStmt = 0;
- }
- pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
- pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->journalStarted = 0;
- pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
- pPager->origDbSize = 0;
- }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+ }else{
+ h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
+ dwDesiredAccess,
+ dwShareMode,
+ NULL,
+ dwCreationDisposition,
+ dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+ NULL
+ );
+#endif
+ }
+ if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+ free(zConverted);
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+ return winOpen(0, zName, id,
+ ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags);
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
}
-
- if( !MEMDB || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
- pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+ }
+ if( pOutFlags ){
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+ }else{
+ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
}
}
+ memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
+ pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
+ pFile->h = h;
+ pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) ==
+ (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
+ && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
+ ){
+ CloseHandle(h);
+ free(zConverted);
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ }
+ if( isTemp ){
+ pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ free(zConverted);
+ }
+ OpenCounter(+1);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
-** database file. If the pager has already entered the error state,
-** do not attempt the rollback.
+** Delete the named file.
+**
+** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
+** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
+** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
+** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the
+** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this
+** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up
+** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
+** up and returning an error.
*/
-static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *p){
- /* assert( p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED || p->journalOpen==0 ); */
- if( p->errCode==SQLITE_OK && p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- sqlite3PagerRollback(p);
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5
+static int winDelete(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */
+ int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */
+){
+ int cnt = 0;
+ DWORD rc;
+ DWORD error = 0;
+ void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- pager_unlock(p);
-#if 0
- assert( p->errCode || !p->journalOpen || (p->exclusiveMode&&!p->journalOff) );
- assert( p->errCode || !p->stmtOpen || p->exclusiveMode );
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+ if( isNT() ){
+ do{
+ DeleteFileW(zConverted);
+ }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+ || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
+ && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
+ && (Sleep(100), 1) );
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+ }else{
+ do{
+ DeleteFileA(zConverted);
+ }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+ || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
+ && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
+ && (Sleep(100), 1) );
#endif
+ }
+ free(zConverted);
+ OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
+ return ( (rc == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+ && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
}
/*
-** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is ended by either
-** a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK.
-**
-** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and
-** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database. This routine will release
-** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place if that is
-** the appropriate thing to do. Release locks usually is appropriate,
-** unless we are in exclusive access mode or unless this is a
-** COMMIT AND BEGIN or ROLLBACK AND BEGIN operation.
-**
-** The journal file is either deleted or truncated.
-**
-** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases.
-** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening
-** a file is an expensive operation.
+** Check the existance and status of a file.
*/
-static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
- PgHdr *pPg;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( !MEMDB );
- if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int winAccess(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */
+ int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */
+ int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */
+){
+ DWORD attr;
+ int rc = 0;
+ void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( isNT() ){
+ attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+ }else{
+ attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
+#endif
}
- sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager);
- if( pPager->stmtOpen && !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
- pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
+ free(zConverted);
+ switch( flags ){
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+ rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+ rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
}
- if( pPager->journalOpen ){
- if( pPager->exclusiveMode
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- ){
- rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
- pager_error(pPager, rc);
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->journalStarted = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- pPager->journalOpen = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->tempFile ){
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
- }
- }
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- pPager->pInJournal = 0;
- for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
- pPg->inJournal = 0;
- pPg->dirty = 0;
- pPg->needSync = 0;
- pPg->alwaysRollback = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
+ *pResOut = rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full
+** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
+*/
+static int winFullPathname(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */
+ const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */
+ int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+ char *zFull /* Output buffer */
+){
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+ cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+ /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
+ sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
#endif
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ int nByte;
+ void *zConverted;
+ char *zOut;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+ zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
+ if( isNT() ){
+ WCHAR *zTemp;
+ nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
+ zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+ if( zTemp==0 ){
+ free(zConverted);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- pPager->pDirty = 0;
- pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
- pPager->nRec = 0;
+ GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+ free(zConverted);
+ zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
+ free(zTemp);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
}else{
- assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+ char *zTemp;
+ nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
+ zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+ if( zTemp==0 ){
+ free(zConverted);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+ free(zConverted);
+ zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+ free(zTemp);
+#endif
}
-
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
- pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
- }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){
- pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+ if( zOut ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut);
+ free(zOut);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- pPager->origDbSize = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
- pPager->needSync = 0;
- lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager);
- pPager->dbSize = -1;
- pPager->dbModified = 0;
-
- return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+#endif
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
-** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data.
-**
-** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
-** random initial value and the page number. We experimented with
-** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow.
-**
-** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and
-** the checksum is stored at the end. This is important. If journal
-** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario
-** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. It is
-** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
-** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
-** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
-**
-** FIX ME: Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the
-** checksum. That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and
-** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable
-** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem.
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
-static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
- u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;
- int i = pPager->pageSize-200;
- while( i>0 ){
- cksum += aData[i];
- i -= 200;
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+ HANDLE h;
+ void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ if( zConverted==0 ){
+ return 0;
}
- return cksum;
+ if( isNT() ){
+ h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+ }else{
+ h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
+#endif
+ }
+ free(zConverted);
+ return (void*)h;
+}
+static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBufOut);
+}
+void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
+ return (void(*)(void))GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
+#else
+ /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
+ ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
+ return (void(*)(void))GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
+#endif
+}
+void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
}
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+ #define winDlOpen 0
+ #define winDlError 0
+ #define winDlSym 0
+ #define winDlClose 0
+#endif
-/* Forward declaration */
-static void makeClean(PgHdr*);
/*
-** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor
-** jfd. Playback this one page.
-**
-** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums. Checksums
-** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not
-** need to survive power failures.
+** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
*/
-static int pager_playback_one_page(
- Pager *pPager,
- sqlite3_file *jfd,
- i64 offset,
- int useCksum
-){
- int rc;
- PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */
- Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */
- u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
- u8 *aData = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temp storage for a page */
-
- /* useCksum should be true for the main journal and false for
- ** statement journals. Verify that this is always the case
- */
- assert( jfd == (useCksum ? pPager->jfd : pPager->stfd) );
- assert( aData );
-
- rc = read32bits(jfd, offset, &pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4;
-
- /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
- ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
- ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
- ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
- */
- if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
+static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ int n = 0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+ n = nBuf;
+ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#else
+ if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
+ SYSTEMTIME x;
+ GetSystemTime(&x);
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
+ n += sizeof(x);
}
- if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+ DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId();
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+ n += sizeof(pid);
}
- if( useCksum ){
- rc = read32bits(jfd, offset+pPager->pageSize+4, &cksum);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- pPager->journalOff += 4;
- if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
+ if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+ DWORD cnt = GetTickCount();
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+ n += sizeof(cnt);
+ }
+ if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
+ LARGE_INTEGER i;
+ QueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
+ n += sizeof(i);
}
+#endif
+ return n;
+}
- assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
- /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
- ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
- ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
- **
- ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
- ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
- ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
- ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
- ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
- ** assert()able.
- **
- ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
- ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
- **
- ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
- ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
- ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
- ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
- ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
- ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
- ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
- ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
- ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
- ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
- ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
- ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
- ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
- **
- ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
- ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
- ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
+ Sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+ FILETIME ft;
+ /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
+ 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
*/
- pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
- PAGERTRACE4("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData));
- if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && (pPg==0 || pPg->needSync==0)
- && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
- i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
- if( pPg ){
- makeClean(pPg);
- }
+ sqlite3_int64 timeW, timeF;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ SYSTEMTIME time;
+ GetSystemTime(&time);
+ /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
+ if (!SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
+ return 1;
}
- if( pPg ){
- /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
- ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
- ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
- ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
- ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
- */
- void *pData;
- /* assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 ); */
- pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
- memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
- if( pPager->xReiniter ){
- pPager->xReiniter(pPg, pPager->pageSize);
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
+#else
+ GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
#endif
- /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
- ** Do this before any decoding. */
- if( pgno==1 ){
- memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
- }
-
- /* Decode the page just read from disk */
- CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+ timeW = (((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*4294967296) + ft.dwLowDateTime;
+ timeF = timeW % 864000000000; /* fractional days (100-nanoseconds) */
+ timeW = timeW / 864000000000; /* whole days */
+ timeW = timeW + 2305813; /* add whole days (from 2305813.5) */
+ timeF = timeF + 432000000000; /* add half a day (from 2305813.5) */
+ timeW = timeW + (timeF / 864000000000); /* add whole day if half day made one */
+ timeF = timeF % 864000000000; /* compute new fractional days */
+ *prNow = (double)timeW + ((double)timeF / (double)864000000000);
+#else
+ timeW = (((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*4294967296LL) + ft.dwLowDateTime;
+ timeF = timeW % 864000000000LL; /* fractional days (100-nanoseconds) */
+ timeW = timeW / 864000000000LL; /* whole days */
+ timeW = timeW + 2305813; /* add whole days (from 2305813.5) */
+ timeF = timeF + 432000000000LL; /* add half a day (from 2305813.5) */
+ timeW = timeW + (timeF / 864000000000LL); /* add whole day if half day made one */
+ timeF = timeF % 864000000000LL; /* compute new fractional days */
+ *prNow = (double)timeW + ((double)timeF / (double)864000000000LL);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+ *prNow = ((double)sqlite3_current_time + (double)43200) / (double)86400 + (double)2440587;
}
- return rc;
+#endif
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
-** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
-** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
-** and does so if it is.
+** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
+** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
+** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
+** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
+** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
+** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
+** describing the last IO error to have occured within the calling
+** thread.
**
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
-** available for use within this function.
+** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
+** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
+** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
+** in the output buffer.
+**
+** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
+** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
+** returns an error message:
**
+** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
+** return 0;
+** }
**
-** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals.
-** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the
-** children. If all children are either missing or do not refer to
-** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted.
+** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
+** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
+** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
*/
-static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- int rc;
- int master_open = 0;
- sqlite3_file *pMaster;
- sqlite3_file *pJournal;
- char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
- i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */
-
- /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process
- ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference.
- */
- pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
- pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
- if( !pMaster ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
- master_open = 1;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-
- if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
- char *zJournal;
- char *zMasterPtr = 0;
- int nMasterPtr = pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-
- /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
- ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.
- */
- zMasterJournal = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr);
- if( !zMasterJournal ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
- zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal];
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-
- zJournal = zMasterJournal;
- while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
- int exists;
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
- if( exists ){
- /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
- ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
- ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
- */
- int c;
- int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
-
- rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
- sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
-
- c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
- if( c ){
- /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
- }
- zJournal += (strlen(zJournal)+1);
- }
- }
-
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-
-delmaster_out:
- if( zMasterJournal ){
- sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
- }
- if( master_open ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
- }
- sqlite3_free(pMaster);
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager);
+static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ return getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBuf);
+}
/*
-** Truncate the main file of the given pager to the number of pages
-** indicated. Also truncate the cached representation of the file.
-**
-** Might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than nPage.
-** This can happen, for example, if we are in the middle of a transaction
-** which has extended the file size and the new pages are still all held
-** in cache, then an INSERT or UPDATE does a statement rollback. Some
-** operating system implementations can get confused if you try to
-** truncate a file to some size that is larger than it currently is,
-** so detect this case and write a single zero byte to the end of the new
-** file instead.
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
*/
-static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, int nPage){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
- i64 currentSize, newSize;
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize);
- newSize = pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
- if( currentSize>newSize ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, "", 1, newSize-1);
- }
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->dbSize = nPage;
- pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
- }
- return rc;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+ static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */
+ MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ "win32", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pAppData */
+
+ winOpen, /* xOpen */
+ winDelete, /* xDelete */
+ winAccess, /* xAccess */
+ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
+ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
+ winDlError, /* xDlError */
+ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */
+ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */
+ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */
+ winSleep, /* xSleep */
+ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
+ winGetLastError /* xGetLastError */
+ };
+ sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-/*
-** Set the sectorSize for the given pager.
-**
-** The sector size is at least as big as the sector size reported
-** by sqlite3OsSectorSize(). The minimum sector size is 512.
-*/
-static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
- assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
- if( !pPager->tempFile ){
- /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
- ** may not have been opened yet, in whcih case the OsSectorSize()
- ** call will segfault.
- */
- pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
- }
- if( pPager->sectorSize<512 ){
- pPager->sectorSize = 512;
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
+
+/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
/*
-** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.
+** 2008 February 16
**
-** The journal file format is as follows:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
-** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
-** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
-** number of page records from the journal size.
-** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
-** sanity checksum.
-** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
-** database to during a rollback.
-** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
-** is this many bytes in size.
-** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page case.
-** (7) 4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
-** name. The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
-** journal.)
-** (8) N bytes of the master journal name. The name will be nul-terminated
-** and might be shorter than the value read from (5). If the first byte
-** of the name is \000 then there is no master journal. The master
-** journal name is stored in UTF-8.
-** (9) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
-** + 4 byte page number.
-** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
-** + 4 byte checksum
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 8 items above.
-** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 9th item.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
+** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1.
**
-** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
-** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
-** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
-** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
-** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
-** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
-** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
-** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
+** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
+** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
+** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
+** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases,
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs
+** to handle both cases well.
**
-** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
-** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
-** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
-** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
+** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
**
-** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
-** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
-** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
-** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
-** been encountered.
+** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits
+** may be set or cleared one at a time.
**
-** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
-** and an error code is returned.
+** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
+** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between
+** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
+** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the
+** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
+** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
+** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.13 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
-static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
- u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */
- u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
- Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
- int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */
- int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
- char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */
-
- /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
- ** the journal is empty.
- */
- assert( pPager->journalOpen );
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){
- goto end_playback;
- }
-
- /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
- ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
- ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
- ** played back.
- */
- zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
- }
- zMaster = 0;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
- goto end_playback;
- }
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns
- ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */
- while( 1 ){
+/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
+#define BITVEC_SZ 512
- /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
- ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
- ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
- ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
- */
- rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- goto end_playback;
- }
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
+** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
+#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
+
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
+** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
+** performance. */
+#define BITVEC_TELEM u8
+/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
+#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8
+/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
+/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
+
+/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
+#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
+** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2)
+/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
+** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
+#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
- /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
- ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
- ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
- ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
- */
- if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
- assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
- nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
- }
+#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
- /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
- ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
- ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
- ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
- ** size of the file.
- **
- ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
- */
- if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
- pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
- nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
- }
- /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
- ** database file back to its original size.
- */
- if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
- rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_playback;
- }
- }
+/*
+** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
+** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+**
+** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
+** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
+** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1.
+**
+** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
+** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+**
+** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
+** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap
+** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds
+** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between
+** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between
+** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized
+** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
+*/
+struct Bitvec {
+ u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
+ u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash element */
+ /* Max nSet is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 125. */
+ u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
+ /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
+ /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */
+ /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
+ union {
+ BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */
+ u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */
+ Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */
+ } u;
+};
- /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file.
- */
- for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- pPager->journalOff = szJ;
- break;
- }else{
- goto end_playback;
- }
- }
- }
+/*
+** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
+** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
+** malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
+ Bitvec *p;
+ assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
+ p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+ if( p ){
+ p->iSize = iSize;
}
- /*NOTREACHED*/
- assert( 0 );
+ return p;
+}
-end_playback:
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
- rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
+/*
+** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false.
+** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
+** i is out of range, then return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
+ i--;
+ while( p->iDivisor ){
+ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+ i = i%p->iDivisor;
+ p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+ if (!p) {
+ return 0;
+ }
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
- /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
- ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
- */
- rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+ if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+ return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
+ } else{
+ u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+ while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+ if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
+ h++;
+ if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-
- /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
- ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
- ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
- */
- setSectorSize(pPager);
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Playback the statement journal.
-**
-** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with
-** a few extra twists.
+** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.
**
-** (1) The number of pages in the database file at the start of
-** the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the
-** journal file itself.
+** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing
+** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
+** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
**
-** (2) In addition to playing back the statement journal, also
-** playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning
-** at offset pPager->stmtJSize.
+** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
+** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
+** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
*/
-static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){
- i64 szJ; /* Size of the full journal */
- i64 hdrOff;
- int nRec; /* Number of Records */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int rc;
-
- szJ = pPager->journalOff;
-
- /* Set hdrOff to be the offset just after the end of the last journal
- ** page written before the first journal-header for this statement
- ** transaction was written, or the end of the file if no journal
- ** header was written.
- */
- hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff;
- assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff );
- if( !hdrOff ){
- hdrOff = szJ;
- }
-
- /* Truncate the database back to its original size.
- */
- rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize);
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-
- /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal.
- */
- assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen );
- nRec = pPager->stmtNRec;
-
- /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the
- ** database file. Note that the statement journal omits checksums from
- ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement
- ** journals.
- */
- for(i=0; i<nRec; i++){
- i64 offset = i*(4+pPager->pageSize);
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->stfd, offset, 0);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+ u32 h;
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( i>0 );
+ assert( i<=p->iSize );
+ i--;
+ while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
+ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+ i = i%p->iDivisor;
+ if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
+ p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
+ if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p = p->u.apSub[bin];
}
-
- /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize
- ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so
- ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the
- ** database, the memory cache, or both.
- **
- ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start
- ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction.
- */
- pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize;
- pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum;
- while( pPager->journalOff < hdrOff ){
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+ if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+ p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
- while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){
- u32 nJRec; /* Number of Journal Records */
- u32 dummy;
- rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- goto end_stmt_playback;
- }
- if( nJRec==0 ){
- nJRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8);
- }
- for(i=nJRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+ h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+ /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
+ /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
+ /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+ if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
+ if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
+ goto bitvec_set_end;
+ } else {
+ goto bitvec_set_rehash;
}
}
-
- pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-
-end_stmt_playback:
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK) {
- pPager->journalOff = szJ;
- /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */
+ /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
+ /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
+ do {
+ if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ h++;
+ if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+ } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
+ /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */
+ /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
+ /* make our hash too "full". */
+bitvec_set_rehash:
+ if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
+ unsigned int j;
+ int rc;
+ u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
+ memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
+ memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(aiValues));
+ p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
+ for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+ if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
- return rc;
+bitvec_set_end:
+ p->nSet++;
+ p->u.aHash[h] = i;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
+** Clear the i-th bit.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
- if( mxPage>10 ){
- pPager->mxPage = mxPage;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( i>0 );
+ i--;
+ while( p->iDivisor ){
+ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+ i = i%p->iDivisor;
+ p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+ if (!p) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+ p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
}else{
- pPager->mxPage = 10;
+ unsigned int j;
+ u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
+ memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
+ memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(aiValues));
+ p->nSet = 0;
+ for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
+ if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
+ u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
+ p->nSet++;
+ while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+ h++;
+ if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+ }
+ p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
+ }
+ }
}
}
/*
-** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
-** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
-** the rollback journal. There are three levels:
-**
-** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
-** for temporary and transient files.
-**
-** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
-** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
-** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
-** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
-** in a state which would cause damage to the database
-** when it is rolled back.
-**
-** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
-** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
-** of the journal header - being written in between the two
-** syncs). If we assume that writing a
-** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
-** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
-** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
-**
-** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
-** and FULL=3.
+** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int full_fsync){
- pPager->noSync = level==1 || pPager->tempFile;
- pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile;
- pPager->sync_flags = (full_fsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
- if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ if( p->iDivisor ){
+ unsigned int i;
+ for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
-#endif
/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
-** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.
+** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
+** was created.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
+ return p->iSize;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
-** Open a temporary file.
-**
-** Write the file descriptor into *fd. Return SQLITE_OK on success or some
-** other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically delete the temporary
-** file when it is closed.
+** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
+** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I<N.
+** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
+** individual bits within V.
*/
-static int sqlite3PagerOpentemp(
- Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */
- sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */
- int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
-){
- int rc;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
-#endif
-
- vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods );
- return rc;
-}
+#define SETBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
+#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
+#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
/*
-** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager.
-** The file to be cached need not exist. The file is not locked until
-** the first call to sqlite3PagerGet() and is only held open until the
-** last page is released using sqlite3PagerUnref().
-**
-** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
-** and used as the file to be cached. The file will be deleted
-** automatically when it is closed.
+** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
**
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache.
-** It is never written to disk. This can be used to implement an
-** in-memory database.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */
- Pager **ppPager, /* Return the Pager structure here */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */
- int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
- int flags, /* flags controlling this file */
- int vfsFlags /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-){
- u8 *pPtr;
- Pager *pPager = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int i;
- int tempFile = 0;
- int memDb = 0;
- int readOnly = 0;
- int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0;
- int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0;
- int journalFileSize = sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs);
- int szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
- char *zPathname = 0;
- int nPathname = 0;
-
- /* The default return is a NULL pointer */
- *ppPager = 0;
-
- /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
- ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
- ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
- */
- if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
- nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
- zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
- if( zPathname==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
- memDb = 1;
- zPathname[0] = 0;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(zPathname);
- return rc;
- }
- nPathname = strlen(zPathname);
- }
+** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
+** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed
+** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another
+** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
+**
+** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the
+** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
+**
+** 0 Halt and return the number of errors
+** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits
+** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits
+** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
+**
+** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
+** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
+** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
+** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
+** confirm that error detection works.
+**
+** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
+** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences,
+** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
+ Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
+ unsigned char *pV = 0;
+ int rc = -1;
+ int i, nx, pc, op;
- /* Allocate memory for the pager structure */
- pPager = sqlite3MallocZero(
- sizeof(*pPager) + /* Pager structure */
- journalFileSize + /* The journal file structure */
- pVfs->szOsFile * 3 + /* The main db and two journal files */
- 3*nPathname + 40 /* zFilename, zDirectory, zJournal */
- );
- if( !pPager ){
- sqlite3_free(zPathname);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pPtr = (u8 *)&pPager[1];
- pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
- pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*0];
- pPager->stfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*1];
- pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2];
- pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2+journalFileSize];
- pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1];
- pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nPathname+1];
- pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
- if( zPathname ){
- memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname+1);
- sqlite3_free(zPathname);
- }
+ /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
+ ** bits to act as the reference */
+ pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
+ pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
+ if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 ) goto bitvec_end;
+ memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1);
- /* Open the pager file.
- */
- if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){
- if( nPathname>(pVfs->mxPathname - sizeof("-journal")) ){
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }else{
- int fout = 0;
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd,
- pPager->vfsFlags, &fout);
- readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-
- /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
- ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
- ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
- **
- ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
- ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
- ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
- int iSectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
- if( szPageDflt<iSectorSize ){
- szPageDflt = iSectorSize;
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- {
- int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
- int ii;
- assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
- assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
- assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
- for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
- if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ) szPageDflt = ii;
- }
- }
-#endif
- if( szPageDflt>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
- szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
- }
+ /* Run the program */
+ pc = 0;
+ while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
+ switch( op ){
+ case 1:
+ case 2:
+ case 5: {
+ nx = 4;
+ i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
+ aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
+ break;
+ }
+ case 3:
+ case 4:
+ default: {
+ nx = 2;
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
+ break;
}
}
- }else if( !memDb ){
- /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
- ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
- ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
- */
- tempFile = 1;
- pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
- }
-
- if( pPager && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(szPageDflt);
+ if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
+ pc += nx;
+ i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
+ if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
+ SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
+ if( op!=5 ){
+ if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+ }
+ }else{
+ CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
+ sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1);
+ }
}
- /* If an error occured in either of the blocks above.
- ** Free the Pager structure and close the file.
- ** Since the pager is not allocated there is no need to set
- ** any Pager.errMask variables.
+ /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
+ ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do
+ ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
+ ** is found.
*/
- if( !pPager || !pPager->pTmpSpace ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
- sqlite3_free(pPager);
- return ((rc==SQLITE_OK)?SQLITE_NOMEM:rc);
- }
-
- PAGERTRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename);
- IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
-
- /* Fill in Pager.zDirectory[] */
- memcpy(pPager->zDirectory, pPager->zFilename, nPathname+1);
- for(i=strlen(pPager->zDirectory); i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){}
- if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0;
-
- /* Fill in Pager.zJournal[] */
- if( zPathname ){
- memcpy(pPager->zJournal, pPager->zFilename, nPathname);
- memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 9);
- }else{
- pPager->zJournal = 0;
- }
-
- /* pPager->journalOpen = 0; */
- pPager->useJournal = useJournal && !memDb;
- pPager->noReadlock = noReadlock && readOnly;
- /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
- /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
- /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
- pPager->dbSize = memDb-1;
- pPager->pageSize = szPageDflt;
- /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
- /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
- /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
- pPager->mxPage = 100;
- pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
- /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
- assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
- /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
- pPager->tempFile = tempFile;
- assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
- || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
- assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
- pPager->exclusiveMode = tempFile;
- pPager->memDb = memDb;
- pPager->readOnly = readOnly;
- /* pPager->needSync = 0; */
- pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal;
- pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1);
- pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
- /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
- /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
- /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
- pPager->nExtra = FORCE_ALIGNMENT(nExtra);
- pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
- assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||memDb||tempFile);
- if( !memDb ){
- setSectorSize(pPager);
- }
- /* pPager->pBusyHandler = 0; */
- /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
- *ppPager = pPager;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- pPager->iInUseMM = 0;
- pPager->iInUseDB = 0;
- if( !memDb ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2);
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- pPager->pNext = sqlite3PagerList;
- if( sqlite3PagerList ){
- assert( sqlite3PagerList->pPrev==0 );
- sqlite3PagerList->pPrev = pPager;
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
+ + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0);
+ for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
+ if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
+ rc = i;
+ break;
}
- pPager->pPrev = 0;
- sqlite3PagerList = pPager;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
}
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Set the busy handler function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){
- pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler;
+ /* Free allocated structure */
+bitvec_end:
+ sqlite3_free(pV);
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
/*
-** Set the destructor for this pager. If not NULL, the destructor is called
-** when the reference count on each page reaches zero. The destructor can
-** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page.
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements that page cache.
**
-** The destructor is not called as a result sqlite3PagerClose().
-** Destructors are only called by sqlite3PagerUnref().
+** @(#) $Id: pcache.c,v 1.43 2009/01/23 16:45:01 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(DbPage*,int)){
- pPager->xDestructor = xDesc;
-}
/*
-** Set the reinitializer for this pager. If not NULL, the reinitializer
-** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original
-** value as a result of a rollback. The callback gives higher-level code
-** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored
-** page data.
+** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*,int)){
- pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
-}
+struct PCache {
+ PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
+ PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
+ int nRef; /* Number of referenced pages */
+ int nMax; /* Configured cache size */
+ int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */
+ int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */
+ int bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */
+ int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */
+ void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */
+ sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */
+ PgHdr *pPage1; /* Reference to page 1 */
+};
/*
-** Set the page size to *pPageSize. If the suggest new page size is
-** inappropriate, then an alternative page size is set to that
-** value before returning.
+** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
+** even during normal debugging. Use them only rarely on long-running
+** tests. Enable the expensive asserts using the
+** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- u16 pageSize = *pPageSize;
- assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
- if( pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize
- && !pPager->memDb && pPager->nRef==0
- ){
- char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
- if( !pNew ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- pager_reset(pPager);
- pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
- setSectorSize(pPager);
- sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
- pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- }
- }
- *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
- return rc;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+# define expensive_assert(X) assert(X)
+#else
+# define expensive_assert(X)
+#endif
+/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
/*
-** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
-** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
-** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
-** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
-** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
-** no rollbacks are happening.
+** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
+** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
+** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
+**
+** expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->pTmpSpace;
+static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
+ assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
+ }
+ return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
}
+#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
/*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
-** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
-** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
-**
-** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
+** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
- if( mxPage>0 ){
- pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
+static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
+ PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+ assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
+
+ /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
+ if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
+ PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+ while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+ pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
+ }
+ p->pSynced = pSynced;
}
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
- return pPager->mxPgno;
+
+ if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+ pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+ }else{
+ assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+ p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+ }
+ if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
+ pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+ }else{
+ assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
+ p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+ }
+ pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
+ pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
+
+ expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}
/*
-** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
-** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
-** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
-**
-** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
-** and generate no code.
+** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
+** pPage).
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-static int saved_cnt;
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
- saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
- sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
-}
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
- sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
+static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
+ PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
+
+ pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
+ if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
+ pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
+ }
+ p->pDirty = pPage;
+ if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
+ p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
+ }
+ if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+ p->pSynced = pPage;
+ }
+ expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
/*
-** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to.
-**
-** No error checking is done. The rational for this is that this function
-** may be called even if the file does not exist or contain a header. In
-** these cases sqlite3OsRead() will return an error, to which the correct
-** response is to zero the memory at pDest and continue. A real IO error
-** will presumably recur and be picked up later (Todo: Think about this).
+** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
+** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- memset(pDest, 0, N);
- assert(MEMDB||pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
- if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
- IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
+ PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ if( p->pgno==1 ){
+ pCache->pPage1 = 0;
}
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 0);
}
- return rc;
}
-/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with
-** pPager.
+/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
-** If the PENDING_BYTE lies on the page directly after the end of the
-** file, then consider this page part of the file too. For example, if
-** PENDING_BYTE is byte 4096 (the first byte of page 5) and the size of the
-** file is 4096 bytes, 5 is returned instead of 4.
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
+** functions are threadsafe.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
- i64 n = 0;
- int rc;
- assert( pPager!=0 );
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- return pPager->errCode;
- }
- if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){
- n = pPager->dbSize;
- } else {
- assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
- if( (pPager->fd->pMethods)
- && (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))!=SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->nRef++;
- pager_error(pPager, rc);
- pPager->nRef--;
- return rc;
- }
- if( n>0 && n<pPager->pageSize ){
- n = 1;
- }else{
- n /= pPager->pageSize;
- }
- if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
- pPager->dbSize = n;
- }
- }
- if( n==(PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize) ){
- n++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
+ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
}
- if( n>pPager->mxPgno ){
- pPager->mxPgno = n;
- }
- if( pnPage ){
- *pnPage = n;
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
+/*
+** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
/*
-** Clear a PgHistory block
+** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
+** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
*/
-static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){
- sqlite3PageFree(pHist->pOrig);
- sqlite3PageFree(pHist->pStmt);
- pHist->pOrig = 0;
- pHist->pStmt = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+ int szPage, /* Size of every page */
+ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */
+ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */
+ int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
+ void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */
+ PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+){
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
+ p->szPage = szPage;
+ p->szExtra = szExtra;
+ p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
+ p->xStress = xStress;
+ p->pStress = pStress;
+ p->nMax = 100;
}
-#else
-#define clearHistory(x)
-#endif
/*
-** Forward declaration
+** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
+** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
*/
-static int syncJournal(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
+ assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
+ if( pCache->pCache ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+ pCache->pCache = 0;
+ }
+ pCache->szPage = szPage;
+}
/*
-** Unlink pPg from its hash chain. Also set the page number to 0 to indicate
-** that the page is not part of any hash chain. This is required because the
-** sqlite3PagerMovepage() routine can leave a page in the
-** pNextFree/pPrevFree list that is not a part of any hash-chain.
+** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
*/
-static void unlinkHashChain(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
- if( pPg->pgno==0 ){
- assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 );
- return;
- }
- if( pPg->pNextHash ){
- pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
+ PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */
+ int createFlag, /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
+ PgHdr **ppPage /* Write the page here */
+){
+ PgHdr *pPage = 0;
+ int eCreate;
+
+ assert( pCache!=0 );
+ assert( pgno>0 );
+
+ /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
+ ** allocate it now.
+ */
+ if( !pCache->pCache && createFlag ){
+ sqlite3_pcache *p;
+ int nByte;
+ nByte = pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr);
+ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCreate(nByte, pCache->bPurgeable);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(p, pCache->nMax);
+ pCache->pCache = p;
}
- if( pPg->pPrevHash ){
- assert( pPager->aHash[pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]!=pPg );
- pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash;
- }else{
- int h = pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
- pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash;
+
+ eCreate = createFlag ? 1 : 0;
+ if( eCreate && (!pCache->bPurgeable || !pCache->pDirty) ){
+ eCreate = 2;
}
- if( MEMDB ){
- clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager));
+ if( pCache->pCache ){
+ pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
}
- pPg->pgno = 0;
- pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
-}
-/*
-** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0)
-** and from its hash collision chain.
-*/
-static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){
+ PgHdr *pPg;
+
+ /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
+ ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+ ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
+ ** unreferenced dirty page.
+ */
+ expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+ for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
+ pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+ pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
+ );
+ if( !pPg ){
+ for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
+ }
+ if( pPg ){
+ int rc;
+ rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
+ }
- /* Unlink from free page list */
- lruListRemove(pPg);
+ if( pPage ){
+ if( !pPage->pData ){
+ memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra);
+ pPage->pExtra = (void*)&pPage[1];
+ pPage->pData = (void *)&((char *)pPage)[sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra];
+ pPage->pCache = pCache;
+ pPage->pgno = pgno;
+ }
+ assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+ assert( pPage->pgno==pgno );
+ assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&pPage[1] );
- /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */
- unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg);
+ if( 0==pPage->nRef ){
+ pCache->nRef++;
+ }
+ pPage->nRef++;
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ pCache->pPage1 = pPage;
+ }
+ }
+ *ppPage = pPage;
+ return (pPage==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This routine is used to truncate the cache when a database
-** is truncated. Drop from the cache all pages whose pgno is
-** larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced.
-**
-** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed.
-**
-** Actually, at the point this routine is called, it would be
-** an error to have a referenced page. But rather than delete
-** that page and guarantee a subsequent segfault, it seems better
-** to zero it and hope that we error out sanely.
+** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
+** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
*/
-static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager){
- PgHdr *pPg;
- PgHdr **ppPg;
- int dbSize = pPager->dbSize;
-
- ppPg = &pPager->pAll;
- while( (pPg = *ppPg)!=0 ){
- if( pPg->pgno<=dbSize ){
- ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
- }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){
- memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
- ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
+ assert( p->nRef>0 );
+ p->nRef--;
+ if( p->nRef==0 ){
+ PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+ pCache->nRef--;
+ if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
+ pcacheUnpin(p);
}else{
- *ppPg = pPg->pNextAll;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- if( *ppPg ){
- (*ppPg)->pPrevAll = pPg->pPrevAll;
- }
-#endif
- IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
- unlinkPage(pPg);
- makeClean(pPg);
- sqlite3PageFree(pPg->pData);
- sqlite3_free(pPg);
- pPager->nPage--;
+ /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
+ pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+ pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
}
}
}
/*
-** Try to obtain a lock on a file. Invoke the busy callback if the lock
-** is currently not available. Repeat until the busy callback returns
-** false or until the lock succeeds.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock.
+** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
*/
-static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
- int rc;
-
- /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */
- assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
- assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-
- /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSize<0 || MEMDB );
-
- if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- if( pPager->pBusyHandler ) pPager->pBusyHandler->nBusy = 0;
- do {
- rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype);
- }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandler) );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->state = locktype;
- IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype))
- }
- }
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
+ assert(p->nRef>0);
+ p->nRef++;
}
/*
-** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified.
+** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
+** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
+** page pointed to by p is invalid.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
- int rc;
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || MEMDB );
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- rc = pPager->errCode;
- return rc;
- }
- if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( MEMDB ){
- pPager->dbSize = nPage;
- pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
+ PCache *pCache;
+ assert( p->nRef==1 );
+ if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
+ pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
}
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- rc = syncJournal(pPager);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ pCache = p->pCache;
+ pCache->nRef--;
+ if( p->pgno==1 ){
+ pCache->pPage1 = 0;
}
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 1);
+}
- /* Get an exclusive lock on the database before truncating. */
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
+ PCache *pCache;
+ p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+ assert( p->nRef>0 );
+ if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+ pCache = p->pCache;
+ p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
+ pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
}
-
- rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage);
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
-**
-** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
-** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
-** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
-** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
-** result in a coredump.
-**
-** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
-** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
-** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
-** to the caller.
+** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
+** make it so.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- if( !MEMDB ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2);
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- if( pPager->pPrev ){
- pPager->pPrev->pNext = pPager->pNext;
- }else{
- sqlite3PagerList = pPager->pNext;
- }
- if( pPager->pNext ){
- pPager->pNext->pPrev = pPager->pPrev;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
+ if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+ pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+ p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+ if( p->nRef==0 ){
+ pcacheUnpin(p);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- }
-#endif
-
- disable_simulated_io_errors();
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- pPager->errCode = 0;
- pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
- pager_reset(pPager);
- pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
- enable_simulated_io_errors();
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- PAGERTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
- if( pPager->journalOpen ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- }
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
}
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
- /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS
- ** if( pPager->tempFile ){
- ** sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename);
- ** }
- */
-
- sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash);
- sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
- sqlite3_free(pPager);
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
-** Return the page number for the given page data.
+** Make every page in the cache clean.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *p){
- return p->pgno;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+ }
}
-#endif
/*
-** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page.
-** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then
-** remove it from the freelist.
-**
-** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref()
-** online of the reference count is zero. For test systems, page_ref()
-** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it.
+** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
*/
-static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
- if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
- /* The page is currently on the freelist. Remove it. */
- lruListRemove(pPg);
- pPg->pPager->nRef++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+ p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
}
- pPg->nRef++;
+ pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
- if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
- _page_ref(pPg);
- }else{
- pPg->nRef++;
- }
- }
-#else
-# define page_ref(P) ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++)
-#endif
/*
-** Increment the reference count for a page. The input pointer is
-** a reference to the page data.
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
- pagerEnter(pPg->pPager);
- page_ref(pPg);
- pagerLeave(pPg->pPager);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
+ PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+ assert( p->nRef>0 );
+ assert( newPgno>0 );
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p, p->pgno, newPgno);
+ p->pgno = newPgno;
+ if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+ pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+ pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
+ }
}
/*
-** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
-** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
-** disk. It is not safe to modify the original database file until after
-** the journal has been synced. If the original database is modified before
-** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal
-** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the
-** database changes. Database corruption would occur.
-**
-** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal.
-** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.)
-** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur. First the whole journal
-** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs.
-**
-** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback
-** after a power failure, so no sync occurs.
+** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
+** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
+** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
**
-** If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL flag is set for the persistent media on which
-** the database is stored, then OsSync() is never called on the journal
-** file. In this case all that is required is to update the nRec field in
-** the journal header.
-**
-** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in
-** memory.
+** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
+** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
+** the page object is not dropped.
*/
-static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
- PgHdr *pPg;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database
- ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.)
- */
- if( pPager->needSync ){
- if( !pPager->tempFile ){
- int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
- assert( pPager->journalOpen );
-
- if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
- /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
- ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
- ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
- ** it as a candidate for rollback.
- **
- ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
- ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
- ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
- ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
- ** and never needs to be updated.
- */
- i64 jrnlOff;
- if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
- PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags);
- if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
- }
-
- jrnlOff = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic);
- IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, jrnlOff, 4));
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pPager->nRec);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
- if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
- PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags|
- (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
- );
- if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
+ if( pCache->pCache ){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ PgHdr *pNext;
+ for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
+ pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
+ if( p->pgno>pgno ){
+ assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
}
- pPager->journalStarted = 1;
- }
- pPager->needSync = 0;
-
- /* Erase the needSync flag from every page.
- */
- for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
- pPg->needSync = 0;
}
- lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager);
- }
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync
- ** flag must also be clear for all pages. Verify that this
- ** invariant is true.
- */
- else{
- for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
- assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
+ if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
+ memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
+ pgno = 1;
}
- assert( pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==pPager->lru.pFirst );
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
}
-#endif
-
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
-** Do not both fixing the pPrevDirty pointers.
+** Close a cache.
*/
-static PgHdr *merge_pagelist(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
+ if( pCache->pCache ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Discard the contents of the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
+ sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
+** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
+*/
+static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
PgHdr result, *pTail;
pTail = &result;
while( pA && pB ){
/*
** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are
-** connected by pDirty pointers. The pPrevDirty pointers are
+** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are
** corrupted by this sort.
*/
#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25
#define N_SORT_BUCKET \
(sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC)
#endif
-static PgHdr *sort_pagelist(PgHdr *pIn){
+static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p;
int i;
memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
a[i] = p;
break;
}else{
- p = merge_pagelist(a[i], p);
+ p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
a[i] = 0;
}
}
** Testing this line is the point of global variable
** sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket.
*/
- a[i] = merge_pagelist(a[i], p);
+ a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
}
}
p = a[0];
for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
- p = merge_pagelist(p, a[i]);
+ p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
}
return p;
}
/*
-** Given a list of pages (connected by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer) write
-** every one of those pages out to the database file and mark them all
-** as clean.
+** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
*/
-static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
- Pager *pPager;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
PgHdr *p;
- int rc;
-
- if( pList==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- pPager = pList->pPager;
-
- /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
- ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
- ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops.
- **
- ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
- ** through an intermediate state PENDING. A PENDING lock prevents new
- ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
- ** write. The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
- ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
- **
- ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
- ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
- ** journal into the original database file. Once we transition to
- ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
- ** will require a journal playback.
- */
- rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+ p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
}
+ return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
+}
- pList = sort_pagelist(pList);
- for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
- assert( p->dirty );
- p->dirty = 0;
- }
- while( pList ){
+/*
+** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
+ return pCache->nRef;
+}
- /* If the file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
- if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){
- assert(pPager->tempFile);
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
+ return p->nRef;
+}
- /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
- ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncate() was called to
- ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
- ** any such pages to the file.
- */
- if( pList->pgno<=pPager->dbSize ){
- i64 offset = (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
- char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6);
- PAGERTRACE4("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno, pager_pagehash(pList));
- IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pList->pgno));
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
- if( pList->pgno==1 ){
- memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
- }
- }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- else{
- PAGERTRACE3("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno);
- }
-#endif
- if( rc ) return rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList);
-#endif
- pList = pList->pDirty;
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
+ int nPage = 0;
+ if( pCache->pCache ){
+ nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return nPage;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and
-** return a pointer to the head of that list. All pages are
-** collected even if they are still in use.
+** Get the suggested cache-size value.
*/
-static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* Verify the sanity of the dirty list when we are running
- ** in debugging mode. This is expensive, so do not
- ** do this on a normal build. */
- int n1 = 0;
- int n2 = 0;
- PgHdr *p;
- for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){ if( p->dirty ) n1++; }
- for(p=pPager->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirty){ n2++; }
- assert( n1==n2 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
+ return pCache->nMax;
+}
#endif
- return pPager->pDirty;
+/*
+** Set the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
+ pCache->nMax = mxPage;
+ if( pCache->pCache ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, mxPage);
+ }
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
/*
-** Return 1 if there is a hot journal on the given pager.
-** A hot journal is one that needs to be played back.
-**
-** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
-** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
-** database with the same name. Just delete the journal.
-**
-** Return negative if unable to determine the status of the journal.
-**
-** This routine does not open the journal file to examine its
-** content. Hence, the journal might contain the name of a master
-** journal file that has been deleted, and hence not be hot. Or
-** the header of the journal might be zeroed out. This routine
-** does not discover these cases of a non-hot journal - if the
-** journal file exists and is not empty this routine assumes it
-** is hot. The pager_playback() routine will discover that the
-** journal file is not really hot and will no-op.
+** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
+** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
+** defined.
*/
-static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- *pExists = 0;
- if( pPager->useJournal && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
- int exists;
- int locked;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
- rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists && !locked ){
- int nPage;
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( nPage==0 ){
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
- }else{
- *pExists = 1;
- }
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
+ PgHdr *pDirty;
+ for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
+ xIter(pDirty);
}
-
- return rc;
}
+#endif
+/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Try to find a page in the cache that can be recycled.
+** 2008 November 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
+** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
+** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
+** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
+** these two features are available.
**
-** This routine may return SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_FULL or SQLITE_OK. It
-** does not set the pPager->errCode variable.
+** @(#) $Id: pcache1.c,v 1.8 2009/01/23 16:45:01 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
-static int pager_recycle(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){
- PgHdr *pPg;
- *ppPg = 0;
- /* It is illegal to call this function unless the pager object
- ** pointed to by pPager has at least one free page (page with nRef==0).
- */
- assert(!MEMDB);
- assert(pPager->lru.pFirst);
- /* Find a page to recycle. Try to locate a page that does not
- ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal.
+typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
+typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
+typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
+
+/* Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
+** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles
+*/
+struct PCache1 {
+ /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
+ ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be
+ ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1CacheSize() method.
+ ** The global mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
*/
- pPg = pPager->lru.pFirstSynced;
+ int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
+ int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */
+ unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
+ unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */
- /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync()
- ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file. This is a
- ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it. But sometimes
- ** it can't be helped.
+ /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
+ ** when the accessor is holding the global mutex (see pcache1EnterMutex()
+ ** and pcache1LeaveMutex()).
*/
- if( pPg==0 && pPager->lru.pFirst ){
- if( !pPager->errCode ){
- int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
- int rc = syncJournal(pPager);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
- /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the
- ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal
- ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have
- ** already been written to the database (in case the header is
- ** trashed when the nRec field is updated).
- */
- pPager->nRec = 0;
- assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 );
- assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
- rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- }
- pPg = pPager->lru.pFirst;
- }
+ unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
+ unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */
+ unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
+ PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
- assert( pPg->nRef==0 );
+ unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
+};
- /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty.
- */
- if( pPg->dirty && !pPager->errCode ){
- int rc;
- assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
- makeClean(pPg);
- pPg->dirty = 1;
- pPg->pDirty = 0;
- rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg );
- pPg->dirty = 0;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- assert( pPg->dirty==0 || pPager->errCode );
+/*
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
+** structure. A buffer of PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated
+** directly after the structure in memory (see the PGHDR1_TO_PAGE()
+** macro below).
+*/
+struct PgHdr1 {
+ unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */
+ PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */
+ PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */
+ PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+ PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
- /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then
- ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the
- ** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction.
- ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback
- ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember
- ** that is was marked alwaysRollback. This means that all pages must
- ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out.
- */
- if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){
- IOTRACE(("ALWAYS_ROLLBACK %p\n", pPager))
- pPager->alwaysRollback = 1;
- }
+/*
+** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
+** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
+*/
+struct PgFreeslot {
+ PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */
+};
- /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table
- */
- unlinkPage(pPg);
- assert( pPg->pgno==0 );
+/*
+** Global data used by this cache.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* static mutex MUTEX_STATIC_LRU */
- *ppPg = pPg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMaxPage for purgeable caches */
+ int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMinPage for purgeable caches */
+ int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
+ PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
+
+ /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. */
+ int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */
+ void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
+ PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */
+} pcache1_g;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/*
-** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
-** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
-** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
+** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
+** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
+** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
+*/
+#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
+
+/*
+** When a PgHdr1 structure is allocated, the associated PCache1.szPage
+** bytes of data are located directly after it in memory (i.e. the total
+** size of the allocation is sizeof(PgHdr1)+PCache1.szPage byte). The
+** PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() macro takes a pointer to a PgHdr1 structure as
+** an argument and returns a pointer to the associated block of szPage
+** bytes. The PAGE_TO_PGHDR1() macro does the opposite: its argument is
+** a pointer to a block of szPage bytes of data and the return value is
+** a pointer to the associated PgHdr1 structure.
**
-** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
-** of bytes of memory released.
+** assert( PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(X))==X );
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int nReq){
- int nReleased = 0; /* Bytes of memory released so far */
- Pager *pPager; /* For looping over pagers */
- BusyHandler *savedBusy; /* Saved copy of the busy handler */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#define PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p) (void *)(&((unsigned char *)p)[sizeof(PgHdr1)])
+#define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(p) (PgHdr1 *)(&((unsigned char *)p)[-1*(int)sizeof(PgHdr1)])
- /* Acquire the memory-management mutex
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* The MEM2 mutex */
- mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2);
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+/*
+** Macros to enter and leave the global LRU mutex.
+*/
+#define pcache1EnterMutex() sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex)
+#define pcache1LeaveMutex() sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex)
- /* Signal all database connections that memory management wants
- ** to have access to the pagers.
- */
- for(pPager=sqlite3PagerList; pPager; pPager=pPager->pNext){
- pPager->iInUseMM = 1;
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
+
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
+** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
+** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
+ PgFreeslot *p;
+ sz &= ~7;
+ pcache1.szSlot = sz;
+ pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
+ pcache1.pFree = 0;
+ while( n-- ){
+ p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
+ p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+ pcache1.pFree = p;
+ pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
}
+ pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
+}
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && (nReq<0 || nReleased<nReq) ){
- PgHdr *pPg;
- PgHdr *pRecycled;
-
- /* Try to find a page to recycle that does not require a sync(). If
- ** this is not possible, find one that does require a sync().
+/*
+** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
+** back to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
+ void *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+ if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot && pcache1.pFree ){
+ p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
+ pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+ }else{
+
+ /* Allocate a new buffer using sqlite3Malloc. Before doing so, exit the
+ ** global pcache mutex and unlock the pager-cache object pCache. This is
+ ** so that if the attempt to allocate a new buffer causes the the
+ ** configured soft-heap-limit to be breached, it will be possible to
+ ** reclaim memory from this pager-cache.
*/
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
- pPg = sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced;
- while( pPg && (pPg->needSync || pPg->pPager->iInUseDB) ){
- pPg = pPg->gfree.pNext;
- }
- if( !pPg ){
- pPg = sqlite3LruPageList.pFirst;
- while( pPg && pPg->pPager->iInUseDB ){
- pPg = pPg->gfree.pNext;
- }
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ if( p ){
+ int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
+ }
+ return p;
+}
- /* If pPg==0, then the block above has failed to find a page to
- ** recycle. In this case return early - no further memory will
- ** be released.
- */
- if( !pPg ) break;
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
+*/
+static void pcache1Free(void *p){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+ PgFreeslot *pSlot;
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
+ pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
+ pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+ pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
+ }else{
+ int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+}
- pPager = pPg->pPager;
- assert(!pPg->needSync || pPg==pPager->lru.pFirst);
- assert(pPg->needSync || pPg==pPager->lru.pFirstSynced);
-
- savedBusy = pPager->pBusyHandler;
- pPager->pBusyHandler = 0;
- rc = pager_recycle(pPager, &pRecycled);
- pPager->pBusyHandler = savedBusy;
- assert(pRecycled==pPg || rc!=SQLITE_OK);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* We've found a page to free. At this point the page has been
- ** removed from the page hash-table, free-list and synced-list
- ** (pFirstSynced). It is still in the all pages (pAll) list.
- ** Remove it from this list before freeing.
- **
- ** Todo: Check the Pager.pStmt list to make sure this is Ok. It
- ** probably is though.
- */
- PgHdr *pTmp;
- assert( pPg );
- if( pPg==pPager->pAll ){
- assert(pPg->pPrevAll==0);
- assert(pPg->pNextAll==0 || pPg->pNextAll->pPrevAll==pPg);
- pPager->pAll = pPg->pNextAll;
- if( pPager->pAll ){
- pPager->pAll->pPrevAll = 0;
- }
- }else{
- assert(pPg->pPrevAll);
- assert(pPg->pPrevAll->pNextAll==pPg);
- pTmp = pPg->pPrevAll;
- pTmp->pNextAll = pPg->pNextAll;
- if( pTmp->pNextAll ){
- pTmp->pNextAll->pPrevAll = pTmp;
- }
- }
- nReleased += (
- sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize
- + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra
- + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory)
- );
- IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d *\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
- sqlite3PageFree(pPg->pData);
- sqlite3_free(pPg);
- pPager->nPage--;
- }else{
- /* An error occured whilst writing to the database file or
- ** journal in pager_recycle(). The error is not returned to the
- ** caller of this function. Instead, set the Pager.errCode variable.
- ** The error will be returned to the user (or users, in the case
- ** of a shared pager cache) of the pager for which the error occured.
- */
- assert(
- (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ||
- rc==SQLITE_FULL ||
- rc==SQLITE_BUSY
- );
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
- pager_error(pPager, rc);
+/*
+** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
+*/
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
+ int nByte = sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage;
+ PgHdr1 *p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1Alloc(nByte);
+ if( p ){
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ pcache1.nCurrentPage++;
}
}
+ return p;
+}
- /* Clear the memory management flags and release the mutex
- */
- for(pPager=sqlite3PagerList; pPager; pPager=pPager->pNext){
- pPager->iInUseMM = 0;
+/*
+** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
+*/
+static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
+ if( p ){
+ if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ pcache1.nCurrentPage--;
+ }
+ pcache1Free(p);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+}
- /* Return the number of bytes released
- */
- return nReleased;
+/*
+** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
+** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
+** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
+ void *p;
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ p = pcache1Alloc(sz);
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ return p;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
/*
-** Read the content of page pPg out of the database file.
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
*/
-static int readDbPage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg, Pgno pgno){
- int rc;
- i64 offset;
- assert( MEMDB==0 );
- assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
- if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
- }
- offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize, offset);
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
- IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
- if( pgno==1 ){
- memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg))[24],
- sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
- }
- CODEC1(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3);
- PAGERTRACE4("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg));
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ pcache1Free(p);
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
/*
-** This function is called to obtain the shared lock required before
-** data may be read from the pager cache. If the shared lock has already
-** been obtained, this function is a no-op.
+** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
+** as the first argument.
**
-** Immediately after obtaining the shared lock (if required), this function
-** checks for a hot-journal file. If one is found, an emergency rollback
-** is performed immediately.
+** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
-static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int isErrorReset = 0;
+static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
+ PgHdr1 **apNew;
+ unsigned int nNew;
+ unsigned int i;
- /* If this database is opened for exclusive access, has no outstanding
- ** page references and is in an error-state, now is the chance to clear
- ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and treat any
- ** open journal file as a hot-journal.
- */
- if( !MEMDB && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->nRef==0 && pPager->errCode ){
- if( pPager->journalOpen ){
- isErrorReset = 1;
- }
- pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
- pager_reset(pPager);
- }
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
- /* If the pager is still in an error state, do not proceed. The error
- ** state will be cleared at some point in the future when all page
- ** references are dropped and the cache can be discarded.
- */
- if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
- return pPager->errCode;
+ nNew = p->nHash*2;
+ if( nNew<256 ){
+ nNew = 256;
}
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isErrorReset ){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- if( !MEMDB ){
- int isHotJournal;
- assert( pPager->nRef==0 );
- if( !pPager->noReadlock ){
- rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK );
- return pager_error(pPager, rc);
- }
- assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
- }
-
- /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
- ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
- */
- if( !isErrorReset ){
- rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &isHotJournal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto failed;
- }
- }
- if( isErrorReset || isHotJournal ){
- /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
- ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
- ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
- ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
- ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it
- ** back.
- **
- ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the
- ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to
- ** obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
- */
- if( pPager->state<EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
- goto failed;
- }
- pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
- }
-
- /* Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in
- ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and
- ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the
- ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires
- ** a read/write file handle.
- */
- if( !isErrorReset && pPager->journalOpen==0 ){
- int res;
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs,pPager->zJournal,SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS,&res);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( res ){
- int fout = 0;
- int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
- assert( !pPager->tempFile );
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods );
- if( fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- }
- }else{
- /* If the journal does not exist, that means some other process
- ** has already rolled it back */
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- }
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK
- && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- goto failed;
- }
- pPager->journalOpen = 1;
- pPager->journalStarted = 0;
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
- pPager->journalHdr = 0;
-
- /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
- ** lock and reacquire the read lock.
- */
- rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
- goto failed;
- }
- assert(pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ||
- (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED)
- );
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
+ apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
+ if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ if( apNew ){
+ memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
+ PgHdr1 *pPage;
+ PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
+ while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
+ unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
+ pNext = pPage->pNext;
+ pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
+ apNew[h] = pPage;
}
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
+ p->apHash = apNew;
+ p->nHash = nNew;
+ }
- if( pPager->pAll ){
- /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
- ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
- ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database
- ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the
- ** cache.
- **
- ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
- ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
- ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
- ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
- ** a codec is in use.
- **
- ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
- ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
- ** it can be neglected.
- */
- char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
-
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- rc = pPager->errCode;
- goto failed;
- }
-
- if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){
- IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto failed;
- }
- }else{
- memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
- }
+ return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
- if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
- pager_reset(pPager);
- }
- }
+/*
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
+** global LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the global
+** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+ if( pPage && (pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pcache1.pLruTail) ){
+ if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
+ pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
}
- assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state<=PAGER_SHARED );
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
- pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+ if( pPage->pLruNext ){
+ pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
}
+ if( pcache1.pLruHead==pPage ){
+ pcache1.pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
+ }
+ if( pcache1.pLruTail==pPage ){
+ pcache1.pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
+ }
+ pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+ pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+ pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--;
}
+}
- failed:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* pager_unlock() is a no-op for exclusive mode and in-memory databases. */
- pager_unlock(pPager);
+
+/*
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
+** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
+**
+** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+ unsigned int h;
+ PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+ PgHdr1 **pp;
+
+ h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
+ for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
+ *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+
+ pCache->nPage--;
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are currently more than pcache.nMaxPage pages allocated, try
+** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to pcache.nMaxPage.
+*/
+static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(void){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+ while( pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage && pcache1.pLruTail ){
+ PgHdr1 *p = pcache1.pLruTail;
+ pcache1PinPage(p);
+ pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+ pcache1FreePage(p);
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Allocate a PgHdr object. Either create a new one or reuse
-** an existing one that is not otherwise in use.
-**
-** A new PgHdr structure is created if any of the following are
-** true:
-**
-** (1) We have not exceeded our maximum allocated cache size
-** as set by the "PRAGMA cache_size" command.
-**
-** (2) There are no unused PgHdr objects available at this time.
-**
-** (3) This is an in-memory database.
-**
-** (4) There are no PgHdr objects that do not require a journal
-** file sync and a sync of the journal file is currently
-** prohibited.
-**
-** Otherwise, reuse an existing PgHdr. In other words, reuse an
-** existing PgHdr if all of the following are true:
-**
-** (1) We have reached or exceeded the maximum cache size
-** allowed by "PRAGMA cache_size".
-**
-** (2) There is a PgHdr available with PgHdr->nRef==0
-**
-** (3) We are not in an in-memory database
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
+** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
**
-** (4) Either there is an available PgHdr that does not need
-** to be synced to disk or else disk syncing is currently
-** allowed.
+** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
-static int pagerAllocatePage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- PgHdr *pPg;
- int nByteHdr;
-
- /* Create a new PgHdr if any of the four conditions defined
- ** above are met: */
- if( pPager->nPage<pPager->mxPage
- || pPager->lru.pFirst==0
- || MEMDB
- || (pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==0 && pPager->doNotSync)
- ){
- void *pData;
- if( pPager->nPage>=pPager->nHash ){
- pager_resize_hash_table(pPager,
- pPager->nHash<256 ? 256 : pPager->nHash*2);
- if( pPager->nHash==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto pager_allocate_out;
- }
- }
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- nByteHdr = sizeof(*pPg) + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra
- + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory);
- pPg = sqlite3Malloc( nByteHdr );
- if( pPg ){
- pData = sqlite3PageMalloc( pPager->pageSize );
- if( pData==0 ){
- sqlite3_free(pPg);
- pPg = 0;
+static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
+ PCache1 *pCache,
+ unsigned int iLimit
+){
+ unsigned int h;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+ for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
+ PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+ PgHdr1 *pPage;
+ while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
+ if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
+ pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+ *pp = pPage->pNext;
+ pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+ }else{
+ pp = &pPage->pNext;
}
}
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( pPg==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto pager_allocate_out;
- }
- memset(pPg, 0, nByteHdr);
- pPg->pData = pData;
- pPg->pPager = pPager;
- pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- if( pPg->pNextAll ){
- pPg->pNextAll->pPrevAll = pPg;
- }
-#endif
- pPager->pAll = pPg;
- pPager->nPage++;
- }else{
- /* Recycle an existing page with a zero ref-count. */
- rc = pager_recycle(pPager, &pPg);
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto pager_allocate_out;
- }
- assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
- assert(pPg);
}
- *ppPg = pPg;
+}
-pager_allocate_out:
- return rc;
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
+*/
+static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+ pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Make sure we have the content for a page. If the page was
-** previously acquired with noContent==1, then the content was
-** just initialized to zeros instead of being read from disk.
-** But now we need the real data off of disk. So make sure we
-** have it. Read it in if we do not have it already.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
*/
-static int pager_get_content(PgHdr *pPg){
- if( pPg->needRead ){
- int rc = readDbPage(pPg->pPager, pPg, pPg->pgno);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPg->needRead = 0;
- }else{
- return rc;
+static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ /* no-op */
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
+**
+** Allocate a new cache.
+*/
+static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int bPurgeable){
+ PCache1 *pCache;
+
+ pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PCache1));
+ if( pCache ){
+ memset(pCache, 0, sizeof(PCache1));
+ pCache->szPage = szPage;
+ pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
+ if( bPurgeable ){
+ pCache->nMin = 10;
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ pcache1.nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
+**
+** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
+*/
+static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ pcache1.nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
+ pCache->nMax = nMax;
+ pcache1EnforceMaxPage();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
+*/
+static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+ int n;
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ n = ((PCache1 *)p)->nPage;
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ return n;
}
/*
-** Acquire a page.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
**
-** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired.
-** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released.
+** Fetch a page by key value.
**
-** This routine works for any page number greater than 0. If the database
-** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk
-** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to
-** all zeros. The extra data appended to a page is always initialized
-** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory.
+** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
+** the value of the createFlag argument.
**
-** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
-** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
+** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
**
-** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
-** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
-** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
-** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
-** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
-** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
-** or journal files.
+** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
+** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
**
-** If noContent is false, the page contents are actually read from disk.
-** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
-** of the page at this time, so do not do a disk read. Just fill in the
-** page content with zeros. But mark the fact that we have not read the
-** content by setting the PgHdr.needRead flag. Later on, if
-** sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on this page or if this routine is
-** called again with noContent==0, that means that the content is needed
-** and the disk read should occur at that point.
-*/
-static int pagerAcquire(
- Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
- Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
- DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
- int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
-){
- PgHdr *pPg;
- int rc;
+** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
+** returned.
+**
+** 3. If createFlag is 1, the cache is marked as purgeable and the page is
+** not already in the cache, and if either of the following are true,
+** return NULL:
+**
+** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+** PCache1.nMax, or
+** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
+** nMin for all other purgeable caches.
+**
+** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
+** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
+**
+** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
+** PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
+** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
+** purgeable caches,
+**
+** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
+** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
+** proceed to step 5.
+**
+** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
+*/
+static void *pcache1Fetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag){
+ unsigned int nPinned;
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
- assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1 );
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
- ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested.
- */
- if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ /* Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
+ if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
+ unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+ for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
}
- /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors.
- */
- assert( pPager!=0 );
- *ppPage = 0;
-
- /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock
- ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if
- ** a database lock is already held.
- */
- rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){
+ pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+ goto fetch_out;
}
- assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
-
- pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
- if( pPg==0 ){
- /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */
- int nMax;
- int h;
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
- rc = pagerAllocatePage(pPager, &pPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- pPg->pgno = pgno;
- assert( !MEMDB || pgno>pPager->stmtSize );
- pPg->inJournal = sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
- pPg->needSync = 0;
- makeClean(pPg);
- pPg->nRef = 1;
+ /* Step 3 of header comment. */
+ nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
+ if( createFlag==1 && pCache->bPurgeable && (
+ nPinned>=(pcache1.nMaxPage+pCache->nMin-pcache1.nMinPage)
+ || nPinned>=(pCache->nMax)
+ )){
+ goto fetch_out;
+ }
- pPager->nRef++;
- if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){
- memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nMax);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
- return rc;
- }
+ if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
+ goto fetch_out;
+ }
- /* Populate the page with data, either by reading from the database
- ** file, or by setting the entire page to zero.
- */
- if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || (noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback) ){
- if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
- pPg->needRead = noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback;
- IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+ /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page buffer if appropriate. */
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache1.pLruTail && (
+ pCache->nPage>=pCache->nMax-1 || pcache1.nCurrentPage>=pcache1.nMaxPage
+ )){
+ pPage = pcache1.pLruTail;
+ pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+ pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+ if( pPage->pCache->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){
+ pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+ pPage = 0;
}else{
- rc = readDbPage(pPager, pPg, pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- pPg->pgno = 0;
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
- return rc;
- }
- pPg->needRead = 0;
+ pcache1.nCurrentPage -= (pPage->pCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
}
+ }
- /* Link the page into the page hash table */
- h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
- assert( pgno!=0 );
- pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
- pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
- if( pPg->pNextHash ){
- assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 );
- pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg;
- }
+ /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
+ ** attempt to allocate a new one.
+ */
+ if( !pPage ){
+ pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
- }else{
- /* The requested page is in the page cache. */
- assert(pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1);
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
- if( !noContent ){
- rc = pager_get_content(pPg);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- page_ref(pPg);
+ if( pPage ){
+ unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+ *(void **)(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage)) = 0;
+ pCache->nPage++;
+ pPage->iKey = iKey;
+ pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+ pPage->pCache = pCache;
+ pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+ pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+ pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
}
- *ppPage = pPg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
- Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
- Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
- DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
- int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
-){
- int rc;
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- rc = pagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, ppPage, noContent);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
+
+fetch_out:
+ if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+ pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
+ }
+ if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ return (pPage ? PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage) : 0);
}
/*
-** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
-** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
**
-** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
-** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
-** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
-** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
-** has ever happened.
+** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
- PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+static void pcache1Unpin(sqlite3_pcache *p, void *pPg, int reuseUnlikely){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pPg);
- assert( pPager!=0 );
- assert( pgno!=0 );
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
- assert( !pPager->pAll || pPager->exclusiveMode );
- }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
- /* Do nothing */
- }else if( (pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno))!=0 ){
- page_ref(pPg);
+ /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
+ ** part of the global LRU list.
+ */
+ assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
+ assert( pcache1.pLruHead!=pPage && pcache1.pLruTail!=pPage );
+
+ if( reuseUnlikely || pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage ){
+ pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+ pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+ }else{
+ /* Add the page to the global LRU list. Normally, the page is added to
+ ** the head of the list (last page to be recycled). However, if the
+ ** reuseUnlikely flag passed to this function is true, the page is added
+ ** to the tail of the list (first page to be recycled).
+ */
+ if( pcache1.pLruHead ){
+ pcache1.pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
+ pPage->pLruNext = pcache1.pLruHead;
+ pcache1.pLruHead = pPage;
+ }else{
+ pcache1.pLruTail = pPage;
+ pcache1.pLruHead = pPage;
+ }
+ pCache->nRecyclable++;
}
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return pPg;
+
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
/*
-** Release a page.
-**
-** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
-** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages
-** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
-** removed.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
- Pager *pPager;
+static void pcache1Rekey(
+ sqlite3_pcache *p,
+ void *pPg,
+ unsigned int iOld,
+ unsigned int iNew
+){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pPg);
+ PgHdr1 **pp;
+ unsigned int h;
+ assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
- if( pPg==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
- /* Decrement the reference count for this page
- */
- assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
- pagerEnter(pPg->pPager);
- pPg->nRef--;
+ h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
+ pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+ while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
+ pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+ }
+ *pp = pPage->pNext;
- CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
-
- /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the
- ** destructor and add the page to the freelist.
- */
- if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+ h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
+ pPage->iKey = iNew;
+ pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+ pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
- lruListAdd(pPg);
- if( pPager->xDestructor ){
- pPager->xDestructor(pPg, pPager->pageSize);
- }
-
- /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from
- ** the database file.
- */
- pPager->nRef--;
- assert( pPager->nRef>=0 );
- if( pPager->nRef==0 && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) ){
- pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
- }
+ if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+ pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
}
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
/*
-** Create a journal file for pPager. There should already be a RESERVED
-** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything. Return an error code and release the
-** write lock if anything goes wrong.
+** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
+** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
+** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
*/
-static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-
- int rc;
- assert( !MEMDB );
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
- assert( pPager->useJournal );
- assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto failed_to_open_journal;
+static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
+ pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
+ pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
}
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
+}
- if( pPager->journalOpen==0 ){
- if( pPager->tempFile ){
- flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
- }else{
- flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
- pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
- );
-#else
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
-#endif
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods );
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
- pPager->journalHdr = 0;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
- }
- goto failed_to_open_journal;
- }
- }
- pPager->journalOpen = 1;
- pPager->journalStarted = 0;
- pPager->needSync = 0;
- pPager->alwaysRollback = 0;
- pPager->nRec = 0;
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- rc = pPager->errCode;
- goto failed_to_open_journal;
- }
- pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
+**
+** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
+*/
+static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
+ pcache1.nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
+ pcache1.nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
+ pcache1EnforceMaxPage();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
+ sqlite3_free(pCache);
+}
- rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
+** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
+** already provided an alternative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
+ static sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = {
+ 0, /* pArg */
+ pcache1Init, /* xInit */
+ pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */
+ pcache1Create, /* xCreate */
+ pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */
+ pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */
+ pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */
+ pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */
+ pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */
+ pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */
+ pcache1Destroy /* xDestroy */
+ };
+ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE, &defaultMethods);
+}
- if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pPager);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
+** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
+** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
+**
+** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
+** of bytes of memory released.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
+ int nFree = 0;
+ if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
+ PgHdr1 *p;
+ pcache1EnterMutex();
+ while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && (p=pcache1.pLruTail) ){
+ nFree += sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ pcache1PinPage(p);
+ pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+ pcache1FreePage(p);
}
+ pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
- return rc;
+ return nFree;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-failed_to_open_journal:
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- pPager->pInJournal = 0;
- return rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
+** of the global cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
+ int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
+ int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
+ int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
+ int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
+){
+ PgHdr1 *p;
+ int nRecyclable = 0;
+ for(p=pcache1.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
+ nRecyclable++;
+ }
+ *pnCurrent = pcache1.nCurrentPage;
+ *pnMax = pcache1.nMaxPage;
+ *pnMin = pcache1.nMinPage;
+ *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
}
+#endif
+/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
/*
-** Acquire a write-lock on the database. The lock is removed when
-** the any of the following happen:
+** 2008 December 3
**
-** * sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo() is called.
-** * sqlite3PagerRollback() is called.
-** * sqlite3PagerClose() is called.
-** * sqlite3PagerUnref() is called to on every outstanding page.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
**
-** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the
-** database file. Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to
-** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is
-** already a read-lock on the database.
+** This module implements an object we call a "Row Set".
**
-** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a
-** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created.
+** The RowSet object is a bag of rowids. Rowids
+** are inserted into the bag in an arbitrary order. Then they are
+** pulled from the bag in sorted order. Rowids only appear in the
+** bag once. If the same rowid is inserted multiple times, the
+** second and subsequent inserts make no difference on the output.
**
-** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file. For temporary
-** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an
-** actual need to write to the journal.
+** This implementation accumulates rowids in a linked list. For
+** output, it first sorts the linked list (removing duplicates during
+** the sort) then returns elements one by one by walking the list.
**
-** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op.
+** Big chunks of rowid/next-ptr pairs are allocated at a time, to
+** reduce the malloc overhead.
**
-** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file
-** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache. The
-** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active.
+** $Id: rowset.c,v 1.3 2009/01/13 20:14:16 drh Exp $
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage *pPg, int exFlag){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
- assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
- assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
- if( MEMDB ){
- pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
- pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
- if( exFlag ){
- rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- }
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
- }
- pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
- PAGERTRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile
- && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
- rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
- }
- }
- }else if( pPager->journalOpen && pPager->journalOff==0 ){
- /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode the last
- ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded
- ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was
- ** kept open and either was truncated to 0 bytes or its header was
- ** overwritten with zeros.
- */
- assert( pPager->nRec==0 );
- assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 );
- assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate( pPager->dbSize );
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( !pPager->pInJournal ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
- rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
- }
- }
- assert( !pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
-}
/*
-** Make a page dirty. Set its dirty flag and add it to the dirty
-** page list.
+** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
*/
-static void makeDirty(PgHdr *pPg){
- if( pPg->dirty==0 ){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- pPg->dirty = 1;
- pPg->pDirty = pPager->pDirty;
- if( pPager->pDirty ){
- pPager->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg;
- }
- pPg->pPrevDirty = 0;
- pPager->pDirty = pPg;
- }
-}
+#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK 63
/*
-** Make a page clean. Clear its dirty bit and remove it from the
-** dirty page list.
+** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following
+** structure:
*/
-static void makeClean(PgHdr *pPg){
- if( pPg->dirty ){
- pPg->dirty = 0;
- if( pPg->pDirty ){
- assert( pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty==pPg );
- pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg->pPrevDirty;
- }
- if( pPg->pPrevDirty ){
- assert( pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty==pPg );
- pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty = pPg->pDirty;
- }else{
- assert( pPg->pPager->pDirty==pPg );
- pPg->pPager->pDirty = pPg->pDirty;
- }
- }
-}
+struct RowSetEntry {
+ i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pNext; /* Next entry on a list of all entries */
+};
+/*
+** Index entries are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
+** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The
+** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
+** when the RowSet is destroyed.
+*/
+struct RowSetChunk {
+ struct RowSetChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk on list of them all */
+ struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
+};
/*
-** Mark a data page as writeable. The page is written into the journal
-** if it is not there already. This routine must be called before making
-** changes to a page.
-**
-** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new
-** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database. If the RESERVED
-** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY. The
-** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to
-** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
**
-** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full,
-** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback.
-** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there
-** is a call to sqlite3PagerCommit() or sqlite3PagerRollback() to
-** reset.
+** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
*/
-static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
- void *pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- /* Check for errors
- */
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- return pPager->errCode;
- }
- if( pPager->readOnly ){
- return SQLITE_PERM;
- }
-
- assert( !pPager->setMaster );
-
- CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
-
- /* If this page was previously acquired with noContent==1, that means
- ** we didn't really read in the content of the page. This can happen
- ** (for example) when the page is being moved to the freelist. But
- ** now we are (perhaps) moving the page off of the freelist for
- ** reuse and we need to know its original content so that content
- ** can be stored in the rollback journal. So do the read at this
- ** time.
- */
- rc = pager_get_content(pPg);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written
- ** to the journal then we can return right away.
- */
- makeDirty(pPg);
- if( pPg->inJournal && (pageInStatement(pPg) || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){
- pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
- pPager->dbModified = 1;
- }else{
+struct RowSet {
+ struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries in the rowset */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */
+ u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */
+ u8 isSorted; /* True if content is sorted */
+};
- /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
- ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
- ** or both.
- **
- ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
- ** create it if it does not.
- */
- assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
- rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPg, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
- if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal
- && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
- rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
- pPager->dbModified = 1;
-
- /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
- ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to
- ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
- */
- if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->journalOpen || MEMDB) ){
- if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
- if( MEMDB ){
- PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
- PAGERTRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
- assert( pHist->pOrig==0 );
- pHist->pOrig = sqlite3PageMalloc( pPager->pageSize );
- if( !pHist->pOrig ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
- }else{
- u32 cksum;
- char *pData2;
-
- /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
- ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
- ** that we do not. */
- assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
- pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
- cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize,
- pPager->journalOff + 4);
- pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum);
- pPager->journalOff += 4;
- }
- IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
- pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
- PAGERTRACE5("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pager_pagehash(pPg));
-
- /* An error has occured writing to the journal file. The
- ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above.
- */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+/*
+** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory
+** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context
+** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
+** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
+**
+** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not
+** an assertion fault occurs.
+**
+** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
+** allocation of entries available to be filled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
+ RowSet *p;
+ assert( N >= sizeof(*p) );
+ p = pSpace;
+ p->pChunk = 0;
+ p->db = db;
+ p->pEntry = 0;
+ p->pLast = 0;
+ p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)&p[1];
+ p->nFresh = (u16)((N - sizeof(*p))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
+ p->isSorted = 1;
+ return p;
+}
- pPager->nRec++;
- assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
- sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
- pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
- if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
- sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
- }
- }
- }else{
- pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync;
- PAGERTRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
- }
- if( pPg->needSync ){
- pPager->needSync = 1;
- }
- pPg->inJournal = 1;
- }
-
- /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
- ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that
- ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
- ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
- */
- if( pPager->stmtInUse
- && !pageInStatement(pPg)
- && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize
- ){
- assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
- if( MEMDB ){
- PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
- assert( pHist->pStmt==0 );
- pHist->pStmt = sqlite3PageMalloc( pPager->pageSize );
- if( pHist->pStmt ){
- memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
- }
- PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
- page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
- }else{
- i64 offset = pPager->stmtNRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
- char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
- rc = write32bits(pPager->stfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->stfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
- }
- PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pPager->stmtNRec++;
- assert( pPager->pInStmt!=0 );
- sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
- }
- }
+/*
+** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
+ struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
+ for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
+ pNextChunk = pChunk->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
}
+ p->pChunk = 0;
+ p->nFresh = 0;
+ p->pEntry = 0;
+ p->pLast = 0;
+ p->isSorted = 1;
+}
- /* Update the database size and return.
- */
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
- if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){
- pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
- if( !MEMDB && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
- pPager->dbSize++;
+/*
+** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
+**
+** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
+** memory allocation fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
+ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
+ struct RowSetEntry *pLast;
+ if( p==0 ) return; /* Must have been a malloc failure */
+ if( p->nFresh==0 ){
+ struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ return;
}
+ pNew->pNext = p->pChunk;
+ p->pChunk = pNew;
+ p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
+ p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
+ }
+ pEntry = p->pFresh++;
+ p->nFresh--;
+ pEntry->v = rowid;
+ pEntry->pNext = 0;
+ pLast = p->pLast;
+ if( pLast ){
+ if( p->isSorted && rowid<=pLast->v ){
+ p->isSorted = 0;
+ }
+ pLast->pNext = pEntry;
+ }else{
+ assert( p->pEntry==0 );
+ p->pEntry = pEntry;
}
- return rc;
+ p->pLast = pEntry;
}
/*
-** This function is used to mark a data-page as writable. It uses
-** pager_write() to open a journal file (if it is not already open)
-** and write the page *pData to the journal.
+** Merge two lists of RowSet entries. Remove duplicates.
**
-** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
-** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
-** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
-** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
+** The input lists are assumed to be in sorted order.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
-
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( !MEMDB && nPagePerSector>1 ){
- Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */
- Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
- int nPage; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
- int ii;
- int needSync = 0;
-
- /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal
- ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function.
- */
- assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
- pPager->doNotSync = 1;
-
- /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
- ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
- ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
- */
- pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
+static struct RowSetEntry *boolidxMerge(
+ struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */
+ struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */
+){
+ struct RowSetEntry head;
+ struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, (int *)&nPageCount);
- if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
- nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
- }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
- nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
+ pTail = &head;
+ while( pA && pB ){
+ assert( pA->pNext==0 || pA->v<=pA->pNext->v );
+ assert( pB->pNext==0 || pB->v<=pB->pNext->v );
+ if( pA->v<pB->v ){
+ pTail->pNext = pA;
+ pA = pA->pNext;
+ pTail = pTail->pNext;
+ }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
+ pTail->pNext = pB;
+ pB = pB->pNext;
+ pTail = pTail->pNext;
}else{
- nPage = nPagePerSector;
+ pA = pA->pNext;
}
- assert(nPage>0);
- assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
- assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
+ }
+ if( pA ){
+ assert( pA->pNext==0 || pA->v<=pA->pNext->v );
+ pTail->pNext = pA;
+ }else{
+ assert( pB==0 || pB->pNext==0 || pB->v<=pB->pNext->v );
+ pTail->pNext = pB;
+ }
+ return head.pNext;
+}
- for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
- Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
- PgHdr *pPage;
- if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
- if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_write(pPage);
- if( pPage->needSync ){
- needSync = 1;
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
- }
- }
- }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
- if( pPage->needSync ){
- needSync = 1;
- }
- }
- }
+/*
+** Sort all elements of the RowSet into ascending order.
+*/
+static void sqlite3RowSetSort(RowSet *p){
+ unsigned int i;
+ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
+ struct RowSetEntry *aBucket[40];
- /* If the PgHdr.needSync flag is set for any of the nPage pages
- ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
- ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
- ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
- ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
- */
- if( needSync ){
- for(ii=0; ii<nPage && needSync; ii++){
- PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
- if( pPage ) pPage->needSync = 1;
- }
- assert(pPager->needSync);
+ assert( p->isSorted==0 );
+ memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
+ while( p->pEntry ){
+ pEntry = p->pEntry;
+ p->pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+ pEntry->pNext = 0;
+ for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
+ pEntry = boolidxMerge(aBucket[i],pEntry);
+ aBucket[i] = 0;
}
-
- assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 );
- pPager->doNotSync = 0;
- }else{
- rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
+ aBucket[i] = pEntry;
}
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
+ pEntry = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
+ pEntry = boolidxMerge(pEntry,aBucket[i]);
+ }
+ p->pEntry = pEntry;
+ p->pLast = 0;
+ p->isSorted = 1;
}
/*
-** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
-** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
-** to change the content of the page.
+** Extract the next (smallest) element from the RowSet.
+** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return
+** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
- return pPg->dirty;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
+ if( !p->isSorted ){
+ sqlite3RowSetSort(p);
+ }
+ if( p->pEntry ){
+ *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
+ p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pNext;
+ if( p->pEntry==0 ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
+ }
}
-#endif
+/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
/*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
-** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
-** that page might be marked as dirty.
+** 2001 September 15
**
-** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
-** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
-** that it does not get written to disk.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Tests show that this optimization, together with the
-** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() below, more than double the speed
-** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs.
-**
-** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true.
-** Subsequent calls to sqlite3PagerDontRollback() for the same page
-** will thereafter be ignored. This is necessary to avoid a problem
-** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of
-** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part
-** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose. When it
-** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called. When reused,
-** the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() routine is called. But because the
-** page contains critical data, we still need to be sure it gets
-** rolled back in spite of the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() call.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
- PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
+**
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.570 2009/02/17 17:56:30 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
- if( MEMDB ) return;
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- pPg->alwaysRollback = 1;
- if( pPg->dirty && !pPager->stmtInUse ){
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
- if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSize<pPager->dbSize ){
- /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown
- ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean.
- ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page
- ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct
- ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file
- ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database
- ** corruption during the next transaction.
- */
- }else{
- PAGERTRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
- IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
- makeClean(pPg);
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
+/*
+** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
+#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
+#define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
+#else
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)
#endif
- }
- }
- pagerLeave(pPager);
-}
/*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs,
-** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page. This
-** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the
-** rollback journal.
+** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
+** to print out file-descriptors.
**
-** If we have not yet actually read the content of this page (if
-** the PgHdr.needRead flag is set) then this routine acts as a promise
-** that we will never need to read the page content in the future.
-** so the needRead flag can be cleared at this point.
+** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
+** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
+** struct as its argument.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
-
- /* If the journal file is not open, or DontWrite() has been called on
- ** this page (DontWrite() sets the alwaysRollback flag), then this
- ** function is a no-op.
- */
- if( pPager->journalOpen==0 || pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback ){
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return;
- }
- assert( !MEMDB ); /* For a memdb, pPager->journalOpen is always 0 */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- if( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno > pPager->origDbSize ){
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If SECURE_DELETE is disabled, then there is no way that this
- ** routine can be called on a page for which sqlite3PagerDontWrite()
- ** has not been previously called during the same transaction.
- ** And if DontWrite() has previously been called, the following
- ** conditions must be met.
- **
- ** (Later:) Not true. If the database is corrupted by having duplicate
- ** pages on the freelist (ex: corrupt9.test) then the following is not
- ** necessarily true:
- */
- /* assert( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ); */
-
- assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
- sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
- pPg->inJournal = 1;
- pPg->needRead = 0;
- if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
- assert( pPager->stmtSize >= pPager->origDbSize );
- sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
- }
- PAGERTRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
- IOTRACE(("GARBAGE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
- pagerLeave(pPager);
-}
-
+#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
+#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
/*
-** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter,
-** stored at byte 24 of the pager file.
+** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
+** states:
+**
+** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or
+** writing the database file. There is no
+** data held in memory. This is the initial
+** state.
+**
+** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database.
+** Writing is not permitted. There can be
+** multiple readers accessing the same database
+** file at the same time.
+**
+** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing
+** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process
+** at a time can reserve the database. The original
+** database file has not been modified so other
+** processes may still be reading the on-disk
+** database file.
+**
+** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database.
+** Access is exclusive. No other processes or
+** threads can be reading or writing while one
+** process is writing.
+**
+** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
+** after all dirty pages have been written to the
+** database file and the file has been synced to
+** disk. All that remains to do is to remove or
+** truncate the journal file and the transaction
+** will be committed.
+**
+** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a
+** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
+** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
+** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time
+** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to
+** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be
+** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
+** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
+** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal.
+** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes
+** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback
+** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED. After an sqlite3PagerRollback()
+** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED,
+** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode.
*/
-static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirect){
- PgHdr *pPgHdr;
- u32 change_counter;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- assert( isDirect==0 ); /* isDirect is only true for atomic writes */
-#endif
- if( !pPager->changeCountDone ){
- /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- if( !isDirect ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
- return rc;
- }
- }
+#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0
+#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_SYNCED 5
- /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
- change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers);
- change_counter++;
- put32bits(((char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr))+24, change_counter);
+/*
+** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it
+** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
+*/
+#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X) (((X)+7)&~7)
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- if( isDirect && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
- const void *zBuf = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr);
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
- }
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D))
+#else
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D)
#endif
- /* Release the page reference. */
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
- pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
- }
- return rc;
-}
+/*
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 16MB. If the xSectorsize() method
+** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
+** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
+** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
+*/
+#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x0100000
/*
-** Sync the pager file to disk.
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
+** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
+** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
+** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
+**
+** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
+** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
+** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
+** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
+** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
- int rc;
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
-}
+typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
+struct PagerSavepoint {
+ i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */
+ i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */
+ Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
+ Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */
+ Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
+};
/*
-** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
-** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
-** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
-** journal (a single database transaction).
+** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
**
-** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written
-** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that
-** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or
-** master journal file if specified).
+** errCode
**
-** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
-** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or
+** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists
+** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The
+** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the
+** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also,
+** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup()
+** APIs, they may still be used successfully.
**
-** If parameter nTrunc is non-zero, then the pager file is truncated to
-** nTrunc pages (this is used by auto-vacuum databases).
+** dbSizeValid, dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
**
-** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
-** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
-** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
-** journal file in this case.
+** Managing the size of the database file in pages is a little complicated.
+** The variable Pager.dbSize contains the number of pages that the database
+** image currently contains. As the database image grows or shrinks this
+** variable is updated. The variable Pager.dbFileSize contains the number
+** of pages in the database file. This may be different from Pager.dbSize
+** if some pages have been appended to the database image but not yet written
+** out from the cache to the actual file on disk. Or if the image has been
+** truncated by an incremental-vacuum operation. The Pager.dbOrigSize variable
+** contains the number of pages in the database image when the current
+** transaction was opened. The contents of all three of these variables is
+** only guaranteed to be correct if the boolean Pager.dbSizeValid is true.
+**
+** TODO: Under what conditions is dbSizeValid set? Cleared?
+**
+** changeCountDone
+**
+** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
+** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
+** not updated more often than necessary.
+**
+** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
+** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
+** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
+** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
+** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
+** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
+**
+** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
+** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
+** committed.
+**
+** dbModified
+**
+** The dbModified flag is set whenever a database page is dirtied.
+** It is cleared at the end of each transaction.
+**
+** It is used when committing or otherwise ending a transaction. If
+** the dbModified flag is clear then less work has to be done.
+**
+** journalStarted
+**
+** This flag is set whenever the the main journal is synced.
+**
+** The point of this flag is that it must be set after the
+** first journal header in a journal file has been synced to disk.
+** After this has happened, new pages appended to the database
+** do not need the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag set, as they do not need
+** to wait for a journal sync before they can be written out to
+** the database file (see function pager_write()).
+**
+** setMaster
+**
+** This variable is used to ensure that the master journal file name
+** (if any) is only written into the journal file once.
+**
+** When committing a transaction, the master journal file name (if any)
+** may be written into the journal file while the pager is still in
+** PAGER_RESERVED state (see CommitPhaseOne() for the action). It
+** then attempts to upgrade to an exclusive lock. If this attempt
+** fails, then SQLITE_BUSY may be returned to the user and the user
+** may attempt to commit the transaction again later (calling
+** CommitPhaseOne() again). This flag is used to ensure that the
+** master journal name is only written to the journal file the first
+** time CommitPhaseOne() is called.
+**
+** doNotSync
+**
+** This variable is set and cleared by sqlite3PagerWrite().
+**
+** needSync
+**
+** TODO: It might be easier to set this variable in writeJournalHdr()
+** and writeMasterJournal() only. Change its meaning to "unsynced data
+** has been written to the journal".
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
- Pager *pPager,
- const char *zMaster,
- Pgno nTrunc,
- int noSync
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- return pPager->errCode;
- }
-
- /* If no changes have been made, we can leave the transaction early.
- */
- if( pPager->dbModified==0 &&
- (pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ||
- pPager->exclusiveMode!=0) ){
- assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->journalOpen==0 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- PAGERTRACE4("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nTrunc=%d\n",
- pPager->zFilename, zMaster, nTrunc);
- pagerEnter(pPager);
+struct Pager {
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */
+ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
+ u8 journalMode; /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
+ u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+ u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
+ u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+ u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+ u8 sync_flags; /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */
+ u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */
+ u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
+ u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
- /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
- ** function has already been called, it is a no-op.
+ /* The following block contains those class members that are dynamically
+ ** modified during normal operations. The other variables in this structure
+ ** are either constant throughout the lifetime of the pager, or else
+ ** used to store configuration parameters that affect the way the pager
+ ** operates.
+ **
+ ** The 'state' variable is described in more detail along with the
+ ** descriptions of the values it may take - PAGER_UNLOCK etc. Many of the
+ ** other variables in this block are described in the comment directly
+ ** above this class definition.
*/
- if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !MEMDB && pPager->dirtyCache ){
- PgHdr *pPg;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- /* The atomic-write optimization can be used if all of the
- ** following are true:
- **
- ** + The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
- ** blocks of size page-size, and
- ** + This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
- ** + Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
- **
- ** If the optimization can be used, then the journal file will never
- ** be created for this transaction.
- */
- int useAtomicWrite = (
- !zMaster &&
- pPager->journalOpen &&
- pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) &&
- nTrunc==0 &&
- (0==pPager->pDirty || 0==pPager->pDirty->pDirty)
- );
- assert( pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
- if( useAtomicWrite ){
- /* Update the nRec field in the journal file. */
- int offset = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic);
- assert(pPager->nRec==1);
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, offset, pPager->nRec);
-
- /* Update the db file change counter. The following call will modify
- ** the in-memory representation of page 1 to include the updated
- ** change counter and then write page 1 directly to the database
- ** file. Because of the atomic-write property of the host file-system,
- ** this is safe.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
- }
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
- }
+ u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
+ u8 dbModified; /* True if there are any changes to the Db */
+ u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
+ u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */
+ u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
+ u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+ u8 doNotSync; /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
+ u8 dbSizeValid; /* Set when dbSize is correct */
+ Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
+ Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */
+ int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
+ int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
+ u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+ u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
+ Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+ sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */
+ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */
+ sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
+ i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
+ i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+ PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
+ int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
+ char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
+ u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
- if( !useAtomicWrite && rc==SQLITE_OK )
+ int nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+ u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+ int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
+ Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
+ char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
+ char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
+ int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ int nHit, nMiss; /* Cache hits and missing */
+ int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */
#endif
-
- /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the
- ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is
- ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an
- ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the
- ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written.
- */
- if( !pPager->setMaster ){
- rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
- if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( nTrunc!=0 ){
- /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
- ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
- ** file.
- */
- Pgno i;
- int iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager);
- for( i=nTrunc+1; i<=pPager->origDbSize; i++ ){
- if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
- }
- }
- }
+ void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+ void *pCodecArg; /* First argument to xCodec() */
#endif
- rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
- rc = syncJournal(pPager);
- }
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+ char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+ i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
+ PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */
+ sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
+};
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( nTrunc!=0 ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
- }
+/*
+** The following global variables hold counters used for
+** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
+** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
+# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
+#else
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)
#endif
- /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */
- pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
- rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
- /* The error might have left the dirty list all fouled up here,
- ** but that does not matter because if the if the dirty list did
- ** get corrupted, then the transaction will roll back and
- ** discard the dirty list. There is an assert in
- ** pager_get_all_dirty_pages() that verifies that no attempt
- ** is made to use an invalid dirty list.
- */
- goto sync_exit;
- }
- pPager->pDirty = 0;
-
- /* Sync the database file. */
- if( !pPager->noSync && !noSync ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
- }
- IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-
- pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
- }else if( MEMDB && nTrunc!=0 ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc);
- }
-
-sync_exit:
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){
- /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive
- * lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since
- * there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it is
- * better to return SQLITE_BUSY.
- */
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
-}
/*
-** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock.
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
**
-** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made
-** and an error code is returned. If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK
-** is returned.
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
- int rc;
- PgHdr *pPg;
-
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- return pPager->errCode;
- }
- if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- if( pPager->dbModified==0 &&
- (pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ||
- pPager->exclusiveMode!=0) ){
- assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->journalOpen==0 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- PAGERTRACE2("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- if( MEMDB ){
- pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
- while( pPg ){
- PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
- clearHistory(pHist);
- pPg->dirty = 0;
- pPg->inJournal = 0;
- pHist->inStmt = 0;
- pPg->needSync = 0;
- pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
- pPg = pPg->pDirty;
- }
- pPager->pDirty = 0;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
- PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
- assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
- assert( !pHist->pOrig );
- assert( !pHist->pStmt );
- }
-#endif
- pPager->pStmt = 0;
- pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || !pPager->dirtyCache );
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
- rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
-}
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+ 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
/*
-** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
-** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents.
-** The journal is deleted.
-**
-** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following
-** the correct locking protocol or unless some other
-** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or
-** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM). Appropriate error
-** codes are returned for all these occasions. Otherwise,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
+** the following macro.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
- int rc;
- PAGERTRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- if( MEMDB ){
- PgHdr *p;
- for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
- PgHistory *pHist;
- assert( !p->alwaysRollback );
- if( !p->dirty ){
- assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig );
- assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt );
- continue;
- }
-
- pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager);
- if( pHist->pOrig ){
- memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize);
- PAGERTRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
- }else{
- PAGERTRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
- }
- clearHistory(pHist);
- p->dirty = 0;
- p->inJournal = 0;
- pHist->inStmt = 0;
- pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
- if( pPager->xReiniter ){
- pPager->xReiniter(p, pPager->pageSize);
- }
- }
- pPager->pDirty = 0;
- pPager->pStmt = 0;
- pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize;
- pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
- pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
- pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
- }
-
- if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
- if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
- pager_playback(pPager, 0);
- }
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return pPager->errCode;
- }
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
- int rc2;
- rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
- rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
- }else{
- rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
- }
- /* pager_reset(pPager); */
- pPager->dbSize = -1;
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
- /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
- ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error
- ** persistent.
- */
- rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
-}
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
+** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
/*
-** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
-** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
+** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
+** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
+** out code that would never execute.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->readOnly;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+# define MEMDB 0
+#else
+# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
+#endif
/*
-** Return the number of references to the pager.
+** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->nRef;
-}
+#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+** Usage:
+**
+** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
- static int a[11];
- a[0] = pPager->nRef;
- a[1] = pPager->nPage;
- a[2] = pPager->mxPage;
- a[3] = pPager->dbSize;
- a[4] = pPager->state;
- a[5] = pPager->errCode;
- a[6] = pPager->nHit;
- a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
- a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
- a[9] = pPager->nRead;
- a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
- return a;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
- return MEMDB;
+static int assert_pager_state(Pager *pPager){
+
+ /* A temp-file is always in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE or PAGER_SYNCED state. */
+ assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+
+ /* The changeCountDone flag is always set for temp-files */
+ assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
+
+ return 1;
}
#endif
/*
-** Set the statement rollback point.
+** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
+** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
+** or more open savepoints for which:
**
-** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already
-** open. A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback
-** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction.
+** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
+** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
+** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
*/
-static int pagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){
- int rc;
- assert( !pPager->stmtInUse );
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
- assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 );
- PAGERTRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- if( MEMDB ){
- pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
- pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( !pPager->journalOpen ){
- pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- assert( pPager->journalOpen );
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- assert( pPager->pInStmt==0 );
- pPager->pInStmt = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( pPager->pInStmt==0 ){
- /* sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); */
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff;
- pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
- pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0;
- pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit;
- if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->stfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
- if( rc ){
- goto stmt_begin_failed;
+static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
+ PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
+ if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
+ return 1;
}
- pPager->stmtOpen = 1;
- pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
- }
- pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-
-stmt_begin_failed:
- if( pPager->pInStmt ){
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
- pPager->pInStmt = 0;
}
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){
- int rc;
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- rc = pagerStmtBegin(pPager);
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Commit a statement.
+** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager *pPager){
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
- PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
- PAGERTRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- if( !MEMDB ){
- /* sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->stfd, 0); */
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
- pPager->pInStmt = 0;
- }else{
- for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){
- PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
- pNext = pHist->pNextStmt;
- assert( pHist->inStmt );
- pHist->inStmt = 0;
- pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
- sqlite3PageFree(pHist->pStmt);
- pHist->pStmt = 0;
- }
- }
- pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
- pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
- pPager->pStmt = 0;
- }
- pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
+ return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
}
/*
-** Rollback a statement.
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager *pPager){
- int rc;
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
- PAGERTRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
- if( MEMDB ){
- PgHdr *pPg;
- PgHistory *pHist;
- for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pHist->pNextStmt){
- pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
- if( pHist->pStmt ){
- memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize);
- sqlite3PageFree(pHist->pStmt);
- pHist->pStmt = 0;
- }
- }
- pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
- pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager);
- }
- sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
+ unsigned char ac[4];
+ int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
}
- pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
- pagerLeave(pPager);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->zFilename;
-}
+#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
/*
-** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->pVfs;
+static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
+ char ac[4];
+ put32bits(ac, val);
+ return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
}
/*
-** Return the file handle for the database file associated
-** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
-** not yet been opened.
+** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
+** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
+**
+** This is so that expressions can be written as:
+**
+** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
+**
+** instead of
+**
+** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->fd;
-}
+#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
/*
-** Return the directory of the database file.
+** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->zDirectory;
+static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){
+ if( !isOpen(pFd) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock);
}
/*
-** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
+** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
+**
+** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
+** a database page may be written atomically, and
+** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
+** to the page size.
+**
+** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
+** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
+** database.
+**
+** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
+** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
+** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->zJournal;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+ int dc; /* Device characteristics */
+ int nSector; /* Sector size */
+ int szPage; /* Page size */
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+ dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+ nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
+ szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+
+ assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+ assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+ if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
}
+#endif
/*
-** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE
-** if fsync()s are executed normally.
+** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
+** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
+** and debugging only.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
- return pPager->noSync;
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+*/
+static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
+ u32 hash = 0;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
+ hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
+ }
+ return hash;
+}
+static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+ return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
+}
+static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+ pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
/*
-** Set the codec for this pager
+** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
+** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
- Pager *pPager,
- void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
- void *pCodecArg
-){
- pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
- pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg;
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
+static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode
+ || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#else
+#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
+#define pager_pagehash(X) 0
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
+#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
+
/*
-** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
+** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
+** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
**
-** There must be no references to the page previously located at
-** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
-** in cache. If the page previous located at pgno is not already
-** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
+** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
+** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
+** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
+** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
+** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
+** were present in the journal.
**
-** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
-** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
-** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
+** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
+** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
+** journal file name.
**
-** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
-** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
-** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
-** transaction is active).
+** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
+** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
**
-** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
-** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
-** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
-** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
+** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
- PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */
- int h;
- Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;
-
- pagerEnter(pPager);
- assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
-
- PAGERTRACE5("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pgno);
- IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
-
- pager_get_content(pPg);
+static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
+ i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
+ u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
+ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
+ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+ zMaster[0] = '\0';
- /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
- ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
- **
- ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
- ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
- ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
- */
- if( pPg->needSync && !isCommit ){
- needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
- assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
- assert( pPg->dirty );
- assert( pPager->needSync );
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
+ || szJ<16
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
+ || len>=nMaster
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
+ || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
+ ){
+ return rc;
}
- /* Unlink pPg from its hash-chain */
- unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg);
-
- /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
- ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for
- ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
- ** for the page moved there.
- */
- pPg->needSync = 0;
- pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
- if( pPgOld ){
- assert( pPgOld->nRef==0 );
- unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPgOld);
- makeClean(pPgOld);
- pPg->needSync = pPgOld->needSync;
- }else{
- pPg->needSync = 0;
+ /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+ for(u=0; u<len; u++){
+ cksum -= zMaster[u];
}
- pPg->inJournal = sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
-
- /* Change the page number for pPg and insert it into the new hash-chain. */
- assert( pgno!=0 );
- pPg->pgno = pgno;
- h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
- if( pPager->aHash[h] ){
- assert( pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash==0 );
- pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg;
- }
- pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
- pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
- pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
-
- makeDirty(pPg);
- pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
- pPager->dbModified = 1;
-
- if( needSyncPgno ){
- /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
- ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
- ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
- ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
- ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync
- ** flag.
- **
- ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
- ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
- ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
- ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
- ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
- ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
- **
- ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make
- ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too.
+ if( cksum ){
+ /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
+ ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
+ ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
+ ** master-journal filename.
*/
- int rc;
- PgHdr *pPgHdr;
- assert( pPager->needSync );
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pPager->pInJournal && (int)needSyncPgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){
- sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno);
- }
- pagerLeave(pPager);
- return rc;
- }
- pPager->needSync = 1;
- pPgHdr->needSync = 1;
- pPgHdr->inJournal = 1;
- makeDirty(pPgHdr);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+ len = 0;
}
-
- pagerLeave(pPager);
+ zMaster[len] = '\0';
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
- return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
-** allocated along with the specified page.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- return (pPager?PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager):0);
-}
/*
-** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
+** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
+** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
**
-** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** locking-mode.
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
+**
+** Pager.journalOff Return value
+** ---------------------------------------
+** 0 0
+** 512 512
+** 100 512
+** 2000 2048
+**
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
- assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
- || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
- || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
- assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
- assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
- if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){
- pPager->exclusiveMode = eMode;
+static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
+ i64 offset = 0;
+ i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+ if( c ){
+ offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
}
- return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
+ assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+ assert( offset>=c );
+ assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+ return offset;
}
/*
-** Get/set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE or
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the journal-mode is set to the value specified.
+** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
**
-** The returned value is either PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE or
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** journal-mode.
+** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
+** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
+**
+** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
+** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
+** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
+** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
+** after writing or truncating it.
+**
+** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
+** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
+** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
+** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
+** not need to be synced following this operation.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
+** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
- assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 );
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE>=0 && PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST>=0 );
- if( eMode>=0 ){
- pPager->journalMode = eMode;
- }
- return (int)pPager->journalMode;
-}
+static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ if( pPager->journalOff ){
+ const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */
-/*
-** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
- if( iLimit>=-1 ){
- pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
- }
- return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
-}
+ IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
+ if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+ }else{
+ static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->sync_flags);
+ }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+ /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
+ ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
+ ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
+ ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
+ ** to sync the file following this operation.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
+ i64 sz;
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
-/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2007 August 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.10 2008/07/14 19:39:17 drh Exp $
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
**
-** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
-** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too
-** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like
-** a good breakout.
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
+**
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
*/
-/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */
+ u32 nHeader = pPager->pageSize; /* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
+ u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+ if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+ nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+ }
+
+ /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
+ ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
+ ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
+ */
+ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+ if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
+ pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+
+ /*
+ ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
+ ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
+ ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
+ ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
+ ** of records (see syncJournal()).
+ **
+ ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
+ ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
+ ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
+ ** is dangerous, as if a failure occured whilst writing to the journal
+ ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
+ ** where this risk can be ignored:
+ **
+ ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
+ ** power failure in this case anyway.
+ **
+ ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
+ ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
+ */
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
+ if( (pPager->noSync) || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
+ || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
+ ){
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
+ }else{
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0);
+ }
+
+ /* The random check-hash initialiser */
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
+ /* The initial database size */
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
+ /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
+
+ /* The page size */
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
+
+ /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
+ ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
+ ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
+ ** take the performance hit.
+ */
+ memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
+ nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
+
+ /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
+ ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
+ ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
+ ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
+ ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
+ **
+ ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
+ ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
+ ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
+ ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
+ ** is done.
+ **
+ ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
+ ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
+ ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
+ ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
+ */
+ for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
+ IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
+ pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.30 2008/08/01 20:10:08 drh Exp $
-**
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
-**
-** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
-** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
-** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
-**
-** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
-** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
-**
-** ----------------------------------------------------------------
-** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
-** ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
-** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
-** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys
-** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
-** so forth.
-**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
-** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
-**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
-** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
-** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
-** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
-** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
-** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
-** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
-** information such as the size of key and data.
-**
-** FORMAT DETAILS
-**
-** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1,
-** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates
-** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
-** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
-** page.
-**
-** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first
-** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
-** The format of the file header is as follows:
-**
-** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
-** 16 2 Page size in bytes.
-** 18 1 File format write version
-** 19 1 File format read version
-** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
-** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction
-** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction
-** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction
-** 24 4 File change counter
-** 28 4 Reserved for future use
-** 32 4 First freelist page
-** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file
-** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
-**
-** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
-**
-** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
-** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
-** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
-**
-** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
-** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
-** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default
-** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
-** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
-**
-** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
-** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated,
-** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
-** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
-**
-** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
-** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum
-** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
-** not specified in the header.
-**
-** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the
-** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte
-** file header that occurs before the page header.
-**
-** |----------------|
-** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only.
-** |----------------|
-** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes
-** |----------------|
-** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order.
-** | array | | Grows downward
-** | | v
-** |----------------|
-** | unallocated |
-** | space |
-** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards
-** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
-** | area | | and free space fragments.
-** |----------------|
-**
-** The page headers looks like this:
-**
-** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
-** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock
-** 3 2 number of cells on this page
-** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area
-** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes
-** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves.
-**
-** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that
-** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries
-** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
-** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
-** the payload area.
-**
-** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
-** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
-** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
-** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives
-** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
-** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
-**
-** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
-** beginning of the page.
-**
-** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
-** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset
-** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in
-** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
-** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
-** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
-** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
-** in the page header at offset 7.
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock
-** 2 Bytes in this freeblock
-**
-** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at
-** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
-** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily
-** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
-**
-** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
-** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
-** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
-** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
-** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This
-** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
-**
-** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000
-** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
-** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080
-** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100
-** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
-** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678
-** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081
-**
-** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
-** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
-**
-** The content of a cell looks like this:
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
+** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
+** a description of the journal header format.
**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
-** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
-** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
-** * Payload
-** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow
+** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
**
-** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely
-** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little
-** as 1 byte of data.
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
+ u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
+ u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+ /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
+ ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
+ ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
+ */
+ pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+ if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+ /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
+ ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
+ ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
+ ** proceed.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
+ ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
+ ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
+ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+ u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */
+ u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
+ u16 iPageSize16; /* Copy of iPageSize in 16-bit variable */
+
+ /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
+ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
+ ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
+ ** of two greater than or equal to 512, and not greater than their
+ ** respective compile time maximum limits.
+ */
+ if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<512
+ || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
+ || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
+ ){
+ /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
+ ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
+ ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
+ ** the journal file here.
+ */
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
+ ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
+ ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
+ */
+ iPageSize16 = (u16)iPageSize;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize16);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iPageSize16==(u16)iPageSize );
+
+ /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
+ ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+ ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+ ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+ ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+ */
+ pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
+ }
+
+ pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of next overflow page
-** * Data
+** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
+** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
+** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
**
-** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The
-** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk
-** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is
-** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this:
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of next trunk page
-** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page
-** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
+** this call is a no-op.
*/
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */
+ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */
+ i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */
+ u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */
+
+ if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pPager->setMaster = 1;
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
-/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used
-** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
-*/
-#define ROUND8(x) ((x+7)&~7)
+ /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
+ for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
+ cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
+ }
+ /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+ ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+ ** the journal has already been synced.
+ */
+ if( pPager->fullSync ){
+ pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+ }
+ iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
-/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
-** size give above.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8)
+ /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
+ ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
+ */
+ if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
+ || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
+ || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
+ || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
+ || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
+ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+ pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
-/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This
-** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself
-** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such
-** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
+ /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
+ ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
+ ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
+ ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
+ ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
+ ** whether or not the journal is hot.
+ **
+ ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
+ ** file to the required size.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
+ && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
+** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not
+** already in memory.
*/
-#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
+static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+ PgHdr *p; /* Return value */
-/* Forward declarations */
-typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
-typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
+ /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
+ ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
+ */
+ (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
+ return p;
+}
/*
-** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+** Unless the pager is in error-state, discard all in-memory pages. If
+** the pager is in error-state, then this call is a no-op.
**
-** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
-** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
-** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
-** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
-** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
-** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
+** TODO: Why can we not reset the pager while in error state?
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
-# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
-#endif
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+ if( SQLITE_OK==pPager->errCode ){
+ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+ sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
+ }
+}
/*
-** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
-** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
+** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
+** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
*/
-#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01
-#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02
-#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04
-#define PTF_LEAF 0x08
+static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
+ int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
+ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
+ }
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
+ pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
+ pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
+ pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+}
/*
-** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
-** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores
-** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
-**
-** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to
-** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to
-** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
-** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
-**
-** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
-** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
+** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
*/
-struct MemPage {
- u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
- u8 idxShift; /* True if Cell indices have changed */
- u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
- u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */
- u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */
- u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */
- u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */
- u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */
- u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
- u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
- u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
- u16 idxParent; /* Index in parent of this node */
- u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */
- u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
- u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */
- struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
- u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
- } aOvfl[5];
- BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
- u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */
- Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
- MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of this page. NULL for root */
-};
+static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+
+ for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+ PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
+ if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
+ rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
-** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
-** that extra information.
+** Unlock the database file. This function is a no-op if the pager
+** is in exclusive mode.
+**
+** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of
+** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is
+** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained
+** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be
+** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back.
*/
-#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
-/* A Btree handle
-**
-** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
-** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure
-** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot
-** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
-** this structure.
+ /* Always close the journal file when dropping the database lock.
+ ** Otherwise, another connection with journal_mode=delete might
+ ** delete the file out from under us.
+ */
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+ pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+
+ /* If the file is unlocked, somebody else might change it. The
+ ** values stored in Pager.dbSize etc. might become invalid if
+ ** this happens. TODO: Really, this doesn't need to be cleared
+ ** until the change-counter check fails in pagerSharedLock().
+ */
+ pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
+
+ rc = osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+ if( rc ){
+ pPager->errCode = rc;
+ }
+ IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager))
+
+ /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
+ ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the
+ ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared.
+ */
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ }
+
+ pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+ pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function should be called when an IOERR, CORRUPT or FULL error
+** may have occured. The first argument is a pointer to the pager
+** structure, the second the error-code about to be returned by a pager
+** API function. The value returned is a copy of the second argument
+** to this function.
**
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
-** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each contection
-** has it own pointer to this object. But each instance of this object
-** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
-** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
-** the BtShared object.
+** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL
+** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared,
+** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same
+** error code.
**
-** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
-** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
-** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
-** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
+** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
+** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
+** the persistent error occured, then the rollback journal may need
+** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
+** it were a hot-journal).
*/
-struct Btree {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */
- BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */
- u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
- u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
- u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
- int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
- Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
- Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */
-};
+static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
+ int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
+ assert(
+ pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
+ pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
+ (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
+ );
+ if(
+ rc2==SQLITE_FULL ||
+ rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ||
+ rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT
+ ){
+ pPager->errCode = rc;
+ if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK
+ && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
+ ){
+ /* If the pager is already unlocked, call pager_unlock() now to
+ ** clear the error state and ensure that the pager-cache is
+ ** completely empty.
+ */
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
-**
-** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
-** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
-** but any number may have active read transactions.
-*/
-#define TRANS_NONE 0
-#define TRANS_READ 1
-#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
+** database file.
+**
+** If the pager has already entered the error state, do not attempt
+** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
+** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
+** the database file and clear the error state. If this means that
+** there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next connection
+** to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) will
+** roll it back.
+**
+** If the pager has not already entered the error state, but an IO or
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
+** the pager to enter the error state. Which will be cleared by the
+** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
+ if( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK && pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+}
/*
-** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
+** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
+** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
+** database transaction.
**
-** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
-** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
-** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
-** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
-** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of
-** connections currently sharing this database file.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
-** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field
-** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
-** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
-** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
+** If the pager is in PAGER_SHARED or PAGER_UNLOCK state when this
+** routine is called, it is a no-op (returns SQLITE_OK).
+**
+** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
+**
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
+** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
+** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
+** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
+** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
+**
+** journalMode==MEMORY
+** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
+** in-memory journal.
+**
+** journalMode==TRUNCATE
+** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
+**
+** journalMode==PERSIST
+** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
+** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
+** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
+**
+** journalMode==DELETE
+** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
+** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
+** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
+** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
+**
+** After the journal is finalized, if running in non-exclusive mode, the
+** pager moves to PAGER_SHARED state (and downgrades the lock on the
+** database file accordingly).
+**
+** If the pager is running in exclusive mode and is in PAGER_SYNCED state,
+** it moves to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE. No locks are downgraded when running in
+** exclusive mode.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
+** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
+** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
+** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
+** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
+** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
+** returned.
*/
-struct BtShared {
- Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
- BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
- MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
- u8 inStmt; /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
- u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
- u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
- u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
- Pgno nTrunc; /* Non-zero if the db will be truncated (incr vacuum) */
-#endif
- u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */
- u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
- int maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
- int minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
- int maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
- int minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
- u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
- int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
- void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
- void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */
- BusyHandler busyHdr; /* The busy handler for this btree */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */
- BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
- BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
- Btree *pExclusive; /* Btree with an EXCLUSIVE lock on the whole db */
-#endif
- u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-};
+static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
+ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
-** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
-** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
-*/
-typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
-struct CellInfo {
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
- i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
- u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */
- u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */
- u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
- u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */
- u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */
- u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
-};
+ if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
-** b-tree within a database file.
-**
-** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
-** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
-**
-** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections,
-** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a
-** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex.
-*/
-struct BtCursor {
- Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
- BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
- Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
- MemPage *pPage; /* Page that contains the entry */
- int idx; /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */
- CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
- u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */
- u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
- u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */
- u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
- void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
- i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
- int skip; /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
- Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */
-#endif
-};
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
-/*
-** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
-**
-** CURSOR_VALID:
-** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
-**
-** CURSOR_INVALID:
-** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
-** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
-** called.
-**
-** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
-** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
-** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
-** seek the cursor to the saved position.
-**
-** CURSOR_FAULT:
-** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
-** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
-** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
-** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor
-** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
-*/
-#define CURSOR_INVALID 0
-#define CURSOR_VALID 1
-#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2
-#define CURSOR_FAULT 3
+ /* TODO: There's a problem here if a journal-file was opened in MEMORY
+ ** mode and then the journal-mode is changed to TRUNCATE or PERSIST
+ ** during the transaction. This code should be changed to assume
+ ** that the journal mode has not changed since the transaction was
+ ** started. And the sqlite3PagerJournalMode() function should be
+ ** changed to make sure that this is the case too.
+ */
-/* The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
-** TODO: This macro is very similary to PAGER_MJ_PGNO() in pager.c. They
-** should possibly be consolidated (presumably in pager.h).
-**
-** If disk I/O is omitted (meaning that the database is stored purely
-** in memory) then there is no pending byte.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 0x7fffffff
-#else
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ((PENDING_BYTE/(pBt)->pageSize)+1)
+ /* Finalize the journal file. */
+ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ int isMemoryJournal = sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ if( !isMemoryJournal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ }
+ }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+ }else if( pPager->exclusiveMode
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ ){
+ rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
+ pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || rc );
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->tempFile ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
#endif
-/*
-** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
-** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
-** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
-** a btree handle is closed.
-*/
-struct BtLock {
- Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
- Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
- u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
- BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
-};
+ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+ pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ }
-/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
-#define READ_LOCK 1
-#define WRITE_LOCK 2
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+ pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+ pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+ }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){
+ pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+ }
+ pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ pPager->needSync = 0;
+ pPager->dbModified = 0;
+
+ /* TODO: Is this optimal? Why is the db size invalidated here
+ ** when the database file is not unlocked? */
+ pPager->dbOrigSize = 0;
+ sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
+ if( !MEMDB ){
+ pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
+ }
+
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+}
/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
-** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
-** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
-** page number to look up in the pointer map.
+** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
+** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
**
-** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
-** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
-** the offset of the requested map entry.
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
+** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
+** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
+** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
**
-** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
-** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
-** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
-** this test.
+** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
+** incompatible journal file format.
+**
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
+** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
*/
-#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
-#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
-#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
+ u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */
+ int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */
+ while( i>0 ){
+ cksum += aData[i];
+ i -= 200;
+ }
+ return cksum;
+}
/*
-** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
-** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that
-** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains
-** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers
-** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map
-** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
-** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
+** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
+** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
+** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
+** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
**
-** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
-** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page
-** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
-** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
+** The isMainJrnl flag is true if this is the main rollback journal and
+** false for the statement journal. The main rollback journal uses
+** checksums - the statement journal does not.
**
-** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
-** used in this case.
+** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
+** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
+** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
-** is not used in this case.
+** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
+** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
+** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
+** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
+** prior to returning.
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
-** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
-** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
+** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
+** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
+** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
+** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
+** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
+** two circumstances:
+**
+** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
+** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
+** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
-** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
-** page in the overflow page list.
+** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
-** identifies the parent page in the btree.
+** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
+** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
+** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
*/
-#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
-#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
-#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
+static int pager_playback_one_page(
+ Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */
+ int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
+ int isUnsync, /* True if reading from unsynced main journal */
+ i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */
+ int isSavepnt, /* True for a savepoint rollback */
+ Bitvec *pDone /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
+){
+ int rc;
+ PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */
+ Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */
+ u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+ u8 *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
+ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
-/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
-** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
-*/
-#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
+ assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
+ assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
+ assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
+ assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
+ aData = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
-/*
-** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
-** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
-** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
-** So, this macro is defined instead.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
-#else
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
+ /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
+ ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
+ */
+ jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
+ rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
+
+ /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
+ ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+ ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
+ ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+ */
+ if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+ assert( !isSavepnt );
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( isMainJrnl ){
+ rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+
+ /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
+ ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+ ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+ **
+ ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
+ ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
+ ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
+ ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
+ ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
+ ** assert()able.
+ **
+ ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
+ ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
+ **
+ ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
+ ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
+ ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
+ ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
+ ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
+ ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
+ ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
+ ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
+ ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
+ ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
+ ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
+ ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
+ ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
+ **
+ ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
+ ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
+ ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
+ */
+ pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+ PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData),
+ (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
+ ));
+ if( (pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE)
+ && (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
+ && isOpen(pPager->fd)
+ && !isUnsync
+ ){
+ i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
+ if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+ }
+ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, aData);
+ }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
+ /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
+ ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
+ ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
+ ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
+ ** current.
+ **
+ ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
+ ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
+ ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
+ ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
+ **
+ ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
+ ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
+ ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
+ ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
+ */
+ assert( isSavepnt );
+ if( (rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+ }
+ if( pPg ){
+ /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
+ ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
+ ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
+ ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
+ ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
+ */
+ void *pData;
+ pData = pPg->pData;
+ memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+ if( pPager->xReiniter ){
+ pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+ }
+ if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
+ /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
+ ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
+ ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
+ ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the.
+ **
+ ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
+ ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
+ ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
+ ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
+ ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
+ ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
+ ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
+ ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
+ ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
+ ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
+ ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
+ ** database corruption may ensue.
+ */
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
#endif
+ /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
+ ** Do this before any decoding. */
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ }
+ /* Decode the page just read from disk */
+ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
+ sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
/*
-** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
-** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+** This routine looks ahead into the main journal file and determines
+** whether or not the next record (the record that begins at file
+** offset pPager->journalOff) is a well-formed page record consisting
+** of a valid page number, pPage->pageSize bytes of content, followed
+** by a valid checksum.
+**
+** The pager never needs to know this in order to do its job. This
+** routine is only used from with assert() and testcase() macros.
*/
-typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
-struct IntegrityCk {
- BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */
- Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
- int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
- int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */
- int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
- int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
- int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
- StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */
-};
+static int pagerNextJournalPageIsValid(Pager *pPager){
+ Pgno pgno; /* The page number of the page */
+ u32 cksum; /* The page checksum */
+ int rc; /* Return code from read operations */
+ sqlite3_file *fd; /* The file descriptor from which we are reading */
+ u8 *aData; /* Content of the page */
-/*
-** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
-*/
-#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (v)>>8, (p)[1] = (v))
-#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
-#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+ /* Read the page number header */
+ fd = pPager->jfd;
+ rc = read32bits(fd, pPager->journalOff, &pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/
+ if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/
+ if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/
-/*
-** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur);
+ /* Read the checksum */
+ rc = read32bits(fd, pPager->journalOff+pPager->pageSize+4, &cksum);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/
-/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+ /* Read the data and verify the checksum */
+ aData = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, pPager->journalOff+4);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/
+ if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/
+ /* Reach this point only if the page is valid */
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) */
/*
-** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
**
-** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
-** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
-** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
-** of this interface is recursive.
+** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
+** available for use within this function.
**
-** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
-** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other
-** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
-** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on
-** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
-** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
-** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
+** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
+** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
+** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
+**
+** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
+**
+** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
+** journals have been rolled back.
+**
+** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
+** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
+** each child journal, it checks if:
+**
+** * if the child journal exists, and if so
+** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
+** file zMaster
+**
+** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
+** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
+** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
+** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
+** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
+** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
+** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
+** size.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
- Btree *pLater;
-
- /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees
- ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
- ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
- ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
- assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
- assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
- assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
- assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
- assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
+static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
+ sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
+ char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+ i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */
- /* Check for locking consistency */
- assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
- assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
-
- /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
- if( !p->sharable ) return;
- p->wantToLock++;
- if( p->locked ) return;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
- /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
- ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
- ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block.
+ /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
+ ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
*/
- if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->locked = 1;
- return;
+ pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
+ pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+ if( !pMaster ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
}
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
- /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
- ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire
- ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
- ** order.
- */
- for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
- assert( pLater->sharable );
- assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
- assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
- if( pLater->locked ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
- pLater->locked = 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->locked = 1;
- for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
- if( pLater->wantToLock ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pLater->pBt->mutex);
- pLater->locked = 1;
- }
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP */
-}
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-/*
-** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
- if( p->sharable ){
- assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
- p->wantToLock--;
- if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
- assert( p->locked );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->locked = 0;
+ if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
+ char *zJournal;
+ char *zMasterPtr = 0;
+ int nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+
+ /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+ ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.
+ */
+ zMasterJournal = (char *)sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr);
+ if( !zMasterJournal ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto delmaster_out;
}
- }
-}
+ zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal];
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree.
-**
-** This routine makes no determination one why or another if the
-** database connection mutex is held.
-**
-** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
- return (p->sharable==0 ||
- (p->locked && p->wantToLock && sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)));
-}
-#endif
+ zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+ while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+ int exists;
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+ if( exists ){
+ /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+ ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+ ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+ */
+ int c;
+ int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+ rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
-** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
-** omitted if that module is not used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+ c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
+ if( c ){
+ /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+ }
+ zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+
+delmaster_out:
+ if( zMasterJournal ){
+ sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
+ }
+ if( pMaster ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+ assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pMaster);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
/*
-** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
-** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
-** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
-** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
-** reset out from under us.
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
+** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
+** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
**
-** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+** If the main database file is not open, or an exclusive lock is not
+** held, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size of the file is
+** changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). If the file
+** on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
+** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
**
-** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
-** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
-** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
-** at the same instant.
+** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
+** the end of the new file instead.
+**
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
+** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- Btree *p, *pLater;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && p->sharable ){
- p->wantToLock++;
- if( !p->locked ){
- assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
- while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
- while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
- for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
- if( pLater->locked ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
- pLater->locked = 0;
- }
- }
- while( p ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->locked++;
- p = p->pNext;
- }
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ i64 currentSize, newSize;
+ /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize);
+ newSize = pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
+ if( currentSize>newSize ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, "", 1, newSize-1);
}
- }
- }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- Btree *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && p->sharable ){
- assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
- p->wantToLock--;
- if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
- assert( p->locked );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->locked = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
}
}
}
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
-** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
+** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
+** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
+** master journal pointers within created journal files.
**
-** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
+** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
+**
+** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
+** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 512 if
+** it is less than 512, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
+** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
- return 0;
+static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+ if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+ /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
+ ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
+ ** call will segfault.
+ */
+ pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
}
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *p;
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && p->sharable &&
- (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
- return 0;
- }
+ if( pPager->sectorSize<512 ){
+ pPager->sectorSize = 512;
+ }
+ if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
+ assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
+ pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
}
- return 1;
}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
/*
-** Add a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray.
-** if the pointer can possibly be shared with
-** another database connection.
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.
**
-** The pointers are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt. That
-** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them
-** in order without every having to backup and retry and without
-** worrying about deadlock.
+** The journal file format is as follows:
**
-** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1)
-** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here.
+** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+** number of page records from the journal size.
+** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
+** sanity checksum.
+** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+** database to during a rollback.
+** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
+** is this many bytes in size.
+** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page case.
+** (7) 4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
+** name. The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
+** journal.)
+** (8) N bytes of the master journal name. The name will be nul-terminated
+** and might be shorter than the value read from (5). If the first byte
+** of the name is \000 then there is no master journal. The master
+** journal name is stored in UTF-8.
+** (9) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+** + 4 byte page number.
+** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+** + 4 byte checksum
+**
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 8 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 9th item.
+**
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
+**
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
+**
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
+**
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
+**
+** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
+** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
+** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
+** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
+** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
+** needed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){
- int i, j;
- BtShared *pBt;
- if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- {
- for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
- assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
- }
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+ u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */
+ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
+ Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
+ int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */
+ int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
+ char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */
+ int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
+
+ /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
+ ** the journal is empty.
+ */
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){
+ goto end_playback;
}
-#endif
- assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 );
- assert( pArray->nMutex<sizeof(pArray->aBtree)/sizeof(pArray->aBtree[0])-1 );
- pBt = pBtree->pBt;
- for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
- assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
- if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){
- for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){
- pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1];
- }
- pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree;
- pArray->nMutex++;
- return;
- }
+
+ /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+ ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+ ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+ ** played back.
+ **
+ ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
+ ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
+ ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
+ ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
+ ** for pageSize.
+ */
+ zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
}
- pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree;
-}
+ zMaster = 0;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ needPagerReset = isHot;
-/*
-** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array. This routine is
-** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec(). The mutexes are
-** exited at the end of the same function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
- Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
- /* Some basic sanity checking */
- assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
- assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+ /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
+ ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
+ ** occurs.
+ */
+ while( 1 ){
+ int isUnsync = 0;
- /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
+ ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+ ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
+ ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+ */
+ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
- p->wantToLock++;
- if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->locked = 1;
+ /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+ ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+ ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+ ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+ */
+ if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+ nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
}
- }
-}
-/*
-** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
- Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
- /* Some basic sanity checking */
- assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
- assert( p->locked || !p->sharable );
- assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+ /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
+ ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
+ ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
+ ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
+ ** size of the file.
+ **
+ ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
+ ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
+ ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
+ ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
+ ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
+ ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
+ ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
+ */
+ testcase( nRec==0 && !isHot
+ && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)!=pPager->journalOff
+ && ((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager))>0
+ && pagerNextJournalPageIsValid(pPager)
+ );
+ if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
+ pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
+ nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+ isUnsync = 1;
+ }
- /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+ ** database file back to its original size.
+ */
+ if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+ rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
+ pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+ }
- p->wantToLock--;
- if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->locked = 0;
+ /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
+ ** database file and/or page cache.
+ */
+ for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
+ if( needPagerReset ){
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ needPagerReset = 0;
+ }
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,1,isUnsync,&pPager->journalOff,0,0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ /* If we are unable to rollback, then the database is probably
+ ** going to end up being corrupt. It is corrupt to us, anyhow.
+ ** Perhaps the next process to come along can fix it....
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto end_playback;
+ }
+ }
}
}
-}
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ assert( 0 );
+
+end_playback:
+ /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
+ ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
+ ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
+ ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
+ */
+ assert(
+ pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ||
+ sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0)>=SQLITE_OK
+ );
+ /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
+ ** malloc error that occured after the change-counter was updated but
+ ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
+ ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
+ ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
+ ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
+ ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
+ ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
+ */
+ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
+ /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
+ ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
+ */
+ rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+
+ /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+ ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
+ ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+ */
+ setSectorSize(pPager);
+ return rc;
+}
-/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
/*
-** 2004 April 6
+** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
+** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
+** savepoint.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
+** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
+** performed in the order specified:
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
+** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
+** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
+** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btree.c,v 1.495 2008/08/02 17:36:46 danielk1977 Exp $
+** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
+** back starting from the journal header immediately following
+** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
**
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
-** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
+** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
+** the journal file.
+**
+** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
+** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
+** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
+** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
+**
+** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
+** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
+**
+** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
+** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
+** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
*/
+static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
+ i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */
+ i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
-/*
-** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database.
-*/
-static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-/*
-** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
-** macro.
-*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3BtreeTrace=0; /* True to enable tracing */
-# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
-#else
-# define TRACE(X)
-#endif
+ /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
+ if( pSavepoint ){
+ pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
+ if( !pDone ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
+ ** being reverted was opened.
+ */
+ pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
+ /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
+ ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
+ ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
+ ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
+ */
+ szJ = pPager->journalOff;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** A flag to indicate whether or not shared cache is enabled. Also,
-** a list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
-** in shared cache. The variables have file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access these variables so we make them
-** global for test builds.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = 0;
-#else
-static BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-static int sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = 0;
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
-**
-** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
-** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
-** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
- sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = enable;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Forward declaration
-*/
-static int checkReadLocks(Btree*, Pgno, BtCursor*, i64);
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- /*
- ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables()
- ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
- ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
- ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
- ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
- ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
- */
- #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
- #define lockTable(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
- #define unlockAllTables(a)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
-** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or
-** SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
-*/
-static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock *pIter;
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( p->db!=0 );
-
- /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
- if( !p->sharable ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
- ** requested lock may not be obtained.
- */
- if( pBt->pExclusive && pBt->pExclusive!=p ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
-
- /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is
- ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is
- ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks
- ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag
- ** is not considered.
- **
- ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the
- ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list
- ** (BtShared.pLock).
- **
- ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do
- ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a
- ** write-cursor does not change.
+ /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
+ ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
+ ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
+ ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
+ ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
+ ** are played back.
*/
- if(
- 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ||
- eLock==WRITE_LOCK ||
- iTab==MASTER_ROOT
- ){
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab &&
- (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
+ if( pSavepoint ){
+ iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
+ pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 1, 0, &pPager->journalOff, 1, pDone);
}
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ }else{
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
-** WRITE_LOCK.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned.
-*/
-static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock *pLock = 0;
- BtLock *pIter;
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( p->db!=0 );
-
- /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
- if( !p->sharable ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- assert( SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
- /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested,
- ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See
- ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling
- ** the ReadUncommitted flag.
+ /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
+ ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
+ ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
+ ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
*/
- if(
- (p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) &&
- (eLock==READ_LOCK) &&
- iTable!=MASTER_ROOT
- ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
+ u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
+ u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
+ u32 dummy;
+ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
- pLock = pIter;
- break;
+ /*
+ ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
+ ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
+ ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
+ */
+ assert( !(nJRec==0
+ && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)!=pPager->journalOff
+ && ((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager))>0
+ && pagerNextJournalPageIsValid(pPager))
+ );
+ if( nJRec==0
+ && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
+ ){
+ nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
}
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 1, 0, &pPager->journalOff, 1, pDone);
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
}
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff==szJ );
- /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
- ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+ /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
+ ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
+ ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
*/
- if( !pLock ){
- pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
- if( !pLock ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( pSavepoint ){
+ u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
+ i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+ for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
+ assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 0, 0, &offset, 1, pDone);
}
- pLock->iTable = iTable;
- pLock->pBtree = p;
- pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
- pBt->pLock = pLock;
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
}
- /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
- ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
- ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
- */
- assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
- if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
- pLock->eLock = eLock;
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->journalOff = szJ;
}
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable()
-** procedure) held by Btree handle p.
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
*/
-static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
-
- while( *ppIter ){
- BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
- assert( pBt->pExclusive==0 || pBt->pExclusive==pLock->pBtree );
- if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
- *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
- sqlite3_free(pLock);
- }else{
- ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
- }
- }
-
- if( pBt->pExclusive==p ){
- pBt->pExclusive = 0;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+ sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
/*
-** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared
+** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
+** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
+** the rollback journal. There are three levels:
+**
+** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
+** for temporary and transient files.
+**
+** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
+** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+** in a state which would cause damage to the database
+** when it is rolled back.
+**
+** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+** of the journal header - being written in between the two
+** syncs). If we assume that writing a
+** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
- return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int bFullFsync){
+ pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+ pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+ pPager->sync_flags = (bFullFsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+ if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
}
#endif
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
+** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
+** testing and analysis only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
+** Open a temporary file.
+**
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
+** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
+**
+** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
+** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
+**
+** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
*/
-static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
- pCur->aOverflow = 0;
+static int pagerOpentemp(
+ Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */
+ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */
+ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
+#endif
+
+ vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
-*/
-static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
- BtCursor *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- invalidateOverflowCache(p);
- }
+** Set the busy handler function.
+**
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
+** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
+** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
+**
+** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
+** --------------------------------------------------------
+** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
+** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
+** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
+** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
+**
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
+** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
+** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
+ void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
+){
+ pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
+ pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the reinitializer for this pager. If not NULL, the reinitializer
+** is called when the content of a page in cache is modified (restored)
+** as part of a transaction or savepoint rollback. The callback gives
+** higher-level code an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to
+** agree with the restored page data.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*)){
+ pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
}
-#else
- #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
- #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
-#endif
/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
-** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
+** is passed in *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
+** one of SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT or SQLITE_FULL).
+**
+** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
+**
+** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
+** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
+**
+** * there are no outstanding page references, and
+**
+** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
+** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
+**
+** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
+** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
+** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
+** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
*/
-static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc;
-
- assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
- assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
-
- /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
- ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
- ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
- ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key
- ** data.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->pPage->intKey){
- void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc(pCur->nKey);
- if( pKey ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, pCur->nKey, pKey);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->pKey = pKey;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize){
+ int rc = pPager->errCode;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u16 pageSize = *pPageSize;
+ assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
+ if( pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize
+ && (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
+ && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
+ ){
+ char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
+ if( !pNew ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- sqlite3_free(pKey);
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+ sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
+ sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
}
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ *pPageSize = (u16)pPager->pageSize;
}
- assert( !pCur->pPage->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pCur->pPage);
- pCur->pPage = 0;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
- }
-
- invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table
-** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
-** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
+** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
+** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
+** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
+** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
+** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
+** no rollbacks are happening.
*/
-static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
- BtCursor *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) &&
- p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
- int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->pTmpSpace;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
+** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
+** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
+**
+** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+ if( mxPage>0 ){
+ pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
+ return pPager->mxPgno;
}
/*
-** Clear the current cursor position.
+** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
+** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
+** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
+**
+** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
+** and generate no code.
*/
-static void clearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
- pCur->pKey = 0;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+static int saved_cnt;
+void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+ saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+ sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
}
+void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+ sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
+}
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+#endif
/*
-** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
-** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
-** saveCursorPosition().
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to.
+**
+** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
+** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
+** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
+** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
+**
+** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
+** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
+** output buffer undefined.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
- return pCur->skip;
- }
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, 0, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
- pCur->pKey = 0;
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ memset(pDest, 0, N);
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
return rc;
}
-#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
- (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
- sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
- SQLITE_OK)
-
/*
-** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
-** was last placed at. Cursor can move when the row they are pointing
-** at is deleted out from under them.
+** Return the total number of pages in the database file associated
+** with pPager. Normally, this is calculated as (<db file size>/<page-size>).
+** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
+** this is considered a 1 page file.
**
-** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The
-** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not.
+** If the pager is in error state when this function is called, then the
+** error state error code is returned and *pnPage left unchanged. Or,
+** if the file system has to be queried for the size of the file and
+** the query attempt returns an IO error, the IO error code is returned
+** and *pnPage is left unchanged.
+**
+** Otherwise, if everything is successful, then SQLITE_OK is returned
+** and *pnPage is set to the number of pages in the database.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
- int rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
+ Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc ){
- *pHasMoved = 1;
- return rc;
+ /* If the pager is already in the error state, return the error code. */
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ return pPager->errCode;
}
- if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skip!=0 ){
- *pHasMoved = 1;
+
+ /* Determine the number of pages in the file. Store this in nPage. */
+ if( pPager->dbSizeValid ){
+ nPage = pPager->dbSize;
}else{
- *pHasMoved = 0;
+ int rc; /* Error returned by OsFileSize() */
+ i64 n = 0; /* File size in bytes returned by OsFileSize() */
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))) ){
+ pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( n>0 && n<pPager->pageSize ){
+ nPage = 1;
+ }else{
+ nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize);
+ }
+ if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+ pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+ pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
+ pPager->dbSizeValid = 1;
+ }
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
-** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
-** input page number.
-*/
-static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- int nPagesPerMapPage, iPtrMap, ret;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
- iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
- ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
- if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- ret++;
+ /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
+ ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
+ ** that the file can be read.
+ */
+ if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
+ pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
}
- return ret;
+
+ /* Set the output variable and return SQLITE_OK */
+ if( pnPage ){
+ *pnPage = nPage;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
/*
-** Write an entry into the pointer map.
+** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
+** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
+** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
**
-** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
-** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
+** obtain the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
+** variable to locktype before returning.
*/
-static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
- u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */
- Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */
- int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */
- int rc;
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
- assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+ /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */
+ assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
+ assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
- if( key==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
- pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+ /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSizeValid==0 );
- if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
- TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+ /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
+ ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
+ ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
+ ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
+ */
+ assert( (pPager->state>=locktype)
+ || (pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && locktype==PAGER_SHARED)
+ || (pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED && locktype==PAGER_EXCLUSIVE)
+ );
+
+ if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ do {
+ rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype);
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
- put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
+ pPager->state = (u8)locktype;
+ IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype))
}
}
-
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Read an entry from the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
-** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
+** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
*/
-static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
- int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */
- u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */
- int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
- int rc;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-
- iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return rc;
- }
- pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-
- offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
- assert( pEType!=0 );
- *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
- if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
-
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+ assert( pPager->dbSizeValid );
+ assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+ pPager->dbSize = nPage;
}
-#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
- #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
- #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
- #define ptrmapPutOvfl(y,z) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
/*
-** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
-** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
-** to the cell content.
+** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
**
-** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
-*/
-#define findCell(P,I) \
- ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)])))
-
-/*
-** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
-** pages that do contain overflow cells. See insert
-*/
-static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- int i;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
- int k;
- struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
- pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
- k = pOvfl->idx;
- if( k<=iCell ){
- if( k==iCell ){
- return pOvfl->pCell;
- }
- iCell--;
- }
- }
- return findCell(pPage, iCell);
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There
-** are two versions of this function. sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a
-** cell index as the second argument and sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr()
-** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
**
-** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
-** sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
+** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
+** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
+** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
+** to the caller.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
- u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */
- CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
-){
- int n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */
- u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
- pInfo->pCell = pCell;
- assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
- n = pPage->childPtrSize;
- assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
- }else{
- nPayload = 0;
- }
- n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
- pInfo->nData = nPayload;
- }else{
- pInfo->nData = 0;
- n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
- pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
- }
- pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
- pInfo->nHeader = n;
- if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
- /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
- ** on the local page. No overflow is required.
- */
- int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
- nSize = nPayload + n;
- pInfo->nLocal = nPayload;
- pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
- if( (nSize & ~3)==0 ){
- nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
- }
- pInfo->nSize = nSize;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
+ disable_simulated_io_errors();
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ pPager->errCode = 0;
+ pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
}else{
- /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
- ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
- ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
- ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
- ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
- **
- ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
- ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+ /* Set Pager.journalHdr to -1 for the benefit of the pager_playback()
+ ** call which may be made from within pagerUnlockAndRollback(). If it
+ ** is not -1, then the unsynced portion of an open journal file may
+ ** be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs while
+ ** this is happening, the database may become corrupt.
*/
- int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
- int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
- int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
-
- minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
- maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
- surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
- if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
- pInfo->nLocal = surplus;
- }else{
- pInfo->nLocal = minLocal;
- }
- pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n;
- pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+ pPager->journalHdr = -1;
+ pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
}
-}
-#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
- sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
- int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */
- CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
-){
- parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
-}
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ enable_simulated_io_errors();
+ PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+ sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
-/*
-** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
-** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell
-** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
-** the space used by the cell pointer.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- CellInfo info;
- sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
- return info.nSize;
-}
-#endif
-static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
- CellInfo info;
- sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- return info.nSize;
-}
+ assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
+ assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
-*/
-static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
- CellInfo info;
- assert( pCell!=0 );
- sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
- if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
- Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
- return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
- }
+ sqlite3_free(pPager);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
-** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
+** Return the page number for page pPg.
*/
-static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- u8 *pCell;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell);
- return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
+ return pPg->pgno;
}
#endif
-
/*
-** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the
-** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
-** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
-** pointer array and the cell content area.
+** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
*/
-static void defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */
- int addr; /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
- int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */
- int size; /* Size of a cell */
- int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
- int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
- int brk; /* Offset to the cell content area */
- int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */
- unsigned char *data; /* The page data */
- unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */
-
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
- assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
- usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
- brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk);
- brk = usableSize;
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */
- pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
- pc = get2byte(pAddr);
- assert( pc<pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
- brk -= size;
- memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size);
- put2byte(pAddr, brk);
- }
- assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk);
- data[hdr+1] = 0;
- data[hdr+2] = 0;
- data[hdr+7] = 0;
- addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
- memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
+ sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
}
/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
+** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
**
-** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
-** the new allocation. The caller guarantees that there is enough
-** space. This routine will never fail.
+** If the Pager.needSync flag is not set, then this function is a
+** no-op. Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode
+** and the device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
**
-** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
-** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
-** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before
-** allocating the new chunk.
+** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
+** be taken.
+**
+** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
+** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
+** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
+** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
+** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
+**
+** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
+** journal file is synced.
+**
+** Or, in pseudo-code:
+**
+** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
+** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
+** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
+** <update nRec field>
+** }
+** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
+** }
+**
+** The Pager.needSync flag is never be set for temporary files, or any
+** file operating in no-sync mode (Pager.noSync set to non-zero).
+**
+** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
+** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
+** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
*/
-static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
- int addr, pc, hdr;
- int size;
- int nFrag;
- int top;
- int nCell;
- int cellOffset;
- unsigned char *data;
-
- data = pPage->aData;
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->pBt );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
- assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- pPage->nFree -= nByte;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
+ if( pPager->needSync ){
+ assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+ if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- nFrag = data[hdr+7];
- if( nFrag<60 ){
- /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
- ** space request. */
- addr = hdr+1;
- while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
- size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
- if( size>=nByte ){
- if( size<nByte+4 ){
- memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
- data[hdr+7] = nFrag + size - nByte;
- return pc;
- }else{
- put2byte(&data[pc+2], size-nByte);
- return pc + size - nByte;
+ if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+ /* Variable iNRecOffset is set to the offset in the journal file
+ ** of the nRec field of the most recently written journal header.
+ ** This field will be updated following the xSync() operation
+ ** on the journal file. */
+ i64 iNRecOffset = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic);
+
+ /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
+ ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
+ ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
+ ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
+ ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
+ ** previous connections transaction), and a crash or power-failure
+ ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
+ ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
+ ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
+ ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
+ ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
+ ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
+ **
+ ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
+ ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
+ ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
+ **
+ ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
+ ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
+ ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
+ ** the potential journal header.
+ */
+ i64 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+ u8 aMagic[8];
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
+ static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+ ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+ ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+ ** it as a candidate for rollback.
+ **
+ ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
+ ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
+ ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
+ ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
+ ** and never needs to be updated.
+ */
+ if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
+ IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, iNRecOffset, 4));
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iNRecOffset, pPager->nRec);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags|
+ (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- addr = pc;
}
- }
- /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
- ** and the cell content area.
- */
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
- if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
- defragmentPage(pPage);
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ /* The journal file was just successfully synced. Set Pager.needSync
+ ** to zero and clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on all pagess.
+ */
+ pPager->needSync = 0;
+ pPager->journalStarted = 1;
+ sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
}
- top -= nByte;
- assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
- return top;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
-** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
-** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
+** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
+** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
+** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
+** a no-op.
**
-** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
-** free blocks into a single big free block.
+** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
+** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
+** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
+**
+** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
+** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
+** written out.
+**
+** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
+** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
+** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
+**
+** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
+** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
+**
+** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
+** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
+** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
+** the database file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
+** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
+** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
*/
-static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
- int addr, pbegin, hdr;
- unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
+ Pager *pPager; /* Pager object */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
- assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+ if( pList==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ pPager = pList->pPager;
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE
- ** option is enabled at compile-time */
- memset(&data[start], 0, size);
-#endif
+ /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
+ ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
+ ** call is a no-op.
+ **
+ ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
+ ** through an intermediate state PENDING. A PENDING lock prevents new
+ ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
+ ** write. The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
+ ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
+ **
+ ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
+ ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
+ ** journal into the original database file. Once we transition to
+ ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
+ ** will require a journal playback.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- addr = hdr + 1;
- while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
- assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- assert( pbegin>addr );
- addr = pbegin;
+ /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
+ ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
+ ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
+ */
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
}
- assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
- put2byte(&data[addr], start);
- put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
- put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
- pPage->nFree += size;
- /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
- addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
- while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
- int pnext, psize;
- assert( pbegin>addr );
- assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
- psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
- if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
- int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
- assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] );
- data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag;
- put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext]));
- put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
+ Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
+
+ /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
+ ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
+ ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
+ ** any such pages to the file.
+ **
+ ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
+ ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
+ */
+ if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
+ i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
+ char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6); /* Data to write */
+
+ /* Write out the page data. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
+
+ /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
+ ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
+ ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
+ */
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ }
+ if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+ }
+
+ /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
+ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8 *)pData);
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
+ IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+ PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
+ PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
}else{
- addr = pbegin;
+ PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList);
+#endif
+ pList = pList->pDirty;
}
- /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
- if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
- int top;
- pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]));
- }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
-** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
+** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
+** that it is really required before calling this function.
**
-** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different
-** indicates a corrupt database files:
+** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
+** for all open savepoints before returning.
**
-** PTF_ZERODATA
-** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
-** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
-** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
+** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
+** bitvec.
*/
-static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
- BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
-
- assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- pPage->leaf = flagByte>>3; assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
- flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
- pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
- pPage->intKey = 1;
- pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
- pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
- pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
- }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
- pPage->intKey = 0;
- pPage->hasData = 0;
- pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
- pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ if( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ void *pData = pPg->pData;
+ i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+ char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+
+ assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
+ }
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->nSubRec++;
+ assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
+ rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
+** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
+** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
+** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
+** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
+** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
+** argument.
**
-** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which
-** is the parent of the page being initialized. The root of a
-** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL.
+** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
+** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
+** journal file.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
-** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
-** we failed to detect any corruption.
+** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
+** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
+** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
+** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(
- MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be initialized */
- MemPage *pParent /* The parent. Might be NULL */
-){
- int pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
- int hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */
- u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */
- int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */
- int cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
- int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
- int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */
+static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- assert( pBt!=0 );
- assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
- if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){
- /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){
- pPage->pParent = pParent;
- sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
- }
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- data = pPage->aData;
- if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
- pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
- pPage->idxShift = 0;
- usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
- pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
- /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){
- /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+ assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+
+ /* The doNotSync flag is set by the sqlite3PagerWrite() function while it
+ ** is journalling a set of two or more database pages that are stored
+ ** on the same disk sector. Syncing the journal is not allowed while
+ ** this is happening as it is important that all members of such a
+ ** set of pages are synced to disk together. So, if the page this function
+ ** is trying to make clean will require a journal sync and the doNotSync
+ ** flag is set, return without doing anything. The pcache layer will
+ ** just have to go ahead and allocate a new page buffer instead of
+ ** reusing pPg.
+ **
+ ** Similarly, if the pager has already entered the error state, do not
+ ** try to write the contents of pPg to disk.
+ */
+ if( pPager->errCode || (pPager->doNotSync && pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- /* Compute the total free space on the page */
- pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
- while( pc>0 ){
- int next, size;
- if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
- /* Free block is off the page */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
- size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
- if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
- /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ /* Sync the journal file if required. */
+ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+ rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync &&
+ !(pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) &&
+ !(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
+ ){
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
}
- nFree += size;
- pc = next;
- }
- pPage->nFree = nFree;
- if( nFree>=usableSize ){
- /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
-#if 0
- /* Check that all the offsets in the cell offset array are within range.
- **
- ** Omitting this consistency check and using the pPage->maskPage mask
- ** to prevent overrunning the page buffer in findCell() results in a
- ** 2.5% performance gain.
+ /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
+ ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
+ ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
+ ** actually write data to the file in this case.
+ **
+ ** Consider the following sequence of events:
+ **
+ ** BEGIN;
+ ** <journal page X>
+ ** <modify page X>
+ ** SAVEPOINT sp;
+ ** <shrink database file to Y pages>
+ ** pagerStress(page X)
+ ** ROLLBACK TO sp;
+ **
+ ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
+ ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
+ ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
+ ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
+ ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
+ ** was executed.
+ **
+ ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
+ ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
+ ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
+ ** executed.
*/
- {
- u8 *pOff; /* Iterator used to check all cell offsets are in range */
- u8 *pEnd; /* Pointer to end of cell offset array */
- u8 mask; /* Mask of bits that must be zero in MSB of cell offsets */
- mask = ~(((u8)(pBt->pageSize>>8))-1);
- pEnd = &data[cellOffset + pPage->nCell*2];
- for(pOff=&data[cellOffset]; pOff!=pEnd && !((*pOff)&mask); pOff+=2);
- if( pOff!=pEnd ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+ rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
}
-#endif
- pPage->isInit = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPg->pDirty = 0;
+ rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
+ }
-/*
-** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
-** no entries.
-*/
-static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
- unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- int first;
+ /* Mark the page as clean. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+ }
- assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /*memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);*/
- data[hdr] = flags;
- first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0);
- memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
- data[hdr+7] = 0;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
- pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
- decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
- pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
- pPage->cellOffset = first;
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
- assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
- pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
- pPage->idxShift = 0;
- pPage->nCell = 0;
- pPage->isInit = 1;
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
+
/*
-** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
+** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
+** to sqlite3PagerClose().
**
-** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
-** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk
-** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
-** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
-** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
-** read should occur at that point.
+** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
+** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
+** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
+** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
+**
+** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
+** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
+** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
+**
+** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
+** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
+** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags.
+**
+** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
+** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
+**
+** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
+** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
+** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
+** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
+** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */
- Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */
- MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */
- int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */
+ Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */
+ int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+ int flags, /* flags controlling this file */
+ int vfsFlags /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage;
- DbPage *pDbPage;
+ u8 *pPtr;
+ Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
+ int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
+ int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
+ int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
+ char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */
+ int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
+ int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
+ int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; /* True to omit read-lock */
+ int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
+ u16 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */
+
+ /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
+ ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
+ ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
+ ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
+ ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
+ ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
+ ** source file journal.c).
+ */
+ if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
+ journalFileSize = sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs);
+ }else{
+ journalFileSize = sqlite3MemJournalSize();
+ }
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
- pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
- pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
- pPage->pBt = pBt;
- pPage->pgno = pgno;
- pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
- *ppPage = pPage;
+ /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
+ *ppPager = 0;
+
+ /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
+ ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
+ ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
+ */
+ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+ nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
+ if( zPathname==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+ if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
+ memDb = 1;
+ zPathname[0] = 0;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
+ rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
+ }
+
+ nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
+ /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
+ ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
+ ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
+ ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
+ ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(zPathname);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
+ ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
+ ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
+ **
+ ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
+ ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
+ ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
+ ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
+ ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
+ ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
+ ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
+ */
+ pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
+ sizeof(*pPager) + /* Pager structure */
+ pcacheSize + /* PCache object */
+ pVfs->szOsFile + /* The main db file */
+ journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
+ nPathname + 1 + /* zFilename */
+ nPathname + 8 + 1 /* zJournal */
+ );
+ if( !pPtr ){
+ sqlite3_free(zPathname);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr);
+ pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += sizeof(*pPager));
+ pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += pcacheSize);
+ pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += pVfs->szOsFile);
+ pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+ pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+
+ /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
+ if( zPathname ){
+ pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1);
+ memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
+ memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
+ memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
+ sqlite3_free(zPathname);
+ }
+ pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
+ pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
+
+ /* Open the pager file.
+ */
+ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){
+ int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
+ readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+
+ /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
+ ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
+ ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
+ **
+ ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
+ ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
+ ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
+ setSectorSize(pPager);
+ assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
+ if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
+ if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
+ szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+ }else{
+ szPageDflt = (u16)pPager->sectorSize;
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ {
+ int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+ int ii;
+ assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+ assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+ assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
+ for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
+ if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
+ szPageDflt = ii;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
+ ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
+ ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
+ **
+ ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
+ ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
+ ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
+ */
+ tempFile = 1;
+ pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+ }
+
+ /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
+ ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt);
+ testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+
+ /* If an error occured in either of the blocks above, free the
+ ** Pager structure and close the file.
+ */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+ sqlite3_free(pPager);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the PCache object. */
+ nExtra = FORCE_ALIGNMENT(nExtra);
+ sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
+ !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
+ IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
+
+ pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
+ pPager->noReadlock = (noReadlock && readOnly) ?1:0;
+ /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
+ /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
+ /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
+ pPager->dbSizeValid = (u8)memDb;
+ /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
+ /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
+ /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
+ pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
+ /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
+ assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
+ /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
+ pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
+ assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+ || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+ assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
+ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
+ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+ pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
+ pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
+ /* pPager->needSync = 0; */
+ pPager->noSync = (pPager->tempFile || !useJournal) ?1:0;
+ pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1;
+ pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
+ /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
+ /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
+ pPager->nExtra = nExtra;
+ pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
+ setSectorSize(pPager);
+ if( memDb ){
+ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
+ }
+ /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
+ /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
+ /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
+ *ppPager = pPager;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+
/*
-** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine
-** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
-** sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and sqlite3BtreeInitPage().
+** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
+** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
+** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
+** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
+** file exists if the following three criteria are met:
+**
+** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
+** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
+** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size.
+**
+** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
+** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
+** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
+** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+**
+** This routine does not open the journal file to examine its
+** content. Hence, the journal might contain the name of a master
+** journal file that has been deleted, and hence not be hot. Or
+** the header of the journal might be zeroed out. This routine
+** does not discover these cases of a non-hot journal - if the
+** journal file exists and is not empty this routine assumes it
+** is hot. The pager_playback() routine will discover that the
+** journal file is not really hot and will no-op.
+**
+** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
+** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
+** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
+** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
*/
-static int getAndInitPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
- Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */
- MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */
- MemPage *pParent /* Parent of the page */
-){
- int rc;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pgno==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(*ppPage, pParent);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- *ppPage = 0;
+static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
+ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int exists = 0; /* True if a journal file is present */
+ int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
+
+ assert( pPager!=0 );
+ assert( pPager->useJournal );
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+ *pExists = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
+ int nPage;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( nPage==0 ){
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ }else{
+ *pExists = 1;
+ }
+ }
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior
-** call to sqlite3BtreeGetPage.
+** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
+** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
+** file before this function is called.
+**
+** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
+** the value read from the database file.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
- if( pPage ){
- assert( pPage->aData );
- assert( pPage->pBt );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
+static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
+ Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ i64 iOffset; /* Byte offset of file to read from */
+
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED && !MEMDB );
+
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ assert( pPager->tempFile );
+ memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+ }
+ iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
+ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
}
+ CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3);
+
+ PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
+ PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
+ IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+ PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This routine is called when the reference count for a page
-** reaches zero. We need to unref the pParent pointer when that
-** happens.
+** This function is called whenever the upper layer requests a database
+** page is requested, before the cache is checked for a suitable page
+** or any data is read from the database. It performs the following
+** two functions:
+**
+** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_UNLOCK state (no lock held
+** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
+** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
+** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
+** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
+** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
+** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
+** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
+**
+** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
+** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
+** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
+** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
+** file.
+**
+** If the operation described by (2) above is not attempted, and if the
+** pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL when this is called,
+** the error state error code is returned. It is permitted to read the
+** database when in SQLITE_FULL error state.
+**
+** Otherwise, if everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
+** IO error occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal
+** file or rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
*/
-static void pageDestructor(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){
- MemPage *pPage;
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
- assert( pPage->isInit==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- if( pPage->pParent ){
- MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
- assert( pParent->pBt==pPage->pBt );
- pPage->pParent = 0;
- releasePage(pParent);
+static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int isErrorReset = 0; /* True if recovering from error state */
+
+ /* If this database is opened for exclusive access, has no outstanding
+ ** page references and is in an error-state, this is a chance to clear
+ ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and treat any
+ ** open journal file as a hot-journal.
+ */
+ if( !MEMDB && pPager->exclusiveMode
+ && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 && pPager->errCode
+ ){
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ isErrorReset = 1;
+ }
+ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+ pager_reset(pPager);
}
- pPage->isInit = 0;
+
+ /* If the pager is still in an error state, do not proceed. The error
+ ** state will be cleared at some point in the future when all page
+ ** references are dropped and the cache can be discarded.
+ */
+ if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
+ return pPager->errCode;
+ }
+
+ if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isErrorReset ){
+ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ int isHotJournal = 0;
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+ if( !pPager->noReadlock ){
+ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK );
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ }
+ }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+ pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+ }
+ assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+ /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+ ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+ */
+ if( !isErrorReset ){
+ rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &isHotJournal);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ }
+ if( isErrorReset || isHotJournal ){
+ /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+ ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+ ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+ ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+ ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
+ ** hot-journal back.
+ **
+ ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
+ ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
+ ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
+ ** on the database file.
+ */
+ if( pPager->state<EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+ }
+
+ /* Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in
+ ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and
+ ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the
+ ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires
+ ** a read/write file handle.
+ */
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ int res;
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs,pPager->zJournal,SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS,&res);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( res ){
+ int fout = 0;
+ int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+ assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* If the journal does not exist, that means some other process
+ ** has already rolled it back */
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto failed;
+ }
+
+ /* TODO: Why are these cleared here? Is it necessary? */
+ pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+
+ /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
+ ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
+ ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
+ ** an inconsistent cache.
+ */
+ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ assert( (pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED)
+ || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED)
+ );
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
+ /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
+ ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
+ ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database
+ ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the
+ ** cache.
+ **
+ ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
+ ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
+ ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
+ ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
+ ** a codec is in use.
+ **
+ ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
+ ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
+ ** it can be neglected.
+ */
+ char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
+ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
+
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ rc = pPager->errCode;
+ goto failed;
+ }
+
+ assert( pPager->dbSizeValid );
+ if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){
+ IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ }else{
+ memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
+ }
+
+ if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED );
+ }
+
+ failed:
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* pager_unlock() is a no-op for exclusive mode and in-memory databases. */
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
-** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
-** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
-** page to agree with the restored data.
-*/
-static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){
- MemPage *pPage;
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
- if( pPage->isInit ){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
+** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
+** transaction and unlock the pager.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
+ if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
+ pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
}
}
/*
-** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+** Drop a page from the cache using sqlite3PcacheDrop().
+**
+** If this means there are now no pages with references to them, a rollback
+** occurs and the lock on the database is removed.
*/
-static int sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg, int n){
- BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
- assert( pBt->db );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
- return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+static void pagerDropPage(DbPage *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+ pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
}
/*
-** Open a database file.
-**
-** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
-** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named
-** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
-** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
+** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
+** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
+** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** This function calls pagerSharedLock() to obtain a SHARED lock on
+** the database file if such a lock or greater is not already held.
+** This may cause hot-journal rollback or a cache purge. See comments
+** above function pagerSharedLock() for details.
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
+** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
+** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
+** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
+** object with no outstanding references.
+**
+** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
+** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
+** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
+** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
+**
+** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
+** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
+** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
+** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
+** page is initialized to all zeros.
+**
+** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
+** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios:
+**
+** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
+**
+** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
+** a new page into the cache to populate with the data read
+** from the savepoint journal.
+**
+** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
+** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
+** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
+** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
+** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
+** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
+** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
+** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
- sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */
- Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
- int flags, /* Options */
- int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
+ Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
+ DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+ int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS to use for this btree */
- BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */
- Btree *p; /* Handle to return */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int nReserve;
- unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
+ PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+ int rc;
- /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
- ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if
- ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled
- ** into the library.
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK
+ || sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0
+ || pgno==1
+ );
+
+ /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
+ ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
- #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- const int isMemdb = 0;
- #else
- const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:");
- #endif
-#endif
+ if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
- assert( db!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors.
+ */
+ assert( pPager!=0 );
+ *ppPage = 0;
- pVfs = db->pVfs;
- p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock
+ ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if
+ ** a database lock is already held.
+ */
+ rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- p->db = db;
+ assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /*
- ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
- ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
- */
- if( isMemdb==0
- && (db->flags & SQLITE_Vtab)==0
- && zFilename && zFilename[0]
- ){
- if( sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled ){
- int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
- char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
- sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
- p->sharable = 1;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache;
- if( !zFullPathname ){
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, &pPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
+ assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
+ if( pPg->pPager==0 ){
+ /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
+ ** be initialized.
+ */
+ int nMax;
+ PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
+ pPg->pPager = pPager;
+
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nMax);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || noContent ){
+ if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
+ return SQLITE_FULL;
}
- sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
- mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
- for(pBt=sqlite3SharedCacheList; pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
- assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
- if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
- && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
- p->pBt = pBt;
- pBt->nRef++;
- break;
+ if( noContent ){
+ /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
+ ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
+ ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
+ ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
+ ** a bit in a bit vector.
+ */
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+ TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
}
+ TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }else{
+ memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
- sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- else{
- /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
- ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and
- ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
- ** statements to find locking problems.
- */
- p->sharable = 1;
- }
-#endif
- }
-#endif
- if( pBt==0 ){
- /*
- ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
- ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result
- ** when compiling on a different architecture.
- */
- assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
- assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-
- pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
- if( pBt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto btree_open_out;
- }
- pBt->busyHdr.xFunc = sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler;
- pBt->busyHdr.pArg = pBt;
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
- EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto btree_open_out;
- }
- sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, &pBt->busyHdr);
- p->pBt = pBt;
-
- sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor);
- sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
- pBt->pCursor = 0;
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
- pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
- if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
- pBt->pageSize = 0;
- sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
- ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
- ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
- ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
- ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
- */
- if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
- pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
- }
-#endif
- nReserve = 0;
+ IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
}else{
- nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
- pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
- }
- pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
- assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
- sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
- */
- if( p->sharable ){
- sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
- pBt->nRef = 1;
- mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex ){
- pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
- if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- db->mallocFailed = 0;
- goto btree_open_out;
- }
+ assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+ rc = readDbPage(pPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ pagerDropPage(pPg);
+ return rc;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
- pBt->pNext = sqlite3SharedCacheList;
- sqlite3SharedCacheList = pBt;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
#endif
+ }else{
+ /* The requested page is in the page cache. */
+ PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
- ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
- ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
- */
- if( p->sharable ){
- int i;
- Btree *pSib;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
- while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
- if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
- p->pNext = pSib;
- p->pPrev = 0;
- pSib->pPrev = p;
- }else{
- while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
- pSib = pSib->pNext;
- }
- p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
- p->pPrev = pSib;
- if( p->pNext ){
- p->pNext->pPrev = p;
- }
- pSib->pNext = p;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- *ppBtree = p;
-
-btree_open_out:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
- sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
- }
- sqlite3_free(pBt);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- *ppBtree = 0;
- }
- return rc;
+ *ppPage = pPg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero,
-** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return
-** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
-** false if it is still positive.
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
+** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache. Also, return 0 if the
+** pager is in PAGER_UNLOCK state when this function is called,
+** or if the pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
+** has ever happened.
*/
-static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;
- BtShared *pList;
- int removed = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+ PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+ assert( pPager!=0 );
+ assert( pgno!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
- pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
- pBt->nRef--;
- if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
- if( sqlite3SharedCacheList==pBt ){
- sqlite3SharedCacheList = pBt->pNext;
- }else{
- pList = sqlite3SharedCacheList;
- while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
- pList=pList->pNext;
- }
- if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
- pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
- }
- }
- if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
- sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
- }
- removed = 1;
+ if( (pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK)
+ && (pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL)
+ ){
+ sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
- return removed;
-#else
- return 1;
-#endif
+
+ return pPg;
}
/*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
-** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
+** Release a page reference.
+**
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
*/
-static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
- if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
- pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
+ if( pPg ){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+ pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
}
}
/*
-** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
+** If the main journal file has already been opened, ensure that the
+** sub-journal file is open too. If the main journal is not open,
+** this function is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan.
+** An SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to
+** sqlite3OsOpen() fails.
*/
-static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
- sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
- pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
+static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
+ }else{
+ rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
+** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
+** file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
+** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
+** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
+** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
+** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
+**
+** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
+** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
+** already open file.
+**
+** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
+** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtCursor *pCur;
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
- /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
- pCur = pBt->pCursor;
- while( pCur ){
- BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
- pCur = pCur->pNext;
- if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
- sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
- }
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+ assert( pPager->useJournal );
+ assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+
+ /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. */
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ return pPager->errCode;
}
- /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
- ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
- ** this handle.
+ /* TODO: Is it really possible to get here with dbSizeValid==0? If not,
+ ** the call to PagerPagecount() can be removed.
*/
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ testcase( pPager->dbSizeValid==0 );
+ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
- /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
- ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
- ** up the shared-btree.
- */
- assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
- if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
- /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
- ** it without having to hold the mutex.
- **
- ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
- */
- assert( !pBt->pCursor );
- sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
- if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
- pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
- }
- sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema);
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
- sqlite3_free(pBt);
+ pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+ if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
- assert( p->locked==0 );
- if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
- if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+ /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
+ }else{
+ const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+ (pPager->tempFile ?
+ (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
+ (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+ );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
+ pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+ );
+#else
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
#endif
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ }
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
-**
-** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
-** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will
-** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
-** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
-** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
-** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
-** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is
-** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
-** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
-** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
-** normally a worry.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
-** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
-** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
-** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There
-** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the
-** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
+ /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
+ ** the sub-journal if necessary.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
+ pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+ pPager->needSync = 0;
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+ rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->nSavepoint ){
+ rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
+ }
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other
-** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
- rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+ pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ }
return rc;
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
/*
-** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
+** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
**
-** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
-** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
-** changed.
+** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
+** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
+** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
+** functions need be called.
**
-** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
-** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
-** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
-** at the beginning of a page.
+** If this is not a temporary or in-memory file and, the journal file is
+** opened if it has not been already. For a temporary file, the opening
+** of the journal file is deferred until there is an actual need to
+** write to the journal. TODO: Why handle temporary files differently?
**
-** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
-** bytes per page is left unchanged.
+** If the journal file is opened (or if it is already open), then a
+** journal-header is written to the start of it.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
- if( nReserve<0 ){
- nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
- }
- if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
- ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
- pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
+ assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+ if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
+ assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+ assert( !MEMDB && !pPager->tempFile );
+
+ /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
+ ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+ ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
+ ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
+ if( exFlag ){
+ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the required locks were successfully obtained, open the journal
+ ** file and write the first journal-header to it.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->useJournal
+ && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ ){
+ rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+ }
+ }else if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+ /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode the last
+ ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded
+ ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was
+ ** kept open and either was truncated to 0 bytes or its header was
+ ** overwritten with zeros.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->nRec==0 );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==0 );
+ assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+ rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
}
- pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+
+ PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the currently defined page size
+** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
+** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
+** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
+** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
- return p->pBt->pageSize;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
- int n;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return n;
-}
+static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
+ void *pData = pPg->pData;
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-/*
-** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
-** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
-** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
- int n;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return n;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
+ /* Check for errors
+ */
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ return pPager->errCode;
+ }
+ if( pPager->readOnly ){
+ return SQLITE_PERM;
+ }
-/*
-** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
-** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
-** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
-#else
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int av = (autoVacuum?1:0);
+ assert( !pPager->setMaster );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && av!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+
+ /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written
+ ** to the journal then we can return right away.
+ */
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+ if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+ pPager->dbModified = 1;
}else{
- pBt->autoVacuum = av;
+
+ /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
+ ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
+ ** or both.
+ **
+ ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
+ ** create it if it does not.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->useJournal
+ && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+ rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ pPager->dbModified = 1;
+
+ /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
+ ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to
+ ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
+ */
+ if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+ u32 cksum;
+ char *pData2;
+
+ /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
+ ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
+ ** that we do not. */
+ assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+ pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
+ cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize,
+ pPager->journalOff + 4);
+ pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum);
+ pPager->journalOff += 4;
+ }
+ IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
+ pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
+ PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
+ PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+ ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+ /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurred while journalling the
+ ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
+ ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
+ ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
+ ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
+ ** then corruption may follow.
+ */
+ if( !pPager->noSync ){
+ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ pPager->needSync = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* An error has occured writing to the journal file. The
+ ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above.
+ */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ pPager->nRec++;
+ assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync ){
+ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ pPager->needSync = 1;
+ }
+ PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+ ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+ ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that
+ ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
+ ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
+ */
+ if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+ rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the database size and return.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
+ if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
+ pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
-#endif
}
/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
-** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
+** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
+** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
+** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
+** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
+** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
+** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
+** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-#else
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = (
- (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
- (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
- BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
- );
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-#endif
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
-/*
-** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will
-** also acquire a readlock on that file.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
-** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory.
-*/
-static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage1;
- int nPage;
+ if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
+ Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */
+ Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
+ int nPage; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+ int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal
+ ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function.
+ */
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
+ pPager->doNotSync = 1;
- /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
- ** a valid database file.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }else if( nPage>0 ){
- int pageSize;
- int usableSize;
- u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
- rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
- if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- if( page1[18]>1 ){
- pBt->readOnly = 1;
+ /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
+ ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
+ ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
+ */
+ pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
+
+ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, (int *)&nPageCount);
+ if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
+ nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
+ }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
+ nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
+ }else{
+ nPage = nPagePerSector;
}
- if( page1[19]>1 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
+ assert(nPage>0);
+ assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
+ assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
+
+ for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+ Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
+ PgHdr *pPage;
+ if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
+ if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_write(pPage);
+ if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+ needSync = 1;
+ assert(pPager->needSync);
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+ }
+ }
+ }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
+ if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+ needSync = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+ }
}
- /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum
- ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
- ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
- ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
+ /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
+ ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
+ ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
+ ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
+ ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
*/
- if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
- if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 ||
- (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE)
- ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
- if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
- /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
- ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
- ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
- ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
- ** again with the correct page-size.
- */
- releasePage(pPage1);
- pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
- pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
- sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( usableSize<500 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
+ if( needSync ){
+ assert( !MEMDB && pPager->noSync==0 );
+ for(ii=0; ii<nPage && needSync; ii++){
+ PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
+ if( pPage ){
+ pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+ }
+ }
+ assert(pPager->needSync);
}
- pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
- pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
- }
-
- /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
- ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
- ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header.
- ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
- ** 2-byte pointer to the cell
- ** 4-byte child pointer
- ** 9-byte nKey value
- ** 4-byte nData value
- ** 4-byte overflow page pointer
- ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
- ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
- ** page pointer.
- */
- pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23;
- pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
- pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
- pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
- assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-page1_init_failed:
- releasePage(pPage1);
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 );
+ pPager->doNotSync = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
+ }
return rc;
}
/*
-** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the
-** busy callback if there is lock contention.
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
*/
-static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
+ return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
+}
+#endif
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pRef) );
- if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
- u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction;
- btreeIntegrity(pRef);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0);
- pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction;
- pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pRef->pBt->nTransaction--;
- }
- btreeIntegrity(pRef);
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
+** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
+** content no longer matters.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
+** DELETE operations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
+ PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
+ IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
+ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
+#endif
}
- return rc;
}
-
/*
-** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
-** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
-** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
+** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
+** byte offset 24 of the pager file.
**
-** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
+** If the isDirect flag is zero, then this is done by calling
+** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
+** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
+** transaction is committed.
**
-** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+** The isDirect flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
+** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
+** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
+** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
+** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
*/
-static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
- if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){
- assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
-#if 0
- if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
- MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
- pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage);
- pPage->pBt = pBt;
- pPage->pgno = 1;
- }
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
+ ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
+ ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
+ ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
+ **
+ ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
+ ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
+ ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
+ ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ const int isDirect = 0;
+ assert( isDirectMode==0 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
+#else
+ const int isDirect = isDirectMode;
#endif
- releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+ if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){
+ PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */
+ u32 change_counter; /* Initial value of change-counter field */
+
+ assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+ /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
+ assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+ /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
+ ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isDirect ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
}
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+ change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers);
+ change_counter++;
+ put32bits(((char*)pPgHdr->pData)+24, change_counter);
+
+ /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
+ if( isDirect ){
+ const void *zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
+ assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* If everything worked, set the changeCountDone flag. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Release the page reference. */
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
-** file.
+** Sync the pager file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory files
+** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
+**
+** If successful, or called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
*/
-static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
- MemPage *pP1;
- unsigned char *data;
- int rc;
- int nPage;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nPage>0 ){
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ if( MEMDB || pPager->noSync ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
}
- pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
- assert( pP1!=0 );
- data = pP1->aData;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
- assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
- put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
- data[18] = 1;
- data[19] = 1;
- data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
- data[21] = 64;
- data[22] = 32;
- data[23] = 32;
- memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
- zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
- pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
- assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
- put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
- put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
-** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
-** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
-** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
-** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be
-** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
-** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
-** changes to the database. None of the following routines
-** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+** This routine ensures that:
**
-** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
-** sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeInsert()
-** sqlite3BtreeDelete()
-** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+** * The database file change-counter is updated,
+** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
+** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
+** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
+** * the database file synced.
**
-** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
-** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
-** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
-** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
+** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
+** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
+** delete the master journal file if specified).
**
-** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
-** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
-** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
-** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
-** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
-** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
-** proceed.
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+**
+** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
+** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
+** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
+** journal file in this case.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
- btreeIntegrity(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
+ int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
- ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
- ** is requested, this is a no-op.
- */
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
- goto trans_begun;
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ return pPager->errCode;
}
- /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
- if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- goto trans_begun;
- }
+ PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
+ pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
- /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
- ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
- ** requested, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+ /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+ ** function has already been called, it is a no-op.
*/
- if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto trans_begun;
- }
+ if( MEMDB && pPager->dbModified ){
+ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+ }else if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && pPager->dbModified ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( wrflag>1 ){
- BtLock *pIter;
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto trans_begun;
+ /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
+ ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
+ ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
+ ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
+ **
+ ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
+ ** blocks of size page-size, and
+ ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
+ ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
+ **
+ ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
+ ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
+ ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
+ ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
+ ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
+ ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
+ ** mode.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
+ ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
+ ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
+ ** created for this transaction.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ PgHdr *pPg;
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+ if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+ && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbFileSize
+ && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
+ ){
+ /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
+ ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
+ ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
+ ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
+ ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
+ */
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
}
}
- }
+#else
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
#endif
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
- do {
- if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
- do{
- rc = lockBtree(pBt);
- }while( pBt->pPage1==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
- if( pBt->readOnly ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage, wrflag>1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+ /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
+ ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
+ ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
+ **
+ ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the
+ ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
+ ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
+ ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of
+ ** reading data from the database file.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize
+ && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ ){
+ Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */
+ const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
+ const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */
+ pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+ for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
+ if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
+ PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
}
- }
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
- }else{
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+ }
+ pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
}
- }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
- sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt, 0) );
+#endif
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
- pBt->nTransaction++;
+ /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
+ ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
+ ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
+ */
+ rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+ /* Sync the journal file. If the atomic-update optimization is being
+ ** used, this call will not create the journal file or perform any
+ ** real IO.
+ */
+ rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+ /* Write all dirty pages to the database file. */
+ rc = pager_write_pagelist(sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
+ goto commit_phase_one_exit;
}
- p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
- if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
+ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+
+ /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
+ ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
+ */
+ if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
+ Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+ assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+ rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( wrflag>1 ){
- assert( !pBt->pExclusive );
- pBt->pExclusive = p;
+
+ /* Finally, sync the database file. */
+ if( !pPager->noSync && !noSync ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
}
-#endif
- }
+ IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+ pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
+ }
-trans_begun:
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+commit_phase_one_exit:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){
+ /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive
+ ** lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since
+ ** there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it is
+ ** better to return SQLITE_BUSY.
+ **/
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Return the size of the database file in pages. Or return -1 if
-** there is any kind of error.
-*/
-static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager){
- int rc;
- int nPage;
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
- return (rc==SQLITE_OK?nPage:-1);
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
-** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
-** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
+** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
+** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
+** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
+** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
+**
+** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
+** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
+** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
+** irrevocably committed.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
+** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
-static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
- int i; /* Counter variable */
- int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
- Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
+ /* Do not proceed if the pager is already in the error state. */
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ return pPager->errCode;
}
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-
- rc = ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
- }
+ /* This function should not be called if the pager is not in at least
+ ** PAGER_RESERVED state. And indeed SQLite never does this. But it is
+ ** nice to have this defensive block here anyway.
+ */
+ if( NEVER(pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED) ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
+ /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
+ ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
+ ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
+ **
+ ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
+ ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
+ ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
+ ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
+ ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
+ ** to drop any locks either.
+ */
+ if( pPager->dbModified==0 && pPager->exclusiveMode
+ && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ ){
+ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-set_child_ptrmaps_out:
- pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
- return rc;
+ PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || MEMDB || !pPager->dbModified );
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
/*
-** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow
-** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to
-** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as
-** follows:
+** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
-** page of pPage.
+** This function performs two tasks:
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
-** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
+** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
+** was opened, and
+** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
+** rollback at any point in the future.
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
-** overflow page in the list.
+** subject to the following qualifications:
+**
+** * If the journal file is not yet open when this function is called,
+** then only (2) is performed. In this case there is no journal file
+** to roll back.
+**
+** * If in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL, then task (1) is
+** performed. If successful, task (2). Regardless of the outcome
+** of either, the error state error code is returned to the caller
+** (i.e. either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_CORRUPT).
+**
+** * If the pager is in PAGER_RESERVED state, then attempt (1). Whether
+** or not (1) is succussful, also attempt (2). If successful, return
+** SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, enter the error state and return the first
+** error code encountered.
+**
+** In this case there is no chance that the database was written to.
+** So is safe to finalize the journal file even if the playback
+** (operation 1) failed. However the pager must enter the error state
+** as the contents of the in-memory cache are now suspect.
+**
+** * Finally, if in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE state, then attempt (1). Only
+** attempt (2) if (1) is successful. Return SQLITE_OK if successful,
+** otherwise enter the error state and return the error code from the
+** failing operation.
+**
+** In this case the database file may have been written to. So if the
+** playback operation did not succeed it would not be safe to finalize
+** the journal file. It needs to be left in the file-system so that
+** some other process can use it to restore the database state (by
+** hot-journal rollback).
*/
-static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
- /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */
- if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+ if( !pPager->dbModified || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+ }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
+ if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+ pager_playback(pPager, 0);
}
- put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
+ rc = pPager->errCode;
}else{
- int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
- int i;
- int nCell;
-
- sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0);
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
- CellInfo info;
- sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- if( info.iOverflow ){
- if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){
- put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
- break;
- }
- }
- }else{
- if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
- put4byte(pCell, iTo);
- break;
- }
+ if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
+ int rc2;
+ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+ rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = rc2;
}
+ }else{
+ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
}
-
- if( i==nCell ){
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
- get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
+
+ if( !MEMDB ){
+ pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
}
- pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+ /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
+ ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error
+ ** persistent.
+ */
+ rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
-
/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
-** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
*/
-static int relocatePage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */
- MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */
- u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
- Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
- Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */
- int isCommit
-){
- MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
- Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
- Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
- int rc;
-
- assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
- eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->readOnly;
+}
- /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
- TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
- iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
- rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
+ return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+}
- /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
- ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
- ** pages need to be changed.
- **
- ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
- ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
- ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
- */
- if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
- if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- }
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the specified page.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
+ return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
+}
- /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
- ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
- ** iPtrPage.
- */
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pPtrPage);
- return rc;
- }
- rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
- releasePage(pPtrPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage);
- }
- }
- return rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
+ static int a[11];
+ a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+ a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
+ a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
+ a[3] = pPager->dbSizeValid ? (int) pPager->dbSize : -1;
+ a[4] = pPager->state;
+ a[5] = pPager->errCode;
+ a[6] = pPager->nHit;
+ a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
+ a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
+ a[9] = pPager->nRead;
+ a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
+ return a;
}
+#endif
-/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
-static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+/*
+** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
+ return MEMDB;
+}
/*
-** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
-** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
-**
-** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the
-** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
-** is no longer in use.
+** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
+** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
+** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
+** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
**
-** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes
-** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
-** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
-** number of pages the database file will contain after this
-** process is complete.
+** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
+** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin){
- Pgno iLastPg; /* Last page in the database */
- Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- iLastPg = pBt->nTrunc;
- if( iLastPg==0 ){
- iLastPg = pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
- }
-
- if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- int rc;
- u8 eType;
- Pgno iPtrPage;
+ if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
+ int ii; /* Iterator variable */
+ PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
- nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
- if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
+ /* Either there is no active journal or the sub-journal is open or
+ ** the journal is always stored in memory */
+ assert( pPager->nSavepoint==0 || isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ||
+ pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
+ ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
+ */
+ aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
+ pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
+ );
+ if( !aNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
+ pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
+ pPager->nSavepoint = nSavepoint;
- if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- if( nFin==0 ){
- /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
- ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
- ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
- ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
- */
- Pgno iFreePg;
- MemPage *pFreePg;
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
- releasePage(pFreePg);
- }
- } else {
- Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
- MemPage *pLastPg;
-
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
- ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
- **
- ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
- ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
- ** of the file is found.
- */
- do {
- MemPage *pFreePg;
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pLastPg);
- return rc;
- }
- releasePage(pFreePg);
- }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
- assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
-
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0);
+ /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
+ for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
+ assert( pPager->dbSizeValid );
+ aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
+ aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+ }else{
+ aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
}
- releasePage(pLastPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
+ aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+ if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
- }
- pBt->nTrunc = iLastPg - 1;
- while( pBt->nTrunc==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nTrunc) ){
- pBt->nTrunc--;
+ /* Open the sub-journal, if it is not already opened. */
+ rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
-** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
-**
-** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
-** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occured,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else{
- invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
- rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0);
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
-** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
+** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
+** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
+** created savepoint.
**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
-** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
-** pages are in use.
-*/
-static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt, Pgno *pnTrunc){
+** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
+** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
+** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
+** that have occured since the specified savepoint was created.
+**
+** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
+** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
+** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
+** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
+** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
+** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
+** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
+** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
+** contents of the database to its original state.
+**
+** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
+** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
+** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
+** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
+** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager);
-#endif
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
- assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
- if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
- Pgno nFin = 0;
+ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+ assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
- if( pBt->nTrunc==0 ){
- Pgno nFree;
- Pgno nPtrmap;
- const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize;
- int nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
+ if( iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
+ int ii; /* Iterator variable */
+ int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
- if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- nOrig--;
- }
- nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
- nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5);
- nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
- if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- nFin--;
- }
- while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- nFin--;
- }
+ /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
+ ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
+ ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
+ */
+ nNew = iSavepoint + (op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK);
+ for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
}
+ pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- assert(nFin==0 || pBt->nTrunc==0 || nFin<=pBt->nTrunc);
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pBt->nTrunc && nFin ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
- pBt->nTrunc = nFin;
- }
+ /* If this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
+ ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
+ ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
+ ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
+ */
+ if( op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
+ rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
+ assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+
+ /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
+ ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
+ if( nNew==0 && op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
+ pPager->nSubRec = 0;
}
}
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *pnTrunc = pBt->nTrunc;
- pBt->nTrunc = 0;
- }
- assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
return rc;
}
-#endif
-
/*
-** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine
-** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
-** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
-** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
-** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
-** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
-** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
-** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
-** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
-** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the
-** commit process.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
-**
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
-** (single database transaction).
-**
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
-** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
-**
-** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
-** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- Pgno nTrunc = 0;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt, &nTrunc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
- }
- }
-#endif
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, nTrunc, 0);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- }
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->zFilename;
}
/*
-** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
-**
-** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The
-** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked
-** prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did
-** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
-** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this
-** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal
-** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
- btreeIntegrity(p);
-
- /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
- ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
- */
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- int rc;
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
- }
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
- }
- unlockAllTables(p);
-
- /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction
- ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set
- ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below
- ** will unlock the pager.
- */
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
- pBt->nTransaction--;
- if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->pVfs;
+}
- /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock
- ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.
- */
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+/*
+** Return the file handle for the database file associated
+** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
+** not yet been opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->fd;
+}
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->zJournal;
}
/*
-** Do both phases of a commit.
+** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE
+** if fsync()s are executed normally.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p);
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
+ return pPager->noSync;
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
/*
-** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
-** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
-** defined.
-**
-** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
-** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was
-** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
-** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
+** Set the codec for this pager
*/
-static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
- BtCursor *pCur;
- int r = 0;
- for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
- if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
- }
- return r;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
+ Pager *pPager,
+ void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+ void *pCodecArg
+){
+ pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
+ pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg;
}
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
-** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
-** references.
+** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
**
-** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
-** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
-** the cache with pBtree.
+** There must be no references to the page previously located at
+** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
+** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
+** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
**
-** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
-** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
-** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
-** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables
-** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
-** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be
-** invalidated.
+** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
+** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
+** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+**
+** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
+** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
+** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
+** transaction is active).
+**
+** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
+** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
+** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
+** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
+** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
- BtCursor *p;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
- for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- clearCursorPosition(p);
- p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
- p->skip = errCode;
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
+ PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */
+ Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
-/*
-** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be
-** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor
-** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
-** in an error.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- MemPage *pPage1;
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst
- ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
- ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then
- ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
- ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort
- ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
- */
- sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
- }
-#endif
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- unlockAllTables(p);
-
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- int rc2;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->nTrunc = 0;
-#endif
-
- assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
- rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
-
- /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So
- ** call sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
- ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
- if( sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pPage1);
- }
- assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
- }
+ assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
- assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
- pBt->nTransaction--;
- if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
- }
+ /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
+ ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
+ ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
+ **
+ ** BEGIN;
+ ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
+ ** SAVEPOINT one;
+ ** <Move page X to location Y>
+ ** ROLLBACK TO one;
+ **
+ ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
+ ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
+ ** statement were is processed.
+ **
+ ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
+ ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
+ ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+ */
+ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
+ && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+ && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
+ ){
+ return rc;
}
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-}
+ PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
+ IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
-/*
-** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can
-** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
-** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
-** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
-** commits or rolls back.
-**
-** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time. It is an error to try
-** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
-**
-** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
-** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint
-** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
-** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
- if( (p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){
- rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pBt->pPager);
- pBt->inStmt = 1;
+ /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
+ ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
+ **
+ ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
+ ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
+ ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
+ */
+ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
+ needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
+ assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
+ assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+ assert( pPager->needSync );
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress. If no
-** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
- if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pBt->pPager);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
+ ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for
+ ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
+ ** for the page moved there.
+ */
+ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+ assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
+ if( pPgOld ){
+ pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
}
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Rollback the active statement subtransaction. If no subtransaction
-** is active this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation. Any attempt
-** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
-** will result in an error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pBt->db = p->db;
- if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(pBt->pPager);
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
+ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
+ if( pPgOld ){
+ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
-** iTable. The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on
-** the database file.
-**
-** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
-** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
-** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These
-** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
-** be allowed:
-**
-** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
-**
-** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache
-** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
-** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise
-** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
-** the read cursors in the other database connection.
-**
-** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
-**
-** 4: There must be an active transaction.
-**
-** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
-** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired
-** will not work correctly.
-*/
-static int btreeCursor(
- Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
- int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
- BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
-){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- if( wrFlag ){
- if( pBt->readOnly ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
- if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0, 0) ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
- }
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+ pPager->dbModified = 1;
- if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
- rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p);
+ if( needSyncPgno ){
+ /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
+ ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
+ ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
+ ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
+ ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync
+ ** flag.
+ **
+ ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
+ ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
+ ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
+ ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
+ ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
+ ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
+ **
+ ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make
+ ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too.
+ */
+ PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+ assert( pPager->needSync );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pPager->pInJournal && needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+ sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno);
+ }
return rc;
}
- if( pBt->readOnly && wrFlag ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
- }
- pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
- if( iTable==1 && pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
- goto create_cursor_exception;
- }
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto create_cursor_exception;
- }
-
- /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
- ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the
- ** output argument to this function).
- */
- pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- pCur->pBtree = p;
- pCur->pBt = pBt;
- pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
- pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
- if( pCur->pNext ){
- pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+ pPager->needSync = 1;
+ assert( pPager->noSync==0 && !MEMDB );
+ pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
}
- pBt->pCursor = pCur;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
return SQLITE_OK;
-
-create_cursor_exception:
- releasePage(pCur->pPage);
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
- Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
- int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */
- BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
- rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(){
- return sizeof(BtCursor);
}
-
-
+#endif
/*
-** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released
-** when the last cursor is closed.
+** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
- if( pBtree ){
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
- pBt->db = pBtree->db;
- clearCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( pCur->pPrev ){
- pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
- }else{
- pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
- }
- if( pCur->pNext ){
- pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
- }
- releasePage(pCur->pPage);
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
- /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
+ assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
+ return pPg->pData;
}
/*
-** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
-** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
+** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
+** allocated along with the specified page.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur));
- pTempCur->pNext = 0;
- pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
- if( pTempCur->pPage ){
- sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->pPage->pDbPage);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+ return (pPager?pPg->pExtra:0);
}
/*
-** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
-** function above.
+** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
+** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
+** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+**
+** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
+** locking-mode.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- if( pCur->pPage ){
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->pPage->pDbPage);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+ assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
+ || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+ || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+ assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
+ assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
+ if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){
+ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
}
+ return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
}
/*
-** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
-** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call
-** sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+** Get/set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
**
-** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
-** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeParseCell().
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
**
-** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
-** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
-** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
-** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
-** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function
-** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457.
+** If the parameter is not _QUERY, then the journal-mode is set to the
+** value specified.
+**
+** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
- CellInfo info;
- memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
- sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info);
- assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
- }
-#else
- #define assertCellInfo(x)
-#endif
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
- /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
- static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
- if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
- sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);
- pCur->validNKey = 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+ if( !MEMDB ){
+ assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 );
+ if( eMode>=0 ){
+ pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
}else{
- assertCellInfo(pCur);
+ assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY );
}
}
-#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
- /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
-#define getCellInfo(pCur) \
- if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \
- sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info); \
- pCur->validNKey = 1; \
- }else{ \
- assertCellInfo(pCur); \
- }
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+ return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
/*
-** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
-** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing
-** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0.
-**
-** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
-** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
- int rc;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- *pSize = 0;
- }else{
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
+ if( iLimit>=-1 ){
+ pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
}
- return rc;
+ return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
}
/*
-** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
-** cursor currently points to. Always return SQLITE_OK.
-** Failure is not possible. If the cursor is not currently
-** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
-** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
+** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
+** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
+** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
+** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
- int rc;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
- *pSize = 0;
- }else{
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
- }
- }
- return rc;
+sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
+ return &pPager->pBackup;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+
+/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
-** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
+** 2007 August 27
**
-** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Unless pPgnoNext is NULL, the page number of the next overflow
-** page in the linked list is written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl
-** is the last page in its linked list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** If ppPage is not NULL, *ppPage is set to the MemPage* handle
-** for page ovfl. The underlying pager page may have been requested
-** with the noContent flag set, so the page data accessable via
-** this handle may not be trusted.
-*/
-static int getOverflowPage(
- BtShared *pBt,
- Pgno ovfl, /* Overflow page */
- MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle */
- Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
-){
- Pgno next = 0;
- int rc;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /* One of these must not be NULL. Otherwise, why call this function? */
- assert(ppPage || pPgnoNext);
-
- /* If pPgnoNext is NULL, then this function is being called to obtain
- ** a MemPage* reference only. No page-data is required in this case.
- */
- if( !pPgnoNext ){
- return sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, ppPage, 1);
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
- ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
- ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
- ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
- ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
- */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno pgno;
- Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
- u8 eType;
-
- while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- iGuess++;
- }
-
- if( iGuess<=pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
- next = iGuess;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if( next==0 || ppPage ){
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
-
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, next!=0);
- assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0);
- if( next==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
- }
-
- if( ppPage ){
- *ppPage = pPage;
- }else{
- releasePage(pPage);
- }
- }
- *pPgnoNext = next;
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
+*************************************************************************
**
-** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
-** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
-** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
-** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
-** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.12 2008/11/17 19:18:55 danielk1977 Exp $
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
+** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too
+** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like
+** a good breakout.
*/
-static int copyPayload(
- void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */
- void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */
- int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */
- int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
- DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */
-){
- if( eOp ){
- /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
- int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
- }else{
- /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
- memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
+/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
/*
-** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
-** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.42 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
+**
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+** ----------------------------------------------------------------
+** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
+** ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
+** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
+** page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+** 16 2 Page size in bytes.
+** 18 1 File format write version
+** 19 1 File format read version
+** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction
+** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction
+** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction
+** 24 4 File change counter
+** 28 4 Reserved for future use
+** 32 4 First freelist page
+** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file
+** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
+** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
+** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+** |----------------|
+** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only.
+** |----------------|
+** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes
+** |----------------|
+** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order.
+** | array | | Grows downward
+** | | v
+** |----------------|
+** | unallocated |
+** | space |
+** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards
+** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+** | area | | and free space fragments.
+** |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock
+** 3 2 number of cells on this page
+** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area
+** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes
+** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock
+** 2 Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
+** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000
+** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
+** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080
+** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100
+** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
+** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678
+** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+** * Payload
+** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of next overflow page
+** * Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The
+** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of next trunk page
+** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page
+** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+*/
+
+/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used
+** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
+*/
+#define ROUND8(x) ((x+7)&~7)
+
+
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8)
+
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself
+** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such
+** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
+
+/*
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**
+** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
+** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
+** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
+** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
+** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
+** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
+# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF 0x08
+
+/*
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
+**
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+**
+** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
+** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
+*/
+struct MemPage {
+ u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+ u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+ u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */
+ u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */
+ u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */
+ u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */
+ u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */
+ u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
+ u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
+ u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+ u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+ u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+ u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */
+ struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
+ u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
+ u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
+ } aOvfl[5];
+ BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
+ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */
+ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
+};
+
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+
+/* A Btree handle
+**
+** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
+** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure
+** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot
+** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
+** this structure.
+**
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
+** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each contection
+** has it own pointer to this object. But each instance of this object
+** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
+** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
+** the BtShared object.
+**
+** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
+** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
+** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
+** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
+*/
+struct Btree {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */
+ u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
+ u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
+ u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
+ int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
+ int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
+ Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
+ Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */
+};
+
+/*
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+**
+** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
+** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
+** but any number may have active read transactions.
+*/
+#define TRANS_NONE 0
+#define TRANS_READ 1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+
+/*
+** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
+**
+** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
+** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
+** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
+** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
+** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of
+** connections currently sharing this database file.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
+** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field
+** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
+** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
+** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
+*/
+struct BtShared {
+ Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
+ BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
+ MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
+ u8 inStmt; /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
+ u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
+ u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
+ u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+#endif
+ u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+ u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+ u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+ u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+ u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+ u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+ u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
+ int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
+ void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
+ void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */
+ Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */
+ BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
+ BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
+ Btree *pExclusive; /* Btree with an EXCLUSIVE lock on the whole db */
+#endif
+ u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+ u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
+ i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
+ u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */
+ u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */
+ u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
+ u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */
+ u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */
+ u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
+
+/*
+** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
+** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
+** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
+** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
+**
+** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
+** assumed that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
+
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
+** b-tree within a database file.
+**
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+**
+** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections,
+** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a
+** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** found at self->pBt->mutex.
+*/
+struct BtCursor {
+ Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
+ BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
+ Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
+ CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+ u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */
+ u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
+ u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */
+ u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
+ void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
+ i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
+ int skip; /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
+ Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ u8 pagesShuffled; /* True if Btree pages are rearranged by balance()*/
+#endif
+ i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */
+ MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */
+ u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */
+};
+
+/*
+** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+**
+** CURSOR_VALID:
+** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+**
+** CURSOR_INVALID:
+** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
+** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
+** called.
+**
+** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
+** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
+** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
+** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
+** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
+** seek the cursor to the saved position.
+**
+** CURSOR_FAULT:
+** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
+** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
+** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
+** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor
+** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
+*/
+#define CURSOR_INVALID 0
+#define CURSOR_VALID 1
+#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2
+#define CURSOR_FAULT 3
+
+/*
+** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
+*/
+# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
+
+/*
+** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
+** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
+** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
+** a btree handle is closed.
+*/
+struct BtLock {
+ Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
+ Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
+ u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
+ BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
+};
+
+/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
+#define READ_LOCK 1
+#define WRITE_LOCK 2
+
+/*
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
+** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
+** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
+** page number to look up in the pointer map.
+**
+** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
+** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
+** the offset of the requested map entry.
+**
+** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
+** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
+** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
+** this test.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
+#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
+#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
+
+/*
+** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
+** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that
+** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains
+** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers
+** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map
+** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
+** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
+**
+** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
+** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page
+** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
+** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
+**
+** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
+** used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
+** is not used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
+** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
+** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
+** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
+** page in the overflow page list.
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
+** identifies the parent page in the btree.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
+#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
+#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
+
+/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
+** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
+*/
+#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
+ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
+ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
+
+
+/*
+** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
+** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
+** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
+** So, this macro is defined instead.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
+#else
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */
+ Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */
+ int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
+ int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
+ int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
+ StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
+#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
+#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+
+/*
+** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur);
+
+/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+
+
+/*
+** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
+**
+** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
+** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
+** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
+** of this interface is recursive.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
+** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other
+** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
+** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on
+** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
+** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
+** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+ Btree *pLater;
+
+ /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees
+ ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
+ ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
+ ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
+ assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
+ assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
+ assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
+ assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
+ assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
+
+ /* Check for locking consistency */
+ assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+ assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
+
+ /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+ if( !p->sharable ) return;
+ p->wantToLock++;
+ if( p->locked ) return;
+
+ /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
+ ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
+ ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->locked = 1;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
+ ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire
+ ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
+ ** order.
+ */
+ for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+ assert( pLater->sharable );
+ assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
+ assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
+ if( pLater->locked ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
+ pLater->locked = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+ p->locked = 1;
+ for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+ if( pLater->wantToLock ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pLater->pBt->mutex);
+ pLater->locked = 1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+ p->wantToLock--;
+ if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+ assert( p->locked );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
+ p->locked = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree.
+**
+** This routine makes no determination one why or another if the
+** database connection mutex is held.
+**
+** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
+ return (p->sharable==0 ||
+ (p->locked && p->wantToLock && sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
+** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
+** omitted if that module is not used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+
+/*
+** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
+** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
+** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
+** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
+** reset out from under us.
+**
+** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+**
+** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
+** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
+** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
+** at the same instant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ Btree *p, *pLater;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p && p->sharable ){
+ p->wantToLock++;
+ if( !p->locked ){
+ assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
+ while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
+ while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
+ for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+ if( pLater->locked ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
+ pLater->locked = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ while( p ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+ p->locked++;
+ p = p->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ Btree *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p && p->sharable ){
+ assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+ p->wantToLock--;
+ if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+ assert( p->locked );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
+ p->locked = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
+** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
+**
+** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *p;
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p && p->sharable &&
+ (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Add a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray.
+** if the pointer can possibly be shared with
+** another database connection.
+**
+** The pointers are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt. That
+** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them
+** in order without every having to backup and retry and without
+** worrying about deadlock.
+**
+** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1)
+** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){
+ int i, j;
+ BtShared *pBt;
+ if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ {
+ for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
+ assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 );
+ assert( pArray->nMutex<ArraySize(pArray->aBtree)-1 );
+ pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+ for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
+ assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
+ if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){
+ for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){
+ pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1];
+ }
+ pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree;
+ pArray->nMutex++;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree;
+}
+
+/*
+** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array. This routine is
+** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec(). The mutexes are
+** exited at the end of the same function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
+ Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
+ /* Some basic sanity checking */
+ assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
+ assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+
+ /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+ p->wantToLock++;
+ if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+ p->locked = 1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
+ Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
+ /* Some basic sanity checking */
+ assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
+ assert( p->locked || !p->sharable );
+ assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+
+ /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+ p->wantToLock--;
+ if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
+ p->locked = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: btree.c,v 1.565 2009/02/04 01:49:30 shane Exp $
+**
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
+** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database.
+*/
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
+
+/*
+** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
+** macro.
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3BtreeTrace=0; /* True to enable tracing */
+# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
+** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds,
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
+** test builds.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#else
+static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
+**
+** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
+** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
+** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Forward declaration
+*/
+static int checkReadLocks(Btree*, Pgno, BtCursor*, i64);
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ /*
+ ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables()
+ ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
+ ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
+ ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
+ ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
+ ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
+ */
+ #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+ #define lockTable(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+ #define unlockAllTables(a)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
+** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or
+** SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
+*/
+static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock *pIter;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( p->db!=0 );
+
+ /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
+ if( !p->sharable ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
+ ** requested lock may not be obtained.
+ */
+ if( pBt->pExclusive && pBt->pExclusive!=p ){
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+ }
+
+ /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is
+ ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is
+ ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks
+ ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag
+ ** is not considered.
+ **
+ ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the
+ ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list
+ ** (BtShared.pLock).
+ **
+ ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do
+ ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a
+ ** write-cursor does not change.
+ */
+ if(
+ 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ||
+ eLock==WRITE_LOCK ||
+ iTab==MASTER_ROOT
+ ){
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab &&
+ (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
+** WRITE_LOCK.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned.
+*/
+static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock *pLock = 0;
+ BtLock *pIter;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( p->db!=0 );
+
+ /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
+ if( !p->sharable ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ assert( SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+
+ /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested,
+ ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See
+ ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling
+ ** the ReadUncommitted flag.
+ */
+ if(
+ (p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) &&
+ (eLock==READ_LOCK) &&
+ iTable!=MASTER_ROOT
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
+ pLock = pIter;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
+ ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+ */
+ if( !pLock ){
+ pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
+ if( !pLock ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pLock->iTable = iTable;
+ pLock->pBtree = p;
+ pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
+ pBt->pLock = pLock;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
+ ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
+ ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
+ */
+ assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
+ if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
+ pLock->eLock = eLock;
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable()
+** procedure) held by Btree handle p.
+*/
+static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
+
+ while( *ppIter ){
+ BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
+ assert( pBt->pExclusive==0 || pBt->pExclusive==pLock->pBtree );
+ if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
+ *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
+ sqlite3_free(pLock);
+ }else{
+ ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( pBt->pExclusive==p ){
+ pBt->pExclusive = 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
+
+/*
+** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
+ return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
+*/
+static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
+ pCur->aOverflow = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
+*/
+static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ invalidateOverflowCache(p);
+ }
+}
+#else
+ #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
+ #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
+** page.
+**
+** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
+** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
+** free-list leaf pages:
+**
+** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
+** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
+** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
+** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
+** why bother journalling it?).
+**
+** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
+** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
+** be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
+**
+** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
+** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
+** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
+** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
+** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
+** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
+** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
+** to restore the database to its original configuration.
+**
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
+** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
+** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
+** optimization 2 above is ommitted if the corresponding bit is already
+** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
+** at the end of every transaction.
+*/
+static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+ int nPage;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate((u32)nPage);
+ if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
+**
+** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
+** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
+** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
+*/
+static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
+ return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
+** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
+ pBt->pHasContent = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
+** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
+*/
+static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
+ assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
+
+ /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
+ ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
+ ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
+ ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key
+ ** data.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey){
+ void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
+ if( pKey ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->pKey = pKey;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(pKey);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
+ }
+ pCur->iPage = -1;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
+ }
+
+ invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table
+** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
+** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
+*/
+static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
+ for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) &&
+ p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+ int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the current cursor position.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+ pCur->pKey = 0;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+}
+
+/*
+** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
+** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
+** saveCursorPosition().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int rc;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+ return pCur->skip;
+ }
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+ pCur->pKey = 0;
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
+ (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
+ sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
+ SQLITE_OK)
+
+/*
+** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
+** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
+** at is deleted out from under them.
+**
+** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The
+** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
+ int rc;
+
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc ){
+ *pHasMoved = 1;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skip!=0 ){
+ *pHasMoved = 1;
+ }else{
+ *pHasMoved = 0;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
+** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
+** input page number.
+*/
+static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ int nPagesPerMapPage;
+ Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
+ iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
+ ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
+ if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ ret++;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Write an entry into the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
+** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
+** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
+ u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */
+ Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */
+ int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
+ assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+ if( key==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+ pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+ if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
+ TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
+ put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read an entry from the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
+** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
+** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
+ int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */
+ u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */
+ int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+ iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+ offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+ assert( pEType!=0 );
+ *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
+ if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
+
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+ #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+ #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+ #define ptrmapPutOvfl(y,z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
+**
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
+*/
+#define findCell(P,I) \
+ ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)])))
+
+/*
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells. See insert
+*/
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+ int i;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+ int k;
+ struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
+ pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
+ k = pOvfl->idx;
+ if( k<=iCell ){
+ if( k==iCell ){
+ return pOvfl->pCell;
+ }
+ iCell--;
+ }
+ }
+ return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There
+** are two versions of this function. sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a
+** cell index as the second argument and sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr()
+** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
+**
+** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
+** sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
+ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+ u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */
+ u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+
+ pInfo->pCell = pCell;
+ assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+ n = pPage->childPtrSize;
+ assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ if( pPage->hasData ){
+ n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+ }else{
+ nPayload = 0;
+ }
+ n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+ pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->nData = 0;
+ n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+ pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
+ }
+ pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
+ pInfo->nHeader = n;
+ if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
+ /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+ ** on the local page. No overflow is required.
+ */
+ int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
+ nSize = nPayload + n;
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
+ pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+ if( (nSize & ~3)==0 ){
+ nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+ }
+ pInfo->nSize = (u16)nSize;
+ }else{
+ /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+ ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+ ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+ ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+ ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+ **
+ ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+ ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+ */
+ int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+ int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+ int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+ minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+ maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+ surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+ if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
+ }
+ pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
+ pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+ }
+}
+#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
+ int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */
+ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+ parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+ CellInfo info;
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
+ return info.nSize;
+}
+#endif
+static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+ CellInfo info;
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ return info.nSize;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
+** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
+** for the overflow page.
+*/
+static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+ CellInfo info;
+ assert( pCell!=0 );
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
+ if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
+ Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+ return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer
+** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
+** for the overflow page.
+*/
+static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+ u8 *pCell;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell);
+ return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the
+** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
+** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
+** pointer array and the cell content area.
+*/
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */
+ int addr; /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
+ int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */
+ int size; /* Size of a cell */
+ int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+ int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+ int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */
+ int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */
+ unsigned char *data; /* The page data */
+ unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */
+
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+ nCell = pPage->nCell;
+ assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+ usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+ cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
+ cbrk = usableSize;
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */
+ pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+ pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+ if( pc>=usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+ cbrk -= size;
+ if( cbrk<cellOffset+2*nCell || pc+size>usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=0 );
+ memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
+ put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
+ }
+ assert( cbrk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
+ data[hdr+1] = 0;
+ data[hdr+2] = 0;
+ data[hdr+7] = 0;
+ addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
+ memset(&data[addr], 0, cbrk-addr);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ if( cbrk-addr!=pPage->nFree ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
+**
+** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
+** the new allocation. The caller guarantees that there is enough
+** space. This routine will never fail.
+**
+** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
+** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
+** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before
+** allocating the new chunk.
+*/
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
+ int addr, pc, hdr;
+ int size;
+ int nFrag;
+ int top;
+ int nCell;
+ int cellOffset;
+ unsigned char *data;
+
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->pBt );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+ assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+ pPage->nFree -= (u16)nByte;
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+
+ nFrag = data[hdr+7];
+ if( nFrag<60 ){
+ /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
+ ** space request. */
+ addr = hdr+1;
+ while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+ size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+ if( size>=nByte ){
+ int x = size - nByte;
+ if( size<nByte+4 ){
+ memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+ data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
+ return pc;
+ }else{
+ put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
+ return pc + x;
+ }
+ }
+ addr = pc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+ ** and the cell content area.
+ */
+ top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+ cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+ if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
+ defragmentPage(pPage);
+ top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ }
+ top -= nByte;
+ assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ return top;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
+** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+**
+** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
+** free blocks into a single big free block.
+*/
+static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
+ int addr, pbegin, hdr;
+ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
+ assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+ /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE
+ ** option is enabled at compile-time */
+ memset(&data[start], 0, size);
+#endif
+
+ /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ addr = hdr + 1;
+ while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
+ assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+ if( pbegin<=addr ) {
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ addr = pbegin;
+ }
+ if ( pbegin>pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ) {
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
+ put2byte(&data[addr], start);
+ put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
+ put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
+ pPage->nFree += (u16)size;
+
+ /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
+ addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
+ while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+ int pnext, psize, x;
+ assert( pbegin>addr );
+ assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+ pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
+ psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+ if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
+ int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
+ if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[pPage->hdrOffset+7]) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= (u8)frag;
+ x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
+ put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
+ x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
+ put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
+ }else{
+ addr = pbegin;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
+ if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
+ int top;
+ pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+ memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
+ top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+**
+** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different
+** indicates a corrupt database files:
+**
+** PTF_ZERODATA
+** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
+** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
+** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
+*/
+static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+ BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+
+ assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
+ flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
+ pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
+ pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
+ pPage->intKey = 1;
+ pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
+ pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+ pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+ }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
+ pPage->intKey = 0;
+ pPage->hasData = 0;
+ pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+ pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
+
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+ if( !pPage->isInit ){
+ u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+ u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+ u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */
+ u16 usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+ u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+ u16 nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+ u16 top; /* First byte of the cell content area */
+
+ pBt = pPage->pBt;
+
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
+ pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+ usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+ pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+ top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+ if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+ /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+ pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+ nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
+ while( pc>0 ){
+ u16 next, size;
+ if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
+ /* Free block is off the page */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+ size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+ if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
+ /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ nFree += size;
+ pc = next;
+ }
+ pPage->nFree = (u16)nFree;
+ if( nFree>=usableSize ){
+ /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ /* Check that all the offsets in the cell offset array are within range.
+ **
+ ** Omitting this consistency check and using the pPage->maskPage mask
+ ** to prevent overrunning the page buffer in findCell() results in a
+ ** 2.5% performance gain.
+ */
+ {
+ u8 *pOff; /* Iterator used to check all cell offsets are in range */
+ u8 *pEnd; /* Pointer to end of cell offset array */
+ u8 mask; /* Mask of bits that must be zero in MSB of cell offsets */
+ mask = ~(((u8)(pBt->pageSize>>8))-1);
+ pEnd = &data[cellOffset + pPage->nCell*2];
+ for(pOff=&data[cellOffset]; pOff!=pEnd && !((*pOff)&mask); pOff+=2);
+ if( pOff!=pEnd ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pPage->isInit = 1;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
+*/
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ u16 first;
+
+ assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ /*memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);*/
+ data[hdr] = (char)flags;
+ first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0);
+ memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+ data[hdr+7] = 0;
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+ pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
+ decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+ pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
+ pPage->cellOffset = first;
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+ assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
+ pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
+ pPage->nCell = 0;
+ pPage->isInit = 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
+** the btree layer.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
+ MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
+ pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+ pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
+ pPage->pBt = pBt;
+ pPage->pgno = pgno;
+ pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+ return pPage;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+**
+** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
+** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk
+** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
+** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
+** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
+** read should occur at that point.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */
+ MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */
+ int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */
+){
+ int rc;
+ DbPage *pDbPage;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
+** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ DbPage *pDbPage;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+ if( pDbPage ){
+ return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
+** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
+*/
+static Pgno pagerPagecount(BtShared *pBt){
+ int nPage = -1;
+ int rc;
+ assert( pBt->pPage1 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || nPage==-1 );
+ return (Pgno)nPage;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine
+** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
+** sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and sqlite3BtreeInitPage().
+*/
+static int getAndInitPage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */
+ MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */
+){
+ int rc;
+ MemPage *pPage;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pgno==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ /* It is often the case that the page we want is already in cache.
+ ** If so, get it directly. This saves us from having to call
+ ** pagerPagecount() to make sure pgno is within limits, which results
+ ** in a measureable performance improvements.
+ */
+ *ppPage = pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, pgno);
+ if( pPage ){
+ /* Page is already in cache */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ /* Page not in cache. Acquire it. */
+ if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ pPage = *ppPage;
+ }
+ if( !pPage->isInit ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ *ppPage = 0;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior
+** call to sqlite3BtreeGetPage.
+*/
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+ if( pPage ){
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pPage->pDbPage)>1 );
+ assert( pPage->aData );
+ assert( pPage->pBt );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
+ if( pPage->isInit ){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ){
+ sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+*/
+static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
+ BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
+ assert( pBt->db );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
+ return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+**
+** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
+** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named
+** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
+** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */
+ Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+ int flags, /* Options */
+ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS to use for this btree */
+ BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */
+ Btree *p; /* Handle to return */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ u8 nReserve;
+ unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
+
+ /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
+ ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if
+ ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled
+ ** into the library.
+ */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+ const int isMemdb = 0;
+ #else
+ const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:");
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+ pVfs = db->pVfs;
+ p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+ p->db = db;
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /*
+ ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
+ ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
+ */
+ if( isMemdb==0
+ && (db->flags & SQLITE_Vtab)==0
+ && zFilename && zFilename[0]
+ ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
+ int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
+ p->sharable = 1;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache;
+ if( !zFullPathname ){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
+ mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+ for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
+ assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
+ if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
+ && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
+ p->pBt = pBt;
+ pBt->nRef++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+ sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ else{
+ /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
+ ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and
+ ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
+ ** statements to find locking problems.
+ */
+ p->sharable = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+ if( pBt==0 ){
+ /*
+ ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+ ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result
+ ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+ */
+ assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+ assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+
+ pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
+ if( pBt==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto btree_open_out;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
+ EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto btree_open_out;
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
+ p->pBt = pBt;
+
+ sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
+ pBt->pCursor = 0;
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
+ pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
+ if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
+ pBt->pageSize = 0;
+ sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
+ ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
+ ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
+ ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
+ ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
+ */
+ if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+#endif
+ nReserve = 0;
+ }else{
+ nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+ pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+ }
+ pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+ assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
+ sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
+ */
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
+ pBt->nRef = 1;
+ mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+ pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+ if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ db->mallocFailed = 0;
+ goto btree_open_out;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+ pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+ GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
+ ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
+ ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
+ */
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ int i;
+ Btree *pSib;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
+ while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
+ if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
+ p->pNext = pSib;
+ p->pPrev = 0;
+ pSib->pPrev = p;
+ }else{
+ while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
+ pSib = pSib->pNext;
+ }
+ p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
+ p->pPrev = pSib;
+ if( p->pNext ){
+ p->pNext->pPrev = p;
+ }
+ pSib->pNext = p;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ *ppBtree = p;
+
+btree_open_out:
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
+ sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pBt);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ *ppBtree = 0;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero,
+** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return
+** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
+** false if it is still positive.
+*/
+static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;
+ BtShared *pList;
+ int removed = 0;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
+ pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ pBt->nRef--;
+ if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
+ if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
+ GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
+ }else{
+ pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+ while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
+ pList=pList->pNext;
+ }
+ if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+ pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+ }
+ removed = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ return removed;
+#else
+ return 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
+** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
+*/
+static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+ if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+ pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
+*/
+static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+ sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
+ pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtCursor *pCur;
+
+ /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ pCur = pBt->pCursor;
+ while( pCur ){
+ BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
+ pCur = pCur->pNext;
+ if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
+ ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
+ ** this handle.
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+
+ /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
+ ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
+ ** up the shared-btree.
+ */
+ assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
+ if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
+ /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
+ ** it without having to hold the mutex.
+ **
+ ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
+ */
+ assert( !pBt->pCursor );
+ sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+ if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
+ pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema);
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ sqlite3_free(pBt);
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
+ assert( p->locked==0 );
+ if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+ if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
+**
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other
+** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
+/*
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+**
+** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
+** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
+** changed.
+**
+** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
+** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
+** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
+** at the beginning of a page.
+**
+** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
+** bytes per page is left unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+ if( nReserve<0 ){
+ nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+ }
+ assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
+ if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
+ ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
+ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+ assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
+ pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
+ }
+ pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
+ return p->pBt->pageSize;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
+ int n;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
+** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
+** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+ int n;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return n;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
+
+/*
+** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
+** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
+** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
+#else
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ u8 av = autoVacuum ?1:0;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && av!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }else{
+ pBt->autoVacuum = av;
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
+** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+#else
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = (
+ (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
+ (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
+ BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
+ );
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
+ int rc;
+ MemPage *pPage1;
+ int nPage;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+ ** a valid database file.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }else if( nPage>0 ){
+ int pageSize;
+ int usableSize;
+ u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+ if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ if( page1[18]>1 ){
+ pBt->readOnly = 1;
+ }
+ if( page1[19]>1 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+
+ /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum
+ ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
+ ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
+ ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
+ */
+ if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
+ if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 ||
+ (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE)
+ ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+ usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
+ if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
+ /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
+ ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
+ ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
+ ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
+ ** again with the correct page-size.
+ */
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
+ pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( usableSize<500 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
+ pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+ ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+ ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header.
+ ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+ ** 2-byte pointer to the cell
+ ** 4-byte child pointer
+ ** 9-byte nKey value
+ ** 4-byte nData value
+ ** 4-byte overflow page pointer
+ ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
+ ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+ ** page pointer.
+ */
+ pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23;
+ pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
+ pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
+ pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
+ assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+ pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the
+** busy callback if there is lock contention.
+*/
+static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pRef) );
+ if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
+ u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction;
+ btreeIntegrity(pRef);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0);
+ pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction;
+ pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pRef->pBt->nTransaction--;
+ }
+ btreeIntegrity(pRef);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+ if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){
+ assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+#if 0
+ if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
+ MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
+ pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage);
+ pPage->pBt = pBt;
+ pPage->pgno = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+ }
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ pBt->inStmt = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
+** file.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
+ MemPage *pP1;
+ unsigned char *data;
+ int rc;
+ int nPage;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nPage>0 ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+ assert( pP1!=0 );
+ data = pP1->aData;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+ assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+ put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
+ data[18] = 1;
+ data[19] = 1;
+ assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
+ data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
+ data[21] = 64;
+ data[22] = 32;
+ data[23] = 32;
+ memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+ zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+ pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
+ assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
+ put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
+ put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+**
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
+** changes to the database. None of the following routines
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**
+** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+** sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+** sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+**
+** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
+** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
+** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
+** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
+**
+** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
+** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
+** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
+** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
+** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
+** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
+** proceed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+ /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+ ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+ ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+ */
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+ goto trans_begun;
+ }
+
+ /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
+ if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ goto trans_begun;
+ }
+
+ /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
+ ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
+ ** requested, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+ */
+ if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto trans_begun;
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ if( wrflag>1 ){
+ BtLock *pIter;
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto trans_begun;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ do {
+ if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
+ do{
+ rc = lockBtree(pBt);
+ }while( pBt->pPage1==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+ if( pBt->readOnly ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager, wrflag>1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
+ }else{
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+ }
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
+ btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
+ pBt->nTransaction++;
+ }
+ p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+ if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
+ pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ if( wrflag>1 ){
+ assert( !pBt->pExclusive );
+ pBt->pExclusive = p;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+
+trans_begun:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+ /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
+ ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
+ ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
+ }
+
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+
+/*
+** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
+** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
+** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+*/
+static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
+ int i; /* Counter variable */
+ int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+ Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
+ }
+ nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+
+ rc = ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
+ }
+
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
+ rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
+ }
+
+set_child_ptrmaps_out:
+ pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow
+** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to
+** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as
+** follows:
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
+** page of pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
+** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
+** overflow page in the list.
+*/
+static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
+ /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */
+ if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
+ }else{
+ u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+ int i;
+ int nCell;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage);
+ nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
+ CellInfo info;
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ if( info.iOverflow ){
+ if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){
+ put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
+ put4byte(pCell, iTo);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( i==nCell ){
+ if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
+ get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
+ }
+
+ pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
+** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+*/
+static int relocatePage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */
+ MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */
+ u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
+ Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
+ Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */
+ int isCommit
+){
+ MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
+ Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
+ Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
+ eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
+
+ /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
+ TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
+ iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
+ rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
+
+ /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
+ ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
+ ** pages need to be changed.
+ **
+ ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
+ ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
+ ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
+ */
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
+ if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
+ rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
+ ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
+ ** iPtrPage.
+ */
+ if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pPtrPage);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
+ releasePage(pPtrPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
+static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+
+/*
+** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
+** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the
+** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
+** is no longer in use.
+**
+** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes
+** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
+** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
+** number of pages the database file will contain after this
+** process is complete.
+*/
+static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){
+ Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+ if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ int rc;
+ u8 eType;
+ Pgno iPtrPage;
+
+ nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+ if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+ if( nFin==0 ){
+ /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
+ ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
+ ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
+ ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
+ */
+ Pgno iFreePg;
+ MemPage *pFreePg;
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
+ releasePage(pFreePg);
+ }
+ } else {
+ Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
+ MemPage *pLastPg;
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
+ ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
+ **
+ ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
+ ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
+ ** of the file is found.
+ */
+ do {
+ MemPage *pFreePg;
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pLastPg);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ releasePage(pFreePg);
+ }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
+ assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
+
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0);
+ }
+ releasePage(pLastPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( nFin==0 ){
+ iLastPg--;
+ while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
+ iLastPg--;
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
+** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
+**
+** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
+** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occured,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else{
+ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+ rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, pagerPagecount(pBt));
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
+** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
+** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
+** pages are in use.
+*/
+static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+ VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+ assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
+ if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
+ Pgno nFin;
+ Pgno nFree;
+ Pgno nPtrmap;
+ Pgno iFree;
+ const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize;
+ Pgno nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt);
+
+ if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ nOrig--;
+ }
+ nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+ nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5);
+ nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
+ if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ nFin--;
+ }
+ while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ nFin--;
+ }
+
+ for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
+ rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree);
+ }
+ if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
+ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+
+/*
+** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine
+** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
+** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
+** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
+** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
+** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
+** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
+** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
+** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
+** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the
+** commit process.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+**
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+**
+** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The
+** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked
+** prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did
+** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
+** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this
+** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal
+** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+ /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
+ ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
+ */
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ int rc;
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+ pBt->inStmt = 0;
+ }
+ unlockAllTables(p);
+
+ /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction
+ ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set
+ ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below
+ ** will unlock the pager.
+ */
+ if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
+ pBt->nTransaction--;
+ if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock
+ ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.
+ */
+ btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Do both phases of a commit.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+**
+** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
+** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was
+** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
+** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
+*/
+static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
+ BtCursor *pCur;
+ int r = 0;
+ for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+ if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
+** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
+** references.
+**
+** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
+** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
+** the cache with pBtree.
+**
+** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
+** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
+** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
+** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables
+** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
+** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be
+** invalidated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+ for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
+ p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
+ p->skip = errCode;
+ for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
+ p->apPage[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be
+** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor
+** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
+** in an error.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ MemPage *pPage1;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst
+ ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
+ ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then
+ ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
+ ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort
+ ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
+ }
+#endif
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+ unlockAllTables(p);
+
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ int rc2;
+
+ assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
+ rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
+ if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = rc2;
+ }
+
+ /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So
+ ** call sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
+ ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
+ if( sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ }
+ assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+ }
+
+ if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
+ assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
+ pBt->nTransaction--;
+ if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+ pBt->inStmt = 0;
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can
+** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
+** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
+** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
+** commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time. It is an error to try
+** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( !pBt->inStmt );
+ assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
+ if( NEVER(p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBt->inStmt || pBt->readOnly) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+ }else{
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
+ ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
+ ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
+ ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint+1);
+ pBt->inStmt = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress. If no
+** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
+ if( pBt->inStmt ){
+ int iStmtpoint = p->db->nSavepoint;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iStmtpoint);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pBt->inStmt = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback the active statement subtransaction. If no subtransaction
+** is active this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation. Any attempt
+** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
+** will result in an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
+ if( pBt->inStmt ){
+ int iStmtpoint = p->db->nSavepoint;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iStmtpoint);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iStmtpoint);
+ }
+ pBt->inStmt = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
+** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
+** of op.
+**
+** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
+** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
+** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
+** transaction remains open.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( pBt->inStmt==0 );
+ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+ assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ pBt->db = p->db;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable. The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on
+** the database file.
+**
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
+**
+** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache
+** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
+** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise
+** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
+** the read cursors in the other database connection.
+**
+** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4: There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorSize() bytes of memory
+** pointed to by pCur have been zeroed by the caller.
+*/
+static int btreeCursor(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree */
+ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
+ BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
+){
+ int rc;
+ Pgno nPage;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
+ if( wrFlag ){
+ assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+ if( NEVER(pBt->readOnly) ){
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+ if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0, 0) ){
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
+ rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, (int *)&nPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( iTable==1 && nPage==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
+ goto create_cursor_exception;
+ }
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto create_cursor_exception;
+ }
+
+ /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
+ ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the
+ ** output argument to this function).
+ */
+ pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ pCur->pBtree = p;
+ pCur->pBt = pBt;
+ pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag;
+ pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+ if( pCur->pNext ){
+ pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+ }
+ pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+create_cursor_exception:
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[0]);
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree */
+ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */
+ BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
+ rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(){
+ return sizeof(BtCursor);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
+ if( pBtree ){
+ int i;
+ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+ pBt->db = pBtree->db;
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+ if( pCur->pPrev ){
+ pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+ }else{
+ pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
+ }
+ if( pCur->pNext ){
+ pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ }
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+ invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+ /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
+** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
+ int i;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(BtCursor));
+ pTempCur->pNext = 0;
+ pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<=pTempCur->iPage; i++){
+ sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->apPage[i]->pDbPage);
+ }
+ assert( pTempCur->pKey==0 );
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
+** function above.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int i;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->apPage[i]->pDbPage);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
+** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call
+** sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeParseCell().
+**
+** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
+** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
+** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
+** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
+** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function
+** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+ CellInfo info;
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+ memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
+ assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+ }
+#else
+ #define assertCellInfo(x)
+#endif
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+ /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
+ static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
+ pCur->validNKey = 1;
+ }else{
+ assertCellInfo(pCur);
+ }
+ }
+#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
+ /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
+#define getCellInfo(pCur) \
+ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage; \
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \
+ pCur->validNKey = 1; \
+ }else{ \
+ assertCellInfo(pCur); \
+ }
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0.
+**
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ *pSize = 0;
+ }else{
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to. Always return SQLITE_OK.
+** Failure is not possible. If the cursor is not currently
+** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
+** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
+ *pSize = 0;
+ }else{
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
+** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
+**
+** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
+**
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
+**
+** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
+** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
+** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
+** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
+** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
+** *ppPage is set to zero.
+*/
+static int getOverflowPage(
+ BtShared *pBt,
+ Pgno ovfl, /* Overflow page */
+ MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
+ Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
+){
+ Pgno next = 0;
+ MemPage *pPage = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert(pPgnoNext);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
+ ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
+ ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
+ ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
+ ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+ */
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ Pgno pgno;
+ Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
+ u8 eType;
+
+ while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ iGuess++;
+ }
+
+ if( iGuess<=pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
+ next = iGuess;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0);
+ assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0);
+ if( next==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pPgnoNext = next;
+ if( ppPage ){
+ *ppPage = pPage;
+ }else{
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ }
+ return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
+**
+** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
+** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
+** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
+** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
+** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+*/
+static int copyPayload(
+ void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */
+ void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */
+ int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */
+ int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
+ DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */
+){
+ if( eOp ){
+ /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
+ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
+ }else{
+ /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
+ memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
+** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
** buffer pBuf).
*/
static int accessPayload(
BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
- int offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
- int amt, /* Read this many bytes */
+ u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+ u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */
unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
int skipKey, /* offset begins at data if this is true */
int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
u32 nKey;
int iIdx = 0;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; /* Btree page of current cursor entry */
- BtShared *pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
+ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
assert( pPage );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
- assert( offset>=0 );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
getCellInfo(pCur);
aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
- nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : pCur->info.nKey);
+ nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
if( skipKey ){
offset += nKey;
}
- if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){
+ if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData
+ || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
+ ){
/* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
/* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
}
- pBt = pCur->pBt;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
- const int ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
+ const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
Pgno nextPage;
nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
- if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){
+ assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ if( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 );
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0, 0);
}
return rc;
rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+ assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1, 0);
}
return rc;
unsigned char *aPayload;
MemPage *pPage;
u32 nKey;
- int nLocal;
+ u32 nLocal;
- assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
+ assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- assert( pCur->
idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ assert( pCur->
aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
getCellInfo(pCur);
aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
if( pPage->intKey ){
nKey = 0;
}else{
- nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
+ nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
}
if( skipKey ){
aPayload += nKey;
*/
static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
int rc;
+ int i = pCur->iPage;
MemPage *pNewPage;
- MemPage *pOldPage;
BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage);
+ assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
+ if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage);
if( rc ) return rc;
- pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx;
- pOldPage = pCur->pPage;
- pOldPage->idxShift = 0;
- releasePage(pOldPage);
- pCur->pPage = pNewPage;
- pCur->idx = 0;
+ pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
+ pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
+ pCur->iPage++;
+
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 0;
if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table.
-**
-** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables. But
-** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page
-** is empty except for the right-pointer. In such cases the
-** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page
-** 1 is pointing to.
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
+** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
+** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
+** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
+** the page.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage){
- MemPage *pParent;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- pParent = pPage->pParent;
- if( pParent==0 ) return 1;
- if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0;
- if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1;
- return 0;
+static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
+ assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
+ if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
+ assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
+ }else{
+ assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
+ }
}
+#else
+# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
+#endif
/*
** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
** the largest cell index.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
- MemPage *pParent;
- MemPage *pPage;
- int idxParent;
-
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- assert( pPage!=0 );
- assert( !sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) );
- pParent = pPage->pParent;
- assert( pParent!=0 );
- idxParent = pPage->idxParent;
- sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
- releasePage(pPage);
- pCur->pPage = pParent;
+ assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assertParentIndex(
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
+ );
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+ pCur->iPage--;
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 0;
- assert( pParent->idxShift==0 );
- pCur->idx = idxParent;
}
/*
if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
return pCur->skip;
}
- clearCursorPosition(pCur);
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
}
- pRoot = pCur->pPage;
- if( pRoot && pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ){
- assert( pRoot->isInit );
+
+ if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ }
}else{
if(
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0))
+ SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]))
){
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
return rc;
}
- releasePage(pCur->pPage);
- pCur->pPage = pRoot;
}
- pCur->idx = 0;
+
+ pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
+ assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
+ pCur->iPage = 0;
+ pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->atLast = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 0;
+
if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
Pgno subpage;
assert( pRoot->pgno==1 );
assert( subpage>0 );
pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+ }else{
+ pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
}
- pCur->eState = ((pCur->pPage->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
return rc;
}
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
- assert( pCur->
idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
- pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx));
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+ assert( pCur->
aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+ pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
}
return rc;
static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
Pgno pgno;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- MemPage *pPage;
+ MemPage *pPage = 0;
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- pCur->idx = pPage->nCell;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 0;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
*pRes = 1;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
*pRes = 0;
rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
}
rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
*pRes = 1;
}else{
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
*pRes = 0;
rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
getCellInfo(pCur);
- pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK;
+ pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
}
}
return rc;
}
/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
-** specified by pKey/nKey/pUnKey. Return a success code.
+** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code.
**
-** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used. pKey
-** and pUnKey must be NULL. For index tables, either pUnKey
-** must point to a key that has already been unpacked, or else
-** pKey/nKey describes a blob containing the key.
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
+** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
+** is ignored.
**
** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes
** before or after the key.
**
-** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the
-** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL. The meaning of
-** this value is as follows:
+** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
+** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into
+** *pRes is as follows:
**
** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty
+** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
**
** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** exactly matches pKey.
+** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
**
** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** is larger than pKey.
+** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
**
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
- const void *pKey, /* The key content for indices. Not used by tables */
- UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,/* Unpacked version of pKey */
- i64 nKey, /* Size of pKey. Or the key for tables */
- int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
- int *pRes /* Search result flag */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
+ i64 intKey, /* The table key */
+ int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
+ int *pRes /* Write search results here */
){
int rc;
- char aSpace[200];
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
/* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey && pCur->pPage->intKey ){
- if( pCur->info.nKey==nKey ){
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey
+ && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey
+ ){
+ if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
*pRes = 0;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<nKey ){
+ if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
*pRes = -1;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
-
rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
if( rc ){
return rc;
}
- assert( pCur->pPage );
- assert( pCur->pPage->isInit );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
*pRes = -1;
- assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){
- /* We are given an SQL table to search. The key is the integer
- ** rowid contained in nKey. pKey and pUnKey should both be NULL */
- assert( pUnKey==0 );
- assert( pKey==0 );
- }else if( pUnKey==0 ){
- /* We are to search an SQL index using a key encoded as a blob.
- ** The blob is found at pKey and is nKey bytes in length. Unpack
- ** this key so that we can use it. */
- assert( pKey!=0 );
- pUnKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey,
- aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
- if( pUnKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- /* We are to search an SQL index using a key that is already unpacked
- ** and handed to us in pUnKey. */
- assert( pKey==0 );
- }
+ assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
for(;;){
int lwr, upr;
Pgno chldPg;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
int c = -1; /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */
lwr = 0;
upr = pPage->nCell-1;
- if( !pPage->intKey && pUnKey==0 ){
+ if( (!pPage->intKey && pIdxKey==0) || upr<0 ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
goto moveto_finish;
}
if( biasRight ){
- pCur->idx = upr;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)upr;
}else{
- pCur->idx = (upr+lwr)/2;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((upr+lwr)/2);
}
- if( lwr<=upr ) for(;;){
+ for(;;){
void *pCellKey;
i64 nCellKey;
+ int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 1;
if( pPage->intKey ){
u8 *pCell;
- pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
if( pPage->hasData ){
u32 dummy;
pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
}
getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
- if( nCellKey==nKey ){
+ if( nCellKey==intKey ){
c = 0;
- }else if( nCellKey<nKey ){
+ }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){
c = -1;
}else{
- assert( nCellKey>nKey );
+ assert( nCellKey>intKey );
c = +1;
}
}else{
pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey;
if( available>=nCellKey ){
- c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCellKey, pCellKey, pUnKey);
+ c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare((int)nCellKey, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
}else{
- pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCellKey );
+ pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)nCellKey );
if( pCellKey==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto moveto_finish;
}
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey);
- c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCellKey, pCellKey, pUnKey);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, (void*)pCellKey);
+ c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare((int)nCellKey, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
}
if( c==0 ){
pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
- lwr = pCur->idx;
+ lwr = idx;
upr = lwr - 1;
break;
}else{
- if( pRes ) *pRes = 0;
+ *pRes = 0;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
goto moveto_finish;
}
}
if( c<0 ){
- lwr = pCur->idx+1;
+ lwr = idx+1;
}else{
- upr = pCur->idx-1;
+ upr = idx-1;
}
if( lwr>upr ){
pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
break;
}
- pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((lwr+upr)/2);
}
assert( lwr==upr+1 );
assert( pPage->isInit );
chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
}
if( chldPg==0 ){
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
if( pRes ) *pRes = c;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
goto moveto_finish;
}
- pCur->idx = lwr;
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 0;
rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
}
moveto_finish:
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
+** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the
+** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
+ const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
+ i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */
+ int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */
+ int *pRes /* Write search results here */
+){
+ int rc; /* Status code */
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */
+ UnpackedRecord aSpace[16]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
+
+ if( pKey ){
+ assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
+ pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey,
+ aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
+ if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pIdxKey = 0;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
if( pKey ){
- /* If we created our own unpacked key at the top of this
- ** procedure, then destroy that key before returning. */
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pUnKey);
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
}
return rc;
}
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
int rc;
+ int idx;
MemPage *pPage;
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
return rc;
}
assert( pRes!=0 );
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
*pRes = 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
pCur->skip = 0;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
assert( pPage->isInit );
- assert( pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+ assert( idx<=pPage->nCell );
- pCur->idx++;
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+ if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
if( !pPage->leaf ){
rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
if( rc ) return rc;
return rc;
}
do{
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
*pRes = 1;
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur);
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell );
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
*pRes = 0;
if( pPage->intKey ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
int rc;
- Pgno pgno;
MemPage *pPage;
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
}
pCur->skip = 0;
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
assert( pPage->isInit );
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 );
if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) );
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+ int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
if( rc ){
return rc;
}
rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
}else{
- while( pCur->idx==0 ){
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){
+ while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
*pRes = 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur);
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
}
- pCur->idx--;
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 0;
+
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
}else{
** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( exact && nearby<=pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
+ if( exact && nearby<=pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
u8 eType;
assert( nearby>0 );
assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
releasePage(pNewTrunk);
if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
}else{
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){
- int nPage;
+ int noContent;
+ Pgno nPage;
*pPgno = iPage;
- nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
+ nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt);
if( *pPgno>nPage ){
/* Free page off the end of the file */
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
}
put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pTrunk->pDbPage) );
+ noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PagerDontRollback((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
releasePage(*ppPage);
}else{
/* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
** end of the file */
- int nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
+ int nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt);
*pPgno = nPage + 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->nTrunc ){
- /* An incr-vacuum has already run within this transaction. So the
- ** page to allocate is not from the physical end of the file, but
- ** at pBt->nTrunc.
- */
- *pPgno = pBt->nTrunc+1;
- if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- (*pPgno)++;
- }
+ if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ (*pPgno)++;
}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){
/* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
(*pPgno)++;
if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ (*pPgno)++; }
}
- if( pBt->nTrunc ){
- pBt->nTrunc = *pPgno;
- }
#endif
assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
end_allocate_page:
releasePage(pTrunk);
releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
+ }
return rc;
}
/*
-** Add a page of the database file to the freelist.
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
+** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
+**
+** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
+** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
**
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() is NOT called for pPage.
+** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
+** its reference count is not altered by this function.
*/
-static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
- int rc, n, k;
+static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
+ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */
+ Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
+ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
- /* Prepare the page for freeing */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- releasePage(pPage->pParent);
- pPage->pParent = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( iPage>1 );
+ assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
+
+ if( pMemPage ){
+ pPage = pMemPage;
+ sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
+ }else{
+ pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
+ }
/* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1);
+ if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+ nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
/* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then
** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
*/
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( (!pPage && (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)))
+ || (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))
+ ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
#endif
** to indicate that the page is free.
*/
if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pPage->pgno, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
+ if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
}
- if( n==0 ){
- /* This is the first free page */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno));
- }else{
- /* Other free pages already exist. Retrive the first trunk page
- ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */
- MemPage *pTrunk;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
- if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
- /* The trunk is full. Turn the page being freed into a new
- ** trunk page with no leaves.
+ /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
+ ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
+ ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
+ ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
+ ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
+ ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
+ */
+ if( nFree!=0 ){
+ int nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
+
+ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+
+ nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+ if( nLeaf<0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ if( nLeaf<pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+ /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
+ ** being freed as a new leaf.
**
** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
*/
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno);
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n",
- pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno));
- }
- }else if( k<0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
- }else{
- /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1);
- put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno);
+ put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
+ put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( pPage ){
+ sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ }
#endif
+ rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
}
TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+ goto freepage_out;
}
- releasePage(pTrunk);
}
+
+ /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
+ ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
+ ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
+ ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
+ ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
+ */
+ if( ((!pPage) && (0 != (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))))
+ || (0 != (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage)))
+ ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
+ put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
+ TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
+
+freepage_out:
+ if( pPage ){
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ }
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ releasePage(pTrunk);
return rc;
}
+static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
+ return freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
+}
/*
** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
Pgno ovflPgno;
int rc;
int nOvfl;
- int ovflPageSize;
+ u16 ovflPageSize;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
}
ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+ assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
while( nOvfl-- ){
- MemPage *pOvfl;
- if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
+ Pgno iNext = 0;
+ MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+ if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
-
- rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, (nOvfl==0)?0:&ovflPgno);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = freePage(pOvfl);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
+ if( nOvfl ){
+ rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+ rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
+ if( pOvfl ){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
+ }
if( rc ) return rc;
+ ovflPgno = iNext;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
+ ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
+ assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
/* Fill in the header. */
nHeader = 0;
if( !pPage->leaf ){
sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
assert( info.nKey==nKey );
- assert( info.nData==nData+nZero );
+ assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
/* Fill in the payload */
nPayload = nData + nZero;
pSrc = pData;
nSrc = nData;
nData = 0;
- }else{
- nPayload += nKey;
+ }else{
+ if( nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+ }
+ nPayload += (int)nKey;
pSrc = pKey;
- nSrc = nKey;
+ nSrc = (int)nKey;
}
*pnSize = info.nSize;
spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
while( nPayload>0 ){
if( spaceLeft==0 ){
- int isExact = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
} while(
PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
);
- if( pgnoOvfl>1 ){
- /* isExact = 1; */
- }
}
#endif
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, isExact);
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
releasePage(pToRelease);
return rc;
}
+
+ /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
+ ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+ /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+ ** is still writeable */
+ assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
releasePage(pToRelease);
pToRelease = pOvfl;
}
n = nPayload;
if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
+
+ /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
+ ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+ /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+ ** is still writeable */
+ assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
if( nSrc>0 ){
if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
assert( pSrc );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-/*
-** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is
-** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the
-** pointer in the third argument.
-**
-** If the final argument, updatePtrmap, is non-zero and the database
-** is an auto-vacuum database, then the pointer-map entry for pgno
-** is updated.
-*/
-static int reparentPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* B-Tree structure */
- Pgno pgno, /* Page number of child being adopted */
- MemPage *pNewParent, /* New parent of pgno */
- int idx, /* Index of child page pgno in pNewParent */
- int updatePtrmap /* If true, update pointer-map for pgno */
-){
- MemPage *pThis;
- DbPage *pDbPage;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pNewParent!=0 );
- if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
- pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
- if( pDbPage ){
- pThis = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
- if( pThis->isInit ){
- assert( pThis->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
- if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){
- if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3PagerUnref(pThis->pParent->pDbPage);
- pThis->pParent = pNewParent;
- sqlite3PagerRef(pNewParent->pDbPage);
- }
- pThis->idxParent = idx;
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- }
-
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM && updatePtrmap ){
- return ptrmapPut(pBt, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pNewParent->pgno);
- }
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* If the updatePtrmap flag was clear, assert that the entry in the
- ** pointer-map is already correct.
- */
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager,PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt,pgno));
- if( pDbPage ){
- u8 eType;
- Pgno ii;
- int rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgno, &eType, &ii);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK && ii==pNewParent->pgno && eType==PTRMAP_BTREE );
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back
-** to pPage.
-**
-** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage()
-** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent.
-**
-** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into
-** another.
-**
-** If updatePtrmap is true, then the pointer-map entries for all child
-** pages of pPage are updated.
-*/
-static int reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage, int updatePtrmap){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- int i;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- Pgno iRight = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-
- for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
- u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, i, updatePtrmap);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- rc = reparentPage(pBt, iRight, pPage, i, updatePtrmap);
- pPage->idxShift = 0;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
/*
** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only.
** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that
**
** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
*/
-static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
+static int dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
int i; /* Loop counter */
int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */
u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+ int rc; /* The return code */
assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
data = pPage->aData;
ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
pc = get2byte(ptr);
- assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+ if( (pc<pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4))
+ || (pc+sz>pPage->pBt->usableSize) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
for(i=idx+1; i<pPage->nCell; i++, ptr+=2){
ptr[0] = ptr[2];
ptr[1] = ptr[3];
pPage->nCell--;
put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
pPage->nFree += 2;
- pPage->idxShift = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+ assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) );
assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
pCell = pTemp;
}
j = pPage->nOverflow++;
- assert( j<sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) );
+ assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) );
pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
- pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i;
+ pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i;
pPage->nFree = 0;
}else{
int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2;
ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
if( end > top - sz ){
- defragmentPage(pPage);
+ rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
assert( end + sz <= top );
}
idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz);
assert( idx>0 );
assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+ if (idx+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize) {
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
pPage->nCell++;
pPage->nFree -= 2;
memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
}
put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
- pPage->idxShift = 1;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
/* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 );
totalSize = 0;
for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
totalSize += aSize[i];
}
assert( totalSize+2*nCell<=pPage->nFree );
assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
data = pPage->aData;
hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
}
assert( cellbody==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
}
- pPage->nCell = nCell;
+ pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
}
/*
#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */
/* Forward reference */
-static int balance(MemPage*, int);
+static int balance(BtCursor*, int);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
/*
** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry
** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
*/
-static int balance_quick(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent){
+static int balance_quick(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc;
- MemPage *pNew;
+ MemPage *pNew = 0;
Pgno pgnoNew;
u8 *pCell;
u16 szCell;
CellInfo info;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ MemPage *pParent = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1];
BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
int parentIdx = pParent->nCell; /* pParent new divider cell index */
int parentSize; /* Size of new divider cell */
** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage.
*/
rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
- szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
- zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]);
- assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
+ szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
+ zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]);
+ assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+
+ /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this
+ ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and
+ ** pPage is the next-to-right child.
+ **
+ ** Ignore the return value of the call to fillInCell(). fillInCell()
+ ** may only return other than SQLITE_OK if it is required to allocate
+ ** one or more overflow pages. Since an internal table B-Tree cell
+ ** may never spill over onto an overflow page (it is a maximum of
+ ** 13 bytes in size), it is not neccessary to check the return code.
+ **
+ ** Similarly, the insertCell() function cannot fail if the page
+ ** being inserted into is already writable and the cell does not
+ ** contain an overflow pointer. So ignore this return code too.
+ */
+ assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
+ sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize);
+ assert( parentSize<64 );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+ insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4);
+ put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno);
+ put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
+
+ /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
+ ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
+ ** cell on the page to an overflow page.
+ */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0);
+ }
+ }
- /* Set the parent of the newly allocated page to pParent. */
- pNew->pParent = pParent;
- sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
+ /* Release the reference to the new page. */
+ releasePage(pNew);
+ }
- /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this
- ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and
- ** pPage is the next-to-right child.
- **
- ** Ignore the return value of the call to fillInCell(). fillInCell()
- ** may only return other than SQLITE_OK if it is required to allocate
- ** one or more overflow pages. Since an internal table B-Tree cell
- ** may never spill over onto an overflow page (it is a maximum of
- ** 13 bytes in size), it is not neccessary to check the return code.
+ /* At this point the pPage->nFree variable is not set correctly with
+ ** respect to the content of the page (because it was set to 0 by
+ ** insertCell). So call sqlite3BtreeInitPage() to make sure it is
+ ** correct.
**
- ** Similarly, the insertCell() function cannot fail if the page
- ** being inserted into is already writable and the cell does not
- ** contain an overflow pointer. So ignore this return code too.
+ ** This has to be done even if an error will be returned. Normally, if
+ ** an error occurs during tree balancing, the contents of MemPage are
+ ** not important, as they will be recalculated when the page is rolled
+ ** back. But here, in balance_quick(), it is possible that pPage has
+ ** not yet been marked dirty or written into the journal file. Therefore
+ ** it will not be rolled back and so it is important to make sure that
+ ** the page data and contents of MemPage are consistent.
*/
- assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
- pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
- sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize);
- assert( parentSize<64 );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
- insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4);
- put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno);
- put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage);
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
- ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
- ** cell on the page to an overflow page.
+ /* If everything else succeeded, balance the parent page, in
+ ** case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull.
*/
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pNew);
- return rc;
- }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ pCur->iPage--;
+ rc = balance(pCur, 0);
}
-
- /* Release the reference to the new page and balance the parent page,
- ** in case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull.
- */
- releasePage(pNew);
- return balance(pParent, 0);
+ return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
** be rolled back.
*/
-static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){
+static int balance_nonroot(BtCursor *pCur){
+ MemPage *pPage; /* The over or underfull page to balance */
MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of pPage */
BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */
int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
- int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
- int nNew; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+ int nOld = 0; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+ int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
int nDiv; /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */
int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */
int idx; /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */
u8 *aSpace2 = 0; /* Space for overflow dividers cells after balance */
u8 *aFrom = 0;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ VVA_ONLY( pCur->pagesShuffled = 1 );
/*
** Find the parent page.
*/
+ assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
assert( pPage->isInit );
assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) || pPage->nOverflow==1 );
pBt = pPage->pBt;
- pParent = pPage->pParent;
+ pParent = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1];
assert( pParent );
if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage)) ){
- return rc;
+ goto balance_cleanup;
}
TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
pPage->intKey &&
pPage->nOverflow==1 &&
pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell &&
- pPage->pParent->pgno!=1 &&
+ pParent->pgno!=1 &&
get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno
){
assert( pPage->intKey );
** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that
** they are not full and no new page is required.
*/
- return balance_quick(pPage, pParent);
+ return balance_quick(pCur);
}
#endif
if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage)) ){
- return rc;
+ goto balance_cleanup;
}
/*
** to pPage. The "idx" variable is the index of that cell. If pPage
** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell
*/
- if( pParent->idxShift ){
- Pgno pgno;
- pgno = pPage->pgno;
- assert( pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
- for(idx=0; idx<pParent->nCell; idx++){
- if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){
- break;
- }
- }
- assert( idx<pParent->nCell
- || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno );
- }else{
- idx = pPage->idxParent;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump
- ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment.
- */
- nOld = nNew = 0;
- sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
+ idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1];
+ assertParentIndex(pParent, idx, pPage->pgno);
/*
** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide
}else{
break;
}
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent);
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i]);
if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- apOld[i]->idxParent = k;
+ /* apOld[i]->idxParent = k; */
apCopy[i] = 0;
assert( i==nOld );
nOld++;
}
szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
- assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
+ assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
for(i=1; i<NB; i++){
aCopy[i] = &aCopy[i-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
- assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
+ assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
}
aSpace1 = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
- assert( ((aSpace1 - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
+ assert( ((aSpace1 - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
aFrom = &aSpace1[pBt->pageSize];
}
szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
int a;
- aFrom[nCell] = i;
+ aFrom[nCell] = (u8)i; assert( i>=0 && i<6 );
for(a=0; a<pOld->nOverflow; a++){
if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){
aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
}
dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
- szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection;
+ assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
+ szCell[nCell] -= (u16)leafCorrection;
assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] );
if( !pOld->leaf ){
assert( leafCorrection==0 );
j--;
sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
pCell = pTemp;
- fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &sz);
+ rc = fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &sz);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto balance_cleanup;
+ }
pTemp = 0;
}else{
pCell -= 4;
assert( iSpace2<=pBt->pageSize );
rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno);
/* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree,
}
}
}
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){
/* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */
put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
}
/*
- ** Reparent children of all cells.
- */
- for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
- rc = reparentChildPages(apNew[i], 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
- }
- rc = reparentChildPages(pParent, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
-
- /*
** Balance the parent page. Note that the current page (pPage) might
** have been added to the freelist so it might no longer be initialized.
** But the parent page will always be initialized.
assert( pParent->isInit );
sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
apCell = 0;
- rc = balance(pParent, 0);
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+ pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ pCur->iPage--;
+ rc = balance(pCur, 0);
/*
** Cleanup before returning.
for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
releasePage(apNew[i]);
}
- releasePage(pParent);
- TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
- pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
+
return rc;
}
** page contains no cells. This is an opportunity to make the tree
** shallower by one level.
*/
-static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){
+static int balance_shallower(BtCursor *pCur){
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Root page of B-Tree */
MemPage *pChild; /* The only child page of pPage */
Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number for pChild */
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subprocedures */
u8 **apCell; /* All cells from pages being balanced */
u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells */
- assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
+ assert( pCur->iPage==0 );
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[0];
+
assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
pBt = pPage->pBt;
** for the right-pointer to the child page. The child page becomes
** the virtual root of the tree.
*/
+ VVA_ONLY( pCur->pagesShuffled = 1 );
pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
assert( pgnoChild>0 );
- assert( pgnoChild<=pagerPagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) );
+ assert( pgnoChild<=pagerPagecount(pPage->pBt) );
rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild, 0);
if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
if( pPage->pgno==1 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild);
if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 );
if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){
}
assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell);
/* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8],
get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8]));
- freePage(pChild);
+ rc = freePage(pChild);
TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
}else{
/* The child has more information that will fit on the root.
}else{
memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize);
pPage->isInit = 0;
- pPage->pParent = 0;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
freePage(pChild);
TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n",
pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno));
}
- rc = reparentChildPages(pPage, 1);
assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
- rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pPage, i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_shallow_balance;
- }
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = setChildPtrmaps(pPage);
}
+#endif
releasePage(pChild);
}
end_shallow_balance:
** child. Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child
** to cause it to split.
*/
-static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){
+static int balance_deeper(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Pointer to the root page */
MemPage *pChild; /* Pointer to a new child page */
Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number of the new child page */
BtShared *pBt; /* The BTree */
u8 *data; /* Content of the parent page */
u8 *cdata; /* Content of the child page */
int hdr; /* Offset to page header in parent */
- int brk; /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */
+ int cbrk; /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */
- assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 );
+ assert( pCur->iPage==0 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[0]->nOverflow>0 );
+
+ VVA_ONLY( pCur->pagesShuffled = 1 );
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[0];
pBt = pPage->pBt;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0);
if( rc ) return rc;
assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
data = pPage->aData;
hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
cdata = pChild->aData;
memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr);
- memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk);
- if( pChild->isInit ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage);
- if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
- memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]));
- pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
- if( pChild->nOverflow ){
- pChild->nFree = 0;
- }
- assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
- zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
- TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- int i;
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno);
- if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
- for(i=0; i<pChild->nCell; i++){
- rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pChild, i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto balancedeeper_out;
+ memcpy(&cdata[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize-cbrk);
+
+ assert( pChild->isInit==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nCopy = pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]);
+ memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, nCopy);
+ pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
+ if( pChild->nOverflow ){
+ pChild->nFree = 0;
+ }
+ assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+ put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = setChildPtrmaps(pChild);
+ }
+ if( rc ){
+ pChild->nOverflow = 0;
}
+#endif
}
- rc = reparentChildPages(pChild, 1);
}
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = balance_nonroot(pChild);
+ pCur->iPage++;
+ pCur->apPage[1] = pChild;
+ pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+ rc = balance_nonroot(pCur);
+ }else{
+ releasePage(pChild);
}
-balancedeeper_out:
- releasePage(pChild);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced. If balancing is
-** required, call the appropriate balancing routine.
+** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
+** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
+** routine.
+**
+** Parameter isInsert is true if a new cell was just inserted into the
+** page, or false otherwise.
*/
-static int balance(MemPage *pPage, int insert){
+static int balance(BtCursor *pCur, int isInsert){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- if( pPage->pParent==0 ){
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow>0 ){
- rc = balance_deeper(pPage);
+ rc = balance_deeper(pCur);
+ assert( pCur->apPage[0]==pPage );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){
- rc = balance_shallower(pPage);
+ rc = balance_shallower(pCur);
+ assert( pCur->apPage[0]==pPage );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
}
}else{
if( pPage->nOverflow>0 ||
- (!insert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){
- rc = balance_nonroot(pPage);
+ (!isInsert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){
+ rc = balance_nonroot(pCur);
}
}
return rc;
int rc;
int loc;
int szNew;
+ int idx;
MemPage *pPage;
Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
unsigned char *newCell = 0;
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */
- rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- return rc;
- }
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
assert( !pBt->readOnly );
- if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
- return SQLITE_PERM; /* Cursor not open for writing */
- }
+ assert( pCur->wrFlag );
if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur, nKey) ){
return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
}
}
/* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */
- clearCursorPosition(pCur);
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
if(
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) ||
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, 0, nKey, appendBias, &loc))
+ SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc))
){
return rc;
}
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
if( rc ) goto end_insert;
assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+ idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){
u16 szOld;
- assert(
pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
+ assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
if( rc ){
goto end_insert;
}
- oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
+ oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
if( !pPage->leaf ){
memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
}
szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
if( rc ) goto end_insert;
- dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld);
+ rc = dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) {
+ goto end_insert;
+ }
}else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
assert( pPage->leaf );
- pCur->idx++;
+ idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->validNKey = 0;
}else{
assert( pPage->leaf );
}
- rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_insert;
- rc = balance(pPage, 1);
+ rc = insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = balance(pCur, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
+ ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. */
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
moveToRoot(pCur);
}
/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
+** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ int idx;
unsigned char *pCell;
int rc;
Pgno pgnoChild = 0;
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pPage->isInit );
- if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */
- rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- return rc;
- }
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
assert( !pBt->readOnly );
if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
return pCur->skip;
}
- if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){
+ if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell) ){
return SQLITE_ERROR; /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */
}
- if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
- return SQLITE_PERM; /* Did not open this cursor for writing */
- }
+ assert( pCur->wrFlag );
if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur, pCur->info.nKey) ){
return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
}
** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the
** cell. The cell itself is still intact.
*/
- pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
+ idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
if( !pPage->leaf ){
pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell);
}
** to be a leaf so we can use it.
*/
BtCursor leafCur;
+ MemPage *pLeafPage = 0;
+
unsigned char *pNext;
int notUsed;
unsigned char *tempCell = 0;
sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur);
rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(leafCur.pPage->pDbPage);
+ assert( leafCur.aiIdx[leafCur.iPage]==0 );
+ pLeafPage = leafCur.apPage[leafCur.iPage];
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeafPage->pDbPage);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int leafCursorInvalid = 0;
u16 szNext;
TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n",
- pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno));
- dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
- pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx);
- szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext);
+ pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, pLeafPage->pgno));
+ dropCell(pPage, idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
+ pNext = findCell(pLeafPage, 0);
+ szNext = cellSizePtr(pLeafPage, pNext);
assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 );
allocateTempSpace(pBt);
tempCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0);
+ rc = insertCell(pPage, idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0);
}
+
+
+ /* The "if" statement in the next code block is critical. The
+ ** slightest error in that statement would allow SQLite to operate
+ ** correctly most of the time but produce very rare failures. To
+ ** guard against this, the following macros help to verify that
+ ** the "if" statement is well tested.
+ */
+ testcase( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<pBt->usableSize*2/3
+ && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3 );
+ testcase( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree==pBt->usableSize*2/3
+ && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3 );
+ testcase( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree==pBt->usableSize*2/3+1
+ && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3 );
+ testcase( pPage->nOverflow>0 && pPage->nFree<=pBt->usableSize*2/3
+ && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3 );
+ testcase( (pPage->nOverflow>0 || (pPage->nFree > pBt->usableSize*2/3))
+ && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext == pBt->usableSize*2/3 );
+
+
+ if( (pPage->nOverflow>0 || (pPage->nFree > pBt->usableSize*2/3)) &&
+ (pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3)
+ ){
+ /* This branch is taken if the internal node is now either overflowing
+ ** or underfull and the leaf node will be underfull after the just cell
+ ** copied to the internal node is deleted from it. This is a special
+ ** case because the call to balance() to correct the internal node
+ ** may change the tree structure and invalidate the contents of
+ ** the leafCur.apPage[] and leafCur.aiIdx[] arrays, which will be
+ ** used by the balance() required to correct the underfull leaf
+ ** node.
+ **
+ ** The formula used in the expression above are based on facets of
+ ** the SQLite file-format that do not change over time.
+ */
+ testcase( pPage->nFree==pBt->usableSize*2/3+1 );
+ testcase( pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext==pBt->usableSize*2/3+1 );
+ leafCursorInvalid = 1;
+ }
+
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild);
- rc = balance(pPage, 0);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, idx), pgnoChild);
+ VVA_ONLY( pCur->pagesShuffled = 0 );
+ rc = balance(pCur, 0);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && leafCursorInvalid ){
+ /* The leaf-node is now underfull and so the tree needs to be
+ ** rebalanced. However, the balance() operation on the internal
+ ** node above may have modified the structure of the B-Tree and
+ ** so the current contents of leafCur.apPage[] and leafCur.aiIdx[]
+ ** may not be trusted.
+ **
+ ** It is not possible to copy the ancestry from pCur, as the same
+ ** balance() call has invalidated the pCur->apPage[] and aiIdx[]
+ ** arrays.
+ **
+ ** The call to saveCursorPosition() below internally saves the
+ ** key that leafCur is currently pointing to. Currently, there
+ ** are two copies of that key in the tree - one here on the leaf
+ ** page and one on some internal node in the tree. The copy on
+ ** the leaf node is always the next key in tree-order after the
+ ** copy on the internal node. So, the call to sqlite3BtreeNext()
+ ** calls restoreCursorPosition() to point the cursor to the copy
+ ** stored on the internal node, then advances to the next entry,
+ ** which happens to be the copy of the key on the internal node.
+ ** Net effect: leafCur is pointing back to the duplicate cell
+ ** that needs to be removed, and the leafCur.apPage[] and
+ ** leafCur.aiIdx[] arrays are correct.
+ */
+ VVA_ONLY( Pgno leafPgno = pLeafPage->pgno );
+ rc = saveCursorPosition(&leafCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used);
+ }
+ pLeafPage = leafCur.apPage[leafCur.iPage];
+ assert( pLeafPage->pgno==leafPgno );
+ assert( leafCur.aiIdx[leafCur.iPage]==0 );
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext);
- rc = balance(leafCur.pPage, 0);
+
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeafPage->pDbPage))
+ ){
+ dropCell(pLeafPage, 0, szNext);
+ VVA_ONLY( leafCur.pagesShuffled = 0 );
+ rc = balance(&leafCur, 0);
+ assert( leafCursorInvalid || !leafCur.pagesShuffled
+ || !pCur->pagesShuffled );
}
}
sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(&leafCur);
}else{
TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n",
pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno));
- dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
- rc = balance(pPage, 0);
+ rc = dropCell(pPage, idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = balance(pCur, 0);
+ }
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
moveToRoot(pCur);
int rc;
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- /* Must start a transaction first */
- rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- return rc;
- }
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
assert( !pBt->readOnly );
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
}
assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
- }
rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
releasePage(pRoot);
static int clearDatabasePage(
BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */
Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */
- MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page. NULL for the root */
- int freePageFlag /* Deallocate page if true */
+ int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */
+ int *pnChange
){
MemPage *pPage = 0;
int rc;
int i;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
+ if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent);
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage);
if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1);
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
}
rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
}
if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1);
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange);
if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+ }else if( pnChange ){
+ assert( pPage->intKey );
+ *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
}
if( freePageFlag ){
rc = freePage(pPage);
** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the
** root of the table.
+**
+** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
+** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
+** entries in the table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
int rc;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
pBt->db = p->db;
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else if( (rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ if( (rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
/* nothing to do */
}else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){
/* nothing to do */
}else{
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0);
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
*/
-static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
+static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
int rc;
MemPage *pPage = 0;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
/* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
if( rc ){
releasePage(pPage);
return rc;
** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
- DbPage *pDbPage;
+ DbPage *pDbPage = 0;
int rc;
unsigned char *pP1;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
}
assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ if( pBt->pPage1 ){
+ /* The b-tree is already holding a reference to page 1 of the database
+ ** file. In this case the required meta-data value can be read directly
+ ** from the page data of this reference. This is slightly faster than
+ ** requesting a new reference from the pager layer.
+ */
+ pP1 = (unsigned char *)pBt->pPage1->aData;
+ }else{
+ /* The b-tree does not have a reference to page 1 of the database file.
+ ** Obtain one from the pager layer.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pP1 = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
}
- pP1 = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
*pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+
+ /* If the b-tree is not holding a reference to page 1, then one was
+ ** requested from the pager layer in the above block. Release it now.
+ */
+ if( !pBt->pPage1 ){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ }
/* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to
** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly.
assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
pBt->db = p->db;
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
- pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+ pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( idx==7 ){
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
- assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
- pBt->incrVacuum = iMeta;
- }
-#endif
+ if( idx==7 ){
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
+ assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
}
+#endif
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
*/
MemPage *pPage;
restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pPage!=0 );
assert( pPage->pBt==pCur->pBt );
- return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0;
+ return pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset];
}
**
** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
*/
-static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
- if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){
+ if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
return 1;
}
rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
return;
}
static int checkTreePage(
IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */
int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */
- MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page */
char *zParentContext /* Parent context */
){
MemPage *pPage;
BtShared *pBt;
int usableSize;
char zContext[100];
- char *hit;
+ char *hit = 0;
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
"unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
return 0;
}
- if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){
+ if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */
checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
"sqlite3BtreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
releasePage(pPage);
depth = 0;
for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
u8 *pCell;
- int sz;
+ u32 sz;
CellInfo info;
/* Check payload overflow pages
pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
sz = info.nData;
- if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
+ if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
assert( sz==info.nPayload );
if( sz>info.nLocal ){
int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
}
#endif
- d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext);
+ d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext);
if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
}
checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0);
}
#endif
- checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext);
+ checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext);
}
/* Check for complete coverage of the page
if( hit==0 ){
pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
}else{
- memset(hit, 0, usableSize );
- memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5]));
+ u16 contentOffset = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ if (contentOffset > usableSize) {
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+ "Corruption detected in header on page %d",iPage,0);
+ goto check_page_abort;
+ }
+ memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
+ memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
- u16 size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+ u16 size = 1024;
int j;
+ if( pc<=usableSize ){
+ size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+ }
if( (pc+size-1)>=usableSize || pc<0 ){
checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
"Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
}
}
- sqlite3PageFree(hit);
+check_page_abort:
+ if (hit) sqlite3PageFree(hit);
releasePage(pPage);
return depth+1;
** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
**
** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory
-** allocation errors, nn error message is held in memory obtained from
+** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from
** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
-** returned.
+** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */
int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
){
- int i;
+ Pgno i;
int nRef;
IntegrityCk sCheck;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
}
sCheck.pBt = pBt;
sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
- sCheck.nPage = pagerPagecount(sCheck.pPager);
+ sCheck.nPage = pagerPagecount(sCheck.pBt);
sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
sCheck.nErr = 0;
sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
*pnErr = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->nTrunc!=0 ){
- sCheck.nPage = pBt->nTrunc;
- }
-#endif
if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
/* Check all the tables.
*/
- for(i=0; i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+ for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
}
#endif
- checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: ");
+ checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ");
}
/* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
#endif
}
- /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages
+ /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
+ ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
+ ** of the integrity check.
*/
unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- if( nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ){
+ if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0,
"Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
}
/*
-** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file.
-**
-** The pager directory name is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *p){
- assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
- return sqlite3PagerDirname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
** has been created or not.
return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-/*
-** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
-** must be active for both files.
-**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation.
-** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back.
-**
-** If successful, CommitPhaseOne() may be called on pTo before returning.
-** The caller should finish committing the transaction on pTo by calling
-** sqlite3BtreeCommit().
-*/
-static int btreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Pgno i;
-
- Pgno nFromPage; /* Number of pages in pFrom */
- Pgno nToPage; /* Number of pages in pTo */
- Pgno nNewPage; /* Number of pages in pTo after the copy */
-
- Pgno iSkip; /* Pending byte page in pTo */
- int nToPageSize; /* Page size of pTo in bytes */
- int nFromPageSize; /* Page size of pFrom in bytes */
-
- BtShared *pBtTo = pTo->pBt;
- BtShared *pBtFrom = pFrom->pBt;
- pBtTo->db = pTo->db;
- pBtFrom->db = pFrom->db;
-
- nToPageSize = pBtTo->pageSize;
- nFromPageSize = pBtFrom->pageSize;
-
- if( pTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- if( pBtTo->pCursor ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
-
- nToPage = pagerPagecount(pBtTo->pPager);
- nFromPage = pagerPagecount(pBtFrom->pPager);
- iSkip = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo);
-
- /* Variable nNewPage is the number of pages required to store the
- ** contents of pFrom using the current page-size of pTo.
- */
- nNewPage = ((i64)nFromPage * (i64)nFromPageSize + (i64)nToPageSize - 1) /
- (i64)nToPageSize;
-
- for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && (i<=nToPage || i<=nNewPage); i++){
-
- /* Journal the original page.
- **
- ** iSkip is the page number of the locking page (PENDING_BYTE_PAGE)
- ** in database *pTo (before the copy). This page is never written
- ** into the journal file. Unless i==iSkip or the page was not
- ** present in pTo before the copy operation, journal page i from pTo.
- */
- if( i!=iSkip && i<=nToPage ){
- DbPage *pDbPage = 0;
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && i>nFromPage ){
- /* Yeah. It seems wierd to call DontWrite() right after Write(). But
- ** that is because the names of those procedures do not exactly
- ** represent what they do. Write() really means "put this page in the
- ** rollback journal and mark it as dirty so that it will be written
- ** to the database file later." DontWrite() undoes the second part of
- ** that and prevents the page from being written to the database. The
- ** page is still on the rollback journal, though. And that is the
- ** whole point of this block: to put pages on the rollback journal.
- */
- sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pDbPage);
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- }
- }
-
- /* Overwrite the data in page i of the target database */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && i!=iSkip && i<=nNewPage ){
-
- DbPage *pToPage = 0;
- sqlite3_int64 iOff;
-
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pToPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pToPage);
- }
-
- for(
- iOff=(i-1)*nToPageSize;
- rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<i*nToPageSize;
- iOff += nFromPageSize
- ){
- DbPage *pFromPage = 0;
- Pgno iFrom = (iOff/nFromPageSize)+1;
-
- if( iFrom==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtFrom) ){
- continue;
- }
-
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, iFrom, &pFromPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- char *zTo = sqlite3PagerGetData(pToPage);
- char *zFrom = sqlite3PagerGetData(pFromPage);
- int nCopy;
-
- if( nFromPageSize>=nToPageSize ){
- zFrom += ((i-1)*nToPageSize - ((iFrom-1)*nFromPageSize));
- nCopy = nToPageSize;
- }else{
- zTo += (((iFrom-1)*nFromPageSize) - (i-1)*nToPageSize);
- nCopy = nFromPageSize;
- }
-
- memcpy(zTo, zFrom, nCopy);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pFromPage);
- }
- }
-
- if( pToPage ) sqlite3PagerUnref(pToPage);
- }
- }
-
- /* If things have worked so far, the database file may need to be
- ** truncated. The complex part is that it may need to be truncated to
- ** a size that is not an integer multiple of nToPageSize - the current
- ** page size used by the pager associated with B-Tree pTo.
- **
- ** For example, say the page-size of pTo is 2048 bytes and the original
- ** number of pages is 5 (10 KB file). If pFrom has a page size of 1024
- ** bytes and 9 pages, then the file needs to be truncated to 9KB.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( nFromPageSize!=nToPageSize ){
- sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pBtTo->pPager);
- i64 iSize = (i64)nFromPageSize * (i64)nFromPage;
- i64 iNow = (i64)((nToPage>nNewPage)?nToPage:nNewPage) * (i64)nToPageSize;
- i64 iPending = ((i64)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo)-1) *(i64)nToPageSize;
-
- assert( iSize<=iNow );
-
- /* Commit phase one syncs the journal file associated with pTo
- ** containing the original data. It does not sync the database file
- ** itself. After doing this it is safe to use OsTruncate() and other
- ** file APIs on the database file directly.
- */
- pBtTo->db = pTo->db;
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBtTo->pPager, 0, 0, 1);
- if( iSize<iNow && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
- }
-
- /* The loop that copied data from database pFrom to pTo did not
- ** populate the locking page of database pTo. If the page-size of
- ** pFrom is smaller than that of pTo, this means some data will
- ** not have been copied.
- **
- ** This block copies the missing data from database pFrom to pTo
- ** using file APIs. This is safe because at this point we know that
- ** all of the original data from pTo has been synced into the
- ** journal file. At this point it would be safe to do anything at
- ** all to the database file except truncate it to zero bytes.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nFromPageSize<nToPageSize && iSize>iPending){
- i64 iOff;
- for(
- iOff=iPending;
- rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<(iPending+nToPageSize);
- iOff += nFromPageSize
- ){
- DbPage *pFromPage = 0;
- Pgno iFrom = (iOff/nFromPageSize)+1;
-
- if( iFrom==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtFrom) || iFrom>nFromPage ){
- continue;
- }
-
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, iFrom, &pFromPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- char *zFrom = sqlite3PagerGetData(pFromPage);
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zFrom, nFromPageSize, iOff);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pFromPage);
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Sync the database file */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pBtTo->pPager);
- }
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pBtTo->pPager, nNewPage);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pBtTo->pageSizeFixed = 0;
- }
- }
-
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(pTo);
- }
-
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
- rc = btreeCopyFile(pTo, pFrom);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
- return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
-
/*
** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
*/
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *p){
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- return (p->pBt && p->pBt->inStmt);
+ return ALWAYS(p->pBt) && p->pBt->inStmt;
}
/*
** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
+ assert( p );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
+ assert( p );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- return (p && (p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE));
+ return p->nBackup!=0;
}
/*
if( checkReadLocks(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr, 0) ){
return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
}
- if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->pPage->intKey ){
+ if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
#endif
/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbefifo.c ****************************************/
+/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2005 June 16
+** 2009 January 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file implements a FIFO queue of rowids used for processing
-** UPDATE and DELETE statements.
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
+** API functions and the related features.
**
-** $Id: vdbefifo.c,v 1.8 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
+** $Id: backup.c,v 1.12 2009/02/16 17:55:47 shane Exp $
*/
-/*
-** Constants FIFOSIZE_FIRST and FIFOSIZE_MAX are the initial
-** number of entries in a fifo page and the maximum number of
-** entries in a fifo page.
+/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
*/
-#define FIFOSIZE_FIRST (((128-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
-# define FIFOSIZE_MAX (((SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
-#else
-# define FIFOSIZE_MAX (((262144-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
#endif
/*
-** Allocate a new FifoPage and return a pointer to it. Return NULL if
-** we run out of memory. Leave space on the page for nEntry entries.
+** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
*/
-static FifoPage *allocateFifoPage(sqlite3 *db, int nEntry){
- FifoPage *pPage;
- if( nEntry>FIFOSIZE_MAX ){
- nEntry = FIFOSIZE_MAX;
+struct sqlite3_backup {
+ sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */
+ Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */
+ u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */
+ int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
+
+ Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
+ sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */
+ Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */
+
+ int rc; /* Backup process error code */
+
+ /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
+ ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
+ */
+ Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */
+ Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */
+
+ sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */
+};
+
+/*
+** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
+**
+** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
+** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
+**
+** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
+** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
+** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
+** structure, in that order.
+**
+** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
+** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
+** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
+** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
+** be held when either of these functions are invoked.
+**
+** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
+** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
+** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
+** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
+** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
+** or backup_pagecount().
+**
+** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
+** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
+** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
+** associated mutexes.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
+** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
+** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
+**
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
+** error message to pErrorDb.
+*/
+static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
+ int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
+
+ if( i==1 ){
+ Parse sParse;
+ memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
+ sParse.db = pDb;
+ if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(&sParse) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorClear(&sParse);
+ sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, sParse.rc, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ assert( sParse.zErrMsg==0 );
}
- pPage = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(FifoPage) + sizeof(i64)*(nEntry-1) );
- if( pPage ){
- pPage->nSlot = nEntry;
- pPage->iWrite = 0;
- pPage->iRead = 0;
- pPage->pNext = 0;
+
+ if( i<0 ){
+ sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
+** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
+** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
+**
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
+** stored in database handle pDestDb.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+ sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */
+ const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */
+ sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */
+ const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
+){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */
+
+ /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
+ ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
+ ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
+ ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
+ ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination
+ ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
+ ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
+
+ if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3Error(
+ pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
+ );
+ p = 0;
+ }else {
+ /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object */
+ p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+ if( !p ){
+ sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
+ if( p ){
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+ p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
+ p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
+ p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
+ p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
+ p->iNext = 1;
+
+ if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest ){
+ /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist. An error has
+ ** already been written into the pDestDb handle. All that is left
+ ** to do here is free the sqlite3_backup structure.
+ */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ p = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If everything has gone as planned, attach the backup object to the
+ ** source pager. The source pager calls BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart()
+ ** to notify this module if the source file is modified mid-backup.
+ */
+ if( p ){
+ sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Pointer to head of pagers backup list */
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+ pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+ p->pNext = *pp;
+ *pp = p;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+ p->pSrc->nBackup++;
}
- return pPage;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Initialize a Fifo structure.
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
+** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
+** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo *pFifo, sqlite3 *db){
- memset(pFifo, 0, sizeof(*pFifo));
- pFifo->db = db;
+static int isFatalError(int rc){
+ return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED);
}
/*
-** Push a single 64-bit integer value into the Fifo. Return SQLITE_OK
-** normally. SQLITE_NOMEM is returned if we are unable to allocate
-** memory.
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
+** destination database.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo *pFifo, i64 val){
- FifoPage *pPage;
- pPage = pFifo->pLast;
- if( pPage==0 ){
- pPage = pFifo->pLast = pFifo->pFirst =
- allocateFifoPage(pFifo->db, FIFOSIZE_FIRST);
- if( pPage==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }else if( pPage->iWrite>=pPage->nSlot ){
- pPage->pNext = allocateFifoPage(pFifo->db, pFifo->nEntry);
- if( pPage->pNext==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){
+ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
+ const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+ int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+ const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
+ const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
+
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ i64 iOff;
+
+ assert( p->bDestLocked );
+ assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
+ assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
+ assert( zSrcData );
+
+ /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
+ ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
+ */
+ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+
+ /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
+ ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
+ ** of the destination page.
+ */
+ for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
+ DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
+ Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
+ if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
+ ){
+ const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
+ u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
+ u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+
+ /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
+ ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
+ ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
+ ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
+ ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
+ ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
+ */
+ memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
+ ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
}
- pPage = pFifo->pLast = pPage->pNext;
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
}
- pPage->aSlot[pPage->iWrite++] = val;
- pFifo->nEntry++;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Extract a single 64-bit integer value from the Fifo. The integer
-** extracted is the one least recently inserted. If the Fifo is empty
-** return SQLITE_DONE.
+** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
+** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
+** this function is a no-op.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
+** code if an error occurs.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo *pFifo, i64 *pVal){
- FifoPage *pPage;
- if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
+static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
+ i64 iCurrent;
+ int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
}
- assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 );
- pPage = pFifo->pFirst;
- assert( pPage!=0 );
- assert( pPage->iWrite>pPage->iRead );
- assert( pPage->iWrite<=pPage->nSlot );
- assert( pPage->iRead<pPage->nSlot );
- assert( pPage->iRead>=0 );
- *pVal = pPage->aSlot[pPage->iRead++];
- pFifo->nEntry--;
- if( pPage->iRead>=pPage->iWrite ){
- pFifo->pFirst = pPage->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(pFifo->db, pPage);
- if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){
- assert( pFifo->pLast==pPage );
- pFifo->pLast = 0;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
+ int rc;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ }
+
+ rc = p->rc;
+ if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
+ Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */
+ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */
+ int ii; /* Iterator variable */
+ int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */
+ int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */
+
+ /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
+ ** SQLITE_LOCKED immediately.
+ */
+ if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
}else{
- assert( pFifo->pFirst!=0 );
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- }else{
- assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 );
+
+ /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2))
+ ){
+ p->bDestLocked = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, 1, &p->iDestSchema);
+ }
+
+ /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
+ ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
+ ** before this function exits.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
+ bCloseTrans = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
+ ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pSrcPager, &nSrcPage);
+ }
+ for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
+ const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */
+ if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
+ DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg));
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+ }
+ }
+ p->iNext++;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
+ p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
+ if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ const int nSrcPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+ const int nDestPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+ int nDestTruncate;
+
+ /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
+ ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
+ ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
+ ** same schema version.
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest, 1, p->iDestSchema+1);
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
+ ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
+ ** size may be different to the source page size.
+ **
+ ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
+ ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
+ ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
+ ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
+ ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
+ ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
+ ** by the file truncation.
+ */
+ if( nSrcPagesize<nDestPagesize ){
+ int ratio = nDestPagesize/nSrcPagesize;
+ nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
+ if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+ nDestTruncate--;
+ }
+ }else{
+ nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (nSrcPagesize/nDestPagesize);
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+
+ if( nSrcPagesize<nDestPagesize ){
+ /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
+ ** two extra things may need to happen:
+ **
+ ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and
+ **
+ ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
+ ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
+ ** copied into the destination database.
+ */
+ const i64 iSize = (i64)nSrcPagesize * (i64)nSrcPage;
+ sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)nDestPagesize >= iSize || (
+ nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
+ && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+nDestPagesize
+ ));
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager))
+ ){
+ i64 iOff;
+ i64 iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + nDestPagesize, iSize);
+ for(
+ iOff=PENDING_BYTE+nSrcPagesize;
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
+ iOff+=nSrcPagesize
+ ){
+ PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
+ const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/nSrcPagesize)+1);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, nSrcPagesize, iOff);
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest))
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
+ ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
+ ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
+ ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
+ */
+ if( bCloseTrans ){
+ TESTONLY( int rc2 );
+ TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
+ TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc);
+ assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+
+ p->rc = rc;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Delete all information from a Fifo object. Free all memory held
-** by the Fifo.
+** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo *pFifo){
- FifoPage *pPage, *pNextPage;
- for(pPage=pFifo->pFirst; pPage; pPage=pNextPage){
- pNextPage = pPage->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(pFifo->db, pPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect source database */
+ int rc; /* Value to return */
+
+ /* Enter the mutexes */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+ mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex;
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ }
+
+ /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+ while( *pp!=p ){
+ pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+ }
+ *pp = p->pNext;
+ p->pSrc->nBackup--;
+ }
+
+ /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
+ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest);
+
+ /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
+ rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
+ sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
+
+ /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
}
- sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(pFifo, pFifo->db);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
+** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ return p->nRemaining;
}
-/************** End of vdbefifo.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
+** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ return p->nPagecount;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
+** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
+** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
+** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
+** complete.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+ if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
+ /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
+ ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
+ ** the new data into the backup.
+ */
+ int rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
+** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
+** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
+** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+ p->iNext = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+/*
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
+** transaction is committed before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_backup b;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
+
+ /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
+ ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
+ ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
+ ** from this function, not directly by the user.
+ */
+ memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
+ b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
+ b.pSrc = pFrom;
+ b.pDest = pTo;
+ b.iNext = 1;
+
+ /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
+ ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
+ ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
+ ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
+ ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
+ ** or an error code.
+ */
+ sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
+ assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
+
+/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 26
** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
** name sqlite_value
**
-** $Id: vdbemem.c,v 1.121 2008/08/01 20:10:09 drh Exp $
+** $Id: vdbemem.c,v 1.137 2009/02/04 03:59:25 shane Exp $
*/
/*
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
int rc;
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
+ || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
*/
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, desiredEnc);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) +
((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0)
);
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
if( n<32 ) n = 32;
if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){
if( preserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
- if( !pMem->z ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- }
preserve = 0;
}else{
sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
}
pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
- pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+ if( pMem->z==0 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ }else{
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+ }
pMem->xDel = 0;
return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
int f;
assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
expandBlob(pMem);
f = pMem->flags;
if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
int nByte;
assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
/* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
- nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.i;
+ nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
if( nByte<=0 ){
nByte = 1;
}
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.i);
- pMem->n += pMem->u.i;
+ memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
+ pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
assert( fg & MEM_Real );
sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
}
- pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
sqlite3_context ctx;
assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
- ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
ctx.pMem = pMem;
ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
- ctx.isError = 0;
pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
- *pMem = ctx.s;
+ memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
rc = (ctx.isError?SQLITE_ERROR:SQLITE_OK);
}
return rc;
assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
}else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
+ assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
p->xDel((void *)p->z);
p->xDel = 0;
+ }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
}
}
}else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
return (double)pMem->u.i;
}else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- double val = 0.0;
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ double val = (double)0;
pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
|| sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
- return 0.0;
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ return (double)0;
}
assert( pMem->z );
sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val);
return val;
}else{
- return 0.0;
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ return (double)0;
}
}
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
}
}
-static void setTypeFlag(Mem *pMem, int f){
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, f);
-}
-
/*
** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
- setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
- setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
}else{
pMem->r = r1;
- setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
- setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+ }
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
}
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
pMem->n = 0;
if( n<0 ) n = 0;
- pMem->u.i = n;
+ pMem->u.nZero = n;
pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
}
}
/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
+** empty boolean index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
+ sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
+ }
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ }else{
+ assert( pMem->zMalloc );
+ pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc,
+ sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
+ assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
+ pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
*/
if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
int n = p->n;
if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- n += p->u.i;
+ n += p->u.nZero;
}
return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
}
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+ assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
pTo->xDel = 0;
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
){
int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */
int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
- int flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */
+ u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */
assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
/* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
if( !z ){
}
flags |= MEM_Term;
}
- if( nByte>iLimit ){
- return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- }
/* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
if( flags&MEM_Term ){
nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
}
+ if( nByte>iLimit ){
+ return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ }
if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
pMem->xDel = xDel;
flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
}
+ if( nByte>iLimit ){
+ return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ }
pMem->n = nByte;
pMem->flags = flags;
f1 = pMem1->flags;
f2 = pMem2->flags;
combined_flags = f1|f2;
+ assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
/* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
** are NULL, return 0.
if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
double r1, r2;
if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
- r1 = pMem1->u.i;
+ r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
}else{
r1 = pMem1->r;
}
if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
- r2 = pMem2->u.i;
+ r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
}else{
r2 = pMem2->r;
}
** comparison function directly */
return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
}else{
- u8 origEnc = pMem1->enc;
const void *v1, *v2;
int n1, n2;
- /* Convert the strings into the encoding that the comparison
- ** function expects */
- v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc);
- n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : pMem1->n;
- assert( n1==sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc) );
- v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc);
- n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : pMem2->n;
- assert( n2==sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc) );
- /* Do the comparison */
+ Mem c1;
+ Mem c2;
+ memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
+ memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
+ v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
+ n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
+ v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
+ n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
- /* Convert the strings back into the database encoding */
- sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
- sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
return rc;
}
}
db = sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(pCur);
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
if( key ){
zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
}else{
return rc;
}
-#if 0
-/*
-** Perform various checks on the memory cell pMem. An assert() will
-** fail if pMem is internally inconsistent.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem *pMem){
- int flags = pMem->flags;
- assert( flags!=0 ); /* Must define some type */
- if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- int x = flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
- assert( x!=0 ); /* Strings must define a string subtype */
- assert( (x & (x-1))==0 ); /* Only one string subtype can be defined */
- assert( pMem->z!=0 ); /* Strings must have a value */
- /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort iff the subtype is MEM_Short */
- assert( (x & MEM_Short)==0 || pMem->z==pMem->zShort );
- assert( (x & MEM_Short)!=0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zShort );
- /* No destructor unless there is MEM_Dyn */
- assert( pMem->xDel==0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 );
-
- if( (flags & MEM_Str) ){
- assert( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
- pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ||
- pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
- );
- /* If the string is UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated, then pMem->n
- ** must be the length of the string. (Later:) If the database file
- ** has been corrupted, '\000' characters might have been inserted
- ** into the middle of the string. In that case, the strlen() might
- ** be less.
- */
- if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 && (flags & MEM_Term) ){
- assert( strlen(pMem->z)<=pMem->n );
- assert( pMem->z[pMem->n]==0 );
- }
- }
- }else{
- /* Cannot define a string subtype for non-string objects */
- assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short))==0 );
- assert( pMem->xDel==0 );
- }
- /* MEM_Null excludes all other types */
- assert( (pMem->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob))==0
- || (pMem->flags&MEM_Null)==0 );
- /* If the MEM is both real and integer, the values are equal */
- assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)
- || pMem->r==pMem->u.i );
-}
-#endif
-
/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+ assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
return 0;
}else{
assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
- assert( 0==(1&(int)pVal->z) );
+ assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
}
assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
|| pVal->db->mallocFailed );
}else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i;
- pVal->r = -1.0 * pVal->r;
+ /* (double)-1 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ pVal->r = (double)-1 * pVal->r;
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
assert( pExpr->token.z[1]=='\'' );
assert( pExpr->token.z[pExpr->token.n-1]=='\'' );
pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+ if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
nVal = pExpr->token.n - 3;
zVal = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2;
sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- return p->n+p->u.i;
+ return p->n + p->u.nZero;
}else{
return p->n;
}
** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
**
-** $Id: vdbeaux.c,v 1.405 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
+** $Id: vdbeaux.c,v 1.435 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#endif
/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it contains at least N
-** elements.
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than
+** it was.
**
-** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array,
-** Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain unchanged (this is so that
-** any opcodes already allocated can be correctly deallocated
-** along with the rest of the Vdbe).
+** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
+** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
*/
-static void resizeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int N){
+static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){
VdbeOp *pNew;
- pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, N*sizeof(Op));
+ int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
+ pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
if( pNew ){
- p->nOpAlloc = N;
+ p->nOpAlloc = nNew;
p->aOp = pNew;
}
+ return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
/*
i = p->nOp;
assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
- resizeOpArray(p, p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : 1024/sizeof(Op));
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ if( growOpArray(p) ){
return 0;
}
}
p->nOp++;
pOp = &p->aOp[i];
- pOp->opcode = op;
+ pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
pOp->p5 = 0;
pOp->p1 = p1;
pOp->p2 = p2;
i = p->nLabel++;
assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
- p->nLabelAlloc = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 10;
+ int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5;
p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
- p->nLabelAlloc*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+ n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+ p->nLabelAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]);
}
if( p->aLabel ){
p->aLabel[i] = -1;
int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
int doesStatementRollback = 0;
int hasStatementBegin = 0;
+ p->readOnly = 1;
+ p->usesStmtJournal = 0;
for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
}
}else if( opcode==OP_Statement ){
hasStatementBegin = 1;
+ p->usesStmtJournal = 1;
}else if( opcode==OP_Destroy ){
doesStatementRollback = 1;
+ }else if( opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0 ){
+ p->readOnly = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename ){
+ doesStatementRollback = 1;
+ }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
+ int n;
+ assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
+ assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
+ n = pOp[-1].p1;
+ if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) && pOp->p2<0 ){
+ assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
+ pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
+ p->aLabel = 0;
+
+ *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+
+ /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement
+ ** transactions are not needed. So change every OP_Statement
+ ** opcode into an OP_Noop. This avoid a call to sqlite3OsOpenExclusive()
+ ** which can be expensive on some platforms.
+ */
+ if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){
+ p->usesStmtJournal = 0;
+ for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Statement ){
+ pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ return p->nOp;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
+ int addr;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ addr = p->nOp;
+ if( nOp>0 ){
+ int i;
+ VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+ for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
+ int p2 = pIn->p2;
+ VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+ pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+ pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+ if( p2<0 && sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(pOut->opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) ){
+ pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
+ }else{
+ pOut->p2 = p2;
+ }
+ pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+ pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ pOut->p4.p = 0;
+ pOut->p5 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pOut->zComment = 0;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ p->nOp += nOp;
+ }
+ return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+ assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+ assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+ assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
+** added operation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
+ assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p && p->aOp ){
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+ p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
+** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If
+** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
+*/
+static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
+ if( pDef && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
+*/
+static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
+ if( p4 ){
+ switch( p4type ){
+ case P4_REAL:
+ case P4_INT64:
+ case P4_MPRINTF:
+ case P4_DYNAMIC:
+ case P4_KEYINFO:
+ case P4_INTARRAY:
+ case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
+ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4;
+ freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+ freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_MEM: {
+ sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
+ if( p && p->aOp ){
+ VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ while( N-- ){
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+ memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
+ pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+ pOp++;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+**
+** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
+** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
+**
+** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
+** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
+** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
+** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The
+** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
+** finalized.
+**
+** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
+** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
+** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
+**
+** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
+ Op *pOp;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ db = p->db;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
+ if (n != P4_KEYINFO) {
+ freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( addr<p->nOp );
+ if( addr<0 ){
+ addr = p->nOp - 1;
+ if( addr<0 ) return;
+ }
+ pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+ pOp->p4.p = 0;
+ if( n==P4_INT32 ){
+ /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
+ ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
+ pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
+ pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
+ }else if( zP4==0 ){
+ pOp->p4.p = 0;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ int nField, nByte;
+
+ nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
+ nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
+ pKeyInfo = sqlite3Malloc( nByte );
+ pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ if( pKeyInfo ){
+ u8 *aSortOrder;
+ memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte);
+ aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
+ if( aSortOrder ){
+ pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
+ memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
+ }
+ pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+ }else{
+ p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ }
+ }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
+ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+ }else if( n<0 ){
+ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+ pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
+ }else{
+ if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
+ pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
+ pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or
+** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This
+** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens
+** in a production build.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+ assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( p->nOp ){
+ char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
+ *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
+ assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+ assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( p->nOp ){
+ char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
+ *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Return the opcode for a given address.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
+ return ((addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp)?(&p->aOp[addr]):0);
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
+ || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+*/
+static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+ char *zP4 = zTemp;
+ assert( nTemp>=20 );
+ switch( pOp->p4type ){
+ case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC:
+ case P4_KEYINFO: {
+ int i, j;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+ i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
+ for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+ CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+ if( pColl ){
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName);
+ if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+ memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
+ break;
+ }
+ zTemp[i++] = ',';
+ if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+ zTemp[i++] = '-';
+ }
+ memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
+ i += n;
+ }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
+ memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
+ i += 4;
+ }
+ }
+ zTemp[i++] = ')';
+ zTemp[i] = 0;
+ assert( i<nTemp );
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_COLLSEQ: {
+ CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+ FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_INT64: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_INT32: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_REAL: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_MEM: {
+ Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
+ zP4 = pMem->z;
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename ){
- doesStatementRollback = 1;
- }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
- int n;
- assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
- assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
- n = pOp[-1].p1;
- if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
-#endif
+ case P4_VTAB: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
+ break;
}
-
- if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) && pOp->p2<0 ){
- assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
- pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+#endif
+ case P4_INTARRAY: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
+ break;
}
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
- p->aLabel = 0;
-
- *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
-
- /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement
- ** transactions are not needed. So change every OP_Statement
- ** opcode into an OP_Noop. This avoid a call to sqlite3OsOpenExclusive()
- ** which can be expensive on some platforms.
- */
- if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){
- for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Statement ){
- pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+ default: {
+ zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
+ if( zP4==0 ){
+ zP4 = zTemp;
+ zTemp[0] = 0;
}
}
}
+ assert( zP4!=0 );
+ return zP4;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+**
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- return p->nOp;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
+ int mask;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb );
+ assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
+ mask = 1<<i;
+ if( (p->btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
+ p->btreeMask |= mask;
+ sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt);
+ }
}
+
+#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the
-** address of the first operation added.
+** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
- int addr;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc ){
- resizeOpArray(p, p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : 1024/sizeof(Op));
- assert( p->nOp+nOp<=p->nOpAlloc || p->db->mallocFailed );
- }
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- return 0;
- }
- addr = p->nOp;
- if( nOp>0 ){
- int i;
- VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
- for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
- int p2 = pIn->p2;
- VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
- pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
- pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
- if( p2<0 && sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(pOut->opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) ){
- pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
- }else{
- pOut->p2 = p2;
- }
- pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
- pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
- pOut->p4.p = 0;
- pOut->p5 = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+ char *zP4;
+ char zPtr[50];
+ static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
+ if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+ zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+ fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
+ sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pOut->zComment = 0;
- if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
- }
+ pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
+#else
+ ""
#endif
- }
- p->nOp += nOp;
- }
- return addr;
+ );
+ fflush(pOut);
}
+#endif
/*
-** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
- p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+ if( p && N ){
+ Mem *pEnd;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
+ for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
+ assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
+
+ /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
+ ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
+ ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
+ **
+ ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
+ ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
+ ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
+ ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
+ ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
+ ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
+ ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
+ */
+ if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+ }else if( p->zMalloc ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+ p->zMalloc = 0;
+ }
+
+ p->flags = MEM_Null;
+ }
+ db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
}
}
-/*
-** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
- p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p){
+ int ii;
+ int nFree = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ for(ii=1; ii<=p->nMem; ii++){
+ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[ii];
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+ }
+ if( pMem->z && pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
+ assert( !pMem->xDel );
+ nFree += sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ }
}
+ return nFree;
}
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
/*
-** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+**
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+**
+** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When
+** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
+** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement
+** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
- p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
+ Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
+
+ assert( p->explain );
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
+ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+
+ /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
+ ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
+ ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+ */
+ releaseMemArray(pMem, p->nMem);
+
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+ ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-}
-/*
-** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
-** added operation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
- assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p && p->aOp ){
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
- p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
+ do{
+ i = p->pc++;
+ }while( i<p->nOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
+ if( i>=p->nOp ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+ }else{
+ char *z;
+ Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
+ pMem++;
+
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem++;
+ }
+
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ pMem++;
+
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ pMem++;
+
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ pMem++;
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */
+ p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
+ if( z!=pMem->z ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+ }else{
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ }
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ pMem++;
+
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
+ p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->n = 2;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem++;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pOp->zComment ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1);
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
}
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
-** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+ int nOp = p->nOp;
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
+ if( nOp<1 ) return;
+ pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+ const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+ printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+ }
}
+#endif
-
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
/*
-** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If
-** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
+** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
*/
-static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
- if( pDef && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
+ int nOp = p->nOp;
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
+ if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
+ if( nOp<1 ) return;
+ pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+ int i, j;
+ char z[1000];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+ for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
+ if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
+ if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
+ z[j++] = ' ';
+ }
+ }else{
+ z[j++] = z[i];
+ }
+ }
+ z[j] = 0;
+ sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
}
}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
+
/*
-** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution. This involves things such
+** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
+**
+** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
*/
-static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
- if( p4 ){
- switch( p4type ){
- case P4_REAL:
- case P4_INT64:
- case P4_MPRINTF:
- case P4_DYNAMIC:
- case P4_KEYINFO:
- case P4_INTARRAY:
- case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
- break;
- }
- case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4;
- freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc);
- break;
- }
- case P4_FUNCDEF: {
- freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */
+ int nVar, /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
+ int nMem, /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
+ int nCursor, /* Number of cursors to allocate */
+ int isExplain /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
+){
+ int n;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+
+ /* There should be at least one opcode.
+ */
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+
+ /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+
+ /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
+ ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
+ ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
+ ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with
+ ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
+ ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
+ **
+ ** See also: allocateCursor().
+ */
+ nMem += nCursor;
+
+ /*
+ ** Allocation space for registers.
+ */
+ if( p->aMem==0 ){
+ int nArg; /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
+ resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
+ assert( nVar>=0 );
+ if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
+ nMem = 10;
+ }
+ p->aMem = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
+ nMem*sizeof(Mem) /* aMem */
+ + nVar*sizeof(Mem) /* aVar */
+ + nArg*sizeof(Mem*) /* apArg */
+ + nVar*sizeof(char*) /* azVar */
+ + nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*)+1 /* apCsr */
+ );
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
+ p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */
+ p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem+1];
+ p->nVar = nVar;
+ p->okVar = 0;
+ p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
+ p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[nArg];
+ p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
+ p->nCursor = nCursor;
+ for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
+ p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+ p->aVar[n].db = db;
}
- case P4_MEM: {
- sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
- break;
+ for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
+ p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+ p->aMem[n].db = db;
}
}
}
-}
-
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ for(n=1; n<p->nMem; n++){
+ assert( p->aMem[n].db==db );
+ }
+#endif
-/*
-** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
- if( p && p->aOp ){
- VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- while( N-- ){
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
- memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
- pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
- pOp++;
+ p->pc = -1;
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ p->uniqueCnt = 0;
+ p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+ p->explain |= isExplain;
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+ p->nChange = 0;
+ p->cacheCtr = 1;
+ p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
+ p->openedStatement = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ {
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+ p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
}
}
+#endif
}
/*
-** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-**
-** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
-** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
-** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
-**
-** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
-** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
-** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
-** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The
-** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
-** finalized.
-**
-** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
-** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
-** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
-**
-** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
+** happens to hold.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
- Op *pOp;
- sqlite3 *db;
- assert( p!=0 );
- db = p->db;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
- if (n != P4_KEYINFO) {
- freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
+ if( pCx==0 ){
return;
}
- assert( addr<p->nOp );
- if( addr<0 ){
- addr = p->nOp - 1;
- if( addr<0 ) return;
+ if( pCx->pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+ /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
+ ** the call above. */
+ }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
+ p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
+ pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
}
- pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
- pOp->p4.p = 0;
- if( n==P4_INT32 ){
- /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
- ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
- pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
- pOp->p4type = n;
- }else if( zP4==0 ){
- pOp->p4.p = 0;
- pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
- }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int nField, nByte;
+#endif
+ if( !pCx->ephemPseudoTable ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pCx->pData);
+ }
+}
- nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
- nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
- pKeyInfo = sqlite3Malloc( nByte );
- pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- if( pKeyInfo ){
- u8 *aSortOrder;
- memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte);
- aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
- if( aSortOrder ){
- pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
- memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
- }
- pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
- }else{
- p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
- pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+/*
+** Close all cursors except for VTab cursors that are currently
+** in use.
+*/
+static void closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+ VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ if( pC && (!p->inVtabMethod || !pC->pVtabCursor) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
+ p->apCsr[i] = 0;
}
- }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
- pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
- pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
- }else if( n<0 ){
- pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
- pOp->p4type = n;
- }else{
- if( n==0 ) n = strlen(zP4);
- pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
- pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
}
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or
-** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This
-** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens
-** in a production build.
+** Clean up the VM after execution.
+**
+** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
+** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of
+** variables in the aVar[] array.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
- va_list ap;
- assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
- assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
- if( p->nOp ){
- char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
- *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ Mem *pMem;
+ closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
+ for(pMem=&p->aMem[1], i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++, pMem++){
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+ }
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
+ }
+ releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
+ if( p->contextStack ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->contextStack);
}
+ p->contextStack = 0;
+ p->contextStackDepth = 0;
+ p->contextStackTop = 0;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ p->pResultSet = 0;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
- va_list ap;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
- assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
- assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
- if( p->nOp ){
- char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
- *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
+
+/*
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+ Mem *pColName;
+ int n;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+ releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+ n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
+ p->nResColumn = nResColumn;
+ p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
+ if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+ while( n-- > 0 ){
+ pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
+ pColName->db = p->db;
+ pColName++;
}
}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
/*
-** Return the opcode for a given address.
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
+**
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+**
+** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
+** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
+** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
- return ((addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp)?(&p->aOp[addr]):0);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
+ Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */
+ int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */
+ int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
+ const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */
+){
+ int rc;
+ Mem *pColName;
+ assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
+ assert( var<COLNAME_N );
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+ pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+ assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
+ return rc;
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
- || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
-** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
*/
-static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
- char *zP4 = zTemp;
- assert( nTemp>=20 );
- switch( pOp->p4type ){
- case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC:
- case P4_KEYINFO: {
- int i, j;
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
- i = strlen(zTemp);
- for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
- CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
- if( pColl ){
- int n = strlen(pColl->zName);
- if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
- memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
- break;
- }
- zTemp[i++] = ',';
- if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
- zTemp[i++] = '-';
- }
- memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
- i += n;
- }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
- memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
- i += 4;
- }
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int needXcommit = 0;
+
+ /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
+ ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
+ ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
+ ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
+ ** to the transaction.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
+ ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
+ ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
+ ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
+ ** file is required for an atomic commit.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+ needXcommit = 1;
+ if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+ if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+ assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_CommitBusy)==0 );
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_CommitBusy;
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CommitBusy;
+ if( rc ){
+ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+ ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the
+ ** master-journal.
+ **
+ ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+ ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
+ ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
+ ** simple case then too.
+ */
+ if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
+ || nTrans<=1
+ ){
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
}
- zTemp[i++] = ')';
- zTemp[i] = 0;
- assert( i<nTemp );
- break;
}
- case P4_COLLSEQ: {
- CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
- break;
+
+ /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
+ ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
+ ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
+ ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
+ }
}
- case P4_FUNCDEF: {
- FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
- break;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
}
- case P4_INT64: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
- break;
+ }
+
+ /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+ ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+ ** committed atomicly.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+ else{
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+ int needSync = 0;
+ char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */
+ char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+ sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
+ i64 offset = 0;
+ int res;
+
+ /* Select a master journal file name */
+ do {
+ u32 iRandom;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
+ zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, iRandom&0x7fffffff);
+ if( !zMaster ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Open the master journal. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
+ );
}
- case P4_INT32: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
- break;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
}
- case P4_REAL: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
- break;
+
+ /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+ ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+ ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+ ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+ ** back independently if a failure occurs.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( i==1 ) continue; /* Ignore the TEMP database */
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+ char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+ if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue; /* Ignore :memory: databases */
+ if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
+ needSync = 1;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
+ offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
}
- case P4_MEM: {
- Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
- zP4 = pMem->z;
- }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
- }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
+
+ /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
+ ** flag is set this is not required.
+ */
+ if( needSync
+ && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
+ && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+ ){
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+ ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+ ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+ **
+ ** If the error occurs during the first call to
+ ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
+ ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
+ ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
+ ** file before the failure occured.
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
}
- break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- case P4_VTAB: {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
- break;
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
- case P4_INTARRAY: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
- break;
+
+ /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+ ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+ ** transaction files are deleted.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ zMaster = 0;
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
- default: {
- zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
- if( zP4==0 ){
- zP4 = zTemp;
- zTemp[0] = 0;
+
+ /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+ ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
+ ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
+ ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
+ ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
+ ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+ */
+ disable_simulated_io_errors();
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
}
}
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ enable_simulated_io_errors();
+
+ sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
}
- assert( zP4!=0 );
- return zP4;
-}
#endif
-/*
-** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
- int mask;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb );
- assert( i<sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
- mask = 1<<i;
- if( (p->btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
- p->btreeMask |= mask;
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ int cnt = 0;
+ int nWrite = 0;
+ p = db->pVdbe;
+ while( p ){
+ if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
+ cnt++;
+ if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
+ }
+ p = p->pNext;
}
+ assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+ assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt );
}
-
-
-#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
- char *zP4;
- char zPtr[50];
- static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
- if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
- zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
- fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
- sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
#else
- ""
-#endif
- );
- fflush(pOut);
-}
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
#endif
/*
-** Release an array of N Mem elements
+** For every Btree that in database connection db which
+** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in
+** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor
+** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback
+*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even
+** cursor from other VMs in different database connections,
+** so that none of them try to use the data at which they
+** were pointing and which now may have been changed due
+** to the rollback.
+**
+** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and
+** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save
+** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor
+** so that it is never used again.
*/
-static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
- if( p && N ){
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- int malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
- while( N-->0 ){
- assert( N<2 || p[0].db==p[1].db );
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
- p->flags = MEM_Null;
- p++;
- }
- db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p){
- int ii;
- int nFree = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- for(ii=1; ii<=p->nMem; ii++){
- Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[ii];
- if( pMem->z && pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
- assert( !pMem->xDel );
- nFree += sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
+ sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT);
}
}
- return nFree;
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
/*
-** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
**
-** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of
-** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
-** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to
+** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
**
-** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When
-** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
-** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement
-** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
- Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
-){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
sqlite3 *db = p->db;
int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
-
- assert( p->explain );
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
- assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+ int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0; /* Function to call on each btree backend */
+ int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if SQLITE_NOMEM or IOERR */
- /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
- ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
- ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+ /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
+ ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
+ ** execution of this virtual machine.
+ **
+ ** If any of the following errors occur:
+ **
+ ** SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** SQLITE_IOERR
+ ** SQLITE_FULL
+ ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT
+ **
+ ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
+ ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
+ ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
*/
- releaseMemArray(pMem, p->nMem);
-
- do{
- i = p->pc++;
- }while( i<p->nOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
- if( i>=p->nOp ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
- }else{
- char *z;
- Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
+ /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
+ if( p->pc>=0 ){
+ int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
- }
+ /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
+ sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */
- p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* Check for one of the special errors */
+ mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
+ isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
+ || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
+ if( isSpecialError ){
+ /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
+ ** proceed with the special handling.
+ */
+ if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED && p->usesStmtJournal ){
+ xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
+ p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL)
+ && p->usesStmtJournal ){
+ xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
+ }else{
+ /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
+ ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
+ */
+ invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ }
+ }
}
- pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
- if( z!=pMem->z ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- }else{
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+
+ /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active vdbe, then
+ ** we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
+ **
+ ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
+ ** above has occurred.
+ */
+ if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
+ && db->autoCommit
+ && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0)
+ && (db->flags & SQLITE_CommitBusy)==0
+ ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
+ /* The auto-commit flag is true, and the vdbe program was
+ ** successful or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit
+ ** is required.
+ */
+ int rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ }
+ }else if( !xFunc ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+ if( p->openedStatement ){
+ xFunc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt;
+ }
+ }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+ xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
+ }else{
+ invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ }
}
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem++;
-
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
- p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or
+ ** sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on each backend. If an error occurs
+ ** and the return code is still SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new
+ ** error value.
+ */
+ assert(!xFunc ||
+ xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ||
+ xFunc==sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt
+ );
+ for(i=0; xFunc && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ int rc;
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = xFunc(pBt);
+ if( rc && (p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }
}
- pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->n = 2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( pOp->zComment ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
- pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+ /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and the statement was committed,
+ ** set the change counter.
+ */
+ if( p->changeCntOn && p->pc>=0 ){
+ if( !xFunc || xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
}
+ p->nChange = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
+ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
}
- p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1);
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ /* Release the locks */
+ sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
}
- return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
- int nOp = p->nOp;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- if( nOp<1 ) return;
- pOp = &p->aOp[0];
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
- const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
- printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+ /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */
+ if( p->pc>=0 ){
+ db->activeVdbeCnt--;
+ if( !p->readOnly ){
+ db->writeVdbeCnt--;
+ }
+ assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt );
+ }
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+ checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+
/*
-** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
+** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
+** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
- int nOp = p->nOp;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
- if( nOp<1 ) return;
- pOp = &p->aOp[0];
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
- int i, j;
- char z[1000];
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
- for(i=0; isspace((unsigned char)z[i]); i++){}
- for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
- if( isspace((unsigned char)z[i]) ){
- if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
- z[j++] = ' ';
- }
- }else{
- z[j++] = z[i];
- }
- }
- z[j] = 0;
- sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
-
/*
-** Prepare a virtual machine for execution. This involves things such
-** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
-** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
**
-** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
- Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */
- int nVar, /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
- int nMem, /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
- int nCursor, /* Number of cursors to allocate */
- int isExplain /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
-){
- int n;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ db = p->db;
- /* There should be at least one opcode.
+ /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+ ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt
+ ** it now.
*/
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+ sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. This
- * is because the call to resizeOpArray() below may shrink the
- * p->aOp[] array to save memory if called when in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN
- * state.
- */
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+ /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
+ ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But
+ ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
+ ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
+ */
+ if( p->pc>=0 ){
+ if( p->zErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ db->errCode = p->rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }else if( p->rc ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+ }
+ }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
+ /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
+ ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
+ ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
+ */
+ sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }
- /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
- ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
- ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
- ** Cursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with
- ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
- ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
- **
- ** See also: allocateCursor().
+ /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
*/
- nMem += nCursor;
+ Cleanup(p);
- /*
- ** Allocation space for registers.
+ /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
*/
- if( p->aMem==0 ){
- int nArg; /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
- resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
- /*resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp);*/
- assert( nVar>=0 );
- if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
- p->nMem = nMem = 10;
- }
- p->aMem = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
- nMem*sizeof(Mem) /* aMem */
- + nVar*sizeof(Mem) /* aVar */
- + nArg*sizeof(Mem*) /* apArg */
- + nVar*sizeof(char*) /* azVar */
- + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*) + 1 /* apCsr */
- );
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
- p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */
- p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem+1];
- p->nVar = nVar;
- p->okVar = 0;
- p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
- p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[nArg];
- p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
- p->nCursor = nCursor;
- for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
- p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
- p->aVar[n].db = db;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ {
+ FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+ if( out ){
+ int i;
+ fprintf(out, "---- ");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
}
- for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
- p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
- p->aMem[n].db = db;
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
+ p->aOp[i].cnt,
+ p->aOp[i].cycles,
+ p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
}
+ fclose(out);
}
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- for(n=1; n<p->nMem; n++){
- assert( p->aMem[n].db==db );
- }
#endif
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+ return p->rc & db->errMask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is
+** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+ assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
+ }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+ return rc;
+}
- p->pc = -1;
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- p->uniqueCnt = 0;
- p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
- p->explain |= isExplain;
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
- p->nChange = 0;
- p->cacheCtr = 1;
- p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
- p->openedStatement = 0;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- {
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
- p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+/*
+** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
+** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31
+** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
+** routine with mask==0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
+ struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
+ if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
+ if( pAux->xDelete ){
+ pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+ }
+ pAux->pAux = 0;
}
}
-#endif
}
/*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
-** happens to hold.
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, Cursor *pCx){
- if( pCx==0 ){
- return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ db = p->db;
+ if( p->pPrev ){
+ p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+ }else{
+ assert( db->pVdbe==p );
+ db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
}
- if( pCx->pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
- /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
- ** the call above. */
- }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
- sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+ if( p->pNext ){
+ p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
- p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
- pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ if( p->aOp ){
+ Op *pOp = p->aOp;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++, pOp++){
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
+#endif
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aOp);
}
-#endif
- if( !pCx->ephemPseudoTable ){
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pCx->pData);
+ releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
+ if( p->aMem ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, &p->aMem[1]);
}
+ releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
/*
-** Close all cursors except for VTab cursors that are currently
-** in use.
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now. Return an error code. If no MoveTo is pending, this
+** routine does nothing and returns SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static void closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(Vdbe *p){
- int i;
- if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
- for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
- Cursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
- if( pC && (!p->inVtabMethod || !pC->pVtabCursor) ){
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
- p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
+ if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+ int res, rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+#endif
+ assert( p->isTable );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ p->lastRowid = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
+ p->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0;
+ if( res<0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+ p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ }else if( p->pCursor ){
+ int hasMoved;
+ int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( hasMoved ){
+ p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ p->nullRow = 1;
}
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Clean up the VM after execution.
+** The following functions:
**
-** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
-** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of
-** variables in the aVar[] array.
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
+**
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
+**
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob seperately.
+**
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+**
+** serial type bytes of data type
+** -------------- --------------- ---------------
+** 0 0 NULL
+** 1 1 signed integer
+** 2 2 signed integer
+** 3 3 signed integer
+** 4 4 signed integer
+** 5 6 signed integer
+** 6 8 signed integer
+** 7 8 IEEE float
+** 8 0 Integer constant 0
+** 9 0 Integer constant 1
+** 10,11 reserved for expansion
+** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB
+** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text
+**
+** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions
+** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
*/
-static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
- int i;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
- for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++){
- MemSetTypeFlag(&p->aMem[i], MEM_Null);
- }
- releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
- sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
- if( p->contextStack ){
- for(i=0; i<p->contextStackTop; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->contextStack[i].sFifo);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->contextStack);
- }
- p->contextStack = 0;
- p->contextStackDepth = 0;
- p->contextStackTop = 0;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- p->pResultSet = 0;
-}
/*
-** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
-** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
-** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
-** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
- Mem *pColName;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+ int flags = pMem->flags;
int n;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
- n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
- p->nResColumn = nResColumn;
- p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
- if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
- while( n-- > 0 ){
- pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
- pColName->db = p->db;
- pColName++;
+ if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+ /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
+# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
+ i64 i = pMem->u.i;
+ u64 u;
+ if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
+ return 8+(u32)i;
+ }
+ u = i<0 ? -i : i;
+ if( u<=127 ) return 1;
+ if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
+ if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
+ if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+ if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
+ return 6;
+ }
+ if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+ return 7;
}
+ assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+ n = pMem->n;
+ if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ n += pMem->u.nZero;
+ }
+ assert( n>=0 );
+ return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
}
/*
-** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
-** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
-**
-** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
-**
-** If N==P4_STATIC it means that zName is a pointer to a constant static
-** string and we can just copy the pointer. If it is P4_DYNAMIC, then
-** the string is freed using sqlite3DbFree(db, ) when the vdbe is finished with
-** it. Otherwise, N bytes of zName are copied.
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe *p, int idx, int var, const char *zName, int N){
- int rc;
- Mem *pColName;
- assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
- assert( var<COLNAME_N );
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- assert( p->aColName!=0 );
- pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
- if( N==P4_DYNAMIC || N==P4_STATIC ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+ if( serial_type>=12 ){
+ return (serial_type-12)/2;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, N, SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && N==P4_DYNAMIC ){
- pColName->flags &= (~MEM_Static);
- pColName->zMalloc = pColName->z;
+ static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+ return aSize[serial_type];
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
-** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
-** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
-** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
+** upper 4 bytes. Return the result.
+**
+** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
+**
+** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
+** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems
+** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
+** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated
+** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
+** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
+** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
+** ABI get the byte order right.
+**
+** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
+** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG
+** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
+** floating point values is correct.
+**
+** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
+** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank
+** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
+** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the
+** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point
+** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems,
+** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
+** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here
+** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently
+** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
+** so we trust him.
*/
-static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
- int i;
- int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int needXcommit = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
+ union {
+ u64 r;
+ u32 i[2];
+ } u;
+ u32 t;
- /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
- ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
- ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
- ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
- ** to the transaction.
- */
- rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ u.r = in;
+ t = u.i[0];
+ u.i[0] = u.i[1];
+ u.i[1] = t;
+ return u.r;
+}
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X)
+#else
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
+#endif
- /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
- ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
- ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
- ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
- ** file is required for an atomic commit.
- */
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
- needXcommit = 1;
- if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+**
+** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be
+** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is
+** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
+** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[]
+** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
+** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
+** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
+** zeros.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number
+** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
+** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+ u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
+ int len;
+
+ /* Integer and Real */
+ if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
+ u64 v;
+ int i;
+ if( serial_type==7 ){
+ assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
+ memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
+ }else{
+ v = pMem->u.i;
+ }
+ len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+ assert( len<=nBuf );
+ while( i-- ){
+ buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
+ v >>= 8;
}
+ return len;
}
- /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
- if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- if( rc ){
- return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ /* String or blob */
+ if( serial_type>=12 ){
+ assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
+ == sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
+ assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
+ len = pMem->n;
+ memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ len += pMem->u.nZero;
+ if( len>nBuf ){
+ len = nBuf;
+ }
+ memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
}
+ return len;
}
- /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
- ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the
- ** master-journal.
- **
- ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
- ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
- ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
- ** simple case then too.
- */
- if( 0==strlen(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
- }
+ /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+ const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
+ Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+ switch( serial_type ){
+ case 10: /* Reserved for future use */
+ case 11: /* Reserved for future use */
+ case 0: { /* NULL */
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ break;
+ }
+ case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 2;
+ }
+ case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 3;
+ }
+ case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 4;
+ }
+ case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+ u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
+ u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
+ x = (x<<32) | y;
+ pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 6;
}
+ case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */
+ case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
+ u64 x;
+ u32 y;
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+ /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
+ ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
+ ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
+ ** endian.
+ */
+ static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
+ static const double r1 = 1.0;
+ u64 t2 = t1;
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
+ assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
+#endif
- /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
- ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
- ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
- ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
- */
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
+ x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
+ y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
+ x = (x<<32) | y;
+ if( serial_type==6 ){
+ pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ }else{
+ assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
+ memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
+ pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
}
+ return 8;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+ case 8: /* Integer 0 */
+ case 9: { /* Integer 1 */
+ pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ default: {
+ int len = (serial_type-12)/2;
+ pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+ pMem->n = len;
+ pMem->xDel = 0;
+ if( serial_type&0x01 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
+ }else{
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
+ }
+ return len;
}
}
+ return 0;
+}
- /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
- ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
- ** committed atomicly.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
- else{
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
- int needSync = 0;
- char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */
- char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
- sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
- i64 offset = 0;
- int res;
- /* Select a master journal file name */
- do {
- u32 random;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(random), &random);
- zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, random&0x7fffffff);
- if( !zMaster ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
- }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Open the master journal. */
- rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
- );
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
- ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
- ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
- ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
- ** back independently if a failure occurs.
- */
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( i==1 ) continue; /* Ignore the TEMP database */
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
- char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
- if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue; /* Ignore :memory: databases */
- if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
- needSync = 1;
- }
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, strlen(zFile)+1, offset);
- offset += strlen(zFile)+1;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
+/*
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the
+** record into a UnpackedRecord structure. Return a pointer to
+** that structure.
+**
+** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory
+** space at pSpace. This space can be used to hold the returned
+** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough. If it is
+** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+**
+** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
+** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */
+ int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */
+ const void *pKey, /* The binary record */
+ UnpackedRecord *pSpace,/* Space available to hold resulting object */
+ int szSpace /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
+){
+ const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
+ UnpackedRecord *p;
+ int nByte, d;
+ u32 idx;
+ u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
+ u32 szHdr;
+ Mem *pMem;
+
+ assert( sizeof(Mem)>sizeof(*p) );
+ nByte = sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+2);
+ if( nByte>szSpace ){
+ p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
+ }else{
+ p = pSpace;
+ p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
+ }
+ p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
+ p->aMem = pMem = &((Mem*)p)[1];
+ idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
+ d = szHdr;
+ u = 0;
+ while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField ){
+ u32 serial_type;
+
+ idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
+ if( d>=nKey && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type)>0 ) break;
+ pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+ pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
+ pMem->flags = 0;
+ pMem->zMalloc = 0;
+ d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
+ pMem++;
+ u++;
+ }
+ assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
+ p->nField = u;
+ return (void*)p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){
+ if( p ){
+ if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY ){
+ int i;
+ Mem *pMem;
+ for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; i<p->nField; i++, pMem++){
+ if( pMem->zMalloc ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
}
}
}
-
- /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
- ** flag is set this is not required.
- */
- zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(db->aDb[0].pBt);
- if( (needSync
- && (0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL))
- && (rc=sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))!=SQLITE_OK) ){
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
+ if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_FREE ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->pKeyInfo->db, p);
}
+ }
+}
- /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
- ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
- ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
- **
- ** If the error occurs during the first call to
- ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
- ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
- ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
- ** file before the failure occured.
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records
+** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
+** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
+** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2
+** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
+** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
+**
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
+** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the
+** longer key. However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set
+** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2.
+** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are
+** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and
+** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored.
+**
+** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of
+** the header of pKey1 is ignored. It is assumed that pKey1 is
+** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value. The last byte
+** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid:
+** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types.
+** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte.
+** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison
+** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */
+){
+ int d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+ u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+ u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */
+ int i = 0;
+ int nField;
+ int rc = 0;
+ const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ Mem mem1;
+
+ pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+ mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+ mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+ mem1.flags = 0;
+ mem1.zMalloc = 0;
+
+ idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+ d1 = szHdr1;
+ if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){
+ szHdr1--;
+ }
+ nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
+ while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ){
+ u32 serial_type1;
+
+ /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+ idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
+ if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
+
+ /* Extract the values to be compared.
*/
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
- }
- }
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
+ d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
- /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
- ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
- ** transaction files are deleted.
+ /* Do the comparison
*/
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- zMaster = 0;
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
+ i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ break;
}
+ i++;
+ }
+ if( mem1.zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
- /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
- ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
- ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
- ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
- ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
- ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
+ ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
+ ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
+ ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
+ ** are considered to be equal. Otherwise, the longer key is the
+ ** larger. As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer
+ ** if there is a difference.
*/
- disable_simulated_io_errors();
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
- }
+ if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){
+ /* Leave rc==0 */
+ }else if( idx1<szHdr1 ){
+ rc = 1;
}
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- enable_simulated_io_errors();
-
- sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+ }else if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<pKeyInfo->nField
+ && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+ rc = -rc;
}
-#endif
return rc;
}
+
-/*
-** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
-** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
-** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
-** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
-** step.
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
**
-** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
+** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
- Vdbe *p;
- int cnt = 0;
- p = db->pVdbe;
- while( p ){
- if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
- cnt++;
- }
- p = p->pNext;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+ i64 nCellKey = 0;
+ int rc;
+ u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */
+ u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */
+ u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */
+ Mem m, v;
+
+ /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less
+ ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption */
+ sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+ if( unlikely(nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+
+ /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
+ m.flags = 0;
+ m.db = 0;
+ m.zMalloc = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
+ (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
+ testcase( szHdr==2 );
+ testcase( szHdr==m.n );
+ if( unlikely(szHdr<2 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ }
+
+ /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
+ ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
+ (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
+ testcase( typeRowid==1 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==2 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==3 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==4 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==5 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==6 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==8 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==9 );
+ if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ }
+ lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+ testcase( m.n-lenRowid==szHdr );
+ if( unlikely(m.n-lenRowid<szHdr) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ }
+
+ /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+ *rowid = v.u.i;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
+ ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
+idx_rowid_corruption:
+ testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
-#else
-#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
-#endif
/*
-** For every Btree that in database connection db which
-** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in
-** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor
-** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback
-*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even
-** cursor from other VMs in different database connections,
-** so that none of them try to use the data at which they
-** were pointing and which now may have been changed due
-** to the rollback.
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against
+** the key string in pKey (of length nKey). Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pKey. Return SQLITE_OK on success.
**
-** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and
-** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save
-** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor
-** so that it is never used again.
+** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
+** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
+**
+** pUnpacked may be an unpacked version of pKey,nKey. If pUnpacked is
+** supplied it is used in place of pKey,nKey.
*/
-static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
- sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+ VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */
+ UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of pKey and nKey */
+ int *res /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+ i64 nCellKey = 0;
+ int rc;
+ BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+ Mem m;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+ if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
+ *res = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ m.db = 0;
+ m.flags = 0;
+ m.zMalloc = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
+ assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID );
+ *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE
-** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
-** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ db->nChange = nChange;
+ db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
+ v->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
+** as expired.
**
-** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
-** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to
-** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
+** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
+** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their
+** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating
+** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
+** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
+ p->expired = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
+ return v->db;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
**
-** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of
-** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
-** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+**
+** $Id: vdbeapi.c,v 1.151 2009/02/04 03:59:25 shane Exp $
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- int i;
- int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0; /* Function to call on each btree backend */
- int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if SQLITE_NOMEM or IOERR */
- /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
- ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
- ** execution of this virtual machine.
- **
- ** If any of the following errors occur:
- **
- ** SQLITE_NOMEM
- ** SQLITE_IOERR
- ** SQLITE_FULL
- ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT
- **
- ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
- ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
- ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
- */
+#if 0 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT)
+/*
+** The following structure contains pointers to the end points of a
+** doubly-linked list of all compiled SQL statements that may be holding
+** buffers eligible for release when the sqlite3_release_memory() interface is
+** invoked. Access to this list is protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** mutex.
+**
+** Statements are added to the end of this list when sqlite3_reset() is
+** called. They are removed either when sqlite3_step() or sqlite3_finalize()
+** is called. When statements are added to this list, the associated
+** register array (p->aMem[1..p->nMem]) may contain dynamic buffers that
+** can be freed using sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory().
+**
+** When statements are added or removed from this list, the mutex
+** associated with the Vdbe being added or removed (Vdbe.db->mutex) is
+** already held. The LRU2 mutex is then obtained, blocking if necessary,
+** the linked-list pointers manipulated and the LRU2 mutex relinquished.
+*/
+struct StatementLruList {
+ Vdbe *pFirst;
+ Vdbe *pLast;
+};
+static struct StatementLruList sqlite3LruStatements;
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Check that the list looks to be internally consistent. This is used
+** as part of an assert() statement as follows:
+**
+** assert( stmtLruCheck() );
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int stmtLruCheck(){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ for(p=sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst; p; p=p->pLruNext){
+ assert(p->pLruNext || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pLast);
+ assert(!p->pLruNext || p->pLruNext->pLruPrev==p);
+ assert(p->pLruPrev || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst);
+ assert(!p->pLruPrev || p->pLruPrev->pLruNext==p);
}
- checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-
- /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif
- /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
+/*
+** Add vdbe p to the end of the statement lru list. It is assumed that
+** p is not already part of the list when this is called. The lru list
+** is protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU mutex.
+*/
+static void stmtLruAdd(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
- /* Check for one of the special errors */
- mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
- isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
- || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
- if( isSpecialError ){
- /* This loop does static analysis of the query to see which of the
- ** following three categories it falls into:
- **
- ** Read-only
- ** Query with statement journal
- ** Query without statement journal
- **
- ** We could do something more elegant than this static analysis (i.e.
- ** store the type of query as part of the compliation phase), but
- ** handling malloc() or IO failure is a fairly obscure edge case so
- ** this is probably easier. Todo: Might be an opportunity to reduce
- ** code size a very small amount though...
- */
- int notReadOnly = 0;
- int isStatement = 0;
- assert(p->aOp || p->nOp==0);
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- switch( p->aOp[i].opcode ){
- case OP_Transaction:
- notReadOnly |= p->aOp[i].p2;
- break;
- case OP_Statement:
- isStatement = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
+ if( p->pLruPrev || p->pLruNext || sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst==p ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
+ return;
+ }
-
- /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
- ** proceed with the special handling.
- */
- if( notReadOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED && isStatement ){
- xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
- p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- } else if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && isStatement ){
- xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
- }else{
- /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
- ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
- */
- invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active vdbe, then
- ** we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
- **
- ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
- ** above has occured.
- */
- if( db->autoCommit && db->activeVdbeCnt==1 ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
- /* The auto-commit flag is true, and the vdbe program was
- ** successful or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit
- ** is required.
- */
- int rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- }else{
- sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
- }
- }else{
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- }
- }else if( !xFunc ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
- if( p->openedStatement ){
- xFunc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt;
- }
- }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
- xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
- }else{
- invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }
- }
-
- /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or
- ** sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on each backend. If an error occurs
- ** and the return code is still SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new
- ** error value.
- */
- assert(!xFunc ||
- xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ||
- xFunc==sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt
- );
- for(i=0; xFunc && i<db->nDb; i++){
- int rc;
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = xFunc(pBt);
- if( rc && (p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and the statement was committed,
- ** set the change counter.
- */
- if( p->changeCntOn && p->pc>=0 ){
- if( !xFunc || xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
- }
- p->nChange = 0;
- }
-
- /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
- if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
- }
+ assert( stmtLruCheck() );
- /* Release the locks */
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
+ if( !sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst ){
+ assert( !sqlite3LruStatements.pLast );
+ sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst = p;
+ sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p;
+ }else{
+ assert( !sqlite3LruStatements.pLast->pLruNext );
+ p->pLruPrev = sqlite3LruStatements.pLast;
+ sqlite3LruStatements.pLast->pLruNext = p;
+ sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p;
}
- /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- db->activeVdbeCnt--;
- }
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
- checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+ assert( stmtLruCheck() );
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
}
+/*
+** Assuming the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 mutext is already held, remove
+** statement p from the least-recently-used statement list. If the
+** statement is not currently part of the list, this call is a no-op.
+*/
+static void stmtLruRemoveNomutex(Vdbe *p){
+ if( p->pLruPrev || p->pLruNext || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst ){
+ assert( stmtLruCheck() );
+ if( p->pLruNext ){
+ p->pLruNext->pLruPrev = p->pLruPrev;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p->pLruPrev;
+ }
+ if( p->pLruPrev ){
+ p->pLruPrev->pLruNext = p->pLruNext;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst = p->pLruNext;
+ }
+ p->pLruNext = 0;
+ p->pLruPrev = 0;
+ assert( stmtLruCheck() );
+ }
+}
/*
-** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
-** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
+** Assuming the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 mutext is not held, remove
+** statement p from the least-recently-used statement list. If the
+** statement is not currently part of the list, this call is a no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static void stmtLruRemove(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
+ stmtLruRemoveNomutex(p);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
}
/*
-** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
-** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
-**
-** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
-** again.
-**
-** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
-** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+** Try to release n bytes of memory by freeing buffers associated
+** with the memory registers of currently unused vdbes.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db;
- db = p->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int n){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ Vdbe *pNext;
+ int nFree = 0;
- /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
- ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt
- ** it now.
- */
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
+ for(p=sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst; p && nFree<n; p=pNext){
+ pNext = p->pLruNext;
- /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
- ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But
- ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
- ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
- */
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- if( p->zErrMsg ){
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- db->errCode = p->rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- }else if( p->rc ){
- sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
- }else{
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- }
- }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
- /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
- ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
- ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
+ /* For each statement handle in the lru list, attempt to obtain the
+ ** associated database mutex. If it cannot be obtained, continue
+ ** to the next statement handle. It is not possible to block on
+ ** the database mutex - that could cause deadlock.
*/
- sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3_mutex_try(p->db->mutex) ){
+ nFree += sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(p);
+ stmtLruRemoveNomutex(p);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
- /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
- */
- Cleanup(p);
+ return nFree;
+}
- /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
- */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- {
- FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
- if( out ){
- int i;
- fprintf(out, "---- ");
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
- }
- fprintf(out, "\n");
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
- p->aOp[i].cnt,
- p->aOp[i].cycles,
- p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
- );
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
- }
- fclose(out);
- }
- }
+/*
+** Call sqlite3Reprepare() on the statement. Remove it from the
+** lru list before doing so, as Reprepare() will free all the
+** memory register buffers anyway.
+*/
+int vdbeReprepare(Vdbe *p){
+ stmtLruRemove(p);
+ return sqlite3Reprepare(p);
+}
+
+#else /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+ #define stmtLruRemove(x)
+ #define stmtLruAdd(x)
+ #define vdbeReprepare(x) sqlite3Reprepare(x)
#endif
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
- return p->rc & db->errMask;
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
+** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
+** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
+** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or
+** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
+** added or changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ return p==0 || p->expired;
}
-
+#endif
+
/*
-** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is
-** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
- assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
- }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc;
+ if( pStmt==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = v->db->mutex;
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ stmtLruRemove(v);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
}
- sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
-** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31
-** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
-** routine with mask==0.
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
- struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
- if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
- if( pAux->xDelete ){
- pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
- }
- pAux->pAux = 0;
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc;
+ if( pStmt==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
+ stmtLruAdd(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0);
+ assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Delete an entire VDBE.
+** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
+ p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_ *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+ if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
+ p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+ p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+ return p->z;
+ }else{
+ return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+ return pVal->type;
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_ *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( n>=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const char *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
+ pCtx->isError = errCode;
+}
+
+/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1,
+ SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+**
+** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
+** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
+** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the
+** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
sqlite3 *db;
+ int rc;
- if( p==0 ) return;
+ assert(p);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
db = p->db;
- if( p->pPrev ){
- p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
- }else{
- assert( db->pVdbe==p );
- db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- if( p->pNext ){
- p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+
+ if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto end_of_step;
}
- if( p->aOp ){
- Op *pOp = p->aOp;
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++, pOp++){
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
-#endif
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
+ if( p->pc<0 ){
+ /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
+ ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
+ ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
+ */
+ if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
+ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aOp);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
+ double rNow;
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
+ p->startTime = (u64)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ db->activeVdbeCnt++;
+ if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++;
+ p->pc = 0;
+ stmtLruRemove(p);
}
- releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
- if( p->aMem ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, &p->aMem[1]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ if( p->explain ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+ {
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
+ */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->nOp>0
+ && p->aOp[0].opcode==OP_Trace && p->aOp[0].p4.z!=0 ){
+ double rNow;
+ u64 elapseTime;
+
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
+ elapseTime = (u64)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0);
+ elapseTime -= p->startTime;
+ db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->aOp[0].p4.z, elapseTime);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ db->errCode = rc;
+ /*sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);*/
+ p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
+end_of_step:
+ assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+ if( p->zSql && (rc&0xff)<SQLITE_ROW ){
+ /* This behavior occurs if sqlite3_prepare_v2() was used to build
+ ** the prepared statement. Return error codes directly */
+ p->db->errCode = p->rc;
+ /* sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, 0); */
+ return p->rc;
+ }else{
+ /* This is for legacy sqlite3_prepare() builds and when the code
+ ** is SQLITE_ROW or SQLITE_DONE */
+ return rc;
}
- releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
/*
-** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
-** MoveTo now. Return an error code. If no MoveTo is pending, this
-** routine does nothing and returns SQLITE_OK.
+** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call
+** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs,
+** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor *p){
- if( p->deferredMoveto ){
- int res, rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- extern int sqlite3_search_count;
-#endif
- assert( p->isTable );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor, 0, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- *p->pIncrKey = 0;
- p->lastRowid = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
- p->rowidIsValid = res==0;
- if( res<0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ if( pStmt ){
+ Vdbe *v;
+ v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3Step(v);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+#else
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ if( pStmt ){
+ int cnt = 0;
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
+ && cnt++ < 5
+ && vdbeReprepare(v) ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ v->expired = 0;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
- p->deferredMoveto = 0;
- p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- }else if( p->pCursor ){
- int hasMoved;
- int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( hasMoved ){
- p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- p->nullRow = 1;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && v->zSql && db->pErr ){
+ /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
+ ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
+ ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
+ ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
+ ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
+ ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
+ ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
+ */
+ const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
+ } else {
+ v->zErrMsg = 0;
+ v->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
}
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
+#endif
/*
-** The following functions:
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
-**
-** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
-** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
-** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
-** integer, stored as a varint.
-**
-** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
-** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
-** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
-** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
-** serial-type and data blob seperately.
-**
-** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
-**
-** serial type bytes of data type
-** -------------- --------------- ---------------
-** 0 0 NULL
-** 1 1 signed integer
-** 2 2 signed integer
-** 3 3 signed integer
-** 4 4 signed integer
-** 5 6 signed integer
-** 6 8 signed integer
-** 7 8 IEEE float
-** 8 0 Integer constant 0
-** 9 0 Integer constant 1
-** 10,11 reserved for expansion
-** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB
-** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text
-**
-** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions
-** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pFunc );
+ return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+}
/*
-** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
- int flags = pMem->flags;
- int n;
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pFunc );
+ return p->s.db;
+}
- if( flags&MEM_Null ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( flags&MEM_Int ){
- /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
-# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
- i64 i = pMem->u.i;
- u64 u;
- if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
- return 8+i;
- }
- u = i<0 ? -i : i;
- if( u<=127 ) return 1;
- if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
- if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
- if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
- if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
- return 6;
- }
- if( flags&MEM_Real ){
- return 7;
- }
- assert( flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
- n = pMem->n;
- if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
- n += pMem->u.i;
- }
- assert( n>=0 );
- return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
+/*
+** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
+** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
+** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
+** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
+** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
+** method of virtual tables.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
+ sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */
+ int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */
+){
+ const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
+ char *zErr;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(0,
+ "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
}
/*
-** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new
+** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
- if( serial_type>=12 ){
- return (serial_type-12)/2;
- }else{
- static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- return aSize[serial_type];
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+ Mem *pMem;
+ assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
+ pMem = p->pMem;
+ if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
+ if( nByte==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ pMem->z = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
+ pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
+ if( pMem->z ){
+ memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+ }
+ }
}
+ return (void*)pMem->z;
}
/*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
-** upper 4 bytes. Return the result.
-**
-** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
-**
-** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
-** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems
-** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
-** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated
-** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
-** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
-** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
-** ABI get the byte order right.
-**
-** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
-** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG
-** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
-** floating point values is correct.
-**
-** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
-** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank
-** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
-** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the
-** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point
-** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems,
-** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
-** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here
-** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently
-** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
-** so we trust him.
+** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
- union {
- u64 r;
- u32 i[2];
- } u;
- u32 t;
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
- u.r = in;
- t = u.i[0];
- u.i[0] = u.i[1];
- u.i[1] = t;
- return u.r;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+ if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
}
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X)
-#else
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
-#endif
/*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
-** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
-** Return the number of bytes written.
-**
-** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be
-** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is
-** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
-** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[]
-** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
-** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
-** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
-** zeros.
-**
-** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number
-** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
-** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
- u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
- int len;
+** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ int iArg,
+ void *pAux,
+ void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+ struct AuxData *pAuxData;
+ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+ if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
- /* Integer and Real */
- if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
- u64 v;
- int i;
- if( serial_type==7 ){
- assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
- memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
- swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
- }else{
- v = pMem->u.i;
- }
- len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
- assert( len<=nBuf );
- while( i-- ){
- buf[i] = (v&0xFF);
- v >>= 8;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+ if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
+ int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
+ int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
+ pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
+ if( !pVdbeFunc ){
+ goto failed;
}
- return len;
+ pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
+ memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
+ pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
+ pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
}
- /* String or blob */
- if( serial_type>=12 ){
- assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.i:0)
- == sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
- assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
- len = pMem->n;
- memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- len += pMem->u.i;
- if( len>nBuf ){
- len = nBuf;
- }
- memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
- }
- return len;
+ pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
+ if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
+ pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
}
+ pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+ pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+ return;
- /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
- return 0;
+failed:
+ if( xDelete ){
+ xDelete(pAux);
+ }
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
-** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
- const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
- u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
- Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */
-){
- switch( serial_type ){
- case 10: /* Reserved for future use */
- case 11: /* Reserved for future use */
- case 0: { /* NULL */
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- break;
- }
- case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 1;
- }
- case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 2;
- }
- case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 3;
- }
- case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 4;
- }
- case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
- u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
- u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
- x = (x<<32) | y;
- pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 6;
- }
- case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */
- case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
- u64 x;
- u32 y;
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
- /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
- ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
- ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
- ** endian.
- */
- static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
- static const double r1 = 1.0;
- u64 t2 = t1;
- swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
- assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
+** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been
+** called.
+**
+** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is
+** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function
+** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
+** context.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+ return p->pMem->n;
+}
#endif
- x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
- y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
- x = (x<<32) | y;
- if( serial_type==6 ){
- pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- }else{
- assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
- swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
- memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
- pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
- }
- return 8;
- }
- case 8: /* Integer 0 */
- case 9: { /* Integer 1 */
- pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 0;
- }
- default: {
- int len = (serial_type-12)/2;
- pMem->z = (char *)buf;
- pMem->n = len;
- pMem->xDel = 0;
- if( serial_type&0x01 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
- }else{
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
- }
- return len;
- }
- }
- return 0;
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
}
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
+ return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
-/*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the
-** record into a UnpackedRecord structure. Return a pointer to
-** that structure.
-**
-** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory
-** space at pSpace. This space can be used to hold the returned
-** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough. If it is
-** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-**
-** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
-** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */
- int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */
- const void *pKey, /* The binary record */
- void *pSpace, /* Space available to hold resulting object */
- int szSpace /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
-){
- const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
- UnpackedRecord *p;
- int nByte;
- int idx, d;
- u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
- u32 szHdr;
- Mem *pMem;
-
- assert( sizeof(Mem)>sizeof(*p) );
- nByte = sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+2);
- if( nByte>szSpace ){
- p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- p->needFree = 1;
- }else{
- p = pSpace;
- p->needFree = 0;
- }
- p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
- p->needDestroy = 1;
- p->aMem = pMem = &((Mem*)p)[1];
- idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
- d = szHdr;
- u = 0;
- while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField ){
- u32 serial_type;
-
- idx += getVarint32( aKey+idx, serial_type);
- if( d>=nKey && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type)>0 ) break;
- pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
- pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
- pMem->flags = 0;
- pMem->zMalloc = 0;
- d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
- pMem++;
- u++;
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Vdbe *pVm;
+ int vals;
+ Mem *pOut;
+
+ pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+ vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
+ pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
+ }else{
+ /* ((double)0) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ static const Mem nullMem = {{0}, (double)0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 };
+ if( pVm->db ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+ sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+ }
+ pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
}
- p->nField = u;
- return (void*)p;
+ return pOut;
}
/*
-** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
+** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
+** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
+** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+**
+** Specifically, this is called from within:
+**
+** sqlite3_column_int()
+** sqlite3_column_int64()
+** sqlite3_column_text()
+** sqlite3_column_text16()
+** sqlite3_column_real()
+** sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+**
+** But not for sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){
+static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
+{
+ /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
+ ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
+ ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
+ ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
+ */
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
if( p ){
- if( p->needDestroy ){
- int i;
- Mem *pMem;
- for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; i<p->nField; i++, pMem++){
- if( pMem->zMalloc ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- }
- }
- }
- if( p->needFree ){
- sqlite3DbFree(p->pKeyInfo->db, p);
- }
+ p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_ *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const void *val;
+ val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
+ ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
+ ** expression.
+ */
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
+ if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
+ pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
}
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return iType;
}
+/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
+** removal */
+/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+**}
+*/
+
/*
-** This function compares the two table rows or index records
-** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if {nKey1, pKey1} is less than, equal to or
-** greater than pPKey2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
-** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2
-** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
-** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0.
**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
-** But if the lengths differ, Key2 must be the shorter of the two.
+** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which
+** name is returned. Here are the names:
**
-** Historical note: In earlier versions of this routine both Key1
-** and Key2 were blobs obtained from OP_MakeRecord. But we found
-** that in typical use the same Key2 would be submitted multiple times
-** in a row. So an optimization was added to parse the Key2 key
-** separately and submit the parsed version. In this way, we avoid
-** parsing the same Key2 multiple times in a row.
+** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output
+** 1 The datatype name for the column
+** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from
+** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from
+** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+**
+** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
+** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
- int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
- UnpackedRecord *pPKey2
+static const void *columnName(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int N,
+ const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+ int useType
){
- u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
- u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
- u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */
- int i = 0;
- int nField;
- int rc = 0;
- const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- Mem mem1;
-
- pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
- mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
- mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
- mem1.flags = 0;
- mem1.zMalloc = 0;
+ const void *ret = 0;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ int n;
- idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
- d1 = szHdr1;
- nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
- while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ){
- u32 serial_type1;
-
- /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
- idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
- if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
- /* Extract the values to be compared.
- */
- d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
-
- /* Do the comparison
- */
- rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
- i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- break;
- }
- i++;
- }
- if( mem1.zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
+ if( p!=0 ){
+ n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+ if( N<n && N>=0 ){
+ N += useType*n;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+ ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
- /* One of the keys ran out of fields, but all the fields up to that point
- ** were equal. If the incrKey flag is true, then the second key is
- ** treated as larger.
- */
- if( rc==0 ){
- if( pKeyInfo->incrKey ){
- rc = -1;
- }else if( !pKeyInfo->prefixIsEqual ){
- if( d1<nKey1 ){
- rc = 1;
+ /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
+ ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
+ */
+ if( p->db && p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->db->mallocFailed = 0;
+ ret = 0;
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
}
- }else if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<pKeyInfo->nField
- && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
- rc = -rc;
}
+ return ret;
+}
- return rc;
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
}
+#endif
/*
-** The argument is an index entry composed using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** The last entry in this record should be an integer (specifically
-** an integer rowid). This routine returns the number of bytes in
-** that integer.
+** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
+** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8 *aKey, int nKey, int *pRowidLen){
- u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */
- u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
+ and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
+#endif
- (void)getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
- if( szHdr>nKey ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- (void)getVarint32(&aKey[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
- *pRowidLen = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
}
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
/*
-** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
- i64 nCellKey = 0;
- int rc;
- u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */
- u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */
- u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */
- Mem m, v;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
- sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
- if( nCellKey<=0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- m.flags = 0;
- m.db = 0;
- m.zMalloc = 0;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
- (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
- lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
- *rowid = v.u.i;
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against
-** the key string in pKey (of length nKey). Write into *pRes a number
-** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
-** or greater than pKey. Return SQLITE_OK on success.
-**
-** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
-** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well.
+** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
- Cursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */
- UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,
- int nKey, const u8 *pKey, /* The key to compare */
- int *res /* Write the comparison result here */
-){
- i64 nCellKey = 0;
- int rc;
- BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
- int lenRowid;
- Mem m;
- UnpackedRecord *pRec;
- char zSpace[200];
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
- sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
- if( nCellKey<=0 ){
- *res = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- m.db = 0;
- m.flags = 0;
- m.zMalloc = 0;
- if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m))
- || (rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen((u8*)m.z, m.n, &lenRowid))
- ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( !pUnpacked ){
- pRec = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey,
- zSpace, sizeof(zSpace));
- }else{
- pRec = pUnpacked;
- }
- if( pRec==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ ***************************
+**
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
+** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
+*/
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+ Mem *pVar;
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
- *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n-lenRowid, m.z, pRec);
- if( !pUnpacked ){
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pRec);
+ if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_RANGE;
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ i--;
+ pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+ pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- db->nChange = nChange;
- db->nTotalChange += nChange;
-}
+static int bindText(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */
+ int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */
+ const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
+ int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
+ void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */
+ u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */
+){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ Mem *pVar;
+ int rc;
-/*
-** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
-** or reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
- v->changeCntOn = 1;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( zData!=0 ){
+ pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+ }
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
-** as expired.
-**
-** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
-** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their
-** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating
-** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
-** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
- Vdbe *p;
- for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
- p->expired = 1;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+ return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const char *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&p->aVar[i-1], pValue);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&p->aVar[i-1], ENC(p->db));
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
}
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+ return rc;
}
-
-/*
-** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
- return v->db;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
-** VDBE.
-**
-** $Id: vdbeapi.c,v 1.138 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/*
-** The following structure contains pointers to the end points of a
-** doubly-linked list of all compiled SQL statements that may be holding
-** buffers eligible for release when the sqlite3_release_memory() interface is
-** invoked. Access to this list is protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** mutex.
-**
-** Statements are added to the end of this list when sqlite3_reset() is
-** called. They are removed either when sqlite3_step() or sqlite3_finalize()
-** is called. When statements are added to this list, the associated
-** register array (p->aMem[1..p->nMem]) may contain dynamic buffers that
-** can be freed using sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory().
-**
-** When statements are added or removed from this list, the mutex
-** associated with the Vdbe being added or removed (Vdbe.db->mutex) is
-** already held. The LRU2 mutex is then obtained, blocking if necessary,
-** the linked-list pointers manipulated and the LRU2 mutex relinquished.
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
*/
-struct StatementLruList {
- Vdbe *pFirst;
- Vdbe *pLast;
-};
-static struct StatementLruList sqlite3LruStatements;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
/*
-** Check that the list looks to be internally consistent. This is used
-** as part of an assert() statement as follows:
-**
-** assert( stmtLruCheck() );
+** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
+** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
+** exist.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int stmtLruCheck(){
- Vdbe *p;
- for(p=sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst; p; p=p->pLruNext){
- assert(p->pLruNext || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pLast);
- assert(!p->pLruNext || p->pLruNext->pLruPrev==p);
- assert(p->pLruPrev || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst);
- assert(!p->pLruPrev || p->pLruPrev->pLruNext==p);
+static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
+ if( !p->okVar ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+ if( !p->okVar ){
+ int j;
+ Op *pOp;
+ for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+ p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z;
+ }
+ }
+ p->okVar = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
}
- return 1;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Add vdbe p to the end of the statement lru list. It is assumed that
-** p is not already part of the list when this is called. The lru list
-** is protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU mutex.
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+**
+** The result is always UTF-8.
*/
-static void stmtLruAdd(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-
- if( p->pLruPrev || p->pLruNext || sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst==p ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
- return;
- }
-
- assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-
- if( !sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst ){
- assert( !sqlite3LruStatements.pLast );
- sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst = p;
- sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p;
- }else{
- assert( !sqlite3LruStatements.pLast->pLruNext );
- p->pLruPrev = sqlite3LruStatements.pLast;
- sqlite3LruStatements.pLast->pLruNext = p;
- sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+ return 0;
}
-
- assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
+ createVarMap(p);
+ return p->azVar[i-1];
}
/*
-** Assuming the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 mutext is already held, remove
-** statement p from the least-recently-used statement list. If the
-** statement is not currently part of the list, this call is a no-op.
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
*/
-static void stmtLruRemoveNomutex(Vdbe *p){
- if( p->pLruPrev || p->pLruNext || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst ){
- assert( stmtLruCheck() );
- if( p->pLruNext ){
- p->pLruNext->pLruPrev = p->pLruPrev;
- }else{
- sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p->pLruPrev;
- }
- if( p->pLruPrev ){
- p->pLruPrev->pLruNext = p->pLruNext;
- }else{
- sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst = p->pLruNext;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ int i;
+ if( p==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ createVarMap(p);
+ if( zName ){
+ for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+ const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+ if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
+ return i+1;
+ }
}
- p->pLruNext = 0;
- p->pLruPrev = 0;
- assert( stmtLruCheck() );
}
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Assuming the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 mutext is not held, remove
-** statement p from the least-recently-used statement list. If the
-** statement is not currently part of the list, this call is a no-op.
-*/
-static void stmtLruRemove(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
- stmtLruRemoveNomutex(p);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to release n bytes of memory by freeing buffers associated
-** with the memory registers of currently unused vdbes.
+** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
+** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
+** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int n){
- Vdbe *p;
- Vdbe *pNext;
- int nFree = 0;
-
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
- for(p=sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst; p && nFree<n; p=pNext){
- pNext = p->pLruNext;
-
- /* For each statement handle in the lru list, attempt to obtain the
- ** associated database mutex. If it cannot be obtained, continue
- ** to the next statement handle. It is not possible to block on
- ** the database mutex - that could cause deadlock.
- */
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3_mutex_try(p->db->mutex) ){
- nFree += sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(p);
- stmtLruRemoveNomutex(p);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+ Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+ int i, rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( (pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
+ || (pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
+ || pTo->db!=pFrom->db ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-
- return nFree;
+ if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ return rc;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Call sqlite3Reprepare() on the statement. Remove it from the
-** lru list before doing so, as Reprepare() will free all the
-** memory register buffers anyway.
+** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
*/
-int vdbeReprepare(Vdbe *p){
- stmtLruRemove(p);
- return sqlite3Reprepare(p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+ return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
}
-
-#else /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
- #define stmtLruRemove(x)
- #define stmtLruAdd(x)
- #define vdbeReprepare(x) sqlite3Reprepare(x)
#endif
-
/*
-** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
-** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
-** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
-** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or
-** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
-** added or changed.
+** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
+** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was
+** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
+** the statement in the first place.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- return p==0 || p->expired;
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
}
/*
-** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
-** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
-** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
-** machine.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
+** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first
+** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there
+** are no more.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc;
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
if( pStmt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
}else{
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = v->db->mutex;
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- stmtLruRemove(v);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
}
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
+ return pNext;
}
/*
-** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
-** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
-** the prior execution is returned.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc;
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
- stmtLruAdd(v);
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0);
- assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
- }
- return rc;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
+ Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1];
+ if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0;
+ return v;
}
+/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
/*
-** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
- p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_value_ *******************************
-** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
-** structure.
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements execution method of the
+** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
+** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
+** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing
+** the VDBE program.
+**
+** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
+** to a VDBE.
+**
+** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
+** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are
+** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of
+** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode
+** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4
+** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
+** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
+**
+** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
+** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store
+** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
+** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one
+** type to the other occurs as necessary.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
+** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
+** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
+** a program instruction by instruction.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments
+** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+**
+** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.817 2009/02/16 17:55:47 shane Exp $
*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
- if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
- p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
- p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
- return p->z;
- }else{
- return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
- }
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
- return pVal->type;
-}
-/**************************** sqlite3_result_ *******************************
-** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
-** the function result.
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( n>=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#endif
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const char *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
- pCtx->isError = errCode;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+#endif
-/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1,
- SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
+/*
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
+** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+#endif
-/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
+** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that
+** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
+** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures
+** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
+** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
+static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
+ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
+ sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
+ }
}
+#endif
/*
-** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
-** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
-**
-** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
-** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the
-** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
+** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
*/
-static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db;
- int rc;
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P)
+#else
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
+#endif
- assert(p);
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
+/*
+** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+ if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
+ { goto no_mem; }
- /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
- db = p->db;
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+/*
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
+** knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+*/
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+ if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+ && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
- if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
- }
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto end_of_step;
+/*
+** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
+** P if required.
+*/
+#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+
+/*
+** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
+** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
+** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
+** register variables. This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
+** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
+*/
+#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
+static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
+ int flags = pMem->flags;
+ if( flags & MEM_Null ){
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
}
- if( p->pc<0 ){
- /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
- ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
- ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
- */
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
- double rNow;
- sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
- p->startTime = (rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0;
- }
-#endif
-
- db->activeVdbeCnt++;
- p->pc = 0;
- stmtLruRemove(p);
+ else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( p->explain ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
- {
- rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+ else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ }else{
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
}
+}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
+/*
+** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
+** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained
+** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
+** this file.
+*/
+static const unsigned char opcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
+/*
+** Return true if an opcode has any of the OPFLG_xxx properties
+** specified by mask.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int opcode, int mask){
+ assert( opcode>0 && opcode<(int)sizeof(opcodeProperty) );
+ return (opcodeProperty[opcode]&mask)!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */
+ int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
+ Op *pOp, /* */
+ int iDb, /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
+ int isBtreeCursor /* */
+){
+ /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
+ ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
+ ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
+ ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
+ **
+ ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
+ ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
+ ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
+ ** allocations.
+ **
+ ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
+ ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
+ ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
+ **
+ ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
+ ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
+ ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
*/
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->nOp>0
- && p->aOp[0].opcode==OP_Trace && p->aOp[0].p4.z!=0 ){
- double rNow;
- u64 elapseTime;
+ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
- sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
- elapseTime = (rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0 - p->startTime;
- db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->aOp[0].p4.z, elapseTime);
+ int nByte;
+ VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
+ /* If the opcode of pOp is OP_SetNumColumns, then pOp->p2 contains
+ ** the number of fields in the records contained in the table or
+ ** index being opened. Use this to reserve space for the
+ ** VdbeCursor.aType[] array.
+ */
+ int nField = 0;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_SetNumColumns || pOp->opcode==OP_OpenEphemeral ){
+ nField = pOp->p2;
}
-#endif
+ nByte =
+ sizeof(VdbeCursor) +
+ (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) +
+ 2*nField*sizeof(u32);
- db->errCode = rc;
- /*sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);*/
- p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
-end_of_step:
- assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
- if( p->zSql && (rc&0xff)<SQLITE_ROW ){
- /* This behavior occurs if sqlite3_prepare_v2() was used to build
- ** the prepared statement. Return error codes directly */
- p->db->errCode = p->rc;
- /* sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, 0); */
- return p->rc;
- }else{
- /* This is for legacy sqlite3_prepare() builds and when the code
- ** is SQLITE_ROW or SQLITE_DONE */
- return rc;
+ assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
+ if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
+ p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+ p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
+ memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+ pCx->iDb = iDb;
+ pCx->nField = nField;
+ if( nField ){
+ pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[sizeof(VdbeCursor)];
+ }
+ if( isBtreeCursor ){
+ pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
+ &pMem->z[sizeof(VdbeCursor)+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
+ }
}
+ return pCx;
}
/*
-** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call
-** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs,
-** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
+** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
+** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string
+** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not
+** look like a number, leave it alone.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- if( pStmt ){
- Vdbe *v;
- v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
- rc = sqlite3Step(v);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
+static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
+ if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
+ int realnum;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
+ if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)
+ && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, pRec->enc) ){
+ i64 value;
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pRec, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ if( !realnum && sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &value) ){
+ pRec->u.i = value;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pRec, MEM_Int);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pRec);
+ }
+ }
}
- return rc;
}
-#else
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- if( pStmt ){
- int cnt = 0;
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3 *db = v->db;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
- && cnt++ < 5
- && vdbeReprepare(v) ){
- sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- v->expired = 0;
+
+/*
+** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
+** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
+** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
+** floating-point representation if an integer representation
+** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is
+** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
+** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+** Convert pRec to a text representation.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+** No-op. pRec is unchanged.
+*/
+static void applyAffinity(
+ Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */
+ char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */
+ u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */
+){
+ if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+ /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+ ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+ ** representation.
+ */
+ if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && v->zSql && db->pErr ){
- /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
- ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
- ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
- ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
- ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
- ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
- ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
- */
- const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
- } else {
- v->zErrMsg = 0;
- v->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+ pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+ }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+ || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+ applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
+ if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
}
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
- return rc;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
+** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
+** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
+** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without
+** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+**
+** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pFunc );
- return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
+ applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
+ storeTypeInfo(pMem, 0);
+ return pMem->type;
}
/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
+** not the internal Mem* type.
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pFunc );
- return p->s.db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
+ sqlite3_value *pVal,
+ u8 affinity,
+ u8 enc
+){
+ applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
-** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
-** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
-** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
-** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
-** method of virtual tables.
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
- sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */
- int argc, /* Number of arguments to the function */
- sqlite3_value **argv /* Value of each argument */
-){
- const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
- char *zErr;
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(0,
- "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
+ char *zCsr = zBuf;
+ int f = pMem->flags;
+
+ static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+ if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+ int i;
+ char c;
+ if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+ c = 'z';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+ c = 't';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+ c = 'e';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+ }else{
+ c = 's';
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+ char z = pMem->z[i];
+ if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+ else *zCsr++ = z;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ if( f & MEM_Zero ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ }
+ *zCsr = '\0';
+ }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+ int j, k;
+ zBuf[0] = ' ';
+ if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+ zBuf[1] = 'z';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+ zBuf[1] = 't';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+ zBuf[1] = 'e';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+ }else{
+ zBuf[1] = 's';
+ }
+ k = 2;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+ zBuf[k++] = '[';
+ for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+ u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+ if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+ zBuf[k++] = c;
+ }else{
+ zBuf[k++] = '.';
+ }
+ }
+ zBuf[k++] = ']';
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+ zBuf[k++] = 0;
+ }
}
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new
-** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the
-** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+*/
+static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
+ if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ fprintf(out, " NULL");
+ }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+ fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
+ }else{
+ char zBuf[200];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
+ fprintf(out, " ");
+ fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
+ }
+}
+static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
+ fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
+ memTracePrint(out, p);
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
+#else
+# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+**
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
- Mem *pMem;
- assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
- pMem = p->pMem;
- if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
- if( nByte==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- pMem->z = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
- pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
- if( pMem->z ){
- memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
- }
- }
- }
- return (void*)pMem->z;
-}
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
/*
-** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
-** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
- if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
- return 0;
+ #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned int lo, hi;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+ return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
}
- return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
-}
-/*
-** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
-** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
-** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- int iArg,
- void *pAux,
- void (*xDelete)(void*)
-){
- struct AuxData *pAuxData;
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
- if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
+ #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
- if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
- int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
- int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
- pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
- if( !pVdbeFunc ){
- goto failed;
- }
- pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
- memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
- pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
- pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
+ __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ __asm {
+ rdtsc
+ ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
+ }
}
- pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
- if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
- pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+ #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long val;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+ return val;
}
- pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
- pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
- return;
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-failed:
- if( xDelete ){
- xDelete(pAux);
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long long retval;
+ unsigned long junk;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+ 1: mftbu %1\n\
+ mftb %L0\n\
+ mftbu %0\n\
+ cmpw %0,%1\n\
+ bne 1b"
+ : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+ return retval;
}
-}
+
+#else
+
+ #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+ /*
+ ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+ ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+ ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
+ ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+ ** least compile and run.
+ */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
+
+#endif
/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been
-** called.
+** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
+** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then
+** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
**
-** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is
-** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function
-** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
-** context.
+** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
+** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction,
+** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the
+** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
- return p->pMem->n;
-}
+#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
+ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
-/*
-** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int fileExists(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFile){
+ int res = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ /* If we are currently testing IO errors, then do not call OsAccess() to
+ ** test for the presence of zFile. This is because any IO error that
+ ** occurs here will not be reported, causing the test to fail.
+ */
+ extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+ if( sqlite3_io_error_pending<=0 )
+#endif
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zFile, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+ return (res && rc==SQLITE_OK);
}
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
-** currently executing statement pStmt.
+** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
+** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
+** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
+**
+** Usage:
+**
+** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
- return pVm->nResColumn;
+static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
+ int n = 0;
+ Savepoint *p;
+ for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
+ assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
+ return 1;
}
-
+#endif
/*
-** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If
-** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
-** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
-** of NULL.
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
+** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
+** and the error message pointer.
+**
+** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
+** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
+** SQLITE_ROW.
+**
+** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
+** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
+** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
+** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
+** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
+** immediately. There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
+** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
+** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
+** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
*/
-static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- Vdbe *pVm;
- int vals;
- Mem *pOut;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+ Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
+){
+ int pc; /* The program counter */
+ Op *pOp; /* Current operation */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */
+ u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */
+ Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */
+ Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */
+ Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */
+ Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */
+ u8 opProperty;
+ int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
+ int *aPermute = 0; /* Permuation of columns for OP_Compare */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+ int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ int nProgressOps = 0; /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
+#endif
+ UnpackedRecord aTempRec[16]; /* Space to hold a transient UnpackedRecord */
- pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
- vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
- pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
- }else{
- static const Mem nullMem = {{0}, 0.0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 };
- if( pVm->db ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
- sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
+ assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
+ sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+ ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( p->explain==0 );
+ p->pResultSet = 0;
+ db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+ sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ if( p->pc==0
+ && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing) || fileExists(db, "vdbe_explain"))
+ ){
+ int i;
+ printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+ sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
}
- pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
}
- return pOut;
-}
+ if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_trace") ){
+ p->trace = stdout;
+ }
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#endif
+ for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
+ assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ origPc = pc;
+ start = sqlite3Hwtime();
+#endif
+ pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
-/*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
-** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
-** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
-** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-**
-** Specifically, this is called from within:
+ /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( p->trace ){
+ if( pc==0 ){
+ printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
+ sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
+ }
+ if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_sqltrace") ){
+ sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+ }
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+ /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens
+ ** if we have a special test build.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+ sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+ if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+ sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+ ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+ ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+ ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+ ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+ */
+ if( db->xProgress ){
+ if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
+ int prc;
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ prc =db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ if( prc!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
+ }
+ nProgressOps = 0;
+ }
+ nProgressOps++;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Do common setup processing for any opcode that is marked
+ ** with the "out2-prerelease" tag. Such opcodes have a single
+ ** output which is specified by the P2 parameter. The P2 register
+ ** is initialized to a NULL.
+ */
+ opProperty = opcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
+ if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+ }else
+
+ /* Do common setup for opcodes marked with one of the following
+ ** combinations of properties.
+ **
+ ** in1
+ ** in1 in2
+ ** in1 in2 out3
+ ** in1 in3
+ **
+ ** Variables pIn1, pIn2, and pIn3 are made to point to appropriate
+ ** registers for inputs. Variable pOut points to the output register.
+ */
+ if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+ pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+ if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+ pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
+ if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ }
+ }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
+ }
+ }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+ pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
+ }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
+ }
+
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
**
-** sqlite3_column_int()
-** sqlite3_column_int64()
-** sqlite3_column_text()
-** sqlite3_column_text16()
-** sqlite3_column_real()
-** sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
**
-** But not for sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc().
-*/
-static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
-{
- /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
- ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
- ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
- ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
- */
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( p ){
- p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
-}
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_column_ *******************************
-** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
-** in the result set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const void *val;
- val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
- ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
- ** expression.
- */
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- sqlite3_value *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return pOut;
+** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
+** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
+** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3. See
+** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
+*/
+case OP_Goto: { /* jump */
+ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
+
+/* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current address onto register P1
+** and then jump to address P2.
+*/
+case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+ pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+ pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pIn1->u.i = pc;
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return iType;
+
+/* Opcode: Return P1 * * * *
+**
+** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.
+*/
+case OP_Return: { /* in1 */
+ assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
+ pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+ break;
}
-/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
-** removal */
-/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-**}
+/* Opcode: Yield P1 * * * *
+**
+** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
*/
+case OP_Yield: { /* in1 */
+ int pcDest;
+ assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+ pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+ pIn1->u.i = pc;
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+ pc = pcDest;
+ break;
+}
-/*
-** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
-** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0.
+
+/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
**
-** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which
-** name is returned. Here are the names:
+** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed
+** automatically.
**
-** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output
-** 1 The datatype name for the column
-** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from
-** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from
-** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
**
-** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
-** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
-static const void *columnName(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int N,
- const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
- int useType
-){
- const void *ret = 0;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- int n;
-
-
- if( p!=0 ){
- n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
- if( N<n && N>=0 ){
- N += useType*n;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
-
- /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
- ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
- */
- if( p->db && p->db->mallocFailed ){
- p->db->mallocFailed = 0;
- ret = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
+case OP_Halt: {
+ p->rc = pOp->p1;
+ p->pc = pc;
+ p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
+ if( pOp->p4.z ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
}
- return ret;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ goto vdbe_return;
}
-/*
-** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
-** statement pStmt.
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+case OP_Integer: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
+ break;
}
-#endif
-/*
-** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
-** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
+/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
-# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
- and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
-#endif
+case OP_Int64: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
+ break;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-/*
-** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
-** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
+/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
+ assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
+ pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-/*
-** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
+**
+** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
+** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
+case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+ pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+ pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+ if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pOut) ) goto no_mem;
+ pOut->zMalloc = 0;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
+ pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
+ }
+ pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+ pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
+ pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
+ if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+ /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+
+/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
+case OP_String: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+ pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
+ pOut->n = pOp->p1;
+ pOut->enc = encoding;
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-/*
-** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
+**
+** Write a NULL into register P2.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
-/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ ***************************
-**
-** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
-*/
-/*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
-** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
-** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
**
-** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
-** value in any case.
+** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this
+** blob in register P2. This instruction is not coded directly
+** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
+** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
+** the blob as P4. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
+** the first time it is executed.
*/
-static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
- Mem *pVar;
- if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
- if( p ) sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
- sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
- return SQLITE_RANGE;
- }
- i--;
- pVar = &p->aVar[i];
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
- pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
- sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+ pOut->enc = encoding;
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The value of variable P1 is written into register P2. A variable is
+** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
+** Any occurrence of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
+** a variable. Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
+** right beginning with 1. The values of variables are set using the
+** sqlite3_bind() API.
*/
-static int bindText(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */
- int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */
- const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
- int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
- void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */
- int encoding /* Encoding for the data */
-){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int j = pOp->p1 - 1;
Mem *pVar;
- int rc;
+ assert( j>=0 && j<p->nVar );
- if( p==0 ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zData!=0 ){
- pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
- }
- sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+ pVar = &p->aVar[j];
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
+ goto too_big;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return rc;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-
-/*
-** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
+** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are
+** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges
+** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
- return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const char *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&p->aVar[i-1], pValue);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&p->aVar[i-1], ENC(p->db));
- }
- }
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+case OP_Move: {
+ char *zMalloc;
+ int n = pOp->p3;
+ int p1 = pOp->p1;
+ int p2 = pOp->p2;
+ assert( n>0 );
+ assert( p1>0 );
+ assert( p1+n<p->nMem );
+ pIn1 = &p->aMem[p1];
+ assert( p2>0 );
+ assert( p2+n<p->nMem );
+ pOut = &p->aMem[p2];
+ assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 );
+ while( n-- ){
+ zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
+ pOut->zMalloc = 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
+ pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc;
+ REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
+ pIn1++;
+ pOut++;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
-** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
-** exist.
-*/
-static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
- if( !p->okVar ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- if( !p->okVar ){
- int j;
- Op *pOp;
- for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
- assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
- p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z;
- }
- }
- p->okVar = 1;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
+/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate
+** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy.
+*/
+case OP_Copy: { /* in1 */
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+ Deephemeralize(pOut);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index
-** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The result is always UTF-8.
+** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value
+** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
+** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
+** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
+** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
+** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete
+** copy.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
- return 0;
- }
- createVarMap(p);
- return p->azVar[i-1];
+case OP_SCopy: { /* in1 */
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
-** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name,
-** return 0.
+/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
+** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
+** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
+** row.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+case OP_ResultRow: {
+ Mem *pMem;
int i;
- if( p==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- createVarMap(p);
- if( zName ){
- for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
- const char *z = p->azVar[i];
- if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
- return i+1;
- }
- }
+ assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+
+ /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
+ p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
+
+ /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
+ ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as
+ ** as side effect.
+ */
+ pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
+ storeTypeInfo(&pMem[i], encoding);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
}
- return 0;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+
+ /* Return SQLITE_ROW
+ */
+ p->nCallback++;
+ p->pc = pc + 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ goto vdbe_return;
}
-/*
-** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
-** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
-** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
+** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
+** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
+**
+** P3 = P2 || P1
+**
+** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
+** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
+** to avoid a memcpy().
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
- Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
- Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
- int i, rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( (pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
- || (pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
- || pTo->db!=pFrom->db ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
+ i64 nByte;
+
+ assert( pIn1!=pOut );
+ if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ break;
}
- if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+ Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
+ ExpandBlob(pIn2);
+ Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
+ nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
+ if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
+ goto no_mem;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
-** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
-** the statement in the first place.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
-** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first
-** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there
-** are no more.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
- }else{
- pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
+ if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
+ memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
- return pNext;
+ memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
+ pOut->z[nByte] = 0;
+ pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
+ pOut->n = (int)nByte;
+ pOut->enc = encoding;
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** The code in this file implements execution method of the
-** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
-** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
-** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing
-** the VDBE program.
-**
-** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
-** to a VDBE.
-**
-** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
-** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are
-** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of
-** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode
-** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4
-** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
-** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
+/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
-** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store
-** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
-** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one
-** type to the other occurs as necessary.
-**
-** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
-** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
-** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
-** a program instruction by instruction.
+** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
-** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting
-** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments
-** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
-** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
**
-** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.772 2008/08/02 15:10:09 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
-** moves, either by the OP_MoveXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test
-** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
-** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
-** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
-** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
+/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function
-** in an ordinary build.
+** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
-** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that
-** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
+/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3. If the value in register P2
+** is zero, then the result is NULL.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
-** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures
-** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
-** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
+** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3.
+** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
-static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
- if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
- sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
+case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
+ int flags;
+ applyNumericAffinity(pIn1);
+ applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
+ flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
+ if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
+ i64 a, b;
+ a = pIn1->u.i;
+ b = pIn2->u.i;
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ case OP_Add: b += a; break;
+ case OP_Subtract: b -= a; break;
+ case OP_Multiply: b *= a; break;
+ case OP_Divide: {
+ if( a==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by
+ ** -1 returns an integer too large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On
+ ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others,
+ ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this
+ ** behavior so that all architectures behave as if integer
+ ** overflow occurred.
+ */
+ if( a==-1 && b==SMALLEST_INT64 ) a = 1;
+ b /= a;
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ if( a==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ if( a==-1 ) a = 1;
+ b %= a;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ pOut->u.i = b;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ }else{
+ double a, b;
+ a = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
+ b = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ case OP_Add: b += a; break;
+ case OP_Subtract: b -= a; break;
+ case OP_Multiply: b *= a; break;
+ case OP_Divide: {
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ if( a==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ b /= a;
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ i64 ia = (i64)a;
+ i64 ib = (i64)b;
+ if( ia==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ if( ia==-1 ) ia = 1;
+ b = (double)(ib % ia);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( sqlite3IsNaN(b) ){
+ goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+ }
+ pOut->r = b;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
+ if( (flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
+ }
}
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
-** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P)
-#else
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
-#endif
+ break;
-/*
-** Release the memory associated with a register. This
-** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state.
-*/
-#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); }
+arithmetic_result_is_null:
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ break;
+}
-/*
-** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
-** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** functions.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
*/
-#define Stringify(P, enc) \
- if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
- { goto no_mem; }
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+ break;
+}
-/*
-** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
-** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
-** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register
-** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
-** knowing it.
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
-** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it
-** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
+** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
+** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3.
+** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
+**
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
+**
+** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
*/
-#define Deephemeralize(P) \
- if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
- && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+case OP_Function: {
+ int i;
+ Mem *pArg;
+ sqlite3_context ctx;
+ sqlite3_value **apVal;
+ int n = pOp->p5;
-/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
-*/
-#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+ apVal = p->apArg;
+ assert( apVal || n==0 );
-/*
-** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
-** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
-** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
-** register variables. This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
-** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
-*/
-#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
-static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
- int flags = pMem->flags;
- if( flags & MEM_Null ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
- }
- else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- }
- else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+ assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=p->nMem) );
+ assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
+ pArg = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
+ apVal[i] = pArg;
+ storeTypeInfo(pArg, encoding);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pArg);
}
- else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){
+ ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+ ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
}else{
- pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+ ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc;
+ ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
-** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained
-** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** this file.
-*/
-static unsigned char opcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
-
-/*
-** Return true if an opcode has any of the OPFLG_xxx properties
-** specified by mask.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int opcode, int mask){
- assert( opcode>0 && opcode<sizeof(opcodeProperty) );
- return (opcodeProperty[opcode]&mask)!=0;
-}
-/*
-** Allocate cursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL
-** if we run out of memory.
-*/
-static Cursor *allocateCursor(
- Vdbe *p,
- int iCur,
- Op *pOp,
- int iDb,
- int isBtreeCursor
-){
- /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
- ** required for this Cursor structure. It is convenient to use a
- ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
- ** Cursor structure for the following reasons:
- **
- ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
- ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
- ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
- ** allocations.
- **
- ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
- ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
- ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
- **
- ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
- ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
- ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
- */
- Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+ ctx.s.db = db;
+ ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+ ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
- int nByte;
- Cursor *pCx = 0;
- /* If the opcode of pOp is OP_SetNumColumns, then pOp->p2 contains
- ** the number of fields in the records contained in the table or
- ** index being opened. Use this to reserve space for the
- ** Cursor.aType[] array.
+ /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
+ ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
+ ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
*/
- int nField = 0;
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_SetNumColumns || pOp->opcode==OP_OpenEphemeral ){
- nField = pOp->p2;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&ctx.s, pOut);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null);
+
+ ctx.isError = 0;
+ if( ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+ assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+ assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+ assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+ ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal);
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
+ goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ }
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
+ ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
+ ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
+ ** associated with such a value.
+ **
+ ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn()
+ ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are
+ ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
+ goto no_mem;
}
- nByte =
- sizeof(Cursor) +
- (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) +
- 2*nField*sizeof(u32);
- assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
- if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
- p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
+ /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function,
+ ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
+ */
+ if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
+ pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
}
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
- p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (Cursor *)pMem->z;
- memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
- pCx->iDb = iDb;
- pCx->nField = nField;
- if( nField ){
- pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[sizeof(Cursor)];
- }
- if( isBtreeCursor ){
- pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor *)&pMem->z[sizeof(Cursor)+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
- }
+
+ /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+ if( ctx.isError ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
+ rc = ctx.isError;
}
- return pCx;
-}
-/*
-** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
-** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string
-** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not
-** look like a number, leave it alone.
-*/
-static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
- if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
- int realnum;
- sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
- if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)
- && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, pRec->enc) ){
- i64 value;
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pRec, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( !realnum && sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &value) ){
- pRec->u.i = value;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pRec, MEM_Int);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pRec);
- }
- }
+ /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &ctx.s);
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
+ goto too_big;
}
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
-** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
-** floating-point representation if an integer representation
-** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is
-** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
-** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-** Convert pRec to a text representation.
+** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-** No-op. pRec is unchanged.
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in regiser P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
-static void applyAffinity(
- Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */
- char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */
- u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */
-){
- if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
- /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
- ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
- ** representation.
- */
- if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
- }
- pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
- }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
- || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
- applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
- if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
- sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
-** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
-** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without
-** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal.
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
- applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
- storeTypeInfo(pMem, 0);
- return pMem->type;
+case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+ i64 a, b;
+
+ if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ break;
+ }
+ a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+ b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ case OP_BitAnd: a &= b; break;
+ case OP_BitOr: a |= b; break;
+ case OP_ShiftLeft: a <<= b; break;
+ default: assert( pOp->opcode==OP_ShiftRight );
+ a >>= b; break;
+ }
+ pOut->u.i = a;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ break;
}
-/*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
-** not the internal Mem* type.
+/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
+** The result is always an integer.
+**
+** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
- sqlite3_value *pVal,
- u8 affinity,
- u8 enc
-){
- applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
+case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+ pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
+ break;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
-** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value
+** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
- char *zCsr = zBuf;
- int f = pMem->flags;
-
- static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
-
- if( f&MEM_Blob ){
- int i;
- char c;
- if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
- c = 'z';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
- c = 't';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
- c = 'e';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
- }else{
- c = 's';
- }
-
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
- zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
- zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
- for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
- zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
- }
- for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
- char z = pMem->z[i];
- if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
- else *zCsr++ = z;
- }
-
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
- zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
- if( f & MEM_Zero ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%lldz",pMem->u.i);
- zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
- }
- *zCsr = '\0';
- }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
- int j, k;
- zBuf[0] = ' ';
- if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
- zBuf[1] = 'z';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
- zBuf[1] = 't';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
- zBuf[1] = 'e';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */
+ applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+ if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
}else{
- zBuf[1] = 's';
- }
- k = 2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
- k += strlen(&zBuf[k]);
- zBuf[k++] = '[';
- for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
- u8 c = pMem->z[j];
- if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
- zBuf[k++] = c;
- }else{
- zBuf[k++] = '.';
- }
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
- zBuf[k++] = ']';
- sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
- k += strlen(&zBuf[k]);
- zBuf[k++] = 0;
+ }else{
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
}
+ break;
}
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
+**
+** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
+**
+** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
+** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as
+** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
+** to have only a real value.
*/
-static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
- if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
- fprintf(out, " NULL");
- }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
- fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
- fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
- fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
- }else{
- char zBuf[200];
- sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
- fprintf(out, " ");
- fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
+case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
}
+ break;
}
-static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
- fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
- memTracePrint(out, p);
- fprintf(out, "\n");
-}
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
-#else
-# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-
-/*
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
+** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
+** equivalent of printf(). Blob values are unchanged and
+** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
+case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
+ assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
+ pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
+ applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+ rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+ assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
+ pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+ break;
+}
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
+/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
+** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
+** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
+** to the underlying data.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
- (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
- #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned int lo, hi;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
- return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
- }
-
- #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
- __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- __asm {
- rdtsc
- ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
- }
- }
-
- #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long val;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
- return val;
+case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
+ applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+ assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
+ }else{
+ pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
}
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+ break;
+}
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long long retval;
- unsigned long junk;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
- 1: mftbu %1\n\
- mftb %L0\n\
- mftbu %0\n\
- cmpw %0,%1\n\
- bne 1b"
- : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
- return retval;
+/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
+** integer or a floating-point number.)
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
+** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion
+** is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
+ if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
}
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-#else
-
- #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
- /*
- ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
- ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
- ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
- ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
- ** least compile and run.
- */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
-
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
-** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then
-** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
+/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
**
-** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
-** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction,
-** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the
-** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+** Force the value in register P1 be an integer. If
+** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
+** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
*/
-#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+ }
+ break;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int fileExists(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFile){
- int res = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- /* If we are currently testing IO errors, then do not call OsAccess() to
- ** test for the presence of zFile. This is because any IO error that
- ** occurs here will not be reported, causing the test to fail.
- */
- extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
- if( sqlite3_io_error_pending<=0 )
-#endif
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zFile, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
- return (res && rc==SQLITE_OK);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
+** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
+** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+ }
+ break;
}
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-/*
-** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
-** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
-** and the error message pointer.
+** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
+** jump to address P2.
**
-** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
-** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
-** SQLITE_ROW.
+** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
+** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
+** bit is clear then fall thru if either operand is NULL.
**
-** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
-** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
-** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
+** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
+** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
+** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
+** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause
+** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
**
-** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
-** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
+** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
+** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values
+** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
+** P4 is used to do the comparison. If P4 is not specified then
+** memcmp() is used to compare text string. If both values are
+** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
+** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
+** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
**
-** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
-** immediately. There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
-** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump. Instead,
+** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
-** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal. See the Lt opcode for
+** additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
+** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
-** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
+** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
- Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
-){
- int pc; /* The program counter */
- Op *pOp; /* Current operation */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */
- sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */
- u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */
- Mem *pIn1, *pIn2, *pIn3; /* Input operands */
- Mem *pOut; /* Output operand */
- u8 opProperty;
- int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
- int *aPermute = 0; /* Permuation of columns for OP_Compare */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
- int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- int nProgressOps = 0; /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
-#endif
-
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
- assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
- ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
- goto no_mem;
- }
- assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( p->explain==0 );
- p->pResultSet = 0;
- db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
- CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- if( p->pc==0
- && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing) || fileExists(db, "vdbe_explain"))
- ){
- int i;
- printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
- sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
- }
- }
- if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_trace") ){
- p->trace = stdout;
- }
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-#endif
- for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
- assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- origPc = pc;
- start = sqlite3Hwtime();
-#endif
- pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
-
- /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( p->trace ){
- if( pc==0 ){
- printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
- sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
- }
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
- }
- if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_sqltrace") ){
- sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
- }
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }
-#endif
-
-
- /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens
- ** if we have a special test build.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
- sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
- if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
- sqlite3_interrupt(db);
- }
- }
-#endif
+/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
+** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
+** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
+** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
+case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
+ int flags;
+ int res;
+ char affinity;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
- ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
- ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
- ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
- ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
- */
- if( db->xProgress ){
- if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
- int prc;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- prc =db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- if( prc!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
- }
- nProgressOps = 0;
- }
- nProgressOps++;
- }
-#endif
+ flags = pIn1->flags|pIn3->flags;
- /* Do common setup processing for any opcode that is marked
- ** with the "out2-prerelease" tag. Such opcodes have a single
- ** output which is specified by the P2 parameter. The P2 register
- ** is initialized to a NULL.
+ if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+ /* If either operand is NULL then the result is always NULL.
+ ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
*/
- opProperty = opcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
- if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
- pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
- }else
-
- /* Do common setup for opcodes marked with one of the following
- ** combinations of properties.
- **
- ** in1
- ** in1 in2
- ** in1 in2 out3
- ** in1 in3
- **
- ** Variables pIn1, pIn2, and pIn3 are made to point to appropriate
- ** registers for inputs. Variable pOut points to the output register.
- */
- if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
- if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
- if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- }
- }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
- }
- }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
- }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+ }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
+ pc = pOp->p2-1;
}
+ break;
+ }
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
+ if( affinity ){
+ applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding);
+ applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+ }
-/*****************************************************************************
-** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
-** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual
-** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But
-** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within
-** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
-** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
-** we transition back to normal indentation.
-**
-** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite
-** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
-** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files
-** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
-** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
-** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the
-** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
-** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
-**
-** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
-** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
-** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3. See
-** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
-**
-** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
-** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent
-** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
-** file.
-**
-** SUMMARY:
-**
-** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
-** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
-**
-*****************************************************************************/
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
+ ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+ ExpandBlob(pIn3);
+ res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
+ switch( pOp->opcode ){
+ case OP_Eq: res = res==0; break;
+ case OP_Ne: res = res!=0; break;
+ case OP_Lt: res = res<0; break;
+ case OP_Le: res = res<=0; break;
+ case OP_Gt: res = res>0; break;
+ default: res = res>=0; break;
+ }
-/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * *
-**
-** An unconditional jump to address P2.
-** The next instruction executed will be
-** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
-** the program.
-*/
-case OP_Goto: { /* jump */
- CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ pOut->u.i = res;
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+ }else if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ }
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
**
-** Write the current address onto register P1
-** and then jump to address P2.
+** Set the permuation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
+** of integers in P4.
+**
+** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare,
+** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow. Typically the OP_Permutation should occur
+** immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
*/
-case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
- pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
- pIn1->u.i = pc;
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+case OP_Permutation: {
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
+ assert( pOp->p4.ai );
+ aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Return P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.
+** Compare to vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (all this
+** one "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of
+** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
+**
+** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
+** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers
+** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
+**
+** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
+** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
+** and strings are less than blobs.
*/
-case OP_Return: { /* in1 */
- assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
- pc = pIn1->u.i;
+case OP_Compare: {
+ int n = pOp->p3;
+ int i, p1, p2;
+ const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ assert( n>0 );
+ assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
+ p1 = pOp->p1;
+ assert( p1>0 && p1+n-1<p->nMem );
+ p2 = pOp->p2;
+ assert( p2>0 && p2+n-1<p->nMem );
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ int idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
+ int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
+ REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &p->aMem[p1+idx]);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &p->aMem[p2+idx]);
+ assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField );
+ pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i];
+ bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
+ iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&p->aMem[p1+idx], &p->aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
+ if( iCompare ){
+ if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ aPermute = 0;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Yield P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
+** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
+** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
+** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
*/
-case OP_Yield: {
- int pcDest;
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
- pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
- pcDest = pIn1->u.i;
- pIn1->u.i = pc;
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
- pc = pcDest;
+case OP_Jump: { /* jump */
+ if( iCompare<0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p1 - 1;
+ }else if( iCompare==0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }else{
+ pc = pOp->p3 - 1;
+ }
break;
}
-
-/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
+/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Exit immediately. All open cursors, Fifos, etc are closed
-** automatically.
+** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
+** write the result into register P3.
**
-** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
-** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
-** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
-** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback
-** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort,
-** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
-** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
+** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
+** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give
+** a NULL output.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the answer in register P3.
**
-** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
-** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program
-** is the same as executing Halt.
+** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
+** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs
+** give a NULL output.
*/
-case OP_Halt: {
- p->rc = pOp->p1;
- p->pc = pc;
- p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
- if( pOp->p4.z ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
+ int v1, v2; /* 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ v1 = 2;
+ }else{
+ v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
}
- rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ v2 = 2;
}else{
- rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+ v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
+ }
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+ static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+ v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
+ }else{
+ static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+ v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
+ }
+ if( v1==2 ){
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+ }else{
+ pOut->u.i = v1;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
}
- goto vdbe_return;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Integer: { /* out2-prerelease */
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
- pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
+/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
+** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the
+** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is
+** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
-case OP_Int64: { /* out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
- pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
+case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1 */
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+ }
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
+/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
+** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the
+** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds
+** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
*/
-case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
- pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
- assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
- pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
+case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1 */
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+ }
break;
}
-/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed
-** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value is
+** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
*/
-case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
- pOp->opcode = OP_String;
- pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p4.z);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pOut) ) goto no_mem;
- pOut->zMalloc = 0;
- pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
- pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
- }
- pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
- pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
- pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
- if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
- }
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value is
+** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
+*/
+case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */
+case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */
+ int c;
+ if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ c = pOp->p3;
+ }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+#else
+ c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
#endif
- if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
}
- /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
+ if( c ){
+ pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ }
+ break;
}
-
-/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
+
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL. If P3 is greater
+** than zero, then check all values reg(P1), reg(P1+1),
+** reg(P1+2), ..., reg(P1+P3-1).
*/
-case OP_String: { /* out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
- pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
- pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
- pOut->n = pOp->p1;
- pOut->enc = encoding;
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
+ int n = pOp->p3;
+ assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p1>0 );
+ do{
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ pIn1++;
+ }while( --n > 0 );
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Write a NULL into register P2.
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
*/
-case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */
+case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
break;
}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
+/* Opcode: SetNumColumns * P2 * * *
**
-** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this
-** blob in register P2. This instruction is not coded directly
-** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
-** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
-** the blob as P4. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
-** the first time it is executed.
+** This opcode sets the number of columns for the cursor opened by the
+** following instruction to P2.
+**
+** An OP_SetNumColumns is only useful if it occurs immediately before
+** one of the following opcodes:
+**
+** OpenRead
+** OpenWrite
+** OpenPseudo
+**
+** If the OP_Column opcode is to be executed on a cursor, then
+** this opcode must be present immediately before the opcode that
+** opens the cursor.
*/
-case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */
- assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
- pOut->enc = encoding;
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+case OP_SetNumColumns: {
break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */
-/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** The value of variable P1 is written into register P2. A variable is
-** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
-** Any occurrence of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
-** a variable. Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
-** right beginning with 1. The values of variables are set using the
-** sqlite3_bind() API.
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column
+** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
+** values in the record, extract a NULL.
+**
+** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
+**
+** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or,
+** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
+** the result.
*/
-case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int j = pOp->p1 - 1;
- Mem *pVar;
- assert( j>=0 && j<p->nVar );
+case OP_Column: {
+ int payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */
+ int p1 = pOp->p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */
+ int p2 = pOp->p2; /* column number to retrieve */
+ VdbeCursor *pC = 0;/* The VDBE cursor */
+ char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */
+ BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */
+ u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+ u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+ int nField; /* number of fields in the record */
+ int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */
+ Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */
+ Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */
- pVar = &p->aVar[j];
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
+ memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem));
+ assert( p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
+
+ /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
+ ** bytes in the record.
+ **
+ ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
+ ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
+ ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
+ ** might be available in the pC->aRow cache. Or it might not be.
+ ** If the data is unavailable, zRec is set to NULL.
+ **
+ ** We also compute the number of columns in the record. For cursors,
+ ** the number of columns is stored in the VdbeCursor.nField element.
+ */
+ pC = p->apCsr[p1];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
+#endif
+ if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+ /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ zRec = 0;
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ if( pC->nullRow ){
+ payloadSize = 0;
+ }else if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
+ payloadSize = pC->payloadSize;
+ zRec = (char*)pC->aRow;
+ }else if( pC->isIndex ){
+ i64 payloadSize64;
+ sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
+ payloadSize = (int)payloadSize64;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, (u32 *)&payloadSize);
+ }
+ nField = pC->nField;
+ }else{
+ assert( pC->pseudoTable );
+ /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
+ payloadSize = pC->nData;
+ zRec = pC->pData;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
+ nField = pC->nField;
+ pCrsr = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
+ if( payloadSize==0 ){
+ assert( pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
+ goto op_column_out;
+ }
+ if( payloadSize>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
goto too_big;
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
-** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are
-** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges
-** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.
-*/
-case OP_Move: {
- char *zMalloc;
- int n = pOp->p3;
- int p1 = pOp->p1;
- int p2 = pOp->p2;
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( p1>0 );
- assert( p1+n<p->nMem );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[p1];
- assert( p2>0 );
- assert( p2+n<p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[p2];
- assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 );
- while( n-- ){
- zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
- pOut->zMalloc = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
- pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc;
- REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
- pIn1++;
- pOut++;
+ assert( p2<nField );
+
+ /* Read and parse the table header. Store the results of the parse
+ ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
+ */
+ aType = pC->aType;
+ if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
+ aOffset = pC->aOffset;
+ }else{
+ u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */
+ u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
+ int offset; /* Offset into the data */
+ int szHdrSz; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
+ int avail = 0; /* Number of bytes of available data */
+
+ assert(aType);
+ pC->aOffset = aOffset = &aType[nField];
+ pC->payloadSize = payloadSize;
+ pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
+
+ /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
+ if( zRec ){
+ zData = zRec;
+ }else{
+ if( pC->isIndex ){
+ zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+ }else{
+ zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+ }
+ /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
+ ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache. That will save us from
+ ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
+ ** the record.
+ */
+ if( avail>=payloadSize ){
+ zRec = zData;
+ pC->aRow = (u8*)zData;
+ }else{
+ pC->aRow = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when
+ ** the database file has been corrupted externally.
+ ** assert( zRec!=0 || avail>=payloadSize || avail>=9 ); */
+ szHdrSz = getVarint32((u8*)zData, offset);
+
+ /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
+ ** record header in most cases. But they will fail to get the complete
+ ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
+ ** in the B-Tree. When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
+ ** acquire the complete header text.
+ */
+ if( !zRec && avail<offset ){
+ sMem.flags = 0;
+ sMem.db = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, offset, pC->isIndex, &sMem);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto op_column_out;
+ }
+ zData = sMem.z;
+ }
+ zEndHdr = (u8 *)&zData[offset];
+ zIdx = (u8 *)&zData[szHdrSz];
+
+ /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
+ ** arrays. aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
+ ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
+ ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<nField; i++){
+ if( zIdx<zEndHdr ){
+ aOffset[i] = offset;
+ zIdx += getVarint32(zIdx, aType[i]);
+ offset += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
+ }else{
+ /* If i is less that nField, then there are less fields in this
+ ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
+ ** table. Set the offset for any extra columns not present in
+ ** the record to 0. This tells code below to store a NULL
+ ** instead of deserializing a value from the record.
+ */
+ aOffset[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
+ sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
+
+ /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
+ ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
+ ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
+ ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing
+ ** with a corrupt database.
+ */
+ if( zIdx>zEndHdr || offset>payloadSize
+ || (zIdx==zEndHdr && offset!=payloadSize) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto op_column_out;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the column information. If aOffset[p2] is non-zero, then
+ ** deserialize the value from the record. If aOffset[p2] is zero,
+ ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
+ ** request. In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
+ ** a pointer to a Mem object.
+ */
+ if( aOffset[p2] ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( zRec ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pDest);
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&zRec[aOffset[p2]], aType[p2], pDest);
+ }else{
+ len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->isIndex, &sMem);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto op_column_out;
+ }
+ zData = sMem.z;
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)zData, aType[p2], pDest);
+ }
+ pDest->enc = encoding;
+ }else{
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
+ }else{
+ assert( pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
+ ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
+ ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure.
+ ** This prevents a memory copy.
+ */
+ if( sMem.zMalloc ){
+ assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc );
+ assert( !(pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) );
+ assert( !(pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || pDest->z==sMem.z );
+ pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+ pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
+ pDest->z = sMem.z;
+ pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc;
}
+
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pDest);
+
+op_column_out:
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
**
-** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.
+** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
**
-** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate
-** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy.
+** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** memory cell in the range.
*/
-case OP_Copy: {
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
- Deephemeralize(pOut);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+case OP_Affinity: {
+ char *zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+ Mem *pData0 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ Mem *pLast = &pData0[pOp->p2-1];
+ Mem *pRec;
+
+ for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
+ ExpandBlob(pRec);
+ applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
+ }
break;
}
-/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
+** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into a single entry
+** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index. The details of the format are irrelevant as long as
+** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
+** Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
+** format.
**
-** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value
-** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
-** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
-** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
-** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
-** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete
-** copy.
-*/
-case OP_SCopy: {
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
+** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key.
**
-** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
-** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
-** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
-** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
-** row.
+** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
+** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
+**
+** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
*/
-case OP_ResultRow: {
- Mem *pMem;
- int i;
- assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+ /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+ ** like this:
+ **
+ ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
+ ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ **
+ ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1
+ ** and so froth.
+ **
+ ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
+ ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+ ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+ ** of the record to data0.
+ */
+ u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
+ Mem *pRec; /* The new record */
+ u64 nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */
+ int nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */
+ i64 nByte = 0; /* Data space required for this record */
+ int nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+ int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */
+ u32 serial_type; /* Type field */
+ Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */
+ Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */
+ int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */
+ char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */
+ int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */
+ int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
- /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
- p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
+ nField = pOp->p1;
+ zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+ assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=p->nMem );
+ pData0 = &p->aMem[nField];
+ nField = pOp->p2;
+ pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
+ file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
- /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
- ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as
- ** as side effect.
+ /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+ ** out how much space is required for the new record.
*/
- pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
- storeTypeInfo(&pMem[i], encoding);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
+ for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
+ int len;
+ if( zAffinity ){
+ applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
+ }
+ if( pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && pRec->n>0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec);
+ }
+ serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
+ len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+ nData += len;
+ nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
+ if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
+ ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
+ nZero += pRec->u.nZero;
+ }else if( len ){
+ nZero = 0;
+ }
}
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-
- /* Return SQLITE_ROW
- */
- p->nCallback++;
- p->pc = pc + 1;
- rc = SQLITE_ROW;
- goto vdbe_return;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
-** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
-** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
-**
-** P3 = P2 || P1
-**
-** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
-** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
-** to avoid a memcpy().
-*/
-case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
- i64 nByte;
- assert( pIn1!=pOut );
- if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
- break;
+ /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
+ nHdr += nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
+ if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ){
+ nHdr++;
}
- ExpandBlob(pIn1);
- Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
- ExpandBlob(pIn2);
- Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
- nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
+ nByte = nHdr+nData-nZero;
if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
goto too_big;
}
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
+
+ /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
+ ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
+ ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
+ ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
+ */
+ assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte, 0) ){
goto no_mem;
}
- if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
- memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
+ zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
+
+ /* Write the record */
+ i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
+ for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
+ serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
+ i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type); /* serial type */
}
- memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
- pOut->z[nByte] = 0;
- pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
- pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
- pOut->n = nByte;
- pOut->enc = encoding;
+ for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){ /* serial data */
+ i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], (int)(nByte-i), pRec,file_format);
+ }
+ assert( i==nByte );
+
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pOut->n = (int)nByte;
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+ pOut->xDel = 0;
+ if( nZero ){
+ pOut->u.nZero = nZero;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
+ }
+ pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: Statement P1 * * * *
**
+** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
+** transaction. This is needed so that the statement
+** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction. The statement transaction will automatically
+** commit when the VDBE halts.
**
-** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
+** If the database connection is currently in autocommit mode (that
+** is to say, if it is in between BEGIN and COMMIT)
+** and if there are no other active statements on the same database
+** connection, then this operation is a no-op. No statement transaction
+** is needed since any error can use the normal ROLLBACK process to
+** undo changes.
**
-** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+** If a statement transaction is started, then a statement journal file
+** will be allocated and initialized.
**
-** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3. If the value in register P2
-** is zero, then the result is NULL.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1. The main
+** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
+** has an index of 1.
*/
-/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+case OP_Statement: {
+ if( db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ Btree *pBt;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+ assert( db->aDb[i].pBt!=0 );
+ pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
+ if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt);
+ p->openedStatement = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
**
-** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
-** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3.
-** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
-** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
+** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
+** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
*/
-case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
- int flags;
- applyNumericAffinity(pIn1);
- applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
- flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
- if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
- i64 a, b;
- a = pIn1->u.i;
- b = pIn2->u.i;
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_Add: b += a; break;
- case OP_Subtract: b -= a; break;
- case OP_Multiply: b *= a; break;
- case OP_Divide: {
- if( a==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by
- ** -1 returns an integer too large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On
- ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others,
- ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this
- ** behavior so that all architectures behave as if integer
- ** overflow occurred.
- */
- if( a==-1 && b==SMALLEST_INT64 ) a = 1;
- b /= a;
- break;
- }
- default: {
- if( a==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- if( a==-1 ) a = 1;
- b %= a;
- break;
+case OP_Savepoint: {
+ int p1 = pOp->p1;
+ char *zName = pOp->p4.z; /* Name of savepoint */
+
+ /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
+ ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
+ */
+ assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
+ assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+ assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
+ assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+
+ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
+ if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
+ /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
+ ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
+ */
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
+ "SQL statements in progress");
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ Savepoint *pNew;
+
+ /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1);
+ if( pNew ){
+ pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+ memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1);
+
+ /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
+ ** "transaction savepoint". */
+ if( db->autoCommit ){
+ db->autoCommit = 0;
+ db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
+ }else{
+ db->nSavepoint++;
+ }
+
+ /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
+ pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
+ db->pSavepoint = pNew;
}
}
- pOut->u.i = b;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
}else{
- double a, b;
- a = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
- b = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_Add: b += a; break;
- case OP_Subtract: b -= a; break;
- case OP_Multiply: b *= a; break;
- case OP_Divide: {
- if( a==0.0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- b /= a;
- break;
+ Savepoint *pSavepoint;
+ int iSavepoint = 0;
+
+ /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
+ ** an error is returned to the user. */
+ for(
+ pSavepoint=db->pSavepoint;
+ pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName);
+ pSavepoint=pSavepoint->pNext
+ ){
+ iSavepoint++;
+ }
+ if( !pSavepoint ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", zName);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else if(
+ db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || (p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
+ ){
+ /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
+ ** active write statements. It is not possible to rollback a savepoint
+ ** if there are any active statements at all.
+ */
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+ "cannot %s savepoint - SQL statements in progress",
+ (p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ? "rollback": "release")
+ );
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+
+ /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
+ ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
+ ** is committed.
+ */
+ int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
+ if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ p->pc = pc;
+ db->autoCommit = 0;
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }
+ db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+ rc = p->rc;
+ }else{
+ int ii;
+ iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1;
+ for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ }
+ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ }
}
- default: {
- i64 ia = (i64)a;
- i64 ib = (i64)b;
- if( ia==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- if( ia==-1 ) ia = 1;
- b = ib % ia;
- break;
+
+ /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
+ ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
+ while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){
+ Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+ db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+ db->nSavepoint--;
+ }
+
+ /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on too */
+ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+ assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
+ db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint);
+ if( !isTransaction ){
+ db->nSavepoint--;
+ }
}
}
- if( sqlite3IsNaN(b) ){
- goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- }
- pOut->r = b;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
- if( (flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
- }
}
- break;
-arithmetic_result_is_null:
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
**
-** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
-** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
-** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
-** functions.
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
**
-** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
-** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
-** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
*/
-case OP_CollSeq: {
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+ int desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
+ int rollback = pOp->p2;
+ int turnOnAC = desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
+
+ assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 );
+ assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || rollback==0 );
+
+ assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */
+
+ if( turnOnAC && rollback && db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+ /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
+ ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
+ ** that the other VMs must complete first.
+ */
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
+ "SQL statements in progress");
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( turnOnAC && !rollback && db->writeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+ /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
+ ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
+ */
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
+ "SQL statements in progress");
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
+ if( rollback ){
+ assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 );
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ }else{
+ db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ p->pc = pc;
+ db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit);
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+ (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+ (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+ "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
+
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
-** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
-** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3.
-** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
+** Begin a transaction. The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
+** opcode is encountered. Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
+** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the
-** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
-** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
-** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
-** invocation of this opcode.
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for
+** attached databases.
**
-** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started. A RESERVED lock is
+** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started. No
+** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
+** underway. Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
+** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
+** database. If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
+** on the file.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
*/
-case OP_Function: {
- int i;
- Mem *pArg;
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- sqlite3_value **apVal;
- int n = pOp->p5;
-
- apVal = p->apArg;
- assert( apVal || n==0 );
-
- assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=p->nMem) );
- assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
- pArg = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
- apVal[i] = pArg;
- storeTypeInfo(pArg, encoding);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pArg);
- }
-
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){
- ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
- ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
- }else{
- ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc;
- ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
- }
-
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
- ctx.s.db = db;
- ctx.s.xDel = 0;
- ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
-
- /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
- ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
- ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&ctx.s, pOut);
- MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null);
-
- ctx.isError = 0;
- if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
- assert( pOp>p->aOp );
- assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
- assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
- ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
- }
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
- goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- }
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
- ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
- ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
- ** associated with such a value.
- **
- ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn()
- ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are
- ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
- goto no_mem;
- }
-
- /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function,
- ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
- */
- if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
- pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc;
- pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
- }
+case OP_Transaction: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ Btree *pBt;
- /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
- if( ctx.isError ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
- rc = ctx.isError;
- }
+ assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
+ pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &ctx.s);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
- goto too_big;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ p->pc = pc;
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
}
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
+** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
+** P3==0 is the schema version. P3==1 is the database format.
+** P3==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in regiser P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
+** If P1 is negative, then this is a request to read the size of a
+** databases free-list. P3 must be set to 1 in this case. The actual
+** database accessed is ((P1+1)*-1). For example, a P1 parameter of -1
+** corresponds to database 0 ("main"), a P1 of -2 is database 1 ("temp").
**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
*/
-case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
- i64 a, b;
+case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int iMeta;
+ int iDb = pOp->p1;
+ int iCookie = pOp->p3;
- if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
- break;
- }
- a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
- b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_BitAnd: a &= b; break;
- case OP_BitOr: a |= b; break;
- case OP_ShiftLeft: a <<= b; break;
- default: assert( pOp->opcode==OP_ShiftRight );
- a >>= b; break;
+ assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+ if( iDb<0 ){
+ iDb = (-1*(iDb+1));
+ iCookie *= -1;
}
- pOut->u.i = a;
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
+ /* The indexing of meta values at the schema layer is off by one from
+ ** the indexing in the btree layer. The btree considers meta[0] to
+ ** be the number of free pages in the database (a read-only value)
+ ** and meta[1] to be the schema cookie. The schema layer considers
+ ** meta[1] to be the schema cookie. So we have to shift the index
+ ** by one in the following statement.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, 1 + iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+ pOut->u.i = iMeta;
MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
-** The result is always an integer.
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
+** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
+** into cookie number P2 of database P1.
+** P2==0 is the schema version. P2==1 is the database format.
+** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
-case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
- pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
+case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */
+ Db *pDb;
+ assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
+ /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
+ if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+ /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+ pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+ }else if( pOp->p2==1 ){
+ /* Record changes in the file format */
+ pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
+ }
+ if( pOp->p1==1 ){
+ /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
+ ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ }
break;
}
-/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
+** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.
+** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
+** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
+** for auxiliary databases.
+**
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
**
-** Convert value in register P1 into an integer. If the value
-** in P1 is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
-** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then
-** jump to P2. If the value in P1 is numeric then
-** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
-** current value if P3==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
-** greater than its current value if P3==1.
+** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
+** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
+** invoked.
*/
-case OP_ForceInt: { /* jump, in1 */
- i64 v;
- applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
- if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- break;
- }
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
- v = pIn1->u.i + (pOp->p3!=0);
+case OP_VerifyCookie: {
+ int iMeta;
+ Btree *pBt;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
}else{
- assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
- v = (sqlite3_int64)pIn1->r;
- if( pIn1->r>(double)v ) v++;
- if( pOp->p3 && pIn1->r==(double)v ) v++;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ iMeta = 0;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
+ /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
+ ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
+ ** not reload the schema from the database file.
+ **
+ ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
+ ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
+ ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
+ ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
+ ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
+ ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
+ ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
+ ** a v-table method.
+ */
+ if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
}
- pIn1->u.i = v;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value
-** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
-** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
-** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
+** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
+** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
+** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1
+** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
+** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
+** the value of P2 itself.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P4 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
+** content and collating sequence of indices. P4 is NULL for cursors
+** that are not pointing to indices.
+**
+** See also OpenWrite.
*/
-case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */
- applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
- if( pOp->p2==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
+** root page.
+**
+** The P4 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
+** content and collating sequence of indices. P4 is NULL for cursors
+** that are not pointing to indices.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ int p2 = pOp->p2;
+ int iDb = pOp->p3;
+ int wrFlag;
+ Btree *pX;
+ VdbeCursor *pCur;
+ Db *pDb;
+
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ pX = pDb->pBt;
+ assert( pX!=0 );
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
+ wrFlag = 1;
+ if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
+ p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
+ }
+ }else{
+ wrFlag = 0;
+ }
+ if( pOp->p5 ){
+ assert( p2>0 );
+ assert( p2<=p->nMem );
+ pIn2 = &p->aMem[p2];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+ p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
+ if( p2<2 ) {
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
goto abort_due_to_error;
- }else{
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
+ }
+ assert( i>=0 );
+ pCur = allocateCursor(p, i, &pOp[-1], iDb, 1);
+ if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ pCur->nullRow = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pOp->p4.p, pCur->pCursor);
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
+ pCur->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
}else{
- MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
+ pCur->pKeyInfo = 0;
+ }
+ switch( rc ){
+ case SQLITE_BUSY: {
+ p->pc = pc;
+ p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto vdbe_return;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_OK: {
+ int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
+ /* Sanity checking. Only the lower four bits of the flags byte should
+ ** be used. Bit 3 (mask 0x08) is unpredictable. The lower 3 bits
+ ** (mask 0x07) should be either 5 (intkey+leafdata for tables) or
+ ** 2 (zerodata for indices). If these conditions are not met it can
+ ** only mean that we are dealing with a corrupt database file
+ */
+ if( (flags & 0xf0)!=0 || ((flags & 0x07)!=5 && (flags & 0x07)!=2) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ pCur->isTable = (flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 ?1:0;
+ pCur->isIndex = (flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0 ?1:0;
+ /* If P4==0 it means we are expected to open a table. If P4!=0 then
+ ** we expect to be opening an index. If this is not what happened,
+ ** then the database is corrupt
+ */
+ if( (pCur->isTable && pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO)
+ || (pCur->isIndex && pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_EMPTY: {
+ pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
+ pCur->isIndex = !pCur->isTable;
+ pCur->pCursor = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
**
-** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
+** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
+** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
+** the main database is read-only. The transient or virtual
+** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
-** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
-** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as
-** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
-** to have only a real value.
+** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table.
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** This opcode was once called OpenTemp. But that created
+** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
+** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
+** this opcode. Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual. But
+** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
*/
-case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pCx;
+ static const int openFlags =
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
+
+ assert( i>=0 );
+ pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, pOp, -1, 1);
+ if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ pCx->nullRow = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags,
+ &pCx->pBt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+ ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
+ ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+ ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
+ */
+ if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
+ int pgno;
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1,
+ (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, pCx->pCursor);
+ pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
+ }
+ pCx->isTable = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor);
+ pCx->isTable = 1;
+ }
}
+ pCx->isIndex = !pCx->isTable;
break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
-** equivalent of printf(). Blob values are unchanged and
-** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data. Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
+** first row to be deleted. All data is deleted when the cursor is
+** closed.
**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
+** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger. Also used to hold the a single
+** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
+** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.
+**
+** When OP_Insert is executed to insert a row in to the pseudo table,
+** the pseudo-table cursor may or may not make it's own copy of the
+** original row data. If P2 is 0, then the pseudo-table will copy the
+** original row data. Otherwise, a pointer to the original memory cell
+** is stored. In this case, the vdbe program must ensure that the
+** memory cell containing the row data is not overwritten until the
+** pseudo table is closed (or a new row is inserted into it).
*/
-case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
- assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
- pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
- applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
- rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
- assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
- pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pCx;
+ assert( i>=0 );
+ pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, &pOp[-1], -1, 0);
+ if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ pCx->nullRow = 1;
+ pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
+ pCx->ephemPseudoTable = (u8)pOp->p2;
+ pCx->isTable = 1;
+ pCx->isIndex = 0;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
-** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
-** to the underlying data.
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
*/
-case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
- applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
- assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
- }
- MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+case OP_Close: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]);
+ p->apCsr[i] = 0;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
-** integer or a floating-point number.)
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
-** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion
-** is possible.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
+** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
+** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
*/
-case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
- if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
- }
- break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-
-/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Force the value in register P1 be an integer. If
-** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
+** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
-case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
+** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
+** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
+** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
+** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
+*/
+case OP_SeekLt: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekLe: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGe: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGt: { /* jump, in3 */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+ int res, oc;
+ oc = pOp->opcode;
+ pC->nullRow = 0;
+ if( pC->isTable ){
+ i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */
+
+ /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
+ ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do
+ ** the seek, so covert it. */
+ applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
+ iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+
+ /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
+ ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
+ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+ /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
+ ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating
+ ** point number. */
+ assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 );
+
+ if( iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){
+ /* The P3 value is to large in magnitude to be expressed as an
+ ** integer. */
+ res = 1;
+ if( pIn3->r<0 ){
+ if( oc==OP_SeekGt || oc==OP_SeekGe ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pC->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( oc==OP_SeekLt || oc==OP_SeekLe ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ }
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ break;
+ }else if( oc==OP_SeekLt || oc==OP_SeekGe ){
+ /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */
+ if( pIn3->r > (double)iKey ) iKey++;
+ }else{
+ /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */
+ assert( oc==OP_SeekLe || oc==OP_SeekGt );
+ if( pIn3->r < (double)iKey ) iKey--;
+ }
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ if( res==0 ){
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 1;
+ pC->lastRowid = iKey;
+ }
+ }else{
+ UnpackedRecord r;
+ int nField = pOp->p4.i;
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ assert( nField>0 );
+ r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+ r.nField = (u16)nField;
+ if( oc==OP_SeekGt || oc==OP_SeekLe ){
+ r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
+ }else{
+ r.flags = 0;
+ }
+ r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ }
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+ if( oc==OP_SeekGe || oc==OP_SeekGt ){
+ if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGt) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ }else{
+ res = 0;
+ }
+ }else{
+ assert( oc==OP_SeekLt || oc==OP_SeekLe );
+ if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLt) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to
+ ** see if this is the case.
+ */
+ res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ }else if( !pC->pseudoTable ){
+ /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
+ ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
+ ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
+ */
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
-** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
+** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer. Arrange
+** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
+** This is actually a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until
+** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads
+** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
*/
-case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+case OP_Seek: { /* in2 */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ pC->nullRow = 0;
+ pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
}
break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+
-/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
-** jump to address P2.
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
-** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
-** bit is clear then fall thru if either operand is NULL.
+** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. P1 is an index.
+** If an entry that matches the value in register p3 exists in P1 then
+** jump to P2. If the P3 value does not match any entry in P1
+** then fall thru. The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
+** if it exists.
**
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
-** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
-** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
-** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
-** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause
-** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
+** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
+** left-hand side is a SELECT statement. P1 may be a true index, or it
+** may be a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
+** statement. This instruction is also used to implement the
+** DISTINCT keyword in SELECT statements.
**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL,
-** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
-** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values
-** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
-** P4 is used to do the comparison. If P4 is not specified then
-** memcmp() is used to compare text string. If both values are
-** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
-** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
-** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
+** This instruction checks if index P1 contains a record for which
+** the first N serialized values exactly match the N serialized values
+** in the record in register P3, where N is the total number of values in
+** the P3 record (the P3 record is a prefix of the P1 record).
**
-** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump. Instead,
-** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
+** See also: NotFound, IsUnique, NotExists
*/
-/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal. See the Lt opcode for
-** additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. P1 is
+** an index. If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
+** to P2. If an entry does existing, fall through. The cursor is left
+** pointing to the entry that matches.
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
-** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
*/
-/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ int alreadyExists = 0;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+ if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
+ int res;
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+
+ assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+ assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z,
+ aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec));
+ if( pIdxKey==0 ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+ pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ break;
+ }
+ alreadyExists = (res==0);
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ }
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+ if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }else{
+ if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
-** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this
+** record number R. The P4 register contains an index key created
+** using MakeRecord. Call it K.
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
-** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+** P1 is an index. So it has no data and its key consists of a
+** record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the
+** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
+**
+** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
+** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
+** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
+** jump to P2. If any entry does exist where the index string
+** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
+** number for that entry is written into P3 and control
+** falls through to the next instruction.
**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
-** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information.
+** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
*/
-case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
- int flags;
- int res;
- char affinity;
+case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pCx;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ Mem *pK;
+ i64 R;
- flags = pIn1->flags|pIn3->flags;
+ /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
+ */
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
+ pK = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
+ R = pIn3->u.i;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pCx = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pCx!=0 );
+ pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
+ if( pCrsr!=0 ){
+ int res;
+ i64 v; /* The record number that matches K */
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked version of P4 */
- if( flags&MEM_Null ){
- /* If either operand is NULL then the result is always NULL.
- ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
+ /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
*/
- if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
- }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
- pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ assert( pK->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCx->pKeyInfo, pK->n, pK->z,
+ aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec));
+ if( pIdxKey==0 ){
+ goto no_mem;
}
- break;
- }
+ pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
- affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
- if( affinity ){
- applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding);
- applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding);
- }
+ /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last rowid match K
+ ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
+ */
+ assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ if( res<0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, pIdxKey, &res);
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ if( res>0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
+ }
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
- ExpandBlob(pIn1);
- ExpandBlob(pIn3);
- res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_Eq: res = res==0; break;
- case OP_Ne: res = res!=0; break;
- case OP_Lt: res = res<0; break;
- case OP_Le: res = res<=0; break;
- case OP_Gt: res = res>0; break;
- default: res = res>=0; break;
- }
+ /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
+ ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K. Check to see if the
+ ** final rowid column is different from R. If it equals R then jump
+ ** immediately to P2.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ if( v==R ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ break;
+ }
- if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- pOut->u.i = res;
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
- }else if( res ){
- pc = pOp->p2-1;
+ /* The final varint of the key is different from R. Store it back
+ ** into register R3. (The record number of an entry that violates
+ ** a UNIQUE constraint.)
+ */
+ pIn3->u.i = v;
+ assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Set the permuation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
-** of integers in P4.
+** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key. If a record
+** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.
+** If the record does exist, then fall thru. The cursor is left
+** pointing to the record if it exists.
**
-** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare,
-** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow. Typically the OP_Permutation should occur
-** immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
+** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
+** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
+** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
+** P1 is an index.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique
*/
-case OP_Permutation: {
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
- assert( pOp->p4.ai );
- aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
+case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+ if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+ int res = 0;
+ u64 iKey;
+ assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]->isTable );
+ iKey = intToKey(pIn3->u.i);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0,&res);
+ pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
+ pC->rowidIsValid = res==0 ?1:0;
+ pC->nullRow = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ if( res!=0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+ }
+ }else if( !pC->pseudoTable ){
+ /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the
+ ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
+ */
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+ }
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Compare to vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (all this
-** one "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of
-** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
-**
-** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
-** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers
-** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
+/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
-** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
-** and strings are less than blobs.
+** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
+** Write the sequence number into register P2.
+** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
+** instruction.
*/
-case OP_Compare: {
- int n = pOp->p3;
- int i, p1, p2;
- const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
- p1 = pOp->p1;
- assert( p1>0 && p1+n-1<p->nMem );
- p2 = pOp->p2;
- assert( p2>0 && p2+n-1<p->nMem );
- for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- int idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
- int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
- REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &p->aMem[p1+idx]);
- REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &p->aMem[p2+idx]);
- assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField );
- pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i];
- bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
- iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&p->aMem[p1+idx], &p->aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
- if( iCompare ){
- if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
- break;
- }
- }
- aPermute = 0;
+case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+ pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[i]->seqCount++;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
+
+/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
-** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
-** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
+** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written
+** written to register P2.
+**
+** If P3>0 then P3 is a register that holds the largest previously
+** generated record number. No new record numbers are allowed to be less
+** than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, a SQLITE_FULL
+** error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the generated
+** record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
+** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
*/
-case OP_Jump: { /* jump */
- if( iCompare<0 ){
- pc = pOp->p1 - 1;
- }else if( iCompare==0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ i64 v = 0;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+ if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){
+ /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
}else{
- pc = pOp->p3 - 1;
+ /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+ ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
+ **
+ ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+ ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+ ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+ ** probabilistic algorithm
+ **
+ ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+ ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have
+ ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+ ** and try again, up to 1000 times.
+ **
+ ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability
+ ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300. This is a
+ ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should
+ ** never cause a problem. You are much, much more likely to have a
+ ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail.
+ **
+ ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good
+ ** source of random numbers. Is a library function like lrand48()
+ ** good enough? Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there
+ ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that
+ ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own
+ ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm.
+ **
+ ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the
+ ** first few attempts at choosing a random rowid pick values just a little
+ ** larger than the previous rowid. This has been shown experimentally
+ ** to double the speed of the COPY operation.
+ */
+ int res=0, rx=SQLITE_OK, cnt;
+ i64 x;
+ cnt = 0;
+ if( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor)&(BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_ZERODATA)) !=
+ BTREE_INTKEY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 );
+ assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
+#else
+ /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
+ ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems
+ ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
+ */
+# define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
+#endif
+
+ if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
+ if( pC->nextRowidValid ){
+ v = pC->nextRowid;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ if( res ){
+ v = 1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+ v = keyToInt(v);
+ if( v==MAX_ROWID ){
+ pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+ }else{
+ v++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ if( pOp->p3 ){
+ Mem *pMem;
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); /* P3 is a valid memory cell */
+ pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
+ if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
+ rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
+ v = pMem->u.i + 1;
+ }
+ pMem->u.i = v;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if( v<MAX_ROWID ){
+ pC->nextRowidValid = 1;
+ pC->nextRowid = v+1;
+ }else{
+ pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
+ assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* SQLITE_FULL must have occurred prior to this */
+ v = db->priorNewRowid;
+ cnt = 0;
+ do{
+ if( cnt==0 && (v&0xffffff)==v ){
+ v++;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
+ if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff;
+ }
+ if( v==0 ) continue;
+ x = intToKey(v);
+ rx = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)x, 0, &res);
+ cnt++;
+ }while( cnt<100 && rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 );
+ db->priorNewRowid = v;
+ if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ }
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
}
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ pOut->u.i = v;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
-** write the result into register P3.
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten. The data is the value stored register
+** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
+** be an integer.
**
-** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
-** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give
-** a NULL output.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
**
-** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the answer in register P3.
+** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
+** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook
+** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
**
-** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
-** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs
-** give a NULL output.
+** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
+** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
+** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the
+** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not
+** cause any problems.)
+**
+** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction
+** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
*/
-case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
- int v1, v2; /* 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+case OP_Insert: {
+ Mem *pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ Mem *pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+
+ i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable );
+ assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
- v1 = 2;
- }else{
- v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+ iKey = intToKey(pKey->u.i);
+ if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+ if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pKey->u.i;
+ if( pC->nextRowidValid && pKey->u.i>=pC->nextRowid ){
+ pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
}
- if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
- v2 = 2;
+ if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ pData->z = 0;
+ pData->n = 0;
}else{
- v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
+ assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
}
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
- static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
- v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
+ if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+ if( !pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pC->pData);
+ }
+ pC->iKey = iKey;
+ pC->nData = pData->n;
+ if( pData->z==pData->zMalloc || pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
+ pC->pData = pData->z;
+ if( !pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
+ pData->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+ pData->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+ pData->zMalloc = 0;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pC->pData = sqlite3Malloc( pC->nData+2 );
+ if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
+ memcpy(pC->pData, pData->z, pC->nData);
+ pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
+ pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
+ }
+ pC->nullRow = 0;
}else{
- static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
- v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
+ int nZero;
+ if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ nZero = pData->u.nZero;
+ }else{
+ nZero = 0;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
+ pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
+ pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND);
}
- if( v1==2 ){
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
- }else{
- pOut->u.i = v1;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+ /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+ const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
+ const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
+ int op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
+ assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Not P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
**
-** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Replace it
-** with its complement. If the value in register P1 is NULL its value
-** is unchanged.
-*/
-case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1 */
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; /* Do nothing to NULLs */
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
- pIn1->u.i = !pIn1->u.i;
- assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: BitNot P1 * * * *
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
**
-** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Replace it
-** with its ones-complement. If the value is originally NULL, leave
-** it unchanged.
-*/
-case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1 */
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break; /* Do nothing to NULLs */
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
- pIn1->u.i = ~pIn1->u.i;
- assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
- break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
+** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete
+** a record from within an Next loop.
**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value is
-** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).
**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value is
-** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
+** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with
+** multiple rows.
+**
+** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
+** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
+** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
+** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
*/
-case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */
-case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */
- int c;
- if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
- c = pOp->p3;
- }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-#else
- c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
-#endif
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
- }
- if( c ){
- pc = pOp->p2-1;
+case OP_Delete: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ i64 iKey = 0;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
+
+ /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set iKey to the rowid of the
+ ** row being deleted.
+ */
+ if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+ assert( pC->isTable );
+ assert( pC->rowidIsValid ); /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
+ iKey = pC->lastRowid;
}
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL. If P3 is greater
-** than zero, then check all values reg(P1), reg(P1+1),
-** reg(P1+2), ..., reg(P1+P3-1).
-*/
-case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
- int n = pOp->p3;
- assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p1>0 );
- do{
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- break;
- }
- pIn1++;
- }while( --n > 0 );
- break;
-}
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
+ pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
-*/
-case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
- if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+ const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
+ const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
+ db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
+ assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
}
+ if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: SetNumColumns * P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode sets the number of columns for the cursor opened by the
-** following instruction to P2.
-**
-** An OP_SetNumColumns is only useful if it occurs immediately before
-** one of the following opcodes:
-**
-** OpenRead
-** OpenWrite
-** OpenPseudo
+/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
**
-** If the OP_Column opcode is to be executed on a cursor, then
-** this opcode must be present immediately before the opcode that
-** opens the cursor.
+** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
+** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
+** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
*/
-case OP_SetNumColumns: {
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+ if( pOp->p1 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+ }
+ p->nChange = 0;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
-** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
-** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column
-** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
-** values in the record, extract a NULL.
+** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.
+** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
+** it is found in the database file.
**
-** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
**
-** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
-** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
+** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.
+** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as
+** it is found in the database file.
**
-** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or,
-** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
-** the result.
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
*/
-case OP_Column: {
- u32 payloadSize; /* Number of bytes in the record */
- int p1 = pOp->p1; /* P1 value of the opcode */
- int p2 = pOp->p2; /* column number to retrieve */
- Cursor *pC = 0; /* The VDBE cursor */
- char *zRec; /* Pointer to complete record-data */
- BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */
- u32 *aType; /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
- u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
- u32 nField; /* number of fields in the record */
- int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- char *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */
- Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */
- Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */
+case OP_RowKey:
+case OP_RowData: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ u32 n;
- sMem.flags = 0;
- sMem.db = 0;
- sMem.zMalloc = 0;
- assert( p1<p->nCursor );
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
- ** bytes in the record.
- **
- ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
- ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
- ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
- ** might be available in the pC->aRow cache. Or it might not be.
- ** If the data is unavailable, zRec is set to NULL.
- **
- ** We also compute the number of columns in the record. For cursors,
- ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.
- */
- pC = p->apCsr[p1];
+ /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
+ assert( pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
assert( pC!=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
-#endif
- if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
- /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
- if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- zRec = 0;
- pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
- if( pC->nullRow ){
- payloadSize = 0;
- }else if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
- payloadSize = pC->payloadSize;
- zRec = (char*)pC->aRow;
- }else if( pC->isIndex ){
- i64 payloadSize64;
- sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
- payloadSize = payloadSize64;
- }else{
- sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
+ assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
+ assert( pC->pseudoTable==0 );
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ if( pC->isIndex ){
+ i64 n64;
+ assert( !pC->isTable );
+ sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
+ if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
}
- nField = pC->nField;
+ n = (int)n64;
}else{
- assert( pC->pseudoTable );
- /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
- payloadSize = pC->nData;
- zRec = pC->pData;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
- nField = pC->nField;
- pCrsr = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
+ if( (int)n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
}
-
- /* If payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
- if( payloadSize==0 ){
- assert( pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
- goto op_column_out;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){
+ goto no_mem;
}
- if( payloadSize>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
+ pOut->n = n;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+ if( pC->isIndex ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
}
+ pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ break;
+}
- assert( p2<nField );
+/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
+** P1 is currently point to.
+*/
+case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ i64 v;
- /* Read and parse the table header. Store the results of the parse
- ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
- */
- aType = pC->aType;
- if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
- aOffset = pC->aOffset;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
+ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
+ v = pC->lastRowid;
+ }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
+ v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
+ }else if( pC->nullRow ){
+ /* Leave the rowid set to a NULL */
+ break;
}else{
- u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */
- u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
- u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */
- int szHdrSz; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
- int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */
-
- assert(aType);
- pC->aOffset = aOffset = &aType[nField];
- pC->payloadSize = payloadSize;
- pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
-
- /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
- if( zRec ){
- zData = zRec;
- }else{
- if( pC->isIndex ){
- zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
- }else{
- zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
- }
- /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
- ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache. That will save us from
- ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
- ** the record.
- */
- if( avail>=payloadSize ){
- zRec = zData;
- pC->aRow = (u8*)zData;
- }else{
- pC->aRow = 0;
- }
- }
- /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when
- ** the database file has been corrupted externally.
- ** assert( zRec!=0 || avail>=payloadSize || avail>=9 ); */
- szHdrSz = getVarint32((u8*)zData, offset);
-
- /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
- ** record header in most cases. But they will fail to get the complete
- ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
- ** in the B-Tree. When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
- ** acquire the complete header text.
- */
- if( !zRec && avail<offset ){
- sMem.flags = 0;
- sMem.db = 0;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, offset, pC->isIndex, &sMem);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto op_column_out;
- }
- zData = sMem.z;
- }
- zEndHdr = (u8 *)&zData[offset];
- zIdx = (u8 *)&zData[szHdrSz];
-
- /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
- ** arrays. aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
- ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
- ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
- */
- for(i=0; i<nField; i++){
- if( zIdx<zEndHdr ){
- aOffset[i] = offset;
- zIdx += getVarint32(zIdx, aType[i]);
- offset += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
- }else{
- /* If i is less that nField, then there are less fields in this
- ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
- ** table. Set the offset for any extra columns not present in
- ** the record to 0. This tells code below to store a NULL
- ** instead of deserializing a value from the record.
- */
- aOffset[i] = 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
- sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
-
- /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
- ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
- ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
- ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing
- ** with a corrupt database.
- */
- if( zIdx>zEndHdr || offset>payloadSize || (zIdx==zEndHdr && offset!=payloadSize) ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto op_column_out;
- }
+ assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
+ sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
+ v = keyToInt(v);
}
+ pOut->u.i = v;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ break;
+}
- /* Get the column information. If aOffset[p2] is non-zero, then
- ** deserialize the value from the record. If aOffset[p2] is zero,
- ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
- ** request. In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
- ** a pointer to a Mem object.
- */
- if( aOffset[p2] ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( zRec ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pDest);
- sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&zRec[aOffset[p2]], aType[p2], pDest);
- }else{
- len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->isIndex, &sMem);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto op_column_out;
- }
- zData = sMem.z;
- sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)zData, aType[p2], pDest);
- }
- pDest->enc = encoding;
- }else{
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
- }else{
- assert( pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
- }
- }
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
+** write a NULL.
+*/
+case OP_NullRow: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
- /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
- ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
- ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure.
- ** This prevents a memory copy.
- */
- if( sMem.zMalloc ){
- assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc );
- assert( !(pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) );
- assert( !(pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || pDest->z==sMem.z );
- pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
- pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
- pDest->z = sMem.z;
- pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ pC->nullRow = 1;
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ if( pC->pCursor ){
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->pCursor);
}
+ break;
+}
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pDest);
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Last: { /* jump */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ int res;
-op_column_out:
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ assert( pCrsr!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
+ pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
+
+/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
+** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
+** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
**
-** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** memory cell in the range.
+** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
+** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
+** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
+** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
+** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
+** correctly optimizing out sorts.
*/
-case OP_Affinity: {
- char *zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
- Mem *pData0 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- Mem *pLast = &pData0[pOp->p2-1];
- Mem *pRec;
+case OP_Sort: { /* jump */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_sort_count++;
+ sqlite3_search_count--;
+#endif
+ p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT-1]++;
+ /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
+}
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ int res;
- for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
- ExpandBlob(pRec);
- applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ assert( pC!=0 );
+ if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
+ pC->atFirst = res==0 ?1:0;
+ pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+ }else{
+ res = 1;
+ }
+ pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into a single entry
-** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
-** in an index. The details of the format are irrelevant as long as
-** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
-** Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
-** format.
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
**
-** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** field of the index key.
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
**
-** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
-** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
+** See also: Prev
+*/
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * *
**
-** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
*/
-case OP_MakeRecord: {
- /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
- ** like this:
- **
- ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
- ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- **
- ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1
- ** and so froth.
- **
- ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
- ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
- ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
- ** of the record to data0.
- */
- u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
- Mem *pRec; /* The new record */
- u64 nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */
- int nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */
- u64 nByte = 0; /* Data space required for this record */
- int nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
- int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */
- u32 serial_type; /* Type field */
- Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */
- Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */
- int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */
- char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */
- int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */
- int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
-
- nField = pOp->p1;
- zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
- assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=p->nMem );
- pData0 = &p->aMem[nField];
- nField = pOp->p2;
- pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
- file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
-
- /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
- ** out how much space is required for the new record.
- */
- for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
- int len;
- if( zAffinity ){
- applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
- }
- if( pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && pRec->n>0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec);
- }
- serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
- len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
- nData += len;
- nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
- if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
- ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
- nZero += pRec->u.i;
- }else if( len ){
- nZero = 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
- nHdr += nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
- if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ){
- nHdr++;
- }
- nByte = nHdr+nData-nZero;
- if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
- ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
- ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
- ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
- */
- assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nByte, 0) ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
+case OP_Prev: /* jump */
+case OP_Next: { /* jump */
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ int res;
- /* Write the record */
- i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
- for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
- serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
- i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type); /* serial type */
- }
- for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){ /* serial data */
- i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], nByte-i, pRec, file_format);
+ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ if( pC==0 ){
+ break; /* See ticket #2273 */
}
- assert( i==nByte );
-
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pOut->n = nByte;
- pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
- pOut->xDel = 0;
- if( nZero ){
- pOut->u.i = nZero;
- pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
+ pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
+ assert( pCrsr );
+ res = 1;
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) :
+ sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res);
+ pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ if( res==0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
}
- pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Statement P1 * * * *
-**
-** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
-** transaction. This is needed so that the statement
-** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
-** entire transaction. The statement transaction will automatically
-** commit when the VDBE halts.
+/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** If the database connection is currently in autocommit mode (that
-** is to say, if it is in between BEGIN and COMMIT)
-** and if there are no other active statements on the same database
-** connection, then this operation is a no-op. No statement transaction
-** is needed since any error can use the normal ROLLBACK process to
-** undo changes.
+** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
+** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key
+** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil.
**
-** If a statement transaction is started, then a statement journal file
-** will be allocated and initialized.
+** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
+** insert is likely to be an append.
**
-** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1. The main
-** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
-** has an index of 1.
+** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction
+** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
-case OP_Statement: {
- if( db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Btree *pBt;
- assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
- assert( db->aDb[i].pBt!=0 );
- pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
- if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt);
- p->openedStatement = 1;
+case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+ assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+ assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+ rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nKey = pIn2->n;
+ const char *zKey = pIn2->z;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3);
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
}
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
-** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
-** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
+** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
+** index opened by cursor P1.
*/
-case OP_AutoCommit: {
- u8 i = pOp->p1;
- u8 rollback = pOp->p2;
-
- assert( i==1 || i==0 );
- assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );
-
- assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */
-
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 && i && !db->autoCommit ){
- /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT or ROLLBACK, other VMs are
- ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
- ** that the other VMs must complete first.
- */
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot %s transaction - "
- "SQL statements in progress",
- rollback ? "rollback" : "commit");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else if( i!=db->autoCommit ){
- if( pOp->p2 ){
- assert( i==1 );
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }else{
- db->autoCommit = i;
- if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- p->pc = pc;
- db->autoCommit = 1-i;
- p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto vdbe_return;
- }
- }
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+ int i = pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+ if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+ int res;
+ UnpackedRecord r;
+ r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+ r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
+ r.flags = 0;
+ r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
}
- goto vdbe_return;
- }else{
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
- (!i)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
- (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
- "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
-
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Begin a transaction. The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
-** opcode is encountered. Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
-** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
-**
-** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
-** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
-** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for
-** attached databases.
+/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
**
-** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started. A RESERVED lock is
-** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started. No
-** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
-** underway. Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
-** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
-** database. If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
-** on the file.
+** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
+** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be
+** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
**
-** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
+** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
*/
-case OP_Transaction: {
+case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
int i = pOp->p1;
- Btree *pBt;
+ BtCursor *pCrsr;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
- assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
- pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+ if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
+ i64 rowid;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- p->pc = pc;
- p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto vdbe_return;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ assert( pC->isTable==0 );
+ if( !pC->nullRow ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ pOut->u.i = rowid;
}
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
-** P3==0 is the schema version. P3==1 is the database format.
-** P3==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
**
-** If P1 is negative, then this is a request to read the size of a
-** databases free-list. P3 must be set to 1 in this case. The actual
-** database accessed is ((P1+1)*-1). For example, a P1 parameter of -1
-** corresponds to database 0 ("main"), a P1 of -2 is database 1 ("temp").
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
+** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
**
-** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
-** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
-** executing this instruction.
+** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon
+** prior to the comparison. This make the opcode work like IdxGT except
+** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
+** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
*/
-case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int iMeta;
- int iDb = pOp->p1;
- int iCookie = pOp->p3;
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 * P5
+**
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
+** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
+** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+**
+** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior
+** to the comparison. This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
+*/
+case OP_IdxLT: /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump, in3 */
+ int i= pOp->p1;
+ VdbeCursor *pC;
- assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
- if( iDb<0 ){
- iDb = (-1*(iDb+1));
- iCookie *= -1;
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
+ assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
+ if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
+ int res;
+ UnpackedRecord r;
+ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+ assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+ r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
+ r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+ if( pOp->p5 ){
+ r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
+ }else{
+ r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
+ }
+ r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, &r, &res);
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
+ res = -res;
+ }else{
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE );
+ res++;
+ }
+ if( res>0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
+ }
}
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
- /* The indexing of meta values at the schema layer is off by one from
- ** the indexing in the btree layer. The btree considers meta[0] to
- ** be the number of free pages in the database (a read-only value)
- ** and meta[1] to be the schema cookie. The schema layer considers
- ** meta[1] to be the schema cookie. So we have to shift the index
- ** by one in the following statement.
- */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, 1 + iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
- pOut->u.i = iMeta;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
-** into cookie number P2 of database P1.
-** P2==0 is the schema version. P2==1 is the database format.
-** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
**
-** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If
+** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
+** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
+** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former
+** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
+** is stored in register P2. If no page
+** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already
+** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
+** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
+**
+** See also: Clear
*/
-case OP_SetCookie: { /* in3 */
- Db *pDb;
- assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
- assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
- /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
- if( pOp->p2==0 ){
- /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
- pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pIn3->u.i;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
- }else if( pOp->p2==1 ){
- /* Record changes in the file format */
- pDb->pSchema->file_format = pIn3->u.i;
+case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int iMoved;
+ int iCnt;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ Vdbe *pVdbe;
+ iCnt = 0;
+ for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
+ if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
+ iCnt++;
+ }
}
- if( pOp->p1==1 ){
- /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
- ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+#else
+ iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
+#endif
+ if( iCnt>1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+ p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+ }else{
+ int iDb = pOp->p3;
+ assert( iCnt==1 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ pOut->u.i = iMoved;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
+ sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[iDb], iMoved, pOp->p1);
+ }
+#endif
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
**
-** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
-** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.
-** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
-** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
-** for auxiliary databases.
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
**
-** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
-** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
-** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
-** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
-** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
-** invoked.
+** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table refered to must be an
+** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change
+** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
+** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
*/
-case OP_VerifyCookie: {
- int iMeta;
- Btree *pBt;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- iMeta = 0;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
- /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
- ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
- ** not reload the schema from the database file.
- **
- ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
- ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
- ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
- ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
- ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
- ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
- ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
- ** a v-table method.
- */
- if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
+case OP_Clear: {
+ int nChange = 0;
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
+ db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0)
+ );
+ if( pOp->p3 ){
+ p->nChange += nChange;
+ if( pOp->p3>0 ){
+ p->aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange;
}
-
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
-** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
-** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
-** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
-** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1
-** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
-** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
-**
-** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
-** the value of P2 itself.
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
**
-** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
-** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
-** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read
-** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
-** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is
-** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts
-** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
-** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2
**
-** The P4 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
-** content and collating sequence of indices. P4 is NULL for cursors
-** that are not pointing to indices.
+** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
**
-** See also OpenWrite.
+** See also: CreateIndex
*/
-/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
-** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
-** root page.
-**
-** The P4 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
-** content and collating sequence of indices. P4 is NULL for cursors
-** that are not pointing to indices.
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
**
-** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
-** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
-** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2.
**
-** See also OpenRead.
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
*/
-case OP_OpenRead:
-case OP_OpenWrite: {
- int i = pOp->p1;
- int p2 = pOp->p2;
- int iDb = pOp->p3;
- int wrFlag;
- Btree *pX;
- Cursor *pCur;
+case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */
+case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int pgno = 0;
+ int flags;
Db *pDb;
-
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- pX = pDb->pBt;
- assert( pX!=0 );
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
- wrFlag = 1;
- if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
- p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
- }
- }else{
- wrFlag = 0;
- }
- if( pOp->p5 ){
- assert( p2>0 );
- assert( p2<=p->nMem );
- pIn2 = &p->aMem[p2];
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
- p2 = pIn2->u.i;
- assert( p2>=2 );
- }
- assert( i>=0 );
- pCur = allocateCursor(p, i, &pOp[-1], iDb, 1);
- if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
- pCur->nullRow = 1;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pOp->p4.p, pCur->pCursor);
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
- pCur->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
- pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+ /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+ flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
}else{
- pCur->pKeyInfo = 0;
- pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey;
- }
- switch( rc ){
- case SQLITE_BUSY: {
- p->pc = pc;
- p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto vdbe_return;
- }
- case SQLITE_OK: {
- int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
- /* Sanity checking. Only the lower four bits of the flags byte should
- ** be used. Bit 3 (mask 0x08) is unpredictable. The lower 3 bits
- ** (mask 0x07) should be either 5 (intkey+leafdata for tables) or
- ** 2 (zerodata for indices). If these conditions are not met it can
- ** only mean that we are dealing with a corrupt database file
- */
- if( (flags & 0xf0)!=0 || ((flags & 0x07)!=5 && (flags & 0x07)!=2) ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- pCur->isTable = (flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0;
- pCur->isIndex = (flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0;
- /* If P4==0 it means we are expected to open a table. If P4!=0 then
- ** we expect to be opening an index. If this is not what happened,
- ** then the database is corrupt
- */
- if( (pCur->isTable && pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO)
- || (pCur->isIndex && pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO) ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_EMPTY: {
- pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
- pCur->isIndex = !pCur->isTable;
- pCur->pCursor = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- break;
- }
- default: {
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
+ flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
}
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
+ pOut->u.i = pgno;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
-** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
-** the main database is read-only. The transient or virtual
-** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 * P4 *
**
-** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table.
-** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
-** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
-** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P4. P2 is the "force" flag. Always do
+** the parsing if P2 is true. If P2 is false, then this routine is a
+** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded. In other words, if P2
+** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
+** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
**
-** This opcode was once called OpenTemp. But that created
-** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
-** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
-** this opcode. Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual. But
-** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
*/
-case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pCx;
- static const int openFlags =
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+ char *zSql;
+ int iDb = pOp->p1;
+ const char *zMaster;
+ InitData initData;
- assert( i>=0 );
- pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, pOp, -1, 1);
- if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
- pCx->nullRow = 1;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags,
- &pCx->pBt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ if( !pOp->p2 && !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+ break;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
- ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
- ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
- ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
- */
- if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
- int pgno;
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1,
- (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, pCx->pCursor);
- pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
- pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
- }
- pCx->isTable = 0;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor);
- pCx->isTable = 1;
- pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
- }
+ zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+ initData.db = db;
+ initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
+ initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+ "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
+ db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
+ if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+ db->init.busy = 1;
+ initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+ db->init.busy = 0;
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ goto no_mem;
}
- pCx->isIndex = !pCx->isTable;
- break;
+ break;
}
-/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
-** row of data. Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
-** first row to be deleted. All data is deleted when the cursor is
-** closed.
-**
-** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
-** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger. Also used to hold the a single
-** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
-** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
+/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
**
-** When OP_Insert is executed to insert a row in to the pseudo table,
-** the pseudo-table cursor may or may not make it's own copy of the
-** original row data. If P2 is 0, then the pseudo-table will copy the
-** original row data. Otherwise, a pointer to the original memory cell
-** is stored. In this case, the vdbe program must ensure that the
-** memory cell containing the row data is not overwritten until the
-** pseudo table is closed (or a new row is inserted into it).
+** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
+** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause
+** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
*/
-case OP_OpenPseudo: {
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pCx;
- assert( i>=0 );
- pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, &pOp[-1], -1, 0);
- if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
- pCx->nullRow = 1;
- pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
- pCx->ephemPseudoTable = pOp->p2;
- pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
- pCx->isTable = 1;
- pCx->isIndex = 0;
- break;
+case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
+ int iDb = pOp->p1;
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
+ break;
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER) */
-/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
**
-** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not
-** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
-case OP_Close: {
- int i = pOp->p1;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]);
- p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+case OP_DropTable: {
+ sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: MoveGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
-** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
-** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** A special feature of this opcode (and different from the
-** related OP_MoveGt, OP_MoveLt, and OP_MoveLe) is that if P2 is
-** zero and P1 is an SQL table (a b-tree with integer keys) then
-** the seek is deferred until it is actually needed. It might be
-** the case that the cursor is never accessed. By deferring the
-** seek, we avoid unnecessary seeks.
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
-/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
-** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+ sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
-/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+ sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+ break;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
-** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in
+** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
+** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
+** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
+** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
-** that are used as an unpacked index key.
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
+** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables
+** total.
**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
-** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
-** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
+** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
*/
-case OP_MoveLt: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveLe: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveGe: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveGt: { /* jump, in3 */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
-
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pC!=0 );
- if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
- int res, oc;
- oc = pOp->opcode;
- pC->nullRow = 0;
- *pC->pIncrKey = oc==OP_MoveGt || oc==OP_MoveLe;
- if( pC->isTable ){
- i64 iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
- if( pOp->p2==0 ){
- assert( pOp->opcode==OP_MoveGe );
- pC->movetoTarget = iKey;
- pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
- break;
- }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- pC->lastRowid = iKey;
- pC->rowidIsValid = res==0;
- }else{
- UnpackedRecord r;
- int nField = pOp->p4.i;
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- assert( nField>0 );
- r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
- r.nField = nField;
- r.needFree = 0;
- r.needDestroy = 0;
- r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, &r, 0, 0, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- }
- pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
- if( oc==OP_MoveGe || oc==OP_MoveGt ){
- if( res<0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- }else{
- res = 0;
- }
- }else{
- assert( oc==OP_MoveLt || oc==OP_MoveLe );
- if( res>=0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- }else{
- /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to
- ** see if this is the case.
- */
- res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
- }
- }
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- if( res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
- }else if( !pC->pseudoTable ){
- /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
- ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
- ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
- */
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+ int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */
+ int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+ int j; /* Loop counter */
+ int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */
+ char *z; /* Text of the error report */
+ Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
+
+ nRoot = pOp->p2;
+ assert( nRoot>0 );
+ aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) );
+ if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pnErr = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+ assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+ pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
+ aRoot[j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
+ }
+ aRoot[j] = 0;
+ assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
+ z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
+ (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
+ pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+ if( nErr==0 ){
+ assert( z==0 );
+ }else if( z==0 ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
}
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. P1 is an index.
-** If an entry that matches the value in register p3 exists in P1 then
-** jump to P2. If the P3 value does not match any entry in P1
-** then fall thru. The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
-** if it exists.
-**
-** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
-** left-hand side is a SELECT statement. P1 may be a true index, or it
-** may be a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
-** statement. This instruction is also used to implement the
-** DISTINCT keyword in SELECT statements.
-**
-** This instruction checks if index P1 contains a record for which
-** the first N serialized values exactly match the N serialized values
-** in the record in register P3, where N is the total number of values in
-** the P3 record (the P3 record is a prefix of the P1 record).
+** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
+** held in register P1.
**
-** See also: NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
+** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
*/
-/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. P1 is
-** an index. If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
-** to P2. If an entry does existing, fall through. The cursor is left
-** pointing to the entry that matches.
+case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in2 */
+ Mem *pIdx;
+ Mem *pVal;
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+ pIdx = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+ pVal = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+ if( (pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIdx);
+ if( (pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ }
+ sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIdx->u.pRowSet, pVal->u.i);
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** See also: Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique
+** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
+** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
+** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
*/
-case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- int alreadyExists = 0;
- Cursor *pC;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
- if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
- int res;
- assert( pC->isTable==0 );
- assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
- pC->pKeyInfo->prefixIsEqual = 1;
- }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pIn3->z, 0, pIn3->n, 0, &res);
- pC->pKeyInfo->prefixIsEqual = 0;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- break;
- }
- alreadyExists = (res==0);
- pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- }
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
- if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, out3 */
+ Mem *pIdx;
+ i64 val;
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+ CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+ pIdx = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ if( (pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
+ || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIdx->u.pRowSet, &val)==0
+ ){
+ /* The boolean index is empty */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIdx);
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}else{
- if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ /* A value was pulled from the index */
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, val);
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this
-** record number R. The P4 register contains an index key created
-** using MakeIdxRec. Call it K.
-**
-** P1 is an index. So it has no data and its key consists of a
-** record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the
-** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
-**
-** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
-** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
-** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
-** jump to P2. If any entry does exist where the index string
-** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
-** number for that entry is written into P3 and control
-** falls through to the next instruction.
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/* Opcode: ContextPush * * *
**
-** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
+** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
+** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
+** count, and the current statement change count.
*/
-case OP_IsUnique: { /* jump, in3 */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pCx;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- Mem *pK;
- i64 R;
-
- /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
- */
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
- pK = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
- R = pIn3->u.i;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pCx = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pCx!=0 );
- pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
- if( pCrsr!=0 ){
- int res;
- i64 v; /* The record number on the P1 entry that matches K */
- char *zKey; /* The value of K */
- int nKey; /* Number of bytes in K */
- int len; /* Number of bytes in K without the rowid at the end */
- int szRowid; /* Size of the rowid column at the end of zKey */
-
- /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
- */
- assert( pK->flags & MEM_Blob );
- zKey = pK->z;
- nKey = pK->n;
-
- /* sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen() only returns other than SQLITE_OK when the
- ** record passed as an argument corrupt. Since the record in this case
- ** has just been created by an OP_MakeRecord instruction, and not loaded
- ** from the database file, it is not possible for it to be corrupt.
- ** Therefore, assert(rc==SQLITE_OK).
- */
- rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen((u8*)zKey, nKey, &szRowid);
- assert(rc==SQLITE_OK);
- len = nKey-szRowid;
-
- /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last four bytes match K.
- ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
- */
- assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
- pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, 0, len, 0, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- if( res<0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
- if( res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- break;
- }
- }
- rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, 0, len, (u8*)zKey, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- if( res>0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- break;
- }
-
- /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
- ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K. Check to see if the
- ** final rowid column is different from R. If it equals R then jump
- ** immediately to P2.
- */
- rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- if( v==R ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- break;
- }
+case OP_ContextPush: {
+ int i = p->contextStackTop++;
+ Context *pContext;
- /* The final varint of the key is different from R. Store it back
- ** into register R3. (The record number of an entry that violates
- ** a UNIQUE constraint.)
- */
- pIn3->u.i = v;
- assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
+ assert( i>=0 );
+ /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
+ if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
+ p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
+ p->contextStack = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->contextStack,
+ sizeof(Context)*(i+1));
+ if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
}
+ pContext = &p->contextStack[i];
+ pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+ pContext->nChange = p->nChange;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: ContextPop * * *
**
-** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key. If a record
-** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.
-** If the record does exist, then fall thru. The cursor is left
-** pointing to the record if it exists.
+** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
+** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
+** change count, and the current statement change count.
+*/
+case OP_ContextPop: {
+ Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
+ assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
+ db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
+ p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
-** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
-** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
-** P1 is an index.
+** Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of its current value
+** and the value in register P2.
**
-** See also: Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
*/
-case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
- if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
- int res;
- u64 iKey;
- assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]->isTable );
- iKey = intToKey(pIn3->u.i);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, 0, iKey, 0,&res);
- pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
- pC->rowidIsValid = res==0;
- pC->nullRow = 0;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- /* res might be uninitialized if rc!=SQLITE_OK. But if rc!=SQLITE_OK
- ** processing is about to abort so we really do not care whether or not
- ** the following jump is taken. (In other words, do not stress over
- ** the error that valgrind sometimes shows on the next statement when
- ** running ioerr.test and similar failure-recovery test scripts.) */
- if( res!=0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
- }
- }else if( !pC->pseudoTable ){
- /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the
- ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
- */
- assert( pC->isTable );
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+case OP_MemMax: { /* in1, in2 */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+ if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
+ pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
}
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
-** Write the sequence number into register P2.
-** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
-** instruction.
+** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
-case OP_Sequence: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
- pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[i]->seqCount++;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */
+ assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+ if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
break;
}
-
-/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
**
-** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
-** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
-** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written
-** written to register P2.
+** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2.
**
-** If P3>0 then P3 is a register that holds the largest previously
-** generated record number. No new record numbers are allowed to be less
-** than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, a SQLITE_FULL
-** error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the generated
-** record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
-** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
-case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- i64 v = 0;
- Cursor *pC;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
- if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){
- /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
- }else{
- /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
- ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
- **
- ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
- ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
- ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
- ** probabilistic algorithm
- **
- ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
- ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have
- ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
- ** and try again, up to 1000 times.
- **
- ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability
- ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300. This is a
- ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should
- ** never cause a problem. You are much, much more likely to have a
- ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail.
- **
- ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good
- ** source of random numbers. Is a library function like lrand48()
- ** good enough? Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there
- ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that
- ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own
- ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm.
- **
- ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the
- ** first few attempts at choosing a random rowid pick values just a little
- ** larger than the previous rowid. This has been shown experimentally
- ** to double the speed of the COPY operation.
- */
- int res, rx=SQLITE_OK, cnt;
- i64 x;
- cnt = 0;
- if( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor)&(BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_ZERODATA)) !=
- BTREE_INTKEY ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 );
- assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
-#else
- /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
- ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems
- ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
- */
-# define MAX_ROWID ( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
-#endif
-
- if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
- if( pC->nextRowidValid ){
- v = pC->nextRowid;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- if( res ){
- v = 1;
- }else{
- sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
- v = keyToInt(v);
- if( v==MAX_ROWID ){
- pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
- }else{
- v++;
- }
- }
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- if( pOp->p3 ){
- Mem *pMem;
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); /* P3 is a valid memory cell */
- pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
- if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL;
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
- v = pMem->u.i + 1;
- }
- pMem->u.i = v;
- }
-#endif
-
- if( v<MAX_ROWID ){
- pC->nextRowidValid = 1;
- pC->nextRowid = v+1;
- }else{
- pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
- }
- }
- if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
- assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* SQLITE_FULL must have occurred prior to this */
- v = db->priorNewRowid;
- cnt = 0;
- do{
- if( cnt==0 && (v&0xffffff)==v ){
- v++;
- }else{
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
- if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff;
- }
- if( v==0 ) continue;
- x = intToKey(v);
- rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, 0, (u64)x, 0, &res);
- cnt++;
- }while( cnt<100 && rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 );
- db->priorNewRowid = v;
- if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL;
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- }
- pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */
+ assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+ if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- pOut->u.i = v;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is
-** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
-** entry is overwritten. The data is the value stored register
-** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
-** be an integer.
+/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 * * *
**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
-** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
-** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
+** If the value of register P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2.
**
-** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
-** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook
-** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */
+ assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+ if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
**
-** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
-** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
-** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the
-** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not
-** cause any problems.)
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The
+** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function. Use register
+** P3 as the accumulator.
**
-** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction
-** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
+** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
+** successors.
*/
-case OP_Insert: {
- Mem *pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- Mem *pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-
- i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pC!=0 );
- assert( pC->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable );
- assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
- assert( pC->isTable );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
+case OP_AggStep: {
+ int n = pOp->p5;
+ int i;
+ Mem *pMem, *pRec;
+ sqlite3_context ctx;
+ sqlite3_value **apVal;
- iKey = intToKey(pKey->u.i);
- if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
- if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pKey->u.i;
- if( pC->nextRowidValid && pKey->u.i>=pC->nextRowid ){
- pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
- }
- if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
- pData->z = 0;
- pData->n = 0;
- }else{
- assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+ assert( n>=0 );
+ pRec = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ apVal = p->apArg;
+ assert( apVal || n==0 );
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
+ apVal[i] = pRec;
+ storeTypeInfo(pRec, encoding);
}
- if( pC->pseudoTable ){
- if( !pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pC->pData);
- }
- pC->iKey = iKey;
- pC->nData = pData->n;
- if( pData->z==pData->zMalloc || pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
- pC->pData = pData->z;
- if( !pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
- pData->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
- pData->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
- pData->zMalloc = 0;
- }
- }else{
- pC->pData = sqlite3Malloc( pC->nData+2 );
- if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
- memcpy(pC->pData, pData->z, pC->nData);
- pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
- pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
- }
- pC->nullRow = 0;
- }else{
- int nZero;
- if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- nZero = pData->u.i;
- }else{
- nZero = 0;
- }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
- pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
- pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ ctx.pMem = pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ pMem->n++;
+ ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+ ctx.s.z = 0;
+ ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
+ ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+ ctx.s.db = db;
+ ctx.isError = 0;
+ ctx.pColl = 0;
+ if( ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+ assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+ assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+ assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+ ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
}
-
- pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-
- /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
- const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
- int op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
- assert( pC->isTable );
- db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
- assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
+ (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal);
+ if( ctx.isError ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
+ rc = ctx.isError;
}
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
-**
-** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
-** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
-** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. Hence it is OK to delete
-** a record from within an Next loop.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).
+/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
**
-** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with
-** multiple rows.
+** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is
+** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
**
-** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
-** pointing to. The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
-** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
-** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
+** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
+** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2
+** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate
+** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The
+** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
+** the step function was not previously called.
*/
-case OP_Delete: {
- int i = pOp->p1;
- i64 iKey;
- Cursor *pC;
+case OP_AggFinal: {
+ Mem *pMem;
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+ pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
+ goto too_big;
+ }
+ break;
+}
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pC!=0 );
- assert( pC->pCursor!=0 ); /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
- /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set iKey to the rowid of the
- ** row being deleted.
- */
- if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
- assert( pC->isTable );
- assert( pC->rowidIsValid ); /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
- iKey = pC->lastRowid;
- }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
+**
+** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual
+** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within
+** a transaction.
+*/
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ break;
+}
+#endif
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
- if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
- pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
+** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
+** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */
+ Btree *pBt;
- /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
- const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
- db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
- assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
break;
}
+#endif
-/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
+/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
**
-** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
-** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
-** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
-** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
+** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
+** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed
+** (via sqlite3_step()).
+**
+** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
+** then only the currently executing statement is affected.
*/
-case OP_ResetCount: {
- if( pOp->p1 ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+case OP_Expire: {
+ if( !pOp->p1 ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ }else{
+ p->expired = 1;
}
- p->nChange = 0;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.
-** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
-** it is found in the database file.
+** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
+** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
+** If P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
+** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
+** a write lock if P3==1.
**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.
-** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as
-** it is found in the database file.
+** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
+** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
-case OP_RowKey:
-case OP_RowData: {
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- u32 n;
-
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-
- /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
- assert( pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
- assert( pC!=0 );
- assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
- assert( pC->pseudoTable==0 );
- assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
- pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
- if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- if( pC->isIndex ){
- i64 n64;
- assert( !pC->isTable );
- sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
- if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- n = n64;
- }else{
- sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
- if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- }
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- pOut->n = n;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
- if( pC->isIndex ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
+case OP_TableLock: {
+ int p1 = pOp->p1;
+ u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
+ assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<p1))!=0 );
+ assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+ const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
}
- pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
**
-** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
-** P1 is currently point to.
+** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
+** xBegin method for that table.
+**
+** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
+** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, set the
+** error code to SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
-case OP_Rowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
- i64 v;
-
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pC!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
- if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
- if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
- v = pC->lastRowid;
- }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
- v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
- }else if( pC->nullRow ){
- /* Leave the rowid set to a NULL */
- break;
- }else{
- assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
- sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
- v = keyToInt(v);
+case OP_VBegin: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+ rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVtab);
+ if( pVtab ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
}
- pOut->u.i = v;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
**
-** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations
-** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
-** write a NULL.
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
+** for that table.
*/
-case OP_NullRow: {
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
+case OP_VCreate: {
+ rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pC!=0 );
- pC->nullRow = 1;
- pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method
+** of that table.
+*/
+case OP_VDestroy: {
+ p->inVtabMethod = 2;
+ rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
-** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
+** table and stores that cursor in P1.
*/
-case OP_Last: { /* jump */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
+case OP_VOpen: {
+ VdbeCursor *pCur = 0;
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = 0;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pC!=0 );
- pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
- assert( pCrsr!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
- pC->nullRow = res;
- pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+
+ assert(pVtab && pModule);
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
+ pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;
+
+ /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
+ pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, &pOp[-1], -1, 0);
+ if( pCur ){
+ pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
+ pCur->pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
+ }else{
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+ }
}
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
-** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
+** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if
+** the filtered result set is empty.
**
-** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
-** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
-** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
-** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
-** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
-** correctly optimizing out sorts.
+** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
+** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left
+** to the module implementation.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
+** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
+** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
+** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
+** additional parameters which are passed to
+** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
+**
+** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
*/
-case OP_Sort: { /* jump */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_sort_count++;
- sqlite3_search_count--;
-#endif
- /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
+case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */
+ int nArg;
+ int iQuery;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ Mem *pQuery = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ Mem *pArgc = &pQuery[1];
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+
+ VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
+ assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor;
+ pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+
+ /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
+ assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
+ nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i;
+ iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i;
+
+ /* Invoke the xFilter method */
+ {
+ int res = 0;
+ int i;
+ Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
+ for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
+ apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
+ storeTypeInfo(apArg[i], 0);
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+ rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
+ }
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+
+ if( res ){
+ pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ pCur->nullRow = 0;
+
+ break;
}
-/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VRowid P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
-** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
+** Store into register P2 the rowid of
+** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.
*/
-case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
+case OP_VRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ sqlite_int64 iRow;
+ VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+
+ assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ if( pCur->nullRow ){
+ break;
+ }
+ pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+ assert( pModule->xRowid );
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ rc = pModule->xRowid(pCur->pVtabCursor, &iRow);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ pOut->u.i = iRow;
+ break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Store the value of the P2-th column of
+** the row of the virtual-table that the
+** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
+*/
+case OP_VColumn: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ Mem *pDest;
+ sqlite3_context sContext;
+
+ VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ if( pCur->nullRow ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
+ break;
+ }
+ pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+ assert( pModule->xColumn );
+ memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+
+ /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
+ ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function
+ ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a
+ ** new one.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null);
+
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[i];
- assert( pC!=0 );
- if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
- pC->atFirst = res==0;
- pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- }else{
- res = 1;
+ /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
+ ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occured to ensure any
+ ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+ goto abort_due_to_misuse;
}
- pC->nullRow = res;
- assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
- if( res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
+ goto too_big;
}
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
-** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-**
-** See also: Prev
-*/
-/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
-** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
+** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached
+** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
*/
-case OP_Prev: /* jump */
-case OP_Next: { /* jump */
- Cursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- int res;
+case OP_VNext: { /* jump */
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+ int res = 0;
- CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
- pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- if( pC==0 ){
- break; /* See ticket #2273 */
+ VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ if( pCur->nullRow ){
+ break;
}
- pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
- assert( pCrsr );
- res = 1;
- assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) :
- sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res);
- pC->nullRow = res;
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- if( res==0 ){
+ pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+ assert( pModule->xNext );
+
+ /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
+ ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
+ ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
+ ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
+ ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
+ }
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+
+ if( !res ){
+ /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
}
- pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
-** MakeIdxRec instructions. This opcode writes that key
-** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil.
-**
-** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
-** insert is likely to be an append.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
**
-** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction
-** for tables is OP_Insert.
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
+** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
*/
-case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
- assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
- if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
- assert( pC->isTable==0 );
- rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int nKey = pIn2->n;
- const char *zKey = pIn2->z;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3);
- assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- }
- }
+case OP_VRename: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+ Mem *pName = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
+
+ Stringify(pName, encoding);
+
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
+ rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+
break;
}
+#endif
-/* Opcode: IdxDeleteM P1 P2 P3 * *
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
-** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
-** index opened by cursor P1.
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
+** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
+** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
+** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
+**
+** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
+** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
+** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no
+** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
+** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
+** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are
+** the values of columns in the new row.
+**
+** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of
+** a row to delete.
+**
+** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
+** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
+** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
*/
-case OP_IdxDelete: {
- int i = pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
- if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
- int res;
- UnpackedRecord r;
- r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
- r.nField = pOp->p3;
- r.needFree = 0;
- r.needDestroy = 0;
- r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, &r, 0, 0, &res);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
+case OP_VUpdate: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+ int nArg = pOp->p2;
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+ if( pModule->xUpdate==0 ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "read-only table");
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ sqlite_int64 rowid;
+ Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
+ Mem *pX = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+ storeTypeInfo(pX, 0);
+ apArg[i] = pX;
+ pX++;
}
- assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
+ rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ if( pOp->p1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
+ db->lastRowid = rowid;
+ }
+ p->nChange++;
}
break;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
-** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be
-** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
**
-** See also: Rowid, MakeIdxRec.
+** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
*/
-case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int i = pOp->p1;
- BtCursor *pCrsr;
- Cursor *pC;
-
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
- if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
- i64 rowid;
+case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ int p1 = pOp->p1;
+ int nPage;
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[p1].pBt);
- assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- assert( pC->isTable==0 );
- if( !pC->nullRow ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_due_to_error;
- }
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- pOut->u.i = rowid;
- }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pOut->u.i = nPage;
}
break;
}
+#endif
-/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
-** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
-** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-**
-** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon
-** prior to the comparison. This make the opcode work like IdxGT except
-** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
-** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
-** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
-** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
**
-** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior
-** to the comparison. This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
+** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
+** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
*/
-case OP_IdxLT: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump, in3 */
- int i= pOp->p1;
- Cursor *pC;
-
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
- assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
- if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
- int res;
- UnpackedRecord r;
- assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
- assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
- r.nField = pOp->p4.i;
- r.needFree = 0;
- r.needDestroy = 0;
- r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- *pC->pIncrKey = pOp->p5;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, &r, 0, 0, &res);
- *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
- res = -res;
- }else{
- assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE );
- res++;
+case OP_Trace: {
+ if( pOp->p4.z ){
+ if( db->xTrace ){
+ db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, pOp->p4.z);
}
- if( res>0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", pOp->p4.z);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
}
break;
}
+#endif
-/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
-** file is given by P1.
-**
-** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If
-** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
-** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
-** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former
-** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
-** is stored in register P2. If no page
-** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already
-** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
-** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
**
-** See also: Clear
+** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
*/
-case OP_Destroy: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int iMoved;
- int iCnt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- Vdbe *pVdbe;
- iCnt = 0;
- for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
- if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
- iCnt++;
+/*
+** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
+** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
+** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the
+** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
+*/
+default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
+ break;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
}
- }
-#else
- iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ {
+ u64 elapsed = sqlite3Hwtime() - start;
+ pOp->cycles += elapsed;
+ pOp->cnt++;
+#if 0
+ fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed);
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
#endif
- if( iCnt>1 ){
- rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
- p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
- }else{
- int iDb = pOp->p3;
- assert( iCnt==1 );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- pOut->u.i = iMoved;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
- sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[iDb], iMoved, pOp->p1);
}
#endif
- }
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 *
-**
-** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
-** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not
-** remove the table or index from the database file.
-**
-** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If
-** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** See also: Destroy
-*/
-case OP_Clear: {
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
- break;
-}
+ /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+ ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging.
+ ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+ ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+ */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );
-/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2
-**
-** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must
-** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index
-** has an arbitrary key but no data.
-**
-** See also: CreateIndex
-*/
-/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2.
-**
-** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
-*/
-case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2-prerelease */
-case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int pgno;
- int flags;
- Db *pDb;
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
- assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
- /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
- flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
- }else{
- flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
- }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pOut->u.i = pgno;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( p->trace ){
+ if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
+ if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
+ registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, pOut);
+ }
+ if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
+ registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, pOut);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+ } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+ /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
+ ** an error of some kind.
+ */
+vdbe_error_halt:
+ assert( rc );
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+
+ /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to
+ ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
+ ** top. */
+vdbe_return:
+ sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
+ return rc;
+
+ /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+ ** is encountered.
+ */
+too_big:
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
+ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+ /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
+ */
+no_mem:
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+ /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+ */
+abort_due_to_misuse:
+ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
+
+ /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable
+ ** should hold the error number.
+ */
+abort_due_to_error:
+ assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
}
- break;
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+ /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+ ** flag.
+ */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+ assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
+ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+ goto vdbe_error_halt;
}
-/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 * P4 *
+/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 May 1
**
-** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
-** that match the WHERE clause P4. P2 is the "force" flag. Always do
-** the parsing if P2 is true. If P2 is false, then this routine is a
-** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded. In other words, if P2
-** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
-** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
-** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
+**
+** $Id: vdbeblob.c,v 1.26 2008/10/02 14:49:02 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
-case OP_ParseSchema: {
- char *zSql;
- int iDb = pOp->p1;
- const char *zMaster;
- InitData initData;
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- if( !pOp->p2 && !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
- break;
- }
- zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
- initData.db = db;
- initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
- initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
- if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- assert( db->init.busy==0 );
- db->init.busy = 1;
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
- db->init.busy = 0;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- break;
-}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
-/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
-**
-** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
-** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause
-** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
-*/
-case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
- int iDb = pOp->p1;
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
- break;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER) */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+/*
+** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
*/
-case OP_DropTable: {
- sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
- break;
-}
+typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
+struct Incrblob {
+ int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
+ int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
+ int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
+ BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */
+};
-/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+/*
+** Open a blob handle.
*/
-case OP_DropIndex: {
- sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
- break;
-}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+ sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */
+ const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */
+ const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */
+ const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */
+ sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */
+ int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
+ sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
+){
+ int nAttempt = 0;
+ int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
-/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropTrigger: {
- sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
- break;
-}
+ /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
+ ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
+ ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
+ ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
+ ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
+ **
+ ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
+ ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
+ ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
+ ** blob_bytes() functions.
+ **
+ ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
+ ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
+ ** transaction.
+ */
+ static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
+ {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Start a transaction */
+ {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
+ /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an
+ ** OP_Noop before exection.
+ */
+ {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Num cols for cursor */
+ {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */
+ {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4: Num cols for cursor */
+ {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in
-** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
-** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
-**
-** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
-** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
-** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are
-** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
-**
-** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
-** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), .... There are P2 tables
-** total.
-**
-** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
-** file, not the main database file.
-**
-** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
-*/
-case OP_IntegrityCk: {
- int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */
- int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
- int j; /* Loop counter */
- int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */
- char *z; /* Text of the error report */
- Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
-
- nRoot = pOp->p2;
- assert( nRoot>0 );
- aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) );
- if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pnErr = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
- assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
- aRoot[j] = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
- }
- aRoot[j] = 0;
- assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
- z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
- pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
- pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
- if( nErr==0 ){
- assert( z==0 );
- }else if( z==0 ){
- goto no_mem;
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
- }
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
- break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+ {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 0}, /* 6: Push the rowid to the stack */
+ {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 7: Seek the cursor */
+ {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 8 */
+ {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */
+ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */
+ {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */
+ };
-/* Opcode: FifoWrite P1 * * * *
-**
-** Write the integer from register P1 into the Fifo.
-*/
-case OP_FifoWrite: { /* in1 */
- p->sFifo.db = db;
- if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(&p->sFifo, sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1))==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- goto no_mem;
+ Vdbe *v = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ char zErr[128];
+
+ zErr[0] = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ do {
+ Parse sParse;
+ Table *pTab;
+
+ memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
+ sParse.db = db;
+
+ if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
+ if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( !pTab ){
+ if( sParse.zErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, sParse.zErrMsg);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
+ for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+
+ /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
+ ** column is not indexed. It is against the rules to open an
+ ** indexed column for writing.
+ */
+ if( flags ){
+ Index *pIdx;
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
+ if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
+ "cannot open indexed column for writing");
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
+ if( v ){
+ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
+
+ /* Configure the OP_Transaction */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, (flags ? 1 : 0));
+
+ /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
+
+ /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+
+ /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
+ ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, (flags ? 3 : 5), 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, (flags ? 5 : 3), pTab->tnum);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, (flags ? 5 : 3), iDb);
+
+ /* Configure the OP_SetNumColumns. Configure the cursor to
+ ** think that the table has one more column than it really
+ ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
+ ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
+ ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
+ ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, flags ? 4 : 2, pTab->nCol+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 8, pTab->nCol);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow);
+ rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+ nAttempt++;
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ v = 0;
+ }
+ } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the
+ ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains
+ ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right.
+ */
+ Incrblob *pBlob;
+ u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol];
+
+ if( type<12 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "cannot open value of type %s",
+ type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
+ );
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+ pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
+ goto blob_open_out;
+ }
+ pBlob->flags = flags;
+ pBlob->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
+ sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
+ pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v;
+ pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol];
+ pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
+ pBlob->db = db;
+ *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: FifoRead P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Attempt to read a single integer from the Fifo. Store that
-** integer in register P1.
-**
-** If the Fifo is empty jump to P2.
-*/
-case OP_FifoRead: { /* jump */
- CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(&p->sFifo, &pOut->u.i)==SQLITE_DONE ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+blob_open_out:
+ zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
}
- break;
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc==SQLITE_OK?0:zErr));
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* Opcode: ContextPush * * *
-**
-** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
-** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
-** count, and the current statement change count.
+/*
+** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
+** sqlite3_blob_open().
*/
-case OP_ContextPush: {
- int i = p->contextStackTop++;
- Context *pContext;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+ int rc;
- assert( i>=0 );
- /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
- if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
- p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
- p->contextStack = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->contextStack,
- sizeof(Context)*(i+1));
- if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
- }
- pContext = &p->contextStack[i];
- pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
- pContext->nChange = p->nChange;
- pContext->sFifo = p->sFifo;
- sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(&p->sFifo, db);
- break;
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: ContextPop * * *
-**
-** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
-** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
-** change count, and the current statement change count.
+/*
+** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
*/
-case OP_ContextPop: {
- Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
- assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
- db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
- p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
- sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
- p->sFifo = pContext->sFifo;
- break;
+static int blobReadWrite(
+ sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
+ void *z,
+ int n,
+ int iOffset,
+ int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
+){
+ int rc;
+ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+ Vdbe *v;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
+
+ if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
+ /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
+ } else if( v==0 ){
+ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+ ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ }else{
+ /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
+ ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
+ */
+ assert( db == v->db );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
+ rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+ p->pStmt = 0;
+ }else{
+ db->errCode = rc;
+ v->rc = rc;
+ }
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of its current value
-** and the value in register P2.
-**
-** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
-** an integer.
+/*
+** Read data from a blob handle.
*/
-case OP_MemMax: { /* in1, in2 */
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
- if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
- pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
- }
- break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+ return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
+/*
+** Write data to a blob handle.
*/
-case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */
- assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
- if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
- break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+ return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
}
-/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2.
+/*
+** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
+** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
+** so no mutex is required for access.
*/
-case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */
- assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
- if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
- break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+ return p->nByte;
}
-/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 * * *
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 22
**
-** If the value of register P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.9 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
-case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */
- assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
- if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
- break;
-}
-/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+
+/*
+** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
+** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
+** is enabled.
**
-** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The
-** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
-** structure that specifies the function. Use register
-** P3 as the accumulator.
+** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
+** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
+** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
+** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
+** on disk is not created or populated until either:
**
-** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
-** successors.
+** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated
+** buffer, or
+** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
*/
-case OP_AggStep: {
- int n = pOp->p5;
- int i;
- Mem *pMem, *pRec;
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- sqlite3_value **apVal;
- assert( n>=0 );
- pRec = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- apVal = p->apArg;
- assert( apVal || n==0 );
- for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
- apVal[i] = pRec;
- storeTypeInfo(pRec, encoding);
+
+
+/*
+** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
+** as an open file handle for journal files.
+*/
+struct JournalFile {
+ sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */
+ int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
+ char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */
+ int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
+ int flags; /* xOpen flags */
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */
+ sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
+ const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
+};
+typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
+
+/*
+** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file
+** for JournalFile p.
+*/
+static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !p->pReal ){
+ sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->pReal = pReal;
+ if( p->iSize>0 ){
+ assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
+ }
+ }
}
- ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- ctx.pMem = pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- pMem->n++;
- ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
- ctx.s.z = 0;
- ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
- ctx.s.xDel = 0;
- ctx.s.db = db;
- ctx.isError = 0;
- ctx.pColl = 0;
- if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
- assert( pOp>p->aOp );
- assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
- assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
- ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
}
- (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal);
- if( ctx.isError ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
- rc = ctx.isError;
+ sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read data from the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlRead(
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
+ void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+ }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
+ }else{
+ memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is
-** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
-**
-** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
-** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2
-** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate
-** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The
-** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
-** the step function was not previously called.
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
*/
-case OP_AggFinal: {
- Mem *pMem;
- assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
+static int jrnlWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
+ const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
+ rc = createFile(p);
}
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
- goto too_big;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+ }else{
+ memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
+ if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
+ p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
+ }
+ }
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
-**
-** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual
-** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within
-** a transaction.
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
*/
-case OP_Vacuum: {
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- break;
+static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
+ }else if( size<p->iSize ){
+ p->iSize = size;
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
-** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
-** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
+/*
+** Sync the file.
*/
-case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */
- Btree *pBt;
-
- assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
+ int rc;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
+ }else{
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
-/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
-**
-** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
-** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed
-** (via sqlite3_step()).
-**
-** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
-** then only the currently executing statement is affected.
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
*/
-case OP_Expire: {
- if( !pOp->p1 ){
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ if( p->pReal ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
}else{
- p->expired = 1;
+ *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
}
- break;
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
-** the shared-cache feature is enabled.
-**
-** If P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
-** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
-** a write lock if P3==1.
-**
-** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
-**
-** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
-** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
+/*
+** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
*/
-case OP_TableLock: {
- int p1 = pOp->p1;
- u8 isWriteLock = pOp->p3;
- assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<p1))!=0 );
- assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
- if( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
- const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
+static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ jrnlClose, /* xClose */
+ jrnlRead, /* xRead */
+ jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
+ jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
+ jrnlSync, /* xSync */
+ jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
+ 0, /* xLock */
+ 0, /* xUnlock */
+ 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
+ 0, /* xFileControl */
+ 0, /* xSectorSize */
+ 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+};
+
+/*
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
+ int flags, /* Opening flags */
+ int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
+){
+ JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+ memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+ if( nBuf>0 ){
+ p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
+ if( !p->zBuf ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }else{
+ return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
}
- break;
+ p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
+ p->nBuf = nBuf;
+ p->flags = flags;
+ p->zJournal = zName;
+ p->pVfs = pVfs;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the
-** xBegin method for that table.
-**
-** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
-** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, set the
-** error code to SQLITE_LOCKED.
+/*
+** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
+** file has not yet been created, create it now.
*/
-case OP_VBegin: {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
- rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVtab);
- if( pVtab ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
+ if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- break;
+ return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
-** for that table.
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
+** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
*/
-case OP_VCreate: {
- rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
- break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+ return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 7
**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method
-** of that table.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
+** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
+** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: memjournal.c,v 1.8 2008/12/20 02:14:40 drh Exp $
*/
-case OP_VDestroy: {
- p->inVtabMethod = 2;
- rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
-** table and stores that cursor in P1.
+/* Forward references to internal structures */
+typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
+typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
+typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
+
+/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
+** this many bytes.
*/
-case OP_VOpen: {
- Cursor *pCur = 0;
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = 0;
+#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE 1024
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
- sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
+*/
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
- assert(pVtab && pModule);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
- pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;
+/*
+** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FileChunk {
+ FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */
+ u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */
+};
- /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
- pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, &pOp[-1], -1, 0);
- if( pCur ){
- pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
- pCur->pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
- }else{
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+/*
+** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
+** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
+*/
+struct FilePoint {
+ sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
+ FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
+};
+
+/*
+** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal
+** is an instance of this class.
+*/
+struct MemJournal {
+ sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
+ FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
+ FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */
+ FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
+};
+
+/*
+** Read data from the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlRead(
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
+ void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ u8 *zOut = zBuf;
+ int nRead = iAmt;
+ int iChunkOffset;
+ FileChunk *pChunk;
+
+ assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
+
+ if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
+ for(pChunk=p->pFirst;
+ pChunk && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
+ pChunk=pChunk->pNext
+ ){
+ iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
}
+ }else{
+ pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
}
- break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if
-** the filtered result set is empty.
-**
-** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
-** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left
-** to the module implementation.
-**
-** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
-** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
-** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
-** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
-** additional parameters which are passed to
-** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
-**
-** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
-*/
-case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */
- int nArg;
- int iQuery;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- Mem *pQuery = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- Mem *pArgc = &pQuery[1];
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+ iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+ do {
+ int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
+ int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
+ memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
+ zOut += nCopy;
+ nRead -= iSpace;
+ iChunkOffset = 0;
+ } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
+ p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
+ p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
- Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
- assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
- pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor;
- pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- pModule = pVtab->pModule;
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlWrite(
+ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
+ const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
+ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ int nWrite = iAmt;
+ u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
- /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
- assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
- nArg = pArgc->u.i;
- iQuery = pQuery->u.i;
+ /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
+ ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
+ */
+ assert(iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
- /* Invoke the xFilter method */
- {
- int res = 0;
- int i;
- Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
- for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
- apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
- storeTypeInfo(apArg[i], 0);
- }
+ while( nWrite>0 ){
+ FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
+ int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+ int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
- p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
+ if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
+ /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
+ FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
+ if( !pNew ){
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pNew->pNext = 0;
+ if( pChunk ){
+ assert( p->pFirst );
+ pChunk->pNext = pNew;
+ }else{
+ assert( !p->pFirst );
+ p->pFirst = pNew;
+ }
+ p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- if( res ){
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
- }
+ memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
+ zWrite += iSpace;
+ nWrite -= iSpace;
+ p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
}
- pCur->nullRow = 0;
- break;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Store into register P2 the rowid of
-** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
*/
-case OP_VRowid: { /* out2-prerelease */
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- sqlite_int64 iRow;
- Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ FileChunk *pChunk;
+ assert(size==0);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
+ pChunk = p->pFirst;
+ while( pChunk ){
+ FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
+ pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
+ sqlite3_free(pTmp);
+ }
+ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
- if( pCur->nullRow ){
- break;
- }
- pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- pModule = pVtab->pModule;
- assert( pModule->xRowid );
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- rc = pModule->xRowid(pCur->pVtabCursor, &iRow);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
- pOut->u.i = iRow;
- break;
+/*
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+ memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Store the value of the P2-th column of
-** the row of the virtual-table that the
-** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
+
+/*
+** Sync the file.
*/
-case OP_VColumn: {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- Mem *pDest;
- sqlite3_context sContext;
+static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- if( pCur->nullRow ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
- break;
- }
- pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- pModule = pVtab->pModule;
- assert( pModule->xColumn );
- memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
- ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function
- ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a
- ** new one.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest);
- MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null);
+/*
+** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
+*/
+static struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
+ 1, /* iVersion */
+ memjrnlClose, /* xClose */
+ memjrnlRead, /* xRead */
+ memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
+ memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
+ memjrnlSync, /* xSync */
+ memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
+ 0, /* xLock */
+ 0, /* xUnlock */
+ 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
+ 0, /* xFileControl */
+ 0, /* xSectorSize */
+ 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+};
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+/*
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+ memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+ p->pMethod = &MemJournalMethods;
+}
- /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
- ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occured to ensure any
- ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
+/*
+** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is
+** an in-memory journal
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+ return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
+}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- }
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- break;
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal that uses vfs
+** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
+ return sizeof(MemJournal);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
+/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 16
**
-** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
-** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached
-** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
+** an SQL statement.
+**
+** $Id: walker.c,v 1.1 2008/08/20 16:35:10 drh Exp $
*/
-case OP_VNext: { /* jump */
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule;
- int res = 0;
- Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
- if( pCur->nullRow ){
- break;
- }
- pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- pModule = pVtab->pModule;
- assert( pModule->xNext );
- /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
- ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
- ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
- ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
- ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
- */
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
- p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node
+** of the expression, while decending. (In other words, the callback
+** is invoked before visiting children.)
+**
+** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
+** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
+**
+** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree.
+**
+** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow
+** the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
+**
+** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and
+** return the top-level walk call.
+**
+** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
+** and WRC_Continue to continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ int rc;
+ if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+ rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
+ if( rc==WRC_Continue ){
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->pSelect) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ return rc & WRC_Abort;
+}
- if( !res ){
- /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
- pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
+** an abort request is seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
+ int i, rc = WRC_Continue;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ if( p ){
+ for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ }
}
- break;
+ return rc & WRC_Continue;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
-** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
+/*
+** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do
+** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
+** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
+** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
*/
-case OP_VRename: {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
- Mem *pName = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
- Stringify(pName, encoding);
+/*
+** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
+** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select
+** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
+** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return
+** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ SrcList *pSrc;
+ int i;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
- rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ pSrc = p->pSrc;
+ if( pSrc ){
+ for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
- break;
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
+** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
+** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
+**
+** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if
+** there is an abort request.
+**
+** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
+** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ int rc;
+ if( p==0 || pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+ rc = WRC_Continue;
+ while( p ){
+ rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
+ if( rc ) break;
+ if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ if( sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
+ p = p->pPrior;
+ }
+ return rc & WRC_Abort;
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 18
**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
-** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate
-** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the
-** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
-** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
-** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no
-** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new
-** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new
-** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are
-** the values of columns in the new row.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of
-** a row to delete.
+*************************************************************************
**
-** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
-** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()
-** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
+** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
+** table and column.
+**
+** $Id: resolve.c,v 1.15 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
*/
-case OP_VUpdate: {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
- sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
- int nArg = pOp->p2;
- assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
- if( pModule->xUpdate==0 ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "read-only table");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- int i;
- sqlite_int64 rowid;
- Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
- Mem *pX = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
- storeTypeInfo(pX, 0);
- apArg[i] = pX;
- pX++;
- }
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
- rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- if( pOp->p1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
- db->lastRowid = rowid;
- }
- p->nChange++;
- }
- break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
+** result set in pEList.
**
-** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
+** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
+** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this
+** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the
+** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be
+** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias.
+**
+** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple
+** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as
+** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic.
+**
+** Hack: The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means
+** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence:
+**
+** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x
+**
+** Is equivalent to:
+**
+** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
+**
+** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
+** from the result in the result-set. We might fix this someday. Or
+** then again, we might not...
*/
-case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */
- int p1 = pOp->p1;
- int nPage;
- Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[p1].pBt);
+static void resolveAlias(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */
+ int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
+ const char *zType /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
+){
+ Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
+ Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
- pOut->u.i = nPage;
+ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
+ pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+ assert( pOrig!=0 );
+ assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
+ db = pParse->db;
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig);
+ if( pDup==0 ) return;
+ if( pDup->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
+ pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
+ if( pDup==0 ) return;
+ if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){
+ pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
+ }
+ pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias;
}
- break;
+ if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+ pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+ pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprClear(db, pExpr);
+ memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
+/*
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
+** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
**
-** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
-** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
+** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
+** (even if X is implied).
+** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+** from pSrcList.
+** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
+** X and/or Y are implied.)
+** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table.
+** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN.
+** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted
+** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted.
+**
+** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database
+** can be used. The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y"). This
+** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL. If pTableToken is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
+**
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return non-zero. Return zero on success.
*/
-case OP_Trace: {
- if( pOp->p4.z ){
- if( db->xTrace ){
- db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, pOp->p4.z);
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", pOp->p4.z);
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+static int lookupName(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ Token *pDbToken, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+ Token *pTableToken, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+ Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
+ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */
+ Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+ char *zDb = 0; /* Name of the database. The "X" in X.Y.Z */
+ char *zTab = 0; /* Name of the table. The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
+ char *zCol = 0; /* Name of the column. The "Z" */
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */
+ int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
+ struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */
+ NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */
+ Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */
+
+ assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+
+ /* Dequote and zero-terminate the names */
+ zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDbToken);
+ zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableToken);
+ zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pColumnToken);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto lookupname_end;
}
- break;
-}
-#endif
+ /* Initialize the node to no-match */
+ pExpr->iTable = -1;
+ pExpr->pTab = 0;
-/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
-**
-** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump
-** destination.
-*/
-/*
-** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
-** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
-** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the
-** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
-*/
-default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
- break;
-}
+ /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
+ while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+
+ if( pSrcList ){
+ for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
+ Table *pTab;
+ int iDb;
+ Column *pCol;
+
+ pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
+ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+ assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+ if( zTab ){
+ if( pItem->zAlias ){
+ char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+ }else{
+ char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
+ if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+ if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+ pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+ pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+ pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+ pMatch = pItem;
+ }
+ for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+ IdList *pUsing;
+ cnt++;
+ pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+ pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+ pMatch = pItem;
+ pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+ /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+ pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
+ if( i<pSrcList->nSrc-1 ){
+ if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+ /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join,
+ ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */
+ pItem++;
+ i++;
+ }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){
+ /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause
+ ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join
+ ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */
+ int k;
+ for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){
+ pItem++;
+ i++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
+ ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+ */
+ if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
+ TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
+ Table *pTab = 0;
+ u32 *piColMask = 0;
+ if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
+ pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
+ assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
+ pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
+ piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->newColMask);
+ }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){
+ pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
+ assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
+ pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
+ piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->oldColMask);
+ }
+
+ if( pTab ){
+ int iCol;
+ Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
-** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
-** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
-** restored.
-*****************************************************************************/
+ pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+ cntTab++;
+ for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) {
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+ cnt++;
+ pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol;
+ pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ testcase( iCol==31 );
+ testcase( iCol==32 );
+ *piColMask |= ((u32)1<<iCol) | (iCol>=32?0xffffffff:0);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- {
- u64 elapsed = sqlite3Hwtime() - start;
- pOp->cycles += elapsed;
- pOp->cnt++;
-#if 0
- fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed);
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
-#endif
+ /*
+ ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
+ */
+ if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+ cnt = 1;
+ pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
}
-#endif
- /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
- ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging.
- ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
- ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+ /*
+ ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+ ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when
+ ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+ **
+ ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+ **
+ ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+ ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+ ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+ ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( p->trace ){
- if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
- if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
- registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, pOut);
- }
- if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
- registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, pOut);
- }
+ if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
+ for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
+ char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+ if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+ Expr *pOrig;
+ assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+ assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
+ assert( pExpr->pSelect==0 );
+ pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
+ if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+ return 2;
+ }
+ resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "");
+ cnt = 1;
+ pMatch = 0;
+ assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+ goto lookupname_end_2;
+ }
+ }
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
- } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
-
- /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
- ** an error of some kind.
- */
-vdbe_error_halt:
- assert( rc );
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-
- /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to
- ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
- ** top. */
-vdbe_return:
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
- return rc;
- /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
- ** is encountered.
- */
-too_big:
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
- rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
+ /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either
+ ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
+ */
+ if( cnt==0 ){
+ pNC = pNC->pNext;
+ }
+ }
- /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
+ /*
+ ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+ ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+ ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that
+ ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+ ** pExpr.
+ **
+ ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
+ ** fields are not changed in any context.
*/
-no_mem:
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
+ if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+ pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+ pExpr->pTab = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
- /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+ /*
+ ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or
+ ** more matches. Either way, we have an error.
*/
-abort_due_to_misuse:
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
+ if( cnt!=1 ){
+ const char *zErr;
+ zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
+ if( zDb ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
+ }else if( zTab ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
+ }
+ pTopNC->nErr++;
+ }
- /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable
- ** should hold the error number.
+ /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
+ ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes
+ ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the
+ ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
+ ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
*/
-abort_due_to_error:
- assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
- if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
+ int n = pExpr->iColumn;
+ testcase( n==BMS-1 );
+ if( n>=BMS ){
+ n = BMS-1;
+ }
+ assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
+ pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
}
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
- /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
- ** flag.
+lookupname_end:
+ /* Clean up and return
*/
-abort_due_to_interrupt:
- assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
- rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
- goto vdbe_error_halt;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zDb);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zTab);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
+ pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
+ pExpr->pRight = 0;
+ pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+lookupname_end_2:
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+ if( cnt==1 ){
+ assert( pNC!=0 );
+ sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
+ /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
+ ** the point where the name matched. */
+ for(;;){
+ assert( pTopNC!=0 );
+ pTopNC->nRef++;
+ if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
+ pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ return 1;
+ }
}
-/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2007 May 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
+** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
+** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down
+** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
**
-** $Id: vdbeblob.c,v 1.25 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-
-/*
-** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
+** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
+** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed
+** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
*/
-typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
-struct Incrblob {
- int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
- int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
- int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
- BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */
-};
+static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ NameContext *pNC;
+ Parse *pParse;
-/*
-** Open a blob handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
- sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */
- const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */
- const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */
- const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */
- sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */
- int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
- sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
-){
- int nAttempt = 0;
- int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
+ pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+ assert( pNC!=0 );
+ pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
- /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
- ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
- ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
- ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
- ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
- **
- ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
- ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
- ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
- ** blob_bytes() functions.
- **
- ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
- ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
- ** transaction.
- */
- static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
- {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Start a transaction */
- {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
+ if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
+ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+ assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
- /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an
- ** OP_Noop before exection.
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+ /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
+ ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
+ ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
*/
- {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Num cols for cursor */
- {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */
- {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4: Num cols for cursor */
- {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
-
- {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 0}, /* 6: Push the rowid to the stack */
- {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 7: Seek the cursor */
- {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 8 */
- {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */
- {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */
- {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */
- };
-
- Vdbe *v = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char zErr[128];
-
- zErr[0] = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- do {
- Parse sParse;
- Table *pTab;
-
- memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
- sParse.db = db;
-
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ case TK_ROW: {
+ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
+ pItem = pSrcList->a;
+ pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+ pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+ pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ break;
}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
- if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- pTab = 0;
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
- pTab = 0;
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
- }
-#endif
- if( !pTab ){
- if( sParse.zErrMsg ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, sParse.zErrMsg);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- goto blob_open_out;
+ /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
+ */
+ case TK_ID: {
+ lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr);
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
+
+ /* A table name and column name: ID.ID
+ ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID
+ */
+ case TK_DOT: {
+ Token *pColumn;
+ Token *pTable;
+ Token *pDb;
+ Expr *pRight;
- /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
- for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
- break;
+ /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
+ pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+ if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+ pDb = 0;
+ pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
+ pColumn = &pRight->token;
+ }else{
+ assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+ pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
+ pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
+ pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
}
- }
- if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- goto blob_open_out;
+ lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr);
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
- /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
- ** column is not indexed. It is against the rules to open an
- ** indexed column for writing.
+ /* Resolve function names
*/
- if( flags ){
- Index *pIdx;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
- if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
- "cannot open indexed column for writing");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- goto blob_open_out;
+ case TK_CONST_FUNC:
+ case TK_FUNCTION: {
+ ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; /* The argument list */
+ int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */
+ int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */
+ int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+ int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */
+ int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */
+ int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */
+ const char *zId; /* The function name. */
+ FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */
+ u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */
+
+ zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
+ nId = pExpr->token.n;
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
+ if( pDef==0 ){
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
+ if( pDef==0 ){
+ no_such_func = 1;
+ }else{
+ wrong_num_args = 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ if( pDef ){
+ auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
+ if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
+ pDef->zName);
+ pNC->nErr++;
}
+ pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
}
- }
-
- v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
- if( v ){
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
-
- /* Configure the OP_Transaction */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, (flags ? 1 : 0));
-
- /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
-
- /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
- sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-
- /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
- ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, (flags ? 3 : 5), 1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, (flags ? 5 : 3), pTab->tnum);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, (flags ? 5 : 3), iDb);
-
- /* Configure the OP_SetNumColumns. Configure the cursor to
- ** think that the table has one more column than it really
- ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
- ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
- ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
- ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, flags ? 4 : 2, pTab->nCol+1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 8, pTab->nCol);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0);
+#endif
+ if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
+ pNC->nErr++;
+ is_agg = 0;
+ }else if( no_such_func ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+ pNC->nErr++;
+ }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+ nId, zId);
+ pNC->nErr++;
}
+ if( is_agg ){
+ pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+ pNC->hasAgg = 1;
+ }
+ if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0;
+ sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
+ if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1;
+ /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+ ** type of the function
+ */
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
-
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto blob_open_out;
- }
-
- sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow);
- rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
- nAttempt++;
- rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
- v = 0;
- }
- } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the
- ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains
- ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right.
- */
- Incrblob *pBlob;
- u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol];
-
- if( type<12 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "cannot open value of type %s",
- type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
- );
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto blob_open_out;
- }
- pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
- goto blob_open_out;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_SELECT:
+ case TK_EXISTS:
+#endif
+ case TK_IN: {
+ if( pExpr->pSelect ){
+ int nRef = pNC->nRef;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ if( pNC->isCheck ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
+ }
+#endif
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->pSelect);
+ assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
+ if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
}
- pBlob->flags = flags;
- pBlob->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
- sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
- sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
- pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v;
- pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol];
- pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
- pBlob->db = db;
- *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
-blob_open_out:
- zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ case TK_VARIABLE: {
+ if( pNC->isCheck ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
}
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc==SQLITE_OK?0:zErr));
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+ return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
}
/*
-** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
-** sqlite3_blob_open().
+** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
+** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
+** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
+** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is,
+** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
+** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is
+** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
+** return 0.
+**
+** pEList has been resolved. pE has not.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
- Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
- int rc;
+static int resolveAsName(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */
+ Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */
+){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
- rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
- return rc;
+ if( pE->op==TK_ID || (pE->op==TK_STRING && pE->token.z[0]!='\'') ){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ char *zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->token);
+ if( zCol==0 ){
+ return -1;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
+ if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+ return i+1;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
+** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
+** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been
+** name resolved.
+**
+** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
+** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That
+** case is handled by the calling routine.
+**
+** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
+** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column,
+** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
+** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the
+** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
+** the column.
+**
+** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs.
*/
-static int blobReadWrite(
- sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
- void *z,
- int n,
- int iOffset,
- int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
+static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */
+ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
+ Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */
){
- int rc;
- Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
- Vdbe *v;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */
+ NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */
- /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
- if( (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
+ pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+
+ /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
+ */
+ memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
+ nc.pParse = pParse;
+ nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+ nc.pEList = pEList;
+ nc.allowAgg = 1;
+ nc.nErr = 0;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
+ return 0;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
- ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+ /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
+ ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching
+ ** result-set entry.
*/
- v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
- if( v==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
- }else{
- /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
- ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
- */
- assert( db == v->db );
- sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
- rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
- sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
- p->pStmt = 0;
- }else{
- db->errCode = rc;
- v->rc = rc;
+ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE) ){
+ return i+1;
}
}
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Read data from a blob handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
- return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
+ /* If no match, return 0. */
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Write data to a blob handle.
+** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
- return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
+static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */
+ const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+ int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
+ int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */
+){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+ "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
+ "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
}
/*
-** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
+** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify
+** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
+** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
**
-** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
-** so no mutex is required for access.
+** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
+** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
+** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions
+** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
+** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
+** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
+** the integer column number.
+**
+** Return the number of errors seen.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
- Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
- return p->nByte;
-}
+static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */
+ Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
+){
+ int i;
+ ExprList *pOrderBy;
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ int moreToDo = 1;
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+ pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
+ if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+ db = pParse->db;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+ if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
+ return 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
+ }
+ pSelect->pNext = 0;
+ while( pSelect->pPrior ){
+ pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
+ pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+ }
+ while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ moreToDo = 0;
+ pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+ assert( pEList!=0 );
+ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ int iCol = -1;
+ Expr *pE, *pDup;
+ if( pItem->done ) continue;
+ pE = pItem->pExpr;
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+ if( iCol<0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }else{
+ iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
+ if( iCol==0 ){
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ assert(pDup);
+ iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+ }
+ if( iCol<0 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iCol>0 ){
+ CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
+ int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
+ pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pE==0 ) return 1;
+ pE->pColl = pColl;
+ pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags;
+ pE->iTable = iCol;
+ pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
+ pItem->done = 1;
+ }else{
+ moreToDo = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
+ if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
+ "column in the result set", i+1);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
-/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2007 August 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
+** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
+** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a
+** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.iCol field)
+** then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
+** column.
**
-** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.8 2008/05/01 18:01:47 drh Exp $
+** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
+** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */
+ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+ const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+ if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
+ return 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+ assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
+ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ if( pItem->iCol ){
+ if( pItem->iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->iCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType);
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
/*
-** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
-** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
-** is enabled.
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
+** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either
+** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
**
-** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
-** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
-** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
-** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
-** on disk is not created or populated until either:
+** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
+** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
+** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
+** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If
+** the order-by term is an identify that corresponds to the AS-name of
+** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
+** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
+** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
**
-** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated
-** buffer, or
-** 2) The xSync() method is called.
-*/
-
-
-
-/*
-** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
-** as an open file handle for journal files.
+** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then
+** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors
+** excepted.)
*/
-struct JournalFile {
- sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */
- int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
- char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */
- int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
- int flags; /* xOpen flags */
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */
- sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
- const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
-};
-typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
+static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
+ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
+ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
+ const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
+){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int iCol; /* Column number */
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */
-/*
-** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file
-** for JournalFile p.
-*/
-static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !p->pReal ){
- sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->pReal = pReal;
- if( p->iSize>0 ){
- assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
+ if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+ nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+ pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
+ iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE);
+ if( iCol<0 ){
+ return 1; /* OOM error */
+ }
+ if( iCol>0 ){
+ /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
+ ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to
+ ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
+ ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
+ pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+ /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column
+ ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
+ ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
+ if( iCol<1 ){
+ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
+ return 1;
}
+ pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
+ continue;
}
- }
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
+ /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
+ pItem->iCol = 0;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
}
/*
-** Read data from the file.
+** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents.
*/
-static int jrnlRead(
- sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
- void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
- int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
- sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
- }else{
- assert( iAmt+iOfst<=p->iSize );
- memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
+static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */
+ NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */
+ int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */
+ int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */
+ Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+
+
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
- return rc;
-}
+ pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+ pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ db = pParse->db;
-/*
-** Write data to the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlWrite(
- sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
- const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
- int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
- sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
- rc = createFile(p);
+ /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
+ ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within
+ ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
+ ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let
+ ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
+ ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
+ ** this routine in the correct order.
+ */
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
+ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+ return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+
+ isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
+ nCompound = 0;
+ pLeftmost = p;
+ while( p ){
+ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
+ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
+ p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
+
+ /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
+ ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
+ */
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pParse = pParse;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
+ sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+
+ /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
+ ** resolve the result-set expression list.
+ */
+ sNC.allowAgg = 1;
+ sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
+ sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
+
+ /* Resolve names in the result set. */
+ pEList = p->pEList;
+ assert( pEList!=0 );
+ for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+ if( pItem->pSelect ){
+ const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+ if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
+ sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
+ pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY
+ ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
+ */
+ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
+ pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+ if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){
+ p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
}else{
- memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
- if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
- p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
+ sNC.allowAgg = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
+ */
+ if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+
+ /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the
+ ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
+ ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
+ ** aliases in the result set.
+ **
+ ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
+ ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
+ */
+ sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ||
+ sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving)
+ ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+
+ /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
+ ** outer queries
+ */
+ sNC.pNext = 0;
+ sNC.allowAgg = 1;
+
+ /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
+ ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
+ ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
+ ** the compound have been resolved.
+ */
+ if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+
+ /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure
+ ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
+ */
+ if( pGroupBy ){
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+
+ if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
+ "the GROUP BY clause");
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
}
}
- }
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Truncate the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
- }else if( size<p->iSize ){
- p->iSize = size;
+ /* Advance to the next term of the compound
+ */
+ p = p->pPrior;
+ nCompound++;
}
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Sync the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
- int rc;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
+ ** the compound have been resolved.
+ */
+ if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
}
- return rc;
-}
-/*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
-*/
-static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- if( p->pReal ){
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
- }else{
- *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
- }
- return rc;
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
/*
-** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
-*/
-static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
- jrnlClose, /* xClose */
- jrnlRead, /* xRead */
- jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
- jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
- jrnlSync, /* xSync */
- jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
- 0, /* xLock */
- 0, /* xUnlock */
- 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
- 0, /* xFileControl */
- 0, /* xSectorSize */
- 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-};
-
-/*
-** Open a journal file.
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error
+** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
+** are seen.
+**
+** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the
+** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
+**
+** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or
+** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
+**
+** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger
+** one of the special names "old" or "new".
+**
+** Z: The name of a column in table Y.
+**
+** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
+**
+** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN
+** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y
+** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid.
+** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
+**
+**
+** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
+** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
+** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression
+** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
+** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
+** tree. For example, in:
+**
+** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
+**
+** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
+**
+** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
+**
+** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is
+** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
+** If the function is an aggregate function, then the pNC->hasAgg is
+** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
+** property on the expression is set.
+**
+** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number
+** if errors is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */
- sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
- int flags, /* Opening flags */
- int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(
+ NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
+ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */
){
- JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
- memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
- if( nBuf>0 ){
- p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
- if( !p->zBuf ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ int savedHasAgg;
+ Walker w;
+
+ if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+ {
+ Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
+ return 1;
}
- }else{
- return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
+ pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
}
- p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
- p->nBuf = nBuf;
- p->flags = flags;
- p->zJournal = zName;
- p->pVfs = pVfs;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+ savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg;
+ pNC->hasAgg = 0;
+ w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+ w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+ w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+ w.u.pNC = pNC;
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+ pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
+#endif
+ if( pNC->nErr>0 ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+ }
+ if( pNC->hasAgg ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
+ }else if( savedHasAgg ){
+ pNC->hasAgg = 1;
+ }
+ return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
}
+
/*
-** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
-** file has not yet been created, create it now.
+** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
+** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
+** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
+** terms.
+**
+** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
+** transformations that occur.
+**
+** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
- if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+ NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
+){
+ Walker w;
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
-** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
- return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+ w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+ w.pParse = pParse;
+ w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
}
-#endif
-/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
+/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
**
-** $Id: expr.c,v 1.387 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: expr.c,v 1.411 2009/02/04 03:59:25 shane Exp $
*/
/*
return sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
}
#endif
+ if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER)
+ && pExpr->pTab!=0
+ ){
+ /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+ ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+ int j = pExpr->iColumn;
+ if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+ assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
+ return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
+ }
return pExpr->affinity;
}
** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
** collating sequences.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
char *zColl = 0; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
CollSeq *pColl;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+ zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName);
if( pExpr && zColl ){
pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1);
if( pColl ){
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
CollSeq *pColl = 0;
- if( pExpr ){
+ Expr *p = pExpr;
+ while( p ){
int op;
- pColl = pExpr->pColl;
- op = pExpr->op;
- if( (op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS) && !pColl ){
- return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+ pColl = p->pColl;
+ if( pColl ) break;
+ op = p->op;
+ if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) && p->pTab!=0 ){
+ /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+ ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+ const char *zColl;
+ int j = p->iColumn;
+ if( j>=0 ){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, -1, 0);
+ pExpr->pColl = pColl;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){
+ break;
}
+ p = p->pLeft;
}
if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
pColl = 0;
*/
static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
- aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | jumpIfNull;
+ aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
return aff;
}
p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
(void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, p5);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
if( (p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in1, 1);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in2, 1);
** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
** pParse.
*/
-static int checkExprHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
exprSetHeight(p);
- checkExprHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+ sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
}
/*
return nHeight;
}
#else
- #define checkExprHeight(x,y)
#define exprSetHeight(y)
#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
return 0;
}
- pNew->op = op;
+ pNew->op = (u8)op;
pNew->pLeft = pLeft;
pNew->pRight = pRight;
pNew->iAgg = -1;
){
Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, op, pLeft, pRight, pToken);
if( p ){
- checkExprHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+ sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
}
return p;
}
** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
*/
- int i, n;
+ int i;
+ u32 n;
n = pToken->n;
for(i=0; i<pParse->nVarExpr; i++){
Expr *pE;
}
/*
-** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+** Clear an expression structure without deleting the structure itself.
+** Substructure is deleted.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClear(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
if( p->span.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)p->span.z);
if( p->token.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)p->token.z);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pList);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pSelect);
+}
+
+/*
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ sqlite3ExprClear(db, p);
sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z);
}
-
/*
** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can
|| db->mallocFailed );
pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
- pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg;
pItem->done = 0;
+ pItem->iCol = pOldItem->iCol;
+ pItem->iAlias = pOldItem->iAlias;
}
return pNew;
}
pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;
+ pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
+ pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
+ pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
if( pTab ){
pTab->nRef++;
if( p==0 ) return 0;
pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList);
pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc);
pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere);
pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset);
pNew->iLimit = 0;
pNew->iOffset = 0;
- pNew->isResolved = p->isResolved;
- pNew->isAgg = p->isAgg;
- pNew->usesEphm = 0;
- pNew->disallowOrderBy = 0;
+ pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
pNew->pRightmost = 0;
pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
goto no_mem;
}
pList->a = a;
- pList->nAlloc = n;
+ pList->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, a)/sizeof(a[0]);
}
assert( pList->a!=0 );
if( pExpr || pName ){
memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+ pItem->iAlias = 0;
}
return pList;
}
}
-/*
-** Delete an entire expression list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
- int i;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- if( pList==0 ) return;
- assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
- assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Call xFunc for each node visited. xFunc
-** is called on the node before xFunc is called on the nodes children.
-**
-** The return value from xFunc determines whether the tree walk continues.
-** 0 means continue walking the tree. 1 means do not walk children
-** of the current node but continue with siblings. 2 means abandon
-** the tree walk completely.
-**
-** The return value from this routine is 1 to abandon the tree walk
-** and 0 to continue.
-**
-** NOTICE: This routine does *not* descend into subqueries.
-*/
-static int walkExprList(ExprList *, int (*)(void *, Expr*), void *);
-static int walkExprTree(Expr *pExpr, int (*xFunc)(void*,Expr*), void *pArg){
- int rc;
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
- rc = (*xFunc)(pArg, pExpr);
- if( rc==0 ){
- if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pLeft, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
- if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pRight, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
- if( walkExprList(pExpr->pList, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
- }
- return rc>1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in list p.
-*/
-static int walkExprList(ExprList *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){
- int i;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- if( !p ) return 0;
- for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- if( walkExprTree(pItem->pExpr, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in Select p, not including
-** expressions that are part of sub-selects in any FROM clause or the LIMIT
-** or OFFSET expressions..
-*/
-static int walkSelectExpr(Select *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){
- walkExprList(p->pEList, xFunc, pArg);
- walkExprTree(p->pWhere, xFunc, pArg);
- walkExprList(p->pGroupBy, xFunc, pArg);
- walkExprTree(p->pHaving, xFunc, pArg);
- walkExprList(p->pOrderBy, xFunc, pArg);
- if( p->pPrior ){
- walkSelectExpr(p->pPrior, xFunc, pArg);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree().
-**
-** pArg is really a pointer to an integer. If we can tell by looking
-** at pExpr that the expression that contains pExpr is not a constant
-** expression, then set *pArg to 0 and return 2 to abandon the tree walk.
-** If pExpr does does not disqualify the expression from being a constant
-** then do nothing.
-**
-** After walking the whole tree, if no nodes are found that disqualify
-** the expression as constant, then we assume the whole expression
-** is constant. See sqlite3ExprIsConstant() for additional information.
-*/
-static int exprNodeIsConstant(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
- int *pN = (int*)pArg;
-
- /* If *pArg is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
- ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
- ** from being considered constant. */
- if( (*pN)==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
- *pN = 0;
- return 2;
- }
-
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
- ** and *pArg==2 */
- case TK_FUNCTION:
- if( (*pN)==2 ) return 0;
- /* Fall through */
- case TK_ID:
- case TK_COLUMN:
- case TK_DOT:
- case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_SELECT:
- case TK_EXISTS:
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
-#endif
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_DOT );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
- testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
- *pN = 0;
- return 2;
- case TK_IN:
- if( pExpr->pSelect ){
- *pN = 0;
- return 2;
- }
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
- int isConst = 1;
- walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
- return isConst;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
-** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
-** an ON or USING clause.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
- int isConst = 3;
- walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
- return isConst!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there
-** are any variables.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
- int isConst = 2;
- walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
- return isConst!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
-** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
-** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
-** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
- int rc = 0;
- if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
- *pValue = p->iTable;
- return 1;
- }
- switch( p->op ){
- case TK_INTEGER: {
- rc = sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue);
- break;
- }
- case TK_UPLUS: {
- rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
- break;
- }
- case TK_UMINUS: {
- int v;
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
- *pValue = -v;
- rc = 1;
- }
- break;
- }
- default: break;
- }
- if( rc ){
- p->op = TK_INTEGER;
- p->flags |= EP_IntValue;
- p->iTable = *pValue;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
-** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes
-** are made to pExpr:
-**
-** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding
-** the table.
-** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
-** from pSrcList.
-** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table.
-** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN.
-** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted
-** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted.
-**
-** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be
-** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database
-** can be used. The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y"). This
-** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL. If pTableToken is NULL it
-** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
-** can be used.
-**
-** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return non-zero. Return zero on success.
-*/
-static int lookupName(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- Token *pDbToken, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
- Token *pTableToken, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
- Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
- NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */
- Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
-){
- char *zDb = 0; /* Name of the database. The "X" in X.Y.Z */
- char *zTab = 0; /* Name of the table. The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
- char *zCol = 0; /* Name of the column. The "Z" */
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */
- int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */
- struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
- struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */
- NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */
- Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */
-
- assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
- zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDbToken);
- zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableToken);
- zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pColumnToken);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto lookupname_end;
- }
-
- pExpr->iTable = -1;
- while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
- ExprList *pEList;
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-
- if( pSrcList ){
- for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
- Table *pTab;
- int iDb;
- Column *pCol;
-
- pTab = pItem->pTab;
- assert( pTab!=0 );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
- if( zTab ){
- if( pItem->zAlias ){
- char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
- }else{
- char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
- if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
- if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
- if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
- pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- pMatch = pItem;
- }
- for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
- const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
- IdList *pUsing;
- cnt++;
- pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- pMatch = pItem;
- pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
- pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
- pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
- if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){
- pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0);
- }
- if( i<pSrcList->nSrc-1 ){
- if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
- /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join,
- ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */
- pItem++;
- i++;
- }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){
- /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause
- ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join
- ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */
- int k;
- for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){
- pItem++;
- i++;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
- ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
- */
- if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
- TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
- Table *pTab = 0;
- u32 *piColMask;
- if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
- pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
- assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
- pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
- piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->newColMask);
- }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){
- pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
- assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
- pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
- piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->oldColMask);
- }
-
- if( pTab ){
- int iCol;
- Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;
-
- pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- cntTab++;
- for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) {
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
- const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[iCol].zColl;
- cnt++;
- pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol;
- pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity;
- if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){
- pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0);
- }
- pExpr->pTab = pTab;
- if( iCol>=0 ){
- testcase( iCol==31 );
- testcase( iCol==32 );
- *piColMask |= ((u32)1<<iCol) | (iCol>=32?0xffffffff:0);
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
- /*
- ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
- */
- if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
- cnt = 1;
- pExpr->iColumn = -1;
- pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
- }
-
- /*
- ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
- ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when
- ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
- **
- ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
- **
- ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
- ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
- ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
- ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
- */
- if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
- for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
- char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
- if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
- Expr *pDup, *pOrig;
- assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
- assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
- assert( pExpr->pSelect==0 );
- pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
- if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
- return 2;
- }
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig);
- if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
- pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
- }
- if( pExpr->span.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pExpr->span.z);
- if( pExpr->token.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z);
- memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
- cnt = 1;
- pMatch = 0;
- assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
- goto lookupname_end_2;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either
- ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
- */
- if( cnt==0 ){
- pNC = pNC->pNext;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
- ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
- ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that
- ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
- ** pExpr.
- **
- ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
- ** fields are not changed in any context.
- */
- if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or
- ** more matches. Either way, we have an error.
- */
- if( cnt!=1 ){
- const char *zErr;
- zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
- if( zDb ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
- }else if( zTab ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
- }
- pTopNC->nErr++;
- }
-
- /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
- ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes
- ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the
- ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
- ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
- */
- if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
- int n = pExpr->iColumn;
- testcase( n==sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1 );
- if( n>=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ){
- n = sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1;
- }
- assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
- pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
- }
-
-lookupname_end:
- /* Clean up and return
- */
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zDb);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zTab);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
- pExpr->pLeft = 0;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
- pExpr->pRight = 0;
- pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-lookupname_end_2:
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
- if( cnt==1 ){
- assert( pNC!=0 );
- sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
- if( pMatch && !pMatch->pSelect ){
- pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
- }
- /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
- ** the point where the name matched. */
- for(;;){
- assert( pTopNC!=0 );
- pTopNC->nRef++;
- if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
- pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
- }
- return 0;
- } else {
- return 1;
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
+ int i;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ if( pList==0 ) return;
+ assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
+ assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
+ for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
}
/*
-** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree().
+** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer
+** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see
+** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is
+** not constant.
**
-** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
-** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down
-** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
+** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
+**
+** sqlite3ExprIsConstant()
+** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()
+** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()
**
-** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
-** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed
-** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
*/
-static int nameResolverStep(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
- NameContext *pNC = (NameContext*)pArg;
- Parse *pParse;
-
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 1;
- assert( pNC!=0 );
- pParse = pNC->pParse;
+static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
- if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return 1;
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
- assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
- }
+ /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
+ ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
+ ** from being considered constant. */
+ if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+ pWalker->u.i = 0;
+ return WRC_Abort;
}
-#endif
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if
- ** possible. Otherwise they remain as strings. Single-quoted
- ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals.
- */
- case TK_STRING: {
- if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break;
- /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */
- }
- /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
- */
- case TK_ID: {
- lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr);
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* A table name and column name: ID.ID
- ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID
- */
- case TK_DOT: {
- Token *pColumn;
- Token *pTable;
- Token *pDb;
- Expr *pRight;
-
- /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
- pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
- pDb = 0;
- pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
- pColumn = &pRight->token;
- }else{
- assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
- pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
- pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
- pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
- }
- lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr);
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* Resolve function names
- */
- case TK_CONST_FUNC:
- case TK_FUNCTION: {
- ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; /* The argument list */
- int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */
- int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */
- int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */
- int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */
- int i;
- int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */
- int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */
- const char *zId; /* The function name. */
- FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */
- int enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */
- zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
- nId = pExpr->token.n;
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
- if( pDef==0 ){
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
- if( pDef==0 ){
- no_such_func = 1;
- }else{
- wrong_num_args = 1;
- }
- }else{
- is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- if( pDef ){
- auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
- if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
- pDef->zName);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }
- pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
- return 1;
- }
- }
-#endif
- if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- is_agg = 0;
- }else if( no_such_func ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }else if( wrong_num_args ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
- nId, zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }
- if( is_agg ){
- pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
- pNC->hasAgg = 1;
- }
- if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0;
- for(i=0; pNC->nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
- walkExprTree(pList->a[i].pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC);
- }
- if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1;
- /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
- ** type of the function
- */
- return is_agg;
- }
+ switch( pExpr->op ){
+ /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
+ ** and pWalker->u.i==2 */
+ case TK_FUNCTION:
+ if( pWalker->u.i==2 ) return 0;
+ /* Fall through */
+ case TK_ID:
+ case TK_COLUMN:
+ case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+ case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
case TK_SELECT:
case TK_EXISTS:
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
#endif
- case TK_IN: {
- if( pExpr->pSelect ){
- int nRef = pNC->nRef;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- if( pNC->isCheck ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
- }
-#endif
- sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, pNC);
- assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
- if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- case TK_VARIABLE: {
- if( pNC->isCheck ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
- }
- break;
- }
-#endif
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+ pWalker->u.i = 0;
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ default:
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
- return 0;
+}
+static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ pWalker->u.i = 0;
+ return WRC_Abort;
+}
+static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
+ Walker w;
+ w.u.i = initFlag;
+ w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
+ w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
+ return w.u.i;
}
/*
-** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
-** table columns. Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an
-** index to the table in the table list and a column offset. The
-** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN. The Expr.iTable
-** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList
-** plus the "base" value. The base value will ultimately become the
-** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced
-** table. The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column
-** of the referenced table. The Expr.iColumn value for the special
-** ROWID column is -1. Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an
-** alias for ROWID.
-**
-** Also resolve function names and check the functions for proper
-** usage. Make sure all function names are recognized and all functions
-** have the correct number of arguments. Leave an error message
-** in pParse->zErrMsg if anything is amiss. Return the number of errors.
-**
-** If the expression contains aggregate functions then set the EP_Agg
-** property on the expression.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprResolveNames(
- NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
- Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */
-){
- int savedHasAgg;
+** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+ return exprIsConst(p, 1);
+}
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
- {
- if( checkExprHeight(pNC->pParse, pExpr->nHeight + pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
- return 1;
- }
- pNC->pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
+** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
+** an ON or USING clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
+ return exprIsConst(p, 3);
+}
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there
+** are any variables.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
+ return exprIsConst(p, 2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+ int rc = 0;
+ if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+ *pValue = p->iTable;
+ return 1;
}
-#endif
- savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg;
- pNC->hasAgg = 0;
- walkExprTree(pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
- pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
-#endif
- if( pNC->nErr>0 ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+ switch( p->op ){
+ case TK_INTEGER: {
+ rc = sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_UPLUS: {
+ rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TK_UMINUS: {
+ int v;
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+ *pValue = -v;
+ rc = 1;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default: break;
}
- if( pNC->hasAgg ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
- }else if( savedHasAgg ){
- pNC->hasAgg = 1;
+ if( rc ){
+ p->op = TK_INTEGER;
+ p->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+ p->iTable = *pValue;
}
- return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** A pointer instance of this structure is used to pass information
-** through walkExprTree into codeSubqueryStep().
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
*/
-typedef struct QueryCoder QueryCoder;
-struct QueryCoder {
- Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */
- NameContext *pNC; /* Namespace of first enclosing query */
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- int sqlite3_enable_in_opt = 1;
-#else
- #define sqlite3_enable_in_opt 1
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
/*
** Return true if the IN operator optimization is enabled and
SrcList *pSrc;
ExprList *pEList;
Table *pTab;
- if( !sqlite3_enable_in_opt ) return 0; /* IN optimization must be enabled */
if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */
- if( p->isDistinct ) return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword */
- if( p->isAgg ) return 0; /* Contains no aggregate functions */
+ if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
+ return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
+ }
if( p->pGroupBy ) return 0; /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */
if( p->pOffset ) return 0;
if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */
pSrc = p->pSrc;
- if( pSrc==0 ) return 0; /* A single table in the FROM clause */
- if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
+ assert( pSrc!=0 );
+ if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */
if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM clause is not a subquery */
pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
if( pTab==0 ) return 0;
if( eType==0 ){
int rMayHaveNull = 0;
+ eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
if( prNotFound ){
*prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
+ }else if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && pX->pSelect==0 ){
+ eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
}
- sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull);
- eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
+ sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
}else{
pX->iTable = iTab;
}
**
** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
** operator or subquery.
+**
+** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
+** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference
+** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
+** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
+** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int rMayHaveNull){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ Expr *pExpr,
+ int rMayHaveNull,
+ int isRowid
+){
int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) return;
char affinity;
KeyInfo keyInfo;
int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
if( rMayHaveNull ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
}
- affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+ affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
/* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is
** is used.
*/
pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, 1);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
keyInfo.nField = 1;
SelectDest dest;
ExprList *pEList;
+ assert( !isRowid );
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
- dest.affinity = (int)affinity;
+ dest.affinity = (u8)affinity;
assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
- if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, &dest, 0, 0, 0) ){
+ if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, &dest) ){
return;
}
pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList;
if( !affinity ){
affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
}
- keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl;
+ keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
/* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
pParse->disableColCache--;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+
+ if( isRowid ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+ }
}
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
}
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+ if( !isRowid ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+ }
break;
}
}
sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one);
- if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest, 0, 0, 0) ){
+ if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
return;
}
pExpr->iColumn = dest.iParm;
*/
static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negateFlag, int iMem){
assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed );
+ assert( !z || !sqlite3Isdigit(z[n]) );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
if( z ){
double value;
char *zV;
- assert( !isdigit(z[n]) );
sqlite3AtoF(z, &value);
if( sqlite3IsNaN(value) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem);
}else if( (z = (char*)pExpr->token.z)!=0 ){
int i;
int n = pExpr->token.n;
- assert( !isdigit(z[n]) );
+ assert( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[n]) );
if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){
if( negFlag ) i = -i;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
}
/*
-** Theres is a value in register iCurrent. We ultimately want
-** the value to be in register iTarget. It might be that
-** iCurrent and iTarget are the same register.
+** There is a value in register iReg.
**
** We are going to modify the value, so we need to make sure it
-** is not a cached register. If iCurrent is a cached register,
-** then try to move the value over to iTarget. If iTarget is a
-** cached register, then clear the corresponding cache line.
-**
-** Return the register that the value ends up in.
+** is not a cached register. If iReg is a cached register,
+** then clear the corresponding cache line.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse *pParse, int iCurrent, int iTarget){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
int i;
- assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 );
- if( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, iCurrent, iCurrent) ){
- return iCurrent;
- }
- if( iCurrent!=iTarget ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, iCurrent, iTarget);
- }
- for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
- if( pParse->aColCache[i].iReg==iTarget ){
- pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache];
- pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache;
+ if( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, iReg, iReg) ){
+ for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
+ if( pParse->aColCache[i].iReg==iReg ){
+ pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache];
+ pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache;
+ }
}
}
- return iTarget;
}
/*
}
/*
+** Generate code to store the value of the iAlias-th alias in register
+** target. The first time this is called, pExpr is evaluated to compute
+** the value of the alias. The value is stored in an auxiliary register
+** and the number of that register is returned. On subsequent calls,
+** the register number is returned without generating any code.
+**
+** Note that in order for this to work, code must be generated in the
+** same order that it is executed.
+**
+** Aliases are numbered starting with 1. So iAlias is in the range
+** of 1 to pParse->nAlias inclusive.
+**
+** pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] records the register number where the value
+** of the iAlias-th alias is stored. If zero, that means that the
+** alias has not yet been computed.
+*/
+static int codeAlias(Parse *pParse, int iAlias, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int iReg;
+ if( pParse->nAliasAlloc<pParse->nAlias ){
+ pParse->aAlias = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pParse->aAlias,
+ sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])*pParse->nAlias );
+ testcase( db->mallocFailed && pParse->nAliasAlloc>0 );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+ memset(&pParse->aAlias[pParse->nAliasAlloc], 0,
+ (pParse->nAlias-pParse->nAliasAlloc)*sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0]));
+ pParse->nAliasAlloc = pParse->nAlias;
+ }
+ assert( iAlias>0 && iAlias<=pParse->nAlias );
+ iReg = pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1];
+ if( iReg==0 ){
+ if( pParse->disableColCache ){
+ iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+ }else{
+ iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, iReg);
+ pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] = iReg;
+ }
+ }
+ return iReg;
+}
+
+/*
** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target".
** Return the register where results are stored.
**
-** With this routine, there is no guaranteed that results will
+** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other
** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function
** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */
+ sqlite3 *db;
- assert( v!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ db = pParse->db;
+ assert( v!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
if( v==0 ) return 0;
break;
}
case TK_STRING: {
- sqlite3DequoteExpr(pParse->db, pExpr);
+ sqlite3DequoteExpr(db, pExpr);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v,OP_String8, 0, target, 0,
(char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
break;
inReg = pExpr->iTable;
break;
}
+ case TK_AS: {
+ inReg = codeAlias(pParse, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+ break;
+ }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
case TK_CAST: {
/* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */
testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
+ if( inReg!=target ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+ inReg = target;
+ }
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);
testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
case TK_UMINUS: {
Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
assert( pLeft );
- if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
- if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
- codeReal(v, (char*)pLeft->token.z, pLeft->token.n, 1, target);
- }else{
- codeInteger(v, pLeft, 1, target);
- }
+ if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+ codeReal(v, (char*)pLeft->token.z, pLeft->token.n, 1, target);
+ }else if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+ codeInteger(v, pLeft, 1, target);
}else{
regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1);
assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
testcase( op==TK_NOT );
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
- testcase( inReg==target );
- testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
- inReg = sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(pParse, inReg, target);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, inReg);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ testcase( regFree1==0 );
+ inReg = target;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
break;
}
case TK_ISNULL:
const char *zId;
int constMask = 0;
int i;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
u8 enc = ENC(db);
CollSeq *pColl = 0;
testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION );
zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
nId = pExpr->token.n;
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
assert( pDef!=0 );
if( pList ){
nExpr = pList->nExpr;
if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
constMask |= (1<<i);
}
- if( pDef->needCollSeq && !pColl ){
+ if( (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
}
}
- if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
- if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
+ if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
(char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nExpr);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nExpr);
if( nExpr ){
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nExpr);
}
testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){
- sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0);
+ sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
}
inReg = pExpr->iColumn;
break;
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
/* Copy the value of register rNotFound (which is either NULL or 0)
- ** into the target register. This will be the result of the
+ ** into the target register. This will be the result of the
** expression.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, rNotFound, target);
Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */
Expr cacheX; /* Cached expression X */
Expr *pX; /* The X expression */
- Expr *pTest; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
+ Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
assert(pExpr->pList);
assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1);
testcase( regFree1==0 );
cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER;
- cacheX.iColumn = 0;
opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX;
pTest = &opCompare;
pParse->disableColCache++;
for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
if( pX ){
+ assert( pTest!=0 );
opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
}else{
pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback ||
pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort ||
pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail );
- sqlite3DequoteExpr(pParse->db, pExpr);
+ sqlite3DequoteExpr(db, pExpr);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn, 0,
(char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
} else {
iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem);
pExpr->iTable = iMem;
- pExpr->iColumn = pExpr->op;
pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
}
return inReg;
** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER
** expression.
*/
-static int evalConstExpr(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
- Parse *pParse = (Parse*)pArg;
+static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
switch( pExpr->op ){
case TK_REGISTER: {
return 1;
int r2;
r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
if( r1!=r2 ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- pExpr->iColumn = pExpr->op;
pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
pExpr->iTable = r2;
- return 1;
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
- return 0;
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
/*
** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- walkExprTree(pExpr, evalConstExpr, pParse);
+ Walker w;
+ w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr;
+ w.xSelectCallback = 0;
+ w.pParse = pParse;
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
}
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */
int target, /* Where to write results */
- int doHardCopy /* Call sqlite3ExprHardCopy on each element if true */
+ int doHardCopy /* Make a hard copy of every element */
){
struct ExprList_item *pItem;
int i, n;
- assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- if( pList==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
+ assert( pList!=0 );
assert( target>0 );
n = pList->nExpr;
for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target+i);
- if( doHardCopy ) sqlite3ExprHardCopy(pParse, target, n);
+ if( pItem->iAlias ){
+ int iReg = codeAlias(pParse, pItem->iAlias, pItem->pExpr, target+i);
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+ if( iReg!=target+i ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target+i);
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target+i);
+ }
+ if( doHardCopy ){
+ sqlite3ExprHardCopy(pParse, target, n);
+ }
}
return n;
}
}
/*
-** This is an xFunc for walkExprTree() used to implement
-** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
+** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to
+** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
** for additional information.
-**
-** This routine analyzes the aggregate function at pExpr.
*/
-static int analyzeAggregate(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
+static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
int i;
- NameContext *pNC = (NameContext *)pArg;
+ NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
switch( pExpr->op ){
case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
case TK_COLUMN: {
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
/* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
** clause of the aggregate query */
if( pSrcList ){
} /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
} /* end loop over pSrcList */
}
- return 1;
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
/* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries
*/
pExpr->iAgg = i;
pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
- return 1;
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
}
}
-
- /* Recursively walk subqueries looking for TK_COLUMN nodes that need
- ** to be changed to TK_AGG_COLUMN. But increment nDepth so that
- ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in subqueries will be unchanged.
- */
- if( pExpr->pSelect ){
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
+ NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+ if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
pNC->nDepth++;
- walkSelectExpr(pExpr->pSelect, analyzeAggregate, pNC);
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect);
pNC->nDepth--;
+ return WRC_Prune;
+ }else{
+ return WRC_Continue;
}
- return 0;
}
/*
** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
**
** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
-** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveNames().
+** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
- walkExprTree(pExpr, analyzeAggregate, pNC);
+ Walker w;
+ w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
+ w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
+ w.u.pNC = pNC;
+ sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
}
/*
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
- sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(pParse, iReg, iReg);
+ sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(pParse, iReg);
pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
}
}
** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
**
-** $Id: alter.c,v 1.47 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: alter.c,v 1.53 2009/02/13 03:43:32 drh Exp $
*/
/*
*/
static void renameTableFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
/* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE
** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
do {
zCsr += len;
len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
- } while( token==TK_SPACE || token==TK_COMMENT );
+ } while( token==TK_SPACE );
assert( len>0 );
} while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
*/
static void renameTriggerFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
int len = 0;
char *zRet;
-
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
/* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER
** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
/* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
** that the table is being renamed to.
*/
- if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+ if( sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName)>6
+ && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)
+ ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
goto exit_rename_table;
}
Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */
- if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
assert( pNew );
- db = pParse->db;
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- zTab = pNew->zName;
+ zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
if( zCol ){
char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
- while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){
+ while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd) ){
*zEnd-- = '\0';
}
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
/* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
- ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.
+ ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify
+ ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this
+ ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
+ ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
+ ** prefix on their name.
*/
pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
- pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName);
+ pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
goto exit_begin_add_column;
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
**
-** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.43 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.48 2009/02/13 16:59:53 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Db *pDb;
int iRootPage;
- int createStat1 = 0;
+ u8 createStat1 = 0;
Table *pStat;
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
static void analyzeOneTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
- int iStatCur, /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */
+ int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */
){
Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */
- int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */
+ int iIdxCur; /* Index of VdbeCursor for index being analyzed */
int nCol; /* Number of columns in the index */
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */
int i; /* Loop counter */
** argv[0] = name of the index
** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
*/
-static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){
+static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
Index *pIndex;
int i, c;
const char *z;
assert( argc==2 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+
if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
return 0;
}
/* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1",
sInfo.zDatabase);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+ if( zSql==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
+ (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }
return rc;
}
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
**
-** $Id: attach.c,v 1.77 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: attach.c,v 1.82 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pExpr ){
if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
- rc = sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pName, pExpr);
+ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
*/
static void attachFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
int i;
char *zErrDyn = 0;
char zErr[128];
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
*/
static void detachFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
Db *pDb = 0;
char zErr[128];
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
pDb = &db->aDb[i];
"cannot DETACH database within transaction");
goto detach_error;
}
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
goto detach_error;
}
static void codeAttach(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
- const char *zFunc, /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */
- int nFunc, /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */
+ FuncDef *pFunc, /* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */
Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */
int rc;
NameContext sName;
Vdbe *v;
- FuncDef *pFunc;
sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
int regArgs;
assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-nFunc, regArgs+3);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nFunc);
- pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, SQLITE_UTF8,0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
+ assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
/* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
** DETACH pDbname
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
- codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
+ static FuncDef detach_func = {
+ 1, /* nArg */
+ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */
+ 0, /* flags */
+ 0, /* pUserData */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ detachFunc, /* xFunc */
+ 0, /* xStep */
+ 0, /* xFinalize */
+ "sqlite_detach", /* zName */
+ 0 /* pHash */
+ };
+ codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
}
/*
** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
- codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
+ static FuncDef attach_func = {
+ 3, /* nArg */
+ SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */
+ 0, /* flags */
+ 0, /* pUserData */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ attachFunc, /* xFunc */
+ 0, /* xStep */
+ 0, /* xFinalize */
+ "sqlite_attach", /* zName */
+ 0 /* pHash */
+ };
+ codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
/*
-** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
- static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, 0, attachFunc, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, 0, detachFunc, 0, 0);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior
** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
**
** COMMIT
** ROLLBACK
**
-** $Id: build.c,v 1.493 2008/08/04 04:39:49 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: build.c,v 1.518 2009/02/13 03:43:32 drh Exp $
*/
/*
** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
- pParse->explain = explainFlag;
+ pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag;
pParse->nVar = 0;
}
*/
VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0);
if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Trace ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 0, pParse->zSql,
+ (int)(pParse->zTail - pParse->zSql));
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
*/
-static void sqliteDeleteIndex(Index *p){
+static void sqlite3DeleteIndex(Index *p){
Index *pOld;
const char *zName = p->zName;
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1, 0);
+ pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName,
+ sqlite3Strlen30(zName)+1, 0);
assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p );
freeIndex(p);
}
** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
**
-** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
-** files. If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the
+** If iDb==0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
+** files. If iDb>=1 then reset the internal schema for only the
** single file indicated.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
pNext = pIndex->pNext;
assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
- sqliteDeleteIndex(pIndex);
+ sqlite3DeleteIndex(pIndex);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey,
- pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
+ pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
}
#endif
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1,0);
+ p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
+ sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName)+1,0);
if( p ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
- int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1;
+ int nTo = sqlite3Strlen30(pF1->zTo) + 1;
pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
if( pF2==pF1 ){
sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
}
/*
-** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
-** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
-** does not exist.
+** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
+** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
+** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
+** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
- int i = -1; /* Database number */
- int n; /* Number of characters in the name */
- Db *pDb; /* A database whose name space is being searched */
- char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */
-
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
+ int i = -1; /* Database number */
if( zName ){
- n = strlen(zName);
+ Db *pDb;
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
- if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==strlen(pDb->zName) &&
+ if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) &&
0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
break;
}
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
}
return i;
}
+/*
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
+** does not exist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+ int i; /* Database number */
+ char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */
+ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+ i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ return i;
+}
+
/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
**
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
- assert( !db->init.busy );
+ if( db->init.busy ) {
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ return -1;
+ }
*pUnqual = pName2;
iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
if( iDb<0 ){
return;
}
#endif
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+ z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
if( z==0 ) return;
for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
}
if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
Column *aNew;
- aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(pParse->db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+ aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
if( aNew==0 ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
return;
int i;
if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
i = p->nCol-1;
- if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError;
+ if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = (u8)onError;
}
/*
char *zType = 0;
int iCol = -1, i;
if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
- if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){
+ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
goto primary_key_exit;
}
- pTab->hasPrimKey = 1;
+ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
if( pList==0 ){
iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
&& sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
pTab->iPKey = iCol;
- pTab->keyConf = onError;
- pTab->autoInc = autoInc;
+ pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
+ assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
+ pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
}else if( autoInc ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
int i, j, needQuote;
i = *pIdx;
for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
- if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
+ if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
}
- needQuote = zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0])
+ needQuote = zIdent[j]!=0 || sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0])
|| sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
*/
-static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p, int isTemp){
+static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
int i, k, n;
char *zStmt;
char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z;
n += identLength(pCol->zName);
z = pCol->zType;
if( z ){
- n += (strlen(z) + 1);
+ n += (sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1);
}
}
n += identLength(p->zName);
db->mallocFailed = 1;
return 0;
}
- sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt,
- !OMIT_TEMPDB&&isTemp ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE ":"CREATE TABLE ");
- k = strlen(zStmt);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
+ k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
zStmt[k++] = '(';
for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
- k += strlen(&zStmt[k]);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
zSep = zSep2;
identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){
zStmt[k++] = ' ';
- assert( strlen(z)+k+1<=n );
+ assert( (int)(sqlite3Strlen30(z)+k+1)<=n );
sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", z);
- k += strlen(z);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(z);
}
}
sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
sNC.pParse = pParse;
sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
sNC.isCheck = 1;
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){
return;
}
}
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
pParse->nTab = 2;
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
- pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect);
+ pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
assert( p->aCol==0 );
p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
/* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
if( pSelect ){
- zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p, p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+ zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
}else{
- n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + 1;
+ n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1;
zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
);
/* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
*/
- if( p->autoInc ){
+ if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
Table *pOld;
FKey *pFKey;
Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1,p);
+ pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
+ sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName)+1,p);
if( pOld ){
assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
db->mallocFailed = 1;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
void *data;
- int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
+ int nTo = sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
data = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
if( data==(void *)pFKey ){
if( pCons->z==0 ){
pCons = pEnd;
}
- nName = (const char *)pCons->z - zName;
+ nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
}
#endif
sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
}
sEnd.n = 0;
- n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z;
+ n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z;
- while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
+ while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
sEnd.n = 1;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
xAuth = db->xAuth;
db->xAuth = 0;
- pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
+ pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
db->xAuth = xAuth;
#else
- pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
+ pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
#endif
pParse->nTab = n;
if( pSelTab ){
}
}
#endif
- if( pTab->readOnly || pTab==db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab ){
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
goto exit_drop_table;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
}
** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
*/
- if( pTab->autoInc ){
+ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
pDb->zName, pTab->zName
ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */
int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
FKey *pFKey = 0;
Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
int i;
int nCol;
char *z;
- sqlite3 *db;
assert( pTo!=0 );
- db = pParse->db;
if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
if( pFromCol==0 ){
int iCol = p->nCol-1;
nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
if( pToCol ){
for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
- nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
+ nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
}
}
pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
}
if( pToCol ){
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- int n = strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName);
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName);
pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
z[n] = 0;
}
}
pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
- pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff;
- pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff;
- pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff;
+ pFKey->deleteConf = (u8)(flags & 0xff);
+ pFKey->updateConf = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);
+ pFKey->insertConf = (u8)((flags >> 16 ) & 0xff);
/* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
*/
Table *pTab;
FKey *pFKey;
if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
- pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred;
+ assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 );
+ pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
#endif
}
}
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName,
pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+ if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index;
assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
}else{
assert( pName==0 );
pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
- if( pTab->readOnly ){
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0
+ && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
goto exit_create_index;
}
*/
if( pList==0 ){
nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
- nullId.n = strlen((char*)nullId.z);
+ nullId.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)nullId.z);
pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, &nullId);
if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
- pList->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder;
+ pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder;
}
/* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
** specified collation sequence names.
*/
for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
- if( pExpr ){
- nExtra += (1 + strlen(pExpr->pColl->zName));
+ Expr *pExpr;
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ if( (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)!=0 && (pColl = pExpr->pColl)!=0 ){
+ nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName));
}
}
/*
** Allocate the index structure.
*/
- nName = strlen(zName);
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
nCol = pList->nExpr;
pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */
memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
pIndex->pTable = pTab;
pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
- pIndex->onError = onError;
- pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0;
+ pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
+ pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0);
pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
/* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
*/
pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
- if( pListItem->pExpr ){
+ if( pListItem->pExpr && pListItem->pExpr->pColl ){
assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl );
zColl = zExtra;
sqlite3_snprintf(nExtra, zExtra, "%s", pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName);
- zExtra += (strlen(zColl) + 1);
+ zExtra += (sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1);
}else{
zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
if( !zColl ){
}
pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
- pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = requestedSortOrder;
+ pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
}
sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
if( db->init.busy ){
Index *p;
p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
- pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex);
+ pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName)+1,
+ pIndex);
if( p ){
assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */
db->mallocFailed = 1;
*pIdx = -1;
return pArray;
}
- *pnAlloc = newSize;
+ *pnAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry;
pArray = pNew;
}
z = (char*)pArray;
}
/*
+** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
+** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based.
+** New slots are zeroed.
+**
+** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
+** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
+**
+** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
+**
+** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil.
+** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
+** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots,
+** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would
+** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The
+** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
+ int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
+ int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
+){
+ int i;
+
+ /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
+ assert( iStart>=0 );
+ assert( nExtra>=1 );
+ if( pSrc==0 || iStart>pSrc->nSrc ){
+ assert( db->mallocFailed );
+ return pSrc;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate additional space if needed */
+ if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
+ SrcList *pNew;
+ int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra;
+ int nGot;
+ pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
+ sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ assert( db->mallocFailed );
+ return pSrc;
+ }
+ pSrc = pNew;
+ nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
+ pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot;
+ }
+
+ /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
+ ** out of the way */
+ for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
+ pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
+ }
+ pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra;
+
+ /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
+ memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
+ for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){
+ pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1;
+ }
+
+ /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
+ return pSrc;
+}
+
+
+/*
** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if
** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL.
**
-** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned
+** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
+** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
+** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
**
** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase
if( pList==0 ) return 0;
pList->nAlloc = 1;
}
- if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){
- SrcList *pNew;
- pList->nAlloc *= 2;
- pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList,
- sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
- return 0;
- }
- pList = pNew;
+ pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
+ return 0;
}
- pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc];
- memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+ pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
pDatabase = 0;
}
}
pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
- pItem->iCursor = -1;
- pItem->isPopulated = 0;
- pList->nSrc++;
return pList;
}
/*
-** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList
+** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
int i;
sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex);
sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
}
/*
+** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added
+** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
+ if( pIndexedBy && p && p->nSrc>0 ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+ assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 );
+ if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
+ /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y
+ ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
+ pItem->notIndexed = 1;
+ }else{
+ pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator
** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine
}
/*
+** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
+** release or rollback an SQL savepoint.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
+ char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+ if( zName ){
+ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ static const char *az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
+ assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
+#endif
+ if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
+ return;
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return
** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
*/
** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints
** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
-**
-** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call.
-** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable. If
-** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable. If iDb>1 then the
-** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( setStatement && pParse->nested==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Statement, iDb);
}
- if( (OMIT_TEMPDB || iDb!=1) && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1);
- }
}
/*
pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1);
pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
}
- pKey->nField = nCol;
+ pKey->nField = (u16)nCol;
}
if( pParse->nErr ){
** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
**
-** $Id: callback.c,v 1.26 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: callback.c,v 1.35 2009/01/31 22:28:49 drh Exp $
*/
static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
CollSeq *pColl2;
char *z = pColl->zName;
- int n = strlen(z);
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
int i;
static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
for(i=0; i<3; i++){
return pColl;
}
+/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
+** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
+** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
+** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
+** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
+**
+** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation.
+** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
+** encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
+** requested, or vice versa.
+** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
+** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
+** 6: An exact match.
+**
+*/
+static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){
+ int match = 0;
+ if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg
+ || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0))
+ ){
+ match = 1;
+ if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+ match = 4;
+ }
+ if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
+ match += 2;
+ }
+ else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
+ (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
+ match += 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return match;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return
+** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
+*/
+static FuncDef *functionSearch(
+ FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */
+ int h, /* Hash of the name */
+ const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */
+ int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
+){
+ FuncDef *p;
+ for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
+ FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */
+ FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */
+){
+ FuncDef *pOther;
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
+ u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
+ int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
+ pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
+ if( pOther ){
+ pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+ pOther->pNext = pDef;
+ }else{
+ pDef->pNext = 0;
+ pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
+ pHash->a[h] = pDef;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
/*
** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a
int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
){
FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */
- FuncDef *pFirst; /* First function with this name */
FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
- int bestmatch = 0;
+ int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */
+ int h; /* Hash value */
assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
+ h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
- pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
- for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
- /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
- ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
- ** pointed to by pBest:
- **
- ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
- ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
- ** encoding is requested, or vice versa.
- ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
- ** requested, or vice versa.
- ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
- ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
- ** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
- ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
- ** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
- ** 6: An exact match.
- **
- ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
- */
- if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
- int match = 1; /* Quality of this match */
- if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
- match = 4;
- }
- if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
- match += 2;
- }
- else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
- (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
- match += 1;
- }
+ /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
+ */
+ p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
+ while( p ){
+ int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+ if( score>bestScore ){
+ pBest = p;
+ bestScore = score;
+ }
+ p = p->pNext;
+ }
- if( match>bestmatch ){
+ /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
+ **
+ ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
+ ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned will
+ ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
+ ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
+ ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
+ */
+ if( !createFlag && !pBest ){
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
+ while( p ){
+ int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+ if( score>bestScore ){
pBest = p;
- bestmatch = match;
+ bestScore = score;
}
+ p = p->pNext;
}
}
- /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
+ /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
** new entry to the hash table and return it.
*/
- if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 &&
- (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName))!=0 ){
- pBest->nArg = nArg;
- pBest->pNext = pFirst;
+ if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) &&
+ (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
+ pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
+ pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
- if( pBest==sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pBest);
- return 0;
- }
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
}
if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
- sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, 0);
sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey);
sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
}
sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
- sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, 0);
for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
if( !p ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, 0);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, 0);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, 0);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, 1);
p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
}
return p;
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
**
-** $Id: delete.c,v 1.171 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: delete.c,v 1.191 2008/12/23 23:56:22 drh Exp $
*/
/*
** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
- Table *pTab = 0;
- int i;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
- pItem->pTab = pTab;
- if( pTab ){
- pTab->nRef++;
- }
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+ Table *pTab;
+ assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+ pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
+ pItem->pTab = pTab;
+ if( pTab ){
+ pTab->nRef++;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
+ pTab = 0;
}
return pTab;
}
** writable return 0;
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
- if( (pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+ if( ((pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
+ && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
&& pParse->nested==0)
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
|| (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0)
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
- sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName);
+ sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Select *pView, /* View definition */
+ Table *pView, /* View definition */
Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
){
Select *pDup;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView);
+ pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect);
if( pWhere ){
SrcList *pFrom;
+ Token viewName;
pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere);
- pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse, 0, 0, 0, 0, pDup, 0, 0);
+ viewName.z = (u8*)pView->zName;
+ viewName.n = (unsigned int)sqlite3Strlen30((const char*)viewName.z);
+ pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse, 0, 0, 0, &viewName, pDup, 0,0);
pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
}
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
+** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
+**
+** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
+** \__________________________/
+** pLimitWhere (pInClause)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */
+ Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */
+ Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */
+ char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For error messages. */
+){
+ Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */
+ Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
+ Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */
+ ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
+ SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
+ Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */
+
+ /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
+ */
+ if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
+ pParse->parseError = 1;
+ goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+ }
+
+ /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
+ ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
+ */
+ if( pLimit == 0 ) {
+ /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
+ assert( pOffset == 0 );
+ return pWhere;
+ }
+
+ /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset
+ ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example:
+ ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+ ** becomes:
+ ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN (
+ ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+ ** );
+ */
+
+ pSelectRowid = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid, 0);
+ if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+
+ /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
+ ** and the SELECT subtree. */
+ pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc);
+ if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
+ goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+ }
+
+ /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
+ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
+ if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
+
+ /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
+ pWhereRowid = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+ pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
+ if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+
+ pInClause->pSelect = pSelect;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
+ return pInClause;
+
+ /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
+limit_where_cleanup_1:
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
+ return 0;
+
+limit_where_cleanup_2:
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
/*
** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
int oldIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
int iDb; /* Database number */
- int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for change counting */
+ int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */
+ int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if any triggers exist */
#endif
- int iBeginAfterTrigger; /* Address of after trigger program */
- int iEndAfterTrigger; /* Exit of after trigger program */
- int iBeginBeforeTrigger; /* Address of before trigger program */
- int iEndBeforeTrigger; /* Exit of before trigger program */
+ int iBeginAfterTrigger = 0; /* Address of after trigger program */
+ int iEndAfterTrigger = 0; /* Exit of after trigger program */
+ int iBeginBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Address of before trigger program */
+ int iEndBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Exit of before trigger program */
u32 old_col_mask = 0; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
sContext.pParse = 0;
** deleted from is a view
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0);
+ triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pTab, TK_DELETE, 0);
isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define triggers_exist 0
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iDb<db->nDb );
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+ rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
+ assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
+ if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
+ assert(!isView || triggers_exist);
/* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
*/
/* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
** a ephemeral table.
*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( isView ){
- sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab->pSelect, pWhere, iCur);
+ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
}
+#endif
/* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
*/
memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
sNC.pParse = pParse;
sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
/* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Note, however, that
** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
*/
- if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
- /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
- ** entries in the table. */
- int addr2;
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
- addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+ if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ assert( !isView );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt);
+ if( !pParse->nested ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
}
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb);
- if( !pParse->nested ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
- }
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
- }
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+ assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
}
- }
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
/* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
** the table and pick which records to delete.
*/
- else{
+ {
int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */
+ int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
- /* Begin the database scan
+ /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
*/
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0,
+ WHERE_FILL_ROWSET, iRowSet);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
- /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_FifoWrite, iRowid);
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
}
-
- /* End the database scan loop.
- */
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
/* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
if( triggers_exist ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
}
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, iRowid, end);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid);
if( triggers_exist ){
int iData = ++pParse->nMem; /* For storing row data of OLD table */
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
delete_from_cleanup:
** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
-** $Id: func.c,v 1.196 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: func.c,v 1.222 2009/02/04 03:59:25 shane Exp $
*/
-
/*
** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
int iBest;
CollSeq *pColl;
- if( argc==0 ) return;
+ assert( argc>1 );
mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
assert( pColl );
for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
+ testcase( mask==0 );
iBest = i;
}
}
*/
static void typeofFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
const char *z = 0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_NULL: z = "null"; break;
case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break;
case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break;
case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break;
+ default: z = "null"; break;
}
sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
int len;
assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
case SQLITE_BLOB:
case SQLITE_INTEGER:
*/
static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
int len;
int p0type;
i64 p1, p2;
+ int negP2 = 0;
assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+ || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
+ ){
+ return;
+ }
p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
if( argc==3 ){
p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+ if( p2<0 ){
+ p2 = -p2;
+ negP2 = 1;
+ }
}else{
p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
}
p1 += len;
if( p1<0 ){
p2 += p1;
+ if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
p1 = 0;
}
}else if( p1>0 ){
p1--;
+ }else if( p2>0 ){
+ p2--;
+ }
+ if( negP2 ){
+ p1 -= p2;
+ if( p1<0 ){
+ p2 += p1;
+ p1 = 0;
+ }
}
+ assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
if( p1+p2>len ){
p2 = len-p1;
+ if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
}
if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
while( *z && p1 ){
for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
}
- sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}else{
- if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
}
/*
** Implementation of the round() function
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
int n = 0;
double r;
sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r);
sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
}
+#endif
/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
z = 0;
}else{
- z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+ z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
if( !z && nByte>0 ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
}
char *z1;
const char *z2;
int i, n;
- if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
/* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
if( z1 ){
memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
- z1[i] = toupper(z1[i]);
+ z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z1[i]);
}
sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
}
}
}
static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- char *z1;
+ u8 *z1;
const char *z2;
int i, n;
- if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
/* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
if( z1 ){
memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
- z1[i] = tolower(z1[i]);
+ z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z1[i]);
}
- sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
}
}
}
*/
static void randomFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
sqlite_int64 r;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
if( (r<<1)==0 ) r = 0; /* Prevent 0x8000.... as the result so that we */
/* can always do abs() of the result */
int n;
unsigned char *p;
assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
if( n<1 ){
n = 1;
*/
static void last_insert_rowid(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int arg,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
}
*/
static void changes(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int arg,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
}
*/
static void total_changes(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int arg,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
}
*/
static void nullifFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
+ int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
}
*/
static void versionFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
** single-quote escapes.
*/
static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- if( argc<1 ) return;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_NULL: {
- sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
- break;
- }
case SQLITE_INTEGER:
case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
z[j] = 0;
sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
}
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
}
}
}
const unsigned char *pBlob;
char *zHex, *z;
assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
){
i64 n;
assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
if( n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
}else{
- sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, n);
+ sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n);
}
}
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
assert( argc==3 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
if( zStr==0 ) return;
nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- if( zPattern==0 || zPattern[0]==0 ) return;
+ if( zPattern==0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+ || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
+ return;
+ }
+ if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
+ sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+ return;
+ }
nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */
zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */
int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */
int i; /* Loop counter */
- unsigned char *aLen; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
- unsigned char **azChar; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
+ unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
+ unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
if( argc==1 ){
static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
- static const unsigned char *azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
+ static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
nChar = 1;
aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
- aLen[nChar] = z - azChar[nChar];
+ aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
}
}
}
flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
if( flags & 1 ){
while( nIn>0 ){
- int len;
+ int len = 0;
for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
len = aLen[i];
if( memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
}
if( flags & 2 ){
while( nIn>0 ){
- int len;
+ int len = 0;
for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
len = aLen[i];
if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
+
#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
/*
** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
assert( argc==1 );
zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
- for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+ for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
if( zIn[i] ){
u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
- zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]);
+ zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
if( code>0 ){
SumCtx *p;
int type;
assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
p->rSum += v;
if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){
i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v;
- int s1 = p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
- int s2 = v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
- int s3 = iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
- p->overflow = (s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3);
+ int s1 = (int)(p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
+ int s2 = (int)(v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
+ int s3 = (int)(iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
+ p->overflow = ((s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3))?1:0;
p->iSum = iNewSum;
}
}else{
static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
SumCtx *p;
p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : 0.0);
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
}
/*
/*
** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
*/
-static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+static void minmaxStep(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0];
Mem *pBest;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
const char *zVal;
StrAccum *pAccum;
const char *zSep;
- int nVal, nSep, i;
- if( argc==0 || sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+ int nVal, nSep;
+ assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
if( pAccum ){
pAccum->useMalloc = 1;
pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
if( pAccum->nChar ){
- if( argc>1 ){
- zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
- nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+ if( argc==2 ){
+ zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
}else{
zSep = ",";
nSep = 1;
}
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
}
- i = 0;
- do{
- zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
- nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[i]);
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
- i++;
- }while( i<argc-1 );
+ zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
}
}
static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
** external linkage.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
- static const struct {
- char *zName;
- signed char nArg;
- u8 argType; /* 1: 0, 2: 1, 3: 2,... N: N-1. */
- u8 eTextRep; /* 1: UTF-16. 0: UTF-8 */
- u8 needCollSeq;
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
- } aFuncs[] = {
- { "min", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc },
- { "min", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 },
- { "max", -1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc },
- { "max", 0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 },
- { "typeof", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, typeofFunc },
- { "length", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lengthFunc },
- { "substr", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, substrFunc },
- { "substr", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, substrFunc },
- { "abs", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, absFunc },
- { "round", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc },
- { "round", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc },
- { "upper", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, upperFunc },
- { "lower", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lowerFunc },
- { "coalesce", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, ifnullFunc },
- { "coalesce", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 },
- { "coalesce", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 },
- { "hex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, hexFunc },
- { "ifnull", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, ifnullFunc },
- { "random", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomFunc },
- { "randomblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomBlob },
- { "nullif", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, nullifFunc },
- { "sqlite_version", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, versionFunc},
- { "quote", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, quoteFunc },
- { "last_insert_rowid", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, last_insert_rowid },
- { "changes", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, changes },
- { "total_changes", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, total_changes },
- { "replace", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, replaceFunc },
- { "ltrim", 1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc },
- { "ltrim", 2, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc },
- { "rtrim", 1, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc },
- { "rtrim", 2, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc },
- { "trim", 1, 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc },
- { "trim", 2, 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc },
- { "zeroblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, zeroblobFunc },
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
- { "soundex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, soundexFunc},
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
- { "load_extension", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt },
- { "load_extension", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt },
-#endif
- };
- static const struct {
- char *zName;
- signed char nArg;
- u8 argType;
- u8 needCollSeq;
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
- void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);
- } aAggs[] = {
- { "min", 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize },
- { "max", 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize },
- { "sum", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize },
- { "total", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize },
- { "avg", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize },
- { "count", 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize },
- { "count", 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize },
- { "group_concat", -1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize },
- };
- int i;
-
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
- void *pArg;
- u8 argType = aFuncs[i].argType;
- pArg = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(argType);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
- aFuncs[i].eTextRep, pArg, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
- if( aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
- FuncDef *pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, aFuncs[i].zName,
- strlen(aFuncs[i].zName), aFuncs[i].nArg, aFuncs[i].eTextRep, 0);
- if( pFunc && aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
- pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
- }
- }
- }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
sqlite3AlterFunctions(db);
#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
- sqlite3AttachFunctions(db);
-#endif
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAggs)/sizeof(aAggs[0]); i++){
- void *pArg = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(aAggs[i].argType);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aAggs[i].zName, aAggs[i].nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
- pArg, 0, aAggs[i].xStep, aAggs[i].xFinalize);
- if( aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
- FuncDef *pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction( db, aAggs[i].zName,
- strlen(aAggs[i].zName), aAggs[i].nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- if( pFunc && aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
- pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
- }
- }
- }
- sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db);
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
(void)sqlite3SseFunctions(db);
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
- sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 1);
-#else
- sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 0);
-#endif
}
/*
** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
*/
-static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int flagVal){
+static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
FuncDef *pDef;
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, strlen(zName), 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
+ 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
if( pDef ){
pDef->flags = flagVal;
}
return 1;
}
+/*
+** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
+** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as
+** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
+**
+** After this routine runs
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
+ /*
+ ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
+ ** defined in this file.
+ **
+ ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
+ ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array
+ ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
+ */
+ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
+ FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ),
+ AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ),
+ FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ),
+ AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ),
+ FUNCTION(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ),
+#endif
+ FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ),
+ FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+ FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 1, ifnullFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ),
+ FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
+ FUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ),
+ FUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ),
+ FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ),
+ #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+ FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ),
+ #endif
+ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+ FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ),
+ FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ),
+ #endif
+ AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ),
+ AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+ AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+
+ LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+ #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+ LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+ LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+ #else
+ LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+ LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+ #endif
+ };
+
+ int i;
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
+
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
+}
+
/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
/*
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
**
-** $Id: insert.c,v 1.248 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: insert.c,v 1.256 2008/12/10 21:19:57 drh Exp $
*/
/*
Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */
){
int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */
- if( pTab->autoInc ){
+ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb];
int iCur = pParse->nTab;
Table *pTab, /* Table we are inserting into */
int memId /* Memory cell holding the maximum rowid */
){
- if( pTab->autoInc ){
+ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
int iCur = pParse->nTab;
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb];
int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
/* Register allocations */
- int regFromSelect; /* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
+ int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */
int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */
int regRecord; /* Holds the assemblied row record */
- int regEof; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */
+ int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */
int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */
#endif
db = pParse->db;
+ memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
goto insert_cleanup;
}
** inserted into is a view
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0);
+ triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pTab, TK_INSERT, 0);
isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define triggers_exist 0
VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine"));
/* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest, 0, 0, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
if( rc || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
goto insert_cleanup;
}
** goto L
** M: ...
*/
- int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */
- int regRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
- int addrTop; /* Label "L" */
- int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */
+ int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */
+ int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
+ int addrTop; /* Label "L" */
+ int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */
srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);
addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
}
}else{
/* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
assert( useTempTable==0 );
nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
goto insert_cleanup;
}
}
/* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
if( !isView ){
int nIdx;
- int i;
baseCur = pParse->nTab;
nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite);
*/
endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
if( triggers_exist & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
- int regRowid;
+ int regTrigRowid;
int regCols;
int regRec;
** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
*/
- regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ regTrigRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
if( keyColumn<0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regTrigRowid);
}else if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regTrigRowid);
}else{
int j1;
assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regRowid);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regTrigRowid);
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regTrigRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regTrigRowid);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTrigRowid);
}
/* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
if( !isView ){
sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regTrigRowid);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTrigRowid);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
/* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
regIns,
aRegIdx,
0,
- 0,
(triggers_exist & TRIGGER_AFTER)!=0 ? newIdx : -1,
appendFlag
);
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
insert_cleanup:
Vdbe *v;
int nCol;
int onError;
- int j1, j2, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */
+ int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */
+ int j2 = 0, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */
int regData; /* Register containing first data column */
int iCur;
Index *pIdx;
case OE_Fail: {
int j, n1, n2;
char zErrMsg[200];
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg), zErrMsg,
+ sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg), zErrMsg,
pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
- n1 = strlen(zErrMsg);
- for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && n1<sizeof(zErrMsg)-30; j++){
+ n1 = sqlite3Strlen30(zErrMsg);
+ for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && n1<ArraySize(zErrMsg)-30; j++){
char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
- n2 = strlen(zCol);
+ n2 = sqlite3Strlen30(zCol);
if( j>0 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
+ sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
n1 += 2;
}
- if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "...");
+ if( n1+n2>ArraySize(zErrMsg)-30 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "...");
n1 += 3;
break;
}else{
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol);
n1 += n2;
}
}
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1],
+ sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1],
pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, zErrMsg,0);
break;
int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
int regRowid, /* Range of content */
int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */
- int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */
int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
int newIdx, /* Index of NEW table for triggers. -1 if none */
int appendBias /* True if this is likely to be an append */
Vdbe *v;
int nIdx;
Index *pIdx;
- int pik_flags;
+ u8 pik_flags;
int regData;
int regRec;
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */
- int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
+ int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
int i;
return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pDest->isVirtual ){
+ if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
}
#endif
if( pSelect->pPrior ){
return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
}
- if( pSelect->isDistinct ){
+ if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
}
pEList = pSelect->pEList;
return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pSrc->isVirtual ){
+ if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
}
#endif
addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
}else{
addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
- assert( pDest->autoInc==0 );
+ assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
**
-** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.29 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
+** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.31 2009/01/20 16:53:40 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
nRetry = 0;
zSql = zLeftover;
- while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
}
break;
}
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
- int nErrMsg = 1 + strlen(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
*pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
if( *pzErrMsg ){
memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
** the SQLite library.
**
-** $Id: loadext.c,v 1.53 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
+** $Id: loadext.c,v 1.58 2009/01/20 16:53:40 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of
** sqlite3.h.
**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.24 2008/06/30 15:09:29 danielk1977 Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.25 2008/10/12 00:27:54 shane Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
+#endif
#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob
#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double
#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int
#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg
#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16
#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired
+#endif
#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize
#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free
#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table
#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover
+#endif
#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx
#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion
#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes
#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
+#endif
#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook
#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data
#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob
*/
static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
sqlite3_aggregate_context,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
sqlite3_aggregate_count,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
sqlite3_bind_blob,
sqlite3_bind_double,
sqlite3_bind_int,
sqlite3_errmsg,
sqlite3_errmsg16,
sqlite3_exec,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
sqlite3_expired,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
sqlite3_finalize,
sqlite3_free,
sqlite3_free_table,
sqlite3_snprintf,
sqlite3_step,
sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
sqlite3_total_changes,
sqlite3_trace,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
sqlite3_update_hook,
sqlite3_user_data,
sqlite3_value_blob,
sqlite3_file_control,
sqlite3_memory_highwater,
sqlite3_memory_used,
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
0,
0,
0,
** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
*/
-static struct {
- int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
- void **aExt; /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
-} autoext = { 0, 0 };
+typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
+ int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
+ void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
+} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
+** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdAutoextInit \
+ sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
+# define wsdAutoext x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdAutoextInit
+# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
+#endif
/*
** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
** loaded by every new database connection.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xInit){
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
rc = sqlite3_initialize();
#endif
{
int i;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
+ wsdAutoextInit;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- for(i=0; i<autoext.nExt; i++){
- if( autoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
+ for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
+ if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
}
- if( i==autoext.nExt ){
- int nByte = (autoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(autoext.aExt[0]);
- void **aNew;
- aNew = sqlite3_realloc(autoext.aExt, nByte);
+ if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+ int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
+ void (**aNew)(void);
+ aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
if( aNew==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- autoext.aExt = aNew;
- autoext.aExt[autoext.nExt] = xInit;
- autoext.nExt++;
+ wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
+ wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
+ wsdAutoext.nExt++;
}
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
#endif
{
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
+ wsdAutoextInit;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- sqlite3_free(autoext.aExt);
- autoext.aExt = 0;
- autoext.nExt = 0;
+ sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
+ wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
+ wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
}
}
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
- if( autoext.nExt==0 ){
+ wsdAutoextInit;
+ if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
/* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
return SQLITE_OK;
}
for(i=0; go; i++){
char *zErrmsg = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- if( i>=autoext.nExt ){
+ if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
xInit = 0;
go = 0;
}else{
xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
- autoext.aExt[i];
+ wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
**
-** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.183 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.202 2009/01/20 16:53:41 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean
** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
*/
-static int getSafetyLevel(const char *z){
+static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){
/* 123456789 123456789 */
static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
int i, n;
- if( isdigit(*z) ){
- return atoi(z);
+ if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+ return (u8)atoi(z);
}
- n = strlen(z);
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(iLength); i++){
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength); i++){
if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
return iValue[i];
}
/*
** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
*/
-static int getBoolean(const char *z){
+static u8 getBoolean(const char *z){
return getSafetyLevel(z)&1;
}
if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
i = atoi(z);
- return ((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
+ return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
}
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- db->temp_store = ts;
+ db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, value, mem);
if( pParse->explain==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
}
};
int i;
const struct sPragmaType *p;
- for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<sizeof(aPragma)/sizeof(aPragma[0]); i++, p++){
+ for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<ArraySize(aPragma); i++, p++){
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, p->zName)==0 ){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Vdbe *v;
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
+ assert( v!=0 ); /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */
+ if( ALWAYS(v) ){
if( zRight==0 ){
returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 );
}else{
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
/*
+** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
+*/
+static const char *actionName(u8 action){
+ const char *zName;
+ switch( action ){
+ case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break;
+ case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break;
+ case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break;
+ default: zName = "RESTRICT";
+ assert( action==OE_Restrict ); break;
+ }
+ return zName;
+}
+
+/*
** Process a pragma statement.
**
** Pragmas are of this form:
zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
}
- zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0);
+ assert( pId2 );
+ zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0;
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
goto pragma_out;
}
sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
if( !zRight ){
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC);
pParse->nMem += 2;
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
*/
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+ assert( pBt!=0 );
if( !zRight ){
- int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+ int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
}else{
/* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){
Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
int newMax = 0;
+ assert( pBt!=0 );
if( zRight ){
newMax = atoi(zRight);
}
- if( pBt ){
+ if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){
newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
}
returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax);
** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
*/
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 ){
- Vdbe *v;
int iReg;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( !v || sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "page_count", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "page_count", SQLITE_STATIC);
}else
/*
pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
}
- db->dfltLockMode = eMode;
+ db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
}
pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
zRet = "exclusive";
}
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
}else
/*
** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
- ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = (delete|persist|off)
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory)
*/
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){
int eMode;
- static const char *azModeName[] = {"delete", "persist", "off"};
+ static char * const azModeName[] = {
+ "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
+ };
if( zRight==0 ){
eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
}else{
- int n = strlen(zRight);
- eMode = 2;
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
+ eMode = sizeof(azModeName)/sizeof(azModeName[0]) - 1;
while( eMode>=0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, azModeName[eMode], n)!=0 ){
eMode--;
}
sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
}
}
- db->dfltJournalMode = eMode;
+ db->dfltJournalMode = (u8)eMode;
}
pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
eMode = sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
}
assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0,
azModeName[eMode], P4_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
**
- ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+ ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
*/
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){
Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
**
- ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+ ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+ ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){
Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+ assert( pBt!=0 );
if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
goto pragma_out;
}
if( !zRight ){
- int auto_vacuum =
- pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
+ int auto_vacuum;
+ if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){
+ auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt);
+ }else{
+ auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
+ }
returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum);
}else{
int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
- db->nextAutovac = eAuto;
- if( eAuto>=0 ){
+ assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
+ db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
+ if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){
/* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME,
- "temp_store_directory", P4_STATIC);
+ "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
}
}else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
if( zRight[0] ){
+ int rc;
int res;
- sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
- if( res==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
goto pragma_out;
}
}else{
sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
}
}else
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+# if defined(__APPLE__)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+# else
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
+ **
+ ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing
+ ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
+ **
+ */
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){
+ if( !zRight ){
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+ char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
+ sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+ sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ &proxy_file_path);
+
+ if( proxy_file_path ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME,
+ "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+ }
+ }else{
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+ sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+ int res;
+ if( zRight[0] ){
+ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ zRight);
+ } else {
+ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
+ goto pragma_out;
+ }
+ }
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
/*
** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
Column *pCol;
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
pParse->nMem = 6;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
const Token *pDflt;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->notNull, 4);
- if( pCol->pDflt && (pDflt = &pCol->pDflt->span)->z ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4);
+ if( pCol->pDflt ){
+ pDflt = &pCol->pDflt->span;
+ assert( pDflt->z );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pDflt->z, pDflt->n);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
pTab = pIdx->pTable;
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
pParse->nMem = 3;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
int i = 0;
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
pParse->nMem = 3;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
while(pIdx){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
pParse->nMem = 3;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC);
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
HashElem *p;
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
pParse->nMem = 2;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
pFK = pTab->pFKey;
if( pFK ){
int i = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
- pParse->nMem = 5;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8);
+ pParse->nMem = 8;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC);
while(pFK){
int j;
for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
+ char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->updateConf);
+ char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->deleteConf);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
}
++i;
pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
pParse->nMem = 6;
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC);
/* Set the maximum error count */
mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
/* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, i);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
char *zName;
u8 enc;
} encnames[] = {
- { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 },
{ "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 },
- { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE },
+ { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */
+ { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */
+ { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */
{ "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE },
- { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE },
{ "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE },
{ "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
{ "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
- for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
- if( pEnc->enc==ENC(pParse->db) ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P4_STATIC);
- break;
- }
- }
+ assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+ assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+ assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
}else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
/* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
|| sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0
|| sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0
){
-
int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
switch( zLeft[0] ){
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, iCookie);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
}else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
"unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
};
int i;
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
pParse->nMem = 2;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC);
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *pBt;
Pager *pPager;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
}
+
}else
#endif
#endif
#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 ){
- sqlite3_key(db, zRight, strlen(zRight));
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){
+ sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+ }else
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){
+ sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+ }else
+ if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 ||
+ sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){
+ int i, h1, h2;
+ char zKey[40];
+ for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){
+ h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6));
+ h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6));
+ zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4);
+ }
+ if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
+ sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2);
+ }
}else
#endif
#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
}
#endif
- }
+ }else
#endif
- {}
+
+ {/* Empty ELSE clause */}
- if( v ){
- /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause
- ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas
- ** are only valid for a single execution.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);
+ /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause
+ ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas
+ ** are only valid for a single execution.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);
- /*
- ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
- ** setting changed.
- */
+ /*
+ ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
+ ** setting changed.
+ */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
- if( db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
- (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0);
- }
-#endif
+ if( db->autoCommit ){
+ sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
+ (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0);
}
+#endif
pragma_out:
sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
** from disk.
**
-** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.91 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
+** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.105 2009/01/20 16:53:41 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
const char *zExtra /* Error information */
){
- if( !pData->db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, pData->db,
"malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
**
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
int iDb = pData->iDb;
+ assert( argc==3 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- pData->rc = SQLITE_OK;
DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
if( db->mallocFailed ){
corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- assert( argc==3 );
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
if( argv[1]==0 ){
corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
- return 1;
- }
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+ }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
/* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data
corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], zErr);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- return 1;
}
}else if( argv[0]==0 ){
corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
azArg[3] = 0;
initData.db = db;
initData.iDb = iDb;
+ initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
+ sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
(void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- if( rc ){
+ if( initData.rc ){
rc = initData.rc;
goto error_out;
}
pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
if( pTab ){
- pTab->readOnly = 1;
+ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
}
/* Create a cursor to hold the database open
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int i;
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(meta)/sizeof(meta[0]); i++){
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
if( rc ){
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants
*/
- pDb->pSchema->file_format = meta[1];
+ pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[1];
if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
}
db->xAuth = xAuth;
}
#endif
- if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
(void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
** function should never be used.
**
** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
- ** -1000000 as incorrectly using -1000000 index into db->aDb[] is much
+ ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much
** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
*/
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( pSchema ){
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
break;
}
}
- assert( i>=0 &&i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
+ assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
}
return i;
}
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt ){
- int rc;
rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
if( rc ){
const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
if( sParse.explain==2 ){
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", SQLITE_STATIC);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 8);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "p4", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "p5", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "comment",P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "p4", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "p5", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "comment", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
}
#endif
}
if( saveSqlFlag ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, sParse.zTail - zSql);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, (int)(sParse.zTail - zSql));
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
assert( pNew!=0 );
}
sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
- sqlite3_transfer_bindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+ sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
return 1;
** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
*/
- int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8);
+ int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
*pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8);
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
**
-** $Id: select.c,v 1.463 2008/08/04 03:51:24 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: select.c,v 1.499 2009/02/09 13:19:28 drh Exp $
*/
** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
- pDest->eDest = eDest;
+ pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
pDest->iParm = iParm;
pDest->affinity = 0;
pDest->iMem = 0;
Select standin;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
- assert( !pOffset || pLimit ); /* Can't have OFFSET without LIMIT. */
+ assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */
if( pNew==0 ){
pNew = &standin;
memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
- pNew->isDistinct = isDistinct;
+ pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0;
pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
- assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
- if( pNew==&standin) {
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) {
clearSelect(db, pNew);
+ if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
pNew = 0;
}
return pNew;
apAll[2] = pC;
for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
p = apAll[i];
- for(j=0; j<sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]); j++){
+ for(j=0; j<ArraySize(keywords); j++){
if( p->n==keywords[j].nChar
&& sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){
jointype |= keywords[j].code;
break;
}
}
- if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){
+ if( j>=ArraySize(keywords) ){
jointype |= JT_ERROR;
break;
}
*/
static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){
p->z = (u8*)z;
- p->n = z ? strlen(z) : 0;
+ p->n = z ? sqlite3Strlen30(z) : 0;
p->dyn = 0;
}
*/
static void setQuotedToken(Parse *pParse, Token *p, const char *z){
- /* Check if the string contains any " characters. If it does, then
- ** this function will malloc space to create a quoted version of
- ** the string in. Otherwise, save a call to sqlite3MPrintf() by
- ** just copying the pointer to the string.
+ /* Check if the string appears to be quoted using "..." or `...`
+ ** or [...] or '...' or if the string contains any " characters.
+ ** If it does, then record a version of the string with the special
+ ** characters escaped.
*/
const char *z2 = z;
- while( *z2 ){
- if( *z2=='"' ) break;
- z2++;
+ if( *z2!='[' && *z2!='`' && *z2!='\'' ){
+ while( *z2 ){
+ if( *z2=='"' ) break;
+ z2++;
+ }
}
if( *z2 ){
/* String contains " characters - copy and quote the string. */
p->z = (u8 *)sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "\"%w\"", z);
if( p->z ){
- p->n = strlen((char *)p->z);
+ p->n = sqlite3Strlen30((char *)p->z);
p->dyn = 1;
}
}else{
/* String contains no " characters - copy the pointer. */
p->z = (u8*)z;
- p->n = (z2 - z);
+ p->n = (int)(z2 - z);
p->dyn = 0;
}
}
Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
int isOuter;
- if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue;
+ if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
/* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
int iParm = pDest->iParm; /* First argument to disposal method */
int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */
- if( v==0 ) return;
+ assert( v );
+ if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
assert( pEList!=0 );
hasDistinct = distinct>=0;
if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
pDest->nMem = nResultCol;
pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
- }else if( pDest->nMem!=nResultCol ){
- /* This happens when two SELECTs of a compound SELECT have differing
- ** numbers of result columns. The error message will be generated by
- ** a higher-level routine. */
- return;
+ }else{
+ assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol );
}
regResult = pDest->iMem;
if( nColumn>0 ){
/* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
*/
- sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, eDest==SRT_Callback);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, eDest==SRT_Output);
}
nColumn = nResultCol;
** popping the data from the stack.
*/
case SRT_Coroutine:
- case SRT_Callback: {
+ case SRT_Output: {
if( pOrderBy ){
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
if( pInfo ){
pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr];
- pInfo->nField = nExpr;
+ pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr;
pInfo->enc = ENC(db);
+ pInfo->db = db;
for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
CollSeq *pColl;
pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */
SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
){
- int brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- int cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */
+ int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */
int addr;
int iTab;
int pseudoTab = 0;
int regRowid;
iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor;
- if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+ if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, nColumn);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, eDest==SRT_Callback);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, eDest==SRT_Output);
}
- addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, brk);
- codeOffset(v, p, cont);
+ addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak);
+ codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue);
regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow);
switch( eDest ){
case SRT_Table:
case SRT_EphemTab: {
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
break;
}
#endif
- case SRT_Callback:
+ case SRT_Output:
case SRT_Coroutine: {
int i;
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+ testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, regRow, regRowid);
for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
assert( regRow!=pDest->iMem+i );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i);
}
- if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+ if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
}else{
/* The bottom of the loop
*/
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk);
- if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
+ if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0);
}
-
}
/*
** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
*/
- if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr ){
+ if( ALWAYS(iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
/* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see
** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol);
}
- }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
+ }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){
/* A real table */
assert( !pS );
if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
** virtual machine is deleted.
*/
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, P4_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, P4_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
#else
zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0);
#endif
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
}
#endif
assert( v!=0 );
- if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return;
pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
if( p==0 ) continue;
if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, strlen(zName));
- }else if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
Table *pTab;
char *zCol;
int iCol = p->iColumn;
- for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){}
+ for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){
+ if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
+ }
assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
}
if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n);
- }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME,
+ sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ }else if( fullNames ){
char *zName = 0;
- char *zTab;
-
- zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias;
- if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName;
- zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTab, zCol);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, strlen(zCol));
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME,
+ sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
}
generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
/*
-** Forward declaration
-*/
-static int prepSelectStmt(Parse*, Select*);
-
-/*
-** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
-** the result set of that SELECT.
+** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
+** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
+** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
+**
+** All column names will be unique.
+**
+** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl,
+** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs,
+** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){
- Table *pTab;
- int i, j, rc;
- ExprList *pEList;
- Column *aCol, *pCol;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int savedFlags;
-
- savedFlags = db->flags;
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
- rc = sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pSelect, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
- rc = prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pSelect, 0);
- }
- }
- db->flags = savedFlags;
- if( rc ){
- return 0;
- }
- pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
- if( pTab==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- pTab->db = db;
- pTab->nRef = 1;
- pTab->zName = zTabName ? sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zTabName) : 0;
- pEList = pSelect->pEList;
- pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr;
- assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
- pTab->aCol = aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol);
- testcase( aCol==0 );
- for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
- Expr *p;
- char *zType;
- char *zName;
- int nName;
- CollSeq *pColl;
- int cnt;
- NameContext sNC;
-
+static int selectColumnsFromExprList(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
+ int *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */
+ Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ int i, j; /* Loop counters */
+ int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */
+ Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */
+ Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */
+ char *zName; /* Column name */
+ int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */
+
+ *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+ aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
+ if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
/* Get an appropriate name for the column
*/
p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
/* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
- }else if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->pTab ){
- /* For columns use the column name name */
- int iCol = p->iColumn;
- if( iCol<0 ) iCol = p->pTab->iPKey;
- zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", p->pTab->aCol[iCol].zName);
}else{
- /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
- zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", &p->span);
+ Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */
+ Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */
+ while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ) pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
+ if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && (pTab = pColExpr->pTab)!=0 ){
+ /* For columns use the column name name */
+ int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
+ if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
+ iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
+ }else{
+ /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
+ Token *pToken = (pColExpr->span.z?&pColExpr->span:&pColExpr->token);
+ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", pToken);
+ }
}
if( db->mallocFailed ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
/* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique,
** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
*/
- nName = strlen(zName);
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
char *zNewName;
}
}
pCol->zName = zName;
-
- /* Get the typename, type affinity, and collating sequence for the
- ** column.
- */
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
- zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0));
- pCol->zType = zType;
- pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
- if( pColl ){
- pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
- }
}
- pTab->iPKey = -1;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
- return 0;
- }
- return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare a SELECT statement for processing by doing the following
-** things:
-**
-** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
-** element of the FROM clause.
-**
-** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
-** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause,
-** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
-** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT
-** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
-** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
-** of the view.
-**
-** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
-** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
-**
-** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
-** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
-** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
-** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
-**
-** Return 0 on success. If there are problems, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return non-zero.
-*/
-static int prepSelectStmt(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
- int i, j, k, rc;
- SrcList *pTabList;
- ExprList *pEList;
- struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
- if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
- return 1;
- }
- pTabList = p->pSrc;
- pEList = p->pEList;
-
- /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
- ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
- */
- sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc);
-
- /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If
- ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
- ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
- */
- for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
- Table *pTab;
- if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
- /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need
- ** to go further. */
- assert( i==0 );
- return 0;
- }
- if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
- assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 );
- if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){
- pFrom->zAlias =
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect);
- }
- assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
- pFrom->pTab = pTab =
- sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect);
- if( pTab==0 ){
- return 1;
- }
- /* The isEphem flag indicates that the Table structure has been
- ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time. In other words,
- ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines
- ** part of the schema. */
- pTab->isEphem = 1;
-#endif
- }else{
- /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
- assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
- pFrom->pTab = pTab =
- sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
- if( pTab==0 ){
- return 1;
- }
- pTab->nRef++;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
- if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- return 1;
- }
- /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a
- ** view within a view. The SELECT structure has already been
- ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here
- ** in the inner view.
- */
- if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){
- pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect);
- }
- }
-#endif
- }
- }
-
- /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
- */
- if( sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1;
-
- /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
- ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names
- ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression
- ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
- ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
- ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
- **
- ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
- ** that need expanding.
- */
- for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
- Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
- if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
- if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL
- && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break;
- }
- rc = 0;
- if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
- /*
- ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
- ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression
- ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
- */
- struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
- ExprList *pNew = 0;
- int flags = pParse->db->flags;
- int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
- && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
-
- for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
- Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
- if( pE->op!=TK_ALL &&
- (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
- /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
- */
- pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0);
- if( pNew ){
- pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
- }else{
- rc = 1;
- }
- a[k].pExpr = 0;
- a[k].zName = 0;
- }else{
- /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
- ** expanded. */
- int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
- char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */
- if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){
- zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->pLeft->token);
- }else{
- zTName = 0;
- }
- for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
- Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
- char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
- if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){
- zTabName = pTab->zName;
- }
- assert( zTabName );
- if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
- continue;
- }
- tableSeen = 1;
- for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
- Expr *pExpr, *pRight;
- char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
-
- /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
- ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
- ** result-set list.
- */
- if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
- assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
- continue;
- }
-
- if( i>0 ){
- struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
- if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
- columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
- /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
- ** table on the right */
- continue;
- }
- if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
- /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
- ** using clause from the table on the right. */
- continue;
- }
- }
- pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
- if( pRight==0 ) break;
- setQuotedToken(pParse, &pRight->token, zName);
- if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
- Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
- pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
- if( pExpr==0 ) break;
- setQuotedToken(pParse, &pLeft->token, zTabName);
-#if 1
- setToken(&pExpr->span,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
- pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
-#else
- pExpr->span = pRight->token;
- pExpr->span.dyn = 0;
-#endif
- pExpr->token.z = 0;
- pExpr->token.n = 0;
- pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
- }else{
- pExpr = pRight;
- pExpr->span = pExpr->token;
- pExpr->span.dyn = 0;
- }
- if( longNames ){
- pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span);
- }else{
- pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token);
- }
- }
- }
- if( !tableSeen ){
- if( zTName ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
- }
- rc = 1;
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zTName);
- }
+ for(j=0; j<i; j++){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
}
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
- p->pEList = pNew;
- }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
- if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-#endif
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
+ *paCol = 0;
+ *pnCol = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in
-** ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
-**
-** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
-** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That
-** casee is handled by the calling routine.
-**
-** If pE is a well-formed expression and the SELECT statement
-** is not compound, then return 0. This indicates to the
-** caller that it should sort by the value of the ORDER BY
-** expression.
-**
-** If the SELECT is compound, then attempt to match pE against
-** result set columns in the left-most SELECT statement. Return
-** the index i of the matching column, as an indication to the
-** caller that it should sort by the i-th column. If there is
-** no match, return -1 and leave an error message in pParse.
-*/
-static int matchOrderByTermToExprList(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */
- Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
- Expr *pE, /* The specific ORDER BY term */
- int idx, /* When ORDER BY term is this */
- int isCompound, /* True if this is a compound SELECT */
- u8 *pHasAgg /* True if expression contains aggregate functions */
+** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
+** a SELECT statement.
+**
+** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
+** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This
+** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
+**
+** This routine requires that all indentifiers in the SELECT
+** statement be resolved.
+*/
+static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */
+ int nCol, /* Number of columns */
+ Column *aCol, /* List of columns */
+ Select *pSelect /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */
- NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */
-
- assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
- pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-
- /* If the term is a simple identifier that try to match that identifier
- ** against a column name in the result set.
- */
- if( pE->op==TK_ID || (pE->op==TK_STRING && pE->token.z[0]!='\'') ){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- char *zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->token);
- if( zCol==0 ){
- return -1;
- }
- for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
- if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
- return i+1;
- }
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
- }
-
- /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
- */
- memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
- nc.pParse = pParse;
- nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
- nc.pEList = pEList;
- nc.allowAgg = 1;
- nc.nErr = 0;
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&nc, pE) ){
- if( isCompound ){
- sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
- return 0;
- }else{
- return -1;
- }
- }
- if( nc.hasAgg && pHasAgg ){
- *pHasAgg = 1;
- }
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ NameContext sNC;
+ Column *pCol;
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ int i;
+ Expr *p;
+ struct ExprList_item *a;
- /* For a compound SELECT, we need to try to match the ORDER BY
- ** expression against an expression in the result set
- */
- if( isCompound ){
- for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE) ){
- return i+1;
- }
+ assert( pSelect!=0 );
+ assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
+ assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+ sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+ a = pSelect->pEList->a;
+ for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
+ p = a[i].pExpr;
+ pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0));
+ pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+ if( pColl ){
+ pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
}
}
- return 0;
}
-
/*
-** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a simple SELECT statement.
-** Return the number of errors seen.
-**
-** Every term of the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause needs to be an
-** expression. If any expression is an integer constant, then
-** that expression is replaced by the corresponding
-** expression from the result set.
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
*/
-static int processOrderGroupBy(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */
- Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
- int isOrder, /* 1 for ORDER BY. 0 for GROUP BY */
- u8 *pHasAgg /* Set to TRUE if any term contains an aggregate */
-){
- int i;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+ Table *pTab;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- ExprList *pEList;
+ int savedFlags;
- if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
- if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
- const char *zType = isOrder ? "ORDER" : "GROUP";
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
- return 1;
- }
-#endif
- pEList = pSelect->pEList;
- if( pEList==0 ){
+ savedFlags = db->flags;
+ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
+ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
+ if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+ while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+ db->flags = savedFlags;
+ pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
+ if( pTab==0 ){
return 0;
}
- for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
- int iCol;
- Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
- if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
- const char *zType = isOrder ? "ORDER" : "GROUP";
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
- "between 1 and %d", i+1, zType, pEList->nExpr);
- return 1;
- }
- }else{
- iCol = matchOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pE, i+1, 0, pHasAgg);
- if( iCol<0 ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- if( iCol>0 ){
- CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
- int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
- pE = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr);
- pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = pE;
- if( pE && pColl && flags ){
- pE->pColl = pColl;
- pE->flags |= flags;
- }
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement. Return
-** the number of errors seen.
-**
-** If iTable>0 then make the N-th term of the ORDER BY clause refer to
-** the N-th column of table iTable.
-**
-** If iTable==0 then transform each term of the ORDER BY clause to refer
-** to a column of the result set by number.
-*/
-static int processCompoundOrderBy(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */
- Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
-){
- int i;
- ExprList *pOrderBy;
- ExprList *pEList;
- sqlite3 *db;
- int moreToDo = 1;
-
- pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
- if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
- db = pParse->db;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
- if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
- return 1;
- }
-#endif
- for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
- pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
- }
- while( pSelect->pPrior ){
- pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
- }
- while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
- moreToDo = 0;
- pEList = pSelect->pEList;
- if( pEList==0 ){
- return 1;
- }
- for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
- int iCol = -1;
- Expr *pE, *pDup;
- if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue;
- pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
- if( iCol<0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "%r ORDER BY term out of range - should be "
- "between 1 and %d", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
- return 1;
- }
- }else{
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- assert(pDup);
- iCol = matchOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup, i+1, 1, 0);
- }
- sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
- if( iCol<0 ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- if( iCol>0 ){
- pE->op = TK_INTEGER;
- pE->flags |= EP_IntValue;
- pE->iTable = iCol;
- pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1;
- }else{
- moreToDo = 1;
- }
- }
- pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
- }
- for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
- if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
- "column in the result set", i+1);
- return 1;
- }
+ pTab->db = db;
+ pTab->nRef = 1;
+ pTab->zName = 0;
+ selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+ selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect);
+ pTab->iPKey = -1;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
+ return 0;
}
- return 0;
+ return pTab;
}
/*
pPrior = p->pPrior;
assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior );
assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost );
+ dest = *pDest;
if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
selectOpName(p->op));
/* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
*/
- dest = *pDest;
if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
assert( p->pEList );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest, 0, 0, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
p->pLimit = 0;
p->pOffset = 0;
if( rc ){
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit);
VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
}
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest, 0, 0, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
pDelete = p->pPrior;
p->pPrior = pPrior;
if( rc ){
case TK_EXCEPT:
case TK_UNION: {
int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
- int op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+ u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
int addr;
SelectDest uniondest;
priorOp = SRT_Union;
- if( dest.eDest==priorOp && !p->pLimit && !p->pOffset ){
+ if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){
/* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
** right.
*/
+ assert( p->pRightmost!=p ); /* Can only happen for leftward elements
+ ** of a 3-way or more compound */
+ assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+ assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
unionTab = dest.iParm;
}else{
/* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
- p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1;
+ p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
assert( p->pEList );
}
*/
assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest, 0, 0, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
if( rc ){
goto multi_select_end;
}
op = SRT_Union;
}
p->pPrior = 0;
- p->disallowOrderBy = 0;
pLimit = p->pLimit;
p->pLimit = 0;
pOffset = p->pOffset;
p->pOffset = 0;
uniondest.eDest = op;
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest, 0, 0, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
/* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
if( dest.eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=dest.iParm ){
int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
assert( p->pEList );
- if( dest.eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+ if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
Select *pFirst = p;
while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
- p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1;
+ p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
assert( p->pEList );
/* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
*/
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest, 0, 0, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
if( rc ){
goto multi_select_end;
}
pOffset = p->pOffset;
p->pOffset = 0;
intersectdest.iParm = tab2;
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest, 0, 0, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
pDelete = p->pPrior;
p->pPrior = pPrior;
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
** tables.
*/
assert( p->pEList );
- if( dest.eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+ if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
Select *pFirst = p;
while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
** no temp tables are required.
*/
- if( p->usesEphm ){
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
int i; /* Loop counter */
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */
Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */
}
pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db);
- pKeyInfo->nField = nCol;
+ pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol;
for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
*apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
}
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
- /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the
- ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for
- ** popping the data from the stack.
+ /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
+ ** starting at pDest->iMem. Then the co-routine yields.
*/
case SRT_Coroutine: {
if( pDest->iMem==0 ){
break;
}
- case SRT_Callback: {
+ /* Results are stored in a sequence of registers. Then the
+ ** OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to return
+ ** the next row of result.
+ */
+ case SRT_Output: {
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem);
break;
int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
- int addrOutB; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
+ int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
int addrAltB; /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
- KeyInfo *pKeyDup; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
- u8 NotUsed; /* Dummy variables */
assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
+ assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */
db = pParse->db;
v = pParse->pVdbe;
if( v==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
assert( pOrderBy );
- if( processCompoundOrderBy(pParse, p) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
/* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
*/
if( op!=TK_ALL ){
for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
- for(j=0; j<nOrderBy; j++){
- Expr *pTerm = pOrderBy->a[j].pExpr;
- assert( pTerm->op==TK_INTEGER );
- assert( (pTerm->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 );
- if( pTerm->iTable==i ) break;
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
+ assert( pItem->iCol>0 );
+ if( pItem->iCol==i ) break;
}
if( j==nOrderBy ){
Expr *pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, 0);
pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
pNew->iTable = i;
pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew, 0);
- nOrderBy++;
+ pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i;
}
}
}
*/
aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
if( aPermute ){
- for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
- Expr *pTerm = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
- assert( pTerm->op==TK_INTEGER );
- assert( (pTerm->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 );
- aPermute[i] = pTerm->iTable-1;
- assert( aPermute[i]>=0 && aPermute[i]<p->pEList->nExpr );
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
+ assert( pItem->iCol>0 && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
+ aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1;
}
pKeyMerge =
sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
if( pKeyMerge ){
pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy];
- pKeyMerge->nField = nOrderBy;
+ pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy;
pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db);
for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
CollSeq *pColl;
regPrev = 0;
}else{
int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
- assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr );
+ assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
if( pKeyDup ){
pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr];
- pKeyDup->nField = nExpr;
+ pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr;
pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db);
for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
*/
p->pPrior = 0;
pPrior->pRightmost = 0;
- processOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, 1, &NotUsed);
+ sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
- processOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, 1, &NotUsed);
+ sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
}
/* Compute the limit registers */
*/
VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT"));
pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT"));
savedOffset = p->iOffset;
p->iLimit = regLimitB;
p->iOffset = 0;
- sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
p->iLimit = savedLimit;
p->iOffset = savedOffset;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB);
/* Set the number of output columns
*/
- if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+ if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
Select *pFirst = pPrior;
while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->span, &pNew->span);
pExpr->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pNew->pSelect);
pExpr->flags = pNew->flags;
+ pExpr->pAggInfo = pNew->pAggInfo;
+ pNew->pAggInfo = 0;
}
}else{
substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */
ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */
){
+ SrcList *pSrc;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+ int i;
if( !p ) return;
substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
+ pSrc = p->pSrc;
+ assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */
+ if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+ for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+ substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+ }
+ }
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
**
** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
**
-** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or
-** the subquery is not itself a join. (Ticket #306)
+** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
+** (Originally ticket #306. Strenghtened by ticket #3300)
**
** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
**
**
** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
**
-** (12) The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the
-** subquery has no WHERE clause. (added by ticket #350)
+** (12) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously
+** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
**
** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT
**
** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to
** columns of the sub-query.
**
+** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
+** have a WHERE clause.
+**
** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query
** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
/* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not.
*/
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
pSrc = p->pSrc;
assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
return 0; /* Restriction (15) */
}
if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */
- if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->pLimit)
+ if( ((pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSub->pLimit)
&& (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */
return 0;
}
- if( p->isDistinct && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (6) */
- if( (p->disallowOrderBy || p->pOrderBy) && pSub->pOrderBy ){
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction (6) */
+ }
+ if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
return 0; /* Restriction (11) */
}
if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */
+ if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */
- /* Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is
+ /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
+ ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is
** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this
** is not allowed:
**
** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
**
** which is not at all the same thing.
- */
- if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+ **
+ ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
+ ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
** An examples of why this is not allowed:
**
**
** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+ **
+ ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
+ ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
+ ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the
+ ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
*/
- if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){
+ if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
return 0;
}
** queries.
*/
if( pSub->pPrior ){
- if( p->pPrior || isAgg || p->isDistinct || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+ if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
return 0;
}
for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
- if( pSub1->isAgg || pSub1->isDistinct
+ if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
|| (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL)
|| !pSub1->pSrc || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1
){
if( p->pOrderBy ){
int ii;
for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
- Expr *pExpr = p->pOrderBy->a[ii].pExpr;
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=iParent ){
- return 0;
- }
+ if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0;
}
}
}
+ /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
+
+ /* Authorize the subquery */
pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
- /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then it must be
- ** a UNION ALL and the parent query must be of the form:
+ /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
+ ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must
+ ** be of the form:
**
** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause>
**
** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
- ** creates N copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or
+ ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or
** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
** select statements in the compound sub-query.
+ **
+ ** Example:
+ **
+ ** SELECT a+1 FROM (
+ ** SELECT x FROM tab
+ ** UNION ALL
+ ** SELECT y FROM tab
+ ** UNION ALL
+ ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
+ ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
+ **
+ ** Transformed into:
+ **
+ ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
+ ** UNION ALL
+ ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
+ ** UNION ALL
+ ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
+ ** ORDER BY 1
+ **
+ ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
*/
for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
Select *pNew;
ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
- Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset;
Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
p->pOrderBy = 0;
p->pSrc = 0;
p->pPrior = 0;
p->pLimit = 0;
pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p);
- pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
- p->pPrior = pNew;
+ p->pLimit = pLimit;
p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
- p->op = TK_ALL;
p->pSrc = pSrc;
- p->pLimit = pLimit;
- p->pOffset = pOffset;
+ p->op = TK_ALL;
p->pRightmost = 0;
- pNew->pRightmost = 0;
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ pNew = pPrior;
+ }else{
+ pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
+ pNew->pRightmost = 0;
+ }
+ p->pPrior = pNew;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
}
- /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the
- ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query.
+ /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause
+ ** in the outer query.
*/
pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
+
+ /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
+ ** subquery
+ */
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
+ pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
+ pSubitem->zName = 0;
+ pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
+ pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
+
+ /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
+ ** subquery until code generation is
+ ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
+ ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346.
+ */
+ if( pSubitem->pTab!=0 ){
+ Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
+ if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
+ pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pParse->pZombieTab;
+ pParse->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
+ }else{
+ pTabToDel->nRef--;
+ }
+ pSubitem->pTab = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
+ ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind
+ ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
+ ** then this loop only runs once.
+ **
+ ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+ ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember
+ ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+ ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code
+ ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+ ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+ ** elements we are now copying in.
+ */
for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
- int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
- int jointype = 0;
- pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
- pSrc = pParent->pSrc;
-
- /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
- ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember
- ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
- ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code
- ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
- ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
- ** elements we are now copying in.
- */
+ int nSubSrc;
+ u8 jointype = 0;
+ pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */
+ nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
+ pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */
+
if( pSrc ){
- pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
- nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
+ assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */
jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pSubitem->pTab);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
- pSubitem->pTab = 0;
- pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
- pSubitem->zName = 0;
- pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
- }
- if( nSubSrc!=1 || !pSrc ){
- int extra = nSubSrc - 1;
- for(i=(pSrc?1:0); i<nSubSrc; i++){
- pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, pSrc, 0, 0);
- if( pSrc==0 ){
- pParent->pSrc = 0;
- return 1;
- }
+ }else{
+ assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
+ pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pSrc==0 ){
+ assert( db->mallocFailed );
+ break;
}
- pParent->pSrc = pSrc;
- for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){
- pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra];
+ }
+
+ /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
+ ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
+ ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
+ ** of the subquery.
+ **
+ ** Example:
+ **
+ ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
+ **
+ ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the
+ ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next
+ ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle
+ ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the
+ ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
+ */
+ if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+ pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ break;
}
}
+
+ /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
+ ** outer query.
+ */
for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
/* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
** outer query is distinct.
*/
- pParent->isDistinct = pParent->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct;
+ pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
/*
** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
** 2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is
** either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference.
*/
-static int minMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){
Expr *pExpr;
ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;
}
/*
-** This routine resolves any names used in the result set of the
-** supplied SELECT statement. If the SELECT statement being resolved
-** is a sub-select, then pOuterNC is a pointer to the NameContext
-** of the parent SELECT.
+** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
+** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
+** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return
+** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate
+** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectResolve(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
- NameContext *pOuterNC /* The outer name context. May be NULL. */
-){
- ExprList *pEList; /* Result set. */
- int i; /* For-loop variable used in multiple places */
- NameContext sNC; /* Local name-context */
- ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */
-
- /* If this routine has run before, return immediately. */
- if( p->isResolved ){
- assert( !pOuterNC );
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
+ if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){
+ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+ char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex;
+ Index *pIdx;
+ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex;
+ pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex);
+ pIdx=pIdx->pNext
+ );
+ if( !pIdx ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pFrom->pIndex = pIdx;
}
- p->isResolved = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* If there have already been errors, do nothing. */
- if( pParse->nErr>0 ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+/*
+** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
+** "Expanding" means to do the following:
+**
+** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
+** element of the FROM clause.
+**
+** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
+** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause,
+** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
+** of the view.
+**
+** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
+** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+**
+*/
+static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ int i, j, k;
+ SrcList *pTabList;
+ ExprList *pEList;
+ struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- /* Prepare the select statement. This call will allocate all cursors
- ** required to handle the tables and subqueries in the FROM clause.
- */
- if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, p) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
+ if( p->pSrc==0 || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
+ return WRC_Prune;
}
+ p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
+ pTabList = p->pSrc;
+ pEList = p->pEList;
- /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
- ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
+ /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
+ ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
*/
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
- sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
- /* Set up the local name-context to pass to ExprResolveNames() to
- ** resolve the expression-list.
+ /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If
+ ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
+ ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
*/
- sNC.allowAgg = 1;
- sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
- sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
+ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+ Table *pTab;
+ if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
+ /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need
+ ** to go further. */
+ assert( i==0 );
+ return WRC_Prune;
+ }
+ if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+ /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+ assert( pSel!=0 );
+ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+ pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+ if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+ pTab->db = db;
+ pTab->nRef = 1;
+ pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab);
+ while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
+ selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+ pTab->iPKey = -1;
+ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+ pFrom->pTab = pTab =
+ sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
+ if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+ pTab->nRef++;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+ if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+ /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
+ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
- /* Resolve names in the result set. */
- pEList = p->pEList;
- if( !pEList ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pX) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a
+ ** view within a view. The SELECT structure has already been
+ ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here
+ ** in the inner view.
+ */
+ if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){
+ pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect);
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
}
- }
- /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY
- ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
- */
- assert( !p->isAgg );
- pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
- if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){
- p->isAgg = 1;
- }else{
- sNC.allowAgg = 0;
+ /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
+ if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
+ }
}
- /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
+ /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
*/
- if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
+ return WRC_Abort;
}
- /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the
- ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
- ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
- ** aliases in the result set.
+ /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+ ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+ ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression
+ ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
+ ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
+ ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
**
- ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
- ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
+ ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+ ** that need expanding.
*/
- sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ||
- sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+ Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+ if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+ if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL
+ && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break;
}
- if( p->pPrior==0 ){
- if( processOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, 1, &sNC.hasAgg) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
+ /*
+ ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+ ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression
+ ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+ */
+ struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+ ExprList *pNew = 0;
+ int flags = pParse->db->flags;
+ int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
+ && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
+
+ for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
+ Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
+ if( pE->op!=TK_ALL &&
+ (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
+ /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+ */
+ pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0);
+ if( pNew ){
+ pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+ }
+ a[k].pExpr = 0;
+ a[k].zName = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+ ** expanded. */
+ int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+ char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */
+ if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){
+ zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->pLeft->token);
+ }else{
+ zTName = 0;
+ }
+ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+ char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+ if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){
+ zTabName = pTab->zName;
+ }
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
+ if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ tableSeen = 1;
+ for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
+ Expr *pExpr, *pRight;
+ char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+
+ /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
+ ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
+ ** result-set list.
+ */
+ if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
+ assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
+ if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
+ columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
+ /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
+ ** table on the right */
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+ /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+ ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( pRight==0 ) break;
+ setQuotedToken(pParse, &pRight->token, zName);
+ if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+ Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
+ pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+ if( pExpr==0 ) break;
+ setQuotedToken(pParse, &pLeft->token, zTabName);
+ setToken(&pExpr->span,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
+ pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
+ pExpr->token.z = 0;
+ pExpr->token.n = 0;
+ pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
+ }else{
+ pExpr = pRight;
+ pExpr->span = pExpr->token;
+ pExpr->span.dyn = 0;
+ }
+ if( longNames ){
+ pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span);
+ }else{
+ pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( !tableSeen ){
+ if( zTName ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zTName);
+ }
}
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+ p->pEList = pNew;
}
- if( processOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, pGroupBy, 0, &sNC.hasAgg) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+ if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
}
+#endif
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
- if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+/*
+** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
+**
+** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
+** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably,
+** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then
+** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every
+** subquery in the parser tree.
+*/
+static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
- /* Make sure the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
- */
- if( pGroupBy ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-
- for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
- if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
- "the GROUP BY clause");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+/*
+** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
+** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
+** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
+**
+** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
+** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before
+** name resolution is performed.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
+** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
+** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+ Walker w;
+ w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
+ w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+ w.pParse = pParse;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
+** interface.
+**
+** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
+** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
+** of that subquery.
+**
+** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
+** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
+** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This
+** routine is called after identifier resolution.
+*/
+static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+ Parse *pParse;
+ int i;
+ SrcList *pTabList;
+ struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+
+ assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){
+ p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
+ pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ pTabList = p->pSrc;
+ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+ if( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
+ /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+ Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+ assert( pSel );
+ while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
+ selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel);
}
}
}
+ return WRC_Continue;
+}
+#endif
- /* If this is one SELECT of a compound, be sure to resolve names
- ** in the other SELECTs.
- */
- if( p->pPrior ){
- return sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p->pPrior, pOuterNC);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+
+/*
+** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
+** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
+** SELECT statement.
+**
+** Use this routine after name resolution.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ Walker w;
+ w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
+ w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+ w.pParse = pParse;
+ sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing. The
+** following is accomplished:
+**
+** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
+** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
+** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
+** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
+** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
+**
+** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
+ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+ NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ db = pParse->db;
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
}
/*
if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
if( pE->pList==0 || pE->pList->nExpr!=1 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT in aggregate must be followed "
- "by an expression");
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
+ "argument");
pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
}else{
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->pList);
assert( nArg==1 );
codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
}
- if( pF->pFunc->needCollSeq ){
+ if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
CollSeq *pColl = 0;
struct ExprList_item *pItem;
int j;
- assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc->needCollSeq is true */
+ assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
}
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
(void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nArg);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
if( addrNext ){
}
/*
-** Generate code for the given SELECT statement.
+** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.
**
** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest
**
** pDest->eDest Result
** ------------ -------------------------------------------
-** SRT_Callback Invoke the callback for each row of the result.
+** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
+** opcode) for each row in the result set.
**
-** SRT_Mem Store first result in memory cell pDest->iParm
+** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column.
+** Store the first column of the first result row
+** in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest
+** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
**
-** SRT_Set Store results as keys of table pDest->iParm.
-** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing them.
+** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each
+** row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm.
+** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing
+** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
**
** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm.
**
** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm.
**
-** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm
+** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm.
+** This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
+** is assumed to already be open.
**
** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store
** the result there. The cursor is left open after
-** returning.
+** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that
+** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
+** the table first.
**
-** SRT_Coroutine Invoke a co-routine to compute a single row of
-** the result
+** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
+** results each time it is invoked. The entry point
+** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm.
**
** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result
** set is not empty.
**
-** SRT_Discard Throw the results away.
-**
-** See the selectInnerLoop() function for a canonical listing of the
-** allowed values of eDest and their meanings.
+** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT
+** statements within triggers whose only purpose is
+** the side-effects of functions.
**
** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are
** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
**
** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The
** calling function needs to do that.
-**
-** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this
-** SELECT is a subquery. This routine may try to combine this SELECT
-** with its parent to form a single flat query. In so doing, it might
-** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query.
-** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it
-** can be changed.
-**
-** Example 1: The meaning of the pParent parameter.
-**
-** SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3;
-** \ \_______ subquery _______/ /
-** \ /
-** \____________________ outer query ___________________/
-**
-** This routine is called for the outer query first. For that call,
-** pParent will be NULL. During the processing of the outer query, this
-** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery. For the recursive
-** call, pParent will point to the outer query. Because the subquery is
-** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will
-** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.)
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
- SelectDest *pDest, /* What to do with the query results */
- Select *pParent, /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */
- int parentTab, /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */
- int *pParentAgg /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */
+ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */
){
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
*/
assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union ||
pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard);
- p->isDistinct = 0;
+ p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
}
- if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p, 0) ){
+ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
+ pTabList = p->pSrc;
+ pEList = p->pEList;
+ if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
goto select_end;
}
p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-
-
- /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query.
- */
- pTabList = p->pSrc;
- isAgg = p->isAgg;
- pEList = p->pEList;
+ isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end;
/*
SelectDest dest;
Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
int isAggSub;
- char *zName = pItem->zName;
if( pSub==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue;
- if( zName!=0 ){ /* An sql view */
- const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
- pParse->zAuthContext = zName;
- rc = sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pSub, 0);
- pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
- if( rc ){
- goto select_end;
- }
- }
/* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
/* Check to see if the subquery can be absorbed into the parent. */
- isAggSub = pSub->isAgg;
+ isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
if( isAggSub ){
- p->isAgg = isAgg = 1;
+ isAgg = 1;
+ p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
}
i = -1;
}else{
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest, p, i, &isAgg);
+ assert( pItem->isPopulated==0 );
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+ pItem->isPopulated = 1;
}
if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
goto select_end;
pWhere = p->pWhere;
pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
pHaving = p->pHaving;
- isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
+ isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
/* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
#endif
/* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT.
- ** GROUP BY may use an index, DISTINCT never does.
+ ** GROUP BY might use an index, DISTINCT never does.
*/
- if( p->isDistinct && !p->isAgg && !p->pGroupBy ){
+ if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct && !p->pGroupBy ){
p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList);
pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
- p->isDistinct = 0;
+ p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
isDistinct = 0;
}
/* This case is for non-aggregate queries
** Begin the database scan
*/
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0);
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0, 0);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
/* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
** processed */
int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
+ int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */
+ /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
+ ** GROUP BY clause.
+ */
+ if( pGroupBy ){
+ int k; /* Loop counter */
+ struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */
- /* The following variables hold addresses or labels for parts of the
- ** virtual machine program we are putting together */
- int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
- int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */
- int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */
- int addrInitializeLoop; /* Start of code that initializes the input loop */
- int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */
- int addrEnd; /* End of all processing */
- int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
- int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
- int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
+ for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+ pItem->iAlias = 0;
+ }
+ for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+ pItem->iAlias = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
/* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
*/
if( pGroupBy ){
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */
- int j1;
-
- /* Create labels that we will be needing
- */
- addrInitializeLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
+ int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
+ int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */
+ int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */
+ int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */
+ int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
+ int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
+ int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
/* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out
*/
iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+ regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+ addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
+ addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrInitializeLoop);
-
- /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
- ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag
- ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If
- ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
- ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
- ** order to signal the caller to abort.
- */
- addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
- VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
- regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
- addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
- VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
- finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- if( pHaving ){
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- }
- selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
- distinct, pDest,
- addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
- VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
-
- /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
- */
- addrReset = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
- resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
/* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
** in the right order to begin with.
*/
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrInitializeLoop);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0);
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0, 0);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
if( pGroupBy==0 ){
/* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
int r1 = j + regBase;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- int r2 =
-#endif
- sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse,
+ int r2;
+
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse,
pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
+ if( r1!=r2 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
+ }
j++;
-
- /* sAggInfo.aCol[] only contains one entry per column. So
- ** The reference to pCol->iColumn,pCol->iTable must have been
- ** the first reference to that column. Hence,
- ** sqliteExprCodeGetColumn is guaranteed to put the result in
- ** the column requested.
- */
- assert( r1==r2 );
}
}
regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
-
+
+ /* Jump over the subroutines
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd);
+
+ /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
+ ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag
+ ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If
+ ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
+ ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
+ ** order to signal the caller to abort.
+ */
+ addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
+ VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
+ addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
+ VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+ finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ if( pHaving ){
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ }
+ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
+ distinct, pDest,
+ addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+ VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
+
+ /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
+ resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
+
} /* endif pGroupBy */
else {
ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
*/
- flag = minMaxQuery(pParse, p);
+ flag = minMaxQuery(p);
if( flag ){
pDel = pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->pList);
if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
- pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
+ pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
}
}
** of output.
*/
resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag);
+ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag, 0);
if( pWInfo==0 ){
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
goto select_end;
generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a
- ** temporary table. So set the SrcList_item.isPopulated flag to prevent
- ** this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the use of
- ** the temporary table.
- */
- if( pParent ){
- assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab );
- assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p );
- pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].isPopulated = 1;
- }
-#endif
-
/* Jump here to skip this query
*/
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
*/
select_end:
- /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback. This
- ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination.
+ /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
*/
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Callback ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
}
** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
** if they are not used.
**
-** $Id: table.c,v 1.36 2008/07/08 22:28:49 shane Exp $
+** $Id: table.c,v 1.39 2009/01/19 20:49:10 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
if( argv[i]==0 ){
z = 0;
}else{
- int n = strlen(argv[i])+1;
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
*pazResult = 0;
if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+ if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
res.zErrMsg = 0;
res.nResult = 0;
res.nRow = 0;
*************************************************************************
**
**
-** $Id: trigger.c,v 1.128 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
+** $Id: trigger.c,v 1.133 2008/12/26 07:56:39 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
assert( pName2!=0 );
+ assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
+ assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
if( isTemp ){
/* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
if( pName2->n>0 ){
if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
- if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), zName,strlen(zName)) ){
+ if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
+ zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
if( !noErr ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
}
pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- pTrigger->op = op;
+ pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen);
pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
Table *pTab;
Trigger *pDel;
pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash,
- pTrig->name, strlen(pTrig->name), pTrig);
+ pTrig->name, sqlite3Strlen30(pTrig->name), pTrig);
if( pDel ){
assert( pDel==pTrig );
db->mallocFailed = 1;
goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
}
- n = strlen(pTrig->table) + 1;
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrig->table) + 1;
pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pTrig->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrig->table, n);
assert( pTab!=0 );
pTrig->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
zName = pName->a[0].zName;
- nName = strlen(zName);
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
** is set on.
*/
static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
- int n = strlen(pTrigger->table) + 1;
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table) + 1;
return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
}
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
Trigger *pTrigger;
- int nName = strlen(zName);
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
zName, nName, 0);
if( pTrigger ){
** TRIGGER_AFTER.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TriggersExist(
- Parse *pParse, /* Used to check for recursive triggers */
Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */
int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
ExprList *pChanges /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
sDb.z = (u8*)pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- sDb.n = strlen((char*)sDb.z);
+ sDb.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)sDb.z);
pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
} else {
pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
VdbeComment((v, "begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
while( pTriggerStep ){
+ sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, -1);
orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
SelectDest dest;
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Discard, 0);
- sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, ss, 0);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, &dest, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, &dest);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, ss);
}
break;
/* code the WHEN clause */
endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhen);
- if( db->mallocFailed || sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){
+ if( db->mallocFailed || sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){
pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, whenExpr);
return 1;
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle UPDATE statements.
**
-** $Id: update.c,v 1.181 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
+** $Id: update.c,v 1.191 2008/12/23 23:56:22 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
int isView; /* Trying to update a view */
int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if any row triggers exist */
#endif
- int iBeginAfterTrigger; /* Address of after trigger program */
- int iEndAfterTrigger; /* Exit of after trigger program */
- int iBeginBeforeTrigger; /* Address of before trigger program */
- int iEndBeforeTrigger; /* Exit of before trigger program */
+ int iBeginAfterTrigger = 0; /* Address of after trigger program */
+ int iEndAfterTrigger = 0; /* Exit of after trigger program */
+ int iBeginBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Address of before trigger program */
+ int iEndBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Exit of before trigger program */
u32 old_col_mask = 0; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
u32 new_col_mask = 0; /* Mask of NEW.* columns in use */
int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */
int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */
int regData; /* New data for the row */
+ int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
sContext.pParse = 0;
db = pParse->db;
** updated is a view
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges);
+ triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges);
isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define triggers_exist 0
*/
chngRowid = 0;
for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
/* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
** a ephemeral table.
*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( isView ){
- sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab->pSelect, pWhere, iCur);
+ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
}
+#endif
/* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
** WHERE clause.
*/
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0,
- WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED);
+ WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, 0);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;
/* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, IsVirtual(pTab)?OP_VRowid:OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
- if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoWrite, regOldRowid, 0);
+ if( !okOnePass ){
+ regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
+ }
/* End the database scan loop.
*/
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1);
}else{
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, regOldRowid, 0);
+ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid);
}
if( triggers_exist ){
*/
if( chngRowid ){
sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pRowidExpr, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
}
/* Create the new index entries and the new record.
*/
sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
- aRegIdx, chngRowid, 1, -1, 0);
+ aRegIdx, 1, -1, 0);
}
/* Increment the row counter
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack && pParse->nested==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
update_cleanup:
/* fill the ephemeral table
*/
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
/* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
**
-** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.81 2008/07/08 19:34:07 drh Exp $
+** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.86 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */
Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */
+ Pager *pMainPager; /* Pager for database being vacuumed */
Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */
int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */
int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */
int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
+ int isMemDb; /* True is vacuuming a :memory: database */
int nRes;
+ if( !db->autoCommit ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+
/* Save the current value of the write-schema flag before setting it. */
saved_flags = db->flags;
saved_nChange = db->nChange;
saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks;
- if( !db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto end_of_vacuum;
- }
pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+ pMainPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pMain);
+ isMemDb = sqlite3PagerFile(pMainPager)->pMethods==0;
/* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
#endif
if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes)
- || sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes)
+ || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes))
|| db->mallocFailed
){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
/* Copy Btree meta values */
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCopy)/sizeof(aCopy[0]); i+=2){
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pMain);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
+#endif
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
**
-** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.74 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
+** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.81 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
Module *pMod;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- nName = strlen(zName);
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
if( pMod ){
Module *pDel;
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ }else if( xDestroy ){
+ xDestroy(pAux);
}
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
assert( iDb>=0 );
- pTable->isVirtual = 1;
+ pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName));
addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
- pParse->sNameToken.n = pModuleName->z + pModuleName->n - pName1->z;
+ pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
/* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
db = pParse->db;
if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
- pMod = (Module *)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zModule, strlen(zModule));
+ pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zModule,
+ sqlite3Strlen30(zModule));
pTab->pMod = pMod;
/* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
/* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
if( pEnd ){
- pParse->sNameToken.n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + pEnd->n;
+ pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
}
zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0,
- pTab->zName, strlen(pTab->zName) + 1);
+ pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
}
/* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
Table *pOld;
Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
const char *zName = pTab->zName;
- int nName = strlen(zName) + 1;
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) + 1;
pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
if( pOld ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
pArg->n = p->n;
}else{
assert(pArg->z < p->z);
- pArg->n = (p->z + p->n - pArg->z);
+ pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
}
}
int nType;
int i = 0;
if( !zType ) continue;
- nType = strlen(zType);
+ nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6) || (zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
Module *pMod;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !pTab || !pTab->isVirtual || pTab->pVtab ){
+ if( !pTab || (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || pTab->pVtab ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
const char *zModule;
pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
- assert(pTab && pTab->isVirtual && !pTab->pVtab);
+ assert(pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVtab);
pMod = pTab->pMod;
zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
- assert(pTab->isVirtual && pTab->nCol==0 && pTab->aCol==0);
+ assert((pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && pTab->nCol==0 && pTab->aCol==0);
memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
sParse.declareVtab = 1;
SQLITE_OK == sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) &&
sParse.pNewTable &&
!sParse.pNewTable->pSelect &&
- !sParse.pNewTable->isVirtual
+ (sParse.pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
){
pTab->aCol = sParse.pNewTable->aCol;
pTab->nCol = sParse.pNewTable->nCol;
** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to
** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
- if( 0==db->aVTrans && db->nVTrans>0 ){
+ if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
return SQLITE_LOCKED;
}
if( !pVtab ){
Table *pTab;
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
sqlite3_module *pMod;
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
- void *pArg;
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
+ void *pArg = 0;
FuncDef *pNew;
int rc = 0;
char *zLowerName;
if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
pTab = pExpr->pTab;
if( pTab==0 ) return pDef;
- if( !pTab->isVirtual ) return pDef;
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
pVtab = pTab->pVtab;
assert( pVtab!=0 );
assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
/* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
** function */
- pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + strlen(pDef->zName) );
+ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
+ + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) );
if( pNew==0 ){
return pDef;
}
*pNew = *pDef;
- memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, strlen(pDef->zName)+1);
+ pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+ memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
pNew->pUserData = pArg;
pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting
** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
**
-** $Id: where.c,v 1.319 2008/08/01 17:37:41 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
+** $Id: where.c,v 1.368 2009/02/04 03:59:25 shane Exp $
*/
-#define BMS (sizeof(Bitmask)*8)
/*
** Trace output macros
/* Forward reference
*/
typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
-typedef struct ExprMaskSet ExprMaskSet;
+typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
+typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
+typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
+typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost;
/*
** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE
-** clause subexpression is separated from the others by an AND operator.
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators.
+** (Note: the same data structure is also reused to hold a group of terms
+** separated by OR operators. But at the top-level, everything is AND
+** separated.)
**
** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.
** The following identity holds:
** X <op> <expr>
**
** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
-** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.leftColumn record the
-** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.operator records
+** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
+** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records
** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The
** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
**
-** prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
-** but they do so indirectly. A single ExprMaskSet structure translates
+** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
+**
+** (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
+**
+** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR
+** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
+** is collected about the
+**
+** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
+** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
+** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
+** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
+**
+** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
+** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be
** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor
-** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The ExprMaskSet
+** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet
** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
+**
+** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
+** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
+** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
*/
typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
struct WhereTerm {
- Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression */
- i16 iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
- i16 leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
- i16 leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+ Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
+ int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
+ int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+ union {
+ int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
+ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */
+ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */
+ } u;
u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
- u8 flags; /* Bit flags. See below */
+ u8 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */
u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */
WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */
- Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pRight */
- Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p */
+ Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
+ Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
};
/*
-** Allowed values of WhereTerm.flags
+** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
*/
#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */
#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */
#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */
-#define TERM_OR_OK 0x10 /* Used during OR-clause processing */
+#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
+#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
+#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */
/*
** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
*/
struct WhereClause {
Parse *pParse; /* The parser context */
- ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table indices to bitmasks */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+ u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */
int nTerm; /* Number of terms */
int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */
WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
- WhereTerm aStatic[10]; /* Initial static space for a[] */
+ WhereTerm aStatic[4]; /* Initial static space for a[] */
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereOrInfo {
+ WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */
+ Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
+};
+
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereAndInfo {
+ WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */
};
/*
** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
** with 0.
**
-** If ExprMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
+** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
**
** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
-** cursors: 4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73. Then the ExprMaskSet structure
+** cursors: 4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73. Then the WhereMaskSet structure
** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
**
** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered. In the example
** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
** no gaps.
*/
-struct ExprMaskSet {
+struct WhereMaskSet {
int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */
- int ix[sizeof(Bitmask)*8]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+ int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
};
+/*
+** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated
+** cost of pursuing that strategy.
+*/
+struct WhereCost {
+ WherePlan plan; /* The lookup strategy */
+ double rCost; /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */
+ double nRow; /* Estimated number of output rows */
+};
/*
** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit. An
** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
** terms in the where clause.
*/
-#define WO_IN 1
-#define WO_EQ 2
+#define WO_IN 0x001
+#define WO_EQ 0x002
#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_MATCH 64
-#define WO_ISNULL 128
+#define WO_MATCH 0x040
+#define WO_ISNULL 0x080
+#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
+#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
+
+#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
+#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
/*
-** Value for flags returned by bestIndex().
+** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in
+** WhereLevel.wsFlags. These flags determine which search
+** strategies are appropriate.
**
-** The least significant byte is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above.
-** The WhereLevel.flags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL.
-** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.flags
-** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.flags field can then be used as
+** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above.
+** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL.
+** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags
+** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ. The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as
** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints.
** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left
** join. Tickets #2177 and #2189.
*/
-#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x000100 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x000200 /* rowid<EXPR and/or rowid>EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x001000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x002000 /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x004000 /* x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x010000 /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT 0x020000 /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x080000 /* Use index only - omit table */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY 0x100000 /* Output will appear in correct order */
-#define WHERE_REVERSE 0x200000 /* Scan in reverse order */
-#define WHERE_UNIQUE 0x400000 /* Selects no more than one row */
-#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x800000 /* Use virtual-table processing */
+#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ 0x00001000 /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE 0x00002000 /* rowid<EXPR and/or rowid>EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00010000 /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000 /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00040000 /* x IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x00070000 /* Anything that uses an index */
+#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x00071000 /* Able to support an IN operator */
+#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00100000 /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT 0x00200000 /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x00800000 /* Use index only - omit table */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY 0x01000000 /* Output will appear in correct order */
+#define WHERE_REVERSE 0x02000000 /* Scan in reverse order */
+#define WHERE_UNIQUE 0x04000000 /* Selects no more than one row */
+#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000 /* Use virtual-table processing */
+#define WHERE_MULTI_OR 0x10000000 /* OR using multiple indices */
/*
** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
static void whereClauseInit(
WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet /* Mapping from table indices to bitmasks */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmasks */
){
pWC->pParse = pParse;
pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet;
pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
}
+/* Forward reference */
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
+ whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
+ whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
/*
** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure
** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
WhereTerm *a;
sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
- if( a->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+ if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
}
+ if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
+ whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
+ }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
+ whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
+ }
}
if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
}
/*
-** Add a new entries to the WhereClause structure. Increase the allocated
-** space as necessary.
+** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
+** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
+** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
+** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
+** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
+** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
+**
+** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
**
-** If the flags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
-** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object.
+** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
+** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
+** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
**
** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store
** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
** the pWC->a[] array.
*/
-static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, int flags){
+static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){
WhereTerm *pTerm;
int idx;
if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
if( pWC->a==0 ){
- if( flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+ if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
}
pWC->a = pOld;
if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
}
- pWC->nSlot *= 2;
+ pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
}
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm];
- pWC->nTerm++;
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
pTerm->pExpr = p;
- pTerm->flags = flags;
+ pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
pTerm->pWC = pWC;
pTerm->iParent = -1;
return idx;
** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
**
** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
-** the WhereClause.a[] array. This array grows as needed to contain
+** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
** all terms of the WHERE clause.
*/
static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){
+ pWC->op = (u8)op;
if( pExpr==0 ) return;
if( pExpr->op!=op ){
whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if
** iCursor is not in the set.
*/
-static Bitmask getMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
int i;
for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
** array will never overflow.
*/
-static void createMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
}
** tree.
**
** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
-** previously invoked sqlite3ExprResolveNames() on the expression. See
+** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression. See
** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
-** The sqlite3ExprResolveNames() routines looks for column names and
+** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and
** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
** the VDBE cursor number of the table. This routine just has to
** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all
** the bitmasks together.
*/
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, ExprList*);
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, Select*);
-static Bitmask exprTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*);
+static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
Bitmask mask = 0;
if( p==0 ) return 0;
if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pSelect);
return mask;
}
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
int i;
Bitmask mask = 0;
if( pList ){
}
return mask;
}
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
Bitmask mask = 0;
while( pS ){
mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
}
/*
-** Swap two objects of type T.
+** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
*/
#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag
** is not commuted.
*/
-static void exprCommute(Expr *pExpr){
+static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+ pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+ pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft;
pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight;
/*
** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
*/
-static int operatorMask(int op){
- int c;
+static u16 operatorMask(int op){
+ u16 c;
assert( allowedOp(op) );
if( op==TK_IN ){
c = WO_IN;
}else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
c = WO_ISNULL;
}else{
- c = WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ);
+ assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
+ c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
}
assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */
int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */
Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
- u16 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
+ u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
){
WhereTerm *pTerm;
int k;
assert( iCur>=0 );
+ op &= WO_ALL;
for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){
if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
&& (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0
- && pTerm->leftColumn==iColumn
+ && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
&& (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0
){
if( pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){
*/
assert(pX->pLeft);
pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
- if( !pColl ){
- pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
- }
+ assert(pColl || pParse->nErr);
for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0;
}
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
+ if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
}
return pTerm;
}
** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.
*/
static int isLikeOrGlob(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database */
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */
int *pnPattern, /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
){
- const char *z;
- Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
- ExprList *pList;
- int c, cnt;
- char wc[3];
- CollSeq *pColl;
+ const char *z; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
+ Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
+ ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
+ int c; /* One character in z[] */
+ int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
+ char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence for LHS */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
return 0;
#endif
pList = pExpr->pList;
pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
- if( pRight->op!=TK_STRING
- && (pRight->op!=TK_REGISTER || pRight->iColumn!=TK_STRING) ){
+ if( pRight->op!=TK_STRING ){
return 0;
}
pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN ){
return 0;
}
- pColl = pLeft->pColl;
+ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
assert( pColl!=0 || pLeft->iColumn==-1 );
if( pColl==0 ){
/* No collation is defined for the ROWID. Use the default. */
if( z ){
while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ cnt++; }
}
- if( cnt==0 || 255==(u8)z[cnt] ){
+ if( cnt==0 || 255==(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
return 0;
}
*pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
/*
-** Return TRUE if the given term of an OR clause can be converted
-** into an IN clause. The iCursor and iColumn define the left-hand
-** side of the IN clause.
+** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
+** subterms. So in:
**
-** The context is that we have multiple OR-connected equality terms
-** like this:
+** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
+** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
**
-** a=<expr1> OR a=<expr2> OR b=<expr3> OR ...
+** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
+** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
+** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence:
**
-** The pOrTerm input to this routine corresponds to a single term of
-** this OR clause. In order for the term to be a candidate for
-** conversion to an IN operator, the following must be true:
+** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO
+** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
**
-** * The left-hand side of the term must be the column which
-** is identified by iCursor and iColumn.
+** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
+** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
+** Examples of terms under analysis:
**
-** * If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
-** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
-** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249)
+** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
+** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
+** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
+** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
+** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
**
-** If both of these conditions are true, then return true. Otherwise
-** return false.
-*/
-static int orTermIsOptCandidate(WhereTerm *pOrTerm, int iCursor, int iColumn){
- int affLeft, affRight;
- assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
- if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( pOrTerm->leftColumn!=iColumn ){
- return 0;
- }
- affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
- if( affRight==0 ){
- return 1;
- }
- affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
- if( affRight!=affLeft ){
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the given term of an OR clause can be ignored during
-** a check to make sure all OR terms are candidates for optimization.
-** In other words, return true if a call to the orTermIsOptCandidate()
-** above returned false but it is not necessary to disqualify the
-** optimization.
+** CASE 1:
+**
+** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C
+** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
+** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term
+** being analyzed is:
+**
+** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3
+**
+** then create a new virtual term like this:
+**
+** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
+**
+** CASE 2:
+**
+** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
**
-** Suppose the original OR phrase was this:
+** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR
+** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T
**
-** a=4 OR a=11 OR a=b
+** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
+** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and
+** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
+** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
+** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND
+** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
+** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
**
-** During analysis, the third term gets flipped around and duplicate
-** so that we are left with this:
+** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
+** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
+** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
+** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine. This analysis
+** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist.
**
-** a=4 OR a=11 OR a=b OR b=a
+** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2. But if a term
+** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
+** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
+** satisfied.
**
-** Since the last two terms are duplicates, only one of them
-** has to qualify in order for the whole phrase to qualify. When
-** this routine is called, we know that pOrTerm did not qualify.
-** This routine merely checks to see if pOrTerm has a duplicate that
-** might qualify. If there is a duplicate that has not yet been
-** disqualified, then return true. If there are no duplicates, or
-** the duplicate has also been disqualified, return false.
+** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example,
+** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
+**
+** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
+** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
+** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar
+** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
+**
+** OTHERWISE:
+**
+** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
+** zero. This term is not useful for search.
*/
-static int orTermHasOkDuplicate(WhereClause *pOr, WhereTerm *pOrTerm){
- if( pOrTerm->flags & TERM_COPIED ){
- /* This is the original term. The duplicate is to the left had
- ** has not yet been analyzed and thus has not yet been disqualified. */
- return 1;
+static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */
+ int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
+){
+ Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parser context */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */
+ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */
+ int i; /* Loop counters */
+ WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
+ WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
+ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
+ Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
+ Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
+
+ /*
+ ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are
+ ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
+ ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
+ */
+ assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
+ assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
+ pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
+ if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
+ pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
+ whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
+ whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
+ exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+ assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
+
+ /*
+ ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2.
+ */
+ indexable = chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0;
+ for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
+ if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
+ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
+ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 );
+ assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
+ chngToIN = 0;
+ pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
+ if( pAndInfo ){
+ WhereClause *pAndWC;
+ WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
+ int j;
+ Bitmask b = 0;
+ pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
+ pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
+ pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
+ pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
+ whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
+ whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
+ exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC);
+ testcase( db->mallocFailed );
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
+ assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
+ if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){
+ b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ indexable &= b;
+ }
+ }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
+ /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the
+ ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
+ }else{
+ Bitmask b;
+ b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
+ if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
+ WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
+ b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
+ }
+ indexable &= b;
+ if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){
+ chngToIN = 0;
+ }else{
+ chngToIN &= b;
+ }
+ }
}
- if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0
- && (pOr->a[pOrTerm->iParent].flags & TERM_OR_OK)!=0 ){
- /* This is a duplicate term. The original qualified so this one
- ** does not have to. */
- return 1;
+
+ /*
+ ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2. The set might be
+ ** empty.
+ */
+ pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
+ pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
+
+ /*
+ ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But
+ ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
+ ** is satisfied.
+ */
+ if( chngToIN ){
+ int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
+ int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
+ int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */
+ int j = 0; /* Loop counter */
+
+ /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
+ ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column
+ ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any
+ ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
+ ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
+ */
+ for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
+ pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
+ for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+ pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+ if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iColumn ) continue;
+ if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ) continue;
+ iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
+ break;
+ }
+ if( i<0 ){
+ assert( j==1 );
+ assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 );
+ assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iColumn) );
+ break;
+ }
+ okToChngToIN = 1;
+ for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
+ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+ if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
+ pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+ }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
+ okToChngToIN = 0;
+ }else{
+ int affLeft, affRight;
+ /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
+ ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
+ ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249)
+ */
+ affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+ affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
+ if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
+ okToChngToIN = 0;
+ }else{
+ pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
+ ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is
+ ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
+ */
+ if( okToChngToIN ){
+ Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */
+ ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */
+ Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */
+ Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */
+
+ for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+ if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
+ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+ assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
+ assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup, 0);
+ pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
+ }
+ assert( pLeft!=0 );
+ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft);
+ pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
+ if( pNew ){
+ int idxNew;
+ transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
+ pNew->pList = pList;
+ idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew==0 );
+ exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+ pTerm->nChild = 1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+ }
+ pTerm->eOperator = 0; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
+ }
}
- /* This is either a singleton term or else it is a duplicate for
- ** which the original did not qualify. Either way we are done for. */
- return 0;
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
/*
** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the
** structure.
**
** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
-** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>". If the expression is of
-** the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are columns, then the original
-** expression is unchanged and a new virtual expression of the form
-** "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and analyzed separately.
+** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are
+** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
+** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and
+** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
+** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
+** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
+** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1
+** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
*/
static void exprAnalyze(
SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */
WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */
int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
){
- WhereTerm *pTerm;
- ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet;
- Expr *pExpr;
- Bitmask prereqLeft;
- Bitmask prereqAll;
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */
+ Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */
+ Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
+ Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
Bitmask extraRight = 0;
int nPattern;
int isComplete;
int noCase;
- int op;
- Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */
+ Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
if( db->mallocFailed ){
return;
Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
- pTerm->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+ pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op);
}
if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
pTerm->nChild = 1;
- pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
}else{
pDup = pExpr;
pNew = pTerm;
}
- exprCommute(pDup);
+ exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
- pNew->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+ pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft;
pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
/* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
- ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.
+ ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example:
+ **
+ ** a BETWEEN b AND c
+ **
+ ** is converted into:
+ **
+ ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
+ **
+ ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
+ ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
+ ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
+ ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
+ ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
*/
- else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){
+ else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
int i;
static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
pNewExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, ops[i], sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft),
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr), 0);
idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew==0 );
exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
- /* Attempt to convert OR-connected terms into an IN operator so that
- ** they can make use of indices. Example:
- **
- ** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3
- **
- ** is converted into
- **
- ** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
- **
- ** This optimization must be omitted if OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined because
- ** the compiler for the the IN operator is part of sub-queries.
+ /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
+ ** an OR operator.
*/
else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
- int ok;
- int i, j;
- int iColumn, iCursor;
- WhereClause sOr;
- WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
-
- assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC)==0 );
- whereClauseInit(&sOr, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
- whereSplit(&sOr, pExpr, TK_OR);
- exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, &sOr);
- assert( sOr.nTerm>=2 );
- j = 0;
- if( db->mallocFailed ) goto or_not_possible;
- do{
- assert( j<sOr.nTerm );
- iColumn = sOr.a[j].leftColumn;
- iCursor = sOr.a[j].leftCursor;
- ok = iCursor>=0;
- for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0 && ok; i--, pOrTerm++){
- if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){
- goto or_not_possible;
- }
- if( orTermIsOptCandidate(pOrTerm, iCursor, iColumn) ){
- pOrTerm->flags |= TERM_OR_OK;
- }else if( orTermHasOkDuplicate(&sOr, pOrTerm) ){
- pOrTerm->flags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
- }else{
- ok = 0;
- }
- }
- }while( !ok && (sOr.a[j++].flags & TERM_COPIED)!=0 && j<2 );
- if( ok ){
- ExprList *pList = 0;
- Expr *pNew, *pDup;
- Expr *pLeft = 0;
- for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
- if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup, 0);
- pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
- }
- assert( pLeft!=0 );
- pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft);
- pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
- if( pNew ){
- int idxNew;
- transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
- pNew->pList = pList;
- idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
- exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
- pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
- pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
- pTerm->nChild = 1;
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
- }
- }
-or_not_possible:
- whereClauseClear(&sOr);
+ assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
+ exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
** termination condition "abd".
*/
- if( isLikeOrGlob(db, pExpr, &nPattern, &isComplete, &noCase) ){
+ if( isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &nPattern, &isComplete, &noCase)
+ && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
Expr *pLeft, *pRight;
Expr *pStr1, *pStr2;
Expr *pNewExpr1, *pNewExpr2;
}
pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft), pStr1, 0);
idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew1==0 );
exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft), pStr2, 0);
idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew2==0 );
exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
if( isComplete ){
Expr *pNewExpr;
pNewExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_MATCH, 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight), 0);
idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+ testcase( idxNew==0 );
pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
- pNewTerm->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+ pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
pTerm->nChild = 1;
- pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
}
}
*/
static int referencesOtherTables(
ExprList *pList, /* Search expressions in ths list */
- ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
int iFirst, /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */
int iBase /* Ignore references to this table */
){
*/
static int isSortingIndex(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table indices to bitmaps */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */
Index *pIdx, /* The index we are testing */
int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
static int sortableByRowid(
int base, /* Cursor number for table to be sorted */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
- ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursors to bitmaps */
int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
){
Expr *p;
*/
pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo;
if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
- WhereTerm *pTerm;
int nTerm;
WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pTab->zName));
** to this virtual table */
for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
+ assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
+ sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
- return 0.0;
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ return (double)0;
}
*ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo;
for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
+ assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
- pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->leftColumn;
+ pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
- pIdxCons[j].op = pTerm->eOperator;
+ pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator;
/* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The
** following asserts verify this fact. */
for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
- pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0;
+ pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ?1:0;
}
memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
- pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / 2.0;
+ /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2);
nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy;
if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy && !orderByUsable ){
*(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
if( !pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
- return 0.0;
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ return (double)0;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
/*
-** Find the best index for accessing a particular table. Return a pointer
-** to the index, flags that describe how the index should be used, the
-** number of equality constraints, and the "cost" for this index.
+** Find the query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the
+** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the
+** last parameter.
**
-** The lowest cost index wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of
-** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected index.
+** The lowest cost plan wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of
+** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected plan.
** Factors that influence cost include:
**
** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The
** * Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the
** index and in the main table.
**
+** If there was an INDEXED BY clause attached to the table in the SELECT
+** statement, then this function only considers plans using the
+** named index. If one cannot be found, then the returned cost is
+** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan can be found that uses the named index,
+** then the cost is calculated in the usual way.
+**
+** If a NOT INDEXED clause was attached to the table in the SELECT
+** statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the selected
+** plan may still take advantage of the tables built-in rowid
+** index.
*/
-static double bestIndex(
+static void bestIndex(
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
- ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */
- Index **ppIndex, /* Make *ppIndex point to the best index */
- int *pFlags, /* Put flags describing this choice in *pFlags */
- int *pnEq /* Put the number of == or IN constraints here */
+ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
+ WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
){
- WhereTerm *pTerm;
- Index *bestIdx = 0; /* Index that gives the lowest cost */
- double lowestCost; /* The cost of using bestIdx */
- int bestFlags = 0; /* Flags associated with bestIdx */
- int bestNEq = 0; /* Best value for nEq */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */
int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */
- int flags; /* Flags associated with pProbe */
+ int wsFlags; /* Flags associated with pProbe */
int nEq; /* Number of == or IN constraints */
int eqTermMask; /* Mask of valid equality operators */
double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */
+ double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows in result set */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ Bitmask maskSrc; /* Bitmask for the pSrc table */
- WHERETRACE(("bestIndex: tbl=%s notReady=%llx\n", pSrc->pTab->zName, notReady));
- lowestCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
+ WHERETRACE(("bestIndex: tbl=%s notReady=%llx\n", pSrc->pTab->zName,notReady));
pProbe = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
+ if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
+ pProbe = 0;
+ }
/* If the table has no indices and there are no terms in the where
** clause that refer to the ROWID, then we will never be able to do
** well put it first in the join order. That way, perhaps it can be
** referenced by other tables in the join.
*/
+ memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
if( pProbe==0 &&
findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE,0)==0 &&
(pOrderBy==0 || !sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev)) ){
- *pFlags = 0;
- *ppIndex = 0;
- *pnEq = 0;
- return 0.0;
+ return;
}
+ pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
- /* Check for a rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) constraints
+ /* Check for a rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) constraints. If there was
+ ** an INDEXED BY clause attached to this table, skip this step.
*/
- pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
- if( pTerm ){
- Expr *pExpr;
- *ppIndex = 0;
- bestFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ;
- if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ){
- /* Rowid== is always the best pick. Look no further. Because only
- ** a single row is generated, output is always in sorted order */
- *pFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ | WHERE_UNIQUE;
- *pnEq = 1;
- WHERETRACE(("... best is rowid\n"));
- return 0.0;
- }else if( (pExpr = pTerm->pExpr)->pList!=0 ){
- /* Rowid IN (LIST): cost is NlogN where N is the number of list
- ** elements. */
- lowestCost = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
- lowestCost *= estLog(lowestCost);
+ if( !pSrc->pIndex ){
+ pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
+ if( pTerm ){
+ Expr *pExpr;
+ pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ;
+ if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ){
+ /* Rowid== is always the best pick. Look no further. Because only
+ ** a single row is generated, output is always in sorted order */
+ pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ | WHERE_UNIQUE;
+ pCost->plan.nEq = 1;
+ WHERETRACE(("... best is rowid\n"));
+ pCost->rCost = 0;
+ pCost->nRow = 1;
+ return;
+ }else if( (pExpr = pTerm->pExpr)->pList!=0 ){
+ /* Rowid IN (LIST): cost is NlogN where N is the number of list
+ ** elements. */
+ pCost->rCost = pCost->nRow = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
+ pCost->rCost *= estLog(pCost->rCost);
+ }else{
+ /* Rowid IN (SELECT): cost is NlogN where N is the number of rows
+ ** in the result of the inner select. We have no way to estimate
+ ** that value so make a wild guess. */
+ pCost->nRow = 100;
+ pCost->rCost = 200;
+ }
+ WHERETRACE(("... rowid IN cost: %.9g\n", pCost->rCost));
+ }
+
+ /* Estimate the cost of a table scan. If we do not know how many
+ ** entries are in the table, use 1 million as a guess.
+ */
+ cost = pProbe ? pProbe->aiRowEst[0] : 1000000;
+ WHERETRACE(("... table scan base cost: %.9g\n", cost));
+ wsFlags = WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
+
+ /* Check for constraints on a range of rowids in a table scan.
+ */
+ pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
+ if( pTerm ){
+ if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0) ){
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
+ cost /= 3; /* Guess that rowid<EXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */
+ }
+ if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0) ){
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
+ cost /= 3; /* Guess that rowid>EXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */
+ }
+ WHERETRACE(("... rowid range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
}else{
- /* Rowid IN (SELECT): cost is NlogN where N is the number of rows
- ** in the result of the inner select. We have no way to estimate
- ** that value so make a wild guess. */
- lowestCost = 200;
+ wsFlags = 0;
}
- WHERETRACE(("... rowid IN cost: %.9g\n", lowestCost));
- }
-
- /* Estimate the cost of a table scan. If we do not know how many
- ** entries are in the table, use 1 million as a guess.
- */
- cost = pProbe ? pProbe->aiRowEst[0] : 1000000;
- WHERETRACE(("... table scan base cost: %.9g\n", cost));
- flags = WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
-
- /* Check for constraints on a range of rowids in a table scan.
- */
- pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
- if( pTerm ){
- if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0) ){
- flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
- cost /= 3; /* Guess that rowid<EXPR eliminates two-thirds or rows */
+ nRow = cost;
+
+ /* If the table scan does not satisfy the ORDER BY clause, increase
+ ** the cost by NlogN to cover the expense of sorting. */
+ if( pOrderBy ){
+ if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) ){
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
+ if( rev ){
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
+ }
+ }else{
+ cost += cost*estLog(cost);
+ WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
+ }
}
- if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0) ){
- flags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
- cost /= 3; /* Guess that rowid>EXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */
+ if( cost<pCost->rCost ){
+ pCost->rCost = cost;
+ pCost->nRow = nRow;
+ pCost->plan.wsFlags = wsFlags;
}
- WHERETRACE(("... rowid range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
- }else{
- flags = 0;
}
- /* If the table scan does not satisfy the ORDER BY clause, increase
- ** the cost by NlogN to cover the expense of sorting. */
- if( pOrderBy ){
- if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) ){
- flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
- if( rev ){
- flags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+ /* Search for an OR-clause that can be used to look up the table.
+ */
+ maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
+ for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+ WhereClause tempWC;
+ tempWC = *pWC;
+ if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR
+ && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0
+ && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 ){
+ WhereClause *pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+ WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
+ int j;
+ int sortable = 0;
+ double rTotal = 0;
+ nRow = 0;
+ for(j=0, pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; j<pOrWC->nTerm; j++, pOrTerm++){
+ WhereCost sTermCost;
+ WHERETRACE(("... Multi-index OR testing for term %d of %d....\n", j,i));
+ if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
+ WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
+ bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
+ }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
+ tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
+ tempWC.nTerm = 1;
+ bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
+ }else{
+ continue;
+ }
+ rTotal += sTermCost.rCost;
+ nRow += sTermCost.nRow;
+ if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break;
+ }
+ if( pOrderBy!=0 ){
+ if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) && !rev ){
+ sortable = 1;
+ }else{
+ rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow);
+ WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost to %.9g\n", rTotal));
+ }
+ }
+ WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n",
+ rTotal, nRow));
+ if( rTotal<pCost->rCost ){
+ pCost->rCost = rTotal;
+ pCost->nRow = nRow;
+ pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
+ pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm;
+ if( sortable ){
+ pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_MULTI_OR;
+ }
}
- }else{
- cost += cost*estLog(cost);
- WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
}
}
- if( cost<lowestCost ){
- lowestCost = cost;
- bestFlags = flags;
- }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
/* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table. This is
/* Look at each index.
*/
- for(; pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
+ if( pSrc->pIndex ){
+ pProbe = pSrc->pIndex;
+ }
+ for(; pProbe; pProbe=(pSrc->pIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext)){
double inMultiplier = 1;
WHERETRACE(("... index %s:\n", pProbe->zName));
/* Count the number of columns in the index that are satisfied
** by x=EXPR constraints or x IN (...) constraints.
*/
- flags = 0;
+ wsFlags = 0;
for(i=0; i<pProbe->nColumn; i++){
int j = pProbe->aiColumn[i];
pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pProbe);
if( pTerm==0 ) break;
- flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
- flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
if( pExpr->pSelect!=0 ){
inMultiplier *= 25;
- }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->pList) ){
+ }else if( pExpr->pList ){
inMultiplier *= pExpr->pList->nExpr + 1;
}
}
}
- cost = pProbe->aiRowEst[i] * inMultiplier * estLog(inMultiplier);
+ nRow = pProbe->aiRowEst[i] * inMultiplier;
+ cost = nRow * estLog(inMultiplier);
nEq = i;
- if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None && (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
+ if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
&& nEq==pProbe->nColumn ){
- flags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
}
WHERETRACE(("...... nEq=%d inMult=%.9g cost=%.9g\n",nEq,inMultiplier,cost));
int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe);
if( pTerm ){
- flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pProbe) ){
- flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
cost /= 3;
+ nRow /= 3;
}
if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe) ){
- flags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
cost /= 3;
+ nRow /= 3;
}
WHERETRACE(("...... range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
}
/* Add the additional cost of sorting if that is a factor.
*/
if( pOrderBy ){
- if( (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0 &&
+ if( (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0 &&
isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev) ){
- if( flags==0 ){
- flags = WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
+ if( wsFlags==0 ){
+ wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
}
- flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
if( rev ){
- flags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
}
}else{
cost += cost*estLog(cost);
** ever reading the table. If that is the case, then halve the
** cost of this index.
*/
- if( flags && pSrc->colUsed < (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
+ if( wsFlags && pSrc->colUsed < (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed;
int j;
for(j=0; j<pProbe->nColumn; j++){
}
}
if( m==0 ){
- flags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+ wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
cost /= 2;
WHERETRACE(("...... idx-only reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
}
/* If this index has achieved the lowest cost so far, then use it.
*/
- if( flags && cost < lowestCost ){
- bestIdx = pProbe;
- lowestCost = cost;
- bestFlags = flags;
- bestNEq = nEq;
+ if( wsFlags!=0 && cost < pCost->rCost ){
+ pCost->rCost = cost;
+ pCost->nRow = nRow;
+ pCost->plan.wsFlags = wsFlags;
+ pCost->plan.nEq = nEq;
+ assert( pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
+ pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pProbe;
}
}
/* Report the best result
*/
- *ppIndex = bestIdx;
- WHERETRACE(("best index is %s, cost=%.9g, flags=%x, nEq=%d\n",
- bestIdx ? bestIdx->zName : "(none)", lowestCost, bestFlags, bestNEq));
- *pFlags = bestFlags | eqTermMask;
- *pnEq = bestNEq;
- return lowestCost;
+ pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask;
+ WHERETRACE(("best index is %s, cost=%.9g, nrow=%.9g, wsFlags=%x, nEq=%d\n",
+ (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ?
+ pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "(none)", pCost->nRow,
+ pCost->rCost, pCost->plan.wsFlags, pCost->plan.nEq));
}
*/
static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
if( pTerm
- && ALWAYS((pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0)
+ && ALWAYS((pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0)
&& (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
){
- pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
int iReg; /* Register holding results */
- if( iTarget<=0 ){
- iReg = iTarget = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- }
+ assert( iTarget>0 );
if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
}else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
iTab = pX->iTable;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
VdbeComment((v, "%.*s", pX->span.n, pX->span.z));
- if( pLevel->nIn==0 ){
- pLevel->nxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- }
- pLevel->nIn++;
- pLevel->aInLoop = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->aInLoop,
- sizeof(pLevel->aInLoop[0])*pLevel->nIn);
- pIn = pLevel->aInLoop;
+ assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE );
+ if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
+ pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ }
+ pLevel->u.in.nIn++;
+ pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
+ sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
+ sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
+ pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
if( pIn ){
- pIn += pLevel->nIn - 1;
+ pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1;
pIn->iCur = iTab;
if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
- pIn->topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
+ pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
}else{
- pIn->topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
+ pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg);
}else{
- pLevel->nIn = 0;
+ pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
}
#endif
}
** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two
** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate
-** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be left
-** on the stack - a is the deepest and b the shallowest.
+** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored
+** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
**
** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value
** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell.
**
-** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and puts
-** the address of that memory cell in pLevel->iMem. The code that
-** calls this routine will use pLevel->iMem to store the termination
+** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns
+** the index of that memory cell. The code that
+** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination
** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then
** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
** use.
Bitmask notReady, /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */
int nExtraReg /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
){
- int nEq = pLevel->nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual machine under construction */
- Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */
+ int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */
+ Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */
int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; /* The cursor of the table */
WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */
int j; /* Loop counter */
int regBase; /* Base register */
+ int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */
+
+ /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
+ assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
+ pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
/* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
- ** We always need at least one used to store the loop terminator
- ** value. If there are IN operators we'll need one for each == or
- ** IN constraint.
*/
- pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
- regBase = pParse->nMem + 2;
- pParse->nMem += pLevel->nEq + 2 + nExtraReg;
+ regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
+ nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg;
+ pParse->nMem += nReg;
/* Evaluate the equality constraints
*/
for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){
int r1;
int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
- pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->flags, pIdx);
+ pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx);
if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break;
- assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
+ assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j);
if( r1!=regBase+j ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
+ if( nReg==1 ){
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
+ regBase = r1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
+ }
}
testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->brk);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
}
}
return regBase;
}
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the WhereClause pWC contains no terms that
+** are not virtual and which have not been coded.
+**
+** To put it another way, return TRUE if no additional WHERE clauses
+** tests are required in order to establish that the current row
+** should go to output and return FALSE if there are some terms of
+** the WHERE clause that need to be validated before outputing the row.
+*/
+static int whereRowReadyForOutput(WhereClause *pWC){
+ WhereTerm *pTerm;
+ int j;
+
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+ if( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED))==0 ) return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
+** implementation described by pWInfo.
+*/
+static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart(
+ WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
+ int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
+ u8 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+ Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */
+){
+ int j, k; /* Loop counters */
+ int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
+ int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
+ int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */
+ int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */
+ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
+ Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
+ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */
+ int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+ int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
+ int regRowSet; /* Write rowids to this RowSet if non-negative */
+ int codeRowSetEarly; /* True if index fully constrains the search */
+
+
+ pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ pWC = pWInfo->pWC;
+ pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
+ pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+ iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+ bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
+ omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0;
+ regRowSet = pWInfo->regRowSet;
+ codeRowSetEarly = 0;
+
+ /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
+ ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
+ ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
+ ** loop.
+ **
+ ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
+ ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When
+ ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
+ ** is the same as "addrBrk".
+ */
+ addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+ /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+ ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+ ** row of the left table of the join.
+ */
+ if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+ pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+ VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+ /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext
+ ** to access the data.
+ */
+ int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
+ sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
+ int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint;
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
+ pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage;
+ const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
+ pVtabIdx->aConstraint;
+
+ iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
+ pParse->disableColCache++;
+ for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
+ for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){
+ if( aUsage[k].argvIndex==j ){
+ int iTerm = aConstraint[k].iTermOffset;
+ assert( pParse->disableColCache );
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( k==nConstraint ) break;
+ }
+ assert( pParse->disableColCache );
+ pParse->disableColCache--;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr,
+ pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
+ pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+ for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
+ if( aUsage[j].omit ){
+ int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset;
+ disableTerm(pLevel, &pWC->a[iTerm]);
+ }
+ }
+ pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
+ pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+ pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ codeRowSetEarly = regRowSet>=0 ? whereRowReadyForOutput(pWC) : 0;
+ if( codeRowSetEarly ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VRowid, iCur, iReg);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, iReg);
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
+ /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an
+ ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or
+ ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+ ** construct.
+ */
+ int r1;
+ int rtmp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
+ assert( pTerm!=0 );
+ assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
+ assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
+ assert( omitTable==0 );
+ r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, rtmp);
+ addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, addrNxt);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, r1);
+ codeRowSetEarly = (pWC->nTerm==1 && regRowSet>=0) ?1:0;
+ if( codeRowSetEarly ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, r1);
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rtmp);
+ VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+ pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+ }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
+ /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+ */
+ int testOp = OP_Noop;
+ int start;
+ int memEndValue = 0;
+ WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
+
+ assert( omitTable==0 );
+ pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
+ pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0);
+ if( bRev ){
+ pTerm = pStart;
+ pStart = pEnd;
+ pEnd = pTerm;
+ }
+ if( pStart ){
+ Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */
+ int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
+
+ /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding
+ ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
+ */
+ const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
+ /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGt,
+ /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLe,
+ /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLt,
+ /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGe
+ };
+ assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */
+ assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */
+ assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */
+
+ pX = pStart->pExpr;
+ assert( pX!=0 );
+ assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1);
+ VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
+ }
+ if( pEnd ){
+ Expr *pX;
+ pX = pEnd->pExpr;
+ assert( pX!=0 );
+ assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
+ memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
+ if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
+ testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
+ }else{
+ testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
+ }
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
+ }
+ start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+ pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+ pLevel->p2 = start;
+ pLevel->p5 = (pStart==0 && pEnd==0) ?1:0;
+ codeRowSetEarly = regRowSet>=0 ? whereRowReadyForOutput(pWC) : 0;
+ if( codeRowSetEarly || testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, r1);
+ if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ }
+ if( codeRowSetEarly ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, r1);
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ }
+ }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){
+ /* Case 3: A scan using an index.
+ **
+ ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality
+ ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
+ ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
+ ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
+ ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only
+ ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+ ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the
+ ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all
+ ** optimized:
+ **
+ ** x=5
+ ** x=5 AND y=10
+ ** x=5 AND y<10
+ ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
+ ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
+ **
+ ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
+ ** the x=5 term:
+ **
+ ** x=5 AND z<10
+ **
+ ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
+ ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
+ ** least one.
+ **
+ ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+ ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+ ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+ */
+ int aStartOp[] = {
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
+ OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
+ OP_SeekGt, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */
+ OP_SeekLt, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */
+ OP_SeekGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
+ OP_SeekLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
+ };
+ int aEndOp[] = {
+ OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */
+ OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */
+ OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */
+ };
+ int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq;
+ int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */
+ int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */
+ int r1; /* Temp register */
+ WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */
+ WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */
+ int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
+ int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
+ int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */
+ int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */
+ Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */
+ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
+ int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */
+ int op; /* Instruction opcode */
+
+ pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+ iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+ k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */
+
+ /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that
+ ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..."
+ ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
+ ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
+ ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
+ ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
+ ** this requires some special handling.
+ */
+ if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
+ && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)
+ && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq)
+ ){
+ /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */
+ /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */
+ isMinQuery = 1;
+ nExtraReg = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end
+ ** of the range.
+ */
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+ pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx);
+ nExtraReg = 1;
+ }
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+ pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx);
+ nExtraReg = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
+ ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
+ ** starting at regBase.
+ */
+ regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg);
+ addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+
+
+ /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
+ ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
+ ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
+ */
+ if( bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
+ SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
+ }
+
+ testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE );
+ testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE );
+ testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE );
+ testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE );
+ startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+ endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+ start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
+
+ /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
+ nConstraint = nEq;
+ if( pRangeStart ){
+ int dcc = pParse->disableColCache;
+ if( pRangeEnd ){
+ pParse->disableColCache++;
+ }
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
+ pParse->disableColCache = dcc;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+ nConstraint++;
+ }else if( isMinQuery ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+ nConstraint++;
+ startEq = 0;
+ start_constraints = 1;
+ }
+ codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, pIdx);
+ op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
+ assert( op!=0 );
+ testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
+ testcase( op==OP_Last );
+ testcase( op==OP_SeekGt );
+ testcase( op==OP_SeekGe );
+ testcase( op==OP_SeekLe );
+ testcase( op==OP_SeekLt );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase,
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
+
+ /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
+ ** range (if any).
+ */
+ nConstraint = nEq;
+ if( pRangeEnd ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+ codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, pIdx);
+ nConstraint++;
+ }
+
+ /* Top of the loop body */
+ pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+
+ /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
+ op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)];
+ testcase( op==OP_Noop );
+ testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );
+ testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );
+ if( op!=OP_Noop ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase,
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0);
+ }
+
+ /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value
+ ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL.
+ ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop.
+ */
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
+ testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont);
+ }
+
+ /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
+ codeRowSetEarly = regRowSet>=0 ? whereRowReadyForOutput(pWC) : 0;
+ if( !omitTable || codeRowSetEarly ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, r1);
+ if( codeRowSetEarly ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, r1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, r1); /* Deferred seek */
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+
+ /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable
+ ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
+ */
+ pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+ pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
+ }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+ /* Case 4: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
+ **
+ ** Example:
+ **
+ ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
+ ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
+ ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
+ ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
+ **
+ ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
+ **
+ ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
+ ** The top of the loop is constructed by creating a RowSet object
+ ** and populating it. Then looping over elements of the rowset.
+ **
+ ** Null 1
+ ** # fill RowSet 1 with entries where a=5 using i1
+ ** # fill Rowset 1 with entries where b=7 using i2
+ ** # fill Rowset 1 with entries where c=11 and d=13 i3 and t1
+ ** A: RowSetRead 1, B, 2
+ ** Seek i, 2
+ **
+ ** The bottom of the loop looks like this:
+ **
+ ** Goto 0, A
+ ** B:
+ */
+ int regOrRowset; /* Register holding the RowSet object */
+ int regNextRowid; /* Register holding next rowid */
+ WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
+ WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A single subterm within the OR-clause */
+ SrcList oneTab; /* Shortened table list */
+
+ pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm;
+ assert( pTerm!=0 );
+ assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR );
+ assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
+ pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+ codeRowSetEarly = (regRowSet>=0 && pWC->nTerm==1) ?1:0;
+
+ if( codeRowSetEarly ){
+ regOrRowset = regRowSet;
+ }else{
+ regOrRowset = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOrRowset);
+ }
+ oneTab.nSrc = 1;
+ oneTab.nAlloc = 1;
+ oneTab.a[0] = *pTabItem;
+ for(j=0, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; j<pOrWc->nTerm; j++, pOrTerm++){
+ WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;
+ if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCur && pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_AND ) continue;
+ pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, &oneTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0,
+ WHERE_FILL_ROWSET | WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE,
+ regOrRowset);
+ if( pSubWInfo ){
+ sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont);
+ if( !codeRowSetEarly ){
+ regNextRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ addrCont =
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regOrRowset,addrBrk,regNextRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, regNextRowid);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regNextRowid);
+ /* sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regOrRowset); // Preserve the RowSet */
+ pLevel->op = OP_Goto;
+ pLevel->p2 = addrCont;
+ }else{
+ pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+ }
+ disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+ {
+ /* Case 5: There is no usable index. We must do a complete
+ ** scan of the entire table.
+ */
+ assert( omitTable==0 );
+ assert( bRev==0 );
+ pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+ pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+ pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
+ pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+ codeRowSetEarly = 0;
+ }
+ notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
+
+ /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+ ** computed using the current set of tables.
+ */
+ k = 0;
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+ Expr *pE;
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
+ pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+ assert( pE!=0 );
+ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
+ continue;
+ }
+ pParse->disableColCache += k;
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ pParse->disableColCache -= k;
+ k = 1;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+ }
+
+ /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+ ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.
+ */
+ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+ pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+ VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+ sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iTabCur);
+ sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
+ assert( pTerm->pExpr );
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** If it was requested to store the results in a rowset and that has
+ ** not already been do, then do so now.
+ */
+ if( regRowSet>=0 && !codeRowSetEarly ){
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VRowid, iCur, r1);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, r1);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, r1);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ }
+
+ return notReady;
+}
+
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated
/*
** Free a WhereInfo structure
*/
-static void whereInfoFree(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
if( pWInfo ){
int i;
- sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
if( pInfo ){
- assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 );
+ assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
+ sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr);
+ }
sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo);
}
}
+ whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
}
}
SrcList *pTabList, /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
- u8 wflags /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+ u8 wctrlFlags, /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+ int regRowSet /* Register hold RowSet if WHERE_FILL_ROWSET is set */
){
int i; /* Loop counter */
WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */
- int brk, cont = 0; /* Addresses used during code generation */
Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term in the WHERE clause */
- ExprMaskSet maskSet; /* The expression mask set */
- WhereClause wc; /* The WHERE clause is divided into these terms */
+ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */
+ WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* A single entry from pTabList */
WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in the pWInfo list */
int iFrom; /* First unused FROM clause element */
- int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all wc.a[].flags */
+ int andFlags; /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
ExprList *pOrderBy = 0;
pOrderBy = *ppOrderBy;
}
- /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
- ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
- */
- initMaskSet(&maskSet);
- whereClauseInit(&wc, pParse, &maskSet);
- sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
- whereSplit(&wc, pWhere, TK_AND);
-
/* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
** return value.
*/
db = pParse->db;
pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
- sizeof(WhereInfo) + pTabList->nSrc*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+ sizeof(WhereInfo)
+ + (pTabList->nSrc-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)
+ + sizeof(WhereClause)
+ + sizeof(WhereMaskSet)
+ );
if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto whereBeginNoMem;
+ goto whereBeginError;
}
pWInfo->nLevel = pTabList->nSrc;
pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ pWInfo->regRowSet = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FILL_ROWSET) ? regRowSet : -1;
+ pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause*)&pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel];
+ pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
+ pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1];
+ /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+ ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
+ */
+ initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
+ whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
+ whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
+
/* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the
** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
*/
** for all tables to the left of a left join is important. Ticket #3015.
*/
for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
- createMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+ createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
{
Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
- Bitmask m = getMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+ Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
toTheLeft |= m;
}
** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
*/
- exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &wc);
+ exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC);
if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto whereBeginNoMem;
+ goto whereBeginError;
}
/* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
** This loop fills in the following fields:
**
** pWInfo->a[].pIdx The index to use for this level of the loop.
- ** pWInfo->a[].flags WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
+ ** pWInfo->a[].wsFlags WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
** pWInfo->a[].nEq The number of == and IN constraints
- ** pWInfo->a[].iFrom When term of the FROM clause is being coded
+ ** pWInfo->a[].iFrom Which term of the FROM clause is being coded
** pWInfo->a[].iTabCur The VDBE cursor for the database table
** pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur The VDBE cursor for the index
+ ** pWInfo->a[].pTerm When wsFlags==WO_OR, the OR-clause term
**
** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM
** clause.
andFlags = ~0;
WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
+ WhereCost bestPlan; /* Most efficient plan seen so far */
Index *pIdx; /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
- int flags; /* Flags asssociated with pIdx */
- int nEq; /* Number of == or IN constraints */
- double cost; /* The cost for pIdx */
int j; /* For looping over FROM tables */
- Index *pBest = 0; /* The best index seen so far */
- int bestFlags = 0; /* Flags associated with pBest */
- int bestNEq = 0; /* nEq associated with pBest */
- double lowestCost; /* Cost of the pBest */
int bestJ = 0; /* The value of j */
Bitmask m; /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
int once = 0; /* True when first table is seen */
- sqlite3_index_info *pIndex; /* Current virtual index */
- lowestCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
+ memset(&bestPlan, 0, sizeof(bestPlan));
+ bestPlan.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<pTabList->nSrc; j++, pTabItem++){
int doNotReorder; /* True if this table should not be reordered */
+ WhereCost sCost; /* Cost information from bestIndex() */
doNotReorder = (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
if( once && doNotReorder ) break;
- m = getMask(&maskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
+ m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
continue;
assert( pTabItem->pTab );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
+ sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx; /* Current virtual index */
sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
- cost = bestVirtualIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady,
- ppOrderBy ? *ppOrderBy : 0, i==0,
- ppIdxInfo);
- flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
- pIndex = *ppIdxInfo;
- if( pIndex && pIndex->orderByConsumed ){
- flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE | WHERE_ORDERBY;
+ sCost.rCost = bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady,
+ ppOrderBy ? *ppOrderBy : 0, i==0,
+ ppIdxInfo);
+ sCost.plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
+ sCost.plan.u.pVtabIdx = pVtabIdx = *ppIdxInfo;
+ if( pVtabIdx && pVtabIdx->orderByConsumed ){
+ sCost.plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE | WHERE_ORDERBY;
}
- pIdx = 0;
- nEq = 0;
- if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0)<cost ){
+ sCost.plan.nEq = 0;
+ /* (double)2 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2))<sCost.rCost ){
/* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then
- ** the (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true and
- ** pLevel->pBestIdx never set.
+ ** the (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true.
*/
- cost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0);
+ /* (double)2 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ sCost.rCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2));
}
}else
#endif
{
- cost = bestIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady,
- (i==0 && ppOrderBy) ? *ppOrderBy : 0,
- &pIdx, &flags, &nEq);
- pIndex = 0;
+ bestIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady,
+ (i==0 && ppOrderBy) ? *ppOrderBy : 0, &sCost);
}
- if( cost<lowestCost ){
+ if( once==0 || sCost.rCost<bestPlan.rCost ){
once = 1;
- lowestCost = cost;
- pBest = pIdx;
- bestFlags = flags;
- bestNEq = nEq;
+ bestPlan = sCost;
bestJ = j;
- pLevel->pBestIdx = pIndex;
}
if( doNotReorder ) break;
}
+ assert( once );
+ assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) );
WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ,
pLevel-pWInfo->a));
- if( (bestFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
+ if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
*ppOrderBy = 0;
}
- andFlags &= bestFlags;
- pLevel->flags = bestFlags;
- pLevel->pIdx = pBest;
- pLevel->nEq = bestNEq;
- pLevel->aInLoop = 0;
- pLevel->nIn = 0;
- if( pBest ){
+ andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags;
+ pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan;
+ if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
}else{
pLevel->iIdxCur = -1;
}
- notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
- pLevel->iFrom = bestJ;
+ notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
+ pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ;
+
+ /* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an
+ ** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being
+ ** used for the scan. If not, then query compilation has failed.
+ ** Return an error.
+ */
+ pIdx = pTabList->a[bestJ].pIndex;
+ if( pIdx ){
+ if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use index: %s", pIdx->zName);
+ goto whereBeginError;
+ }else{
+ /* If an INDEXED BY clause is used, the bestIndex() function is
+ ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause
+ ** if it find an index at all. */
+ assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx );
+ }
+ }
}
WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto whereBeginError;
+ }
/* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY
** clause is irrelevant.
** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints
** the statement to update a single row.
*/
- assert( (wflags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
- if( (wflags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){
+ assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
+ if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){
pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
- pWInfo->a[0].flags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+ pWInfo->a[0].plan.wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
}
/* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
Table *pTab; /* Table to open */
- Index *pIx; /* Index used to access pTab (if any) */
int iDb; /* Index of database containing table/index */
- int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
if( pParse->explain==2 ){
if( pItem->zAlias ){
zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
}
- if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s WITH INDEX %s", zMsg, pIx->zName);
- }else if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s WITH INDEX %s",
+ zMsg, pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName);
+ }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIA MULTI-INDEX UNION", zMsg);
+ }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- else if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
- sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx;
+ else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
- pBestIdx->idxNum, pBestIdx->idxStr);
+ pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr);
}
#endif
- if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){
zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s ORDER BY", zMsg);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, i, pLevel->iFrom, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- if( pTab->isEphem || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0,
(const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
}else
#endif
- if( (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+ && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN)==0 ){
int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
- if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<(sizeof(Bitmask)*8) ){
+ if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<BMS ){
Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
int n = 0;
for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
}
pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
- if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+ Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx);
+ int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+ assert( iIdxCur>=0 );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pIx->nColumn+1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb,
(char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
** program.
*/
notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
- for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
- int j;
- int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
- Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */
- int nxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
- int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
- int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */
- int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
-
- pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
- iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
- pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
- iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
- bRev = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
- omitTable = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0;
-
- /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
- ** for the current loop. Jump to brk to break out of a loop.
- ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
- ** loop.
- **
- ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "nxt" label that
- ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When
- ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "nxt" label
- ** is the same as "brk".
- */
- brk = pLevel->brk = pLevel->nxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
- /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
- ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
- ** row of the left table of the join.
- */
- if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
- pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
- VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
- /* Case 0: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext
- ** to access the data.
- */
- int j;
- int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
- sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx;
- int nConstraint = pBestIdx->nConstraint;
- struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
- pBestIdx->aConstraintUsage;
- const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
- pBestIdx->aConstraint;
-
- iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
- pParse->disableColCache++;
- for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
- int k;
- for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){
- if( aUsage[k].argvIndex==j ){
- int iTerm = aConstraint[k].iTermOffset;
- assert( pParse->disableColCache );
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, wc.a[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1);
- break;
- }
- }
- if( k==nConstraint ) break;
- }
- assert( pParse->disableColCache );
- pParse->disableColCache--;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pBestIdx->idxNum, iReg);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, brk, iReg, pBestIdx->idxStr,
- pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
- pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
- for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
- if( aUsage[j].omit ){
- int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset;
- disableTerm(pLevel, &wc.a[iTerm]);
- }
- }
- pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
- pLevel->p1 = iCur;
- pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
- if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
- /* Case 1: We can directly reference a single row using an
- ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or
- ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
- ** construct.
- */
- int r1;
- pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
- assert( pTerm!=0 );
- assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
- assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
- assert( omitTable==0 );
- r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0);
- nxt = pLevel->nxt;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, nxt);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, nxt, r1);
- VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
- pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
- }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
- /* Case 2: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
- */
- int testOp = OP_Noop;
- int start;
- WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
-
- assert( omitTable==0 );
- pStart = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
- pEnd = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0);
- if( bRev ){
- pTerm = pStart;
- pStart = pEnd;
- pEnd = pTerm;
- }
- if( pStart ){
- Expr *pX;
- int r1, regFree1;
- pX = pStart->pExpr;
- assert( pX!=0 );
- assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
- r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, ®Free1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ForceInt, r1, brk,
- pX->op==TK_LE || pX->op==TK_GT);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bRev ? OP_MoveLt : OP_MoveGe, iCur, brk, r1);
- VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
- disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
- }
- if( pEnd ){
- Expr *pX;
- pX = pEnd->pExpr;
- assert( pX!=0 );
- assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
- pLevel->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, pLevel->iMem);
- if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
- testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
- }else{
- testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
- }
- disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
- }
- start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
- pLevel->p1 = iCur;
- pLevel->p2 = start;
- if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
- int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, r1);
- /* sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, pLevel->iMem, 0); */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, pLevel->iMem, brk, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
- }
- }else if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){
- /* Case 3: A scan using an index.
- **
- ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality
- ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
- ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
- ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
- ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only
- ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
- ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the
- ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all
- ** optimized:
- **
- ** x=5
- ** x=5 AND y=10
- ** x=5 AND y<10
- ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
- ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
- **
- ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
- ** the x=5 term:
- **
- ** x=5 AND z<10
- **
- ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
- ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
- ** least one.
- **
- ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
- ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
- ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
- */
- int aStartOp[] = {
- 0,
- 0,
- OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
- OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
- OP_MoveGt, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */
- OP_MoveLt, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */
- OP_MoveGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
- OP_MoveLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
- };
- int aEndOp[] = {
- OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */
- OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */
- OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */
- };
- int nEq = pLevel->nEq;
- int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */
- int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */
- int r1; /* Temp register */
- WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */
- WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */
- int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
- int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
- int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */
- int k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */
- int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */
- int op;
-
- /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
- ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
- ** starting at regBase.
- */
- regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, &wc, notReady, 2);
- nxt = pLevel->nxt;
-
- /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that
- ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..."
- ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
- ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
- ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
- ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
- ** this requires some special handling.
- */
- if( (wflags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
- && (pLevel->flags&WHERE_ORDERBY)
- && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq)
- ){
- assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 );
- assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] );
- isMinQuery = 1;
- }
-
- /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end
- ** of the range.
- */
- if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
- pRangeEnd = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx);
- }
- if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
- pRangeStart = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx);
- }
-
- /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
- ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
- ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
- */
- if( bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
- SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
- }
-
- testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE );
- testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE );
- testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE );
- testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE );
- startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
- endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
- start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
-
- /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
- nConstraint = nEq;
- if( pRangeStart ){
- int dcc = pParse->disableColCache;
- if( pRangeEnd ){
- pParse->disableColCache++;
- }
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
- pParse->disableColCache = dcc;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, nxt);
- nConstraint++;
- }else if( isMinQuery ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
- nConstraint++;
- startEq = 0;
- start_constraints = 1;
- }
- codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, pIdx);
- op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
- assert( op!=0 );
- testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
- testcase( op==OP_Last );
- testcase( op==OP_MoveGt );
- testcase( op==OP_MoveGe );
- testcase( op==OP_MoveLe );
- testcase( op==OP_MoveLt );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt, regBase,
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
-
- /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
- ** range (if any).
- */
- nConstraint = nEq;
- if( pRangeEnd ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, nxt);
- codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, pIdx);
- nConstraint++;
- }
-
- /* Top of the loop body */
- pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
- /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
- op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)];
- testcase( op==OP_Noop );
- testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );
- testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt, regBase,
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev);
-
- /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value
- ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL.
- ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop.
- */
- r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
- testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
- testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
- if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, cont);
- }
-
- /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
- if( !omitTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0, r1); /* Deferred seek */
- }
- sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-
- /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable
- ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
- */
- pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
- pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
- disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
- disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
- }else{
- /* Case 4: There is no usable index. We must do a complete
- ** scan of the entire table.
- */
- assert( omitTable==0 );
- assert( bRev==0 );
- pLevel->op = OP_Next;
- pLevel->p1 = iCur;
- pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
- }
- notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, iCur);
-
- /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
- ** computed using the current set of tables.
- */
- for(pTerm=wc.a, j=wc.nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
- Expr *pE;
- testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
- testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED );
- if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
- pE = pTerm->pExpr;
- assert( pE!=0 );
- if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
- continue;
- }
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, cont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
- }
-
- /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
- ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.
- */
- if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
- pLevel->top = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
- VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
- sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iTabCur);
- sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iIdxCur);
- for(pTerm=wc.a, j=0; j<wc.nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
- testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
- testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED );
- if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
- assert( pTerm->pExpr );
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, cont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
- }
- }
+ for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+ notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, i, wctrlFlags, notReady);
+ pWInfo->iContinue = pWInfo->a[i].addrCont;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* For testing and debugging use only */
pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
z = pTabItem->zAlias;
if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName;
- n = strlen(z);
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){
- if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2);
nQPlan += 2;
}else{
}
sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
}
- testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ );
- testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE );
- if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
+ testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ );
+ testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE );
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2);
nQPlan += 2;
- }else if( pLevel->pIdx==0 ){
- memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3);
- nQPlan += 3;
- }else{
- n = strlen(pLevel->pIdx->zName);
+ }else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName);
if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){
- memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->pIdx->zName, n);
+ memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName, n);
nQPlan += n;
sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
}
+ }else{
+ memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3);
+ nQPlan += 3;
}
}
while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){
/* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure. Then
** clean up and return.
*/
- pWInfo->iContinue = cont;
- whereClauseClear(&wc);
return pWInfo;
/* Jump here if malloc fails */
-whereBeginNoMem:
- whereClauseClear(&wc);
- whereInfoFree(pWInfo);
+whereBeginError:
+ whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
return 0;
}
sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, -1);
for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->cont);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
}
- if( pLevel->nIn ){
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
struct InLoop *pIn;
int j;
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->nxt);
- for(j=pLevel->nIn, pIn=&pLevel->aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr+1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->topAddr);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr-1);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
+ for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->aInLoop);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
}
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->brk);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
int addr;
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
}
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->top);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}
}
struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
assert( pTab!=0 );
- if( pTab->isEphem || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
- if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
- }
- if( pLevel->pIdx!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE)==0 ){
+ if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
+ }
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+ }
}
/* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data
** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
** reference the index.
*/
- if( pLevel->pIdx ){
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
int k, j, last;
VdbeOp *pOp;
- Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
- int useIndexOnly = pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+ Index *pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+ int useIndexOnly = pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
assert( pIdx!=0 );
pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop);
/* Final cleanup
*/
- whereInfoFree(pWInfo);
+ whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
return;
}
** defined, then do no error processing.
*/
#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
-#define YYNOCODE 248
+#define YYNOCODE 251
#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
-#define YYWILDCARD 59
+#define YYWILDCARD 64
#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
typedef union {
+ int yyinit;
sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
- int yy46;
- struct LikeOp yy72;
- Expr* yy172;
- ExprList* yy174;
- Select* yy219;
- struct LimitVal yy234;
- TriggerStep* yy243;
- struct TrigEvent yy370;
- SrcList* yy373;
- struct {int value; int mask;} yy405;
- IdList* yy432;
+ struct LimitVal yy64;
+ Expr* yy122;
+ Select* yy159;
+ IdList* yy180;
+ struct {int value; int mask;} yy207;
+ struct LikeOp yy318;
+ TriggerStep* yy327;
+ SrcList* yy347;
+ int yy392;
+ struct TrigEvent yy410;
+ ExprList* yy442;
} YYMINORTYPE;
#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
-#define YYNSTATE 589
-#define YYNRULE 313
+#define YYNSTATE 610
+#define YYNRULE 319
#define YYFALLBACK 1
#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
-static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor;
+static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };
+
/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement
** yy_default[] Default action for each state.
*/
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
- /* 0 */ 292, 903, 124, 588, 409, 172, 2, 418, 61, 61,
- /* 10 */ 61, 61, 519, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65,
- /* 20 */ 65, 65, 66, 210, 447, 212, 425, 431, 68, 63,
- /* 30 */ 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210,
- /* 40 */ 391, 388, 396, 451, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432,
- /* 50 */ 432, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 263, 63, 63,
- /* 60 */ 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 292,
- /* 70 */ 493, 494, 418, 489, 208, 82, 67, 420, 69, 154,
- /* 80 */ 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66,
- /* 90 */ 210, 67, 462, 69, 154, 425, 431, 574, 264, 58,
- /* 100 */ 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 397, 398, 422,
- /* 110 */ 422, 422, 292, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432,
- /* 120 */ 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 317, 63, 63, 63,
- /* 130 */ 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 425, 431,
- /* 140 */ 94, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 396, 210, 414, 34,
- /* 150 */ 56, 298, 442, 443, 410, 418, 60, 59, 297, 435,
- /* 160 */ 436, 432, 432, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 208,
- /* 170 */ 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66,
- /* 180 */ 210, 292, 372, 524, 295, 572, 113, 408, 522, 451,
- /* 190 */ 331, 317, 407, 20, 244, 340, 519, 396, 478, 531,
- /* 200 */ 505, 447, 212, 571, 570, 245, 530, 425, 431, 149,
- /* 210 */ 150, 397, 398, 414, 41, 211, 151, 533, 488, 489,
- /* 220 */ 418, 568, 569, 420, 292, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436,
- /* 230 */ 432, 432, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 317, 63,
- /* 240 */ 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210,
- /* 250 */ 425, 431, 447, 333, 215, 422, 422, 422, 363, 299,
- /* 260 */ 414, 41, 397, 398, 366, 567, 211, 292, 60, 59,
- /* 270 */ 297, 435, 436, 432, 432, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61,
- /* 280 */ 61, 396, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65,
- /* 290 */ 65, 66, 210, 425, 431, 491, 300, 524, 474, 66,
- /* 300 */ 210, 214, 474, 229, 411, 286, 534, 20, 449, 523,
- /* 310 */ 168, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432, 62, 62,
- /* 320 */ 61, 61, 61, 61, 474, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64,
- /* 330 */ 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 209, 480, 317, 77,
- /* 340 */ 292, 239, 300, 55, 484, 490, 397, 398, 181, 547,
- /* 350 */ 494, 345, 348, 349, 67, 152, 69, 154, 339, 524,
- /* 360 */ 414, 35, 350, 241, 221, 370, 425, 431, 579, 20,
- /* 370 */ 164, 118, 243, 343, 248, 344, 176, 322, 442, 443,
- /* 380 */ 414, 3, 80, 252, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432,
- /* 390 */ 432, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 174, 63, 63,
- /* 400 */ 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 292,
- /* 410 */ 221, 550, 236, 487, 510, 353, 317, 118, 243, 343,
- /* 420 */ 248, 344, 176, 181, 317, 532, 345, 348, 349, 252,
- /* 430 */ 223, 415, 155, 464, 511, 425, 431, 350, 414, 34,
- /* 440 */ 465, 211, 177, 175, 160, 525, 414, 34, 338, 549,
- /* 450 */ 449, 323, 168, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432,
- /* 460 */ 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 415, 63, 63, 63,
- /* 470 */ 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 292, 542,
- /* 480 */ 335, 517, 504, 541, 456, 572, 302, 19, 331, 144,
- /* 490 */ 317, 390, 317, 330, 2, 362, 457, 294, 483, 373,
- /* 500 */ 269, 268, 252, 571, 425, 431, 589, 391, 388, 458,
- /* 510 */ 208, 495, 414, 49, 414, 49, 303, 586, 894, 230,
- /* 520 */ 894, 496, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432, 62,
- /* 530 */ 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 201, 63, 63, 63, 63,
- /* 540 */ 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 292, 317, 181,
- /* 550 */ 439, 255, 345, 348, 349, 370, 153, 583, 308, 251,
- /* 560 */ 309, 452, 76, 350, 78, 382, 211, 426, 427, 415,
- /* 570 */ 414, 27, 319, 425, 431, 440, 1, 22, 586, 893,
- /* 580 */ 396, 893, 544, 478, 320, 263, 438, 438, 429, 430,
- /* 590 */ 415, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432, 62, 62,
- /* 600 */ 61, 61, 61, 61, 237, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64,
- /* 610 */ 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 292, 428, 583, 374,
- /* 620 */ 224, 93, 517, 9, 159, 396, 557, 396, 456, 67,
- /* 630 */ 396, 69, 154, 399, 400, 401, 320, 328, 438, 438,
- /* 640 */ 457, 336, 425, 431, 361, 397, 398, 320, 433, 438,
- /* 650 */ 438, 582, 291, 458, 238, 327, 318, 222, 546, 292,
- /* 660 */ 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432, 62, 62, 61,
- /* 670 */ 61, 61, 61, 225, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64,
- /* 680 */ 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 425, 431, 482, 313, 392,
- /* 690 */ 397, 398, 397, 398, 207, 397, 398, 825, 273, 517,
- /* 700 */ 251, 200, 292, 60, 59, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432,
- /* 710 */ 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 470, 63, 63, 63,
- /* 720 */ 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 425, 431,
- /* 730 */ 171, 160, 263, 263, 304, 415, 276, 395, 274, 263,
- /* 740 */ 517, 517, 263, 517, 192, 292, 60, 70, 297, 435,
- /* 750 */ 436, 432, 432, 62, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 379,
- /* 760 */ 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66,
- /* 770 */ 210, 425, 431, 384, 559, 305, 306, 251, 415, 320,
- /* 780 */ 560, 438, 438, 561, 540, 360, 540, 387, 292, 196,
- /* 790 */ 59, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432, 62, 62, 61, 61,
- /* 800 */ 61, 61, 371, 63, 63, 63, 63, 64, 64, 65,
- /* 810 */ 65, 65, 66, 210, 425, 431, 396, 275, 251, 251,
- /* 820 */ 172, 250, 418, 415, 386, 367, 178, 179, 180, 469,
- /* 830 */ 311, 123, 156, 5, 297, 435, 436, 432, 432, 62,
- /* 840 */ 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 317, 63, 63, 63, 63,
- /* 850 */ 64, 64, 65, 65, 65, 66, 210, 72, 324, 194,
- /* 860 */ 4, 317, 263, 317, 296, 263, 415, 414, 28, 317,
- /* 870 */ 257, 317, 321, 72, 324, 317, 4, 119, 165, 177,
- /* 880 */ 296, 397, 398, 414, 23, 414, 32, 418, 321, 326,
- /* 890 */ 421, 414, 53, 414, 52, 317, 158, 414, 98, 451,
- /* 900 */ 317, 263, 317, 277, 317, 326, 378, 471, 261, 317,
- /* 910 */ 259, 18, 478, 445, 445, 451, 317, 414, 96, 75,
- /* 920 */ 74, 469, 414, 101, 414, 102, 414, 112, 73, 315,
- /* 930 */ 316, 414, 114, 420, 294, 75, 74, 481, 414, 16,
- /* 940 */ 381, 317, 279, 467, 73, 315, 316, 72, 324, 420,
- /* 950 */ 4, 208, 317, 183, 296, 317, 186, 128, 84, 208,
- /* 960 */ 8, 341, 321, 414, 99, 422, 422, 422, 423, 424,
- /* 970 */ 11, 623, 380, 307, 414, 33, 413, 414, 97, 326,
- /* 980 */ 412, 422, 422, 422, 423, 424, 11, 415, 413, 451,
- /* 990 */ 415, 162, 412, 317, 499, 500, 226, 227, 228, 104,
- /* 1000 */ 448, 476, 317, 173, 507, 317, 509, 508, 317, 75,
- /* 1010 */ 74, 329, 205, 21, 281, 414, 24, 418, 73, 315,
- /* 1020 */ 316, 282, 317, 420, 414, 54, 460, 414, 115, 317,
- /* 1030 */ 414, 116, 502, 203, 147, 549, 514, 468, 128, 202,
- /* 1040 */ 317, 473, 204, 317, 414, 117, 317, 477, 317, 584,
- /* 1050 */ 317, 414, 25, 317, 249, 422, 422, 422, 423, 424,
- /* 1060 */ 11, 506, 414, 36, 512, 414, 37, 317, 414, 26,
- /* 1070 */ 414, 38, 414, 39, 526, 414, 40, 317, 254, 317,
- /* 1080 */ 128, 317, 418, 317, 256, 377, 278, 268, 585, 414,
- /* 1090 */ 42, 293, 317, 352, 317, 128, 208, 513, 258, 414,
- /* 1100 */ 43, 414, 44, 414, 29, 414, 30, 545, 260, 128,
- /* 1110 */ 317, 553, 317, 173, 414, 45, 414, 46, 317, 262,
- /* 1120 */ 383, 554, 317, 91, 564, 317, 91, 317, 581, 189,
- /* 1130 */ 290, 357, 414, 47, 414, 48, 267, 365, 368, 369,
- /* 1140 */ 414, 31, 270, 271, 414, 10, 272, 414, 50, 414,
- /* 1150 */ 51, 556, 566, 280, 283, 284, 578, 146, 419, 405,
- /* 1160 */ 231, 505, 444, 325, 516, 463, 163, 446, 552, 394,
- /* 1170 */ 466, 563, 246, 515, 518, 520, 402, 403, 404, 7,
- /* 1180 */ 314, 84, 232, 334, 347, 83, 332, 57, 170, 79,
- /* 1190 */ 213, 461, 125, 85, 337, 342, 492, 502, 497, 301,
- /* 1200 */ 498, 416, 105, 219, 247, 218, 503, 501, 233, 220,
- /* 1210 */ 287, 234, 527, 528, 235, 529, 417, 521, 354, 288,
- /* 1220 */ 184, 121, 185, 240, 535, 475, 242, 356, 187, 479,
- /* 1230 */ 188, 358, 537, 88, 190, 548, 364, 193, 132, 376,
- /* 1240 */ 555, 375, 133, 134, 135, 310, 562, 138, 136, 575,
- /* 1250 */ 576, 577, 580, 100, 393, 406, 217, 142, 624, 625,
- /* 1260 */ 103, 141, 265, 166, 167, 434, 71, 453, 441, 437,
- /* 1270 */ 450, 143, 538, 157, 120, 454, 161, 472, 455, 169,
- /* 1280 */ 459, 81, 6, 12, 13, 92, 95, 126, 216, 127,
- /* 1290 */ 111, 485, 486, 17, 86, 346, 106, 122, 253, 107,
- /* 1300 */ 87, 108, 182, 245, 355, 145, 351, 536, 129, 359,
- /* 1310 */ 312, 130, 543, 173, 539, 266, 191, 109, 289, 551,
- /* 1320 */ 195, 14, 131, 198, 197, 558, 137, 199, 139, 140,
- /* 1330 */ 15, 565, 89, 90, 573, 110, 385, 206, 148, 389,
- /* 1340 */ 285, 587,
+ /* 0 */ 304, 930, 120, 609, 1, 178, 264, 436, 62, 62,
+ /* 10 */ 62, 62, 214, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66,
+ /* 20 */ 66, 66, 67, 216, 593, 467, 336, 174, 443, 449,
+ /* 30 */ 69, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66,
+ /* 40 */ 67, 216, 315, 592, 591, 355, 61, 60, 309, 453,
+ /* 50 */ 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62, 62, 62, 216,
+ /* 60 */ 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66, 67,
+ /* 70 */ 216, 304, 431, 312, 436, 509, 430, 83, 64, 64,
+ /* 80 */ 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 406,
+ /* 90 */ 403, 411, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 443,
+ /* 100 */ 449, 551, 526, 59, 588, 217, 171, 57, 550, 411,
+ /* 110 */ 68, 428, 70, 155, 610, 406, 403, 61, 60, 309,
+ /* 120 */ 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62, 62, 62,
+ /* 130 */ 595, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66,
+ /* 140 */ 67, 216, 304, 228, 414, 415, 416, 312, 469, 170,
+ /* 150 */ 114, 256, 357, 261, 358, 181, 330, 562, 412, 413,
+ /* 160 */ 187, 561, 265, 359, 362, 363, 465, 218, 150, 151,
+ /* 170 */ 443, 449, 95, 153, 364, 376, 412, 413, 510, 432,
+ /* 180 */ 36, 492, 438, 411, 465, 218, 589, 590, 61, 60,
+ /* 190 */ 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62, 62,
+ /* 200 */ 62, 649, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66,
+ /* 210 */ 66, 67, 216, 304, 440, 440, 440, 228, 109, 264,
+ /* 220 */ 501, 330, 469, 511, 114, 256, 357, 261, 358, 181,
+ /* 230 */ 330, 247, 68, 480, 70, 155, 265, 68, 552, 70,
+ /* 240 */ 155, 443, 449, 187, 432, 35, 359, 362, 363, 569,
+ /* 250 */ 412, 413, 510, 432, 42, 229, 438, 364, 207, 61,
+ /* 260 */ 60, 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62,
+ /* 270 */ 62, 62, 264, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66,
+ /* 280 */ 66, 66, 67, 216, 304, 570, 344, 427, 440, 440,
+ /* 290 */ 440, 354, 433, 346, 221, 539, 325, 408, 411, 387,
+ /* 300 */ 282, 281, 213, 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 316, 206,
+ /* 310 */ 214, 187, 443, 449, 359, 362, 363, 299, 545, 2,
+ /* 320 */ 467, 543, 174, 411, 68, 364, 70, 155, 569, 384,
+ /* 330 */ 61, 60, 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62,
+ /* 340 */ 62, 62, 62, 433, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65,
+ /* 350 */ 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 465, 304, 68, 544, 70,
+ /* 360 */ 155, 426, 542, 593, 330, 412, 413, 394, 425, 20,
+ /* 370 */ 539, 436, 178, 330, 436, 330, 514, 515, 387, 282,
+ /* 380 */ 281, 198, 592, 241, 443, 449, 248, 432, 50, 214,
+ /* 390 */ 412, 413, 152, 553, 402, 230, 432, 42, 432, 35,
+ /* 400 */ 162, 78, 61, 60, 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63,
+ /* 410 */ 63, 62, 62, 62, 62, 433, 64, 64, 64, 64,
+ /* 420 */ 65, 65, 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 330, 304, 198,
+ /* 430 */ 474, 330, 505, 320, 433, 367, 154, 220, 436, 385,
+ /* 440 */ 348, 436, 544, 397, 217, 475, 163, 161, 411, 240,
+ /* 450 */ 432, 28, 554, 20, 432, 50, 443, 449, 307, 341,
+ /* 460 */ 476, 381, 516, 433, 182, 485, 310, 460, 461, 19,
+ /* 470 */ 433, 145, 517, 81, 61, 60, 309, 453, 454, 450,
+ /* 480 */ 450, 63, 63, 62, 62, 62, 62, 385, 64, 64,
+ /* 490 */ 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 304,
+ /* 500 */ 321, 504, 353, 508, 17, 457, 77, 330, 79, 388,
+ /* 510 */ 335, 460, 461, 470, 512, 412, 413, 411, 123, 306,
+ /* 520 */ 160, 444, 445, 429, 265, 432, 3, 443, 449, 217,
+ /* 530 */ 432, 29, 377, 564, 349, 607, 921, 380, 921, 67,
+ /* 540 */ 216, 488, 447, 448, 492, 61, 60, 309, 453, 454,
+ /* 550 */ 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62, 62, 62, 148, 64,
+ /* 560 */ 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66, 67, 216,
+ /* 570 */ 304, 446, 389, 217, 525, 23, 492, 604, 124, 411,
+ /* 580 */ 487, 396, 474, 222, 412, 413, 531, 607, 920, 333,
+ /* 590 */ 920, 456, 456, 333, 411, 456, 456, 475, 443, 449,
+ /* 600 */ 214, 333, 286, 456, 456, 249, 333, 532, 456, 456,
+ /* 610 */ 489, 566, 476, 395, 340, 252, 61, 60, 309, 453,
+ /* 620 */ 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62, 62, 62, 604,
+ /* 630 */ 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66, 67,
+ /* 640 */ 216, 304, 289, 330, 287, 268, 412, 413, 330, 159,
+ /* 650 */ 853, 21, 330, 503, 330, 436, 330, 257, 330, 314,
+ /* 660 */ 330, 412, 413, 182, 567, 515, 432, 24, 258, 443,
+ /* 670 */ 449, 432, 33, 214, 487, 432, 54, 432, 53, 432,
+ /* 680 */ 99, 432, 97, 432, 102, 270, 386, 61, 60, 309,
+ /* 690 */ 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62, 62, 62,
+ /* 700 */ 331, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66, 66,
+ /* 710 */ 67, 216, 304, 330, 560, 374, 560, 94, 306, 330,
+ /* 720 */ 234, 330, 436, 288, 330, 274, 330, 272, 330, 333,
+ /* 730 */ 330, 456, 456, 330, 603, 303, 432, 103, 405, 1,
+ /* 740 */ 443, 449, 432, 108, 432, 110, 492, 432, 16, 432,
+ /* 750 */ 100, 432, 34, 432, 98, 496, 432, 25, 61, 60,
+ /* 760 */ 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62, 62,
+ /* 770 */ 62, 330, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66, 66,
+ /* 780 */ 66, 67, 216, 304, 330, 254, 330, 183, 184, 185,
+ /* 790 */ 330, 544, 330, 486, 432, 55, 330, 496, 330, 215,
+ /* 800 */ 330, 600, 20, 330, 410, 384, 56, 432, 111, 432,
+ /* 810 */ 112, 443, 449, 432, 113, 432, 26, 311, 5, 432,
+ /* 820 */ 37, 432, 38, 432, 27, 276, 432, 39, 264, 61,
+ /* 830 */ 60, 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62, 62,
+ /* 840 */ 62, 62, 330, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65, 66,
+ /* 850 */ 66, 66, 67, 216, 304, 330, 202, 330, 431, 375,
+ /* 860 */ 420, 330, 430, 330, 317, 432, 40, 277, 330, 487,
+ /* 870 */ 330, 233, 330, 421, 330, 177, 161, 496, 432, 41,
+ /* 880 */ 432, 43, 443, 449, 432, 44, 432, 45, 276, 276,
+ /* 890 */ 433, 432, 30, 432, 31, 432, 46, 432, 47, 264,
+ /* 900 */ 61, 71, 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63, 62,
+ /* 910 */ 62, 62, 62, 330, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65, 65,
+ /* 920 */ 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 304, 330, 276, 330, 276,
+ /* 930 */ 578, 580, 330, 157, 330, 318, 432, 48, 159, 319,
+ /* 940 */ 352, 330, 276, 323, 119, 463, 463, 422, 332, 432,
+ /* 950 */ 49, 432, 32, 443, 449, 432, 10, 432, 51, 276,
+ /* 960 */ 276, 276, 186, 487, 432, 52, 466, 433, 200, 399,
+ /* 970 */ 115, 581, 60, 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63, 63,
+ /* 980 */ 62, 62, 62, 62, 582, 64, 64, 64, 64, 65,
+ /* 990 */ 65, 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 304, 189, 192, 605,
+ /* 1000 */ 482, 231, 232, 292, 458, 494, 22, 179, 439, 483,
+ /* 1010 */ 520, 521, 530, 529, 535, 267, 186, 186, 366, 401,
+ /* 1020 */ 186, 565, 342, 186, 443, 449, 451, 573, 574, 179,
+ /* 1030 */ 92, 433, 433, 585, 18, 92, 602, 478, 302, 523,
+ /* 1040 */ 606, 351, 491, 495, 309, 453, 454, 450, 450, 63,
+ /* 1050 */ 63, 62, 62, 62, 62, 497, 64, 64, 64, 64,
+ /* 1060 */ 65, 65, 66, 66, 66, 67, 216, 165, 262, 85,
+ /* 1070 */ 527, 528, 235, 236, 237, 168, 239, 533, 105, 534,
+ /* 1080 */ 263, 546, 269, 73, 337, 8, 4, 195, 271, 273,
+ /* 1090 */ 308, 211, 275, 294, 280, 371, 379, 382, 383, 334,
+ /* 1100 */ 283, 284, 295, 285, 577, 587, 293, 296, 297, 599,
+ /* 1110 */ 147, 242, 462, 423, 209, 464, 569, 339, 338, 250,
+ /* 1120 */ 208, 481, 526, 210, 572, 484, 437, 469, 259, 537,
+ /* 1130 */ 540, 290, 393, 584, 166, 409, 417, 418, 536, 538,
+ /* 1140 */ 330, 7, 326, 361, 419, 167, 85, 76, 75, 156,
+ /* 1150 */ 169, 347, 345, 84, 327, 176, 74, 328, 329, 58,
+ /* 1160 */ 434, 438, 80, 432, 35, 479, 392, 291, 281, 243,
+ /* 1170 */ 246, 244, 305, 245, 121, 86, 435, 214, 350, 214,
+ /* 1180 */ 356, 513, 518, 433, 251, 313, 260, 523, 125, 493,
+ /* 1190 */ 499, 519, 253, 440, 440, 440, 441, 442, 11, 73,
+ /* 1200 */ 337, 398, 4, 522, 219, 344, 308, 500, 524, 255,
+ /* 1210 */ 343, 226, 368, 300, 225, 334, 73, 337, 227, 4,
+ /* 1220 */ 541, 547, 548, 308, 549, 190, 301, 555, 191, 372,
+ /* 1230 */ 370, 193, 334, 339, 194, 557, 89, 196, 278, 378,
+ /* 1240 */ 558, 117, 568, 469, 199, 133, 390, 391, 575, 143,
+ /* 1250 */ 339, 134, 135, 583, 136, 139, 137, 142, 322, 596,
+ /* 1260 */ 469, 93, 96, 76, 75, 502, 597, 598, 601, 101,
+ /* 1270 */ 224, 104, 74, 328, 329, 107, 407, 438, 238, 424,
+ /* 1280 */ 76, 75, 118, 455, 650, 651, 172, 173, 452, 74,
+ /* 1290 */ 328, 329, 324, 72, 438, 459, 468, 471, 144, 158,
+ /* 1300 */ 6, 472, 13, 473, 175, 477, 82, 490, 12, 440,
+ /* 1310 */ 440, 440, 441, 442, 11, 122, 498, 180, 164, 506,
+ /* 1320 */ 507, 87, 116, 223, 126, 127, 440, 440, 440, 441,
+ /* 1330 */ 442, 11, 266, 88, 128, 188, 360, 365, 258, 369,
+ /* 1340 */ 146, 556, 129, 179, 130, 373, 559, 279, 563, 197,
+ /* 1350 */ 131, 9, 571, 201, 132, 14, 203, 576, 204, 579,
+ /* 1360 */ 138, 205, 90, 141, 91, 140, 15, 106, 594, 586,
+ /* 1370 */ 400, 298, 212, 404, 149, 608,
};
static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
- /* 0 */ 16, 139, 140, 141, 168, 21, 144, 23, 69, 70,
- /* 10 */ 71, 72, 176, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
- /* 20 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 78, 79, 42, 43, 73, 74,
- /* 30 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84,
- /* 40 */ 1, 2, 23, 58, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65,
- /* 50 */ 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75,
- /* 60 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16,
- /* 70 */ 185, 186, 88, 88, 110, 22, 217, 92, 219, 220,
- /* 80 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83,
- /* 90 */ 84, 217, 218, 219, 220, 42, 43, 238, 188, 46,
- /* 100 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 88, 89, 124,
- /* 110 */ 125, 126, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66,
- /* 120 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76,
- /* 130 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43,
- /* 140 */ 44, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 23, 84, 169, 170,
- /* 150 */ 19, 164, 165, 166, 23, 23, 60, 61, 62, 63,
- /* 160 */ 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 110,
- /* 170 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83,
- /* 180 */ 84, 16, 123, 147, 150, 147, 21, 167, 168, 58,
- /* 190 */ 211, 147, 156, 157, 92, 216, 176, 23, 147, 176,
- /* 200 */ 177, 78, 79, 165, 166, 103, 183, 42, 43, 78,
- /* 210 */ 79, 88, 89, 169, 170, 228, 180, 181, 169, 88,
- /* 220 */ 88, 98, 99, 92, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,
- /* 230 */ 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74,
- /* 240 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84,
- /* 250 */ 42, 43, 78, 209, 210, 124, 125, 126, 224, 208,
- /* 260 */ 169, 170, 88, 89, 230, 227, 228, 16, 60, 61,
- /* 270 */ 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71,
- /* 280 */ 72, 23, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81,
- /* 290 */ 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, 160, 16, 147, 161, 83,
- /* 300 */ 84, 210, 161, 153, 169, 158, 156, 157, 161, 162,
- /* 310 */ 163, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68,
- /* 320 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 161, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
- /* 330 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 192, 200, 147, 131,
- /* 340 */ 16, 200, 16, 199, 20, 169, 88, 89, 90, 185,
- /* 350 */ 186, 93, 94, 95, 217, 22, 219, 220, 147, 147,
- /* 360 */ 169, 170, 104, 200, 84, 147, 42, 43, 156, 157,
- /* 370 */ 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 164, 165, 166,
- /* 380 */ 169, 170, 131, 103, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65,
- /* 390 */ 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 155, 74, 75,
- /* 400 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16,
- /* 410 */ 84, 11, 221, 20, 30, 16, 147, 91, 92, 93,
- /* 420 */ 94, 95, 96, 90, 147, 181, 93, 94, 95, 103,
- /* 430 */ 212, 189, 155, 27, 50, 42, 43, 104, 169, 170,
- /* 440 */ 34, 228, 43, 201, 202, 181, 169, 170, 206, 49,
- /* 450 */ 161, 162, 163, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66,
- /* 460 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 189, 74, 75, 76,
- /* 470 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 25,
- /* 480 */ 211, 147, 20, 29, 12, 147, 102, 19, 211, 21,
- /* 490 */ 147, 141, 147, 216, 144, 41, 24, 98, 20, 99,
- /* 500 */ 100, 101, 103, 165, 42, 43, 0, 1, 2, 37,
- /* 510 */ 110, 39, 169, 170, 169, 170, 182, 19, 20, 190,
- /* 520 */ 22, 49, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67,
- /* 530 */ 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 155, 74, 75, 76, 77,
- /* 540 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 147, 90,
- /* 550 */ 20, 20, 93, 94, 95, 147, 155, 59, 215, 225,
- /* 560 */ 215, 20, 130, 104, 132, 227, 228, 42, 43, 189,
- /* 570 */ 169, 170, 16, 42, 43, 20, 19, 22, 19, 20,
- /* 580 */ 23, 22, 18, 147, 106, 147, 108, 109, 63, 64,
- /* 590 */ 189, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68,
- /* 600 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
- /* 610 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 92, 59, 55,
- /* 620 */ 212, 21, 147, 19, 147, 23, 188, 23, 12, 217,
- /* 630 */ 23, 219, 220, 7, 8, 9, 106, 186, 108, 109,
- /* 640 */ 24, 147, 42, 43, 208, 88, 89, 106, 92, 108,
- /* 650 */ 109, 244, 245, 37, 147, 39, 147, 182, 94, 16,
- /* 660 */ 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69,
- /* 670 */ 70, 71, 72, 145, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
- /* 680 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, 80, 142, 143,
- /* 690 */ 88, 89, 88, 89, 148, 88, 89, 133, 14, 147,
- /* 700 */ 225, 155, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66,
- /* 710 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 114, 74, 75, 76,
- /* 720 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43,
- /* 730 */ 201, 202, 147, 147, 182, 189, 52, 147, 54, 147,
- /* 740 */ 147, 147, 147, 147, 155, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63,
- /* 750 */ 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 213,
- /* 760 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83,
- /* 770 */ 84, 42, 43, 188, 188, 182, 182, 225, 189, 106,
- /* 780 */ 188, 108, 109, 188, 99, 100, 101, 241, 16, 155,
- /* 790 */ 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70,
- /* 800 */ 71, 72, 213, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
- /* 810 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, 23, 133, 225, 225,
- /* 820 */ 21, 225, 23, 189, 239, 236, 99, 100, 101, 22,
- /* 830 */ 242, 243, 155, 191, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67,
- /* 840 */ 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, 77,
- /* 850 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 17, 22,
- /* 860 */ 19, 147, 147, 147, 23, 147, 189, 169, 170, 147,
- /* 870 */ 14, 147, 31, 16, 17, 147, 19, 147, 19, 43,
- /* 880 */ 23, 88, 89, 169, 170, 169, 170, 88, 31, 48,
- /* 890 */ 147, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 89, 169, 170, 58,
- /* 900 */ 147, 147, 147, 188, 147, 48, 188, 114, 52, 147,
- /* 910 */ 54, 19, 147, 124, 125, 58, 147, 169, 170, 78,
- /* 920 */ 79, 114, 169, 170, 169, 170, 169, 170, 87, 88,
- /* 930 */ 89, 169, 170, 92, 98, 78, 79, 80, 169, 170,
- /* 940 */ 91, 147, 188, 22, 87, 88, 89, 16, 17, 92,
- /* 950 */ 19, 110, 147, 155, 23, 147, 155, 22, 121, 110,
- /* 960 */ 68, 80, 31, 169, 170, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128,
- /* 970 */ 129, 112, 123, 208, 169, 170, 107, 169, 170, 48,
- /* 980 */ 111, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 189, 107, 58,
- /* 990 */ 189, 5, 111, 147, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13,
- /* 1000 */ 161, 20, 147, 22, 178, 147, 91, 92, 147, 78,
- /* 1010 */ 79, 147, 26, 19, 28, 169, 170, 23, 87, 88,
- /* 1020 */ 89, 35, 147, 92, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170, 147,
- /* 1030 */ 169, 170, 97, 47, 113, 49, 20, 203, 22, 53,
- /* 1040 */ 147, 147, 56, 147, 169, 170, 147, 147, 147, 20,
- /* 1050 */ 147, 169, 170, 147, 147, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128,
- /* 1060 */ 129, 147, 169, 170, 178, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170,
- /* 1070 */ 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170, 147, 20, 147,
- /* 1080 */ 22, 147, 88, 147, 147, 99, 100, 101, 59, 169,
- /* 1090 */ 170, 105, 147, 20, 147, 22, 110, 178, 147, 169,
- /* 1100 */ 170, 169, 170, 169, 170, 169, 170, 20, 147, 22,
- /* 1110 */ 147, 20, 147, 22, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 147,
- /* 1120 */ 134, 20, 147, 22, 20, 147, 22, 147, 20, 232,
- /* 1130 */ 22, 233, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 147, 147, 147,
- /* 1140 */ 169, 170, 147, 147, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170, 169,
- /* 1150 */ 170, 147, 147, 147, 147, 147, 147, 191, 161, 149,
- /* 1160 */ 193, 177, 229, 223, 161, 172, 6, 229, 194, 146,
- /* 1170 */ 172, 194, 172, 172, 172, 161, 146, 146, 146, 22,
- /* 1180 */ 154, 121, 194, 118, 173, 119, 116, 120, 112, 130,
- /* 1190 */ 222, 152, 152, 98, 115, 98, 171, 97, 171, 40,
- /* 1200 */ 179, 189, 19, 84, 171, 226, 171, 173, 195, 226,
- /* 1210 */ 174, 196, 171, 171, 197, 171, 198, 179, 15, 174,
- /* 1220 */ 151, 60, 151, 204, 152, 205, 204, 152, 151, 205,
- /* 1230 */ 152, 38, 152, 130, 151, 184, 152, 184, 19, 15,
- /* 1240 */ 194, 152, 187, 187, 187, 152, 194, 184, 187, 33,
- /* 1250 */ 152, 152, 137, 159, 1, 20, 175, 214, 112, 112,
- /* 1260 */ 175, 214, 234, 112, 112, 92, 19, 11, 20, 107,
- /* 1270 */ 20, 19, 235, 19, 32, 20, 112, 114, 20, 22,
- /* 1280 */ 20, 22, 117, 22, 117, 237, 237, 19, 44, 20,
- /* 1290 */ 240, 20, 20, 231, 19, 44, 19, 243, 20, 19,
- /* 1300 */ 19, 19, 96, 103, 16, 21, 44, 17, 98, 36,
- /* 1310 */ 246, 45, 45, 22, 51, 133, 98, 19, 5, 1,
- /* 1320 */ 122, 19, 102, 14, 113, 17, 113, 115, 102, 122,
- /* 1330 */ 19, 123, 68, 68, 20, 14, 57, 135, 19, 3,
- /* 1340 */ 136, 4,
+ /* 0 */ 19, 142, 143, 144, 145, 24, 150, 26, 74, 75,
+ /* 10 */ 76, 77, 115, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85,
+ /* 20 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 150, 165, 166, 167, 47, 48,
+ /* 30 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87,
+ /* 40 */ 88, 89, 186, 169, 170, 85, 65, 66, 67, 68,
+ /* 50 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 89,
+ /* 60 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
+ /* 70 */ 89, 19, 112, 19, 93, 173, 116, 25, 79, 80,
+ /* 80 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 1,
+ /* 90 */ 2, 26, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 47,
+ /* 100 */ 48, 180, 181, 51, 230, 231, 22, 22, 187, 26,
+ /* 110 */ 221, 26, 223, 224, 0, 1, 2, 65, 66, 67,
+ /* 120 */ 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77,
+ /* 130 */ 241, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87,
+ /* 140 */ 88, 89, 19, 89, 7, 8, 9, 19, 63, 95,
+ /* 150 */ 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 150, 28, 93, 94,
+ /* 160 */ 95, 32, 108, 98, 99, 100, 83, 84, 83, 84,
+ /* 170 */ 47, 48, 49, 25, 109, 46, 93, 94, 93, 173,
+ /* 180 */ 174, 165, 97, 26, 83, 84, 103, 104, 65, 66,
+ /* 190 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
+ /* 200 */ 77, 117, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
+ /* 210 */ 87, 88, 89, 19, 129, 130, 131, 89, 24, 150,
+ /* 220 */ 204, 150, 63, 173, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101,
+ /* 230 */ 150, 225, 221, 222, 223, 224, 108, 221, 185, 223,
+ /* 240 */ 224, 47, 48, 95, 173, 174, 98, 99, 100, 54,
+ /* 250 */ 93, 94, 93, 173, 174, 186, 97, 109, 159, 65,
+ /* 260 */ 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75,
+ /* 270 */ 76, 77, 150, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85,
+ /* 280 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 19, 11, 215, 172, 129, 130,
+ /* 290 */ 131, 220, 193, 213, 214, 180, 146, 147, 26, 104,
+ /* 300 */ 105, 106, 152, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 186, 159,
+ /* 310 */ 115, 95, 47, 48, 98, 99, 100, 162, 185, 22,
+ /* 320 */ 165, 166, 167, 26, 221, 109, 223, 224, 54, 150,
+ /* 330 */ 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
+ /* 340 */ 75, 76, 77, 193, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84,
+ /* 350 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 83, 19, 221, 150, 223,
+ /* 360 */ 224, 171, 172, 150, 150, 93, 94, 217, 160, 161,
+ /* 370 */ 180, 26, 24, 150, 26, 150, 189, 190, 104, 105,
+ /* 380 */ 106, 159, 169, 194, 47, 48, 150, 173, 174, 115,
+ /* 390 */ 93, 94, 184, 185, 244, 216, 173, 174, 173, 174,
+ /* 400 */ 159, 136, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72,
+ /* 410 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 193, 79, 80, 81, 82,
+ /* 420 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 150, 19, 159,
+ /* 430 */ 12, 150, 23, 219, 193, 19, 159, 214, 93, 217,
+ /* 440 */ 215, 93, 150, 230, 231, 27, 205, 206, 26, 157,
+ /* 450 */ 173, 174, 160, 161, 173, 174, 47, 48, 154, 190,
+ /* 460 */ 42, 239, 44, 193, 48, 25, 168, 169, 170, 22,
+ /* 470 */ 193, 24, 54, 136, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70,
+ /* 480 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 217, 79, 80,
+ /* 490 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 19,
+ /* 500 */ 219, 23, 150, 23, 234, 23, 135, 150, 137, 239,
+ /* 510 */ 168, 169, 170, 23, 164, 93, 94, 26, 23, 103,
+ /* 520 */ 150, 47, 48, 173, 108, 173, 174, 47, 48, 231,
+ /* 530 */ 173, 174, 228, 21, 150, 22, 23, 233, 25, 88,
+ /* 540 */ 89, 119, 68, 69, 165, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69,
+ /* 550 */ 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 118, 79,
+ /* 560 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,
+ /* 570 */ 19, 97, 60, 231, 23, 22, 165, 64, 23, 26,
+ /* 580 */ 25, 96, 12, 204, 93, 94, 34, 22, 23, 111,
+ /* 590 */ 25, 113, 114, 111, 26, 113, 114, 27, 47, 48,
+ /* 600 */ 115, 111, 17, 113, 114, 150, 111, 55, 113, 114,
+ /* 610 */ 119, 99, 42, 128, 44, 204, 65, 66, 67, 68,
+ /* 620 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 64,
+ /* 630 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
+ /* 640 */ 89, 19, 57, 150, 59, 23, 93, 94, 150, 94,
+ /* 650 */ 138, 22, 150, 85, 150, 26, 150, 97, 150, 107,
+ /* 660 */ 150, 93, 94, 48, 189, 190, 173, 174, 108, 47,
+ /* 670 */ 48, 173, 174, 115, 119, 173, 174, 173, 174, 173,
+ /* 680 */ 174, 173, 174, 173, 174, 17, 128, 65, 66, 67,
+ /* 690 */ 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77,
+ /* 700 */ 150, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87,
+ /* 710 */ 88, 89, 19, 150, 104, 105, 106, 24, 103, 150,
+ /* 720 */ 148, 150, 93, 138, 150, 57, 150, 59, 150, 111,
+ /* 730 */ 150, 113, 114, 150, 247, 248, 173, 174, 144, 145,
+ /* 740 */ 47, 48, 173, 174, 173, 174, 165, 173, 174, 173,
+ /* 750 */ 174, 173, 174, 173, 174, 150, 173, 174, 65, 66,
+ /* 760 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
+ /* 770 */ 77, 150, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
+ /* 780 */ 87, 88, 89, 19, 150, 204, 150, 104, 105, 106,
+ /* 790 */ 150, 150, 150, 207, 173, 174, 150, 150, 150, 196,
+ /* 800 */ 150, 160, 161, 150, 150, 150, 203, 173, 174, 173,
+ /* 810 */ 174, 47, 48, 173, 174, 173, 174, 212, 195, 173,
+ /* 820 */ 174, 173, 174, 173, 174, 150, 173, 174, 150, 65,
+ /* 830 */ 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75,
+ /* 840 */ 76, 77, 150, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85,
+ /* 850 */ 86, 87, 88, 89, 19, 150, 159, 150, 112, 212,
+ /* 860 */ 150, 150, 116, 150, 186, 173, 174, 192, 150, 25,
+ /* 870 */ 150, 216, 150, 150, 150, 205, 206, 150, 173, 174,
+ /* 880 */ 173, 174, 47, 48, 173, 174, 173, 174, 150, 150,
+ /* 890 */ 193, 173, 174, 173, 174, 173, 174, 173, 174, 150,
+ /* 900 */ 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
+ /* 910 */ 75, 76, 77, 150, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84,
+ /* 920 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 19, 150, 150, 150, 150,
+ /* 930 */ 192, 192, 150, 159, 150, 186, 173, 174, 94, 212,
+ /* 940 */ 19, 150, 150, 245, 246, 129, 130, 150, 19, 173,
+ /* 950 */ 174, 173, 174, 47, 48, 173, 174, 173, 174, 150,
+ /* 960 */ 150, 150, 25, 119, 173, 174, 165, 193, 25, 192,
+ /* 970 */ 150, 192, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,
+ /* 980 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 192, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83,
+ /* 990 */ 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 19, 159, 159, 23,
+ /* 1000 */ 30, 192, 192, 192, 23, 23, 25, 25, 150, 39,
+ /* 1010 */ 7, 8, 96, 97, 23, 23, 25, 25, 23, 242,
+ /* 1020 */ 25, 23, 150, 25, 47, 48, 97, 23, 23, 25,
+ /* 1030 */ 25, 193, 193, 23, 22, 25, 23, 150, 25, 102,
+ /* 1040 */ 64, 120, 150, 150, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72,
+ /* 1050 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 150, 79, 80, 81, 82,
+ /* 1060 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 5, 150, 126,
+ /* 1070 */ 150, 182, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 182, 16, 182,
+ /* 1080 */ 150, 150, 150, 19, 20, 73, 22, 235, 150, 150,
+ /* 1090 */ 26, 29, 150, 31, 150, 236, 150, 150, 150, 35,
+ /* 1100 */ 150, 150, 40, 150, 150, 150, 150, 150, 150, 150,
+ /* 1110 */ 195, 197, 232, 153, 52, 232, 54, 53, 227, 208,
+ /* 1120 */ 58, 176, 181, 61, 198, 176, 165, 63, 176, 165,
+ /* 1130 */ 165, 208, 208, 198, 6, 149, 149, 149, 176, 176,
+ /* 1140 */ 150, 25, 149, 177, 13, 151, 126, 83, 84, 159,
+ /* 1150 */ 151, 123, 122, 124, 158, 117, 92, 93, 94, 125,
+ /* 1160 */ 193, 97, 135, 173, 174, 156, 104, 105, 106, 198,
+ /* 1170 */ 201, 199, 110, 200, 156, 103, 202, 115, 121, 115,
+ /* 1180 */ 103, 175, 175, 193, 209, 45, 175, 102, 22, 210,
+ /* 1190 */ 210, 183, 209, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 19,
+ /* 1200 */ 20, 139, 22, 177, 226, 215, 26, 210, 175, 209,
+ /* 1210 */ 220, 89, 18, 178, 229, 35, 19, 20, 229, 22,
+ /* 1220 */ 183, 175, 175, 26, 175, 155, 178, 156, 155, 43,
+ /* 1230 */ 156, 155, 35, 53, 156, 156, 135, 155, 237, 156,
+ /* 1240 */ 238, 65, 188, 63, 188, 22, 156, 18, 198, 218,
+ /* 1250 */ 53, 191, 191, 198, 191, 188, 191, 218, 156, 38,
+ /* 1260 */ 63, 240, 240, 83, 84, 85, 156, 156, 36, 163,
+ /* 1270 */ 179, 179, 92, 93, 94, 243, 1, 97, 15, 23,
+ /* 1280 */ 83, 84, 246, 112, 117, 117, 117, 117, 97, 92,
+ /* 1290 */ 93, 94, 249, 22, 97, 23, 23, 11, 22, 22,
+ /* 1300 */ 33, 23, 33, 23, 25, 23, 25, 119, 25, 129,
+ /* 1310 */ 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 22, 120, 33, 117, 23,
+ /* 1320 */ 23, 22, 37, 49, 22, 22, 129, 130, 131, 132,
+ /* 1330 */ 133, 134, 23, 22, 22, 101, 49, 49, 108, 19,
+ /* 1340 */ 24, 20, 103, 25, 50, 41, 56, 138, 50, 103,
+ /* 1350 */ 22, 5, 1, 127, 107, 22, 118, 1, 17, 20,
+ /* 1360 */ 118, 121, 73, 127, 73, 107, 22, 17, 23, 128,
+ /* 1370 */ 62, 140, 15, 3, 22, 4,
};
-#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-62)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 389
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-104)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 404
static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ 39, 841, 986, -16, 841, 931, 931, 258, 123, -36,
- /* 10 */ 96, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, -45, 400, 174, 19,
- /* 20 */ 132, -54, -54, 53, 165, 208, 251, 324, 393, 462,
- /* 30 */ 531, 600, 643, 686, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643,
- /* 40 */ 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643, 643,
- /* 50 */ 643, 643, 729, 772, 772, 857, 931, 931, 931, 931,
- /* 60 */ 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931,
- /* 70 */ 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931,
- /* 80 */ 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931,
- /* 90 */ 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, 931, -61, -61, 6, 6,
- /* 100 */ 280, 22, 61, 399, 564, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19,
- /* 110 */ 19, 19, 216, 132, 63, -62, -62, -62, 131, 326,
- /* 120 */ 472, 472, 498, 559, 506, 799, 19, 799, 19, 19,
- /* 130 */ 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19,
- /* 140 */ 19, 849, 59, -36, -36, -36, -62, -62, -62, -15,
- /* 150 */ -15, 333, 459, 478, 557, 530, 541, 616, 602, 793,
- /* 160 */ 604, 607, 626, 19, 19, 881, 19, 19, 994, 19,
- /* 170 */ 19, 807, 19, 19, 673, 807, 19, 19, 384, 384,
- /* 180 */ 384, 19, 19, 673, 19, 19, 673, 19, 454, 685,
- /* 190 */ 19, 19, 673, 19, 19, 19, 673, 19, 19, 19,
- /* 200 */ 673, 673, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 468, 869, 921,
- /* 210 */ 132, 789, 789, 432, 406, 406, 406, 836, 406, 132,
- /* 220 */ 406, 132, 935, 837, 837, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1157,
- /* 230 */ -36, 1060, 1065, 1066, 1070, 1067, 1059, 1076, 1076, 1095,
- /* 240 */ 1079, 1095, 1079, 1097, 1097, 1159, 1097, 1100, 1097, 1183,
- /* 250 */ 1119, 1119, 1159, 1097, 1097, 1097, 1183, 1203, 1076, 1203,
- /* 260 */ 1076, 1203, 1076, 1076, 1193, 1103, 1203, 1076, 1161, 1161,
- /* 270 */ 1219, 1060, 1076, 1224, 1224, 1224, 1224, 1060, 1161, 1219,
- /* 280 */ 1076, 1216, 1216, 1076, 1076, 1115, -62, -62, -62, -62,
- /* 290 */ -62, -62, 525, 684, 727, 856, 859, 556, 555, 981,
- /* 300 */ 102, 987, 915, 1016, 1058, 1073, 1087, 1091, 1101, 1104,
- /* 310 */ 892, 1108, 1029, 1253, 1235, 1146, 1147, 1151, 1152, 1173,
- /* 320 */ 1162, 1247, 1248, 1250, 1252, 1256, 1254, 1255, 1257, 1258,
- /* 330 */ 1260, 1259, 1165, 1261, 1167, 1259, 1163, 1268, 1269, 1164,
- /* 340 */ 1271, 1272, 1242, 1244, 1275, 1251, 1277, 1278, 1280, 1281,
- /* 350 */ 1262, 1282, 1206, 1200, 1288, 1290, 1284, 1210, 1273, 1263,
- /* 360 */ 1266, 1291, 1267, 1182, 1218, 1298, 1313, 1318, 1220, 1264,
- /* 370 */ 1265, 1198, 1302, 1211, 1309, 1212, 1308, 1213, 1226, 1207,
- /* 380 */ 1311, 1208, 1314, 1321, 1279, 1202, 1204, 1319, 1336, 1337,
+ /* 0 */ 88, 1062, 1064, -19, 1064, 1197, 1197, 65, 83, 195,
+ /* 10 */ 123, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, -48, 274, 272, 157,
+ /* 20 */ 345, 101, 101, -103, 52, 194, 265, 337, 409, 480,
+ /* 30 */ 551, 622, 693, 764, 835, 764, 764, 764, 764, 764,
+ /* 40 */ 764, 764, 764, 764, 764, 764, 764, 764, 764, 764,
+ /* 50 */ 764, 764, 764, 906, 977, 977, 1180, 1197, 1197, 1197,
+ /* 60 */ 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197,
+ /* 70 */ 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197,
+ /* 80 */ 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197,
+ /* 90 */ 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, 1197, -66, -66, -1,
+ /* 100 */ -1, 54, 9, 218, 416, 512, 157, 157, 451, 345,
+ /* 110 */ -30, -104, -104, -104, 85, 128, 418, 418, 513, 565,
+ /* 120 */ 114, 348, 157, 348, 348, 157, 157, 157, 157, 157,
+ /* 130 */ 157, 157, 157, 157, 157, 157, 157, 157, 157, 157,
+ /* 140 */ 157, 157, 485, 558, -103, -103, -103, -104, -104, -104,
+ /* 150 */ 159, 159, 148, 216, 478, 297, 482, 490, 570, 422,
+ /* 160 */ 491, 553, 495, 555, 568, 137, 157, 157, 157, 157,
+ /* 170 */ 157, -40, 157, 157, 629, 157, 157, 844, 157, 157,
+ /* 180 */ 157, 157, 157, 552, 552, 552, 157, 157, 157, 618,
+ /* 190 */ 157, 157, 618, 157, 129, 610, 157, 157, 618, 157,
+ /* 200 */ 157, 157, 618, 157, 157, 157, 618, 618, 157, 157,
+ /* 210 */ 157, 157, 157, 447, 746, 440, 345, 816, 816, 371,
+ /* 220 */ 970, 970, 921, 970, 615, 970, 345, 970, 345, 937,
+ /* 230 */ 943, 921, 921, 943, 1128, 1128, 1128, 1128, 1131, 1131,
+ /* 240 */ 1116, -103, 1020, 1028, 1029, 1030, 1034, 1027, 1038, 1038,
+ /* 250 */ 1072, 1057, 1072, 1057, 1072, 1057, 1077, 1077, 1140, 1077,
+ /* 260 */ 1085, 1077, 1166, 1122, 1122, 1140, 1077, 1077, 1077, 1166,
+ /* 270 */ 1194, 1038, 1194, 1038, 1194, 1038, 1038, 1186, 1101, 1194,
+ /* 280 */ 1038, 1176, 1176, 1223, 1020, 1038, 1229, 1229, 1229, 1229,
+ /* 290 */ 1020, 1176, 1223, 1038, 1221, 1221, 1038, 1038, 1232, -104,
+ /* 300 */ -104, -104, -104, -104, 474, 585, 683, 668, 84, 929,
+ /* 310 */ 981, 982, 560, 1003, 916, 991, 992, 995, 998, 1004,
+ /* 320 */ 1005, 1010, 1012, 1013, 976, 1275, 1263, 1256, 1167, 1168,
+ /* 330 */ 1169, 1170, 1191, 1171, 1271, 1272, 1273, 1276, 1286, 1277,
+ /* 340 */ 1278, 1279, 1280, 1282, 1281, 1267, 1283, 1269, 1281, 1188,
+ /* 350 */ 1293, 1284, 1196, 1201, 1296, 1297, 1285, 1274, 1299, 1287,
+ /* 360 */ 1302, 1309, 1303, 1311, 1288, 1312, 1234, 1230, 1320, 1321,
+ /* 370 */ 1316, 1239, 1304, 1290, 1294, 1318, 1298, 1209, 1246, 1328,
+ /* 380 */ 1346, 1351, 1247, 1289, 1291, 1226, 1333, 1238, 1356, 1341,
+ /* 390 */ 1240, 1339, 1242, 1258, 1236, 1344, 1241, 1345, 1350, 1308,
+ /* 400 */ 1357, 1231, 1352, 1370, 1371,
};
-#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-165)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 291
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-145)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 303
static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ -138, 277, 546, 137, 401, -21, 44, 36, 38, 242,
- /* 10 */ -141, 191, 91, 269, 343, 345, -126, 589, 338, 150,
- /* 20 */ 147, -13, 213, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412,
- /* 30 */ 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412,
- /* 40 */ 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 412,
- /* 50 */ 412, 412, 412, 412, 412, 211, 698, 714, 716, 722,
- /* 60 */ 724, 728, 748, 753, 755, 757, 762, 769, 794, 805,
- /* 70 */ 808, 846, 855, 858, 861, 875, 882, 893, 896, 899,
- /* 80 */ 901, 903, 906, 920, 930, 932, 934, 936, 945, 947,
- /* 90 */ 963, 965, 971, 975, 978, 980, 412, 412, 412, 412,
- /* 100 */ 20, 412, 412, 23, 34, 334, 475, 552, 593, 594,
- /* 110 */ 585, 212, 412, 289, 412, 412, 412, 412, 135, -164,
- /* 120 */ -115, 164, 407, 407, 350, 141, 51, 163, 596, -90,
- /* 130 */ 436, 218, 765, 438, 586, 592, 595, 715, 718, 408,
- /* 140 */ 754, 380, 634, 677, 798, 801, 144, 529, 588, 49,
- /* 150 */ 176, 244, 264, 329, 457, 329, 329, 451, 477, 494,
- /* 160 */ 507, 509, 528, 590, 730, 642, 509, 743, 839, 864,
- /* 170 */ 879, 834, 894, 900, 329, 834, 907, 914, 826, 886,
- /* 180 */ 919, 927, 937, 329, 951, 961, 329, 972, 897, 898,
- /* 190 */ 989, 990, 329, 991, 992, 995, 329, 996, 999, 1004,
- /* 200 */ 329, 329, 1005, 1006, 1007, 1008, 1009, 1010, 966, 967,
- /* 210 */ 997, 933, 938, 940, 993, 998, 1000, 984, 1001, 1003,
- /* 220 */ 1002, 1014, 1011, 974, 977, 1023, 1030, 1031, 1032, 1026,
- /* 230 */ 1012, 988, 1013, 1015, 1017, 1018, 968, 1039, 1040, 1019,
- /* 240 */ 1020, 1022, 1024, 1025, 1027, 1021, 1033, 1034, 1035, 1036,
- /* 250 */ 979, 983, 1038, 1041, 1042, 1044, 1045, 1069, 1072, 1071,
- /* 260 */ 1075, 1077, 1078, 1080, 1028, 1037, 1083, 1084, 1051, 1053,
- /* 270 */ 1043, 1046, 1089, 1055, 1056, 1057, 1061, 1052, 1063, 1047,
- /* 280 */ 1093, 1048, 1049, 1098, 1099, 1050, 1094, 1081, 1085, 1062,
- /* 290 */ 1054, 1064,
+ /* 0 */ -141, 150, 990, 16, 277, 71, 80, 208, -126, 270,
+ /* 10 */ -111, 6, 223, 225, 214, 281, 11, 222, 213, 292,
+ /* 20 */ 155, 298, 342, 241, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136,
+ /* 30 */ 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136,
+ /* 40 */ 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136,
+ /* 50 */ 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 136, 352, 357, 493, 498,
+ /* 60 */ 502, 504, 506, 508, 510, 563, 569, 571, 574, 576,
+ /* 70 */ 578, 580, 583, 621, 634, 636, 640, 642, 646, 648,
+ /* 80 */ 650, 653, 692, 705, 707, 711, 713, 718, 720, 722,
+ /* 90 */ 724, 763, 776, 778, 782, 784, 791, 136, 136, 136,
+ /* 100 */ 136, 190, 136, 136, -79, 304, 777, 641, 103, -140,
+ /* 110 */ 103, 103, 103, 103, 350, 115, 187, 475, 487, 487,
+ /* 120 */ 594, 379, 605, 411, 581, -144, 69, 122, 678, 675,
+ /* 130 */ 647, 749, 179, 727, 738, 739, 779, 792, 809, 810,
+ /* 140 */ 655, 811, 99, 697, 774, 838, 839, 603, 670, 698,
+ /* 150 */ -98, 50, 53, 133, 189, 236, 189, 189, 269, 370,
+ /* 160 */ 384, 455, 189, 586, 550, 572, 654, 710, 723, 797,
+ /* 170 */ 820, 623, 550, 858, 801, 872, 887, 586, 892, 893,
+ /* 180 */ 905, 918, 920, 889, 895, 897, 930, 931, 932, 189,
+ /* 190 */ 938, 939, 189, 942, 852, 859, 944, 946, 189, 947,
+ /* 200 */ 948, 950, 189, 951, 953, 954, 189, 189, 955, 956,
+ /* 210 */ 957, 958, 959, 960, 915, 914, 961, 880, 883, 891,
+ /* 220 */ 945, 949, 911, 952, 941, 962, 964, 963, 965, 966,
+ /* 230 */ 926, 923, 924, 935, 986, 987, 988, 993, 994, 999,
+ /* 240 */ 996, 967, 971, 972, 973, 969, 974, 978, 1009, 1018,
+ /* 250 */ 975, 979, 983, 980, 1000, 997, 1006, 1007, 1008, 1011,
+ /* 260 */ 1026, 1033, 1035, 985, 989, 1037, 1046, 1047, 1049, 1048,
+ /* 270 */ 1070, 1071, 1073, 1074, 1076, 1078, 1079, 1001, 1002, 1082,
+ /* 280 */ 1083, 1054, 1056, 1031, 1050, 1090, 1060, 1061, 1063, 1065,
+ /* 290 */ 1055, 1067, 1039, 1102, 1021, 1022, 1110, 1111, 1032, 1106,
+ /* 300 */ 1091, 1092, 1036, 1043,
};
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
- /* 0 */ 595, 820, 902, 710, 902, 820, 902, 902, 848, 714,
- /* 10 */ 877, 818, 902, 902, 902, 902, 792, 902, 848, 902,
- /* 20 */ 626, 848, 848, 743, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 30 */ 902, 902, 744, 902, 822, 817, 813, 815, 814, 821,
- /* 40 */ 745, 734, 741, 748, 726, 861, 750, 751, 757, 758,
- /* 50 */ 878, 876, 780, 779, 798, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 60 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 70 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 80 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 90 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 782, 804, 781, 791,
- /* 100 */ 619, 783, 784, 679, 614, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 110 */ 902, 902, 785, 902, 786, 799, 800, 801, 902, 902,
- /* 120 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 595, 710, 902, 710, 902, 902,
- /* 130 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 140 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 704, 714, 895, 902,
- /* 150 */ 902, 670, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 160 */ 902, 902, 602, 600, 902, 702, 902, 902, 628, 902,
- /* 170 */ 902, 712, 902, 902, 717, 718, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 180 */ 902, 902, 902, 616, 902, 902, 691, 902, 854, 902,
- /* 190 */ 902, 902, 868, 902, 902, 902, 866, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 200 */ 693, 753, 834, 902, 881, 883, 902, 902, 702, 711,
- /* 210 */ 902, 902, 902, 816, 737, 737, 737, 649, 737, 902,
- /* 220 */ 737, 902, 652, 747, 747, 599, 599, 599, 599, 669,
- /* 230 */ 902, 747, 738, 740, 730, 742, 902, 719, 719, 727,
- /* 240 */ 729, 727, 729, 681, 681, 666, 681, 652, 681, 826,
- /* 250 */ 831, 831, 666, 681, 681, 681, 826, 611, 719, 611,
- /* 260 */ 719, 611, 719, 719, 858, 860, 611, 719, 683, 683,
- /* 270 */ 759, 747, 719, 690, 690, 690, 690, 747, 683, 759,
- /* 280 */ 719, 880, 880, 719, 719, 888, 636, 654, 654, 863,
- /* 290 */ 895, 900, 902, 902, 902, 902, 766, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 300 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 310 */ 841, 902, 902, 902, 902, 771, 767, 902, 768, 902,
- /* 320 */ 696, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 330 */ 902, 819, 902, 731, 902, 739, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 340 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 350 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 360 */ 856, 857, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 370 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902, 902,
- /* 380 */ 902, 902, 902, 902, 887, 902, 902, 890, 596, 902,
- /* 390 */ 590, 593, 592, 594, 598, 601, 623, 624, 625, 603,
- /* 400 */ 604, 605, 606, 607, 608, 609, 615, 617, 635, 637,
- /* 410 */ 621, 639, 700, 701, 763, 694, 695, 699, 622, 774,
- /* 420 */ 765, 769, 770, 772, 773, 787, 788, 790, 796, 803,
- /* 430 */ 806, 789, 794, 795, 797, 802, 805, 697, 698, 809,
- /* 440 */ 629, 630, 633, 634, 844, 846, 845, 847, 632, 631,
- /* 450 */ 775, 778, 811, 812, 869, 870, 871, 872, 873, 807,
- /* 460 */ 720, 810, 793, 732, 735, 736, 733, 703, 713, 722,
- /* 470 */ 723, 724, 725, 708, 709, 715, 728, 761, 762, 716,
- /* 480 */ 705, 706, 707, 808, 764, 776, 777, 640, 641, 771,
- /* 490 */ 642, 643, 644, 682, 685, 686, 687, 645, 664, 667,
- /* 500 */ 668, 646, 653, 647, 648, 655, 656, 657, 660, 661,
- /* 510 */ 662, 663, 658, 659, 827, 828, 832, 830, 829, 650,
- /* 520 */ 651, 665, 638, 627, 620, 671, 674, 675, 676, 677,
- /* 530 */ 678, 680, 672, 673, 618, 610, 612, 721, 850, 859,
- /* 540 */ 855, 851, 852, 853, 613, 823, 824, 684, 755, 756,
- /* 550 */ 849, 862, 864, 760, 865, 867, 892, 688, 689, 692,
- /* 560 */ 833, 874, 746, 749, 752, 754, 835, 836, 837, 838,
- /* 570 */ 839, 842, 843, 840, 875, 879, 882, 884, 885, 886,
- /* 580 */ 889, 891, 896, 897, 898, 901, 899, 597, 591,
+ /* 0 */ 615, 929, 848, 736, 929, 848, 929, 929, 875, 929,
+ /* 10 */ 904, 846, 929, 929, 929, 929, 820, 929, 875, 929,
+ /* 20 */ 652, 875, 875, 740, 771, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 30 */ 929, 929, 929, 772, 929, 850, 845, 841, 843, 842,
+ /* 40 */ 849, 773, 762, 769, 776, 751, 888, 778, 779, 785,
+ /* 50 */ 786, 905, 903, 808, 807, 826, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 60 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 70 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 80 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 90 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 810, 832, 809,
+ /* 100 */ 819, 645, 811, 812, 705, 640, 929, 929, 813, 929,
+ /* 110 */ 814, 827, 828, 829, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 120 */ 615, 736, 929, 736, 736, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 130 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 140 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 730, 740, 922,
+ /* 150 */ 929, 929, 696, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 160 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 623, 621, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 170 */ 929, 728, 929, 929, 654, 929, 929, 738, 929, 929,
+ /* 180 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 642,
+ /* 190 */ 929, 929, 717, 929, 881, 929, 929, 929, 895, 929,
+ /* 200 */ 929, 929, 893, 929, 929, 929, 719, 781, 861, 929,
+ /* 210 */ 908, 910, 929, 929, 728, 737, 929, 929, 929, 844,
+ /* 220 */ 765, 765, 753, 765, 675, 765, 929, 765, 929, 678,
+ /* 230 */ 775, 753, 753, 775, 620, 620, 620, 620, 631, 631,
+ /* 240 */ 695, 929, 775, 766, 768, 758, 770, 929, 744, 744,
+ /* 250 */ 752, 757, 752, 757, 752, 757, 707, 707, 692, 707,
+ /* 260 */ 678, 707, 854, 858, 858, 692, 707, 707, 707, 854,
+ /* 270 */ 637, 744, 637, 744, 637, 744, 744, 885, 887, 637,
+ /* 280 */ 744, 709, 709, 787, 775, 744, 716, 716, 716, 716,
+ /* 290 */ 775, 709, 787, 744, 907, 907, 744, 744, 915, 662,
+ /* 300 */ 680, 680, 922, 927, 929, 929, 929, 929, 794, 929,
+ /* 310 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 320 */ 929, 929, 868, 929, 929, 929, 629, 929, 799, 795,
+ /* 330 */ 929, 796, 929, 722, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 340 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 847, 929, 759, 929, 767, 929,
+ /* 350 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 360 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 370 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 883, 884, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 380 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929,
+ /* 390 */ 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 929, 914,
+ /* 400 */ 929, 929, 917, 616, 929, 611, 613, 614, 618, 619,
+ /* 410 */ 622, 649, 650, 651, 624, 625, 626, 627, 628, 630,
+ /* 420 */ 634, 632, 633, 635, 641, 643, 661, 663, 647, 665,
+ /* 430 */ 726, 727, 791, 720, 721, 725, 648, 802, 793, 797,
+ /* 440 */ 798, 800, 801, 815, 816, 818, 824, 831, 834, 817,
+ /* 450 */ 822, 823, 825, 830, 833, 723, 724, 837, 655, 656,
+ /* 460 */ 659, 660, 871, 873, 872, 874, 658, 657, 803, 806,
+ /* 470 */ 839, 840, 896, 897, 898, 899, 900, 835, 745, 838,
+ /* 480 */ 821, 760, 763, 764, 761, 729, 739, 747, 748, 749,
+ /* 490 */ 750, 734, 735, 741, 756, 789, 790, 754, 755, 742,
+ /* 500 */ 743, 731, 732, 733, 836, 792, 804, 805, 666, 667,
+ /* 510 */ 799, 668, 669, 670, 708, 711, 712, 713, 671, 690,
+ /* 520 */ 693, 694, 672, 679, 673, 674, 681, 682, 683, 686,
+ /* 530 */ 687, 688, 689, 684, 685, 855, 856, 859, 857, 676,
+ /* 540 */ 677, 691, 664, 653, 646, 697, 700, 701, 702, 703,
+ /* 550 */ 704, 706, 698, 699, 644, 636, 638, 746, 877, 886,
+ /* 560 */ 882, 878, 879, 880, 639, 851, 852, 710, 783, 784,
+ /* 570 */ 876, 889, 891, 788, 892, 894, 890, 919, 714, 715,
+ /* 580 */ 718, 860, 901, 774, 777, 780, 782, 862, 863, 864,
+ /* 590 */ 865, 866, 869, 870, 867, 902, 906, 909, 911, 912,
+ /* 600 */ 913, 916, 918, 923, 924, 925, 928, 926, 617, 612,
};
#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
0, /* $ => nothing */
0, /* SEMI => nothing */
- 23, /* EXPLAIN => ID */
- 23, /* QUERY => ID */
- 23, /* PLAN => ID */
- 23, /* BEGIN => ID */
+ 26, /* EXPLAIN => ID */
+ 26, /* QUERY => ID */
+ 26, /* PLAN => ID */
+ 26, /* BEGIN => ID */
0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
- 23, /* DEFERRED => ID */
- 23, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */
- 23, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+ 26, /* DEFERRED => ID */
+ 26, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */
+ 26, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */
0, /* COMMIT => nothing */
- 23, /* END => ID */
- 0, /* ROLLBACK => nothing */
+ 26, /* END => ID */
+ 26, /* ROLLBACK => ID */
+ 26, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */
+ 26, /* RELEASE => ID */
+ 0, /* TO => nothing */
0, /* CREATE => nothing */
0, /* TABLE => nothing */
- 23, /* IF => ID */
+ 26, /* IF => ID */
0, /* NOT => nothing */
0, /* EXISTS => nothing */
- 23, /* TEMP => ID */
+ 26, /* TEMP => ID */
0, /* LP => nothing */
0, /* RP => nothing */
0, /* AS => nothing */
0, /* COMMA => nothing */
0, /* ID => nothing */
- 23, /* ABORT => ID */
- 23, /* AFTER => ID */
- 23, /* ANALYZE => ID */
- 23, /* ASC => ID */
- 23, /* ATTACH => ID */
- 23, /* BEFORE => ID */
- 23, /* CASCADE => ID */
- 23, /* CAST => ID */
- 23, /* CONFLICT => ID */
- 23, /* DATABASE => ID */
- 23, /* DESC => ID */
- 23, /* DETACH => ID */
- 23, /* EACH => ID */
- 23, /* FAIL => ID */
- 23, /* FOR => ID */
- 23, /* IGNORE => ID */
- 23, /* INITIALLY => ID */
- 23, /* INSTEAD => ID */
- 23, /* LIKE_KW => ID */
- 23, /* MATCH => ID */
- 23, /* KEY => ID */
- 23, /* OF => ID */
- 23, /* OFFSET => ID */
- 23, /* PRAGMA => ID */
- 23, /* RAISE => ID */
- 23, /* REPLACE => ID */
- 23, /* RESTRICT => ID */
- 23, /* ROW => ID */
- 23, /* TRIGGER => ID */
- 23, /* VACUUM => ID */
- 23, /* VIEW => ID */
- 23, /* VIRTUAL => ID */
- 23, /* REINDEX => ID */
- 23, /* RENAME => ID */
- 23, /* CTIME_KW => ID */
+ 26, /* ABORT => ID */
+ 26, /* AFTER => ID */
+ 26, /* ANALYZE => ID */
+ 26, /* ASC => ID */
+ 26, /* ATTACH => ID */
+ 26, /* BEFORE => ID */
+ 26, /* BY => ID */
+ 26, /* CASCADE => ID */
+ 26, /* CAST => ID */
+ 26, /* COLUMNKW => ID */
+ 26, /* CONFLICT => ID */
+ 26, /* DATABASE => ID */
+ 26, /* DESC => ID */
+ 26, /* DETACH => ID */
+ 26, /* EACH => ID */
+ 26, /* FAIL => ID */
+ 26, /* FOR => ID */
+ 26, /* IGNORE => ID */
+ 26, /* INITIALLY => ID */
+ 26, /* INSTEAD => ID */
+ 26, /* LIKE_KW => ID */
+ 26, /* MATCH => ID */
+ 26, /* KEY => ID */
+ 26, /* OF => ID */
+ 26, /* OFFSET => ID */
+ 26, /* PRAGMA => ID */
+ 26, /* RAISE => ID */
+ 26, /* REPLACE => ID */
+ 26, /* RESTRICT => ID */
+ 26, /* ROW => ID */
+ 26, /* TRIGGER => ID */
+ 26, /* VACUUM => ID */
+ 26, /* VIEW => ID */
+ 26, /* VIRTUAL => ID */
+ 26, /* REINDEX => ID */
+ 26, /* RENAME => ID */
+ 26, /* CTIME_KW => ID */
0, /* ANY => nothing */
0, /* OR => nothing */
0, /* AND => nothing */
0, /* DOT => nothing */
0, /* FROM => nothing */
0, /* JOIN => nothing */
+ 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */
0, /* USING => nothing */
0, /* ORDER => nothing */
- 0, /* BY => nothing */
0, /* GROUP => nothing */
0, /* HAVING => nothing */
0, /* LIMIT => nothing */
0, /* ELSE => nothing */
0, /* INDEX => nothing */
0, /* ALTER => nothing */
- 0, /* TO => nothing */
0, /* ADD => nothing */
- 0, /* COLUMNKW => nothing */
};
#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
"$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY",
"PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED",
"IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END",
- "ROLLBACK", "CREATE", "TABLE", "IF",
- "NOT", "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP",
- "RP", "AS", "COMMA", "ID",
- "ABORT", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", "ASC",
- "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "CASCADE", "CAST",
- "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH",
- "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE",
- "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH",
- "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA",
- "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW",
- "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL",
- "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY",
- "OR", "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN",
- "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE",
- "EQ", "GT", "LE", "LT",
- "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR",
- "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS",
- "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT",
- "COLLATE", "UMINUS", "UPLUS", "BITNOT",
- "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT",
- "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE", "CHECK",
- "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON", "DELETE",
- "UPDATE", "INSERT", "SET", "DEFERRABLE",
- "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION", "ALL",
- "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT", "DISTINCT",
- "DOT", "FROM", "JOIN", "USING",
- "ORDER", "BY", "GROUP", "HAVING",
- "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", "VALUES",
- "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "REGISTER",
- "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN",
- "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER", "TO",
- "ADD", "COLUMNKW", "error", "input",
- "cmdlist", "ecmd", "cmdx", "cmd",
- "explain", "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm",
+ "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO",
+ "CREATE", "TABLE", "IF", "NOT",
+ "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP",
+ "AS", "COMMA", "ID", "ABORT",
+ "AFTER", "ANALYZE", "ASC", "ATTACH",
+ "BEFORE", "BY", "CASCADE", "CAST",
+ "COLUMNKW", "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC",
+ "DETACH", "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR",
+ "IGNORE", "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW",
+ "MATCH", "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET",
+ "PRAGMA", "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT",
+ "ROW", "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW",
+ "VIRTUAL", "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW",
+ "ANY", "OR", "AND", "IS",
+ "BETWEEN", "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL",
+ "NE", "EQ", "GT", "LE",
+ "LT", "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND",
+ "BITOR", "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS",
+ "MINUS", "STAR", "SLASH", "REM",
+ "CONCAT", "COLLATE", "UMINUS", "UPLUS",
+ "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT",
+ "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE",
+ "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON",
+ "DELETE", "UPDATE", "INSERT", "SET",
+ "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION",
+ "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT",
+ "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", "JOIN",
+ "INDEXED", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP",
+ "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO",
+ "VALUES", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB",
+ "REGISTER", "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN",
+ "THEN", "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER",
+ "ADD", "error", "input", "cmdlist",
+ "ecmd", "explain", "cmdx", "cmd",
+ "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", "savepoint_opt",
"create_table", "create_table_args", "temp", "ifnotexists",
"dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "select",
"column", "columnid", "type", "carglist",
"selcollist", "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt",
"having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "sclp",
"as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix", "joinop",
- "on_opt", "using_opt", "seltablist_paren", "joinop2",
+ "indexed_opt", "on_opt", "using_opt", "joinop2",
"inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem", "nexprlist",
"setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", "itemlist",
"exprlist", "likeop", "escape", "between_op",
"in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else",
- "uniqueflag", "idxitem", "collate", "nmnum",
- "plus_opt", "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list",
- "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause",
- "trigger_cmd", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", "add_column_fullname",
- "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", "vtabarg",
- "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist",
+ "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", "plus_opt",
+ "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time",
+ "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd",
+ "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt",
+ "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken",
+ "lp", "anylist",
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */
/* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
/* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
/* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
- /* 3 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
- /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
- /* 5 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
- /* 6 */ "explain ::=",
- /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
- /* 8 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
+ /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /* 5 */ "explain ::=",
+ /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
+ /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
/* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
/* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
/* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
/* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
/* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
/* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
- /* 20 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
- /* 21 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
- /* 22 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
- /* 23 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
- /* 24 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
- /* 25 */ "temp ::=",
- /* 26 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
- /* 27 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
- /* 28 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
- /* 29 */ "columnlist ::= column",
- /* 30 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
- /* 31 */ "columnid ::= nm",
- /* 32 */ "id ::= ID",
- /* 33 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING",
- /* 34 */ "nm ::= ID",
- /* 35 */ "nm ::= STRING",
- /* 36 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 37 */ "type ::=",
- /* 38 */ "type ::= typetoken",
- /* 39 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
- /* 40 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
- /* 41 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
- /* 42 */ "typename ::= ids",
- /* 43 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
- /* 44 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
- /* 45 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
- /* 46 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
- /* 47 */ "carglist ::=",
- /* 48 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
- /* 49 */ "carg ::= ccons",
- /* 50 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
- /* 51 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
- /* 52 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
- /* 53 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
- /* 54 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id",
- /* 55 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
- /* 56 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
- /* 57 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
- /* 58 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
- /* 59 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
- /* 60 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
- /* 61 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
- /* 62 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids",
- /* 63 */ "autoinc ::=",
- /* 64 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
- /* 65 */ "refargs ::=",
- /* 66 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
- /* 67 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
- /* 68 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
- /* 69 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
- /* 70 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
- /* 71 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
- /* 72 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
- /* 73 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
- /* 74 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
- /* 75 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /* 76 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /* 77 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
- /* 78 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
- /* 79 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
- /* 80 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
- /* 81 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
- /* 82 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
- /* 83 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
- /* 84 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
- /* 85 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /* 86 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
- /* 87 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
- /* 88 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
- /* 89 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
- /* 90 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
- /* 91 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
- /* 92 */ "onconf ::=",
- /* 93 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
- /* 94 */ "orconf ::=",
- /* 95 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
- /* 96 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
- /* 97 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
- /* 98 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
- /* 99 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
- /* 100 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
- /* 101 */ "ifexists ::=",
- /* 102 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
- /* 103 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
- /* 104 */ "cmd ::= select",
- /* 105 */ "select ::= oneselect",
- /* 106 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
- /* 107 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
- /* 108 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
- /* 109 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
- /* 110 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
- /* 111 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
- /* 112 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
- /* 113 */ "distinct ::=",
- /* 114 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
- /* 115 */ "sclp ::=",
- /* 116 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
- /* 117 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
- /* 118 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
- /* 119 */ "as ::= AS nm",
- /* 120 */ "as ::= ids",
- /* 121 */ "as ::=",
- /* 122 */ "from ::=",
- /* 123 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
- /* 124 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
- /* 125 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
- /* 126 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 127 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 128 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select",
- /* 129 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist",
- /* 130 */ "dbnm ::=",
- /* 131 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
- /* 132 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
- /* 133 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
- /* 134 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
- /* 135 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
- /* 136 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
- /* 137 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
- /* 138 */ "on_opt ::=",
- /* 139 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
- /* 140 */ "using_opt ::=",
- /* 141 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
- /* 142 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
- /* 143 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
- /* 144 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
- /* 145 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
- /* 146 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
- /* 147 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
- /* 148 */ "sortorder ::=",
- /* 149 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
- /* 150 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
- /* 151 */ "having_opt ::=",
- /* 152 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
- /* 153 */ "limit_opt ::=",
- /* 154 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
- /* 155 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
- /* 156 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
- /* 157 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt",
- /* 158 */ "where_opt ::=",
- /* 159 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
- /* 160 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 161 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
- /* 162 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
- /* 163 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 164 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
- /* 165 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
- /* 166 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
- /* 167 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
- /* 168 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
- /* 169 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
- /* 170 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
- /* 171 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
- /* 172 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
- /* 173 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
- /* 174 */ "expr ::= term",
- /* 175 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
- /* 176 */ "term ::= NULL",
- /* 177 */ "expr ::= ID",
- /* 178 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 179 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 180 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
- /* 181 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
- /* 182 */ "term ::= STRING",
- /* 183 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
- /* 184 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
- /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
- /* 186 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
- /* 187 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
- /* 188 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
- /* 189 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
- /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
- /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
- /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
- /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
- /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
- /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
- /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
- /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
- /* 198 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
- /* 199 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
- /* 200 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
- /* 201 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
- /* 202 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr",
- /* 203 */ "escape ::=",
- /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape",
- /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
- /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL",
- /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
- /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL",
- /* 209 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
- /* 210 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
- /* 211 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
- /* 212 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
- /* 213 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
- /* 214 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
- /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
- /* 216 */ "in_op ::= IN",
- /* 217 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
- /* 218 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
- /* 219 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
- /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
- /* 221 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
- /* 222 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
- /* 223 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
- /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 225 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 226 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
- /* 227 */ "case_else ::=",
- /* 228 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
- /* 229 */ "case_operand ::=",
- /* 230 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
- /* 231 */ "exprlist ::=",
- /* 232 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
- /* 233 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
- /* 234 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP",
- /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
- /* 236 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
- /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
- /* 238 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
- /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder",
- /* 240 */ "idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder",
- /* 241 */ "idxitem ::= nm",
- /* 242 */ "collate ::=",
- /* 243 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids",
- /* 244 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
- /* 245 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
- /* 246 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
- /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
- /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON",
- /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ DELETE",
- /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
- /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
- /* 252 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
- /* 253 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
- /* 254 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
- /* 255 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
- /* 256 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
- /* 257 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 258 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
- /* 259 */ "plus_opt ::=",
- /* 260 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
- /* 261 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
- /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
- /* 263 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
- /* 264 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
- /* 265 */ "trigger_time ::=",
- /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
- /* 267 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
- /* 268 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
- /* 269 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
- /* 270 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
- /* 271 */ "when_clause ::=",
- /* 272 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
- /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::=",
- /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select",
- /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt",
- /* 279 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
- /* 280 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
- /* 281 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
- /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
- /* 283 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
- /* 284 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
- /* 285 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
- /* 286 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
- /* 287 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
- /* 288 */ "key_opt ::=",
- /* 289 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
- /* 290 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
- /* 291 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
- /* 292 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
- /* 293 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
- /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
- /* 295 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
- /* 296 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
- /* 297 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
- /* 298 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
- /* 299 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
- /* 300 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
- /* 301 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
- /* 302 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
- /* 303 */ "create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm",
- /* 304 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
- /* 305 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
- /* 306 */ "vtabarg ::=",
- /* 307 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
- /* 308 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
- /* 309 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
- /* 310 */ "lp ::= LP",
- /* 311 */ "anylist ::=",
- /* 312 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
+ /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
+ /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
+ /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm",
+ /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm",
+ /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm",
+ /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /* 26 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
+ /* 27 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
+ /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
+ /* 29 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /* 30 */ "temp ::=",
+ /* 31 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
+ /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /* 33 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
+ /* 34 */ "columnlist ::= column",
+ /* 35 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
+ /* 36 */ "columnid ::= nm",
+ /* 37 */ "id ::= ID",
+ /* 38 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING",
+ /* 39 */ "nm ::= ID",
+ /* 40 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /* 41 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 42 */ "type ::=",
+ /* 43 */ "type ::= typetoken",
+ /* 44 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
+ /* 45 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /* 47 */ "typename ::= ids",
+ /* 48 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
+ /* 49 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /* 50 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /* 51 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
+ /* 52 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /* 53 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
+ /* 54 */ "carg ::= ccons",
+ /* 55 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
+ /* 56 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
+ /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
+ /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
+ /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id",
+ /* 60 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /* 61 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /* 62 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
+ /* 63 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /* 64 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
+ /* 65 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
+ /* 66 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 67 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids",
+ /* 68 */ "autoinc ::=",
+ /* 69 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
+ /* 70 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /* 71 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /* 72 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /* 73 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /* 74 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /* 76 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /* 77 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /* 78 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /* 79 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /* 80 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 81 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 82 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /* 83 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /* 84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /* 85 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /* 86 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /* 87 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
+ /* 88 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
+ /* 89 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /* 90 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /* 91 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
+ /* 92 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /* 93 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /* 94 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /* 95 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /* 96 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 97 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /* 98 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /* 99 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /* 100 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /* 101 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /* 102 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 104 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
+ /* 105 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
+ /* 106 */ "ifexists ::=",
+ /* 107 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
+ /* 108 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
+ /* 109 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /* 110 */ "select ::= oneselect",
+ /* 111 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /* 112 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 113 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 114 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
+ /* 115 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 116 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 117 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 118 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 119 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 120 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 121 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 122 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 123 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 124 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 125 */ "as ::= ids",
+ /* 126 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 127 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 128 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 129 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 130 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 131 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 132 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 133 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 134 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 135 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 136 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 137 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
+ /* 138 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 139 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 140 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 141 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 142 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 143 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
+ /* 144 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 145 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 146 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 147 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 148 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 149 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 150 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
+ /* 151 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
+ /* 152 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
+ /* 153 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 154 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 155 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 156 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 157 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
+ /* 158 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 159 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 160 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 161 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
+ /* 162 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
+ /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
+ /* 164 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
+ /* 165 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 166 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 167 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 168 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 169 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 170 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 171 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 172 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
+ /* 173 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 174 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 175 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 176 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
+ /* 177 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 178 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 179 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
+ /* 180 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
+ /* 181 */ "expr ::= term",
+ /* 182 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 183 */ "term ::= NULL",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= ID",
+ /* 185 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 188 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
+ /* 189 */ "term ::= STRING",
+ /* 190 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
+ /* 191 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
+ /* 196 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
+ /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 198 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
+ /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
+ /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
+ /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 205 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
+ /* 206 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
+ /* 207 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
+ /* 208 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
+ /* 209 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr",
+ /* 210 */ "escape ::=",
+ /* 211 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape",
+ /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL",
+ /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL",
+ /* 216 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 217 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 218 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 219 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 220 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 221 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 222 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 223 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 224 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 225 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 226 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 227 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 228 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
+ /* 229 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
+ /* 230 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 231 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 232 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 233 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 234 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 235 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 236 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 237 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
+ /* 238 */ "exprlist ::=",
+ /* 239 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 240 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
+ /* 241 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 242 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 243 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 244 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 245 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 246 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 247 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 248 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 249 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids",
+ /* 250 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
+ /* 251 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 252 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 253 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
+ /* 254 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON",
+ /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ DELETE",
+ /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
+ /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 259 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
+ /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
+ /* 261 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
+ /* 262 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
+ /* 263 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 264 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
+ /* 265 */ "plus_opt ::=",
+ /* 266 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 267 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 268 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 269 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 270 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 271 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 272 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
+ /* 273 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 274 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
+ /* 275 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 276 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 277 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 278 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 279 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 280 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 281 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 282 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 283 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt",
+ /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 286 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 287 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 288 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 289 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 290 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 291 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
+ /* 292 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
+ /* 293 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
+ /* 294 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 295 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
+ /* 296 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 297 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 298 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
+ /* 299 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
+ /* 300 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
+ /* 301 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
+ /* 302 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
+ /* 303 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
+ /* 304 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
+ /* 305 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
+ /* 306 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
+ /* 307 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
+ /* 308 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
+ /* 309 */ "create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm",
+ /* 310 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
+ /* 311 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
+ /* 312 */ "vtabarg ::=",
+ /* 313 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
+ /* 314 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
+ /* 315 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
+ /* 316 */ "lp ::= LP",
+ /* 317 */ "anylist ::=",
+ /* 318 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */
pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
#endif
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+ pParser->yystack = NULL;
+ pParser->yystksz = 0;
yyGrowStack(pParser);
#endif
}
** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
** inside the C code.
*/
- case 155: /* select */
- case 189: /* oneselect */
- case 206: /* seltablist_paren */
+ case 159: /* select */
+ case 193: /* oneselect */
{
-sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy219));
+sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy159));
}
break;
- case 169: /* term */
- case 170: /* expr */
- case 194: /* where_opt */
- case 196: /* having_opt */
- case 204: /* on_opt */
- case 210: /* sortitem */
- case 218: /* escape */
- case 221: /* case_operand */
- case 223: /* case_else */
- case 235: /* when_clause */
- case 238: /* key_opt */
+ case 173: /* term */
+ case 174: /* expr */
+ case 198: /* where_opt */
+ case 200: /* having_opt */
+ case 209: /* on_opt */
+ case 214: /* sortitem */
+ case 222: /* escape */
+ case 225: /* case_operand */
+ case 227: /* case_else */
+ case 238: /* when_clause */
+ case 241: /* key_opt */
{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy172));
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy122));
}
break;
- case 174: /* idxlist_opt */
- case 182: /* idxlist */
- case 192: /* selcollist */
- case 195: /* groupby_opt */
- case 197: /* orderby_opt */
- case 199: /* sclp */
- case 209: /* sortlist */
- case 211: /* nexprlist */
- case 212: /* setlist */
- case 215: /* itemlist */
- case 216: /* exprlist */
- case 222: /* case_exprlist */
+ case 178: /* idxlist_opt */
+ case 186: /* idxlist */
+ case 196: /* selcollist */
+ case 199: /* groupby_opt */
+ case 201: /* orderby_opt */
+ case 203: /* sclp */
+ case 213: /* sortlist */
+ case 215: /* nexprlist */
+ case 216: /* setlist */
+ case 219: /* itemlist */
+ case 220: /* exprlist */
+ case 226: /* case_exprlist */
{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy174));
+sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy442));
}
break;
- case 188: /* fullname */
- case 193: /* from */
- case 201: /* seltablist */
- case 202: /* stl_prefix */
+ case 192: /* fullname */
+ case 197: /* from */
+ case 205: /* seltablist */
+ case 206: /* stl_prefix */
{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy373));
+sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy347));
}
break;
- case 205: /* using_opt */
- case 208: /* inscollist */
- case 214: /* inscollist_opt */
+ case 210: /* using_opt */
+ case 212: /* inscollist */
+ case 218: /* inscollist_opt */
{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy432));
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy180));
}
break;
- case 231: /* trigger_cmd_list */
- case 236: /* trigger_cmd */
+ case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */
+ case 239: /* trigger_cmd */
{
-sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy243));
+sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy327));
}
break;
- case 233: /* trigger_event */
+ case 236: /* trigger_event */
{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy370).b);
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy410).b);
}
break;
default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
if( iLookAhead>0 ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
- int iFallback; /* Fallback token */
+ YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */
if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
&& (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
/* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
** stack every overflows */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
pParse->parseError = 1;
sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
}
#endif
yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
- yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
- yytos->major = yyMajor;
+ yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
+ yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
#ifndef NDEBUG
if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
} yyRuleInfo[] = {
- { 139, 1 },
- { 140, 2 },
- { 140, 1 },
{ 142, 1 },
- { 141, 1 },
- { 141, 3 },
- { 144, 0 },
+ { 143, 2 },
+ { 143, 1 },
{ 144, 1 },
{ 144, 3 },
- { 143, 3 },
- { 146, 0 },
- { 146, 1 },
- { 146, 2 },
{ 145, 0 },
{ 145, 1 },
- { 145, 1 },
- { 145, 1 },
- { 143, 2 },
- { 143, 2 },
- { 143, 2 },
- { 143, 2 },
- { 148, 6 },
- { 151, 0 },
- { 151, 3 },
- { 150, 1 },
- { 150, 0 },
- { 149, 4 },
+ { 145, 3 },
+ { 146, 1 },
+ { 147, 3 },
+ { 149, 0 },
+ { 149, 1 },
{ 149, 2 },
- { 153, 3 },
- { 153, 1 },
- { 156, 3 },
+ { 148, 0 },
+ { 148, 1 },
+ { 148, 1 },
+ { 148, 1 },
+ { 147, 2 },
+ { 147, 2 },
+ { 147, 2 },
+ { 151, 1 },
+ { 151, 0 },
+ { 147, 2 },
+ { 147, 3 },
+ { 147, 5 },
+ { 147, 2 },
+ { 152, 6 },
+ { 155, 0 },
+ { 155, 3 },
+ { 154, 1 },
+ { 154, 0 },
+ { 153, 4 },
+ { 153, 2 },
+ { 157, 3 },
{ 157, 1 },
- { 160, 1 },
+ { 160, 3 },
{ 161, 1 },
- { 147, 1 },
- { 147, 1 },
- { 147, 1 },
- { 158, 0 },
- { 158, 1 },
- { 162, 1 },
- { 162, 4 },
- { 162, 6 },
- { 163, 1 },
- { 163, 2 },
{ 164, 1 },
- { 164, 1 },
- { 159, 2 },
- { 159, 0 },
- { 167, 3 },
+ { 165, 1 },
+ { 150, 1 },
+ { 150, 1 },
+ { 150, 1 },
+ { 162, 0 },
+ { 162, 1 },
+ { 166, 1 },
+ { 166, 4 },
+ { 166, 6 },
{ 167, 1 },
- { 168, 2 },
- { 168, 4 },
- { 168, 3 },
- { 168, 3 },
- { 168, 2 },
- { 168, 2 },
- { 168, 3 },
- { 168, 5 },
- { 168, 2 },
- { 168, 4 },
- { 168, 4 },
+ { 167, 2 },
{ 168, 1 },
- { 168, 2 },
- { 173, 0 },
- { 173, 1 },
- { 175, 0 },
- { 175, 2 },
- { 177, 2 },
- { 177, 3 },
- { 177, 3 },
- { 177, 3 },
- { 178, 2 },
- { 178, 2 },
- { 178, 1 },
- { 178, 1 },
- { 176, 3 },
- { 176, 2 },
+ { 168, 1 },
+ { 163, 2 },
+ { 163, 0 },
+ { 171, 3 },
+ { 171, 1 },
+ { 172, 2 },
+ { 172, 4 },
+ { 172, 3 },
+ { 172, 3 },
+ { 172, 2 },
+ { 172, 2 },
+ { 172, 3 },
+ { 172, 5 },
+ { 172, 2 },
+ { 172, 4 },
+ { 172, 4 },
+ { 172, 1 },
+ { 172, 2 },
+ { 177, 0 },
+ { 177, 1 },
{ 179, 0 },
{ 179, 2 },
- { 179, 2 },
- { 154, 0 },
- { 154, 2 },
+ { 181, 2 },
+ { 181, 3 },
+ { 181, 3 },
+ { 181, 3 },
+ { 182, 2 },
+ { 182, 2 },
+ { 182, 1 },
+ { 182, 1 },
{ 180, 3 },
{ 180, 2 },
- { 180, 1 },
- { 181, 2 },
- { 181, 7 },
- { 181, 5 },
- { 181, 5 },
- { 181, 10 },
{ 183, 0 },
- { 183, 1 },
- { 171, 0 },
- { 171, 3 },
- { 184, 0 },
+ { 183, 2 },
+ { 183, 2 },
+ { 158, 0 },
+ { 158, 2 },
+ { 184, 3 },
{ 184, 2 },
- { 185, 1 },
- { 185, 1 },
- { 185, 1 },
- { 143, 4 },
- { 187, 2 },
+ { 184, 1 },
+ { 185, 2 },
+ { 185, 7 },
+ { 185, 5 },
+ { 185, 5 },
+ { 185, 10 },
{ 187, 0 },
- { 143, 8 },
- { 143, 4 },
- { 143, 1 },
- { 155, 1 },
- { 155, 3 },
- { 190, 1 },
- { 190, 2 },
- { 190, 1 },
- { 189, 9 },
- { 191, 1 },
- { 191, 1 },
- { 191, 0 },
- { 199, 2 },
- { 199, 0 },
- { 192, 3 },
- { 192, 2 },
- { 192, 4 },
- { 200, 2 },
- { 200, 1 },
- { 200, 0 },
- { 193, 0 },
- { 193, 2 },
- { 202, 2 },
- { 202, 0 },
- { 201, 6 },
- { 201, 7 },
- { 206, 1 },
- { 206, 1 },
- { 152, 0 },
- { 152, 2 },
+ { 187, 1 },
+ { 175, 0 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 188, 0 },
{ 188, 2 },
- { 203, 1 },
+ { 189, 1 },
+ { 189, 1 },
+ { 189, 1 },
+ { 147, 4 },
+ { 191, 2 },
+ { 191, 0 },
+ { 147, 8 },
+ { 147, 4 },
+ { 147, 1 },
+ { 159, 1 },
+ { 159, 3 },
+ { 194, 1 },
+ { 194, 2 },
+ { 194, 1 },
+ { 193, 9 },
+ { 195, 1 },
+ { 195, 1 },
+ { 195, 0 },
{ 203, 2 },
- { 203, 3 },
- { 203, 4 },
+ { 203, 0 },
+ { 196, 3 },
+ { 196, 2 },
+ { 196, 4 },
{ 204, 2 },
+ { 204, 1 },
{ 204, 0 },
- { 205, 4 },
- { 205, 0 },
{ 197, 0 },
- { 197, 3 },
- { 209, 4 },
+ { 197, 2 },
+ { 206, 2 },
+ { 206, 0 },
+ { 205, 7 },
+ { 205, 7 },
+ { 205, 7 },
+ { 156, 0 },
+ { 156, 2 },
+ { 192, 2 },
+ { 207, 1 },
+ { 207, 2 },
+ { 207, 3 },
+ { 207, 4 },
{ 209, 2 },
- { 210, 1 },
- { 172, 1 },
- { 172, 1 },
- { 172, 0 },
- { 195, 0 },
- { 195, 3 },
- { 196, 0 },
- { 196, 2 },
+ { 209, 0 },
+ { 208, 0 },
+ { 208, 3 },
+ { 208, 2 },
+ { 210, 4 },
+ { 210, 0 },
+ { 201, 0 },
+ { 201, 3 },
+ { 213, 4 },
+ { 213, 2 },
+ { 214, 1 },
+ { 176, 1 },
+ { 176, 1 },
+ { 176, 0 },
+ { 199, 0 },
+ { 199, 3 },
+ { 200, 0 },
+ { 200, 2 },
+ { 202, 0 },
+ { 202, 2 },
+ { 202, 4 },
+ { 202, 4 },
+ { 147, 5 },
{ 198, 0 },
{ 198, 2 },
- { 198, 4 },
- { 198, 4 },
- { 143, 4 },
- { 194, 0 },
- { 194, 2 },
- { 143, 6 },
- { 212, 5 },
- { 212, 3 },
- { 143, 8 },
- { 143, 5 },
- { 143, 6 },
- { 213, 2 },
- { 213, 1 },
- { 215, 3 },
- { 215, 1 },
- { 214, 0 },
- { 214, 3 },
- { 208, 3 },
- { 208, 1 },
- { 170, 1 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 169, 1 },
- { 170, 1 },
- { 170, 1 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 5 },
- { 169, 1 },
- { 169, 1 },
- { 170, 1 },
- { 170, 1 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 6 },
- { 170, 5 },
- { 170, 4 },
- { 169, 1 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 217, 1 },
+ { 147, 7 },
+ { 216, 5 },
+ { 216, 3 },
+ { 147, 8 },
+ { 147, 5 },
+ { 147, 6 },
{ 217, 2 },
{ 217, 1 },
- { 217, 2 },
- { 218, 2 },
- { 218, 0 },
- { 170, 4 },
- { 170, 2 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 4 },
- { 170, 2 },
- { 170, 2 },
- { 170, 2 },
- { 170, 2 },
+ { 219, 3 },
{ 219, 1 },
- { 219, 2 },
- { 170, 5 },
- { 220, 1 },
- { 220, 2 },
- { 170, 5 },
- { 170, 3 },
- { 170, 5 },
- { 170, 4 },
- { 170, 4 },
- { 170, 5 },
- { 222, 5 },
- { 222, 4 },
- { 223, 2 },
- { 223, 0 },
+ { 218, 0 },
+ { 218, 3 },
+ { 212, 3 },
+ { 212, 1 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 173, 1 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 5 },
+ { 173, 1 },
+ { 173, 1 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 174, 1 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 6 },
+ { 174, 5 },
+ { 174, 4 },
+ { 173, 1 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 3 },
{ 221, 1 },
- { 221, 0 },
- { 216, 1 },
- { 216, 0 },
- { 211, 3 },
- { 211, 1 },
- { 143, 11 },
+ { 221, 2 },
+ { 221, 1 },
+ { 221, 2 },
+ { 222, 2 },
+ { 222, 0 },
+ { 174, 4 },
+ { 174, 2 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 3 },
+ { 174, 4 },
+ { 174, 2 },
+ { 174, 2 },
+ { 174, 2 },
+ { 174, 2 },
+ { 223, 1 },
+ { 223, 2 },
+ { 174, 5 },
{ 224, 1 },
- { 224, 0 },
- { 174, 0 },
+ { 224, 2 },
+ { 174, 5 },
{ 174, 3 },
- { 182, 5 },
- { 182, 3 },
+ { 174, 5 },
+ { 174, 4 },
+ { 174, 4 },
+ { 174, 5 },
+ { 226, 5 },
+ { 226, 4 },
+ { 227, 2 },
+ { 227, 0 },
{ 225, 1 },
- { 226, 0 },
- { 226, 2 },
- { 143, 4 },
- { 143, 1 },
- { 143, 2 },
- { 143, 5 },
- { 143, 5 },
- { 143, 5 },
- { 143, 5 },
- { 143, 6 },
- { 143, 3 },
- { 227, 1 },
- { 227, 1 },
- { 165, 2 },
- { 166, 2 },
- { 229, 1 },
+ { 225, 0 },
+ { 220, 1 },
+ { 220, 0 },
+ { 215, 3 },
+ { 215, 1 },
+ { 147, 11 },
{ 228, 1 },
{ 228, 0 },
- { 143, 5 },
- { 230, 11 },
- { 232, 1 },
+ { 178, 0 },
+ { 178, 3 },
+ { 186, 5 },
+ { 186, 3 },
+ { 229, 0 },
+ { 229, 2 },
+ { 147, 4 },
+ { 147, 1 },
+ { 147, 2 },
+ { 147, 5 },
+ { 147, 5 },
+ { 147, 5 },
+ { 147, 5 },
+ { 147, 6 },
+ { 147, 3 },
+ { 230, 1 },
+ { 230, 1 },
+ { 169, 2 },
+ { 170, 2 },
{ 232, 1 },
- { 232, 2 },
- { 232, 0 },
- { 233, 1 },
- { 233, 1 },
- { 233, 3 },
- { 234, 0 },
- { 234, 3 },
- { 235, 0 },
- { 235, 2 },
- { 231, 3 },
+ { 231, 1 },
{ 231, 0 },
- { 236, 6 },
- { 236, 8 },
- { 236, 5 },
- { 236, 4 },
+ { 147, 5 },
+ { 233, 11 },
+ { 235, 1 },
+ { 235, 1 },
+ { 235, 2 },
+ { 235, 0 },
+ { 236, 1 },
{ 236, 1 },
- { 170, 4 },
- { 170, 6 },
- { 186, 1 },
- { 186, 1 },
- { 186, 1 },
- { 143, 4 },
- { 143, 6 },
- { 143, 3 },
+ { 236, 3 },
+ { 237, 0 },
+ { 237, 3 },
{ 238, 0 },
{ 238, 2 },
- { 237, 1 },
- { 237, 0 },
- { 143, 1 },
- { 143, 3 },
- { 143, 1 },
- { 143, 3 },
- { 143, 6 },
- { 143, 6 },
+ { 234, 3 },
+ { 234, 2 },
+ { 239, 6 },
+ { 239, 8 },
+ { 239, 5 },
+ { 239, 4 },
{ 239, 1 },
- { 240, 0 },
+ { 174, 4 },
+ { 174, 6 },
+ { 190, 1 },
+ { 190, 1 },
+ { 190, 1 },
+ { 147, 4 },
+ { 147, 6 },
+ { 147, 3 },
+ { 241, 0 },
+ { 241, 2 },
{ 240, 1 },
- { 143, 1 },
- { 143, 4 },
- { 241, 7 },
+ { 240, 0 },
+ { 147, 1 },
+ { 147, 3 },
+ { 147, 1 },
+ { 147, 3 },
+ { 147, 6 },
+ { 147, 6 },
{ 242, 1 },
- { 242, 3 },
{ 243, 0 },
- { 243, 2 },
- { 244, 1 },
- { 244, 3 },
+ { 243, 1 },
+ { 147, 1 },
+ { 147, 4 },
+ { 244, 7 },
{ 245, 1 },
+ { 245, 3 },
{ 246, 0 },
{ 246, 2 },
+ { 247, 1 },
+ { 247, 3 },
+ { 248, 1 },
+ { 249, 0 },
+ { 249, 2 },
};
static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */
case 0: /* input ::= cmdlist */
case 1: /* cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */
case 2: /* cmdlist ::= ecmd */
- case 4: /* ecmd ::= SEMI */
- case 5: /* ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */
+ case 3: /* ecmd ::= SEMI */
+ case 4: /* ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */
case 10: /* trans_opt ::= */
case 11: /* trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */
case 12: /* trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */
- case 20: /* cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */
- case 28: /* columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */
- case 29: /* columnlist ::= column */
- case 37: /* type ::= */
- case 44: /* signed ::= plus_num */
- case 45: /* signed ::= minus_num */
- case 46: /* carglist ::= carglist carg */
- case 47: /* carglist ::= */
- case 48: /* carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */
- case 49: /* carg ::= ccons */
- case 55: /* ccons ::= NULL onconf */
- case 82: /* conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */
- case 83: /* conslist ::= conslist tcons */
- case 84: /* conslist ::= tcons */
- case 85: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
- case 258: /* plus_opt ::= PLUS */
- case 259: /* plus_opt ::= */
- case 269: /* foreach_clause ::= */
- case 270: /* foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */
- case 290: /* database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */
- case 291: /* database_kw_opt ::= */
- case 299: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= */
- case 300: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */
- case 304: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */
- case 305: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */
- case 307: /* vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */
- case 311: /* anylist ::= */
+ case 20: /* savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */
+ case 21: /* savepoint_opt ::= */
+ case 25: /* cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */
+ case 33: /* columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */
+ case 34: /* columnlist ::= column */
+ case 42: /* type ::= */
+ case 49: /* signed ::= plus_num */
+ case 50: /* signed ::= minus_num */
+ case 51: /* carglist ::= carglist carg */
+ case 52: /* carglist ::= */
+ case 53: /* carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */
+ case 54: /* carg ::= ccons */
+ case 60: /* ccons ::= NULL onconf */
+ case 87: /* conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */
+ case 88: /* conslist ::= conslist tcons */
+ case 89: /* conslist ::= tcons */
+ case 90: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
+ case 264: /* plus_opt ::= PLUS */
+ case 265: /* plus_opt ::= */
+ case 275: /* foreach_clause ::= */
+ case 276: /* foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */
+ case 296: /* database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */
+ case 297: /* database_kw_opt ::= */
+ case 305: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= */
+ case 306: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */
+ case 310: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */
+ case 311: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */
+ case 313: /* vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */
+ case 317: /* anylist ::= */
{
}
break;
- case 3: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
-{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
- break;
- case 6: /* explain ::= */
+ case 5: /* explain ::= */
{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
break;
- case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
+ case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
break;
- case 8: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+ case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
break;
+ case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+ break;
case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
-{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);}
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);}
break;
case 13: /* transtype ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+{yygotominor.yy392 = TK_DEFERRED;}
break;
case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */
case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */
- case 107: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */
- case 109: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].major;}
+ case 112: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */
+ case 114: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = yymsp[0].major;}
break;
case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */
case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
break;
- case 21: /* create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
+ case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
+{
+ sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+ sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+ sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+ break;
+ case 26: /* create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
{
- sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy392,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392);
}
break;
- case 22: /* ifnotexists ::= */
- case 25: /* temp ::= */
- case 63: /* autoinc ::= */
- case 77: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */
- case 79: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */
- case 90: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */
- case 101: /* ifexists ::= */
- case 112: /* distinct ::= ALL */
- case 113: /* distinct ::= */
- case 213: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */
- case 216: /* in_op ::= IN */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = 0;}
+ case 27: /* ifnotexists ::= */
+ case 30: /* temp ::= */
+ case 68: /* autoinc ::= */
+ case 82: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */
+ case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */
+ case 95: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */
+ case 106: /* ifexists ::= */
+ case 117: /* distinct ::= ALL */
+ case 118: /* distinct ::= */
+ case 220: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */
+ case 223: /* in_op ::= IN */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = 0;}
break;
- case 23: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
- case 24: /* temp ::= TEMP */
- case 64: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */
- case 78: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */
- case 100: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */
- case 111: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
- case 214: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */
- case 217: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = 1;}
+ case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
+ case 29: /* temp ::= TEMP */
+ case 69: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */
+ case 83: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */
+ case 105: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */
+ case 116: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
+ case 221: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */
+ case 224: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = 1;}
break;
- case 26: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */
+ case 31: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */
{
sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
}
break;
- case 27: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
+ case 32: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
{
- sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
+ sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy159);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159);
}
break;
- case 30: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
+ case 35: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
{
yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy0.n = (pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+ yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
}
break;
- case 31: /* columnid ::= nm */
+ case 36: /* columnid ::= nm */
{
sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
}
break;
- case 32: /* id ::= ID */
- case 33: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */
- case 34: /* nm ::= ID */
- case 35: /* nm ::= STRING */
- case 36: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */
- case 39: /* typetoken ::= typename */
- case 42: /* typename ::= ids */
- case 119: /* as ::= AS nm */
- case 120: /* as ::= ids */
- case 131: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */
- case 241: /* idxitem ::= nm */
- case 243: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */
- case 253: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */
- case 254: /* nmnum ::= nm */
- case 255: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */
- case 256: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */
- case 257: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */
+ case 37: /* id ::= ID */
+ case 38: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */
+ case 39: /* nm ::= ID */
+ case 40: /* nm ::= STRING */
+ case 41: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */
+ case 44: /* typetoken ::= typename */
+ case 47: /* typename ::= ids */
+ case 124: /* as ::= AS nm */
+ case 125: /* as ::= ids */
+ case 135: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */
+ case 144: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+ case 249: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */
+ case 259: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */
+ case 260: /* nmnum ::= nm */
+ case 261: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */
+ case 262: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */
+ case 263: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */
{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
break;
- case 38: /* type ::= typetoken */
+ case 43: /* type ::= typetoken */
{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 40: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
+ case 45: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
{
yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy0.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z);
}
break;
- case 41: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
+ case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
{
yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy0.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z);
}
break;
- case 43: /* typename ::= typename ids */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
+ case 48: /* typename ::= typename ids */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
break;
- case 50: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
- case 52: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
+ case 55: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
+ case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy122);}
break;
- case 51: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);}
+ case 56: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122);}
break;
- case 53: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
+ case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
{
- Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
+ Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy122->span);
sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p);
}
break;
- case 54: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */
+ case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */
{
Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p);
}
break;
- case 56: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
-{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
+ case 61: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 57: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);}
+ case 62: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy392,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 58: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);}
+ case 63: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,0,0,0,0);}
break;
- case 59: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);}
+ case 64: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122);}
break;
- case 60: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
-{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
+ case 65: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 61: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
-{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
+ case 66: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 62: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */
+ case 67: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */
{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 65: /* refargs ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
+ case 70: /* refargs ::= */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
break;
- case 66: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 & yymsp[0].minor.yy405.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy405.value; }
+ case 71: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy207.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy207.value; }
break;
- case 67: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
-{ yygotominor.yy405.value = 0; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x000000; }
+ case 72: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
+{ yygotominor.yy207.value = 0; yygotominor.yy207.mask = 0x000000; }
break;
- case 68: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+ case 73: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy207.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy392; yygotominor.yy207.mask = 0x0000ff; }
break;
- case 69: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<8; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+ case 74: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy207.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy392<<8; yygotominor.yy207.mask = 0x00ff00; }
break;
- case 70: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<16; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0xff0000; }
+ case 75: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy207.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy392<<16; yygotominor.yy207.mask = 0xff0000; }
break;
- case 71: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetNull; }
+ case 76: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_SetNull; }
break;
- case 72: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetDflt; }
+ case 77: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_SetDflt; }
break;
- case 73: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Cascade; }
+ case 78: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Cascade; }
break;
- case 74: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict; }
+ case 79: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Restrict; }
break;
- case 75: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
- case 76: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
- case 91: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */
- case 93: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */
- case 95: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
- case 96: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */
- case 166: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;}
+ case 80: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+ case 81: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+ case 96: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */
+ case 98: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */
+ case 100: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
+ case 101: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */
+ case 173: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = yymsp[0].minor.yy392;}
break;
- case 80: /* conslist_opt ::= */
+ case 85: /* conslist_opt ::= */
{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
break;
- case 81: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
+ case 86: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
break;
- case 86: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,0);}
+ case 91: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392,0);}
break;
- case 87: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);}
+ case 92: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,0,0,0,0);}
break;
- case 88: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172);}
+ case 93: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy122);}
break;
- case 89: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+ case 94: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
{
- sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy174, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
- sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy442, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);
+ sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy392);
}
break;
- case 92: /* onconf ::= */
- case 94: /* orconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Default;}
+ case 97: /* onconf ::= */
+ case 99: /* orconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Default;}
break;
- case 97: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Ignore;}
+ case 102: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Ignore;}
break;
- case 98: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
- case 167: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Replace;}
+ case 103: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+ case 174: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Replace;}
break;
- case 99: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+ case 104: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);
}
break;
- case 102: /* cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
+ case 107: /* cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
{
- sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-6].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-6].minor.yy392, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392);
}
break;
- case 103: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+ case 108: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);
}
break;
- case 104: /* cmd ::= select */
+ case 109: /* cmd ::= select */
{
- SelectDest dest = {SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0};
- sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, &dest, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
+ SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, &dest);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159);
}
break;
- case 105: /* select ::= oneselect */
- case 128: /* seltablist_paren ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219;}
+ case 110: /* select ::= oneselect */
+{yygotominor.yy159 = yymsp[0].minor.yy159;}
break;
- case 106: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
+ case 111: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
{
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy219 ){
- yymsp[0].minor.yy219->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46;
- yymsp[0].minor.yy219->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy219;
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy159 ){
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy159->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy392;
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy159->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy159;
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy219);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy159);
}
- yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219;
+ yygotominor.yy159 = yymsp[0].minor.yy159;
}
break;
- case 108: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_ALL;}
+ case 113: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = TK_ALL;}
break;
- case 110: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+ case 115: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
{
- yygotominor.yy219 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy174,yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,yymsp[-4].minor.yy172,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[-7].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pOffset);
+ yygotominor.yy159 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy442,yymsp[-5].minor.yy347,yymsp[-4].minor.yy122,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[-2].minor.yy122,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[-7].minor.yy392,yymsp[0].minor.yy64.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy64.pOffset);
}
break;
- case 114: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
- case 238: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174;}
+ case 119: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
+ case 245: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy442;}
break;
- case 115: /* sclp ::= */
- case 141: /* orderby_opt ::= */
- case 149: /* groupby_opt ::= */
- case 231: /* exprlist ::= */
- case 237: /* idxlist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = 0;}
+ case 120: /* sclp ::= */
+ case 148: /* orderby_opt ::= */
+ case 156: /* groupby_opt ::= */
+ case 238: /* exprlist ::= */
+ case 244: /* idxlist_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = 0;}
break;
- case 116: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
+ case 121: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
{
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy0:0);
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy0:0);
}
break;
- case 117: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
+ case 122: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
{
Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, p, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, p, 0);
}
break;
- case 118: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
+ case 123: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
{
Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174, pDot, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442, pDot, 0);
}
break;
- case 121: /* as ::= */
+ case 126: /* as ::= */
{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
break;
- case 122: /* from ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy373));}
+ case 127: /* from ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy347));}
break;
- case 123: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
+ case 128: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
{
- yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[0].minor.yy373;
- sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy373);
+ yygotominor.yy347 = yymsp[0].minor.yy347;
+ sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy347);
}
break;
- case 124: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
+ case 129: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
{
- yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy373;
- if( yygotominor.yy373 && yygotominor.yy373->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy373->a[yygotominor.yy373->nSrc-1].jointype = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
+ yygotominor.yy347 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy347;
+ if( yygotominor.yy347 && yygotominor.yy347->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy347->a[yygotominor.yy347->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
}
break;
- case 125: /* stl_prefix ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy373 = 0;}
+ case 130: /* stl_prefix ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy347 = 0;}
break;
- case 126: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt */
+ case 131: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
{
- yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432);
+ yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy347, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 127: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ case 132: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
{
- yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy373,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy219,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432);
+ yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy159,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180);
}
break;
- case 129: /* seltablist_paren ::= seltablist */
+ case 133: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
{
- sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[0].minor.yy373);
- yygotominor.yy219 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy347==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy122==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy180==0 ){
+ yygotominor.yy347 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy347;
+ }else{
+ Select *pSubquery;
+ sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy347);
+ pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy347,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180);
+ }
}
break;
- case 130: /* dbnm ::= */
+ case 134: /* dbnm ::= */
+ case 143: /* indexed_opt ::= */
{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
break;
- case 132: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
-{yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 136: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+{yygotominor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ break;
+ case 137: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = JT_INNER; }
break;
- case 133: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = JT_INNER; }
+ case 138: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
break;
- case 134: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+ case 139: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
break;
- case 135: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
+ case 140: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
break;
- case 136: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
+ case 141: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
+ case 152: /* sortitem ::= expr */
+ case 159: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */
+ case 166: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */
+ case 181: /* expr ::= term */
+ case 209: /* escape ::= ESCAPE expr */
+ case 233: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */
+ case 235: /* case_operand ::= expr */
+{yygotominor.yy122 = yymsp[0].minor.yy122;}
break;
- case 137: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
- case 145: /* sortitem ::= expr */
- case 152: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */
- case 159: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */
- case 174: /* expr ::= term */
- case 202: /* escape ::= ESCAPE expr */
- case 226: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */
- case 228: /* case_operand ::= expr */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
+ case 142: /* on_opt ::= */
+ case 158: /* having_opt ::= */
+ case 165: /* where_opt ::= */
+ case 210: /* escape ::= */
+ case 234: /* case_else ::= */
+ case 236: /* case_operand ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy122 = 0;}
break;
- case 138: /* on_opt ::= */
- case 151: /* having_opt ::= */
- case 158: /* where_opt ::= */
- case 203: /* escape ::= */
- case 227: /* case_else ::= */
- case 229: /* case_operand ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = 0;}
+ case 145: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;}
break;
- case 139: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
- case 171: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy432 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy432;}
+ case 146: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
+ case 178: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */
+{yygotominor.yy180 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy180;}
break;
- case 140: /* using_opt ::= */
- case 170: /* inscollist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy432 = 0;}
+ case 147: /* using_opt ::= */
+ case 177: /* inscollist_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy180 = 0;}
break;
- case 142: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
- case 150: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */
- case 230: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[0].minor.yy174;}
+ case 149: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+ case 157: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */
+ case 237: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = yymsp[0].minor.yy442;}
break;
- case 143: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */
+ case 150: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */
{
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0);
- if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy442 ) yygotominor.yy442->a[yygotominor.yy442->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
}
break;
- case 144: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */
+ case 151: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */
{
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0);
- if( yygotominor.yy174 && yygotominor.yy174->a ) yygotominor.yy174->a[0].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy442 && yygotominor.yy442->a ) yygotominor.yy442->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
}
break;
- case 146: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
- case 148: /* sortorder ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+ case 153: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
+ case 155: /* sortorder ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
break;
- case 147: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+ case 154: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
break;
- case 153: /* limit_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;}
+ case 160: /* limit_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy64.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy64.pOffset = 0;}
break;
- case 154: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;}
+ case 161: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+{yygotominor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy122; yygotominor.yy64.pOffset = 0;}
break;
- case 155: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
-{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
+ case 162: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+{yygotominor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy122; yygotominor.yy64.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy122;}
break;
- case 156: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
+ case 163: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy64.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy122; yygotominor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy122;}
break;
- case 157: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt */
-{sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy373,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
+ case 164: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+{
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy347,yymsp[0].minor.yy122);
+}
break;
- case 160: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt */
+ case 167: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
{
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,"set list");
- sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy347, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,"set list");
+ sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy347,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy122,yymsp[-5].minor.yy392);
}
break;
- case 161: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
+ case 168: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy122,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 162: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
+ case 169: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy122,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 163: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);}
+ case 170: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy347, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy180, yymsp[-7].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 164: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);}
+ case 171: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-1].minor.yy180, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 165: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy373, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy432, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46);}
+ case 172: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy347, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy180, yymsp[-5].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 168: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */
- case 232: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);}
+ case 175: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */
+ case 239: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy122,0);}
break;
- case 169: /* itemlist ::= expr */
- case 233: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);}
+ case 176: /* itemlist ::= expr */
+ case 240: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
+{yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy122,0);}
break;
- case 172: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
-{yygotominor.yy432 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy432,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 179: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
+{yygotominor.yy180 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy180,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 173: /* inscollist ::= nm */
-{yygotominor.yy432 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 180: /* inscollist ::= nm */
+{yygotominor.yy180 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 175: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy172; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
+ case 182: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{yygotominor.yy122 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy122; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
break;
- case 176: /* term ::= NULL */
- case 181: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */
- case 182: /* term ::= STRING */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 183: /* term ::= NULL */
+ case 188: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */
+ case 189: /* term ::= STRING */
+{yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 177: /* expr ::= ID */
- case 178: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 184: /* expr ::= ID */
+ case 185: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */
+{yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 179: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+ case 186: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
{
Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
}
break;
- case 180: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+ case 187: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
{
Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
}
break;
- case 183: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 190: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
+{yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 184: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
+ case 191: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
{
Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
- Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
+ Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr);
}
break;
- case 185: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
+ case 192: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy122, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 186: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+ case 193: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy122, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 187: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
+ case 194: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
{
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy174 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy174->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy442 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy442->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
}
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 && yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_Distinct;
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy392 && yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->flags |= EP_Distinct;
}
}
break;
- case 188: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
+ case 195: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 189: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
+ case 196: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
{
/* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are
** treated as functions that return constants */
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;
- yygotominor.yy172->span = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;
+ yygotominor.yy122->span = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
}
}
break;
- case 190: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
- case 191: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */
- case 192: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */
- case 193: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */
- case 194: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */
- case 195: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */
- case 196: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */
- case 197: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);}
+ case 197: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+ case 198: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */
+ case 199: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */
+ case 200: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */
+ case 201: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */
+ case 202: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */
+ case 203: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */
+ case 204: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */
+{yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy122,0);}
break;
- case 198: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
- case 200: /* likeop ::= MATCH */
-{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 0;}
+ case 205: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
+ case 207: /* likeop ::= MATCH */
+{yygotominor.yy318.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy318.not = 0;}
break;
- case 199: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
- case 201: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */
-{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 1;}
+ case 206: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
+ case 208: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */
+{yygotominor.yy318.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy318.not = 1;}
break;
- case 204: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr escape */
+ case 211: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr escape */
{
ExprList *pList;
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0);
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy172 ){
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy122, 0);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy122, 0);
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy122 ){
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, 0);
}
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.eOperator);
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.not ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ) yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy318.eOperator);
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy318.not ) yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy122->span, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy122->span);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ) yygotominor.yy122->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
}
break;
- case 205: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
+ case 212: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, yymsp[-1].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy122->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 206: /* expr ::= expr IS NULL */
+ case 213: /* expr ::= expr IS NULL */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy122->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 207: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
+ case 214: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy122->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 208: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL */
+ case 215: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy122->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 209: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
- case 210: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */
+ case 216: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
+ case 217: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy122->span);
}
break;
- case 211: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
+ case 218: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy122->span);
}
break;
- case 212: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
+ case 219: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy122->span);
}
break;
- case 215: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
+ case 222: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
{
- ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->pList = pList;
+ ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy122, 0);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->pList = pList;
}else{
sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
}
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy392 ) yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy122->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy122->span);
}
break;
- case 218: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
+ case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy172);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy442;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy122);
}else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442);
}
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy392 ) yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy122->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 219: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
+ case 226: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy172);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy159;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy122);
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159);
}
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 220: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
+ case 227: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy172);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy159;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy122);
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159);
}
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy392 ) yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy122->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 221: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
+ case 228: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
{
SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy172);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy122);
}else{
sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
}
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy0:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy392 ) yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy122, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy122->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy0:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 222: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
+ case 229: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
{
- Expr *p = yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
+ Expr *p = yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
if( p ){
- p->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
+ p->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy159;
sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy172);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy122);
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159);
}
}
break;
- case 223: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
+ case 230: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy174;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy172);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy122, yymsp[-1].minor.yy122, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy442;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy122);
}else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy174);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442);
}
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 224: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
+ case 231: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, yymsp[-2].minor.yy122, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, 0);
}
break;
- case 225: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
+ case 232: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy122, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, 0);
}
break;
- case 234: /* cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */
+ case 241: /* cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */
{
sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,
- sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[-9].minor.yy46,
- &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, yymsp[-9].minor.yy392,
+ &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy392);
}
break;
- case 235: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
- case 283: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Abort;}
+ case 242: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
+ case 289: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Abort;}
break;
- case 236: /* uniqueflag ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_None;}
+ case 243: /* uniqueflag ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_None;}
break;
- case 239: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder */
+ case 246: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
{
Expr *p = 0;
if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
}
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, "index");
- if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy442, "index");
+ if( yygotominor.yy442 ) yygotominor.yy442->a[yygotominor.yy442->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
}
break;
- case 240: /* idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder */
+ case 247: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
{
Expr *p = 0;
if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
}
- yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, "index");
- if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
+ yygotominor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy442, "index");
+ if( yygotominor.yy442 ) yygotominor.yy442->a[yygotominor.yy442->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392;
}
break;
- case 242: /* collate ::= */
+ case 248: /* collate ::= */
{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
break;
- case 244: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
-{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);}
+ case 250: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 245: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
- case 246: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */
+ case 251: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
+ case 252: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */
{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
break;
- case 247: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
- case 248: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON */
- case 249: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ DELETE */
+ case 253: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
+ case 254: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON */
+ case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ DELETE */
{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
break;
- case 250: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
+ case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
{
sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);
}
break;
- case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
+ case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
break;
- case 252: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
+ case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
break;
- case 260: /* cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
+ case 266: /* cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
{
Token all;
all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
- all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
- sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243, &all);
+ all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+ sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy327, &all);
}
break;
- case 261: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
+ case 267: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
{
- sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-10].minor.yy46, yymsp[-8].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy392, yymsp[-4].minor.yy410.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy410.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, yymsp[-10].minor.yy392, yymsp[-8].minor.yy392);
yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 262: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
- case 265: /* trigger_time ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_BEFORE; }
+ case 268: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
+ case 271: /* trigger_time ::= */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = TK_BEFORE; }
break;
- case 263: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_AFTER; }
+ case 269: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = TK_AFTER; }
break;
- case 264: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+ case 270: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
+{ yygotominor.yy392 = TK_INSTEAD;}
break;
- case 266: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
- case 267: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */
-{yygotominor.yy370.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy370.b = 0;}
+ case 272: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
+ case 273: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */
+{yygotominor.yy410.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy410.b = 0;}
break;
- case 268: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */
-{yygotominor.yy370.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy370.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy432;}
+ case 274: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */
+{yygotominor.yy410.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy410.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy180;}
break;
- case 271: /* when_clause ::= */
- case 288: /* key_opt ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy172 = 0; }
+ case 277: /* when_clause ::= */
+ case 294: /* key_opt ::= */
+{ yygotominor.yy122 = 0; }
break;
- case 272: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
- case 289: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */
-{ yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; }
+ case 278: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
+ case 295: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */
+{ yygotominor.yy122 = yymsp[0].minor.yy122; }
break;
- case 273: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
+ case 279: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
{
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 ){
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
+/*
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy327 ){
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy327->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
}else{
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy327 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
}
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
- yygotominor.yy243 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy243;
+*/
+ assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy327!=0 );
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy327->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy327->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
+ yygotominor.yy327 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy327;
}
break;
- case 274: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy243 = 0; }
+ case 280: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{
+ /* if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy327 ) */
+ assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy327!=0 );
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy327->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
+ yygotominor.yy327 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327;
+}
break;
- case 275: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt */
-{ yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); }
+ case 281: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt */
+{ yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392); }
break;
- case 276: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);}
+ case 282: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
+{yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy180, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 277: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select */
-{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);}
+ case 283: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select */
+{yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy180, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392);}
break;
- case 278: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt */
-{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
+ case 284: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt */
+{yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy122);}
break;
- case 279: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy219); }
+ case 285: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
+{yygotominor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159); }
break;
- case 280: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
+ case 286: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
- yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ){
+ yygotominor.yy122->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
}
break;
- case 281: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
+ case 287: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- if( yygotominor.yy172 ) {
- yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy46;
- sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy122 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy122 ) {
+ yygotominor.yy122->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy392;
+ sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy122, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
}
break;
- case 282: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Rollback;}
+ case 288: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Rollback;}
break;
- case 284: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Fail;}
+ case 290: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
+{yygotominor.yy392 = OE_Fail;}
break;
- case 285: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
+ case 291: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
+ sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy347,yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);
}
break;
- case 286: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
+ case 292: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
{
- sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);
+ sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy122, yymsp[-1].minor.yy122, yymsp[0].minor.yy122);
}
break;
- case 287: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
+ case 293: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
{
- sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);
+ sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy122);
}
break;
- case 292: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
+ case 298: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
break;
- case 293: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
+ case 299: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 294: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
+ case 300: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
break;
- case 295: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
+ case 301: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 296: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
+ case 302: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
{
- sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy347,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 297: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
+ case 303: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
{
sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 298: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
+ case 304: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
{
- sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373);
+ sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347);
}
break;
- case 301: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
+ case 307: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
break;
- case 302: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
+ case 308: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 303: /* create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */
+ case 309: /* create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */
{
sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 306: /* vtabarg ::= */
+ case 312: /* vtabarg ::= */
{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
break;
- case 308: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
- case 309: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */
- case 310: /* lp ::= LP */
- case 312: /* anylist ::= anylist ANY */
+ case 314: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
+ case 315: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */
+ case 316: /* lp ::= LP */
+ case 318: /* anylist ::= anylist ANY */
{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
};
yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
- yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,yygoto);
+ yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
#ifdef NDEBUG
/* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
if( yysize ){
yypParser->yyidx++;
yymsp -= yysize-1;
- yymsp->stateno = yyact;
- yymsp->major = yygoto;
+ yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
+ yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
}else
#endif
sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
pParse->parseError = 1;
#endif
do{
- yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
+ yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
assert( !yyendofinput ); /* Impossible to shift the $ token */
yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
}
#endif
- yy_destructor(yypParser, yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
yymajor = YYNOCODE;
}else{
while(
yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
}
if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
- yy_destructor(yypParser,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
yymajor = YYNOCODE;
}else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
}
yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
- yy_destructor(yypParser,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
if( yyendofinput ){
yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
}
** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
** parser for analysis.
**
-** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.148 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
+** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.153 2009/01/20 16:53:41 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
**
** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
**
-** $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.31 2007/07/30 18:26:20 rse Exp $
+** $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.37 2009/02/01 00:00:46 drh Exp $
**
** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing
** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications
** on platforms with limited memory.
*/
-/* Hash score: 165 */
+/* Hash score: 171 */
static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
- /* zText[] encodes 775 bytes of keywords in 526 bytes */
- static const char zText[526] =
- "BEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDESCAPEACHECKEYCONSTRAINTERSECTABLEFT"
- "HENDATABASELECTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISELSEXCEPTRIGGEREFERENCES"
- "UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEMPORARYBEGINNEREINDEXCLUSIVEXISTSBETWEEN"
- "OTNULLIKECASCADEFERRABLECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDELETEDETACH"
- "IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN"
- "WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICT"
- "CROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOB"
- "YIFINTOFFSETISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUM"
- "VIEWINITIALLY";
+ /* zText[] encodes 801 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */
+ /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */
+ /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */
+ /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */
+ /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */
+ /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */
+ /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */
+ /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */
+ /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */
+ /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */
+ /* INITIALLY */
+ static const char zText[540] = {
+ 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
+ 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
+ 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
+ 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
+ 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
+ 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
+ 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
+ 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
+ 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
+ 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
+ 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U',
+ 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
+ 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C',
+ 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L',
+ 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D',
+ 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E',
+ 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A',
+ 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U',
+ 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W',
+ 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C',
+ 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R',
+ 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M',
+ 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U',
+ 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M',
+ 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T',
+ 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L',
+ 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S',
+ 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L',
+ 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V',
+ 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
+ };
static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
- 63, 92, 109, 61, 0, 38, 0, 0, 69, 0, 64, 0, 0,
- 102, 4, 65, 7, 0, 108, 72, 103, 99, 0, 22, 0, 0,
- 113, 0, 111, 106, 0, 18, 80, 0, 1, 0, 0, 56, 57,
- 0, 55, 11, 0, 33, 77, 89, 0, 110, 88, 0, 0, 45,
- 0, 90, 54, 0, 20, 0, 114, 34, 19, 0, 10, 97, 28,
- 83, 0, 0, 116, 93, 47, 115, 41, 12, 44, 0, 78, 0,
- 87, 29, 0, 86, 0, 0, 0, 82, 79, 84, 75, 96, 6,
- 14, 95, 0, 68, 0, 21, 76, 98, 27, 0, 112, 67, 104,
- 49, 40, 71, 0, 0, 81, 100, 0, 107, 0, 15, 0, 0,
- 24, 0, 73, 42, 50, 0, 16, 48, 0, 37,
+ 70, 99, 112, 68, 0, 43, 0, 0, 76, 0, 71, 0, 0,
+ 41, 12, 72, 15, 0, 111, 79, 49, 106, 0, 19, 0, 0,
+ 116, 0, 114, 109, 0, 22, 87, 0, 9, 0, 0, 64, 65,
+ 0, 63, 6, 0, 47, 84, 96, 0, 113, 95, 0, 0, 44,
+ 0, 97, 24, 0, 17, 0, 117, 48, 23, 0, 5, 104, 25,
+ 90, 0, 0, 119, 100, 55, 118, 52, 7, 50, 0, 85, 0,
+ 94, 26, 0, 93, 0, 0, 0, 89, 86, 91, 82, 103, 14,
+ 38, 102, 0, 75, 0, 18, 83, 105, 31, 0, 115, 74, 107,
+ 57, 45, 78, 0, 0, 88, 39, 0, 110, 0, 35, 0, 0,
+ 28, 0, 80, 53, 58, 0, 20, 56, 0, 51,
};
- static const unsigned char aNext[116] = {
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 9, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 32, 0, 0,
- 17, 0, 0, 0, 36, 39, 0, 0, 25, 0, 0, 31, 0,
- 0, 0, 43, 52, 0, 0, 0, 53, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 51, 0, 0, 0, 0, 26, 0, 8, 46,
- 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 58, 66, 0, 13,
- 0, 91, 85, 0, 94, 0, 74, 0, 0, 62, 0, 35, 101,
- 0, 0, 105, 23, 30, 60, 70, 0, 0, 59, 0, 0,
+ static const unsigned char aNext[119] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 32, 21, 0, 0, 0, 42, 3, 46, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 29, 0, 0, 37, 0, 0, 0, 1, 60, 0,
+ 0, 61, 0, 40, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 59, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 30, 54, 16, 33, 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 11, 66, 73, 0, 8, 0, 98, 92, 0, 101, 0,
+ 81, 0, 69, 0, 0, 108, 27, 36, 67, 77, 0, 34, 62,
+ 0, 0,
};
- static const unsigned char aLen[116] = {
- 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, 7, 7, 3, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3,
- 10, 9, 5, 4, 4, 3, 8, 2, 6, 11, 2, 7, 5,
- 5, 4, 6, 7, 10, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, 4, 9,
- 2, 5, 5, 7, 5, 9, 6, 7, 7, 3, 4, 4, 7,
- 3, 10, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4,
- 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7,
- 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8,
- 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 4, 6, 2, 3, 6,
- 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3,
+ static const unsigned char aLen[119] = {
+ 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6,
+ 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6,
+ 11, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, 4,
+ 6, 2, 3, 4, 9, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, 5,
+ 5, 7, 7, 7, 3, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6,
+ 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5,
+ 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6,
+ 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
+ 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, 6, 4,
+ 9, 3,
};
- static const unsigned short int aOffset[116] = {
- 0, 2, 2, 6, 10, 13, 18, 23, 25, 26, 31, 33, 37,
- 40, 47, 55, 58, 61, 63, 65, 70, 71, 76, 85, 86, 91,
- 95, 99, 102, 107, 113, 123, 126, 131, 136, 141, 144, 148, 148,
- 152, 157, 160, 164, 166, 169, 177, 183, 189, 189, 192, 195, 199,
- 200, 204, 214, 218, 225, 231, 243, 249, 255, 264, 266, 272, 277,
- 279, 286, 291, 296, 302, 308, 313, 317, 320, 326, 330, 337, 339,
- 346, 348, 350, 359, 363, 369, 375, 383, 388, 388, 404, 411, 418,
- 419, 426, 430, 434, 438, 442, 445, 447, 449, 452, 452, 455, 458,
- 464, 468, 476, 480, 485, 493, 496, 501, 506, 512, 516, 521,
+ static const unsigned short int aOffset[119] = {
+ 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33,
+ 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81,
+ 86, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, 159,
+ 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197, 203,
+ 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244, 248, 255,
+ 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320, 326, 332,
+ 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383, 387, 393,
+ 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458, 462, 466,
+ 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516, 521, 527,
+ 531, 536,
};
- static const unsigned char aCode[116] = {
- TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW,
- TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, TK_ADD, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
- TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTERSECT,
- TK_TABLE, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DATABASE,
- TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_ELSE, TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRIGGER,
- TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING,
- TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR,
- TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEX, TK_EXCLUSIVE,
- TK_EXISTS, TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NULL,
- TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_CASE,
- TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DELETE, TK_DETACH,
- TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN,
- TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL,
- TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER,
- TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO,
- TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED,
- TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_INTO,
- TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER,
- TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW,
- TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY,
- TK_ALL,
+ static const unsigned char aCode[119] = {
+ TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
+ TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
+ TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
+ TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
+ TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ALTER,
+ TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT,
+ TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, TK_OFFSET,
+ TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR,
+ TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP,
+ TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_BETWEEN,
+ TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE,
+ TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE,
+ TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT,
+ TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT,
+ TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE,
+ TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT,
+ TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW,
+ TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW,
+ TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP,
+ TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY,
+ TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING,
+ TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL,
};
int h, i;
if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
n) % 127;
for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+ testcase( i==0 ); /* TK_REINDEX */
+ testcase( i==1 ); /* TK_INDEXED */
+ testcase( i==2 ); /* TK_INDEX */
+ testcase( i==3 ); /* TK_DESC */
+ testcase( i==4 ); /* TK_ESCAPE */
+ testcase( i==5 ); /* TK_EACH */
+ testcase( i==6 ); /* TK_CHECK */
+ testcase( i==7 ); /* TK_KEY */
+ testcase( i==8 ); /* TK_BEFORE */
+ testcase( i==9 ); /* TK_FOREIGN */
+ testcase( i==10 ); /* TK_FOR */
+ testcase( i==11 ); /* TK_IGNORE */
+ testcase( i==12 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */
+ testcase( i==13 ); /* TK_EXPLAIN */
+ testcase( i==14 ); /* TK_INSTEAD */
+ testcase( i==15 ); /* TK_ADD */
+ testcase( i==16 ); /* TK_DATABASE */
+ testcase( i==17 ); /* TK_AS */
+ testcase( i==18 ); /* TK_SELECT */
+ testcase( i==19 ); /* TK_TABLE */
+ testcase( i==20 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
+ testcase( i==21 ); /* TK_THEN */
+ testcase( i==22 ); /* TK_END */
+ testcase( i==23 ); /* TK_DEFERRABLE */
+ testcase( i==24 ); /* TK_ELSE */
+ testcase( i==25 ); /* TK_EXCEPT */
+ testcase( i==26 ); /* TK_TRANSACTION */
+ testcase( i==27 ); /* TK_ON */
+ testcase( i==28 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
+ testcase( i==29 ); /* TK_ALTER */
+ testcase( i==30 ); /* TK_RAISE */
+ testcase( i==31 ); /* TK_EXCLUSIVE */
+ testcase( i==32 ); /* TK_EXISTS */
+ testcase( i==33 ); /* TK_SAVEPOINT */
+ testcase( i==34 ); /* TK_INTERSECT */
+ testcase( i==35 ); /* TK_TRIGGER */
+ testcase( i==36 ); /* TK_REFERENCES */
+ testcase( i==37 ); /* TK_CONSTRAINT */
+ testcase( i==38 ); /* TK_INTO */
+ testcase( i==39 ); /* TK_OFFSET */
+ testcase( i==40 ); /* TK_OF */
+ testcase( i==41 ); /* TK_SET */
+ testcase( i==42 ); /* TK_TEMP */
+ testcase( i==43 ); /* TK_TEMP */
+ testcase( i==44 ); /* TK_OR */
+ testcase( i==45 ); /* TK_UNIQUE */
+ testcase( i==46 ); /* TK_QUERY */
+ testcase( i==47 ); /* TK_ATTACH */
+ testcase( i==48 ); /* TK_HAVING */
+ testcase( i==49 ); /* TK_GROUP */
+ testcase( i==50 ); /* TK_UPDATE */
+ testcase( i==51 ); /* TK_BEGIN */
+ testcase( i==52 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
+ testcase( i==53 ); /* TK_RELEASE */
+ testcase( i==54 ); /* TK_BETWEEN */
+ testcase( i==55 ); /* TK_NOTNULL */
+ testcase( i==56 ); /* TK_NOT */
+ testcase( i==57 ); /* TK_NULL */
+ testcase( i==58 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */
+ testcase( i==59 ); /* TK_CASCADE */
+ testcase( i==60 ); /* TK_ASC */
+ testcase( i==61 ); /* TK_DELETE */
+ testcase( i==62 ); /* TK_CASE */
+ testcase( i==63 ); /* TK_COLLATE */
+ testcase( i==64 ); /* TK_CREATE */
+ testcase( i==65 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */
+ testcase( i==66 ); /* TK_DETACH */
+ testcase( i==67 ); /* TK_IMMEDIATE */
+ testcase( i==68 ); /* TK_JOIN */
+ testcase( i==69 ); /* TK_INSERT */
+ testcase( i==70 ); /* TK_MATCH */
+ testcase( i==71 ); /* TK_PLAN */
+ testcase( i==72 ); /* TK_ANALYZE */
+ testcase( i==73 ); /* TK_PRAGMA */
+ testcase( i==74 ); /* TK_ABORT */
+ testcase( i==75 ); /* TK_VALUES */
+ testcase( i==76 ); /* TK_VIRTUAL */
+ testcase( i==77 ); /* TK_LIMIT */
+ testcase( i==78 ); /* TK_WHEN */
+ testcase( i==79 ); /* TK_WHERE */
+ testcase( i==80 ); /* TK_RENAME */
+ testcase( i==81 ); /* TK_AFTER */
+ testcase( i==82 ); /* TK_REPLACE */
+ testcase( i==83 ); /* TK_AND */
+ testcase( i==84 ); /* TK_DEFAULT */
+ testcase( i==85 ); /* TK_AUTOINCR */
+ testcase( i==86 ); /* TK_TO */
+ testcase( i==87 ); /* TK_IN */
+ testcase( i==88 ); /* TK_CAST */
+ testcase( i==89 ); /* TK_COLUMNKW */
+ testcase( i==90 ); /* TK_COMMIT */
+ testcase( i==91 ); /* TK_CONFLICT */
+ testcase( i==92 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
+ testcase( i==93 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */
+ testcase( i==94 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */
+ testcase( i==95 ); /* TK_PRIMARY */
+ testcase( i==96 ); /* TK_DEFERRED */
+ testcase( i==97 ); /* TK_DISTINCT */
+ testcase( i==98 ); /* TK_IS */
+ testcase( i==99 ); /* TK_DROP */
+ testcase( i==100 ); /* TK_FAIL */
+ testcase( i==101 ); /* TK_FROM */
+ testcase( i==102 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
+ testcase( i==103 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */
+ testcase( i==104 ); /* TK_BY */
+ testcase( i==105 ); /* TK_IF */
+ testcase( i==106 ); /* TK_ISNULL */
+ testcase( i==107 ); /* TK_ORDER */
+ testcase( i==108 ); /* TK_RESTRICT */
+ testcase( i==109 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
+ testcase( i==110 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
+ testcase( i==111 ); /* TK_ROLLBACK */
+ testcase( i==112 ); /* TK_ROW */
+ testcase( i==113 ); /* TK_UNION */
+ testcase( i==114 ); /* TK_USING */
+ testcase( i==115 ); /* TK_VACUUM */
+ testcase( i==116 ); /* TK_VIEW */
+ testcase( i==117 ); /* TK_INITIALLY */
+ testcase( i==118 ); /* TK_ALL */
return aCode[i];
}
}
int i, c;
switch( *z ){
case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
- for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+ for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
*tokenType = TK_SPACE;
return i;
}
case '-': {
if( z[1]=='-' ){
for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
- *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+ *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
return i;
}
*tokenType = TK_MINUS;
}
for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
if( c ) i++;
- *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
+ *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
return i;
}
case '%': {
}
}
}
- if( c ){
+ if( c=='\'' ){
*tokenType = TK_STRING;
return i+1;
+ }else if( c!=0 ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ID;
+ return i+1;
}else{
*tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
return i;
}
case '.': {
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- if( !isdigit(z[1]) )
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
#endif
{
*tokenType = TK_DOT;
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
*tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
- for(i=0; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
if( z[i]=='.' ){
i++;
- while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
*tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
}
if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
- ( isdigit(z[i+1])
- || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2]))
+ ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
+ || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
)
){
i += 2;
- while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
*tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
}
#endif
}
case '?': {
*tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
- for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
return i;
}
case '#': {
- for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
if( i>1 ){
/* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */
}else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
do{
i++;
- }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+ }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
if( c==')' ){
i++;
}else{
if( z[1]=='\'' ){
*tokenType = TK_BLOB;
for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\''; i++){
- if( !isxdigit(c) ){
+ if( !sqlite3Isxdigit(c) ){
*tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
}
}
break;
}
switch( tokenType ){
- case TK_SPACE:
- case TK_COMMENT: {
+ case TK_SPACE: {
if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "interrupt");
sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVarExpr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias);
+ while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
+ Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
+ pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
+ }
if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
**
-** $Id: main.c,v 1.486 2008/08/04 20:13:27 drh Exp $
+** $Id: main.c,v 1.528 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
/*
** The version of the library
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+#endif
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
** Initialize SQLite.
**
** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
-** VFS, and mutex subsystesms prior to doing any serious work with
+** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
** sqlite3_open().
**
** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
+**
+** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
+** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
+** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
+** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
+**
+** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive
+** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the
+** initialization process would never complete.
+**
+** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other
+** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
+** incomplete, it is required that:
+**
+** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
+** call by X completes.
+**
+** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
+** without blocking.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
- static int inProgress = 0;
- int rc;
+ sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; /* The main static mutex */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
- /* If SQLite is already initialized, this call is a no-op. */
- if( sqlite3Config.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
+ ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization
+ ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end
+ ** of this routine.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
- /* Make sure the mutex system is initialized. */
+ /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
+ ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
+ ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
+ ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
+ **
+ ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
+ ** initialization.
+ */
rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
+ ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that
+ ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
+ ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
+ ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
+ */
+ pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+ rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-
- /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
- ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex *pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
- if( !sqlite3Config.isMallocInit ){
- rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3Config.isMallocInit = 1;
- if( !sqlite3Config.pInitMutex ){
- sqlite3Config.pInitMutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
- if( sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3Config.pInitMutex ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
- /* Enter the recursive pInitMutex mutex. After doing so, if the
- ** sqlite3Config.isInit flag is true, then some other thread has
- ** finished doing the initialization. If the inProgress flag is
- ** true, then this function is being called recursively from within
- ** the sqlite3_os_init() call below. In either case, exit early.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3Config.pInitMutex);
- if( sqlite3Config.isInit || inProgress ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3Config.pInitMutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- sqlite3StatusReset();
- inProgress = 1;
+ /* If unable to initialize the malloc subsystem, then return early.
+ ** There is little hope of getting SQLite to run if the malloc
+ ** subsystem cannot be initialized.
+ */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
+ ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
+ ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through
+ ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
+ ** recursive calls might also be possible.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
+ memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
+ sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
rc = sqlite3_os_init();
- inProgress = 0;
- sqlite3Config.isInit = (rc==SQLITE_OK ? 1 : 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3Config.pInitMutex);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
+ sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
+ }
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = (rc==SQLITE_OK ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+
+ /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
+ ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
- /* Check NaN support. */
+ /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
+ ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but
+ ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
+ ** reason. So we run it once during initialization.
+ */
#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
}
#endif
+#endif
return rc;
}
** routine is not threadsafe. Not by a long shot.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3Config.pInitMutex);
- sqlite3Config.pInitMutex = 0;
- sqlite3Config.isMallocInit = 0;
- if( sqlite3Config.isInit ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
+ sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
sqlite3_os_end();
}
- if( sqlite3Config.m.xShutdown ){
- sqlite3MallocEnd();
- }
- if( sqlite3Config.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
- sqlite3MutexEnd();
- }
- sqlite3Config.isInit = 0;
+ sqlite3MallocEnd();
+ sqlite3MutexEnd();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
** the SQLite library is in use. */
- if( sqlite3Config.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
va_start(ap, op);
switch( op ){
+
+ /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
+ ** compile.
+ */
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
/* Disable all mutexing */
- sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex = 0;
- sqlite3Config.bFullMutex = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
break;
}
case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
/* Disable mutexing of database connections */
/* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
- sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex = 1;
- sqlite3Config.bFullMutex = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
break;
}
case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
/* Enable all mutexing */
- sqlite3Config.bCoreMutex = 1;
- sqlite3Config.bFullMutex = 1;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
- /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
- sqlite3Config.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
- /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
- if( sqlite3Config.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
- *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3Config.m;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
break;
}
case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
/* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
- sqlite3Config.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
break;
}
case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
/* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
- *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3Config.mutex;
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
+ /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
+ /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
break;
}
case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
/* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
- sqlite3Config.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
break;
}
case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
/* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
- sqlite3Config.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3Config.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3Config.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
break;
}
case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
/* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
- sqlite3Config.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3Config.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3Config.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
+ /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
+ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+ }
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache;
break;
}
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
/* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
- sqlite3Config.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3Config.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3Config.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
- if( sqlite3Config.pHeap==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
/* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go
** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
** run.
*/
- memset(&sqlite3Config.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3Config.m));
+ memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
}else{
/* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor
** the default case and return an error.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
- sqlite3Config.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
- sqlite3Config.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
#endif
}
break;
}
#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS6)
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC: {
- sqlite3Config.nSmall = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3Config.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys6();
- break;
- }
-#endif
-
case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
- sqlite3Config.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3Config.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
break;
}
if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
- if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
+ /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
+ ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
+ ** both at the same time.
+ */
+ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+ }
+ /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer
+ ** to be useful.
+ */
+ if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
- sz = (sz+7)&~7;
- if( pBuf==0 ){
+ if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
+ sz = 0;
+ pStart = 0;
+ }else if( pBuf==0 ){
+ sz = (sz + 7)&~7;
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );
sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
}else{
+ sz = sz&~7;
pStart = pBuf;
}
- if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
- sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
- }
db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
- db->lookaside.sz = sz;
- db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0;
+ db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
if( pStart ){
int i;
LookasideSlot *p;
+ assert( sz > sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
}
db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+ db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
}else{
db->lookaside.pEnd = 0;
db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+ db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
+** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->mutex;
+}
+
+/*
** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
- static int dummy = 0;
- dummy += x;
-}
-#endif
-
/*
** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
){
int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
(const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
if( 0==r ){
r = nKey1-nKey2;
}
}
/*
+** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
+** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
+** at the b-tree/pager level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
+ while( db->pSavepoint ){
+ Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+ db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+ }
+ db->nSavepoint = 0;
+ db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+}
+
+/*
** Close an existing SQLite database
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
/* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
if( db->pVdbe ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
+ "unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) );
for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
+ if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation");
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+
+ for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
if( pDb->pBt ){
sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
assert( db->nDb<=2 );
assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext;
- for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){
- pNext = pFunc->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pFunc);
+ for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
+ FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
+ for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
+ pHash = p->pHash;
+ while( p ){
+ pNext = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ p = pNext;
+ }
}
}
-
for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
/* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif
- sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc);
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
if( db->pErr ){
sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
+ assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
}
** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
*/
- p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 0);
+ p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "Unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
+ "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
assert( !db->mallocFailed );
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}else{
}
}
- p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1);
+ p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
if( !p ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
p->xStep = xStep;
p->xFinalize = xFinal;
p->pUserData = pUserData;
- p->nArg = nArg;
+ p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
}
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ }
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
assert( !db->mallocFailed );
z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
}
return db->errCode & db->errMask;
}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
+ if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ return db->errCode;
+}
/*
** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName
if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "Unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
+ "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
pColl->pUser = pCtx;
pColl->xDel = xDel;
- pColl->enc = enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
+ pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
}
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
return SQLITE_OK;
#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>127
-# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 127
+#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
+# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACH<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACH>30
-# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACH must be between 0 and 30
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 30
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<1
# error SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER must be at least 1
#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
+#endif
/*
sqlite3 *db;
int rc;
CollSeq *pColl;
- int isThreadsafe = 1;
+ int isThreadsafe;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
- if( flags&SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
isThreadsafe = 0;
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
+ isThreadsafe = 0;
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
+ isThreadsafe = 1;
+ }else{
+ isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
}
/* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter */
SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX
+ SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX
);
/* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
- if( sqlite3Config.bFullMutex && isThreadsafe ){
+ if( isThreadsafe ){
db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
if( db->mutex==0 ){
sqlite3_free(db);
| SQLITE_LoadExtension
#endif
;
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, 0);
#endif
db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
if( !db->pVfs ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
goto opendb_out;
}
createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
if( db->mallocFailed ){
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
goto opendb_out;
}
db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0);
flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
&db->aDb[0].pBt);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
goto opendb_out;
}
db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- extern int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3*);
rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
}
#endif
#endif
/* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
- setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3Config.szLookaside, sqlite3Config.nLookaside);
+ setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
opendb_out:
if( db ){
- assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3Config.bFullMutex==0 );
+ assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
- if( SQLITE_NOMEM==(rc = sqlite3_errcode(db)) ){
+ rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
sqlite3_close(db);
db = 0;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
}
*ppDb = db;
return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif
+#endif
/*
** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
}
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
** data for this thread has been deallocated.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
}
+#endif
/*
** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0;
- autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && pTab->autoInc;
+ autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
}else{
zDataType = "INTEGER";
primarykey = 1;
sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
break;
}
+
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
+ **
+ ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
+ ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte
+ ** as it existing before this routine was called.
+ **
+ ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
+ ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte
+ ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
+ ** dileterious behavior.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
+ unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+ rc = sqlite3PendingByte;
+ if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
+ break;
+ }
}
va_end(ap);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
**
**
**** Segment merging ****
-** To amortize update costs, segments are groups into levels and
-** merged in matches. Each increase in level represents exponentially
+** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
+** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially
** more documents.
**
** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
#endif
-/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
+/************** Include fts3_expr.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.h ***************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 22
+** 2008 Nov 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
-** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
-** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
-**
-*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
-#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
-
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
-typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
-
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-*/
-struct fts3Hash {
- char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
- char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
- int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
- fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
- int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
- struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */
- int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
- fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
- } *ht;
-};
-
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
-** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
-*/
-struct fts3HashElem {
- fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
- void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
- void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
-};
-
-/*
-** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
-**
-** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
-** is respected in comparisons.
-**
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
-** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
-**
-** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
-*/
-#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
-#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
-
-/*
-** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
-
-/*
-** Shorthand for the functions above
-*/
-#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
-#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
-#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
-#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
-
-/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
-** like this:
+******************************************************************************
**
-** fts3Hash h;
-** fts3HashElem *p;
-** ...
-** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
-** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
-** // do something with pData
-** }
-*/
-#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
-#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next)
-#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data)
-#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
-#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
-
-/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
-#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count)
-#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
-
-/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
-/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3.c *************/
+/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3_expr.h ********/
/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
/*
** 2006 July 10
** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
- ** *piEndOffset.
+ ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
+ ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
+ ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
+ ** the input buffer.
**
** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3_expr.h ******************/
+
+/*
+** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
+** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
+** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
+** custom parser.
+**
+** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
+**
+** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
+**
+** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
+** notexpr ::= LP query RP.
+**
+** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
+**
+** distance_opt ::= .
+** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
+**
+** phrase ::= TOKEN.
+** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
+** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
+*/
+
+typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
+typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
+
+/*
+** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
+** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case.
+** For a sequence of tokens contained in "...", nToken will be the number
+** of tokens in the string.
+*/
+struct Fts3Phrase {
+ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
+ int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
+ int isNot; /* Phrase prefixed by unary not (-) operator */
+ struct PhraseToken {
+ char *z; /* Text of the token */
+ int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer pointed to by z */
+ int isPrefix; /* True if token ends in with a "*" character */
+ } aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
+};
+
+/*
+** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
+*/
+struct Fts3Expr {
+ int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
+ int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
+ Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */
+ Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
+};
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, char **, int, int,
+ const char *, int, Fts3Expr **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
+** example, the following:
+**
+** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
+**
+** is equivalent to:
+**
+** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
+*/
+#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1
+#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2
+#define FTSQUERY_AND 3
+#define FTSQUERY_OR 4
+#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3_expr.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
+/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
+typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct fts3Hash {
+ char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+ char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+ int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
+ fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
+ int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+ struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */
+ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
+ fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+ } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
+** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct fts3HashElem {
+ fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
+ void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
+** is respected in comparisons.
+**
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
+** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
+*/
+#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
+#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
+
+/*
+** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
+#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
+#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
+#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+** fts3Hash h;
+** fts3HashElem *p;
+** ...
+** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
+** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
+** // do something with pData
+** }
+*/
+#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
+#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next)
+#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data)
+#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
# define FTSTRACE(A)
#endif
-/*
-** Default span for NEAR operators.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
-
/* It is not safe to call isspace(), tolower(), or isalnum() on
** hi-bit-set characters. This is the same solution used in the
** tokenizer.
/* Forward reference */
typedef struct fulltext_vtab fulltext_vtab;
-/* A single term in a query is represented by an instances of
-** the following structure. Each word which may match against
-** document content is a term. Operators, like NEAR or OR, are
-** not terms. Query terms are organized as a flat list stored
-** in the Query.pTerms array.
-**
-** If the QueryTerm.nPhrase variable is non-zero, then the QueryTerm
-** is the first in a contiguous string of terms that are either part
-** of the same phrase, or connected by the NEAR operator.
-**
-** If the QueryTerm.nNear variable is non-zero, then the token is followed
-** by a NEAR operator with span set to (nNear-1). For example, the
-** following query:
-**
-** The QueryTerm.iPhrase variable stores the index of the token within
-** its phrase, indexed starting at 1, or 1 if the token is not part
-** of any phrase.
-**
-** For example, the data structure used to represent the following query:
-**
-** ... MATCH 'sqlite NEAR/5 google NEAR/2 "search engine"'
-**
-** is:
-**
-** {nPhrase=4, iPhrase=1, nNear=6, pTerm="sqlite"},
-** {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=1, nNear=3, pTerm="google"},
-** {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=1, nNear=0, pTerm="search"},
-** {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=2, nNear=0, pTerm="engine"},
-**
-** compiling the FTS3 syntax to Query structures is done by the parseQuery()
-** function.
-*/
-typedef struct QueryTerm {
- short int nPhrase; /* How many following terms are part of the same phrase */
- short int iPhrase; /* This is the i-th term of a phrase. */
- short int iColumn; /* Column of the index that must match this term */
- signed char nNear; /* term followed by a NEAR operator with span=(nNear-1) */
- signed char isOr; /* this term is preceded by "OR" */
- signed char isNot; /* this term is preceded by "-" */
- signed char isPrefix; /* this term is followed by "*" */
- char *pTerm; /* text of the term. '\000' terminated. malloced */
- int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in pTerm[] */
-} QueryTerm;
-
-
-/* A query string is parsed into a Query structure.
- *
- * We could, in theory, allow query strings to be complicated
- * nested expressions with precedence determined by parentheses.
- * But none of the major search engines do this. (Perhaps the
- * feeling is that an parenthesized expression is two complex of
- * an idea for the average user to grasp.) Taking our lead from
- * the major search engines, we will allow queries to be a list
- * of terms (with an implied AND operator) or phrases in double-quotes,
- * with a single optional "-" before each non-phrase term to designate
- * negation and an optional OR connector.
- *
- * OR binds more tightly than the implied AND, which is what the
- * major search engines seem to do. So, for example:
- *
- * [one two OR three] ==> one AND (two OR three)
- * [one OR two three] ==> (one OR two) AND three
- *
- * A "-" before a term matches all entries that lack that term.
- * The "-" must occur immediately before the term with in intervening
- * space. This is how the search engines do it.
- *
- * A NOT term cannot be the right-hand operand of an OR. If this
- * occurs in the query string, the NOT is ignored:
- *
- * [one OR -two] ==> one OR two
- *
- */
-typedef struct Query {
- fulltext_vtab *pFts; /* The full text index */
- int nTerms; /* Number of terms in the query */
- QueryTerm *pTerms; /* Array of terms. Space obtained from malloc() */
- int nextIsOr; /* Set the isOr flag on the next inserted term */
- int nextIsNear; /* Set the isOr flag on the next inserted term */
- int nextColumn; /* Next word parsed must be in this column */
- int dfltColumn; /* The default column */
-} Query;
-
-
/*
** An instance of the following structure keeps track of generated
** matching-word offset information and snippets.
QueryType iCursorType; /* Copy of sqlite3_index_info.idxNum */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
int eof; /* True if at End Of Results */
- Query q; /* Parsed query string */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */
Snippet snippet; /* Cached snippet for the current row */
int iColumn; /* Column being searched */
DataBuffer result; /* Doclist results from fulltextQuery */
DLReader reader; /* Result reader if result not empty */
} fulltext_cursor;
-static struct fulltext_vtab *cursor_vtab(fulltext_cursor *c){
+static fulltext_vtab *cursor_vtab(fulltext_cursor *c){
return (fulltext_vtab *) c->base.pVtab;
}
}
}
-
-/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by *q
-*/
-static void queryClear(Query *q){
- int i;
- for(i = 0; i < q->nTerms; ++i){
- sqlite3_free(q->pTerms[i].pTerm);
- }
- sqlite3_free(q->pTerms);
- CLEAR(q);
-}
-
/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by the
** Snippet
*/
sqlite3_free(p->zSnippet);
CLEAR(p);
}
+
/*
** Append a single entry to the p->aMatch[] log.
*/
#define FTS3_ROTOR_MASK (FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1)
/*
+** Function to iterate through the tokens of a compiled expression.
+**
+** Except, skip all tokens on the right-hand side of a NOT operator.
+** This function is used to find tokens as part of snippet and offset
+** generation and we do nt want snippets and offsets to report matches
+** for tokens on the RHS of a NOT.
+*/
+static int fts3NextExprToken(Fts3Expr **ppExpr, int *piToken){
+ Fts3Expr *p = *ppExpr;
+ int iToken = *piToken;
+ if( iToken<0 ){
+ /* In this case the expression p is the root of an expression tree.
+ ** Move to the first token in the expression tree.
+ */
+ while( p->pLeft ){
+ p = p->pLeft;
+ }
+ iToken = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert(p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ if( iToken<(p->pPhrase->nToken-1) ){
+ iToken++;
+ }else{
+ iToken = 0;
+ while( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft!=p ){
+ assert( p->pParent->pRight==p );
+ p = p->pParent;
+ }
+ p = p->pParent;
+ if( p ){
+ assert( p->pRight!=0 );
+ p = p->pRight;
+ while( p->pLeft ){
+ p = p->pLeft;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ppExpr = p;
+ *piToken = iToken;
+ return p?1:0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the expression node pExpr is located beneath the
+** RHS of a NOT operator.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprBeneathNot(Fts3Expr *p){
+ Fts3Expr *pParent;
+ while( p ){
+ pParent = p->pParent;
+ if( pParent && pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NOT && pParent->pRight==p ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ p = pParent;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
** Add entries to pSnippet->aMatch[] for every match that occurs against
** document zDoc[0..nDoc-1] which is stored in column iColumn.
*/
static void snippetOffsetsOfColumn(
- Query *pQuery,
- Snippet *pSnippet,
- int iColumn,
- const char *zDoc,
- int nDoc
+ fulltext_cursor *pCur, /* The fulltest search cursor */
+ Snippet *pSnippet, /* The Snippet object to be filled in */
+ int iColumn, /* Index of fulltext table column */
+ const char *zDoc, /* Text of the fulltext table column */
+ int nDoc /* Length of zDoc in bytes */
){
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pTModule; /* The tokenizer module */
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* The specific tokenizer */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTCursor; /* Tokenizer cursor */
fulltext_vtab *pVtab; /* The full text index */
int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the index */
- const QueryTerm *aTerm; /* Query string terms */
- int nTerm; /* Number of query string terms */
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
int rc; /* Return code */
unsigned int match, prevMatch; /* Phrase search bitmasks */
int iRotorBegin[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ]; /* Beginning offset of token */
int iRotorLen[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ]; /* Length of token */
- pVtab = pQuery->pFts;
+ pVtab = cursor_vtab(pCur);
nColumn = pVtab->nColumn;
pTokenizer = pVtab->pTokenizer;
pTModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
rc = pTModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pTCursor);
if( rc ) return;
pTCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
- nTerm = pQuery->nTerms;
- if( nTerm>=FTS3_ROTOR_SZ ){
- nTerm = FTS3_ROTOR_SZ - 1;
- }
+
prevMatch = 0;
- while(1){
- rc = pTModule->xNext(pTCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
- if( rc ) break;
+ while( !pTModule->xNext(pTCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+ Fts3Expr *pIter = pCur->pExpr;
+ int iIter = -1;
iRotorBegin[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iBegin;
iRotorLen[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iEnd-iBegin;
match = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
- int iCol;
- iCol = aTerm[i].iColumn;
+ for(i=0; i<(FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1) && fts3NextExprToken(&pIter, &iIter); i++){
+ int nPhrase; /* Number of tokens in current phrase */
+ struct PhraseToken *pToken; /* Current token */
+ int iCol; /* Column index */
+
+ if( fts3ExprBeneathNot(pIter) ) continue;
+ nPhrase = pIter->pPhrase->nToken;
+ pToken = &pIter->pPhrase->aToken[iIter];
+ iCol = pIter->pPhrase->iColumn;
if( iCol>=0 && iCol<nColumn && iCol!=iColumn ) continue;
- if( aTerm[i].nTerm>nToken ) continue;
- if( !aTerm[i].isPrefix && aTerm[i].nTerm<nToken ) continue;
- assert( aTerm[i].nTerm<=nToken );
- if( memcmp(aTerm[i].pTerm, zToken, aTerm[i].nTerm) ) continue;
- if( aTerm[i].iPhrase>1 && (prevMatch & (1<<i))==0 ) continue;
+ if( pToken->n>nToken ) continue;
+ if( !pToken->isPrefix && pToken->n<nToken ) continue;
+ assert( pToken->n<=nToken );
+ if( memcmp(pToken->z, zToken, pToken->n) ) continue;
+ if( iIter>0 && (prevMatch & (1<<i))==0 ) continue;
match |= 1<<i;
- if( i==nTerm-1 || aTerm[i+1].iPhrase==1 ){
- for(j=aTerm[i].iPhrase-1; j>=0; j--){
+ if( i==(FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-2) || nPhrase==iIter+1 ){
+ for(j=nPhrase-1; j>=0; j--){
int k = (iRotor-j) & FTS3_ROTOR_MASK;
snippetAppendMatch(pSnippet, iColumn, i-j, iPos-j,
iRotorBegin[k], iRotorLen[k]);
** then when this function is called the Snippet contains token offsets
** 0, 4 and 5. This function removes the "0" entry (because the first A
** is not near enough to an E).
+**
+** When this function is called, the value pointed to by parameter piLeft is
+** the integer id of the left-most token in the expression tree headed by
+** pExpr. This function increments *piLeft by the total number of tokens
+** in the expression tree headed by pExpr.
+**
+** Return 1 if any trimming occurs. Return 0 if no trimming is required.
*/
-static void trimSnippetOffsetsForNear(Query *pQuery, Snippet *pSnippet){
- int ii;
- int iDir = 1;
-
- while(iDir>-2) {
- assert( iDir==1 || iDir==-1 );
- for(ii=0; ii<pSnippet->nMatch; ii++){
- int jj;
- int nNear;
- struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &pSnippet->aMatch[ii];
- QueryTerm *pQueryTerm = &pQuery->pTerms[pMatch->iTerm];
-
- if( (pMatch->iTerm+iDir)<0
- || (pMatch->iTerm+iDir)>=pQuery->nTerms
- ){
- continue;
- }
-
- nNear = pQueryTerm->nNear;
- if( iDir<0 ){
- nNear = pQueryTerm[-1].nNear;
- }
-
- if( pMatch->iTerm>=0 && nNear ){
- int isOk = 0;
- int iNextTerm = pMatch->iTerm+iDir;
- int iPrevTerm = iNextTerm;
-
- int iEndToken;
- int iStartToken;
-
- if( iDir<0 ){
- int nPhrase = 1;
- iStartToken = pMatch->iToken;
- while( (pMatch->iTerm+nPhrase)<pQuery->nTerms
- && pQuery->pTerms[pMatch->iTerm+nPhrase].iPhrase>1
- ){
- nPhrase++;
- }
- iEndToken = iStartToken + nPhrase - 1;
- }else{
- iEndToken = pMatch->iToken;
- iStartToken = pMatch->iToken+1-pQueryTerm->iPhrase;
- }
+static int trimSnippetOffsets(
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* The search expression */
+ Snippet *pSnippet, /* The set of snippet offsets to be trimmed */
+ int *piLeft /* Index of left-most token in pExpr */
+){
+ if( pExpr ){
+ if( trimSnippetOffsets(pExpr->pLeft, pSnippet, piLeft) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
- while( pQuery->pTerms[iNextTerm].iPhrase>1 ){
- iNextTerm--;
- }
- while( (iPrevTerm+1)<pQuery->nTerms &&
- pQuery->pTerms[iPrevTerm+1].iPhrase>1
- ){
- iPrevTerm++;
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_PHRASE:
+ *piLeft += pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR: {
+ /* The right-hand-side of a NEAR operator is always a phrase. The
+ ** left-hand-side is either a phrase or an expression tree that is
+ ** itself headed by a NEAR operator. The following initializations
+ ** set local variable iLeft to the token number of the left-most
+ ** token in the right-hand phrase, and iRight to the right most
+ ** token in the same phrase. For example, if we had:
+ **
+ ** <col> MATCH '"abc def" NEAR/2 "ghi jkl"'
+ **
+ ** then iLeft will be set to 2 (token number of ghi) and nToken will
+ ** be set to 4.
+ */
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+ int iLeft = *piLeft;
+ int nNear = pExpr->nNear;
+ int nToken = pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+ int jj, ii;
+ if( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ pLeft = pLeft->pRight;
}
-
- for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jj<pSnippet->nMatch; jj++){
- struct snippetMatch *p = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
- if( p->iCol==pMatch->iCol && ((
- p->iTerm==iNextTerm &&
- p->iToken>iEndToken &&
- p->iToken<=iEndToken+nNear
- ) || (
- p->iTerm==iPrevTerm &&
- p->iToken<iStartToken &&
- p->iToken>=iStartToken-nNear
- ))){
- isOk = 1;
+ assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ nToken += pLeft->pPhrase->nToken;
+
+ for(ii=0; ii<pSnippet->nMatch; ii++){
+ struct snippetMatch *p = &pSnippet->aMatch[ii];
+ if( p->iTerm==iLeft ){
+ int isOk = 0;
+ /* Snippet ii is an occurence of query term iLeft in the document.
+ ** It occurs at position (p->iToken) of the document. We now
+ ** search for an instance of token (iLeft-1) somewhere in the
+ ** range (p->iToken - nNear)...(p->iToken + nNear + nToken) within
+ ** the set of snippetMatch structures. If one is found, proceed.
+ ** If one cannot be found, then remove snippets ii..(ii+N-1)
+ ** from the matching snippets, where N is the number of tokens
+ ** in phrase pRight->pPhrase.
+ */
+ for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jj<pSnippet->nMatch; jj++){
+ struct snippetMatch *p2 = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
+ if( p2->iTerm==(iLeft-1) ){
+ if( p2->iToken>=(p->iToken-nNear-1)
+ && p2->iToken<(p->iToken+nNear+nToken)
+ ){
+ isOk = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( !isOk ){
+ int kk;
+ for(kk=0; kk<pRight->pPhrase->nToken; kk++){
+ pSnippet->aMatch[kk+ii].iTerm = -2;
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- }
- if( !isOk ){
- for(jj=1-pQueryTerm->iPhrase; jj<=0; jj++){
- pMatch[jj].iTerm = -1;
+ if( p->iTerm==(iLeft-1) ){
+ int isOk = 0;
+ for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jj<pSnippet->nMatch; jj++){
+ struct snippetMatch *p2 = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
+ if( p2->iTerm==iLeft ){
+ if( p2->iToken<=(p->iToken+nNear+1)
+ && p2->iToken>(p->iToken-nNear-nToken)
+ ){
+ isOk = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( !isOk ){
+ int kk;
+ for(kk=0; kk<pLeft->pPhrase->nToken; kk++){
+ pSnippet->aMatch[ii-kk].iTerm = -2;
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }
}
- ii = -1;
- iDir = 1;
}
+ break;
}
}
- iDir -= 2;
+
+ if( trimSnippetOffsets(pExpr->pRight, pSnippet, piLeft) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
}
+ return 0;
}
/*
int nColumn;
int iColumn, i;
int iFirst, iLast;
- fulltext_vtab *pFts;
+ int iTerm = 0;
+ fulltext_vtab *pFts = cursor_vtab(p);
- if( p->snippet.nMatch ) return;
- if( p->q.nTerms==0 ) return;
- pFts = p->q.pFts;
+ if( p->snippet.nMatch || p->pExpr==0 ){
+ return;
+ }
nColumn = pFts->nColumn;
iColumn = (p->iCursorType - QUERY_FULLTEXT);
if( iColumn<0 || iColumn>=nColumn ){
+ /* Look for matches over all columns of the full-text index */
iFirst = 0;
iLast = nColumn-1;
}else{
+ /* Look for matches in the iColumn-th column of the index only */
iFirst = iColumn;
iLast = iColumn;
}
int nDoc;
zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i+1);
nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i+1);
- snippetOffsetsOfColumn(&p->q, &p->snippet, i, zDoc, nDoc);
+ snippetOffsetsOfColumn(p, &p->snippet, i, zDoc, nDoc);
}
- trimSnippetOffsetsForNear(&p->q, &p->snippet);
+ while( trimSnippetOffsets(p->pExpr, &p->snippet, &iTerm) ){
+ iTerm = 0;
+ }
}
/*
** Convert the information in the aMatch[] array of the snippet
-** into the string zOffset[0..nOffset-1].
+** into the string zOffset[0..nOffset-1]. This string is used as
+** the return of the SQL offsets() function.
*/
static void snippetOffsetText(Snippet *p){
int i;
aMatch[i].snStatus = SNIPPET_IGNORE;
}
nDesired = 0;
- for(i=0; i<pCursor->q.nTerms; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<FTS3_ROTOR_SZ; i++){
for(j=0; j<nMatch; j++){
if( aMatch[j].iTerm==i ){
aMatch[j].snStatus = SNIPPET_DESIRED;
fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Close %p\n", c));
sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
- queryClear(&c->q);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(c->pExpr);
snippetClear(&c->snippet);
- if( c->result.nData!=0 ) dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
+ if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
+ dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
+ }
dataBufferDestroy(&c->result);
sqlite3_free(c);
return SQLITE_OK;
const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out);
-/* Return a DocList corresponding to the query term *pTerm. If *pTerm
-** is the first term of a phrase query, go ahead and evaluate the phrase
-** query and return the doclist for the entire phrase query.
+/*
+** Return a DocList corresponding to the phrase *pPhrase.
**
** The resulting DL_DOCIDS doclist is stored in pResult, which is
** overwritten.
*/
-static int docListOfTerm(
- fulltext_vtab *v, /* The full text index */
- int iColumn, /* column to restrict to. No restriction if >=nColumn */
- QueryTerm *pQTerm, /* Term we are looking for, or 1st term of a phrase */
- DataBuffer *pResult /* Write the result here */
+static int docListOfPhrase(
+ fulltext_vtab *pTab, /* The full text index */
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to return a doclist corresponding to */
+ DocListType eListType, /* Either DL_DOCIDS or DL_POSITIONS */
+ DataBuffer *pResult /* Write the result here */
){
- DataBuffer left, right, new;
- int i, rc;
-
- /* No phrase search if no position info. */
- assert( pQTerm->nPhrase==0 || DL_DEFAULT!=DL_DOCIDS );
+ int ii;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
+ DocListType eType = eListType;
+ assert( eType==DL_POSITIONS || eType==DL_DOCIDS );
+ if( pPhrase->nToken>1 ){
+ eType = DL_POSITIONS;
+ }
/* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
- assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
+ assert( pTab->nPendingData<0 );
- dataBufferInit(&left, 0);
- rc = termSelect(v, iColumn, pQTerm->pTerm, pQTerm->nTerm, pQTerm->isPrefix,
- (0<pQTerm->nPhrase ? DL_POSITIONS : DL_DOCIDS), &left);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- for(i=1; i<=pQTerm->nPhrase && left.nData>0; i++){
- /* If this token is connected to the next by a NEAR operator, and
- ** the next token is the start of a phrase, then set nPhraseRight
- ** to the number of tokens in the phrase. Otherwise leave it at 1.
- */
- int nPhraseRight = 1;
- while( (i+nPhraseRight)<=pQTerm->nPhrase
- && pQTerm[i+nPhraseRight].nNear==0
- ){
- nPhraseRight++;
- }
-
- dataBufferInit(&right, 0);
- rc = termSelect(v, iColumn, pQTerm[i].pTerm, pQTerm[i].nTerm,
- pQTerm[i].isPrefix, DL_POSITIONS, &right);
- if( rc ){
- dataBufferDestroy(&left);
- return rc;
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPhrase->nToken; ii++){
+ DataBuffer tmp;
+ struct PhraseToken *p = &pPhrase->aToken[ii];
+ rc = termSelect(pTab, iCol, p->z, p->n, p->isPrefix, eType, &tmp);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( ii==0 ){
+ *pResult = tmp;
+ }else{
+ DataBuffer res = *pResult;
+ dataBufferInit(pResult, 0);
+ if( ii==(pPhrase->nToken-1) ){
+ eType = eListType;
+ }
+ docListPhraseMerge(
+ res.pData, res.nData, tmp.pData, tmp.nData, 0, 0, eType, pResult
+ );
+ dataBufferDestroy(&res);
+ dataBufferDestroy(&tmp);
+ }
}
- dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
- docListPhraseMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData,
- pQTerm[i-1].nNear, pQTerm[i-1].iPhrase + nPhraseRight,
- ((i<pQTerm->nPhrase) ? DL_POSITIONS : DL_DOCIDS),
- &new);
- dataBufferDestroy(&left);
- dataBufferDestroy(&right);
- left = new;
}
- *pResult = left;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* Add a new term pTerm[0..nTerm-1] to the query *q.
-*/
-static void queryAdd(Query *q, const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
- QueryTerm *t;
- ++q->nTerms;
- q->pTerms = sqlite3_realloc(q->pTerms, q->nTerms * sizeof(q->pTerms[0]));
- if( q->pTerms==0 ){
- q->nTerms = 0;
- return;
- }
- t = &q->pTerms[q->nTerms - 1];
- CLEAR(t);
- t->pTerm = sqlite3_malloc(nTerm+1);
- memcpy(t->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm);
- t->pTerm[nTerm] = 0;
- t->nTerm = nTerm;
- t->isOr = q->nextIsOr;
- t->isPrefix = 0;
- q->nextIsOr = 0;
- t->iColumn = q->nextColumn;
- q->nextColumn = q->dfltColumn;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Check to see if the string zToken[0...nToken-1] matches any
-** column name in the virtual table. If it does,
-** return the zero-indexed column number. If not, return -1.
+** Evaluate the full-text expression pExpr against fts3 table pTab. Write
+** the results into pRes.
*/
-static int checkColumnSpecifier(
- fulltext_vtab *pVtab, /* The virtual table */
- const char *zToken, /* Text of the token */
- int nToken /* Number of characters in the token */
+static int evalFts3Expr(
+ fulltext_vtab *pTab, /* Fts3 Virtual table object */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Parsed fts3 expression */
+ DataBuffer *pRes /* OUT: Write results of the expression here */
){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pVtab->nColumn; i++){
- if( memcmp(pVtab->azColumn[i], zToken, nToken)==0
- && pVtab->azColumn[i][nToken]==0 ){
- return i;
- }
- }
- return -1;
-}
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-/*
-** Parse the text at pSegment[0..nSegment-1]. Add additional terms
-** to the query being assemblied in pQuery.
-**
-** inPhrase is true if pSegment[0..nSegement-1] is contained within
-** double-quotes. If inPhrase is true, then the first term
-** is marked with the number of terms in the phrase less one and
-** OR and "-" syntax is ignored. If inPhrase is false, then every
-** term found is marked with nPhrase=0 and OR and "-" syntax is significant.
-*/
-static int tokenizeSegment(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer to use */
- const char *pSegment, int nSegment, /* Query expression being parsed */
- int inPhrase, /* True if within "..." */
- Query *pQuery /* Append results here */
-){
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
- int firstIndex = pQuery->nTerms;
- int iCol;
- int nTerm = 1;
-
- int rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, pSegment, nSegment, &pCursor);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ /* Initialize the output buffer. If this is an empty query (pExpr==0),
+ ** this is all that needs to be done. Empty queries produce empty
+ ** result sets.
+ */
+ dataBufferInit(pRes, 0);
- while( 1 ){
- const char *pToken;
- int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
+ if( pExpr ){
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+ DocListType eType = DL_DOCIDS;
+ if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ eType = DL_POSITIONS;
+ }
+ rc = docListOfPhrase(pTab, pExpr->pPhrase, eType, pRes);
+ }else{
+ DataBuffer lhs;
+ DataBuffer rhs;
- rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor,
- &pToken, &nToken,
- &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- if( !inPhrase &&
- pSegment[iEnd]==':' &&
- (iCol = checkColumnSpecifier(pQuery->pFts, pToken, nToken))>=0 ){
- pQuery->nextColumn = iCol;
- continue;
- }
- if( !inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>0 && nToken==2
- && pSegment[iBegin+0]=='O'
- && pSegment[iBegin+1]=='R'
- ){
- pQuery->nextIsOr = 1;
- continue;
- }
- if( !inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>0 && !pQuery->nextIsOr && nToken==4
- && pSegment[iBegin+0]=='N'
- && pSegment[iBegin+1]=='E'
- && pSegment[iBegin+2]=='A'
- && pSegment[iBegin+3]=='R'
- ){
- QueryTerm *pTerm = &pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1];
- if( (iBegin+6)<nSegment
- && pSegment[iBegin+4] == '/'
- && pSegment[iBegin+5]>='0' && pSegment[iBegin+5]<='9'
+ dataBufferInit(&rhs, 0);
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr->pLeft, &lhs))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr->pRight, &rhs))
){
- pTerm->nNear = (pSegment[iBegin+5] - '0');
- nToken += 2;
- if( pSegment[iBegin+6]>='0' && pSegment[iBegin+6]<=9 ){
- pTerm->nNear = pTerm->nNear * 10 + (pSegment[iBegin+6] - '0');
- iEnd++;
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR: {
+ int nToken;
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft;
+ DocListType eType = DL_DOCIDS;
+ if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ eType = DL_POSITIONS;
+ }
+ pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ while( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ pLeft=pLeft->pRight;
+ }
+ assert( pExpr->pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ nToken = pLeft->pPhrase->nToken + pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+ docListPhraseMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData,
+ pExpr->nNear+1, nToken, eType, pRes
+ );
+ break;
+ }
+ case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
+ docListExceptMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData,pRes);
+ break;
+ }
+ case FTSQUERY_AND: {
+ docListAndMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, pRes);
+ break;
+ }
+ case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+ docListOrMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, pRes);
+ break;
+ }
}
- pModule->xNext(pCursor, &pToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
- } else {
- pTerm->nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
- }
- pTerm->nNear++;
- continue;
- }
-
- queryAdd(pQuery, pToken, nToken);
- if( !inPhrase && iBegin>0 && pSegment[iBegin-1]=='-' ){
- pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].isNot = 1;
- }
- if( iEnd<nSegment && pSegment[iEnd]=='*' ){
- pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].isPrefix = 1;
- }
- pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].iPhrase = nTerm;
- if( inPhrase ){
- nTerm++;
- }
- }
-
- if( inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>firstIndex ){
- pQuery->pTerms[firstIndex].nPhrase = pQuery->nTerms - firstIndex - 1;
- }
-
- return pModule->xClose(pCursor);
-}
-
-/* Parse a query string, yielding a Query object pQuery.
-**
-** The calling function will need to queryClear() to clean up
-** the dynamically allocated memory held by pQuery.
-*/
-static int parseQuery(
- fulltext_vtab *v, /* The fulltext index */
- const char *zInput, /* Input text of the query string */
- int nInput, /* Size of the input text */
- int dfltColumn, /* Default column of the index to match against */
- Query *pQuery /* Write the parse results here. */
-){
- int iInput, inPhrase = 0;
- int ii;
- QueryTerm *aTerm;
-
- if( zInput==0 ) nInput = 0;
- if( nInput<0 ) nInput = strlen(zInput);
- pQuery->nTerms = 0;
- pQuery->pTerms = NULL;
- pQuery->nextIsOr = 0;
- pQuery->nextColumn = dfltColumn;
- pQuery->dfltColumn = dfltColumn;
- pQuery->pFts = v;
-
- for(iInput=0; iInput<nInput; ++iInput){
- int i;
- for(i=iInput; i<nInput && zInput[i]!='"'; ++i){}
- if( i>iInput ){
- tokenizeSegment(v->pTokenizer, zInput+iInput, i-iInput, inPhrase,
- pQuery);
- }
- iInput = i;
- if( i<nInput ){
- assert( zInput[i]=='"' );
- inPhrase = !inPhrase;
- }
- }
-
- if( inPhrase ){
- /* unmatched quote */
- queryClear(pQuery);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- /* Modify the values of the QueryTerm.nPhrase variables to account for
- ** the NEAR operator. For the purposes of QueryTerm.nPhrase, phrases
- ** and tokens connected by the NEAR operator are handled as a single
- ** phrase. See comments above the QueryTerm structure for details.
- */
- aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
- for(ii=0; ii<pQuery->nTerms; ii++){
- if( aTerm[ii].nNear || aTerm[ii].nPhrase ){
- while (aTerm[ii+aTerm[ii].nPhrase].nNear) {
- aTerm[ii].nPhrase += (1 + aTerm[ii+aTerm[ii].nPhrase+1].nPhrase);
}
+ dataBufferDestroy(&lhs);
+ dataBufferDestroy(&rhs);
}
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */
const char *zInput, /* The query string */
int nInput, /* Number of bytes in zInput[] */
DataBuffer *pResult, /* Write the result doclist here */
- Query *pQuery /* Put parsed query string here */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* Put parsed query string here */
){
- int i, iNext, rc;
- DataBuffer left, right, or, new;
- int nNot = 0;
- QueryTerm *aTerm;
+ int rc;
/* TODO(shess) Instead of flushing pendingTerms, we could query for
** the relevant term and merge the doclist into what we receive from
/* Flush any buffered updates before executing the query. */
rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* TODO(shess) I think that the queryClear() calls below are not
- ** necessary, because fulltextClose() already clears the query.
- */
- rc = parseQuery(v, zInput, nInput, iColumn, pQuery);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Empty or NULL queries return no results. */
- if( pQuery->nTerms==0 ){
- dataBufferInit(pResult, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Merge AND terms. */
- /* TODO(shess) I think we can early-exit if( i>nNot && left.nData==0 ). */
- aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
- for(i = 0; i<pQuery->nTerms; i=iNext){
- if( aTerm[i].isNot ){
- /* Handle all NOT terms in a separate pass */
- nNot++;
- iNext = i + aTerm[i].nPhrase+1;
- continue;
- }
- iNext = i + aTerm[i].nPhrase + 1;
- rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[i].iColumn, &aTerm[i], &right);
- if( rc ){
- if( i!=nNot ) dataBufferDestroy(&left);
- queryClear(pQuery);
- return rc;
- }
- while( iNext<pQuery->nTerms && aTerm[iNext].isOr ){
- rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[iNext].iColumn, &aTerm[iNext], &or);
- iNext += aTerm[iNext].nPhrase + 1;
- if( rc ){
- if( i!=nNot ) dataBufferDestroy(&left);
- dataBufferDestroy(&right);
- queryClear(pQuery);
- return rc;
- }
- dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
- docListOrMerge(right.pData, right.nData, or.pData, or.nData, &new);
- dataBufferDestroy(&right);
- dataBufferDestroy(&or);
- right = new;
- }
- if( i==nNot ){ /* first term processed. */
- left = right;
- }else{
- dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
- docListAndMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, &new);
- dataBufferDestroy(&right);
- dataBufferDestroy(&left);
- left = new;
- }
- }
-
- if( nNot==pQuery->nTerms ){
- /* We do not yet know how to handle a query of only NOT terms */
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- /* Do the EXCEPT terms */
- for(i=0; i<pQuery->nTerms; i += aTerm[i].nPhrase + 1){
- if( !aTerm[i].isNot ) continue;
- rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[i].iColumn, &aTerm[i], &right);
- if( rc ){
- queryClear(pQuery);
- dataBufferDestroy(&left);
- return rc;
- }
- dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
- docListExceptMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, &new);
- dataBufferDestroy(&right);
- dataBufferDestroy(&left);
- left = new;
+ /* Parse the query passed to the MATCH operator. */
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(v->pTokenizer,
+ v->azColumn, v->nColumn, iColumn, zInput, nInput, ppExpr
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( 0==(*ppExpr) );
+ return rc;
}
- *pResult = left;
- return rc;
+ return evalFts3Expr(v, *ppExpr, pResult);
}
/*
default: /* full-text search */
{
+ int iCol = idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT;
const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
assert( idxNum<=QUERY_FULLTEXT+v->nColumn);
assert( argc==1 );
- queryClear(&c->q);
if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
/* This case happens if the same cursor is used repeatedly. */
dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
}else{
dataBufferInit(&c->result, 0);
}
- rc = fulltextQuery(v, idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, zQuery, -1, &c->result, &c->q);
+ rc = fulltextQuery(v, iCol, zQuery, -1, &c->result, &c->pExpr);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
dlrInit(&c->reader, DL_DOCIDS, c->result.pData, c->result.nData);
/* Scan the database and merge together the posting lists for the term
** into *out.
*/
-static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out){
+static int termSelect(
+ fulltext_vtab *v,
+ int iColumn,
+ const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Term to query for */
+ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
+ DocListType iType,
+ DataBuffer *out /* Write results here */
+){
DataBuffer doclist;
sqlite3_stmt *s;
int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
+ dataBufferInit(out, 0);
/* Traverse the segments from oldest to newest so that newer doclist
** elements for given docids overwrite older elements.
memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
- dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
+ dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
+
+ /* termSelect() yields the same logical doclist that queries are
+ ** run against.
+ */
+ if( argc==2 ){
+ rc = termSelect(v, v->nColumn, pTerm, nTerm, 0, DL_DEFAULT, &doclist);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
+
+ /* Get our specific segment's information. */
+ rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[3]));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+ generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "segment not found");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Found a segment, load it into doclist. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
+ const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
+ const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
+
+ /* loadSegment() is used by termSelect() to load each
+ ** segment's data.
+ */
+ rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, 0,
+ &doclist);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+
+ /* Should not have more than one matching segment. */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+ sqlite3_reset(s);
+ dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+ generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "invalid segdir");
+ return;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_reset(s);
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( doclist.nData>0 ){
+ createDoclistResult(pContext, doclist.pData, doclist.nData);
+ }else{
+ /* TODO(shess): This can happen if the term is not present, or
+ ** if all instances of the term have been deleted and this is
+ ** an all-index dump. It may be interesting to distinguish
+ ** these cases.
+ */
+ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ }
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ /* Handle out-of-memory cases specially because if they are
+ ** generated in fts3 code they may not be reflected in the db
+ ** handle.
+ */
+ /* TODO(shess): Handle this more comprehensively.
+ ** sqlite3ErrStr() has what I need, but is internal.
+ */
+ generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "out of memory");
+ }else{
+ generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", NULL);
+ }
+
+ dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
+** virtual table.
+*/
+static int fulltextFindFunction(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
+ int nArg,
+ const char *zName,
+ void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void **ppArg
+){
+ if( strcmp(zName,"snippet")==0 ){
+ *pxFunc = snippetFunc;
+ return 1;
+ }else if( strcmp(zName,"offsets")==0 ){
+ *pxFunc = snippetOffsetsFunc;
+ return 1;
+ }else if( strcmp(zName,"optimize")==0 ){
+ *pxFunc = optimizeFunc;
+ return 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ /* NOTE(shess): These functions are present only for testing
+ ** purposes. No particular effort is made to optimize their
+ ** execution or how they build their results.
+ */
+ }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_terms")==0 ){
+ /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_terms\n"); */
+ *pxFunc = dumpTermsFunc;
+ return 1;
+ }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_doclist")==0 ){
+ /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_doclist\n"); */
+ *pxFunc = dumpDoclistFunc;
+ return 1;
+#endif
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rename an fts3 table.
+*/
+static int fulltextRename(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
+ const char *zName
+){
+ fulltext_vtab *p = (fulltext_vtab *)pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';"
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';"
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';"
+ , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ if( zSql ){
+ rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
+ /* iVersion */ 0,
+ /* xCreate */ fulltextCreate,
+ /* xConnect */ fulltextConnect,
+ /* xBestIndex */ fulltextBestIndex,
+ /* xDisconnect */ fulltextDisconnect,
+ /* xDestroy */ fulltextDestroy,
+ /* xOpen */ fulltextOpen,
+ /* xClose */ fulltextClose,
+ /* xFilter */ fulltextFilter,
+ /* xNext */ fulltextNext,
+ /* xEof */ fulltextEof,
+ /* xColumn */ fulltextColumn,
+ /* xRowid */ fulltextRowid,
+ /* xUpdate */ fulltextUpdate,
+ /* xBegin */ fulltextBegin,
+ /* xSync */ fulltextSync,
+ /* xCommit */ fulltextCommit,
+ /* xRollback */ fulltextRollback,
+ /* xFindFunction */ fulltextFindFunction,
+ /* xRename */ fulltextRename,
+};
+
+static void hashDestroy(void *p){
+ fts3Hash *pHash = (fts3Hash *)p;
+ sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+ sqlite3_free(pHash);
+}
+
+/*
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented
+** in files fts3_tokenizer1.c and fts3_porter.c respectively. The following
+** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files
+** used to retrieve the respective implementations.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
+** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
+** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the
+** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts3Hash *, const char *);
+
+/*
+** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
+** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
+** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
+** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
+
+ sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
+ sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
+#endif
+
+ /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
+ pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts3Hash));
+ if( !pHash ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
+ || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
+ || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
+#endif
+
+ /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
+ ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
+ ** module with sqlite.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", -1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", -1))
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_terms", -1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_doclist", -1))
+#endif
+ ){
+ return sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+ db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
+ );
+ }
+
+ /* An error has occured. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ if( pHash ){
+ sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+ sqlite3_free(pHash);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char **pzErrMsg,
+ const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+ return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Nov 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
+** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
+** hand-coded. The public interface to this module is declared in source
+** code file "fts3_expr.h".
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+/*
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
+** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
+** the new and the old syntaxes are:
+**
+** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
+**
+** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
+**
+** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
+** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
+**
+** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
+** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
+** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
+** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
+** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
+** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
+# else
+# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Default span for NEAR operators.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
+
+
+typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
+struct ParseContext {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */
+ const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+ int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+ int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */
+ int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */
+};
+
+/*
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
+**
+** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
+** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed
+** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
+** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
+** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
+** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
+** negative values).
+*/
+static int fts3isspace(char c){
+ return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
+** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
+** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
+** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
+** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
+** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
+** fails.
+*/
+static int getNextToken(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+ int nConsumed = 0;
+
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ const char *zToken;
+ int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition;
+ int nByte; /* total space to allocate */
+
+ pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
+ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( !pRet ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+ pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+ pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
+ pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
+ pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
+ memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
+
+ if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
+ iEnd++;
+ }
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){
+ pRet->pPhrase->isNot = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ nConsumed = iEnd;
+ }
+
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ }
+
+ *pnConsumed = nConsumed;
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
+** then free the old allocation.
+*/
+void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
+ void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
+ if( !pRet ){
+ sqlite3_free(pOrig);
+ }
+ return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
+** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
+** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
+** containing the results.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
+** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
+** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
+** to 0.
+*/
+static int getNextString(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */
+){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
+ char *zTemp = 0;
+ int nTemp = 0;
+
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int ii;
+ pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+ const char *zToken;
+ int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+ p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte+ii*sizeof(struct PhraseToken));
+ zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nToken);
+ if( !p || !zTemp ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ if( ii==0 ){
+ memset(p, 0, nByte);
+ p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+ p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+ p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+ }
+ p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+ p->pPhrase->nToken = ii+1;
+ p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].n = nToken;
+ memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zToken, nToken);
+ nTemp += nToken;
+ if( iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*' ){
+ p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 1;
+ }else{
+ p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ pCursor = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ int jj;
+ char *zNew;
+ int nNew = 0;
+ int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+ nByte += (p->pPhrase->nToken-1) * sizeof(struct PhraseToken);
+ p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte + nTemp);
+ if( !p ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
+ p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+ zNew = &(((char *)p)[nByte]);
+ memcpy(zNew, zTemp, nTemp);
+ for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
+ p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = &zNew[nNew];
+ nNew += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ *ppExpr = p;
+ return rc;
+no_mem:
+
+ if( pCursor ){
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+}
+
+/*
+** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
+** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
+
+/*
+** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
+** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
+**
+** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
+** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
+** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
+*/
+static int getNextNode(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+ static const struct Fts3Keyword {
+ char z[4]; /* Keyword text */
+ unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */
+ unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */
+ unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */
+ } aKeyword[] = {
+ { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR },
+ { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND },
+ { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT },
+ { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
+ };
+ int ii;
+ int iCol;
+ int iColLen;
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+
+ const char *zInput = z;
+ int nInput = n;
+
+ /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
+ ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
+ */
+ while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
+ nInput--;
+ zInput++;
+ }
+ if( nInput==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+
+ /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
+ for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
+ const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
+
+ if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
+ int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
+ int nKey = pKey->n;
+ char cNext;
+
+ /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
+ if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ assert( nKey==4 );
+ if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
+ nNear = 0;
+ for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
+ nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
+ ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
+ ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
+ */
+ cNext = zInput[nKey];
+ if( fts3isspace(cNext)
+ || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
+ ){
+ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
+ pRet->nNear = nNear;
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
+ *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + nKey;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
+ ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
+ */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check for an open bracket. */
+ if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+ if( *zInput=='(' ){
+ int nConsumed;
+ int rc;
+ pParse->nNest++;
+ rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed;
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a close bracket. */
+ if( *zInput==')' ){
+ pParse->nNest--;
+ *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1;
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
+ ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
+ ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
+ ** a quote character embedded in a string.
+ */
+ if( *zInput=='"' ){
+ for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
+ *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + ii + 1;
+ if( ii==nInput ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
+ }
+
+
+ /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
+ ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
+ ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
+ ** column specifier for the token.
+ **
+ ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
+ ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
+ ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
+ ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
+ ** limitation.
+ */
+ iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+ iColLen = 0;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
+ const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
+ int nStr = strlen(zStr);
+ if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' && memcmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 ){
+ iCol = ii;
+ iColLen = ((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
+ *pnConsumed += iColLen;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
+** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
+** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
+** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
+** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
+**
+** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
+** lowest is:
+**
+** NEAR
+** NOT
+** AND (including implicit ANDs)
+** OR
+**
+** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
+** precedence than the AND operator.
+*/
+static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
+ assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+ return p->eType;
+ }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ return 1;
+ }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+ return 2;
+ }
+ assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
+ return 3;
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
+** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
+** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
+** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
+** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
+** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
+*/
+static void insertBinaryOperator(
+ Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
+ Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
+ Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
+){
+ Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
+ while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
+ pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
+ }
- /* termSelect() yields the same logical doclist that queries are
- ** run against.
- */
- if( argc==2 ){
- rc = termSelect(v, v->nColumn, pTerm, nTerm, 0, DL_DEFAULT, &doclist);
- }else{
- sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
+ if( pSplit->pParent ){
+ assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
+ pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
+ pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
+ }else{
+ *ppHead = pNew;
+ }
+ pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
+ pSplit->pParent = pNew;
+}
- /* Get our specific segment's information. */
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[3]));
- }
- }
+/*
+** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
+** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
+** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
+** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+ Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
+ Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
+ int nIn = n;
+ const char *zIn = z;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int isRequirePhrase = 1;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+ int nByte = 0;
+ rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int isPhrase;
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "segment not found");
- return;
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
+ && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && p->pPhrase->isNot
+ ){
+ /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
+ Fts3Expr *pNot = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ if( !pNot ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
+ memset(pNot, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
+ pNot->pRight = p;
+ if( pNotBranch ){
+ pNotBranch->pLeft = p;
+ pNot->pRight = pNotBranch;
+ }
+ pNotBranch = pNot;
+ }else{
+ int eType = p->eType;
+ assert( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE || !p->pPhrase->isNot );
+ isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
+
+ /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
+ ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
+ ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
+ ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
+ */
+ if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
+
+ if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
+ /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
+ Fts3Expr *pAnd;
+ assert( pRet && pPrev );
+ pAnd = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ if( !pAnd ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
+ memset(pAnd, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
+ insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
+ pPrev = pAnd;
}
- /* Found a segment, load it into doclist. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
- const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
- const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
-
- /* loadSegment() is used by termSelect() to load each
- ** segment's data.
- */
- rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, 0,
- &doclist);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-
- /* Should not have more than one matching segment. */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
- sqlite3_reset(s);
- dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "invalid segdir");
- return;
- }
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
+ ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
+ ** the following:
+ **
+ ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
+ ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
+ **
+ ** Return an error in either case.
+ */
+ if( pPrev && (
+ (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
+ || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+ )){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
+
+ if( isPhrase ){
+ if( pRet ){
+ assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
+ pPrev->pRight = p;
+ p->pParent = pPrev;
+ }else{
+ pRet = p;
}
+ }else{
+ insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
}
+ isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
}
-
- sqlite3_reset(s);
+ assert( nByte>0 );
}
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
+ nIn -= nByte;
+ zIn += nByte;
+ pPrev = p;
+ }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( doclist.nData>0 ){
- createDoclistResult(pContext, doclist.pData, doclist.nData);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
+ if( !pRet ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}else{
- /* TODO(shess): This can happen if the term is not present, or
- ** if all instances of the term have been deleted and this is
- ** an all-index dump. It may be interesting to distinguish
- ** these cases.
- */
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ pNotBranch->pLeft = pRet;
+ pRet = pNotBranch;
}
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- /* Handle out-of-memory cases specially because if they are
- ** generated in fts3 code they may not be reflected in the db
- ** handle.
- */
- /* TODO(shess): Handle this more comprehensively.
- ** sqlite3ErrStr() has what I need, but is internal.
- */
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "out of memory");
- }else{
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", NULL);
}
+ }
+ *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
- dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+exprparse_out:
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
+ pRet = 0;
}
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
-** virtual table.
-*/
-static int fulltextFindFunction(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
- int nArg,
- const char *zName,
- void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
- void **ppArg
+** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
+** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
+** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
+** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
+** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
+** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
+** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
+**
+** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
+** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
+**
+** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
+** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
+** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
+** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
+**
+** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
+** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
+** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
+** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
+** match any table column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */
+ char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+ int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+ int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
){
- if( strcmp(zName,"snippet")==0 ){
- *pxFunc = snippetFunc;
- return 1;
- }else if( strcmp(zName,"offsets")==0 ){
- *pxFunc = snippetOffsetsFunc;
- return 1;
- }else if( strcmp(zName,"optimize")==0 ){
- *pxFunc = optimizeFunc;
- return 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- /* NOTE(shess): These functions are present only for testing
- ** purposes. No particular effort is made to optimize their
- ** execution or how they build their results.
- */
- }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_terms")==0 ){
- /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_terms\n"); */
- *pxFunc = dumpTermsFunc;
- return 1;
- }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_doclist")==0 ){
- /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_doclist\n"); */
- *pxFunc = dumpDoclistFunc;
- return 1;
-#endif
+ int nParsed;
+ int rc;
+ ParseContext sParse;
+ sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
+ sParse.nCol = nCol;
+ sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
+ sParse.nNest = 0;
+ if( z==0 ){
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- return 0;
+ if( n<0 ){
+ n = strlen(z);
+ }
+ rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
+
+ /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Rename an fts3 table.
+** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
*/
-static int fulltextRename(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
- const char *zName
-){
- fulltext_vtab *p = (fulltext_vtab *)pVtab;
- int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';"
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';"
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';"
- , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- );
- if( zSql ){
- rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){
+ if( p ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
- return rc;
}
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
- /* iVersion */ 0,
- /* xCreate */ fulltextCreate,
- /* xConnect */ fulltextConnect,
- /* xBestIndex */ fulltextBestIndex,
- /* xDisconnect */ fulltextDisconnect,
- /* xDestroy */ fulltextDestroy,
- /* xOpen */ fulltextOpen,
- /* xClose */ fulltextClose,
- /* xFilter */ fulltextFilter,
- /* xNext */ fulltextNext,
- /* xEof */ fulltextEof,
- /* xColumn */ fulltextColumn,
- /* xRowid */ fulltextRowid,
- /* xUpdate */ fulltextUpdate,
- /* xBegin */ fulltextBegin,
- /* xSync */ fulltextSync,
- /* xCommit */ fulltextCommit,
- /* xRollback */ fulltextRollback,
- /* xFindFunction */ fulltextFindFunction,
- /* xRename */ fulltextRename,
-};
+/****************************************************************************
+*****************************************************************************
+** Everything after this point is just test code.
+*/
-static void hashDestroy(void *p){
- fts3Hash *pHash = (fts3Hash *)p;
- sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
- sqlite3_free(pHash);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+
+/*
+** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
+*/
+static int queryTestTokenizer(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zName,
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+
+ *pp = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+ }
+ }
+
+ return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
/*
-** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented
-** in files fts3_tokenizer1.c and fts3_porter.c respectively. The following
-** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files
-** used to retrieve the respective implementations.
-**
-** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
-** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
-** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the
-** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation.
+** This function is part of the test interface for the query parser. It
+** writes a text representation of the query expression pExpr into the
+** buffer pointed to by argument zBuf. It is assumed that zBuf is large
+** enough to store the required text representation.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+static void exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ int i;
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "PHRASE %d %d", pPhrase->iColumn, pPhrase->isNot);
+ for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf," %.*s",pPhrase->aToken[i].n,pPhrase->aToken[i].z);
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf,"%s", (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":""));
+ }
+ return;
+ }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts3Hash *, const char *);
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NEAR/%d ", pExpr->nNear);
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NOT ");
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_AND:
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "AND ");
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_OR:
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "OR ");
+ break;
+ }
+
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{");
+ exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
+ zBuf += strlen(zBuf);
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "} ");
+
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{");
+ exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
+ zBuf += strlen(zBuf);
+ zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "}");
+}
/*
-** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
-** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
-** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
-** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
+** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
+**
+** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
+**
+** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
+** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
+** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
+** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
+** For example:
+**
+** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
+static void fts3ExprTest(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+ int rc;
+ char **azCol = 0;
+ const char *zExpr;
+ int nExpr;
+ int nCol;
+ int ii;
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
- sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
- sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
-#endif
+ if( argc<3 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
+ );
+ return;
+ }
- /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
- pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts3Hash));
- if( !pHash ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
+ (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
+ }else if( !pModule ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
+ goto exprtest_out;
}
- /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
- || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
- || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
+ rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
}
+ pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
- /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
- ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
- ** module with sqlite.
- */
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", -1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", -1))
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_terms", -1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_doclist", -1))
-#endif
- ){
- return sqlite3_create_module_v2(
- db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
- );
+ zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ nCol = argc-2;
+ azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
+ if( !azCol ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
+ }
+ for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
+ azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
}
- /* An error has occured. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- if( pHash ){
- sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
- sqlite3_free(pHash);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+ pTokenizer, azCol, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ char zBuf[4096];
+ exprToString(pExpr, zBuf);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
}
- return rc;
+
+exprtest_out:
+ if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
+ rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(azCol);
}
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char **pzErrMsg,
- const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
- SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
- return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+/*
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
+** with database connection db.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
+ sqlite3_create_function(
+ db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+ );
}
-#endif
+#endif
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
+/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
return old_data;
}
if( data==0 ) return 0;
+ if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+ fts3Rehash(pH,8);
+ if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+ pH->count = 0;
+ return data;
+ }
+ }
new_elem = (fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(fts3HashElem) );
if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
}
new_elem->nKey = nKey;
pH->count++;
- if( pH->htsize==0 ){
- fts3Rehash(pH,8);
- if( pH->htsize==0 ){
- pH->count = 0;
- fts3HashFree(new_elem);
- return data;
- }
- }
if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
}
** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree
** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
**
-** $Id: rtree.c,v 1.7 2008/07/16 14:43:35 drh Exp $
+** $Id: rtree.c,v 1.12 2008/12/22 15:04:32 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
- #include "sqlite3ext.h"
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#else
- #include "sqlite3.h"
#endif
RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
};
-#define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
-#define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
/*
** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
*/
if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){
assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent );
- if( pParent ){
+ if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){
+ nodeReference(pParent);
pNode->pParent = pParent;
}
pNode->nRef++;
** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods.
*/
static int rtreeInit(
- sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int, int
+ sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int
);
/*
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
char **pzErr
){
- return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1, (int)pAux);
+ return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
}
/*
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
char **pzErr
){
- return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0, (int)pAux);
+ return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0);
}
/*
pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1;
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
+
+ /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
+ ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be
+ ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which
+ ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0).
+ */
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ assert( iIdx>=0 );
+ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (2000000.0 / (double)(iIdx + 1));
return rc;
}
}
/*
+** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
+** by p1. False otherwise.
+*/
+static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+ int ii;
+ int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32);
+ for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+ RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
+ RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
+ if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f))
+ || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i))
+ ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell.
*/
static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p);
nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell);
- if( cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell)>0.0 ){
+ if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){
cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
}
*/
static int rtreeInit(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
- void *pAux, /* Pointer to head of rtree list */
+ void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */
int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */
char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */
- int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
- int eCoordType /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */
+ int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int iPageSize = 0;
Rtree *pRtree;
int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */
int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */
+ int eCoordType = (int)pAux;
const char *aErrMsg[] = {
0, /* 0 */
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
- #include "sqlite3ext.h"
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#else
- #include "sqlite3.h"
#endif
/*
#endif
/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
+**
+** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.3 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+
+
+#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
+#include <unicode/utf16.h>
+
+typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
+typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
+
+struct IcuTokenizer {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+ char *zLocale;
+};
+
+struct IcuCursor {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+
+ UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */
+ int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
+ UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
+ int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
+
+ int nBuffer;
+ char *zBuffer;
+
+ int iToken;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int icuCreate(
+ int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */
+ const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+){
+ IcuTokenizer *p;
+ int n = 0;
+
+ if( argc>0 ){
+ n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
+ }
+ p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
+
+ if( n ){
+ p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
+ memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
+ }
+
+ *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+ IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int icuOpen(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
+ const char *zInput, /* Input string */
+ int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+ IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+ IcuCursor *pCsr;
+
+ const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
+ UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ int nChar;
+
+ UChar32 c;
+ int iInput = 0;
+ int iOut = 0;
+
+ *ppCursor = 0;
+
+ if( nInput<0 ){
+ nInput = strlen(zInput);
+ }
+ nChar = nInput+1;
+ pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
+ sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */
+ nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
+ (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
+ );
+ if( !pCsr ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
+ pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
+ pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
+
+ pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+ U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+ while( c>0 ){
+ int isError = 0;
+ c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
+ U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
+ if( isError ){
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+
+ if( iInput<nInput ){
+ U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+ }else{
+ c = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
+ if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pCsr->nChar = iOut;
+
+ ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
+ *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
+*/
+static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+ IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+ ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
+*/
+static int icuNext(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+ const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+ IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+
+ int iStart = 0;
+ int iEnd = 0;
+ int nByte = 0;
+
+ while( iStart==iEnd ){
+ UChar32 c;
+
+ iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
+ iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
+ if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
+
+ while( iStart<iEnd ){
+ int iWhite = iStart;
+ U8_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
+ if( u_isspace(c) ){
+ iStart = iWhite;
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ assert(iStart<=iEnd);
+ }
+
+ do {
+ UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+ if( nByte ){
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
+ pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
+ }
+
+ u_strToUTF8(
+ pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */
+ &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */
+ &status /* Output success/failure */
+ );
+ } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
+
+ *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
+ *pnBytes = nByte;
+ *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
+ *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
+ *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
+ 0, /* iVersion */
+ icuCreate, /* xCreate */
+ icuDestroy, /* xCreate */
+ icuOpen, /* xOpen */
+ icuClose, /* xClose */
+ icuNext, /* xNext */
+};
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+ *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/
projects / fms.git / blobdiff